Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings of the general meetings for scientific business of the Zoological Society of London"

See other formats


SSIS 
es ond = 


wen 


ents 
+ ey 
on Re ee 


5 aoe 

Donen 

aS Se 
Pa RP emt 


y| j - 
y — 
/ 
i 
, 
‘ 
: ‘ 
' 
= 
ns 2 : 
- 
= 
‘ 
-_ 
1 ~ 
" ae 
< a \ 
- Ly 
2 
—_— 
4 . 
! 
' a 
ra ‘ 
: 
—-_ - « 
- nin, 
_ -* a | " 
- ™ / 
— = — = 
® — 
% me cate: ; 
e - hy at . 
oe) ~_ 


Sam a reba! és 
é x one ere” oo 7 


= - 
s 


4-2 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON 


FOR THE YEAR 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 
LONDON: 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, 
PATERNOSTER ROW. 


LIST 


OF THE 


COUNCIL AND OFFICERS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


1883. 


COUNCIL. 
Prorrssor W. H. Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., Presedent. 


Masor-Gen. Toe Lorp ABINGER, 
C.B. 

Proressor Busk, F.R.S., Vice- 
President. 

Masor-Gen. Henry Crumek, R.A., 
F.R.S. 

Henry E. Dresser, Esq. 

Cuartes Drummonn, Hsq., Z’rea- 
surer. 

Joun P. Gasstot, Esq. 

Tue Hon.J.8. Garnornu-Harpy, 

F. DuCanz Gopman, Esq. 

Con. J. A. Grant, C.B., F.R.S. 

Arraur Grote, Ese., Vice-Presi- 
dent. 


Dr. A. Gintuer, F.R.S. 

Dr. Epwarp Hamitron, Vice- 
President. 

E. W. H. Hotpsworrs, Esq. 

Proressor Mrvart, F.R.S., Vice- 
President. 

Henry Pottocr, Esq. 

Ospert Satvin, Esq., F.R.S. 

W. Aysurorp Sanprorp, Esq. 

Pare Luriey Scrarer, Esq., 
M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. 

JosepH Travers Suita, Esq. 

Tue Lorp WatsineHamM. 


PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. 
P. L. Scrarer, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. 


Prosector. 


Mr. A. D. Barrrerr, Superintendent of the Gardens. 
Mr. F. H. Warernovse, Librarian. 

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. 

Mr. W. J. Wixi1ams, Chief Clerk. 


LIST 
OF THE 


CONTRIBUTORS, 


With References to the several Articles contributed by each. 


: Page 
Any, J. E. 


Exhibition of some Microscopical Preparations of Bone .._ 74 


AnGas, GeorGE Frencu, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. 
Exhibition of a collection of Butterflies from Dominica, W.1. 349 


On the Terrestrial Mollusca of Dominica, collected 
during a recent visit to that Island ..................4% 594 


Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative 
Anatomy in King’s College, London. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some microscopical pre- 
parations obtained from the Zoological Station at Naples .. 47 


Studies in the Holothuroidea.—II. Descriptions of new 


Bypames.. | Chlae SNe) pass acs a-inad tedk Steele. s «Bh 58 
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens of an 
undescribed Species of ten-armed Antedon .............. 466 


Berveprscu, Comte H. v., et Taczanowsk1, L., C.M.Z.S. 


Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par MM. Stolzmann et Siemi- 
radzki dans !’Ecuadeur occidental. (Plate L.) .......... 536 


iv 
Page 
Boerrcer, Dr. O., Frankfort-on-the-Main. 


On new Clausilie from the Levant, collected by Vice- 
Admiral T. Spratt, R.N. (Plates XXXIII. & XXXIV.) .. 324 


Bovcarp, A., C.M.Z.S. 


On a Collection of Birds from Yucatan. By A. Bovcarp. 
With Noted by OsHerr Sanvin «0.6.05. oxks nos Commie 434 


BovutencGer, G. A., F.Z.S. 


Description of a new Species of Lizard of the Genus Eny- 
GUGar  (EIMLG ys Soc s tec wee oe Beem oe earn COT eet 46 


On the Geckos of New Caledonia. (Plates XXI. & XXII.) 116 


Description of a new Species of Bufo from Japan. (Plate 
EIA Vs awe axe ote waa e case ees eine cena © afaion See 


Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from 
the Timor Laut Islands, formed by Mr. H. O. Forbes. 


(Rlates AN Go Ape altace. saw da 20 we sss sex eae 386 
On a Collection of Frogs from Yurimaguas, Huallaga River, 
Northern Peru. (Plates LVII. & LVIII.)......... «sagen, Gord 


Burton, Water, F.Z.S. 


Exhibition of a supposed hybrid between a common hen 
Pheasant and a male Blackcock .............-. ono sates eR 


Butter, Artuur G., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant Keeper 
of the Zoological Department, British Museum. 

On a Collection of Indian Lepidoptera received from Lieut.- 
Colonel Charles Swinhoe ; with numerous Notes by the Col- 
dector.. ..( Plate UV Nisacssie anciae-ascm abe @hCoue ys aoe 144 

List of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. H. O. Forbes in the 
Islands of Timor Laut. (Plate XXXVIII.) ............ 365 


CamBrincGE, Rey. O. Pickarp, M.A., C.M.Z.S., Hon. Mem. 
New-Zealand Institute. 


On some new Genera and Species of Spiders. (Plates 
AAV IE SRV IL) cc. an teres ¢ vee 6 cess se ee 


CrowrTuHer, W. L., C.M.Z.S. 


Letter from, concerning the possibility of obtaining living 
specimens of the Thylacine for the Society .............- 


Distant, W. L. 


Contributions to a proposed Monograph of the Homo- 
pterous Family Cicadide.—Part I. (Plate XXV.) ...... 


Dresser, Henry E., F.Z.S. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Merops 
philippinus, stated to have been obtained near the Snook, 
TAM AEE ct a 583. glo in Da an 53 vate a age vate mite ariereatiel vale 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Ringed Pheasants 
BRIM MS ONO. 6 pe 6 asin ans vs ag ely So) 


Drucer, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 


Descriptions of new Species of Zygzenidee and Arctiide. 
Gblates: KX XIUX & Kk). 6.23. SAO es 


Duncan, Professor P. Martin, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.S., Pres. 
Royal Micros. Soc., &c. 


On the Madreporarian Genus Phymastrea of Milne- 
‘Edwards and Jules Haime, with a Description of a new 
SUPIEUAER, —cpataclaie y's" s, 31s Poy ee er yee th ree «ae 


Dysowsk1, Dr. 


Notice sur la différence sexuelle entre les cranes de la 
MERE ENON E cco icine Sain ates aye faitel alartwcreveassore¥ore) ars 


Fayrer, Sir Josern, F.Z.S. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a portion of a Deer’s horn 
apparently gnawed by other Deer.... ........ 20.5 ee eons 


Fisk, Rev. G. H. R., C.M.Z.S. 


Extract from a letter from, concerning ways in which the 
increase of Snakes is kept within moderate limits ........ 


Page 


187 


372 


406 


vi 
Page 
Frower, WituiaMm Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., President 
of the Society, Conservator of the Museum of the Royal 
College of Surgeons, and Hunterian Professor. 


On the Arrangement of the Orders and Families of existing 
PUY eavekynn alia estes reta) ci svaaie. soos falale ono vos ete elieteolleretnekaverveingae 178 


On the Characters and Divisions of the Family Delphinide 466 


On a Specimen of Rudolphi’s Rorqual (Balenoptera bore- 
alis, Lesson), lately taken on the Essex Coste ..%., ovens 


Forses, H. O., F.Z.S. 
On a Species of Myzomela from the Island of Boeroe.... 115 


On the Habits of Thomisus decipiens, a Spider from 
Suinatrae” (Plate Pie). ce see eee conn e +> wee eee 


On a new Species of Thrush from Timor Laut, with re- 
marks on some rare Birds from that Island and from the 
Moluccas, (Plates LIT. & LIT.) .......... .0.. ee eee 588 


Gapow, Hans, Ph.D., C.M.Z.8. 


On the Suctorial Apparatus of the Tenuirostres. (Plate 
2 OW ep Ph Peace 5 at oem ieee aes ares 2 Ah APA pra 62 


Notice of a communication on the arrangement and dispo- 
sition of the muscles of the avian syrinx .........+.. 0-4. 74 
Garson, J. G., M.D., F.Z.8, 


Notes on the Anatomy of Sus salvanius (Porcula salvania, 
Hodgson).—Part I. External Characters and Visceral Ana- 


U0 A URAC DiC iacHo jour boncio clan Mout OBe tac 413 
Gopman, Freprerick DuCang, F.LS., F.Z.S., and Satvin, 
Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 
On a third Species of Otidiphaps.........ceece eee 4 33 
Note on the Variation of certain Species of Agrias...... 384 


Gopwin-AusteEn, Lieut.-Col. H. H., F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e. 


On the Freshwater Shells of the Island of Socotra collected 
by Professor I. Bayley Balfour—Part III. (PlatesI. & II.) 2 


vii 
Page 
Goruam, Henry S., F.Z.S. 


Descriptions of new Spceies of Beetles belonging to the 
Family Erotylide. (Plate XVIII.).........000...0000- 75 


Grant, Col. J. A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


Notes on the Zebra met with by the ‘‘ Speke and Grant ” 
Pie pedition: ini Bastexn Adrien. 4 iis. ica ciaishe lntinee na a's, sap tent 175 


Haast, Prof. Jutius von, C.M.G., Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. 


Further Notes on Ziphius (Epiodon) nove zealandia, von 
RENE pce nas cts ace call 3X usin’ neg he ack del PCV TS aid aaah wis 590 


Notes on a Skeleton of Balenoptera australis, Desmoulins, 


the Great Southern Rorqual or “ Sulphur-Bottom ”’ of 
Whalers. 22s sdecee decd s sense visage OOM 592 


Hvuxtey, Tuomas H., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 
Contributions to Morphology. Ichthyopsida.—No. 2. 
On the Oviducts of Osmerus ; with Remarks on the Relations 
of the Teleostean with the Ganoid Fishes .............. 132 


JacoBy, Martin. 


Descriptions of some new Species of Beetles of the Family 
Galeratioce. "(Plate Er. ye Dae ee, 29. PHP N. Fs 399 


Jerrreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 
On the Mollusca procured during the ‘Lightning’ and 
‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. Part VI. (Plates 
A IETS PIB BENS SOE AGIA, SA 88 


On the Mollusca procured during the Cruise of H.M.S. 
‘Triton’ between the Hebrides and Faroes in 1882. (Plate 
UW.) COgene Nome Cece Kote vee eer nes cate csc otha tae: 389 


Kirsy, W. F., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British 
Museum. 


Report on a small Collection of Hymenoptera and Diptera 
from the Timor Laut Islands, formed by Mr. H. O. Forbes. 343 


Vili 
Page 


Lanxester, Prof. E. Ray, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of 
Zoology in University College, London. 
On the Right Cardiac Valve of Echidna and of Ornitho- 
rhynchus. (Plates III. & IV.).. 2... 1.02.2 e vee e cee eee 8 
Notice of a Memoir on the muscular and endoskeletal 
systems of Limulus and Scorpio........++-+-+-eee cree ++ 389 


Le Sovér, Ausert A. C., C.M.Z.S. 


Letter from, containing remarks upon a curious fact in 
connexion with the Satin Bower-bird ....... .. -.++-. ++ 388 


LrevuTuHner, Dr. FRANz. 


Abstract of a Monograph of the Odontolabini, a Subfamily 
bf the Uaonmdae ~ os a asieca ee ons See aseeess ose Se 598 


MarsHAtt, Major C, H. T., F.Z.S. 


Exhibition of a new Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus 
chumbanns) from Chymba ts 5)5m,> 6 dscns as an sae naie Seales 465 


Moore, FrREDERIC, F.Z.S. 


Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic Lepido- 
ptera Heterocera, .. (Plates V.. & Wl) :. St.n ae esa > ae ps 15 


A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of 
Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging to the Subfamily Eupleeine, 
with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part I. Lim- 
maing.. (Plates XXIX.-X ARID) oss wpe dees» oy anime 201 


A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of 


Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging to the Subfamily Eupleine, 
with Descriptions of new Genera and Species.—Part II. 


Eupleina. (Plates XXIX.—XXXII.) ............ wna geen 
Descriptions of new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. (Plates 
ELLY ELE RNs aot Wien 'aiv-o do da’ 3 ORR 521 


Morais, Rev. F. O. 


Exhibition of a drawing of a Tinamou, stated to have been 
POG a EI EF 05 i wos ete xe» kcal sini BP casei Stomsd on ent tA 


ix 


Page 
Owen, Prof. Ricwarp, C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 
&e. 
Embryological Testimony to General Homology........ 349 


Parker, W. Newron, Lecturer on Biology at the University. 
College of Wales, Aberystwyth. 


Note on the Respiratory Organs of Rhea.. .........++- 141 


Poutton, Epwarp B., M.A., F.Z.S. 
On the Tongues of the Marsupialia. (Plates LIV. & LV.) 599 


Ravenscrort, W. H. 


Letter from, containing remarks upon a peculiar habit of 
the Spotted Deer (Cervus axis)... 0.0.60. eee ca wean cece 465 


Savin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


A List of the Birds collected by Captain A. H. Markham 
on the West Coast of America ..............cececceeee 419 


On a Collection of Birds from Yucatan. By A. Boucarp, 
C.M.Z.S. With Notes by Osperr SALvIn ............ 434 


Satvin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., and Gopman, F. Du CANE, 


F.Z.S. 
On a third Species of Otidiphaps ..............000005 33 
Note on the Variation of certain Species of Agrias ...... 384 
Sarso, J. 


Letter from, containing remarks on the localities of Bos 
RETNA AI LOR POM Sn oa. et ec cs Gacsakeaty 2k 24a. P42 


ScuaTer, Puiie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to 
the Society. 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie jn 
Desembier S82) ov 5 6.5 wr ani cae 3. (MERE TY. eat wie? I 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
January 1883,............. Se ceeebiAee Sins. sdveele car os 


x 


Further Notes on Tragelaphus gratus. (Plate VIII.) .. 
On Birds collected in the Timor-Laut or Tenimber Group 
of Islands by Mr. Henry O. Forbes. (Plates XI.-XIV.).. 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
February 1883 ......0... cc cceessseesecuveccceens os 
Remarks upon a specimen of Macropus erubescens in the 
Gardens of the Zoological and Acclimatization Society, Mel- 
HEHE PA USEL MNEs ycte os soe creas 's (crciere). wit Sede wea) «(ela we erainae 
Remarks on a new List of British Birds .. ............ 
Exhibition of a skin of a Crow, sent to him for examination 
by Mr. Albert A. C. Le Souéf, C.M.Z.S. ... 
Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
11 TCO Rec ee ee ee co eee ae, eee Ree 
Additional Notes on Birds collected in Timor-Laut, or 
Tenimber, group of Islands by Mr. Henry O. Forbes. 
Gd hes pe. 2 6.6 SS. 8 | ee ee eee 
Exhibition of a skin of a rare Paradise-bird (Rhipidornis 
GU CUAL TRN) oo aa oa no Ws vo wre on sie 9 on .s swiss 0h oye 


Remarks on Radde’s ‘ Internationale Farben-skala’ .... 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menageri in 
BE RAE LO: oa, s SaMR ET OS og ae Seo Oe Oe oa mE 


List of the Species of Lepidopterous Insects bred in the 
Society’s Insect-House, and exhibition of living specimens 
Of the“ West-ruaia Wiresty Coots Sete ees tels ee seees 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a selection of Birds from 
New Britain, New Ireland, and the Solomon Islands, sent to 
him for examination by the Rev. George Brown, C.M.ZS... 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two birds obtained near 
Lima, Peru, and transmitted by Prof. William Nation, 
CUZ B era eee one Sir vals xs) a eae css eR REO 


Remarks upon a Condor from Peru, living in the Society’s 
Gardeas., (Ure re XV). sie ea wae 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
May This. rue SLIT) oc ite ees ce oe shoe bse 


se ee 


Page 
34 


48 


73 


346 


347 


48 
349 


388 


xi 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during 
the months of June, July, August, September, and October 
1883., (Plates XLVI.,& XLVIL.) 20.0.4 sj00.00 si salen ale 


Remarks upon the opening of the Society’s New Reptile- 
FIGMSE: HhcisiteWSG Hite fl. Lee) aioe Repl aah alee cides erway 


Note upon the increase in size and weight of the young 
male African Elephant, purchased July 1882 ............ 


Exhibition, on behalf of Dr. G. Bennett, F.Z.S., and remarks 
upon some skins of a species of Drepanornis from Southern 
RU GMC os cite TT eo etre ee aoe cere catasniae.s 


Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in 
November’ S83 a), ass, eee SR ee 


Descriptions of five apparently new Species of South- 
American) Passeres. (Plate LI.) os as ag sp ob mc sn en, es 


Sciater, P. L., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Watts, E. W., F.Z.S. 


Supplementary Notes on the Birds of the Argentine 
Republic. By E. W. Wuirr, F.Z.S8. With Remarks by 
P. Lo Seeater, ) (Elate 1X.)) to. vitesse fut dod soapy ome od 


Srrsoum, Henry, F.ZS. 


Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a new Owl (Budo blakis- 
BONE} MONG WELD aR OU cS ocd aes RPE eo. 2 cee aE Teo aloe 


Sextovs, F. C. 


Letter from, concerning the chances of obtaining a living 
ithe! Pu Nageeege 2) scc'e races sp gas Ae Qed atlas ear acd 


Suarpe, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant, 
Zoological Department, British Museum. 


Notes on some Species of Birds of the Family Diceide. . 


Suaw, Rev. G. A. 
A few Rough Notes on the Aye-aye...... 2... 2.00005 


Page 


463 


464 


465 


578 


598 


oF | 


466 


32 


578 


xii 
Page 
Sowersy, G. B., Jun. 
Descriptions of five new Species of Shells. (Plate VII.) 30 


Notice of a paper containing the descriptions of nine new 
Species of Shells, and of the Opercula of two known species.. 48 


Letter from, proposing an alteration in the name of a shell - 
CTHBRCIG) kes mp saiticin Sane a Ne eee e Rar. RO 465 


Sutron, J. B., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy, Middlesex 
Hospital. 
On the Diseases of Monkeys in the Society’s Gardens.... 581 


TaczanowskI, L., C.M.Z.S. 


Description des espéces nouvelles de la collection péruvienne 
de M. le Dr. Raimondi de Lima. (Plate XVII.) ........ 70 


Taczanowsk1, L., C.M.Z.S., et Berterscu, Comte H. v. 


Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par MM. Stolzmann et Siemi- 
radzki dans l’Ecuadeur occidental. (Plate L.) .......... 536 


TrimeNn, R., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


On a remarkable Variety of the Leopard (Felis pardus), 
obtained in the East of the Cape Colony........... esees O80 


Watson, Morrison, M.D., F.Z.S., Professor of Anatomy 
in the Owens College, Manchester. 


Additional Observations on the Structure of the Female 
Organs of the Indian Elephant (Zlephas indicus) ........ 517 


Weir, J. J. 
Exhibition of a supposed hermaphrodite specimen of Ly- 
cena icarus...... aneeinae ae OPE Ce: Sas se ae 


We pon, W. F. R., B.A., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cam- 
bridge, Assistant Demonstrator in the Morphological 
Laboratory of the University. 


On some Points in the Anatomy of Phenicopterus and its 
Alien) (Plates TAX, & Ls) 2. od temenidis Ved «tinea <é 638 


xili 
Page 
Wuirrs, E. W., F.Z.S. 


Further Notes on the Birds of the Argentine Republic .. 432 


Waits, E. W., F.Z.S. 


Supplementary Notes on the Birds of the Argentine 
Republic. With Remarks by P. L. Scuarer. (Plate IX.) 37 


Woon-Mason, J., F.Z.S., Deputy Superintendent, Indian 
Museum, Calcutta. 


A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Hmbiide, a 
Family of Orthopterous Insects. (Plate LVI.) .......... 628 


LIST OF PLATES. 


1883. 


Plate Page 
of Socotran freshwater Shells ........- ARUP SRO AS i+ a2 


III. Cardiac valves of Ornithorhynchus and Casuarius .... 
IV. Cardiac valves of Crocodilus, Ornithorhynchus, Lepus, 8 


ANE CHIOM Mcrae: cist oisieceroe eioiercieususkeiaheletoveioiess oT ae peieys 
- 
=a New Asiatic Lepidoptera. ....+..-s.ccececcceserses 15 
Willa Nev Shellsig ss sc.cjrsacianiimeretoecls seeker cre he enceny OD 
VIII. Tragelaphus gratus Get Q .scceeeee oko ae asbetala . d4 
IX. Poospiza whitu,1 5,29 .....-..6 tie, Nelatausstes ac stereos 37 
Xe Ey alis| paper dus cle rslel~ «ices «1 +,s\sleisielea ~iegis le ee + slcie 46 
DR INA DLsfOND eStats «nua: overs elalaheasyoieke akaetnicee) evalsvoherel teers 
XII. Fig. 1. Monarcha castus. Fig. 2. M.mundus........ 48 
XIII. Pachycephala arctitorquis,1 5,2 Q..........eeeves 
MLV. Walomntsenassa, Vos 2 Qe ss wieisie vi vieis Oo eite 2 eee 
XV. Spicules of new Holothuroidea ............--..+4. » sus 
XVI. Suctorial apparatus in the Tenuirostres.............. 62 
2. QAUG JAMO TOKO onahoponudeoo0UO BU Otacon bons 70 
AV LTS New Speciesiob Mrotylidies ress’ cele -se1-lelele eretsteretate 75 
XIX, Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expedi- 88 
XX. Unto) Regd COO che SOO HOO. Stitiso noun obmD ae one 
gal Geckos of New Caledonia .......+.+++++ eisai Sedalia 116 
2.04 UE WE Toy MTS Dood UG ONO DOO BAUS OUP UDR OOO Mae 139 
“OOS Mig lection Roti) SWGGon enous dooopmapon ast 144 
BO. Og PO) Carn (or GitorG itt ae Ao Cro Pars SHO OAR Ia OTe ECS EID aca 187 
XXXVI... Eclectus riedeli, 13,2 D..cc-sesscseece Dares: ofOorere 
VE RST ORE D-TUL Tos se cis sicete ae s 2.0.00» 00.8 sini ee | 194 
XXVIII. Pachycephala fusco-flava 3 et Q.ccsscccccccce scar 
Xt Mimetic Species of Euploine ....-............., 
253 
ae et New Species of Euploeinez........... Se riogs One oT 
XXXIII. | 
j 


XXALY. ANEW RADSNIES es sic-ai'e, Me Aes. c eictstiei ec cieloicee me bnion 324 


xXxV 


Plate Page 
XXXV. Sarcorhamphus equatorialis ....... Sa enleiatist viafasis coos 349 
ead New G 2 ; z 
xxxvit.({ Sew Genera and Species of Spiders .......+..e00005 352 
XXXVIII. Butterflies from Timor Laut ........0cceecceeeeces 365 
MOEN New Ayeridas cc cava sah foie ed dime v a'claie veaseie at 372 
XL. New Zygenide and Arctiida .........sceceeeeces : 
XLI. Lophognathus maculilabris ..... 0c cee cece cee eee } 386 
XLII. Simotes forbesi ....... cc cece cee oo) REO eC UC 
XLII. Porcula salvania, pull... .... ..0cecnecaveee conveces 388 
XLIV. Mollusca collected during the cruise of H.M.S. ‘Triton’ 389 
XLV. New Species of Galerucid®....,.s¢ccsencnecceneeven 399 
XLVI. ~Pelecanus trachyrhynchus... 6601s /6% <%4).00 sep oie po 69 463 
EEN IE.. Babingssaal far ti. sky wach aarviacaia se ee Re HS 463 
santana Wew indian Tapidoptera.. 0c. s+ ters sp ence e ests es 521 
L. Chrysomitris siemiradzkit 1... 6.0 cece cee e eee eeees 536 
EE. ‘Thomasus decipiens .... «it Javawad ney ra merwrnaes 586 
MGM, Geocrehlatmachtt: ie, tsi =0o sloienls >» Port el ereleieuctelel> 588 
LI. Pachycephala fusco-flava S .seessecccescceesvceee 
LN. } Pon f Marsupial 599 
LV. SOS OL Mare pial sare) os (ateyave) alo) ei alete:e'eislaieletaloqn'ela/eie'« 
LVI. Morphology of Embiid® .......000c0cveersee cseees 628 


reticulatus. Fig.3. D.fantasticus. Fig. 4. D. hahneli. 


LVII. Fig. 1. Prostherapis femoralis. Fig. 2. ’D. atl | 
LVIII. Fig. 1. Phyllobatestrilineatus. Fig. 2. Leptodactylus Pe 


rhodomystax. Fig. 3. L. discodactylus. Fig. 4. 
Phyllomedusa perlata .....cececccccetececeneees 


; Anatomy’ of ‘Phenicupteyias 332253 tose. g sees sesso. 638 
LXI. Basileuterus fraserts .. 202 ceces coe ncans ss s0r\s 00 . 653 


LIST OF WOODCUTS. 


1883. 

Page 
Head of Tragelaphus gratus ....cscceeseccecccevensvereces Aririciee 2.3) 
Upper surface of bills of Monarcha mundus and M. castus ........ 54 
Sections of the tongue of CimmyrtS ...cceecceveeeeeeeeecevees .. 64 
Sections of the tongue of Péelotis carunculatd .....sceeeeeees Firion bs) 
Genital organs of a spawning female Osmerus eperlanus ........ .. 135 
Left ovary and oviduct of Amia culvd ......e.eecussceveereveces 137 
Head of Zebra obtained during the Speke ad Grant Expedition .. 176 
IOS AMUSO DE OOS GA CO Le DOOR IIOO TOmO Cae nie pra a 345 
Chondropterygian embryonal fin ............ vis atnls’eje\eeie! clears .. 351 
Phymastrea irreguiaris (corallum from above) .....++++++ Nrocicnie» Aue 
Phymastrea irregularis (side view of a corallite) ..... Siro KO 409 
Brain of Sus salvanius (lateral view, right side) ........++005+ oven, 416 
Brain of Sus salvanius (lateral view, left side) ..... Sndodaact Bee lr 
Brain of Sus salvanius (view from above) ........++4 Sofate «cee 417 
Posterior part of the osseous palate of Globiceps melas ......00e0s . 471 
Posterior part of the osseous palate of Phocena communis .......- 471 
Palate of Delphinapterus leucas.......... oon. dome aves olehetete . 472 
Palate of Cephalorhynchus heavisidit.......... odio as dando ace one 473 
Palate of Tursiops turstio .eceeeceveecs Acc oomnn acd cdma otio. .. 478 
Palate of Steno rostratus......s..se0e- ROOT. ode BOOT CO NU OASt .. 483 
Palate Of Sovaled Swensts c.....c.<.s\.5 cic ce «1s a v\s\niela/ststsrs sie xis| /aiiholtieletes 487 
Palate of Lagenorhynchus acutus ..eccccccceeees ettore nts oaths SoU 
Palateiok Melphimus Cerys... ccics qcttiale 6c isle ¢ sisisis desys viel wieveuelete ies 501 
Sternum and sternal ends of first pair of ribs of Balenoptera borealis 515 
Vertebra of Pachyacanthus (showing the narrow spinal canal)...... 585 

Transverse section of the vertebral column of a Monkey, with the 
CONC 70 SFU is epcieya.e etounietarRevatevarsteiere sisiaielejayeneteraieasis este Saveleie Biss ERO 
Lower jaw of Ziphius nove zealandie (side view) ........e.eee00s 590 
Lower jaw of Ziphius nove zealandie (upper view) ........++00++ O91 
Right pelvic bone of Balenoptera australis... ccs ccc cece ee eeeeees 592 
Sternum of Balenoptera australis ......cccceecccueues axe alatiatepetare 593 
Shell of Amphibulina patula, with animal ............. a fe slalerot .. 595 
DBM BR TIC EOUSY ns cetera tetera esake se sys) cToivlet:s\sieiv.e € 60, vis'0is\s. ¥\4L8icie META 595 
Diagrams of the syrinx of Leptoptilus and Pheenicopterus ........+. 639 
Diagram of tensores patagii in Phentcopterus ............ Sap .soode 647 

Gastrocnemius and connexions in Leptoptilus, Phenicopterus, and in 
ThO DUC Greater isi se eevee dees cena POCONOS: aisleefatetets 648 

Diagrams of origin of flexor perforatus in Leptoptilus, Phanicopterus, 
BATU TSE ROOTS sigs wie diwne Mele be eee cya RYereteletsenrers RoOGGGE 649 


Origin of flexor profundus in Duck ....... s olvitivinie ce ve sie) visinleleleeODU 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON 


FOR THE YEAR 


1883. 


(PLATES) 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 
LONDON: 


MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, 
PATERNOSTER ROW. 


me eenicrncit: 


iy. nome ae Abd e wih ld eo ble 


eit — saaraOL ae 


7 ieee 


hs 
, 
4 
i 
. 
t 
A) a 


- (vg, 


ie rast ES ics pis ao 2 


aa iin See 


a. iy os peace 


ge, FL ae Realy os Sort < 


See RaEee tint 
oe ek iBa 


LIST OF .PLATES. 


1883. 


x Socotran freshwater Shells .......0eeeceeceecetnnes 2 


III. Cardiae valves of Ornithorhynchus and Casuarius .... 
IV. Cardiac valves of Crocodilus, Ornithorhynchus, Lepus,? 8 


SGU AT LOTS 6 Pern RGR EDO ye OGD Oo DAO CROrOCG OD 
- 
a New Asiatic Lepidoptera... .....ce-ceesrsseecences 15 
WiltiE ee News shells: #.t-hr-atiate si ccc starlet selene at oiacct acess 30 
VIII. Tragelaphus gratus Set Q ..cccceseccrevcccseces 34 
RX. ““Pooshes wheter, CS 2D os necgariess sie guess i ve 37 
NF PE ny AUS PUCOLAUS senate icteistere tease fers lo 6 se 46 
I eG CO REO ESS ahinke Gitlin 00 ob ac Grit eAlo a CODE epOO dT 
XII. Fig. 1. Monarcha castus. Fig. 2. M.mundus........ 48 
XIII. Pachycephala arctitorquis,1 5,2 Q..cseeeeeceeeees 
XV COLonnts CHUSSin le hee 2 Gata ne et clerics sictetars oe >) oiejisie’s 
XV. Spicules of new Holothuroidea ............--. see 58 
XVI. Suctorial apparatus in the Tenuirostres.............. 62 
OMI TAT GUR te (OG (a oplbo enue dneocn eee couroacocs Al, 
XVIII. New Species of Erotylidse ......0..0cceesseseecees 75 
XIX. Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ pte 88 
XX. MOTT @ogniOdoo FOU Sot 00.00 GOnur hobo Sopwosbo ddric 
Sead Geckos of New Caledonia ......2.:-.:eseeee cece 116 
MXIT. Bufo formosus .... ccc. vcevecccccee ceccsveversces 139 
XXIV. New Indian Butterflies .........:eecseereeene eee: 144 
MEK Pxotie Cicadidse: .lic reyewe ls eee «0 «1c ciere.e lal at ne sien oe 187 
XXVI. Eclectus riedeli, 1 5,2 Qissscvercccceee Stereidatssalere 
XXVIII. Rhipidura fusco-rufa.....cceceeecvsscsrseeccvees 194 
XXVIII. Pachycephala fusco-flava 3 et Qirssesscaceevavces 
ee Mimetic Species of Euploeing ...:-..2-seeeeeeees: 
. 253 
= New Species of Eupleeinz 
XXXII Pp CANES Occ ho Aountow so dubec tor 
XXXIII 


Plate 


XXXV. 
XXXVI. 
XXXVIT. 


XXXVIII. 


LVI. 


LVII. 


LVIII. 


LIX xX 
LX. 


LXI. 


iv 


Page 
Sarcorhamphus @quatorialis ...c6.ce sev ceeeeeene BAD 
New Genera and Species of Spiders .......... seeees 352 
Bircheriiesmromip bidors Ws tities mn agietedelejeisielslaice sro vee. 365 
INE WRAY oer Geers arerelclelo\s.cratererristaraienenasrera)cterer's(« Ai) < 372 
New Zygzenidee and Arctiide .........+eeceeesees 
Lophognathus maculilabris ........ TRS onion coh « } 386 
MEMOLES FORUESH. terse linet ais aoe Bye sce weteker etal ot  oiaheteete 
Porcula salvania, pull... .... aC. Giste) 
Mollusca collected feces oe! cruise oat H. M. Ss. ‘Triton’ 389 
New: Species /ofGalerucidee scans acts ae otoerelen aime 399 
Pelecanus trachyrhynchus ...... alia) evar, svelte egaeers .. 463 
Babwussaalfurus.: 5 site Uae aie as tee ee Broo his: 
New Indian Lepidoptera..............000. Sooo S 521 
Chrysomitris siemiradzkit ..... NOP 536 
Thomisus decipiens ...... soebdoUwInn boa da aco od 5c 586 
Geocichtammachtlti.stawcmen tenis sietetcrtatts ecole ofalsttate 588 
Pachycephala fusco—flava Go... css sccce ence svuees 
} Tongues of Marsupials...... eitetaieins steko. cofehe sasisiebepereiets 599 
Morphology of Bmbiid®. 0.2.0. ..ccccensss- + creee 628 


Fig. 1. Prostherapis femoralis. Fig. 2. Dendrobates 
reticulatus. Fig. 3. D. fantasticus. Fig. 4. D. hahneli. | 

Fig. 1. Phyllobatestrilineatus. Fig. 2. Leptodactylus (636 
rhodomystax. Fig. 3. LZ. discodactylus. Fig. 4. 
Phyllomedusa per kata 2 ister. eieisiaiene a ielcyoye iiss) ate J 


‘| Anatomy of Phenicopterus a. vant ster traiotelelai ants iettens 638 


Bastleterus firaserts. cis svoininctekotn 6 Aches oials npn tunis iva ». 653 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


THE scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two 
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and 
“ Transactions,” in quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings” 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub- 
lication.- From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings 
are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to 
illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals 
described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the 
new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s 
Gardens are often given. 

The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the 
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part 
published in April completing the volume for the preceding 
year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations. 

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 

Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members, 
upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the 
Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled 
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less 
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re- 
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications 
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of the 
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s 
Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the 
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any 
bookseller :— 

[June 1, 1883.] 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE 
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


8vo. 2 vols. 
To Fellows. To the Public. 
Part. I. 1830-31 wlivol. Svoisesecvescacns's. 03 Price 4s. 6d. iS. 
5) wee e8382, eee te ee AES eae 5 148.60. eee Gs: 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 


Price to Price to the Price to Price tot 

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. 

Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 

‘. II. 1834, ‘ 4s. 6d. ... 6s. bs X. 1842. 6 AS" Gd: wo. USe 

ee URS BBE 7 AcGtec.108.) | os | L843! i; 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 

3 LV E8S6 > 4s. 6d. ... 6s. >»  AIE. 1844. = 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 
aS V. 1837. es 4s. 6d. ... 6s. > XIII. 1845. = 4s. 6d. ... 6s. | 
ee) | WIS 888: oA As: Gd. <-. Os. >» ALY. 1846. 5 4s. 6d. ... 6s. | 
VIT-t839; - As: \6d2-.0'68: oo wm Vv. 1847. 5 4s. 6d. ... 6s. | 

VIII. 1840. ss 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Index 1830-47. ae As? Gs ssn Oss 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. | 
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) 


Letterpress ee With Plates Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public, 


£ s. a. £ s. 


Part XVI. 1848.1 vol. 8vo.4s. 6d. ... 6s. ... Price 1 1 O Ile 87) 
5 Oe S498 ap Or inp Ge Fo py le a lagi? <6 
» XVIII. 1850. Ap 2 st ty ee come Sis epee, elle 7G 118 0 
7 XIX. 1851. x AgOGs nes SuOSsires! 5 OO aE oy tieal ee 
Sy XX. 1852. X Ag Od sultree a etOS.Petsent hy OU Gna leuk (Uke 
F XXI. 1853. op AstOd nites. HOsaMiagn. neeORlSO 14 0 
» XXII. 1854. 4 AS. \6d..\ jwsc; OS.| tse03 isso itl OW On eee Oe 
» MXIT. 1855. Ss AS G05 4 usa OSs oom sy) tle als Our male lames 
» XXIV. 1856. 3 ASMOG 4 wesy 08s ose 55 «1 — 1 Ob eee) See 
Pe 0.25 shay " AGN Od Mee 0S: te ye LO 4-6 
ep. ©.@'s Gan often oS AgKOd..) G00 1G8s) +50) 183; S112 Oo, Sy 
35 a LB 5 98 + AS 004 aeses (lOSsmeiceteisye lel lane 22) 0=s 
» XXVIII. 1860. : ISAO pines apelOS tise at pe chlalen aC) 202, 10 


Index 1848-60. 8 Re 


ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL 
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols. 


Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured. 

To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public, 

an a Oss SEO. Os £8. ds £ os. a. 
Mammalia ............ Levols.) Ve2: 6" =, Pel0 0%... Price.) V8 sO eae ee O 
AVES «scsuthdesesetteee Zivels;, 28 0%. 3.3 006.0. 39 4b) OF Leah ee 
Reptilia etsPiscesic-wmlgivol:; O05) Drcth lead Ojces. 4 ) sells PHO oO 
Mollustat.c.ssccccetens Bevo, JO Glo OSs il eo) tO) seer psn) ese LelO: 0 
Annilosa et Radiata wvol., dll” Ga? 32540 2 feo a0 3 3 0* 


* No copies of these volumes remain in stock. 


3 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF 
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only. 
To To the To To the To ‘o the 
Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public 
TS61; cloth °32s......00. AT Seo. eetcas ASN OG esscoons OS. scents: 27S Odsecuscs Als. 
1862, BAM IES. nc canes AT Biccsdieos 4S; Odtacatas God eceae 27s. 6d. Als. 
1863, Be AOS wen c reas A Sicveseacs AS: O68: ce8e%.. GSyecte nwa Dise Odesrantnes Als. 
Betti iea. } OSs ascecees Ai Sater caas AS Gd oweagsess OSneseccens PU CEL ST i eeaeenee 41s. 
MSGI se) CoS scecss ses 47s AS: Gd scence OS. veces. O75. Gileccvcaens Als. 
WS GOGE sat 0 OORIedssaces 47s 4s. 6d sd OSvecka des Disn Gas. dleve« 41s. 
With Illustrations With Lllustrations 
Uncoloured. Coloured. 
To Fellows. Tothe Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 
EO Pe ClOthcccecucanceccssces see lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. 
Uslilel, \epep et Agena eS aE DASE CEEEE lls. 6d... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. 
WO Fee e+ os cteslecceduesseecase lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. 
HEME ccc cs ccvebsceeecaeat Mis? Gd. 2... 4s) Gd. ... O8Sa00: ..- 4/5700 
Index, 1861- WB7Uttecccessess 4s. 6d; ... , Gs: Od: 
RST Wy ClOLH tess... ceteccesessoees lss6d2 25 L4s> Od. ... O28: Gd. ... 475. 00. 
MPR are tg eed, TUE. SMe ha aan lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 82s. 6d. ... 47s. 6a. 
USO  Bapeas poe aa ire eaee lis, 6d. ¢0 l4si6ds... 32s: 6d. 2. 47s. 6d. 
MIAREEEE casesscccsoacssessces lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.* 
yi one lls. 6d. .:. 14s. 6d. ... 38s, 6d. ... 50s. 6d.* 
LSZ6S0'55 = lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.* 
Wve Bvseestets Gb ccchldcoct wos lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 
(eo (Se eee 18.60.00. L4si\6d.5.2..30s: Od. <2..005: 160. 
TSS LS ee ee Dish Gd: 14s) Gass 2 dss. Od: »...505. 6d. 
(EU a a eee lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 
Index, 1871_ SSO staat 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Od. 
MSC MCLOUM sais cecesecescses cus lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 
1882, Picea ce ma casanin i Hs. 6d... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 
1883, part Tian. & Feb:))..': 2s. 3d.) 2.0 3s. 0d, 64 9s Ode ... 12s. Od. 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF 
LONDON. 4to. 10 vols. and Hight Parts. 


Vol. : containing 59 Plates 


(1833-35) Price 5 13 


Vol. 3. 7 ee (1835-41) ,, 
Vol. nn. 3 63) Ns3 1842-49) ,, 
Vol. Iv. i 7s ee 1851-62) ,, 
Wal: iV., 55 G7, 5 1862-66) ,, 
Vol. VI., * De 5s (1866-69) ,, 
Vol.VIL., Be isn (1869-72) ,, 
WolVIIIT. 5°. 55 82am tee e 
Vol. IX., a OO 1875-77) ,, 
Vol. X., Es 94 (1877-79) ,, 
Vol. XI. part 1, containing “4 plates (Jan. 1880) ,, 
Vol. X 3 399 3 ” 7 ” (Aug. 1880) 2 
Wo: XI. -.535 3; Pe Bi: x nae 1881) ,, 
Vol. XL, baer ss - 3 ,, (Apr. 1881) ,, 
Wols 41... 55. 55 aS 13 ,, (June 1881) ,, 
Vol. ae 550 Os 3 6 ,, (Jan. 1882) ,, 
Vol, XI, ,5 7; % 9 se (Oct, L882); ,. 
Vol. XL, ,, es 33 11 ,, (Jan. 1883) ,, 


To Fellows. Tothe Public. 
EB 8.5 di: £15) 
Gees 41 18900 
OPO). 5) 16) (G6 
‘ Si Oise 411 0* 
C27 0F eet 2.6 
Open Oy ee Onn 
Heda 0). 5 150 0 
Slee Oe al le GO 
OSes Stee Late O 
129 0© 07347 16'"0' 0 
LOS ORG: tal Sue ea O 
UFZ Os, OnlGr 20 
OFS! Ones lb. G 
Zi G8) TIO 0 
OMA iG. 010) 0 
OLS! Gres ols 420 
C20 OG 0 
OFS) O78 FO 0 
O20... O16 6 


* Only imperfect copies of these yolumes remain in stock. 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. 8vo. 1862. _ Price 1s. 6d. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Second Edition.) S8vo. 1863. 
Price 1s. 6d. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Third Edition.) 8yvo. 1865. 
Price 1s. 6d. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) 8vo. 1866. 
Price 1s. 6d. 


Reyised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8yo. 1872. 
Price 2s. 


Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vo. 
1875. Price Is. 


List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Sixth Edition.) 8vo. 
1877. Price 3s. 6d. 


List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo. 
1879. Price 3s. 6d. 


List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1879. 8vo. 1880. 

Price 1s. 6d. 


Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s 
Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s pub- 
lishers (Paternoster Row E.C.), or through any bookseller. 


Price 6d., Sewed, 


A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS 
OF THE 
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
Thirty-seventh Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange- 
ment of the Gardens, 


By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. 


LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two 
kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and 
“Transactions,” im quarto. 

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings’ 
contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- 
tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings 
and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub- 
lication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings 
are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to 
illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals 
described in them. Amongst such illustrations, figures of the 
new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s 
Gardens are often given. 

The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the 
first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part 
published in April completing the volume for the preceding 
year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations. 

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important 
communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society 
as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate 
them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form. 

Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members, 
upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the 
Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the 
Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled 
to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less 
than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re- 
duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications 
issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds. 

The following is a complete list of the publications of the 
Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s 
Office (3 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the 
Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, H.C.), or through any 
bookseller :— 

[April 1, 1884.1 


2 


9 


~ 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE- 
SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


8vo. 2 vols. 
To Fellows. To the Public. 
Partelee 1Sa0-316 VWivole-SvOscessssceneecseenss Price 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 
Ay US IEPs foi, edenasadesanoccarees 5) 48; Od Sees ese 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.) 


Priceto Price to the Price to Price to the 
Fellows. Public, Fellows. Pub ic 
Part I. 1833. I vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 
“ II. 1834. oo 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 3 X. 1842. 7 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 
oe tlieal835: a 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ar ok 1843. > 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 
: IV. {836 33 4s. 6d. ... 6s. » OIE. 1844. es 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 
a Veal Sore - 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ope UNG USE sp. > 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 
VE 1838: 3 4s. 6d. ... 6s. >» ALV. 1846. 5 As. 6d. ... 6s. 
op NALS EE Ss 4s. 6d. ... 6s. ENV eA: am 4s. 6d. ... 6s. 
» VIII. 1840. ys 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Index 1830-47. FA 4s. Gd. ... 68. 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 
8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.) 


Letterpress only. With Plates Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public, 
ES Saas ES.) de 
Part XVI. 1848. 1 vol. 8vo.4s. 6d. ... 6s. ... Price 1 1 O EG 

VES t98 ss Ass: tet ac Sea) wewemee ag ll oe i. fone 
3 NVI 1850; iS 452 6ds. ae  ZOSE ee Pe ee nO Lis 
- XIX. 1851. Bi 4s. 6d. 6s = Onlotaur 1 1 O* 
‘A XX. 1852. % As: Odes ceetpehOsee tit ea O16 Os 1 1 O* 
= XXI. 1853. a 45/1009 ja sssy- OSs eens 2 ORI Sra 140): 
ry OA key s ASO. b ctue OS: 7 cesuia, os Oa O 1 16 70 
5) SS b5. Ps 457 GdovernrewlOS) Spaakts eal? tao 1 ‘18> 0* 
» XXIV, 1856. Ae AsOd:" Gr. 6s: eS Talice0 1 °F 26 
Pe... kebye Be As: 6d 385-1168; sete Sl 0 TY fie 33 
» ASVIL 1858. - As Od tas ie SMBs. ctcome-55° 12, Lyle giObesseaee, LOMO 
Le MOLT. 1859: es AS» G0 iw aeee. OS:) econ ss bl 2 2 Dacor 
>» XXVIII. 1860. - 4S: Od ercss, OSS: seeoety, LO 2 20) 


Index 1848-60. 


ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL 
SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols. 


Plates Uncoloured. Plates Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public, 
Ft a Soe ae Biss, Ses 
Mammalia ....... poceeelevol:ss  “IAI206).:.-1 100: 2.4 Preer2 *iS Oe eo 
WAVES, oeosdviossyuienneee 2EVOIR:, (2 "Sin O35 3B. 0 ves, <p) 4glb Ota OGM 
Reptilia-et Pisces 2 Vovel, 0-159 3.1 1 0%. =, el Se ae 
Mollusca.........sesees legal. “O-15) (958-0 0° Sy a ee ee 
Annulosa..et Redista vol; 1.11 6.4.2 2 0°. ,, “2 80" a ae ee 


* No perfect copies of these volumes remain in stock. 


3 


PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF 
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only. 
ToFellows. To Public. ToFellows. To Public. To Fellows. me igs 
1861, cloth 32s......... AT Sis.s2 00s AcuOdece same OSeness sass 27s. 6d.. 
WROD 5, © lSLSeseceveee Ab [Gecccacese 4s. 6d........- Gssescaseas 2 SOG snare a. 
WSUS, 554 O2Scceseecoe Al] Sensecaees 4s, 6d......... OSteeneeers 2/6: Olas .oes 41s. 
W864, 55. “B28 Avsntes AY Siscdisecs ASS GUS Se.eubes 6sieies 278. Gdese:. Als. 
NSGSs: A) JV S28. sce. cee ATS sesneet AS iOWscacaseus Gsisasscees D7 ss Otlsceces Als. 
DSGGR a se aS acceks cas ATS. c.seesa4S- Oecs ens .c OSiccesenas DAS. Oibskees 41s. 


With Illustr. Uncoloured. With Illustr. Coloured. 
To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public. 


HSO7- Clotiiscercdeceacseescsuces lls. Gd. ... I4s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. 
BSG Bete ie eo ta dues vere ccea lls. 6d... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. 
BSI den “cecal stepneuactecsiee’s Ils: 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 39s. 6d..... 4/s. 6d. 
SAS iow). dcwccsteuaswenstenes lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d 
Index, 1861— 187 Osi secsdsees AS Othe cseue OSs Us 

NS TE ClOthis<c.3. vdeaccesdeeteu’ lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. 
“SR NS ae Diis.:6d) 1, U4e(Gdl) 0328 Gd..01 Age: Ga. 
te Mew, Seas or SS eae 2 lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 382s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d. 
IRUACORMIGS (eucecscecsctssecaacss lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.* 


USipeees Vesccesescssassetss +. WLS. OG. <2. L4s) Gd... SSS. i6d,.... 00s; Oa: * 
WSUS Gs) eesecteee ce cette Liss Ole owas One foos. Od. 50s! Ga 


WOLD sh bissticgtbacckeetshteh saat lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 88s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 
ES AG MEG cseosecstieancancae lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 
Enos saitisaacedaepeat as vexis- 8 lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 
S331 Dr ey aE Ae ae I a DlsiGd2 eo l4s: Gde... oss. 6d..... 50s: 6d. 
Index, 1871_ NSBO) Meat tos 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Od. 

MOGs Clothiesnececaseccsesceaves lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d.... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 
1882, BAR ocr. oa temact orate 1Is..6d., ..: 14s, 6d....;. 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 
MSS iesri deca sccett ossaeeceal lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d. 


TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF 
LONDON. 4to. 10 vols. and Nine Parts. 


a Fellows. Tothe Public. 

s. d. So, (8s Us 

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Price3 [sO eae Us 
4 


Vol. II., a (i heanse (1835-41) ,, OP 53 5) 6* 6* 
Vol. IIL, + Gals 1842-49) ,, 3 8 6.. 411 W* 
Vol. IV., “S Theis Mer 1851-62) , 6 2 0.. 8 2 6* 
Vol. V., = Of 1862-66), 450.5 3196... 6 19) 0 
Vol. VI., 3 Oe: (866-69)= 5, DL oat0™.., D0 0 
Vol.VIL., a 7s, (1869-72): ,,. 3.17.0... 11 16 0 
Vol.VIIL, ,, Soe (1872-74), 9 8) Sie Ll) 0 
Vol. IX., re OD a (1875-77) ,,12 0 0.. 16 0 O 
Vol. X., 94 Sii-79)"%, 10 056... 15 7) 0 
Vol. XI, part 1, containing 4 plates (Jan. 1880) ,, 012 0.. 016 0 
Vol. XI., ,, 2, + F555 CADE SSO) 5. “OTS Oi ba 0 
Vol. XI. ,, 3, 3 Boje Mar- 1881) 82 Gree 10 0 
Vol. XL, ,, 4, Fr, 3 ,, (Apr. 1881),, 0 7 6.. 010 0 
Vol. XI, ,, 5, » 13 ,, (June 1881),,018 6.. 1 4 0 
Vol. XI., ,, 6, 5 6 ,, (Jan. 1882),, 012 0.. 016 O 
Volo Xi; 7; + 9; 2 (Octa 1882) 5 O1b.-0.. 1 0-0 
Vol. XL, ,, 8, ee We (dans Leko O12 0:., O16 0 
Vol. XI, ,, 9, 5 10 ,, (Oct.1883),, 012 0.. 016 O 


* No pertect copies of these volumes remain in stock. 


LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. 8yo. 1862. Price ls. 6d. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Second Edition.) 8vo. 1863. 
Price 1s. 6d. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London, (Third Edition.) 8vo. 1865. 
Price 1s. 6d. 


List of Vertebrated Animals Living in the Gardens of the Zoological 
Society of London. (Fourth Edition.) S8vo. 1866. 
Price 1s. 6d. 


Reyised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. 8yo. 1872. 
Price 2s. 


Revised List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the 
Gardens of the Zoological Society of London.—Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1872, 1873, and 1874. 8vyo. 
1875. Price 1s. 


List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London, (Sixth Edition.) 8vo. 
1877. Price 3s. 6d. 


List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Seventh Edition.) 8vo. 
1879. Price 3s. 6d. 


List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London.—First Supplement, 
containing Additions received in 1879. 8yvo. 1880. 

Price Is. 6d. 


List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens 
of the Zoological Society of London. (Eighth Edition.) 8vo. 
1883. : Price 3s. 6d. 


Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtamed at the Society’s 
Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s pub- 
lishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller. 


Price 6d., Sewed, 


A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS 
OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Thirty-seyenth Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange- 
ment of the Gardens, 


By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. 


“4-D. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


January 16, 1883. 
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1882 :— 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of December were 55 in number. Of these 34 were acquired 
by presentation, 12 by purchase, 2 were born in the Gardens, and 
7 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period, by death and removals, was 118. 


Mr. Dresser exhibited the specimen of a Bee-eater (Merops philip- 
pinus) stated to have been obtained near the Snook, Seaton Carew, in 
August 1862 (ef. Hancock, B. Northumb. &c. p. 28), and stated 
that it was an old example, probably a male, in full plumage. Mr. 
Dresser observed that it was rather singular that this remote sou- 
thern and eastern species, which had never previously been recorded 
from any part of Europe, should have been shot in Great Britain. 


The following papers were read :— 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. I. | 


2 LIEUT.-COL., GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. [Jan. 16, 


1. On the Freshwater Shells of the Island of Socotra collected 
by Professor I. Bayley Balfour. By Lieut.-Colonel 
H. H. Gopwin-Austen, F.RB.S., F.Z.S. &c.—Part III. 


[Received January 16, 1883.] 
(Plates I. & II.) 


The shells now treated of belong to the genera Planorbis, Hy- 
drobia, and Melania. The first is the only representative of the 
Limneide in Socotra, for the very generally distributed genus Lim- 
nea appears certainly absent. The freshwater shells brought home 
by Professor Balfour are well represented numerically ; and a great 
number of young specimens occurred caught up in the water-plants 
that were collected ; but all are referable to the above genera, and not 
a single bivalve of any kind was detected among them. 

Although three of the species of Melania are well known shells 
with an extended range, and have been often figured in various works, 
yet they vary much in form, coloration, and sculpture with change 
of conditions. I have therefore given figures of their Socotran repre- 
sentatives. I think, when we are trying to slowly work out the 
causes of the distribution of species over certain areas, we cannot be 
too particular, too minute, and too exact with the species that we are 
now collecting, and more particularly with island forms. I do not 
imagine that in Socotra the more or Jess stagnant pools are large or 
numerous, or the streams of great extent; and this must be the case 
with many small islands. The formation of a Military or a Coaling- 
station is very apt to lead to the destruction of such pieces of water 
or marshy ground—the one conducted into new channels, the other 
drained for sanitary purposes, destroying the original molluscan 
inhabitants together with many of the plants, insects, and other forms 
of life. Again, the introduction of plants with the occupation of 
islands by new races, leads to the transport of species from other 
countries ; and as time goes on the history of such aided emigration 
is lost, and there will be a tendency to weaken original de- 
ductions made now on the distribution of species as connected with 
the former outlines of land and sea. If mere lists of a fauna, with 
perhaps meagre deescriptions only, be drawn up, and a species 
become extinct and the original collection destroyed, how easy is it 
to throw doubt on the authenticity and correctness of the record, or 
the identification of the particular species. When drawings are 
added there is less possibility of such doubts arising. 

The freshwater shells we have before us have certainly more of 
an Indian character than an African one; and, again, as I pointed out 
in a previous paper, they extend to Madagascar and the Mascarene 
Islands to the south. In fact the only species in the present series 
that has an African habitat is the extremely wide-spread Melania 
tuberculata. Planorbis cockburni may be also African; but it is a 
form of a group of that genus which has a greatly extended range 


1883.] LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. 3 


in time and area. It seems remarkable that four freshwater shells 
of common and abundant Indian species, only one hitherto known 
from Africa, should be found isolated in Socotra; and this, I think, 
is another point in evidence of the area of the Arabian Sea as far south 
as a line joining Madagascar and Ceylon having been once toa great 
extent dry land receiving the drainage of the surrounding mountain- 
ranges, of which Socotra formed a portion of the western watershed 
and the limit of its freshwater fauna, this watershed being then 
continuous with the Jebel Yafai and the highlands of Arabia. 

Herr von Martens, the recorder of the Molluscan portion of the 
‘Zoological Record’ for 1881, does not quite agree with me in connect- 
ing Socotra with Madagascar, considering the species I placed in Tro- 
pidophora to belong rather to Lithidion. On looking again at these 
shells, the form cf the operculum of 7. soco¢rana is certainly similar 
to that of Otopoma; but that of Lithidion is nearer to Cyclotopsis and 
Tropidophora (Arabia and Socotra). 

I hope soon to be able to examine the animals of these shells, as 
Professor Balfour placed some of those collected in spirits, and others 
were alive when they reached England. 


Fam. Limn21p. 
PLANORBIS EXUSTUS, var. MACULATUS. (Plate I. figs. 1, 1a, 14.) 


Shell, umbilical region slightly concave, the apical very slightly 
depressed ; sculpture, very fine regular transverse ribbing ; colour 
umber-brown, passing into white, with two or three broadish trans- 
verse bands of darker brown, more apparent in bleached specimens ; 
spire very slightly depressed ; whorls 4, the last increasing rapidly ; 
aperture widely ovate, descending below and slightly rising above 
the level of the body-whorl ; peristome thin, margins united by a thin 
deposit on the body-whorl. 

Size :— 

Major diam. 12°5, minor diam. 9-0, alt. axis 4°5 millim. 
ie Sant p49... Ocoee OLS meh. 

This species is about the size and has somewhat the form of P. 
madagascariensis, Kd. Smith, figured and described in the P. Z. S. 
1882, from Lake Itasy. 

Compared with a large series of P. exustus from different parts of 
India, itis rounder on the periphery and smoother than the majority ; 
and none of the Indian examples exhibit the distinct bands of darker 
colour on the last whorl. 

This shell and others of the genus are no doubt really sinistral ; 
but I have figured it as dextral, this being more convenient for com- 
parison with almost all figures hitherto given of this genus. 


PLANORBIS SOCOTRENSIS, n. sp. (Plate I. figs. 3, 5a, 3, 3c.) 
Shell minute, discoid, apical and basal sides equally concave ; 
sculpture, obliquely striate with lines of growth, otherwise smooth 
with very minute pitting or malleation; colour pale ochraceous; 
suture well impressed ; whorls 3, flat on the periphery, angular 
1% 


4 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. (Jan. 16, 


above and below, side subvertical ; aperture rhomboidal, rather wider 
than high ; peristome thin, continues as a thin callus on the body- 
whorl, arched above, straight below. 
Size :— 
Major diam. 3°4, alt. axis 0-5 millim. 
- 5) 0135" ,51%,; 0:02 ineb. 


There are unfortunately only two specimens of this cunous form 
in the collection ; and these I found when carefully looking over some 
large tangled pieces of water-plants, which Prof. B. Balfour sent me 
to examine for this purpose, and which were in the same state as 
when transferred from the water. 

There is a very remarkable resemblance between the general form 
of this shell and the fossil species Macrocyelis carnatica of Stoliczka, 
which was described and figured from the Upper Cretaceous rocks of 
the Arrialur group in Southern India (Palzeontologia Indica, plate. 
figs. 8, 8 a, 84, p. 12). The latter is represented as a dextral shell 
with flat-sided whorls angulate above and below. And if the two shells 
are compared in this position, it will be seen that the right margin 
of the periphery differs ; the diameter is greater above than below, 
whereas in socotrensis it is the reverse. Stoliczka says that the 
fossil specimen is much injured by pressure ; and a comparison of 
figs. 8a and 84, where the periphery is restored, shows it to be 
more like the Socotran shell. I am inclined to think that this 
fossil form may be a freshwater shell allied to Planordis and not to 
the Zonitide. 


PLANORBIS COCKBURNI, n. sp. (Plate I. figs. 2, 2a, 26.) 


Shell discoid, diaphanous ; sculpture, fine oblique striation, almost 
costulation, on the first whorls; colour pale horny brown; suture 
impressed ; whorls 24 ; aperture broadly ovate. 

Size :— 

Major diam. 4°3, alt. axis 1*1 millim. 
oF #3 (1D) a eee 0°04 inch. 


A large number of this species were found, associated with the 
last. I have named it after Lieut. Cockburn, of the 6th Royal 
Regiment, who accompanied Prof. Balfour and rendered him so 
much able assistance. 


Hyprosra(?) BALFouRI, n. sp. (Plate I. figs. 4, 5.) 


Shell elongately oval; sculpture, quite smooth, a few eroded 
patches on the apical whorls ; colour white, another (smaller) specimen 
ash-brown ; spire high, somewhat attenuate ; whorls 5, penultimate 
the largest, its sides convex ; aperture subvertical, broadly ovate or 
nearly circular ; peristome thin, well rounded below; operculum not 
seen, 

Size :— 


Major diam. 1°3, alt. apert. 0-9, alt. axis 2°] millim. 
” ” 0°05, ”» 0°04, »” 0:08 inch. 


PZ S. 1883. Pll 


SOCOTRAN FRESHWATER SHELLS. 
LH. Codwin-Austen, del et lith. Maclure & Macdonald, imp 


P.2Z.S2186d. Pil 


SUGOTRAN FPRESHWATER SHELLS 
| Godwm Austen, del et lith Machure.& Macdonald, imp 


1883] LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. 5 


This species appears to be nearest to H. (Belgrandia) miliacea, 
Nevill (J. A. S. B. 1881, pl. vii. fig. 7), from Port Canning on the 
Mutlah, Sindabuns; but neither the operculum nor animal being 
known, it is difficult to place it in its correct generic position. I at 
first considered it a Bithynia. 


_ Mevanta Tusercunata, Miller. (Plate II. figs. 5, 6.) 
Size :— 
Largest spec. Major diam. 9°8, alt. apert. 9°8, alt. axis29°0 millim. 
> igi U Oo temEs 02395 Ss 1:14 inch. 
Younger spec. _,, ao) GUS er Oe Omi. 
» ” 0°24, ” 0°24, ” 0°67 inch. 
This is a very widely distributed shell. Brot records it from the 
north, east, and west coasts of Africa, Madagascar and Mauritius, 
India and Ceylon, Syria, Persia, Mesopotamia, Arabia, Siam ; Java 
and Malta (Isse/). 


MELANIA TUBERCULATA, smooth var. (Plate II. fig. 4.) 


The interior of the aperture is milky white, with no splashes or 
spotting of colour. 
Size :— 
Major diam. 8°0, alt. apert. 8°0, alt. axis 22°5 millim. 
” » 0°31, ” 0°31, ” 0°89 inch. 


Similar to fig. 11 ¢, pl. 26 of Brot’s Monograph. 


Mevania scaBra, Miller. (Plate II. fig. 1.) 


Shell turreted, solid ; spire high ; whorls 6, the last two angulate 
above ; aperture ovate. 

Size :— 

Major diam. 7:0, alt. apert. 7°0, alt. axis 16°4 millim. 
= Hid Nhe es O285 5 85 0°65 inch. 

This shell is identical with sjecimens in my collection from Kat- 
tiawar ; it agrees, too, with fig. 14 6, plate 27 of Brot’s monograph. 

The young shell (Plate II. fig. 1a), when from 2 to 3 mm. long, 
has 5 whorls, the spines only commencing to be formed on the 
fourth. The apex is rounded and smooth, carination showing on the 
second whorl. The columellar margin is of a fine purple colour. 

A specimen in spirit, on being broken, was found to contain a 
dozen of the size above given. This is identical with the young of 
M. scabra from Kattiawar. 


Metanta scaBra, Miiller, var. (Plate IL. fig. 2.) 


Shell elongately turreted, the last whor! smooth, the apical whorls 
being deeply sulcate, the intervening varices being very regular ; 
sculpture, spiral ribbing on the last whorl, finer above ; colour pale 
ochraceous, with a few spottings and narrow stripes of dark ruddy 
brown ; spire high, attenuate, apex decollate ; suture impressed ; 
whorls 8, apex gone, probably 10 when complete, sides convex ; 


6 LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. [Jan. 16, 


aperture oval, angular above, narrowly rounded below; peristome 
thin ; columellar margin straight. 
Size of largest specimen :— 


Major diam. 8°5, alt. apert. 8°5, alt. axis 22°5 millim. 
33 39 0°33, 3) 0°33, ce) 0°89 inch. 


Eight specimens were in the collection, the exact locality not men- 
tioned. It is very similar to examples of Jf. scabra from the Deyra 
Dhoon, and to fig. 14a, pl. 27 of Brot’s Monograph. 


Mexanr scapra, Miiller, var. (Plate II. fig. 3.) 


Whorls 6, not angulate above. — 
Size :-— 
Major diam. 7:2, alt. apert. 7-2, alt. axis 17-5 millim. 
i » 0°28, - OP28 55 55 0°69 inch. 


This is another species with an extensive range, but more exclu- 
sively Indian and Malayan. Brot gives Timor, Vanikoro, Java, India, 
Pondichery and Madras, Poona, Cochin China, New Guinea, and 
Halmaheira (Gilolo), Moluccas. I haveit from the Indus and its tribu- 
taries in Scinde and the Punjaub, and the Ganges and its tributaries. 


Metania pacopa, Lea, var. (Plate II. fig. 9.) 


Shell ovately turreted, well-spined ; sculpture, well marked carinate 
spiral ribbing on all the whorls, crossed by fine transverse strize ; 
colour pale brown, mottled on the last whorl with rich madder-brown ; 
spire high ; suture shallow; whorls 6, rather flat, angulate above ; 
spire decollate, 7 spines on the last whorl, sharp-pointed ; aperture 
ovate ; peristome thin, rounded below, sinuate on the outer margin. 

Size :— 


Major diam. 7-0, alt. apert. 7°0, alt. axis 14:0 millim. 
2 ” 0°28, ” 0:28, 9 0:55 inch. 


This shell is a near ally of the Ceylon M. datura, Dohrn’, on the 
Indian side, and M. amarula, Brug., of Bourbon and Mauritius, 
Madagascar and Comoro Islands, on the African side, but never 
yet obtained on the mainland. From the first it differs in its more 
numerous spines, which are directed upwards and not so obliquely 
outwards as those of M. datura, the form of the spire being the same 
in both. From the second it is more remote and distinct in its 
higher spire and less tumid form and lengthened spines, which are 
apparently shorter and blunter in WZ. amarula. I give a figure (PI. II. 
fig. 11) of a Mauritian specimen of this last species, to show better 
how it differs from the Socotran shell. M. pagoda, Lea, from the 
Philippines, is another very closely allied species to I. datura, l.c. 
plate 28. fig. 5, where both long- and short-spined examples are 
given. The shell I describe and figure is not fully grown; but it is 
the finest specimen Professor Balfour obtained. Mr. A. Brot, to 


1 Vide Monograph of the Me/anie, by A. Brot, Syst. Conch. Cab. p. 276, plate 
28. figs, 4, 4a 46, and Conch. Indica, plate 73. fig. 10. 


1883,] LIEUT.-COL. GODWIN-AUSTEN ON SOCOTRAN SHELLS. 7 


whom I submitted these shells for comparison with those in his fine 
collection, and who has made this group his especial study, con- 
siders it a variety of M. pagoda. He remarks :— Unfortunately 
young specimens, but quite identical with the form I received from 
Mauritius, and which I consider is a variety of M pagoda, Lea.” 

M. datura and M. pagoda, both closely allied, it will be seen, range 
from Mauritius and Socotra to Ceylon and the Philippines. 


Mexania pacona, Lea, (Plate II. fig. 10.) 


Shell ovately turreted, with short spines, thin; sculpture, well 
marked carinate spiral ribbing; colour dark brown with some few 
darker spots; spire high, turretted ; whorls 4, decollate, angulate 
above near suture, sides flat, 15 spinelets on the body-whorl ; aperture 
ovate, rounded below ; peristome thin. 

Size :— 

Major diam. 8, alt. apert. 8, alt. axis 14°5 millim. 
fe oon DBI e 55 031, me. 0°56 inch. 


This form of the species is represented in Mr. Brot’s monograph 
on plate 28. fig. 5d, 


MELANIA SCLATERI, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 8.) 


Shell not mature, turreted ; sculpture, 6 or 7 spiral ribs on each 
whorl ; colour ruddy ochre, with a broad band of black at the 
suture, which extends some distance on each side; spire elongate ; 
suture shallow ; whorls probably 10 when entire, the last whorl 
rather flat; aperture narrowly ovate. 

Size :— 

Major diam. 3°8, alt. axis 8°5  millim, 
a oy Otlose | tau) O2oSsinch: 


The above is from an imperfect specimen with only 34 whorls; 
but as the coloration of the shell is so marked, and Mr. Brot says it 
is unknown to him, I have described it under the above title, and 
give two figures :—one, of the largest specimen; and the other, of 
one out of the four or five quite young examples in the collection. 

It is similar in coloration to M. histrionica of Reeve, which is a 
variety of M. balleata (vide Brot’s Monog. p. 364, plate xxxvii. fig. 6) ; 
but this species has been placed in another subgenus, Vibew, and 
its form and sculpture are also very different. M. sclateri belongs 
to the group of MJ. tuberculata; and I notice that a Ceylon example 
of M. scabra, figured by Mr. Hanley in the ‘ Conchologia Indica,’ 
possesses a broad band of colour on the last whorl. I have named 
this species after Dr. Sclater ; for it is entirely owing to his exertions 
in organizing the expedition that we know so much of the ex- 
tremely interesting fauna of the island of Socotra. 


MELANIA SCLATERI, jun. (Plate II. fig. 7.) 


Shell very young, elongately turreted; sculpture, four distinct 
spiral ribs ; colour ochraceous, with a broad dark band on each whorl 


8 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE CARDIAC [Jan. 16, 


just above the suture, and a line of spots in the pale interval on the 
last whorl; spire attenuate; suture well impressed; whorls 7, 
sides well rounded; aperture ovate; the ridge in the centre of the 
columellar margin. The basal portion of a previous aperture may 
be noticed occasionally in young specimens of Melania. 
Size :— 
Major diam. 1°6, alt. apert. 1:3, alt. axis 4:0 millim. 
ant Svs 0°06, 9 005; — 3; 0°16 inch. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Prats I. , 
Figs. 1, 1a, 10. Planorbis exustus, var. maculatus, p. 3. 


2, 2a, 26. cockburnit, n. sp., p. 4. 

3, 3a, 36, 3¢. Planorbis socotrensis, n.sp., p. 3. 

4, 5. Hydrobia (?) balfouri, n. sp., p. 4. 
Prats I. 

Figs. 1, 1a, 2, 3. Melania scabra, pp. 5, 6. 

4, 5, 6. -—— tuberculata, p. 5. 

Tess sclateri, p. 7. 

9, 10. pagoda, pp. 6, 7. 

ith, —— anarula, p. 7. 


2. On the Right Cardiac Valve of Hchidna and of Ornitho- 
rhynchus. By E. Ray Lanxester, M.A., F.R.S., Jodrell 
Professor of Zoology in University College, London. 


{Received January 14, 1883.] 
(Plates III. & IV.) 


Since I had the honour of placing before the Society the results 
obtained by the examination of the hearts of two specimens of 
Ornithorhynchus -in last June (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 549), I 
have been enabled by the kindness of friends to extend my obser- 
vations upon the structure of the right cardiac valve in the Mono- 
tremata. On the one hand, Professor Flower has very kindly allowed 
me to examine the hearts of two specimens of Echidna aus- 
tralis belonging to the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons ; 
and on the other hand, the late Professor Frank Balfour placed in 
my hands six specimens of Ornithorhynchus paradoaus preserved in 
spirit, whilst an additional specimen of the heart of Ornithorhynchus 
(making nine in all) was communicated to me by Dr. Pye Smith. 

Additional Specimens of Ornithorhynchus-hearts.—In my former 
paper it was shown that the right cardiac valve differed considerably 
in the two Ornithorhynchus-hearts then described; and it was inferred, 
from the descriptions given by those authors, that the hearts examined 
respectively by Owen and by Gegenbaur differed in respect of their 
right cardiac valve from either of the hearts examined by me. 

Heart No.1 of my former paper presented, besides a large anterior 


1883.] VALVES IN ECHIDNA AND ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 9 


muscular column (a in fig. 12, pl. xl.) dividing the anterior mem- 
branous flap of the vaive into right and left cusps, a single well- 
marked right anterior column (6 in fig. 12, pl. xl.), from which was 
given off posteriorly a small ‘‘ septal flap”’ (pe im figs. 14, 15, pl. xl.) 
representing the septal membranous flap of a typical mammalian 
right cardiac valve in a very reduced state. 

Heart No. 2 differed in two chief features from heart No. 1. 
First, the right anterior muscular column was broken up into three 
small slips instead of being present in one piece (0 6 6 in fig. 13, pl. 
xl.), and two peculiar additional muscular slips (m, 2) were developed 
in the same region ; whilst, secondly, there was no trace of any thing 
which could be properly called even a rudiment of the septal mem- 
branous flap of the valve, although the point of junction of the right 
border of the membranous part of the valve with the wall of the 
heart was indicated as a bare representative of such septal extension. 

The seven hearts since examined present further variations. 

The heart lent to me by Dr. Pye Smith has a closely similar 
arrangement of the muscular bands and membrane of the right cardiac 
valve to that exhibited by my No.1. It differs in having a smaller 
rudiment of the septal valve than my heart No. 1. 

Of Professor Balfour’s specimens four agree more or less closely 
with heart No. 2 of my former paper. The most extreme of these 
is represented in Plate III. fig. 4, where it is seen that not only is the 
right anterior muscular column represented by separate muscularslips, 
but these are very small. There is a curious downward growth of 
the membranous substance of the valve in this region, and an adhesion 
of the vertically extended membrane to the septal wall of the heart 
(Plate ILI. fig. 4, we), which is similar to the condition of the same 
part in the Echidna-heart (Plate IV. figs.6, 7, wc). The important 
feature about this Ornithorhynchus-heart, beyond the absence of a 
septal valve-flap, is the evanescence of the muscular substance of the 
right anterior column. 

In most marked contrast to this are the two other hearts of Professor 
Balfour’s six specimens. In both these the region of the right 
cardiac valve, corresponding to the right anterior muscular column 
of my heart No. 1, is particularly fleshy. In Plate III. figs. 1, 2, 3, 
the more remarkably developed of these two hearts is drawn. It will 
be seen that the right extremity of the valve is not merely traversed 
by a muscular column, but it has additional muscular substance de- 
veloped in it, so that it presents the aspect ofa broad fleshy area 
(Pilate III. figs. 1, 2, 3, 6,6) with no membrane on its outer or extreme 
right border. ‘The muscular substance, in fact, rises up in a broad 
sheet from the wall of the ventricle and is inserted into the anterior 
part of the auriculo-ventricular ring in a form which resembles 
that of the fleshy Sauropsidan right cardiac valve more strikingly than 
does that presented by any other of the specimens examined. 

The membrane in this heart is reduced very considerably in pro- 
portional area as compared with muscle: a little further development 
of muscular substance would bring about the union of the right 
lateral muscular mass, 66, with the great anterior muscular column, a. 


10 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE CARDIAC [Jan. 16, 


No trace of a septal membranous valve-flap exists in this heart. 

It is a noteworthy fact, in view of the statement which has been 
made by Gegenbaur as to the existence of a septal portion to the 
right cardiac valve of Ornithorhynchus, that, in the nine specimens 
examined by me, only two, No. | (of my former paper) and Dr. Pye 
Smith’s specimen, have any thing entitled to be called a septal flap ; 
and in both these cases it is exceedingly small, fringing one third 
only or less of the septal margin of the auriculo-ventricular ostium. 

In seven of the hearts examined a septal portion of the valve was 
not present. 

Comparison with the Right Cardiac Valve of Casuarius and Croco- 
dilus.—I have introduced, in the Plates illustrating this note, drawings 
(carefully prepared from dissections in my possession) showing the 
right cardiac valve of the Cassowary (Plate III. figs. 5, 6) and the 
corresponding structure of the Crocodile (Plate IV. figs. 1, 2). 

Both are prominently distinguished from the corresponding struc- 
ture in Ornithorhynchus by having the anterior flap of the valve 
entirely muscular ; no membranous area is present in that flap, either 
in Cassowary or Crocodile. 

The Crocodile’s right cardiac valve consists of two nearly equally 
large flaps or lobes, an anterior (Plate IV. figs. 1, 2, a) and a septal 
(pp). The anterior portion of this valve is comparable with the 
fleshy masses 66 and a of the Ornithorhynchus-heart drawn in Plate 
III. fig. 1; but there is absolutely nothing in the heart of Ornitho- 
rhynchus which has any relation to the septal flap, pp, of the Croco- 
dile’s heart, excepting the rudiment mentioned above as found in 
only two hearts out of nine. The septal flap in the Crocodile is 
larger than the anterior muscular flap, and is almost entirely mem- 
branous. Its septal face, however, is invaded to a certain extent by 
small muscular bands. 

I cannot consider that Gegenbaur is correct in indicating a cor- 
respondence between the structure of the right cardiac valve in Orni- 
thorhynchus and Crocodilus closer than that which obtains between 
the Monotreme and other Sauropsida with fleshy right cardiac valve. 

On the other hand, in the bird’s right cardiac valve, Plate III. 
figs. 5 and 6, we find no septal lobe (either membranous or mus- 
cular) to vitiate the comparison with that of Ornithorhynchus ; and 
I must maintain that Prof. Owen was more correct in pointing out 
resemblances between the right cardiac valve of Ornithorhynchus 
and that of birds than Gegenbaur has been in assimilating the former 
to the corresponding structure in Crocodiles. The agreement, such 
as it is, by no means tends necessarily to indicate any special mor- 
phological relationship between Ornithorhynchus and birds, which 
have been conclusively shown by Huxley and by Gegenbaur to have 
no nearer genealogical meeting-point than in the forefathers of the 
common ancestor of Sauropsida. 

The specialization and separation from the ventricular wall of the 
muscular slip ¢ in the Cassowary’s heart is a marked modification of 
a part which can be traced in the mammalian heart (see former paper 
pl. xl. ¢). The fact that in the bird the muscular substance of the 


1883.] VALVES IN ECHIDNA AND ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 11 


large mass @ 6 runs upwards to the auricular ostium from the outer or 
free ventricular wall rather than from the ventricular septum, as in 
Ornithorhynchus and other Mammals, appears to meto have very little 
importance. The moulding of the ventricular cavities may very 
readily result in an apparent dislocation of parts, so as to give the 
muscular upgrowths of the ventricular wall at one time a septal, at 
another time a free-wall attachment. This variation is seen in 
higher mammalian hearts, as for instance in the Seal (Phoca vitu- 
lina), where important musculi papillares are attached, not (as is 
usual) to the septal, but to the free ventricular wall. 

Lumen of the Right Ventricle in Ornithorhynchus.—In figs. 3 and 
4 of Plate IV. sections are represented taken across the ventricles of 
the heart of Ornithorhynchus and Lepus. The drawings are intended 
to show the Sauropsidan character of the heart of Ornithorhynchus, 
in that its right ventricle appears thus in section as a crescentic sac 
embracing the very thick-walled cylindrical left ventricle, as in Birds 
and Reptiles, whilst in the norma] Mammaliaas represented by Lepus 
the right ventricle does not embrace the left ventricle so closely, and 
presents, instead of a strongly convex septal wall, a nearly plane one. 

Right Cardiae Valve of Echidna hystrix.—I am not acquainted 
with any figure of the right cardiac valve of the second genus of 
Monotreme Mammalia, Echidna. Prof. Owen, in vol. iii. of hig 
‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ p.. 517, thus describes it :—“ The tricuspid 
valve is membranous and consists of one principal portion closing 
the outer angle ; the free margin of the valve is attached to the ex- 
tremity of a large fleshy column arising by different roots from both 
the fixed and the free walls of the ventricle ; a short fleshy column 
is attached to the left extremity of the valve ; some chorde tendineze 
are fixed to its right angle.”” ‘The membranous character of the valve 
and ‘‘the large fleshy column (q) arising by different roots (wand y) ” 
will be recognized in the drawings on Plate IV. figs. 5, 6,7. Iam 
not able any further to identify in the hearts kindly placed at my 
disposal by Professor Flower the other features mentioned by Pro- 
fessor Owen. 

As compared with the hearts of Ornithorhynchus already described, 
the two Lchidna-hearts present one important difference. The mem- 
branous substance of the valve is not traversed by the muscular 
columns or musculi papillares connected with it. These muscular 
columns are simply inserted into or fixed to the membrane, and do 
not, as in Ornithorhynchus, pass upwards through it so as to be in- 
serted into the auriculo-ventricular rmg. Membrane alone depends 
from that ring, as in the Marsupial and Placental Mammalia. At 
the same time an equally important agreement with Ornithorhynchus 
and difference from other Mammalia is presented by Hehidna in a 
leading feature of the construction of its right cardiac valve. This 
feature is the total absence (in the two specimens studied by me) 
of a septal flap. This character is clearly exhibited in the three 
dissections drawn in Plate IV. figs. 5, 6, 7. 

The muscular columns (musculi papillares) agree pretty closely 
with those of some Ornithorhynchus-hearts in number and origin 


12 PROF. E. R. LANKESTER ON THE CARDIAC [Jan. 16, 


from the ventricular wall. There is a great anterior muscle a, and 
two right anterior muscles 6 6. Near the pulmonary artery (left angle) 
there is a well-marked left anterior or ‘ conal” muscle asin Ornitho- 
rhynchus (see pl. xl. of former paper, ¢). 

Whilst these papillary muscles of Echidna differ from those of 
Ornithorhynchus in not traversing the membranous valve so as to 
reach the auriculo-ventricular ring, it would be wrong to suppose 
that they are attached to the membranous valve by chorde ten- 
dineze as in Marsupials and Placentals. They are not so, but are 
distinctly intermediate in the character of their attachment between 
Ornithorhynchus and the other Mammalia. The great anterior 
muscle is wedged into the membrane of the valve (see Plate IV. fig. 6). 
The adjacent right anterior papillary muscle has two slips of the 
membrane of the valve reaching down to it, approaching in character 
. true chord tendinez, whilst the extreme right papillary musele (0’) 
is wedged into the membrane, as is the great anterior column. The 
connexion between the muscle, ¢, and the membrane is also direct. 

The form of the ventricles of the Echidna’s heart is more pointed 
towards the apex than in the Ornithorhynchus and thus more bird- 
like. The septal wall of the right ventricle is even more convex than 
in Ornithorhynchus, and shows more numerous muscular ridges 
(columne carnez.) 

Generalization as to Heart of Monotremata.—We are now ina 
position to formulate as a distinctive character of the Monotremata 
amongst Mammalia a peculiarity of the right cardiac valve. This is 
not its muscular constitution, but the deficiency of a septal flap. 
Less important is the absence of chorde tendinee from the valve in 
both Hehidna and Ornithorhynchus, and the close adhesion of the 
muscular substance of the papillary muscles to the membrane of 
the valve. In Ornithorhynchus, but not in Echidna, contrary to 
what is observed in other mammals, the muscular tissue of the 
papillary muscles invades in greater or less quantity the mem- 
branous valve, and is continued as one or more varying museular 
columns traversing the membrane, to be inserted directly into the 
auriculo-ventricular tendinous ring. 

Considerations derived from the Facts of actual Development.—An 
admirable memoir by Dr. A. C. Bernays, of St. Louis, Missouri, on 
the ‘‘ Developmental History of the Atrio-ventricular valves,” is 
published in the second volume (1876) of Gegenbaur’s ‘ Morpho- 
logisches Jahrbuch,’ and has come to my knowledge since writing 
the account of my observations given above. 

Dr. Bernays’s memoir is a careful exposition of facts, brought to- 
gether under the direction of Gegenbaur, with the view of giving a 
detailed basis for the conclusion already formulated by that philo- 
sophic anatomist, viz. that ‘‘ the atrio-ventricular valves are, together 
with the chordee tendineze, (actually in individual development) 
differentiatious of a part of the original muscular network forming 
the wall of the ventricle.” In accordance with this couclusion, 
Gegenbaur has already, in his ‘ Flements of Comparative Anatomy,’ 
observed that the muscular right atrio-ventricular valve of Ornitho- 


1883.] VALVES IN ECHIDNA AND ORNITHORHYNCAUS. 13 


rhynchus presents, in the adult, a condition which is common to all 
Mammalia as a transient phase of embryonic development. 

Dr. Bernays distinguishes four stages in the ontogeny (actual 
development) of the mammalian atrio-ventricular valves. In stage 
no. 1 he finds valve-like processes of the wall of the heart which are 
simply projections of the endocardium, and have nothing to do with 
the ventricular musculature. Such valves are comparable to the 
watch-pocket valves of the Fish and Amphibian heart. In stage 
no. 2 a relation is established between these endocardial processes 
and the musculature of the heart by the growth of muscular bands 
on their under surface. In stage no. 3 the muscular bands con- 
nected with the endocardial processes attain a relatively very great 
size, and effectively constitute the valve, the original endocardial 
processes becoming unimportant by their relative diminution in size ; 
thus a secondary atrio-ventricular valve of muscular composition 
arises. In stage no. 4 the degeneration of the muscular tissue and 
its replacement by membrane is effected, and first the membranous 
condition of the flaps, then of the chordz connecting the flaps with 
the remnant of the muscular tissue now known as papillary muscles, 
is brought about ; thus the purely muscular secondary valve becomes 
membranous, whilst only the papillary muscles are lefé to tell of its 
original condition. 

As Bernays has pointed out, the right cardiac valve of Ornitho- 
rhynchus corresponds to the third stage of the mammalian onto- 
genetic development, whilst the left cardiac valve of that animal 
corresponds to the commencement of the fourth stage, in which the 
muscular tissue has disappeared from the upper portion of the valve, 
but the attached portion of the papillary muscles has not yet broken 
up into chorde tendinee. 

Whilst confirming this distinction between the right and left car- 
diac valves of Ornithorhynchus (see my former paper for a figure of 
the left cardiac valve), I would further emphasize the fact that the 
condition of the right cardiac valve in Echidna is precisely that 
described by Bernays as the commencement of his fourth stage. 
Bernays figures (plate xxxil. fig. 6) an adult human heart, in which 
one of the papillary muscles of the right ventricle has precisely that 
direct attachment to the membranous part of the valve and de- 
ficiency of chordze tendineee which I have described as character- 
ising Echidna’s right cardiac valve. Echidna is thus, when judged 
by the series afforded by the facts of ontogenesis, distinctly inter- 
mediate in this respect between Ornithorhynchus and the higher 
Mammalia. 

We may further inquire what light the ontogenesis of the mam- 
malian heart throws upon the absence of the septal flap in the 
Monotremata. It appears that the consideration of ontogenesis 
enhances the importance of the distinction between Monotremes and 
other mammals afforded by this character. According to Bernays 
the Crocodile-heart is in the second stage of development. The 
membrane of the large septal valve is not due to the degeneration of 
a secondary muscular valve, but is the primary endocardial valve ; 


14 ON THE CARDIAC VALVES IN ECHIDNA ETC. [Jan. 16, 


the muscular bands found on its deep septal face (noted above in my 
description of it) are the incipient attachments of the ventricular 
muscular wall described as characterizing the second stage of deve- 
lopment of the mammalian heart (see above). Accordingly we 
have no reason for regarding the minute rudiment of a septal flap 
which occurs in some Ornithorhynchus-hearts as corresponding to 
the septal flap of the Crocodile’s right ventricle. There is no ground 
for regarding that rudiment as a part of the primary endocardial 
valve. It is rather an incipient and abnormal extension of the 
secondary valve, the muscular trabeculz involved in the development 
of the secondary valve being, in these cases, widely connected so as to 
encroach on the septal face of the ventricle in place of being restricted 
completely to the anterior face. Between this condition and that of 
the fully formed septal flap of other mammals there is a wide gap. 

There seem to be no facts which would lead one to trace the 
Monotreme-heart to an ancestor in which the secondary muscular 
valve was fully developed both in its anterior and its septal portions. 
From such an ancestor it would, no doubt, be possible to derive the 
Monotremes, on the one hand, by suppression of the septal portion, 
and the other Mammalia, on the other hand, by retention of the 
whole valve with degeneration of its muscular substance. But in 
view of the fact that the secondary muscular valve is zo¢ found to 
develop a septal portion in any other Vertebrates than the higher 
Mammalia, it is more probable that the ancestor of the Monotremes 
had no such septal development, that the rudiment of such septal 
development found in rare cases in Monotreme-hearts is an inetptent 
rudiment, and that the full development of the septal half of the 
secondary right cardiac valve (in Bernays’s sense) is a new departure 
and special characteristic of the non-cloacal Mammalia. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES III. and IV. 
Letters in both Plates. 
a. Great anterior muscular column or papillary muscle. 
6, Right anterior muscular column. 
b'. Second (extreme) right anterior muscular column. 
e. Left anterior or “conal” muscular column. 
wv, y. Column carne connecting the base of the great anterior muscular 
column with the anterior ventricular wall. 
vac. Right anterior membranous cusp. 
lac. Left anterior membranous cusp, 
xe. Downward vertical extension and attachment of the membrane of the valve 
(possibly to be regarded as a rudiment of a septal flap). 
pp. Membranous septal flap of the right cardiac valve of the Crocodile. 
PA. Base of pulmonary artery. 
RV. Right ventricle. 
LV, Left ventricle. 


Puate ITI. 


Figs. 1, 2,3. Three dissections of the right ventricle of a heart of Ornitho- 
rhynchus. 
4. Similar dissection to fig. 2, of another heart of Ornithorhynchus. 
5. Right ventricle of the Cassowary. 
6. The same with the cardiac valve divided. 


J.Smitdith. Hanhart imp 
fs 1A ORNITHORHYNCHUS figs 5.6 CASUARIUS. 


J.Smnit.lith 


Hanhart imp 


Figs 1.2 CROCODILUS Fig 3 ORNITHORHYNCHUS. 
Fg 4LEPUS. Figs 5.6.7. ECHIDNA 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 15 


Prats IV. 


Fig. 1. Portions of the right ventricle of a Crocodile, dissected to show the 
cardiac valve. 
2. The same with the fleshy valve a divided, exposing the subjacent 
membranous flap, pp. 
8. Transverse section of the ventricles of Ornithorhynchus. 
4. A similar section of a Rabbit’s heart, 
5, 6, 7. Three dissections of the right ventricle of the heart of an Echidna. 


8. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic 
Lepidoptera Heterocera. By F. Moors, F.ZS. 


[Received December 14, 1882.] 
(Plates V. & VI.) 


Fam. CHALCOSIID2. 
HIsTIA FRATERNA, D. Sp. 


Allied to H. papilionaria, Guér. Female. Fore wing similar ; hind 
wing differs in having, on both the upper and under side, a narrower 
band extendiug from the costal vein across the disk beyond the cell 
to the first internal vein, the band being also of a creamy-white 
colour. 

Expanse 3} inches. 

Hab. Calcutta (Hocking). In coll. British Museum. 


Fam. CALLIDULIDZ. 
CLEOSIRIS FASCIATA, N. Sp. 


Brownish-ferruginous: fore wing with a prominent yellow, irre- 
gular-bordered, transverse medial discal fascia ; underside yellow, 
with similar red strigze and transverse fascize as in CO. catamita, the 
fasciee being of a brighter red, the cell-spots red and more distinct. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Borneo. In coll. F. Moore. 

In this species both wings are much less acuminated at the 
angles than in C. catamita. 


CLEOSIRIS MAJOR, N. Sp. 

Allied to C. catamita. Of larger size than typical specimens 
from Java, Ceylon, and S. India. Fore wing more acutely pro- 
duced at the apex. Underside of a much duller tinge of ferrugi- 
nous yellow, the strigze and transverse fascia from apex brown, the 
outer borders with a broad zigzag brown fascia ; cell-spots dark 
brown. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. N. India. In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. ARCTIIDZ. 
ALOA MARGINATA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 1.) 
Female. Comparatively larger and with broader wings than in 


16 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16, 


A. lactinea: fore wing with narrower costal vermilion-red band; a 
small black spot at upper end of the cell, another at the base between 
upper and middle median veins, two on the submedian vein at about 
one third the length apart : hind wing with a moderately broad black 
continuous marginal band, and a large broad lunule at end of the 
cell. Collar and vertex vermilion; abdomen with orange-yellow 
and black segmental bands, of which the upper and lower black 
bands are broadest ; side of abdomen also black; palpi beneath 
and fore and mid femora above vermilion; palpi above and two 
streaks on pectus black ; femora at tip, streak down tibize, and bands 
on tarsi black. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. Nepal (Gen. Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. NoroponrTip&. 


The name Corma, which I proposed in P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 326, has 
been previously used by Mr. Walker for a genus of Chalcosiide. I 
therefore substitute AMBADRA : the two species cited by me under 
Corma will now stand as 


AMBADRA HORSFIELDII. 
Eumeta horsfieldii, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C.ii. p. 430 (1859). 
Hab. Java. 


AMBADRA RAFFLESII. 

Eumeta rafflesii, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 430 (1859). 

Hab. Java. 

BaRADESA, 0. 2. 

Fore wing long, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex acute; ex- 
terior margin oblique, posterior angle convex; first subcostal 
emitted at nearly one half before end of the cell, second from close 
to the end, trifid, third thrown off at two thirds, fourth at three 
fifths, fifth from end of the cell and joined to second at one third 
its length by a short spur; upper discocellular oblique and con- 
cave at lower end, lower discocellular concave ; upper radial thrown 
off from the fifth subcostal at one half distance beyond end of the 
cell and its juncture with the second subcostal, lower radial from 
middle of discocellulars ; upper median branch from end of the 
cell, middle median from near the end, lower median from one third 
before the end; submedian curved at the base. Hind wing large, 
broadly triangular, costa slightly arched towards the base, apex 
extending beyond posterior angle of fore wing, exterior margin 
waved and convex in the middle, abdominal margin short; cell 
short; two subcostal branches on a foot-stalk beyond the cell; 
upper and lower discocellulars concave, radial from the angle in 
their middle ; two upper medians from immediately beyond the 
cell, lower at one third before the end; submedian and internal 
veins straight. Body long, thorax laxly pilose; palpi ascending, 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 17 


second joint densely pilose in front, third joint short, thick; femora 
pilose beneath, tibiee thickish and compactly pilose, fore tibize tufted 
beneath ; antennz long, finely pectinated. 


BARADESA LITHOSIOIDES, nu. sp. (Plate V. fig. 2.) 


Male. Fore wing deep rufous-brown, indistinctly streaked with 
ochreous longitudinally through the cell and above the posterior 
margin; some black sinuous streaks across’ the base, and others 
before the middle; three or four irregular oblique series of discal 
spots, and a marginal row of double dots: hind wing ochreous- 
yellow, with a broad ochreous-brown marginal band; cilia yellow. 
Thorax, head, palpi, and legs rufous-brown; abdomen yellow, with 
a broad dorsal band on the three anal segments. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll, F. Moore and Dr. Staudinger. 


Fam. Liparip#. 
LYMANTRIA FULIGINOSA, n. sp, 


Allied to Z. pusilla, Felder (Nov. Voy. pl. 99.f.3). Male. Fore 
wing with fuliginous-black transverse sinuous bands and spots, their 
interspaces ochreous-grey : hind wing duil yellowish-ochreous, with 
a broad, irregular-bordered fuliginous-black marginal band, this 
colour also indistinctly pervading the anterior border. Female. 
Fore wing with broad transverse confluent sinuous bands, their 
interspaces greyish white: hind wing fuliginous black, with an 
ill-defined whitish discal macular fascia. Thorax fuliginous in 
male, white in female, with a blackish frontal and central spot ; 
abdomen ochreous, with indistinct blackish dorsal and lateral spots. 

Expanse ¢ 13, 2 23 inches. 

Hab. Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore. 


Genus TRISULOIDES. 
Trisuloides, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1881, vii. p. 36. 


TRISULOIDES CATOCALINA, 0. sp. 


Female. Allied to T. sericea, Butler. Of larger size: fore wing 
darker chestnut-brown, the basal area sparsely grey-speckled, 
crossed by a subbasal black, zigzag, pale ochreous-bordered line, 
a curved discal sinuous pale-bordered line, and an outer densely 
grey-speckled blackish sinuous-margined fascia, the outer border of 
the wing being slightly ochreous, and with a marginal black lunular 
line; an orbicular and reniform black mark: hind wing pale chest- 
nut-brown, with a broad medial transverse ochreous-yellow band ; 
a linear series of slender whitish lunules from anal angle. Thorax 
hoary, with chestnut-brown hindward tufts; abdomen brown, with 
dorsal chestnut-brown tufts; palpi and legs hoary. Underside dull 
chestnut-brown, the lower basal and discal area ochreous-yellow ; 
apex grey-speckled : hind wing with a broad lower medial ochreous- 

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. II. Oia 


18 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16, 


yellow fascia, crossed by a blackish irregular line; outer area of 
wing grey-speckled. 

Expanse 3 inches. ’ 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger. 


Genus THAuMATOPa@A, Hiibner. 
Cnethocampa, Stephens. 


THAUMATOP@A CHEELA, n. sp. (Plate V. figs. 36, 3a9.-) 


Male. Fore wing brownish grey, sparsely white-scaled, the scales - 
disposed longitudinally ; crossed by a basal, an antemedial, and a 
postmedial zigzag black line, each line being distinctly bordered by 
ochreous-yellow; cilia alternated with greyish white: hind wing 
paler. Body greyish-brown, abdomen with ochreous-yellow seg- 
mental bands; femora and tibie thickly clothed with long silky 
greyish-brown hair; tarsi and antenne ochreous-yellow. Hemale 
darker brownish grey, the transverse yellow-bordered lines less 
distinct; thorax and abdominal tuft darker brown. 

Expanse, ¢ 12, 9 13 inch. 

Hab. Umballa district (Captain B. Reed). In coll. F. Moore. 

Most nearly allied to the European 7’. pinivora. 


Fam. LAsIocaMPID&. 
TARAGAMA INTENSA, n. sp. (Plate V. fig. 4.) 


Male. Deep bright red: fore wing with an oblique undulated post- 
medial ochreous-white line, and a similar-coloured triangular spot 
on the costa above end of the cell: hind wing with a slight 
ochreous-white fascia from anal angle. Body red, head and front 
of thorax reddish-grey ; antennee, palpi beneath, and legs above 
red ; cilia ochreous-white. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. N.E. Bengal (A. £. Russell). In coll. F. Moore. 


TARAGAMA HYPERANTHERS, ni. sp. (Plate V. fig. 5.) 


Male. Dark chestnut-red: fore wing grey-specked along the 
costal border and broadly along exterior margin, crossed by two 
greyish-ochreous transverse undulated medial lines, the lower discal 
interspace being grey-speckled; a submarginal series of chestnut- 
red lunules: hind wing grey-speckled along anterior border, and 
with a broad greyish-ochreous fascia ascending from anal angle. 
Cilia of both wings greyish-ochreous. Body greyish-ochreous ; 
tegulee and abdominal dorsal bands dark chestnut-red; antenne 
and palpi beneath also chestuut-red. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Calcutta district. In coll, F. Moore. 

This specimen was reared by Mr. Arthur Grote at Allipore near 
Calcutta, from a larva feeding, in September, on Hyperanthera. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 19 


Fam. CaLpipz. 


CALPE BICOLOR, 0. sp. 


Fore wing of a purplish brownish-ochreous, with greyish inter- 
spaces between the browner oblique fasciz, the line traversing the 
disk from the apex red, and the numerous slender strigze distinct ; 
some black and white speckles on the veins near the outer margin: 
hind wing entirely clear yellow. Thorax, palpi and fore legs above 
brownish-ochreous, grey-speckled ; abdomen and legs yellowish. 
Underside yellowish-ochreous, palest on hind wing. Cilia of fore 
wing bre wn. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. Solun, Punjab (N.W. India). In coll. F. Moore. 

Near to C. ophideroides, but very distinct. It is a third less in 
size, the fore wing being of an entirely different colour, and is marked 
similarly to C. minuticornis and its allies. 


CALPE MINUTICORNIS. 

Calpe minuticornis, Guén. Noct. ii. p. 374. 

Nearest allied to C. thalactri, but is a smaller insect; fore wing 
browner in colour and with grey-washed interspaces between the 
oblique fascie ; the hind wing is also darker, and has a perceptibly 
darker outer margin; underside of fore wing uniformly pale dusky 
brownish-ochreous throughout, and the hind wing has a more 
decidedly darker marginal border. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. India (Bombay, Darjiling); Ceylon ; ? Java. 


Fam. GONOPTERIDZ. 
GoNITIS FULVIDA. 


Anomis fulvida, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 397 (1852), 9. 

Gonitis guttanivis, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1003 
(1857), 3. 

Male. Fore wing ochreous-red, covered with numerous ochreous- 
yellow scales; crossed by a purple-black oblique waved antemedial 
line and a medial line, the latter bent outward below the reniform 
mark and thence zigzag upward to the costa; an indistinct dusky 
zigzag submarginal fascia ; the veins outward from the medial line 
speckled with purple-black and grey ; a prominent white orbicular 
spot, and an oval spot bordering the lower end of the dusky grey 
reniform mark: hind wing pale ochreous-brown. Cilia edged with 
white. Thorax and head reddish ochreous; abdomen, palpi, and 
legs ochreous-brown. 

Female paler ; fore wing with the transverse lines more slender and 
less distinct, the antemedial and lower part of the medial line 
angular; orbicular white spot very minute; reniform indistinct and 
not white at lower end; veins externally less distinctly speckled. 

Expanse 14 to 1 inch. 

Hab. India (Darjiling, Khasia hills, Canara); Ceylon 3 Java. 

2 


20 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. (Jan. 16, 


ARTHISMA, 0. g. 


Male. Fore wing elongated, somewhat narrow, apex acute; ex- 
terior margin oblique and angular in the middle, posterior margin 
angular near the base ; costal vein extending two thirds the margin ; 
first subcostal emitted at half length of the cell, second at one 
eighth, trifurcate, the third being thrown off at one sixth from 
base of second, and the fourth close to apex at one eighth from 
base of third, fifth from end of the cell and slightly touching 
third near its base; cell long, rather broad; discocellular slightly 
bent near both ends, radials from the angles; upper median from 
above end of the cell, middle median from the end, and lower at 
one half before the end ; submedian slightly concave near the base. 
Hind wing short ; anterior margin much arched at the base ; exterior 
margin very oblique, scalloped, and deeply cleft between the lower 
median and submedian veins, the cilia fringing the margin on both 
sides to the end of the incision ; abdominal margin long ; subcostal 
vein looped to costal at its base ; cell very short, less than one third 
he wing; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; disco- 
cellular concave, slightly bent near its lower end; radial from the 
angle; two upper medians at one fourth beyond end of the cell, 
lower median at one half before the end; submedian much undu- 
lated ; internal slightly recurved, and apparently with a short second 
inner veinlet lobed to it near the base. Body moderately slender, 
abdomen long; palpi long, slender, ascending, second joint projecting 
above the vertex, third slender and nearly of equal length to 
second ; legs slender ; antennze very finely pectinated. 


ARTHISMA SCISSURALIS. 


Male. Dull ochreous-red: fore wing with an outwardly oblique 
subbasal very indistinct yellowish lunular band, a recurved discal 
similar band composed of broader lunules, and an outer sub- 
marginal zigzag less distinct and narrower band, a yellowish slender 
discocellular lunule, and a minute white orbicular spot; hind wing 
with an indistinctly paler medial fascia. Cilia edged with ochreous- 
white. Body and palpi ochreous-red; legs darker red above, fore 
legs with white tibial streak and tarsal bands. 

Expanse 154 inch. 

Hab. Singapore. In coll. F. Moore. 


RusICcADA ALBITIBIA. 
Gonitis albitibia, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 1001 


Rusicada nigritarsis, Walker, 7. c. p. 1006, ¢. 


Male. Fore wing dark purplish reddish-ochreous, palest and 
blotchy on posterior border; crossed by a darker oblique zigzag 
antemedial and a medial line, the latter bent below the reniform 
mark, and thence sinuous upward to the costa; a less distinct 
submarginal dark zigzag slender fascia ; an. indistinct minute white 
orbicular spot and a grey lobed reniform mark ; cilia purplish-brown : 


1883.] MR. F, MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 21 


hind wing pale brown; cilia edged with cinereous white. Female 
paler coloured, marked as in male. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs 
above dark reddish-ochreous; tarsi with pale bands, tibial tuft in 
female white externally. 

Expanse, ¢ 1,3;, 2 1 75 inch. . 

Hab. Ceylon (Mackwood); Caleutta and Darjiling (Atkinson). 
In coll. F. Moore. 


RusIcaDA DIVERSALIS, 0. sp. 


Male. Fore wing purplish reddish-ochreous, of a uniform tint 
throughout the wing; crossed by a very indistinct darker waved 
antemedial line, and a slightly more distinct grey-bordered lunular 
postmedial zigzag line, beyond which is a distinct submarginal series 
of black-pointed spots; minute pale orbicular and reniform dots 
very indistinct ; cilia edged with black: hind wing dusky brown, 
darkest along the outer border; cilia reddish-ochreous, edged with 
paler ochreous. Thorax, head, palpi aud legs above reddish- 
ochreous ; tarsi with pale bands ; antennze very minutely pectinated. 

Expanse 154, inch. 

Hab. Singapore. In coll. F. Moore. 

Allied to Gonitis brunnea, which has similar markings on fore 
wing, but the antennz are deeply pectinated. 


GONITIS METAXANTHA. 

Gonitis metaxantha, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. 
p- 1005 (1857). 

Fore wing ochreous-red, numerously covered with ochreous-yellow 
scales ; crossed by a deeper red angular antemedial and a zigzag 
discal line, and a pale-bordered dusky submarginal zigzag fascia ; 
veins externally grey-speckled; a yellowish blotch bordering the 
medial line below the cell, this blotch being less distinct in the 
female; avery minute grey-white orbicular dot, and an indistinct 
dusky-grey reniform mark, the upper part of the latter being 
nearly obsolete: hind wing dusky ochreous-brown. Cilia edged with 
ochreous-white. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs ochreous-red ; abdo- 
men brown. 

Expanse 13 to 12 inch. 

Hab. Cherra Punji; Darjiling (Atkinson). 


GoNITIS TRILINEATA, 0. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 1.) 


Fore wing purplish red, numerously covered with minute whitish- 
ochreous scales, which are most dense along the costal border ; 
crossed by a whitish ochreous outwardly-oblique basal line, a sub- 
basal narrower, nearly straight line, and a medial line, which is curved 
outward from below end of the cell and then ascends the disk to the 
costa, being also angled on the upper median and lower subcostal 
veins ; a less distinct submarginal lunular zigzag line; a pale disco- 
cellular line from angle of medial transverse line; a very small 
white orbicular spot; cilia red; veins externally lined with ochreous 


22 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16, 


and black speckles: hind wing and abdomen pale brownish ochreous; 
cilia whitish ; thorax, palpi, and legs above purplish red. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore. 


Genus THALATra, Walker. 
Thalatta, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiii. p. 996. 


THALATTA ALBIORBIS, 0. Sp. 

Fore wing dark purplish brown, crossed by a postmedial indistinct 
outwardly-oblique waved brown line ; a prominent pure-white orbi- 
cular spot: hind wing greyish brown; cilia white. Underside 
purplish greyish brown; hind wing brown-speckled. Palpi and 
legs dark purple-brown. 

Expanse 1-2; inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore. 

Allied to 7. precedens, Walker. 


THALATTA MODESTA, 0. sp. 

Fore wing greyish purple-brown, crossed by a postmedial in- 
distinct pale-bordered brown line; hind wing cinereous-brown. 
Body, palpi, and legs brown. 

Expanse 1,?, inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood. 


Fam. ToxocAMPID&. 
APpoPEsTEs InDIcA, Moore. 


Upperside—fore wing with basal two thirds brownish-grey, 
showing but very few indistinct short blackish strigee, these appearing 
only contiguous to and beyond a transverse row of short longitudinal 
submarginal streaks; reniform mark blackish with grey-white 
border; a white dot in middle of cell; a series of blackish spots on 
costa; a prominent black lunular marginal line: hind wing pale 
brown. Body brown; palpi and tarsi black-speckled. Underside 
glossy pale greyish brown; a narrow transverse discal and sub- 
marginal streak and a short discocellular streak dusky brown. 

Expanse 24 inches. 

Hab. Manpuri, N.W. Provinces (C. Horne). In coll. F. Moore. 

Has much the aspect of Ophiodes trapezium, and is allied to 
A. phantasma from the Altai ; but differs in having narrower wings, 
and in the absence of the distinct mottling and medial transverse 
wavy bands on fore wing of the latter species. 


Fam. PotypresmMip&. 
Genus Donpa. 


Donda, Moore, Desc. Lep. Coll. Atkinson, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 
p- 161 (1882). 


Fore wing elongated, less triangular than in Oromena ; hind wing 
somewhat shorter, exterior margin more convex ; venation similar, 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 23 


Body stouter ; palpi compactly clothed, terminal joint more slender ; 
antenne simple in both sexes. Allied to Belciana. 


DonDA EURYCHLORA. 
Daudaca eurychlora, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. p. 1670. 
Hab. Canara (Ward); Darjiling (Atkinson). 


DonDA STRIATOVIRENS, 0. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 2.) 


Female. Fore wing blackish cupreous-brown, crossed by a basal, 
an ante- and postmedial, and a submarginal olive-green sinuous- 
_ bordered bands, which are traversed by black sinuous lines ; reniform 
mark green, and shaped like a letter K; a marginal row of green- 
bordered black cordate spots; the interspaces between the trans- 
verse bands also more or less green-speckled: hind wing cupreous- 
brown, with a marginal row of small green-bordered blackish 
lunules ending in two streaks at the anal end. Thorax, palpi, and 
legs cupreous-brown; thorax and fore tibize above green-speckled ; 
legs with pale bands. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. Cherra Punjee (Austen). In coll. F. Moore. 


Donna ornatTa, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 3.) 


Female. Fore wing dark cupreous-brown, crossed by a basal, an 
antemedial, and a postmedial black-bordered olive-grey-speckled 
lunulated bands, the two former confluently grey-speckled along 
posterior border; an olive-grey-speckled lunulated patch on the 
middle of exterior border, and some lunulate streaks ascending to 
apex ; a small white orbicular spot, and a prominent white-lined 
teniform mark; the medial area between the transverse lines black- 
speckled: hind wing enescent yellow, with a broad even-bordered 
cupreous-brown marginal band, with a slight white sinuous streak 
from anal angle. Thorax, head, palpi, and legs above chestnut- 
brown; palpi and legs with yellowish bands; abdomen eenescent 
yellow, with slight blackish dorsal tufts. 

Expanse 9 1% inch. 

Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore. 


Genus Panprsma, Guén. 
Syn. Cerbia, Walker. 


PANDESMA ANYSA. 


Pandesma anysa, Guén. Noct. ii. p. 439 (1852). 

Cerbia fugitiva, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. xiv. p. 1365. 

Male and Female. Differ from P. quenavadi in their smaller 
size and paler grey colour ; fore wing with similar transverse mark- 
ings, which stand out regularly: hind wing with a narrower, paler, 
and more visibly transverse streaked outer fascia. Underside whiter, 
with much less distinct and narrower outer band. 

Expanse 1,3; inch. 

Hab. N.W. India (Rawul Pindee); Bombay. In coll. F. Moore. 


24 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16, 


PANDESMA SIMILATA, 0. Sp. 


Smaller than P. anysa. Fore wing brownish grey, densely 
speckled ; markings similar, distinetly formed but less visibly sepa- 
rated: hind wing with browner outer band. Underside white, with 
more prominent outer band than in P. anysa. 

Expanse 1,%, inch. 

Hab. N.W. India (Rawul Pindee; Allahabad). In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. CATEPHIIDE. 
ERCHEIA PANNOSA, 0. Sp. 


Allied to E. costipannosa. Fore wing comparatively shorter and 
broader, and of a pale ochreous tint. Male with the costal patches 
darker, the basal less sinuous, the apical shorter, the transverse 
double line less distinct, the discocellular or reaiform mark elon- 
gated, and either white or white-bordered, the mark below the cell 
shorter: hind wing similarly marked. Female with black patches 
and less distinct transverse lines. 

Expanse, ¢ 18, 9 2 inches. 

Hab. 8. India (Malabar); Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore. 


ERCHEIA UNIFORMIS, 0. sp. 


Male and Female. Fore wing of a more uniform brown colour, 
darkest along the costal area; the transverse sinuous lines more 
distinct than in Z. pannosa; the reniform mark whitish-lined, and 
two small black-lined marks below it, the mark between the median 
and submedian veins very small. 

Expanse, ¢ 13, 21 inch. 

Hab. S. India (Malabar). In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. EREBIIDZ. 
SYPNA CONTELLATA, 0. sp. 


Fore wing dark umber-brown, with four transverse equidistant 
linear series of pure-white spots and numerous very minute inter- 
vening dots, and a floreate cluster of white spots forming the reni- 
form mark: hind wing paler brown, with paler medial and sub- 
marginal fascize, and a {lower marginal row of pure-white spots. 
Underside very pale brownish-ochreous, with a narrow inner and 
broad outer dusky-brown band, the latter traversed by a waved 
pale line. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. Dharmsala (B. Powell). In coll. F. Moore. 


SyPNA RUBRIFASCIA, 0, sp. 


Intermediate between 8. fraterna and S. curvilinea. Darker in 
colour than either, the fore wings comparatively narrower than in 
S. curvilinea ; the interspace between the medial transverse lines 
wider and distinctly divided by pale vein-lines; the postmedial 
fascia brighter coloured ; the marginal spots are prominently blue- 


EE J 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 25 


speckled: hind wing with less distinct pale fasciz, and the margin 
with a blue lunular line. Underside with less-defined fasciz. 
Expanse 23 inches. 
Hab. Darjiling. In coll. British Museum. 


SyPNA PRUNOSA, 0. Sp. 


Male. Allied to S. moorei. Dark purplish brown; fore wing 
with similar transverse band, except that its cuter border is irre- 
gular and encompasses the entire reniform mark: hind wing with 
two pale zigzag fasciee, the lower being nearer the margin; the 
marginal lunules distinct and bordered with bluish-grey. 

Expanse 22 inches. 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore. 


SPyNA FRATERNA, 0. sp. 


Allied to S. curvilinea ; comparatively smaller. Fore wing with 
the broad medial band of a uniform dark-brown colour throughout, 
its inner-bordered duplex line indistinctly ochreous, and the outer 
line bright ochreous ; the discal area broadly, and an apical patch 
also bright ochreous ; a minute white orbicular dot, and a slender 
indistinctly defined reniform mark: underside of a brighter and 
paler ochreous tint, with a narrower and more recurved transverse 
inner dusky fascia, and comparatively broader outer fascia. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore and British Museum. 


SYPNA RENISIGNA, 0. sp. 


Male. Dark purplish brown. Fore wing crossed by a broad sub- 
basal and antemedial blackish band, bordered outwardly by a 
slender duplex black line extending irregularly outward beyond the 
cell and terminating on the costa above the end; a submarginal 
blackish zigzag narrow band, and a marginal row of slender ochreous- 
bordered black lunules ; a distinct white minute orbicular dot and 
large prominent reniform mark: hind wing witha blackish subbasal 
and a discal suffused band, and a marginal row of slender pale- 
bordered lunules. Underside pale brownish ochreous: fore wing 
with three distinct medial transverse narrow black bands; hind wing 
with a narrow medial and a broad discal band. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Khasia hills. In coll. F. Moore. 


ARGIVA STRIGIPENNIS, 0. sp. 


Allied to A. hieroglyphica; smaller in size. Both sexes pale 
ochreous-brown, much paler than the female of A. hieroglyphica. 
Upperside with more delicate short strigze, which are sparsely dis- 
posed between the three transverse irregular darker brown fascie ; 
the fascize in both sexes (especially in the male) showing more promi- 
nently than in female A. hieroglyphica; the oblique short subapical 
band at upper outer end of the medial fascia, in both sexes, is 
brownish-ochreous, and the zigzag outer margin of the medial fascia 


26 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16, 


also slenderly bordered by brownish-ochreous ; lobate reniform 
mark half the size of that in A. hieroglyphica, and not darker than 
the fascia. Underside ochreous-brown, the marginal borders paler, 
the short oblique subapical band and ill-defined interrupted slender 
sinuous fascia ochreous-white. 

Expanse, ¢ 23, 9 28 inches. 

Hab. Khasia hills (Austen). In coll. F. Moore. 


NyYCTIPAO PRUNOSA, 0. Sp. 


Allied to N. glaucopis. Smaller; colour of a bluer glossy iron- 
grey purplish-brown tint ; fore wing with a smaller retort mark, the 
transverse pale zigzag line linear, not composed of distinct lunate 
spots as in N. glaucopis ; hind wing with smaller white subapical 
spots, the second spot being lunate ; on the underside the transverse 
series of spots are also much smaller and linear. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Kussowlie, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. OMMATOPHORID. 
SERICIA CALAMISTRATA, 0. Sp. 


Allied to S. substruens (Tavia substruens, Walk.). 

Markings on both wings similar, except that in the fore wing 
the prominent discal white-speckled mark beyond the cell is formed 
by a uniformly rounded duplex line, with a more slender lower ter- 
minal inner end, and with its upper costal end more acutely sinuous. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. Andaman Isles. In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. HyporyripH. 
HypopyrA PALLIDA, N. sp. 


Male. Similar to H. vespertilio. Much paler in colour: fore 
wing with the subbasal transverse fascia less curved ; oblique medial 
lines darker, the contiguous and outer sinuous fascize more distinct, 
and the marginal lunular line less defined; three prominent small 
black spots encircled by greyish-white, and an indistinct discocel- 
lular lunule: hind wing with two distinct brown medial lines and 
two contiguous lines, two distinct outer sinuous fascize, and a mar- 
ginal lunular brown line. 

Female. Much paler than the same sex of H. vespertilio; the 
markings indistinct: fore wing with three small indistinct black- 
centred grey-bordered spots, and slender discocellular lunule. 

Expanse, ¢ 23,2 3 inches. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. OpHivsip&. 
NAXIA DUPLEXA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 4.) 


Near to N. calefaciens. Female. Fore wing differs in the sub- 
basal line being curved inward and slenderly bordered on each side 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 27 


by a lilac-purple line, and the discal line being much less acutely 
sinuous, the intermediate lilac fascia more erect, not dark-bordered 
on its outer margin, and not being suffused to the discal line ; 
orbicular spot small and white: hind wing uniformly ochreous- 
brown. 

Expanse 2,1, inches. 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore. 


Oputusa acuta, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 5.) 


Allied to 0. falcata, Moore (Desc. Lep. Coll. Atk. p. 171, 1882). 
Fore wing differs in the duplex subbasal line being more erect and not 
recurved, the pale lilac fascia narrower, the discal curved line nearer 
the extreme margin, thus making the dark-brown interspace much 
wider, its angle near the costa is also much more acute, and the line 
from the angle curved upward to the apex ; hind wing darker. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Khasia hills (Austen). In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. THERMESIID. 


DurRDARA FENESTRATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 6.) 


Red; both wings crossed by several linearly disposed delicate 
black strigee: fore wing with a lower discal black-bordered trilobate 
spot, the upper and lower lobes being diaphanous white, the middle 
lobe broken and slightly yellowish; a slight dusky spot at end of 
the cell: hind wing also with a slight dusky spot at end of the cell. 
Underside duller red, marked as above, the fore wing also with a 
slight short fascia below the apex. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Bombay (Wilkinson). In coll. F. Moore. 


SoNAGARA BIVITTATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 7.) 


Allied to S. decussata, one third less in size. Both wings 
crossed by numerous linearly-disposed black strigze, which, across 
the wings and along the outer border, are darker and form two 
distinct darker bands. On the underside these strigose bands are 
also present. 

Expanse 55; inch. 

Had. Andaman Isles. In coll. F. Moore. 


SoNAGARA DECUSSATA, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 8.) 

Pale dull yellowish-ochreous ; both wings crossed by numerous 
short black strigze, which assume the letter X here and there 
between the outer veins; a small quadrate black discocellular spot 
on both wings. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. N.E. Himalaya (Farr). In coll. F. Moore. 


SoNAGARA VIALIS, 0. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 9.) 


Male. Allied to S. strigipennis. Differs in the narrow band from 
the apex of fore wing to middle of abdominal margin being more 


28 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASTATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Jan. 16, 


prominent, the delicate transverse strigze also more distinct ; the 
fore wing not having the outer line from the band to posterior angle ; 
and this outer line on the hind wing, instead of terminating above 
the anal angle, extends to near middle of the exterior margin ; the 
fore wing also has a large blackish discocellular spot. Underside 
marked as above. 

Expanse 1,5; inch. 

Hab. Himalaya (Capt. Magee). In coll. F. Moore. 


CAPNODES STELLATA, 0. Sp. 


Upperside dull ochreous-red ; fore wing crossed by an antemedial 
and a postmedial zigzag black-speckled white-spotted line, termi- 
nating in a more prominent white spot on the costa, with a brighter 
red zigzag fascia between them, and a submarginal double fascia; a 
white spot also at base of wing, and a marginal row of black dots : 
hind wing with a medial transverse zigzag black-speckled white- 
spotted line, with less distinct intervening zigzag fasciee, and a mar- 
ginal row of dots. Underside uniform dull umber-brown. 

Expanse 1,8; inch. 

Hab. Singapore. — In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. FociLurp. 
ACHARYA COSTALIS, n. sp. (Plate VI. fig. 10.) 


Chestnut-brown, brightest on the basal area; both wings with a 
blackish medial transverse fascia, a discal sinuous white-pointed black 
line, a submarginal narrow ochreous line, with slender ochreous 
streaks from the line to the exterior margin, and intervening black 
dot between each vein: fore wing with a broad ochreous-black- 
speckled costal band, the submarginal line angled in the middle, a 
white orbicular spot, and a white-speckled reniform mark. Under- 
side uniform pale brown, with indistinct transverse dusky sinuous 
line and discocellular spot. Body chestnut-brown; middle of thorax 
ochreous; palpi bright ochreous. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab, Andaman Isles. In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. HyPenip2. 
ByYTURNA, 0. 2. 


Wings very small: fore wing narrow, elongated; costa straight, 
apex acute, exterior margin slightly convex; costal vein long, 
extending to two thirds the margin; first subcostal branch emitted 
at one half, and second at one fourth before end of the cell, second 
trifurcate, the third being thrown off at three fourths, and fourth 
from one fourth beyond the base, fifth from end of the cell and 
looped to fourth close to its base; discocellulars bent at near their 
upper and lower ends ; upper very short, lower very concave, slender ; 
upper radial from angle at end of the cell, lower radial from angle 
above lower end of the cell; upper median branch from angle at 


P.Z.S .1883 .Pl1 


Bu 


F.C Moore del et hth Mmtern Bros. mp. 
NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA 


. 


P. Z.5 .1888 .Pl Vie 


F C Moore ,del.et lith 


a 


Mintern Bros ‘imp 


NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 29 


lower end of the cell, second branch at one eighth and third at one 
third before its end; submedian straight. Hind wing elongated 
oval; costal vein straight, extending to apex ; two subcostal branches 
from end of the cell ; discocellulars concave, upper longest ; radial 
from their middle ; two upper medians from beyond end of the cell, 
lower at one fourth before its end; submedian and internal yein 
straight. Body stout; palpi long, ascending, second joint squa- 
mose, laterally broadest at the apex, extending to a level with the 
vertex, third joint slender, naked, about half length of second ; 
antennz finely setose; legs squamose, fore tibize tufted beneath. 
This genus has much the appearance of Rivula. 


ByTuRNA DIGRAMMA. 


Bocana digramma, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M., Suppl. 
p- 1170. 
Hab. India; Ceylon. 


PASIRA BIATOMEA, N. Sp. 


Male. Pale ochreous: fore wing with two minute black discocel- 
lular spots, another spot above the submedian vein, and a marginal 
row of still smaller dots, the apical dot most prominent: hind wing 
with indistinct brownish-ochreous outer border. Underside brighter 
coloured: hind wing brown-speckled along the costal border and apex, 
with a blackish discocellular streak and a marginal row of small 
dentate spots. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore. 

A larger species than P. ochracea from Calcutta. 


Fam. PyraLip. 


LEUCINCDES DISCISIGNA, Nl. sp. 


Ochreous-white: fore wing with a short basal and three middle 
transverse ochreous-brown bands, the outer band bordered by a 
slender black lunular line; a submarginal sinuous white line, 
bordered inwardly by black at its apical and posterior end; a 
prominent white S-shaped discocellular spot; hind wing with a 
slight submarginal and discal sinuous brown line. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore. 


EvupoREA LATIVITTA, 0. sp. 


Fore wing ochreous-white, with a short basal brown streak, a 
broad medial transverse angular bordered band, and a submarginal 

sinuous fascia, the interspaces brown-speckled; two black dots at 
end of the cell, and a row on submargin: hind wing cinereous-white. 

Expanse $ inch. 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore. 


50 MR. G. B. SOWERBY ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. ([Jan. 16, 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puate VY. 
. Aloa marginata, nu. sp., p. 15. 
. Baradesa lithosioides, n. sp., p. 17. 
, 3a. Thaumatopea cheela, un. sp., p. 18. 
. Taragama intensa, n.sp., p. 18. 
hyperanther@, n. sp., p. 18. 


Fig. 


OU 09 ho 


Puate VI. 


. Gonitis trilineata, n. sp., p. 21. 

. Donda striatovirens, nu. sp., p. 23. 
ornata, Nn. sp., p. 23. 

Naxia duplexa, n. sp., p. 26. 
Ophiusa acuta, n. sp., p. 27. 

. Durdara fenestrata, nu. sp., p. 27. 
. Sonagara bivittata, n.sp., p. 27. 
decussata, nu. 8p., p. 27. 
vialis, n. sp., p. 27. 

. Acharya costalis, nu. sp., p. 28. 


Fig. 


DO CIS Sty Go bo 


_ 


4, Descriptions of Five new Species of Shells. 
By G. B. Sowrrsy, Jun. 


[Received January 8, 1883.] 
(Plate VII.) 


LiMA GOLIATH, sp.n. (Plate VII. fig. 3.) 


Shelli rather obliquely oval, white, semitransparent, striated at the 
sides and on the auricles, otherwise smooth; anterior side with a 
depressed lunule, making a straight outline extending from the 
umbones about half the length of the shell; thence the out- 
line is curved; umbones acute; cardinal area deeply excavated ; 
anterior auricles small and very sloping, posterior large; valves 
nearly closed on the hinder side, slightly gaping in front. 

Long. 150, lat. 110 mill. 

Hab. Japan. 

This magnificent species, the largest of the genus, appears to 
have been hitherto undescribed. It is of stouter substance and not 
so inflated as the Norwegian species (Z. ewcavata). Its surface is 
smooth, excepting at the sides, which are rather roughly striated. 
The cardinal area is larger and deeper than in the specimens before 
me of L. excavata. 

This specimen was sent to me from Japan, and now belongs to 
the rich collection of Dr. Prevost, of Alengon. Another specimen 
has recently been brought by Dr. Hungerford from Japan, the 
latter being a very old shell, larger and thicker than the type, with 
its surface much eroded and worm-eaten. 


THRACIA JACKSONENSIS, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 5.) 
Shell obliquely oval, white, covered with a very thin pale epidermis, 


1883,] MR. G.B. SOWERBY ON NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 31 


rather thin, inequilateral, umbones posterior ; both valves faintly 
irregularly wrinkled with concentric striz ; dorsal margin posteriorly 
sloping to an angle; anterior side arched, and obliquely sloping to- 
wards the ventral margin; posterior obliquely truncated; ventral 
margin very slightly arched; umbonal ridge obtusely angulate ; 
hinge with cartilage-processes rather small. 

Long. 35, alt. 26, lat. 13 mill. 

Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier). 

Another interesting species of the genus Thracia from the same 
locality as the one described by Mr. Angus in the ‘ Proceedings’ of 
1869, and discovered by the same persevering and intelligent col- 
lector. 


TELLINA BRAZIERI, sp. un. (Plate VII. fig. 2.) 


Shell transversely ovate, nearly equilateral, moderately thin, dull 
yellowish white, without markings; concentrically laminated, laminze 
very fine and thread-like ; umbones acute, rather prominent, approxi- 
mate ; anterior side rounded, posterior truncated; anterior dorsal 
margin incurved, posterior sloping in a straight line to form an angle 
with the side; ventral margin arcuate ; dorsal area:slightly depressed ; 
ligament long and narrow. 

Long. 8, alt. 7, lat. 2 mill. 

Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier). 

A remarkable little species having the form and external appear- 
ance of an Amphidesma. 


TELLINA MODESTA, sp.n. (Plate VII. fig. 1.) 


Shell transversely ovate, rather inequilateral, compressed, thin, 
white, shining; concentrically very finely striated; anterior side 
rounded, posterior slightly flexuous ; dorsal margins sloping; ven- 
tral margin strongly arcuate; umbones small, approximate; dorsal 
area very slightly impressed ; ligament moderate. 

Long. 12, alt. 9, lat. 3 mill. 

Hab. Port Jackson (Brazier). 

A delicate shining white shell of very simple character. 


PECTUNCULUS ROBUSTUS, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 4.) 


Shell suborbicular, solid, subequilateral, very pale yellowish brown, 
here and there sparingly banded and spotted with darker brown ; 
anterior side rounded, posterior angulated, slightly incurved and de- 
pressed above the angle; dorsal margin straight ; ligamentary area 
narrow; umbones rather acute; valves radiately ribbed (ribs pro- 
minent, rounded, close-set, about 23 in number, much narrower 
above the angle), concentrically striated; strize thread-like, crossing 
ribs and interstices. 

Long. 40, alt. 37, lat. 22 mill. 

Hab. ? 

A very distinct and characteristic species. 


32 REV. G. H. R. FISK ON THE HABITS OF SNAKES. [Feb. 6, 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 


Fig. 1. Tellina modesta, p. 31. 
2. —- brazieri, p. 31. 
3. Lima goliath, p. 30. 
4. Pectunculus robustus, p. 31. 
5. Thracia jacksonensis, p. 30. 


February 6, 1883. 
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to 
the Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1883 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of January was 79, of which 2 were by 
birth, 38 by presentation, 37 by purchase, and 2 were received on 
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, 
by death and removals, was 126. 

Amongst the additions during the month attention was called to 
examples of two species of Passerine Birds from Japan new to the 
collection—the Grey Thrush (Turdus cardis), and the Red-sided 
Titmouse (Parus varius). 


The Secretary read an extract from a letter from Mr. F. C. Selous, 
dated “‘ Umklangen, Matabele Country, November 7, 1882,” stating, 
in reply to inquiries, that he was afraid that the chance of getting a 
living White Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros simus) was now very small. 
The very few of these animals that still survived were almost 
entirely restricted to the ‘fly’’-infested districts. Mr. Selous 
had been trying to get an adult male specimen of this animal for 
the British Museum for a whole year, and had not succeeded, not 
having seen one at all, but intended to try again this year on the 
river Sabi. As to other animals, he could get living specimens 
of the Sable and Roan Antelopes, Blue Wildebeest, Tsessebe Ante- 
lope, and Eland. The Elands of the Mashuna country were of the 
striped variety (Oreas livingstoni). 'They were most of them very 
plainly striped, and had black patches on the inside of the forearm. 
Another animal Mr. Selous could get specimens of was the Wart- 
hog, and also the beautifully striped northern variety of Burchell’s 
Zebra (Zquus chapmani of Baines). 


The Secretary read the following extracts from a letter received 
from the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S., dated ‘Capetown, Nov. 28, 
1882 ”:— 

“The following notes were made by me as the events took place ; 
and I think they tend to show two ways, amongst many, in which the 
naturally large and rapid increase of Snakes is kept within compa- 
ratively moderate limits. 


— 


[+ @4NO 


Sowerb 


ry hth . 


. 


1883.] MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON A NEW OTIDIPHAPS. 33 


“A specimen of Saurophis erucifer, which I had in captivity, laid 
four eggs from 3 and ;/; to an inch long. 

‘* Another Snake in the same box (probably a young Coronella cana) 
seized and swallowed one of the eggs; then C. cana seized S. eru- 
cifer across the lower part of the body, as if to hasten the presentation 
of another egg. My presence seemed to cause it to desist. After 
this the Coronella cana discovered another egg, which it ate. A 
quarter of an hour after this C. cana seized S. crucifer across the 
middle of the body, and dragged and turned her so as to expose the 
underneath portion ; then desisting, it swallowed the remaining two 
eggs; then it again seized the S. crucifer about the middle, and 
pressed it between its jaws forcibly and progressively downwards 
toward the tail for three or four inches. After this C. cana searched 
through the sand in the box, turning it up in every direction as if 
seeking for more of its desired food. It seized S. crucifer several 
times in the same manner, sometimes raising it two inches from the 
sand and dragging it. After this treatment of the one Snake by 
the other had continued about two hours, I removed the 8. crucifer 
into another box. 

“Tt appears also that Lizards destroy Snakes. -A young example 
of S. crucifer and a Lizard (of which I forget the name just now) 
were in a box together. Neither interfered with the other for two 
or three days. One day when I was looking at them, the Lizard 
attacked the Snake. It touched it in various places with its tongue, 
trod upon it, attacked it, so as to cause it to turn about, as if in pain 
and greatly frightened. After this process had continued for some 
minutes, the Lizard bit the Snake in the side about one third of its 
length from the head, and the Snake immediately gave signs of dying. 
I took it out of the box, as I wished to examine its teeth; and on 
opening its mouth, it partially recovered in my hands, and lived for 
three or four hours, when it died. It is now in the South-African 
Maseum, placed in spirit so as to exhibit the wound in the side. 
The Lizard having died also some time after, was also placed in the 
museum. A native from the central part of the Colony has since 
told me that there are Lizards which will attack and kill Snakes even 
if a yard long. But this statement, until established, should be 
taken cum grano.” 


The following papers were read :-— 


1. On a third Species of Otzdiphaps. 
By O. Savin and F. D. Gopman. 


[Received February 5, 1883.] 


In a small collection of birds recently sent us by Mr. Andrew 
Goldie from the Dentrecasteaux Islands, near the extreme eastern end 
of New Guinea, are two specimens of an Otidiphaps belonging to a 
species quite distinct from both O. nobilis of North-western New 
Guinea, and O. cervicalis of the south-eastern ranges of the great 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. III. 3 


34 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON TRAGELAPHUS GRATUS. [Feb. 6, 


island. The absence of any spot on the nape, the pure cinnamon of 

the back and wings, and the different colour of the lower back and 

rump render it at once distinguishable from either of its congeners. 
We propose to describe it as follows :— 


OripieHars INSULARIS, Sp. nov, 


Capite toto, cervice e¢ corpore subtus nigris purpurascente tinctis ; 
interscapulio, secundariis et tectricibus alarum omnibus pure 
cinnamomeis ; remigibus fuscis; cauda nigra; dorso postico 
viridescenti-nigro, dorso imo et uropygio pupurascente tinctis ; 
rostro corallino-rubro ; pedibus vinaceo-rubris, flavo squamulatis. 
Long. tota 15°0, ale 7°4, caude rectr. mediis 6°6, rectr. lat. 3°3, 
rosiri a rictu 1°15, tarsi 2°6 poll. Angl. 

Hab. Insula Fergusson dicta, ad oras Nove Guinez orientalis 

( Goldie). 

Obs. Ab O. nobili crista occipitali et macula nuchali absentibus, 
colore dorsi purius cinnamomeo nec purpureo tincto, colore dorsi 
postici viridescente nee omnino purpureo, et cauda breviore diversus. 
Ab O. cervicali macula nuchali absente, colore dorsi purius cinna- 
momeo nec purpureo tincto et colore dorsi imi et uropygii purpureo 
distinguendus. 

Mr. Goldie writes that he obtained the two specimens of this 
Pigeon on an exceedingly rough range of mountains at an altitude 
of over 2000 feet on Fergusson Island, one of the Dentrecasteaux 
group. ‘The call, he says, is a sort of ké-o, the “o” being pro- 
longed. One bird was shot on a low limb of a large tree. He adds 
that the iris is red, and the legs claret-colour with the scales of light 
greenish yellow. 

The two previously known other species of Otidiphaps have 
recently been described, and a full account given of them, by Count 
Salvadori in the third part of his ‘ Ornitologia della Papuasia e delle 
Molucche,’ pp. 188-191. The discovery of a third species of this 
remarkable genus is of great interest, and does credit to Mr. Goldie’s 
industry. 

It was on the same island that the Bird of Paradise which we 
have recently described (Ibis 1883, p. 131) as Paradisea decora was 
obtained. 


2. Further Notes on Tragelaphus gratus. By P. L. Scuarmr, 
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. 


[Received February 1, 1883.] 
(Plate VIII.) 


At the meeting of this Society held on the 15th of June 1880, I 
exhibited a skin of an Antelope from the Gaboon, which I referred 
to an undescribed species of Zrayelaphus allied to Tr. spehii, and 
proposed to call Tragelaphus gratus'. 1 have now the pleasure of 
being ve to give some further information respecting this interesting 
animal, 


‘See P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 452, pl. xliv. 


oe —-* 


1883. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON TRAGELAPHUS GRATUS. 35 


On visiting the menagerie of the Jardin des Plantes of Paris, in 
the autumn after I had read my paper, M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards 
called my attention to a pair of Antelopes of the genus Tragela- 
phus, which he had then lately received from the Jardin d’ Accli- 
matation, and which he was disposed to consider referable to the 
Tragelaphus euryceros of Gray. But although the markings some- 
what resembled those of the last-named species, the long-extended 
hoofs showed that these animals belonged to the swamp-frequenting 
division of Tragelaphus typified by Tr. spekii ; and I was of opinion 
that they were none other than a pair of the same species as that of 
which I had just described the female as 7’. gratus. In order to 
endeavour to settle the question, on my return to London I sent the 
skin of 7. gratus to M. A. Milne-Edwards for comparison, and con- 
vinced him, I believe, that my opinion was probably correct. 

On visiting the Jardin des Plantes again in the autumn of 1881, I 
had the pleasure of inspecting for a second time this fine pair of 
Antelopes, then accompanied by a young female born in the previous 
December; and Mr. Keulemans being at that time in Paris, I re- 
quested him, with M. Milne-Edwards’s sanction, to prepare the water- 
colour drawings of them, which I now exhibit (Plate VIIJ.). 

M. Milne-Edwards has kindly favoured me with the subjoined 
notes on these Antelopes :— 

“ Le Muséum a fait l’acquisition de la femelle du Tragelaphus le 
10 mars 1876, et du male le 19 novembre 1879. 

“M. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire les avait regus du Gaboon. 

** La femelle a été couverte le 10 avril 1880, et elle a mis bas le 
4 décembre aprés 7 mois et 24 jours de gestation. La jeune biche 
qui venait de naitre s’est parfaitement développé malgré les froids de 
Phiver. Un jeune male est né en décembre 1881, mais il n’a pas 
vécu; sa dépouille a été préparé et figure dans les galeries du Mu- 
séum. 

** Nous possédons done aujourd’ hui 2 femelles et un male ; le jeune 
femelle a été couverte derniérement ; elle avait alors 22 mois; sa mére 
est pleine et mettra bas probablement ce mois-ci. 

‘Ces animaux ont des allures lourdes, ils sont peu gracieux quand 
ils courent et semblent embarrassés de leurs longues pattes. Le male 
est méchant et il laboure sans cesse le sol avec ses cornes; les femelles 
sont trés douces. Ces Antilopes vivent certainement dans les endroits 
marécageux, car ils aiment a tremper leurs pattes dans les abreuvoirs 
et ils restent souvent fort longtemps dans cette position. 

** Le pelage ne change pas de couleur avec les saisons, mais les 
jeunes males sont tout-a-fait semblables avec les femelles ; je ne sais 
pas 4 quel age ils revétent leur robe définitive.” 

I find that there is also a specimen of this Antelope in the collec- 
tion of the British Museum. It was received from the Gaboon along 
with a lot of other Mammals by Mr. E. Gerrard, jun., in 1882; and 
the skin is now mounted. I exhibit a drawing by Mr. Smit (see 
p- 36) of the head and horns of this specimen, which it will be 
observed agree in every respect with those of the example in the 
Jardin des Plantes. 

This specimen stands about 42 inches in height at the shoulders, 

3% 


a Tia 


36 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON TRAGELAPHUS GRATUS. [Feb. 6, 


and measures 42 inches in length from the chest totherump. The 
tail is 114 inches in length; the ears 53 inches. The markings, 
although not so distinct, agree nearly with those of the specimens 
living in Paris ; but the example is apparently not quite so old, and 
the general colour is more rufous. The length of the horns, from 
the base to the tip in a straight line, is about 19 inches, 


Head of Tragelaphus gratus, from the mounted specimen in the 
British Museum. 


With the additional evidence now obtained, I think there can be 
no question of Tragelaphus gratus being an excellent species, distin- 
guished from all other Antelopes of the same group, except T’rag. 
spekii, by its elongated toes, and, along with the latter species, 


$ 


& 
z 
& 


aannernt 


1883.] ON THE BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 37 


stituting the subgenus Hydrotragus of Gray’. From Tragelaphus 
spekii the present Antelope is at once distinguishable by the trans- 
verse white markings of the body and the white spots on the head 
andchest. In 7'r. spekii the adult animal (of which, so far as I know, 
there is no specimen in this country) is of a uniform greyish brown, 


9392 


and altogether devoid of either stripes or ‘‘ spots”. 


3. Supplementary Notes on the Birds of the Argentine 
Republic. By E.W. Warts, F.Z.S. With Remarks by 
P. L. Sciater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. 


[Received January 17, 1883.] 
(Plate IX.) 


These notes relate to species of birds not included in my former 
paper on this subject, and principally to those obtained during a 
recent visit to Cosquin, a village about thirty miles from Cordova, 
described in my ‘Cameos from the Silverland,’ 1. ch. xv. 

[I have examined skins of most of these species in a collection 
just received from Mr. White by Mr. E. Gerrard, jun. Where this 
has not been done it is so stated.—P. L. S. | 


1. Mimus caLanpria (Lafr. et d’Orb.). 

Q. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 6, 1882. Iris olive- 
green. 

A very wild bird, with an exceedingly strong pitching sort of 
flight and settling on the topmost branches of lofty trees. Not 
abundant at Cosquin. 


2. CoTite FucATA (Temm.). 


3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., August 16, 1882. 
, < . a September 21, 1882. 
Iris dark-brown. a 
I observed its first appearance at Cosquin on the 20th of July, 
and then only a single individual ; but towards the end of August 
large numbers were to be seen, mostly skimming over the water 
of the river in places where there was a large clear surface and great 
depth beneath. 


3. PyRAnGA AzAr&, d’Orb. Voy. Ois. p. 264. 


d+ Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., August 11, 1882. 

3 imm. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Oct. 2, 1882. 

@. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., September 3, 1882. 

Iris sepia. 

These birds are rare at Cosquin ; and when I first observed them 
1 Cat. Rum. in Brit. Mus. p. 49 (1872). 
2 Cf. Selous, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 754. 
3 P.Z.S. 1882, p. 591. 


38 MR. E. W. WHITE ON THE [ Feb. 6, 


there it was mid-winter, and they were frequenting the wooded 
ravines in the Sierras ; towards spring they commenced to visit the 
valley early in the morning, but as the weather became warmer 
seemed to abandon the mountains altogether. I obtained my speci- 
mens as they came to feed on some bees that were kept not far from 
our encampment. 

The male is of a beautiful scarlet, the female yellow; and evidently 
the first plumage of the young male is also yellow, but subsequently 
gradually changes with the growth. Of this I was rendered certain 
by the capture of several specimens undergoing the process of trans- 
formation. 


4. DoNACOSPIZA ALBIFRONS (Vieill.). 
3g. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 5, 1882. 


Iris sepia. 

This is the only specimen I have seen of this bird, and one I ob- 
tained only by accident, as when I shot it I thought it to be a common 
Zonotrichia. It was met with in the well-wooded lands that fringe 


the mountain-slopes. 
[Not seen by P. L.8.] 


5. GUBERNATRIX CRISTATELLA (Vieill.). 


3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 11, 1882. 

Iris very dark. 

I noticed these birds for the first time at Cosquin on the 22nd of 
July, after a snowstorm; three were together in the well-wooded 
lands up near the mountains. In the valley below, however, and in 
August they are met with more abundantly, but by no means com- 
monly, and then always fly in pairs. 


6. ZONOTRICHIA STRIGICEPS (Gould). 


$. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 16, 1882. 
: 2 3 = Aug. 15, 1882. 

Iris dark brown. 

At first sight I mistook this bird for the Chingolo (Z. pileata) ; but 
the moment its chirp met my ear (a peculiar metallic ring) I knew it 
to be of a different species. It was met with, in a flock of about 
fifteen, in a well-wooded ravine at a tolerable elevation up the 
mountains, and only at one spot. 


7. T£NIOPTERA DOMINICANA (Vieill.). 


3d. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 21, 1882. 
Iris dark brown. 

Rather rare here. 

[Not seen by P. L.S.}. 


8. T&NIOPTERA MURINA (Lafr. et d’Orb.): 


3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1882. 
J 3 Be 3 July 14, 1882. 
Iris dark brown. i 


1883.] BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 39 


Not uncommon on the highlands covered with thorny brushwood, 
where I obtained my specimens. 

[Mr. White’s specimens are decidedly of this species, of which I 
have examples from the Rio Negro (Hudson, P. Z.S. 1872, p. 460) 
and the Sierra de Cordoba (Déring, P. Z.S. 1879, p. 460). ] 


9. CnreoLEGUS HUDSONI (Scl.). 


3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 19, 1882. 

Iris dark brown. 

This bird was shot amongst the tolerably thick-wooded and lofty 
mountain-sjopes, where I found it frequenting the topmost tree-twigs 
and darting thence at passing insects. 

[Not examined by P. L. S.] 


10. ANZRETES PARULUS (Kiittl.). 

6. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 26, 1882. 
Q. ”9 3 June 23, 1882. 
Tris dark. 
In the thick brushwood near the river I found this little bird not 


uncommon. 


” 


11. Cyanoris AzARz (Naum.). 

3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 22, 1882. 

©. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 10, 1882. 

Tris sky-blue. 

These pretty little birds frequent in considerable numbers the 
rushes on some lagoons near La Plata. They skip from reed to reed 
about a foot above the surface of the water, all the while uttering a 
peculiar creaking little note, much resembling that of the cricket. 
At Cosquin, however, I obtained only one specimen ; and that was on 
the river. 


12. SyNALLAXIS STRIATICEPS (Latr. et D’Orb.). 


g. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 19, 1882. 
es #5 PA July 25, 1882. 
Iris brown. 
This species is common amongst the woods on the mountain- 
side. 
[Not examined by P. L. S.] 


13. SynaLLaxis sorp1DA (Kittl.). 
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Aug. 9, 1882. 
Q. ss <4 6 June 15, 1882. 

The abode of this bird seems to be the highlands, where it loves to 
frequent small shrubs and brushwood, into the deepest shade of which 
it penetrates. When startled, its flight is quick and dipping from one 
bush to another, uttering meanwhile a pretty trilling ery. 

[Mr. White’s specimens belong to this species, and not to S. 
humicola as he had supposed.—P. L. S.] 


40 MR. E. W. WHITE ON THE [Feb. 6, 


14. CorypHISTERA ALAUDINA (Burm.). 


3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 20, 1882. 
; - r s June 12, 1882. 
Iris dark sepia. 
These birds are not found in dense woods, but in the open, tenanted 
only by a few small trees or bushes. be ; 
Five or six are usually seen running about together with a quick, 
abrupt movement, meanwhile uttering a sharp cry. 


15. CeryLe amazona (Lath.). 


3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep. June 12, 1882. 

g. = ss oe June 22, 1882. 

Iris brown. 

A Kingfisher not uncommon at Cosquin, and usually met with 
along the acequias (irregular canals) which are made to flow over the 
cultivated lands. These streams, which are fed by dams from the 
river, are in places lined with brushwood and trees, and are tolerably 
deep, with a swiftly flowing current, abounding in small fish, so that 
the Ceryle seems to prefer them as a hunting ground to the bare 
rocky river-bed. 


16. Prcus mrxtus, Bodd. 

3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Aug. 17, 1882. 

2 - ” ” > >> 

lris crimson. 

This little Woodpecker is by no means common in this neighbour- 
hood, but is met with in the Algarroba woods. 


17. BoLBORHYNCHUS AYMARA (d’Orb.). 

3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep. Aug. 7, 1882. 

Tris white. 

The native name of this elegant little bird is ‘‘ Catita de las Sierras.” 
It is met with in flocks on the mountain-tops, about 3500 feet 
above the sea-level, and never descends to the valley. Its flight is 
very swift, accompanied the while by a sort of chirping, which by 
the inexperienced is almost always mistaken for a finch’s note. 


18. STRIxX DECUSSATA. 


dé. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 22, 1882. 

Iris yellow. 

This bird is called by the residents sometimes ‘“‘ Dormilon”’ (the 
Sleeper), at others ‘‘Ataja camino’’ (Bar-the-road), and does not 
appear to becommon. My specimen was taken from a pair roosting 
together in the woods on the high slopes at the foot of the Sierras. 
It seems to seek the woods on the highlands to pass the day, and at 
night to descend to the valley. 

As it sits so close, and the colour so exactly corresponds with that 
of the bare branches, I should never have discovered it had it not 
been startled at my approach and flown. Several mornings in suc- 
cession I visited the same tree, and, although I crept up quite close 


1883. ] BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 41 


under it, could never discover the pair until they took wing, which 
they always did very carefully on the opposite side to me; and as the 
foliage was so thick an opportunity for a flying shot never offered. 
Out of patience at last, one morning I tried a hap-hazard shot from 
a long distance with a heavy charge, and had the satisfaction of 
bagging one; but the other got away unwounded. Subsequently, 
whilst riding along one night on the eastern slope of the range of 
Sierras, I observed three or four, which were continually in the habit 
of alighting just in front of the horse’s feet, and then, after an 
instant’s pause and a very short flight, they returned to repeat the 
warning to trespassers. 

[Not examined by P. L.S. ; but Scops brasilianus (= Strix decus- 
sata, Licht.) is quite likely to be the bird intended.—P. L. S.] 


19. GuaucipiuM NANuM (King). 
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 23, 1882. 
EF sus st " July 27, 1882. 

Iris yellow. 

It causes the naturalist much amusement to watch the habits of 
this pretty little Owl, that, perched perfectly motionless on a branch, 
utters such a sirenic cry as to attract little birds in great numbers. 
They are observed to cluster round it, all the while fluttering and in 
great excitement, charmed by some fascination. After waiting a 
while, the Owl suddenly pounces upon the nearest for its victim. 
The natives call it ““ El rey de los pajaritos”” (The King of the little 
Birds). 

20. Nisus sTRIATUS. 

2. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 27, 1882. 

Iris amber. 

I saw no more than this specimen, which was shot on the Sierras 


at an elevation of 3500 feet above the sea-level. 
[Not examined by P. L. 8. = Accipiter erythrocnemis ?] 


21. HyporriorcHis FEMORALIS (Temm.). 

¢. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 4, 1882. 

Iris dark brown. 

During my lengthened stay at Cosquin I only observed two or 


three of these, one of which I obtained near the river. 
[Not examined by P. L. 8.] 


22. PotyBorvus THARUs (Mol.). 


@. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 27, 1882. 
Iris brown. Carancho. 


23. ArpeEa cocoi (Linn.). 

Q. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 23, 1882. 

Tris amber. 

Ardea cocoi is by no means common here, as during my stay of 
five months I only saw three or four, 


42 MR. E. W. WHITE ON THE [Feb. 6, 


Their usual position was, perched on a tree in early morning and 
not far from the river. 


24, QuERQUEDULA FLAVIROSTRIS (Vieill.). 
3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 29, 1882. 
. 9 ” Pr] June 233 1882. 

Iris brown. 

This Duck flies in flocks of about twenty in winter, nesting during 
August and September in holes on the clay banks of the river. The 
nest is formed of a large quantity of down, in which I found six 
eggs ofa dull white colour. Dimensions: axis 54 millim., diam. 40 
millim. 

25. Dariua sprnicaupaA (Vieill.). 

3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 9, 1882. 

Iris dark brown. 


A common Duck, which frequents the lagoons about here in 
flocks. 


26. Mareca cHILoEnsis (King). 

¢. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 24, 1882. 
F % te 3 Nov. 4, 1882. 
Iris dark brown. 
Common in flocks about lagoons. 


27. RALLUS RHYTIRHYNCHUS (Vieill.). 


3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., July 4, 1882. 

Iris crimson. 

An uncommon bird here, met with usually along the irrigation 
canals. Upper base of beak pale sky-blue, with a patch of crimson 
beneath, the rest of the beak deep green; legs crimson. 


28. Furica LEucoprTerRA (Vieill.). 

3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 16, 1882. 

Iris crimson. 

At Cosquin these birds are rare, and are only met with in the 
swamps that occur in the low ground in the vicinity of the river. 


29. TRINGA FUSCICOLLIS, Vieill. 

3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 3, 1882. 

Iris brown. 

Found abundantly in flocks on the edges of the lagoons, some- 
times intermingled with flocks of T. dorsalis. 


30. Limosa Hupsonica (Lath.). 

é. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 10, 1882. 
. ” 33 ”> Nov. 10, 1882. 
Iris dark sepia. 
Frequents the lagoons in flocks of about thirty. 


1883. ] BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 43 


31. Popiceps CALIPAR£US (Lesson). 

3d. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 6, 1882. 

Iris crimson. 

This was the only specimen seen, and obtained in the same locality 
as P. rollandi. 


32. PopicEPs ROLLANDI (Q. et G.). 

3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 11, 1882. 

Mg . ” ” 9 Sept. 1 1882. 

Tris crimson. 

These were obtained on the river ; but I never observed any more. 


33. NorHURA CINERASCENS, Burm. 


Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Aug. 21, 1882. 

Iris amber. 

This species is met with on the thickly wooded slopes near the 
mountains, where the shrubs branch out quite low down, barely 
leaving room for the ingress and egress of the bird beneath. They 
are not common, and I only observed them singly. A slight rustling 
among the leaves alone indicates their presence ; and if you are quick- 
sighted, you may get a glimpse of them as they start out two or 
three yards from cover. Once in the open, they stop abruptly an 
instant to plume their wings, and off they are over the trees with a 
flight neither long nor quick but very jerky ; I found them, however, 
very difficult to shoot, on account of the density of arboreal growth. 


[Besides the species mentioned in Mr. White’s notes above given, 
Mr. White’s collection, received by Mr. E. Gerrard, jun., contains 
several examples of a fine new Finch of the genus Poospiza named by 
Mr. White P. erythrophrys, but decidedly different, as I find on 
comparison with the type of the latter species in my collection. 
This I propose to dedicate to its discoverer as 


PoosPizA WHITII, sp. nov. (Plate IX.) 

Supra cinerea; capitis lateribus nigris, supra superciliis longis, 
infra strigis rictalibus albis marginatis ; subtis saturate fulvo- 
castanea, ventre medio et imo albo, crisso fulvescente ; subalaribus 
et campterio alari albis ; caudd plumbescenti-nigra; rectricibus 
lateralibus externis late, duabus proximis angustius albo termi- 
natis ; rostro nigro, pedibus fuscescenti-carneis : long. tota 5:5, 
ale 2°4, caude 2°( poll. Angl. Fem. mari similis, sed supra 
Juscescenti-cinerea, et subtus colore pectoris et laterum brunneo 
diversa. 

Hab. propé Cordova rep. Arg. (EZ. W. White). 

Obs. Sp. P. nigrorufe proxima, sed colore pectoris saturaté 

badio, neque rufo, facilé dignoscenda. 

Mr. White’s examples of this pretty species were obtained at 

Cosquin in June, July, and August last. The iris is noted as 
** dark brown.”’] 


44 REV. G. A. SHAW ON THE AYE-AYE, [Feb. 6, 


4. A few Rough Notes on the Aye-aye. 
By the Rev. G. A. SHaw. 


[Received January 23, 1883.] 


This curious animal, the Chiromys madagascariensis, has evi- 
dently been named from the exclamations of the people who first 
saw it, and who, upon first sight of any thing so peculiar, would 
naturally utter the usual Malagasy exclamation of surprise, Hay ! 
Hay! And at the present time among the people it is called the 
Haihay (pronounced Hayehaye). 

Being a nocturnal animal, it is very difficult to get any reliable 
information concerning its habits in the wild state, and native reports 
are altogether contradictory with respect to these matters. Even with 
reference to its natural food no satisfactory explanation can be obtained 
from the people. Many assert positively that it lives on honey; but 
one I had in captivity for several months would not eat honey in any 
form, either strained or in the comb, or mixed with various things I 
thought he might have a fancy for. Others say it lives on fruits 
and leaves; others that birds and eggs are its natural food. I fancy 
from what I saw of my captive that both these conjectures are nearer 
the truth; for after a few days, during which it would eat nothing, 
and it was thought that the proper food had not been offered (but it 
was in reality pining or sulking), it took several fruits which I was 
able to procure for it. It liked bananas; but it made sorry efforts 
at eating them, its teeth being so placed that its mouth was frequently 
clogged with them. The small fruits of various native shrubs it also 
devoured, as also rice boiled in milk and sweetened with sugar; but 
meat, larvee, moths, beetles, and eggs it would not touch. But I 
noticed that when I came near its cage with a light, it almost inva- 
riably started and went for a little distance in chase of the shadow 
cast by the pieces of banana attached to the wire-work in the front 
of its cage ; and I think that if I could have procured some small birds 
it would have, if not devoured them, at any rate killed them for their 
blood, as some Lemurs are known to do’. It drank water occasion- 
ally, but in such a way as to make it highly probable that it does not 
drink from streams or pools in the ordinary way. It did not hold 
its food in its hands as the Lemurs which I have had in captivity have 
done, but merely used its hands to steady it on the bottom of the 
cage. But whenever it had eaten, although it did not always clean 
its hands, it invariably drew each of its long claws through its mouth, 


' In proof of this, I need only instance one fact seen by several persons. 
A vessel under Captain Lassen was sailing along the coast between here and 
Imahanore in the south, when, after a stormy morning, two land-birds, which 
had apparently been driven from shore and were exhausted, settled in the after- 
noon on one of the yards. A tame Lemur (Lemur albifrons) on board saw the 
birds alight, and crept up to them, seizing and killing them immediately, but 
after having sucked the blood let them fall upon the deck. 


1883. ] REV. G. A. SHAW ON THE AYE-AYE. 45 


as though, in the natural state, these had taken a chief part in pro- 
curing the food. 

In some accounts, given by different writers, the Haihay is said to 
be easily tamed, and to be inoffensive. For instance, Sonnerat, who 
kept two in captivity, described it as “timid, inoffensive, and slow in 
its movements, in these respects resembling the Lories.’’ In each 
of these qualities, except the “ timidity,” I have found, both from 
native accounts and from the specimen I have kept, that exactly the 
reverse is the case. It is very savage, and, when attacking, strikes 
with its hands with anything but a slow movement. As might be 
imagined in a nocturnal animal, its movements in the daytime are 
slow and uncertain ; and it may be said to be inoffensive then. 

When it bit at the wire netting in the front of its cage, I noticed 
that each of the pair of incisors in either jaw could separate suffi- 
ciently to admit the thick wire even down to the gum, the tips of 
the teeth then standing a considerable distance apart, leading to the 
supposition that, by some arrangement of the sockets of the teeth, 
they could be moved so far without breaking off. The Haihay 
brings forth one at a birth, in which the long claw is fully developed. 

It is no wonder that in connection with so curious an animal 
a number of superstitious beliefs should be current among the 
Bétsimisdraka, in whose country the Haihay is principally found. 
In reference to its name, one account says that the first discoverers 
took it from one part of the island to another, the inhabitants of 
which had never seen it, and in their surprise they exclaimed Hay ! 
Hay! Another tale is that many years ago some Bétsimisdraka 
had occasion to open an old tomb in which had been buried one of 
their ancestors. No sooner was the tomb opened than an animal 
into which the said ancestor had developed sprang out, and hence the 
exclamation of surprise that has attached itself as a name to this 
creature. Many of the Bétsimisdraka still believe that the Haihay 
is the embodiment of their forefathers, and hence will not touch it, 
much less do it an injury. It is said that when one is discovered 
dead in the forest, these people make a tomb for it and bury it with 
all the formality of a funeral. They think that if they attempt to 
eatch it they will surely die in consequence ; and when I have said to 
them, “ But there is so-and-so who has brought several into Tama- 
tave, and nothing has happened to him,” the answer has been, 
“Yes! but he has its charm” (that is, the charm which counteracts 
the evil consequences of the act). The superstition extends even to 
the nest which the animal makes for itself. Ifa man receives from 
another, or picks up accidentally the portion on which the head of 
the Haihay has rested, it is sure to bring good fortune; while the 
receiving of that part on which its feet rested is followed by bad 
luck or death. This has even passed into a proverb among the 
Bétsimisaraka. 


46 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON A NEW LIZARD. [Feb. 6, 


5. Description of a new Species of Lizard of the Genus 
Enyalius. By G. A. Boutzenerr, F.Z.8. 


[Received January 30, 1883.] 
(Plate X.) 


ENYALIUS PALPEBRALIs, sp. n. (Plate X.) 


Head broad, rounded, once and one third as long as broad, covered 
with irregular strongly keeled or conical scales, those on the canthus 
rostralis and the superciliary border a good deal larger and project- 
ing. No distinct occipital. Loreal region concave, with small, 
irregular, keeled scales. ‘l'emporal region with small convex scales, 
intermixed with larger conical ones. Superciliary border much pro- 
duced posteriorly, with a strong denticulation formed by seven large 
pointed scales, the hinder three largest, subequal ; three large conical 
scales behind the orbit, followed by an oblique series of five conical 
scales. Labials about 15, equal. Scales of the back and sides 
small, keeled, irregular, intermixed with larger conical ones; the 
four or five series contiguous to the dorsal crest larger, rhomboidal, 
strongly keeled, the keels obliquely directed upwards. A nuchal 
crest formed of four large scales, the highest measuring the vertical 
diameter of the ear-opening, separated from the dorsal crest by an 
interspace equal to its length. A strong dorsal crest, gradually 
diminishing in height to the base of the tail, where it becomes double 
and indistinct ; the highest scale of the dorsal crest measuring three 
fourths the vertical diameter of the ear-opening. Gular scales 
keeled, the median subconical. Scales on the limbs and on the pee- 
toral and ventral regions strongly keeled. ‘Tail compressed, with 
verticillate strongly keeled scales, five or six verticilli, gradually in- 
creasing in size. Upper surfaces yellowish brown ; back with blackish 
markings, forming indistinct oblique bands down the sides; limbs 
marbled with brown ; tail with brown annuli, interrupted inferiorly ; 
lower surfaces immaculate. 


millim 

Total length (tail injured) .............. 235 
From tip of snout to ear-opening ........ 31 
53 yh fORerimabi eases Foes 50 

3 Bs VEUBL SAR bissbla Be eee 120 
Hhenietht of forelimb °.. 2. i 59 
a hindlimbs sk 23.804 V4 TES 78 


A single (female) specimen, presented by Messrs. Veitch, is in the 
British Museum. It was collected by Mr. W. Davis at Cashiboya ’, 
in Eastern Peru. 


' See map in P. Z, 8. 1875, p. 252, pl. xxv. 


‘ST IVuEadTVvd SOTIVANA 


duar Soig UtezyUuYy Wy }? PP UseyUy y 


1883.] PROF. F. J. BELL ON MICROSCOPICAL PREPARATIONS. 47 


February 20, 1883. 
Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


Professor F. Jeffrey Bell, F.Z.S., exhibited some microscopical 
preparations which he had lately obtained from the Zoological 
Station at Naples, and made the following remarks :— 

The business of preparing satisfactory microscopical specimens 
of animals is attended with the expenditure of so much time, and 
requires so remarkable a combination of skill and opportunity, that the 
warmest thanks of hard-worked zoologists and teachers are due to the 
Staff of the Zoological Station at Naples for the services they have 
already rendered in this regard. It seems, however, that the Station 
has now ceased to prepare these specimens; and I do not now 
exhibit all that I asked Dr. Dohrn to be kind enough to send me, 
inasmuch as, in the words of Dr. Lang, ‘“ Die fehlenden Preparate 
sind leider nicht mehr auf Lager.” 

The specimens asked for were selected with an especial view to the 
demonstration to students of forms that are with trouble, or never, 
to be found in, or on the shores of, this country, or which exhibit 
points in the history of the development of animals which the Naples 
series easily provided. I direct, therefore, especial attention to the 
lateral view of a complete Amphiocus, carefully stained, in which 
most of the salient points in the anatomy of that remarkable verte- 
brate may be satisfactorily made out, and which should be of inter- 
est to those zoologists who have had to be satisfied with the many 
unsatisfactory representations of that animal that are given in most 
of the text-books. 

Another example belonging to this series, is that curious parasite 
of the Comatulz, Myzostoma, the exact zoological position of which 
can hardly be said to be yet satisfactorily ascertained, notwithstanding 
the notable investigations of Dr. Graff. Another curious and 
difficult form is Sagitta; but the specimens do not, unfortunately, 
give a very satisfactory view of the “ fins.” 

Especial attention may be directed to the preparation of Pyrosoma, 
in which the four ascidiozooids and the remnants of the cyathozooid are 
to be made out; also to the Seyphistoma-stage of Cotylorhiza bor- 
bonica. 

Of the second series, I direct attention to the preparations of 
embryonic stages of the common Lizard, in the earlier of which 
the medullary groove is still open behind; and to the segmenting 
ova and the gastrulz of Echinoderms. 

The other preparations now on the table exhibit various points of 
zoological or histological interest; and one and all present us with 
examples of manipulative skill of the highest order. 

Mr. J. J. Weir exhibited and made remarks on a supposed 
hermaphrodite specimen of Lycena icarus. 


48 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR-LAUT. [Feb. 20, 


A communication was read from Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun., con- 
taining the descriptions of nine new species of shells and of the 
opercula of two known species. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On Birds collected in the Timor-Laut or Tenimber Group 
of Islands by Mr. Henry O. Forbes. By P. L. Scrarter, 
M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. 


[Received February 19, 1883.] 
(Plates XI.-XIV.) 


I have now the pleasure of placing before the meeting the first- 
frnits of the expedition to the Timor-Laut, or Tenimber, group of 
islands, carried out by Mr. Henry O. Forbes under the auspices of 
the British Association’ last summer. They consist of a selection 
from Mr. Forbes’s series of birds containing 70 skins, referable to 55 
species, being the only portion of his collections that has yet reached 
England. 

Mr. Forbes passed about three months (July, August, and Sep- 
tember last) in the Tenimber group. The following extracts from his 
MS. report will show some of the difficulties which he experienced 
in commencing his collections :— 

** After an interesting voyage, in which we called at Jessier at the 
eastern end of Ceram, at two points of New Guinea (where I had 
an opportunity of going ashore and seeing the people), and at both 
the Ké and Aroo islands, we landed at the village of Ritabel, in the 
islet of Larat, which lies off the north-east coast of Yamdena (as the 
northern of the two portions of Timor Laut is named), at a distance 
of about fifteen minutes’ sail. Within an hour after landing us the 
‘Amboina’ steamed away, leaving us to our fate for the next three 
months. 

“ Our first walk to the outskirts of Larat brought us face to face 
with the rather disagreeable fact that the place was in a state of 
siege. The whole village was enclosed with a double row of pali- 
sades ; and the ground on every spot, where not absolutely devoid of 
vegetation, bristled with bayonet-shaped bamboos pointing in every 
direction. This was for protection against two neighbouring villages, 
Keleobar and Lamdesar, one to the right and the other to the lett 
of us, who every now ard then had been making midnight raids and 
sudden day-attacks on the Ritabel people, picking off with flint- 
lock and arrow every unsuspecting villager, and then making off. 
The dismembered bodies of the victims of these expeditions were to 
be seen swinging about in the breeze from the limbs of the trees near 
the village-gates, and dangling from pole-ends on the platforms erected 

1 See Reports of the Timor-Laut Committee in Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1881, p. 197, 
and 1882, p. 275. 


1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 49 


on the sea-margin, where the dead are deposited. The terror of the 
villagers, who did not dare to venture any distance from the gates, 
and the bamboo-stakes distributed over the country, made collecting 
a very difficult matter. Few would volunteer to act as guides ; and 
my hunters, shooting unaccompanied, were often laid up with wounds 
from the bamboo-spikes. 

“Our first concern was to get a house, the huts being so small that 
to house our baggage or work in them was quite out of the question. 
A site was obtained only after the most vexatious delay by purchasing 
eight huts and removing them. At length, by the aid of a lavish 
remuneration we were able to erect a new dwelling, which was not 
finished till 17 days after our arrival.” 

The succeeding portion of Mr. Forbes’s report is mainly occupied 
with anthropological matters; but the following paragraphs contain 
some general remarks upon the physical peculiarities of the Tenimber 

roup :— . 

“The Tenimber Islands, as seen from the sea, are very low. There 
are no hills; nothing over 400 feet on the northern island nor on 
the surrounding islets, with the exception of Laibobar on the west 
coast of Yamdena, which rises to a height of about 1500 feet as seen 
from Larat across the mainland. The Tenimber group is surrounded 
(as I am told by the commander of H.B.M. ship ‘Samarang’) by a 
very deep sea. The islands are entirely of coral-formation. On the 
eastern shore of Yamdena there are coral cliffs of about 100 feet in 
height, from which immense stalagmites hang down. Along the 
beach are here and there blocks of tide-worn sandstone; but no- 
where have I been able to find any sedimentary rocks save on the 
islet of Larat, near the village of Retabel, where, a few hundred feet 
inland from the shore, a short cliff, some 50 feet in height running in 
a N.W. and S.E. direction, exhibits a bed of stratified sandstone 
between coral conglomerates. Its texture is close and fine, and it is 
of a reddish-yellow colour. In the interior of Yamdena the coral 
lies a few inches below the surface, being covered only by a very thin 
layer of dark mould. There are absolutely no traces of sedimentary 
strata, with the exception of one small nodule of a fine calcareous 
sandstone. Along the shore low coral cliffs alternate with sandy 
baylets (the land is almost entirely of fine particles of coral and 
minute shells and broken fragments of Echini &c.), which are studded 
also with worn coral boulders. At the base of these cliffs, and in fact 
all along the shore, the floor, as exhibited at low tide, is composed of 
a black mud formed of disintegrated coral, vegetable refuse, small 
shells, sand, and fine mud, lying on a broken-up mass of coral con- 
erete. Very few corals are alive within the space left by the tides 
or in the shallows near the margin. Here and there Madrepores 
and Pirites.and Tubipora live on the undersides of the stones in the 
pools, or where they will be but a short time left exposed. Sponges, 
grey or dark brown or light yellow, like shoots of some young plants, 
expose their oscula on every rough eminence ; while pale yellow or rich 
green patches of Alcyonias give colour to the grey shore. 

“Among the Vertebrates only one Batrachian was found or seen. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. IV. 4 


50  MR.P.L.SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. [Feb. 20 


Snakes were tolerably abundant, both on the mainland and on the 
small surrounding islands. 

“Of Birds some 70 or 80 species were obtained. os reticulata, a 
small white Cockatoo, and a species of Carpophaga were among the 
commonest species. A species of Geopelia and two lovely species of 
Ptilopus are not uncommon. A species of Megapodius is found on 
the islands, but it is rather rare: its mounds were not even seen; 
it frequents the shore. The Meropide are represented by one 
species; the Alcedinide by one species; Caprimulgide by one 
species (not obtained) ; Cypselide by one species (Collocalia, not 
obtained); Nectariniide by one or two species; Meliphagide by 
one species; Artamide by one species; Muscicapide by several 
species; Timeliide by several; Sylviide by several; Turdide by 
two species; Ploceide by two or three species; Corvide by one 
species; Charadriide and Scolopacide by a few species; Ardeide by 
two species; Anatide by two species; Lariide by one species; 
Falconide by one or two species? ; Sérigide by two or three species ; 
Psittacide by several species. 

“Of Mainmalia, Marsupials are represented by one species of 
Cuscus, which, however, is not very common. No Kangaroos are 
found in any of the islands; but a small species of mouse-like mam- 
mal, of which I was unable to catch a specimen, may be a Perameles. 

“Of Rodentia there are perhaps two species of Rats. The Sciuride 
do not occur. 


“ Of Chiroptera there are several small species, besides a common | 


Pteropus or ‘ Flying Fox.’ The Suide are represented by one species 
of Pig, of which I was able toobtainonly one youngspecimen. Onthe 
mainland are found large herds of Buffaloes, black when full-grown, 
but of a reddish colour in the calf. ‘They came up out of the 
earth,’ according to the native tradition. There are no Deer. One 
species of Sirenian frequents the shores, and is hunted for its large 
canines, from which the natives make ear-rings ; it is Halicore aus- 
tralis in all probability. 

“The Carnivora are represented by the Viverra tangalunga, which 
is found on the mainland and on the islets of Larat and Vertate 
(as far as known to me). On Vertate they are kept as pets. 

Of these the Viverra, the Buffalo, the Rats, and perhaps the Pigs 
are almost certainly introduced. Perhaps also this is the case with 
the Geopelia among the birds. 

“Timor Laut seems, from our present rough survey, to have great 
affinity with the Moluccan (Amboina) region, perhaps more than 
with the Timor group. The Insecta seem very closely to resemble 
those of Amboina; but the Lepidoptera and Coleoptera are exces- 
sively few in number.” 

The following is a list of the species of which examples are in 
the present collection, arranged according to the system adopted 
by Count T. Salvadori in his excellent work on the Ornithology of 
Papuasia and the Moluccas, just completed. 


1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 


I. AccrrrrrEs. 
- Pandion leucocephalus 


al 

2. Haliastur girrenera............ i. 
3. Tinnunculus moluccensis ...| i. 
4 
5 


4. Ninox forbesi, sp. nov. 
. Strix sororcula, sp. noy. ...... 


II. Psrrracr. 

6. Tanygnathus subaffinis, 
nov. 

7. Geoffroius keiensis 

8. Eclectus riedeli, Meyer 

9. Eos reticulata 


teeees 


eben ene enneneee 


IIT. Prcarrz. 
. Sauropatis chloris 


TY. PAssereEs. 


. Rhipidura hamadryas, 
nov. 


. Mierceca hemixantha, sp.nov. 
. Graucalus unimodus, sp. noy. 
melanops 
. Lalage meesta, sp. nov. 
. Artamus leucogaster ......... ii 
. Dicruropsis bracteatus......... il. 
. Pachycephala —_arctitorquis, 
BSP. DOV. seers... Beene 
sp. ine. (2) 
. Nectarinia sp. inc. (2) 
. Diceum fulgidum, sp. nov.... 
. Myzomela annabelle, sp. noy. 
. Philemon plumigenis 
. Geocichla sp. inc 
. Munia molucca 


. Calornis metallica 
crassa, sp. noy. 
. Corvus validissimus 


V. CotumB2. 
» Ptilopus wallacii............++ 
xanthogaster ..........+- 
. Carpophaga concinna......... 


. Myristicivora bicolor 
. Macropygia sp. inc............. 
. Geopelia maugei ............ 
. Chalecophaps chrysochlora ... 


Bnet e eect enn wnew et eseeeees| eo 


- Monarcha castus, sp.nov. ...| .. 
mundus, 8p. NOYV.........2| + 
BS ————— MIPIGUS. «6.020200 20 one seee il. 


. Myiagra fulviventris, sp.nov.| .. 


Crs mee 


8 eee eeeaeere .* 
Fee eeseeewoeren| se 


. Erythrura tricolor (Véeill.)...| .. 


Salvadori, 
op. cit. 


ateeeee 


steeeee 


Locality. 


Kirimoen. 
Larat. 
Loetoe., 


Loetoe, Tenimber Is. 


Larat. 


Larat. 


Loetoe and Larat. 


Larat. 
Larat. 


Larat. 


Loetoe. 
(Label lost.) 
Moloe and Larat. 


Larat. 
Larat. 


Loetoe and Larat. 


Larat. 
Larat. 
(Label lost.) 
Larat. 
Larat. 


Larat. 
Larat. 
Loetoe and Larat 


Larat and Loetoe. 


Loetoe. 
Larat. 
(Label lost.) 
Larat, 
Loetoe. 
Maroe. 
Larat. 
Kirimoen. 


Larat. 
Larat. 
Larat. 


Loetoe and Maroe. 


Kirimoen. 
Larat. 
Larat. 
Larat. 


51 


No. of 
examples, 


Ree ee 


Ehobre 


bo 


See ORR Coe 


BRR Re beer bh br tb 


Ree ehre bre 


4* 


| 


52 MR. P.L.SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. ([Feb. 20, 


Table (continued). 


Salvadori, - No. of 
op. cit. Rociey: examples. 
VI. Gauiine. 

42. Megapodius — tenimberensis, 

SIDS WO) ceoporencdo cra sceAddoce||  “andaSsbse Loetoe. 2 

VII. Grariatorns. 
43. Orthorhampus magnirostris| iii. p. 290 | Kirimoen. 1 
44, Charadrius fulvus ............ ili. p. 294 | Maroe. 1 
45, AMgialitis geoffroii ............ ili. p. 298 | Maroe. 1 
46, Lobivanellus miles ............| iii. p. 806 | Larat. 1 
47. Totanus incanus ....... Speco i. p. 820 | Moloe. 1 
48. Numenius variegatus ......... iii. p. 832 | Larat. 1 
49, Ardea sumatrana............... iil. p. 3840 | Larat. 1 
50. Demiegretta sacra ............ iii. p. 345 | Larat. 1 

VIII. Nararores. 
51. Nettapus pulchellus............ iii. p. 885 | Larat. 1 
52. Dendrocygna guttata ......... iii. p. 888 | Larat. if 
53. Tadorna radjah ............... iii. p. 891 | (No ticket.) 1 
54. Onychoprion anesthetus...... iii. p, 449 | Moloe. 1 


I will now give descriptions of the new species, and notes upon 
several others imperfectly known. 


4. Nrnox rorsesI, sp. nov. (Plate XI.) 


Supra rufescenti-brunnea, fere unicolor, in alarum tectricibus et 
scapularibus fasciolis albis variegata ; fronte et superciliis albis ; 
alarum remigibus terreno-brunneis, nigro transfasciatis ; subtus 
dorso concolor, mento albicante, ventre albo transfasciato; tar- 
sis, omnino plumosis, cum subalaribus rufis unicoloribus ; alarum 
et caude pagina inferiore pallide corylino-brunnea nigro regu- 
lariter transfasciata; rostri nigri apice flavicante ; digitis fuscis 
setis obtectis : long. tota 11:0, ale 7:4, caude@ 4:5, tarsi 13. 

Hab. Loetoe, Timor Laut. 

Obs. Sp. quoad colores N. hanfu maxime affinis, sed facie alba 
fasciis ventris albis, et alis subtus nigro vittatis diversa. 

The single specimen of this Owl is a male, obtained at Loetoe on 
August 9,1881. It is noted :—“ Irides golden; bill pale cinereous ; 
feet pale yellow, covered with bristly hairs; soles of feet nearly 
orange.” 

I have dedicated this apparently distinct species to its discoverer, 
Mr. Henry Ogg Forbes, F.Z.S. 


5. STRIX SORORCULA, sp. nov. 


Supra terreno-fusca flavicante variegata, et punctis rotundis albis 
regulariter aspersa; disco faciali amplo albo, margine nigri- 
canti-brunneo cireumdato; macula anteoculari nigricante ; remi- 


1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 53 


gibus fuscis, nigro transfasciatis, in pogoniis externis fulvo macu- 
latis et albido vermiculatis ; cauda nigricante, teniis quinque 
fulvis transfasciata et albido vermiculata ; subtus alba, precipue 
in ventre maculis rotundis nigris fulvo cinctis uspersa, subalaribus 
ventre concoloribus ; tarsis postice fere omnino plumulis obtectis, 
antice digitos versus setis paucis obsitis ; rostro et pedibus car- 
neis: long. tota 11°5, ale 8°5, caude 3:5, tarsi 2°2. 

Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium. 

Obs. Species S. nove-hollandie affinis et ejusdem forme, sed 
crassitie valde minore, tarsorum plumis brevioribus et dorsi punctis 
rotundioribus distinguenda. 

Mr. Sharpe, who has kindly examined the single skin of this Owl 
sent, is of opinion that it belongs to a species allied to Strix nove- 
hollandie, but easily recognizable by its inferior size. 

The example was obtained on Larat on the 24th of September, 
1882, and is labelled :—‘ Female: irides dark brown; bill, legs, and 
feet flesh-colour ; legs covered with flesh-coloured bristles.” 


§. TANYGNATHUS SUBAFFINIS, Sp. nov. 


Flavicanti-viridis, in pileo et capitis lateribus prasinus, in dorso 
postico ceruleo lavatus; alis viridibus; scapularium apicibus, 
campterio alari extus et tectricum majorum marginibus ceruleis ; 
secundariorum tectricibus flavo marginatis ; cauda supra viridi, 
apice flavicante, subtus obscure aurulenta; subalaribus viridibus 
caruleo mixtis, alarum pagina inferiore nigricante ; rostro ruber- 
rimo ; pedibus nigris: long. tota 13°0, ale 9°5, caude 6-0. 

Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium. 

Obs. Species 7. afini maxime affinis, sed dorso flavicante viridi 

vix czeruleo lavato, diversa. 
The single specimen is a female, obtained in Larat on August & 
“Trides cream-yellow, with inner ring of pale gamboge.” 


8. Eciecrus RIEDELI, Meyer, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 917. 


Dr. A. B. Meyer has accurately described the female of this fine 
species, of which I exhibit a pair (the green bird marked ‘‘male ” and 
the red bird “‘female”). I propose to give a description of them on a 
future occasion, as I have not yet been able to get access to a good series 
of the other Eelecti. But I may remark that the male is certainly 
not £. westermanni, Bp., as it has conspicuous red side-patches, nor 
the female Z. cornelia, Bp., because, as pointed out by Dr. Meyer, 
the apical half of the tail and under tail-coverts are yellow. 


11. Monarcwa castus, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 1.) 


Supra niger ; pileo et regione auriculari albis, fronte et tenia 
nucham cingente nigris circumdatis; dorso summo tenie nu- 
chali proximo, uropygio et tectricibus alarum minoribus cum 
scapularium marginibus externis albis ; subtus albus, gutture 
nigro, maculis tribus albis ornato ; cauda alba, rectricibus tribus 
externis albo late terminatis; subalaribus et remigum pogoniis 


54 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. [Feb. 20, 


internis albis ; rostri plumbei tomiis albicantibus ; pedibus plum- 
beis: long. tota 5°7, ale 2°7, caude 2'8. 
Hab. Loetoe, Timor Laut. 
Obs. Affinis M. leucoti, sed gula nigra distinctus. ‘ 
The single example is marked “ Male: irides reddish brown; bill 
lavender; legs and feet ditto; September 1882.” 


Fig. 1. Fig. 2. 


si 


Fig. 1. Upper surface of bill of Monarcha mundus. 
Fig. 2. Upper surface of bill of Monarcha castus. 


12. Monarcua MuNDUS, sp. nov. (Plate XII. fig. 2.) 

Supra obscure cinereus, fronte lato, capitis lateribus et tectricibus 
alarum totis nigris; subtus albus, mento et plaga gule media 
nigris ; cauda nigra, rectricum quatuor lateralium apicibus latis 
albis; subalaribus albis, remigum pagina inferiore cinerea ; 
rostro compresso, colore plumbeo, gonyde ascendente ; pedibus 
nigris: long. tota 6:0, ale 3:2, caude 2°7. 

Hab. Inss. Tenimberenses. 

There is no label to the single specimen of this species, and the 
bill is slightly damaged at the point. It seems to be allied to M. mo- 
rotensis, M. bernsteini, and WW. nigrimentum, but has an unusually 
compressed bill, of which the gonys is slightly curved upwards. 


14, Ru1pipURA HAMAPRYAS, Sp. Nov. 

Supra castanea, in capite postico et cervice magis fuscescens, fronte 
dorso concolore ; subtus pallide cervina, torque gutturali nigro ; 
gula alba; alis caudaque nigricantibus, illis rufo anguste margi- 
natis ; hujus rectricibus externis cinerascente albo late termi- 
natis ; rostro et pedibus nigris; long. tota 5°7, ale 2°3, caude 
3°2. 

Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium. 

Obs. Proxima R. dryadi (Gould, B. N. G. pt. ii. pl.11), sed cervice 

postica rufescente nec fusca et alarum tectricibus rufo marginatis 
dignoscenda. 


15. MyIAGRA FULVIVENTRIS, sp. nov. 


Supra plumbea, capite et dorso nitore ceruleo tinctis; alis et cauda 
Jusco-nigricantibus ; subtus saturate castaneo-rufa, abdomine et 
subalaribus fulvis ; remigum marginibus interioribus albicantibus ; 
rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 5:8, ale 2°7, caud@ 2-7. 

Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium. 


1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 55 


Obs. Proxima M. rufigule ex Timor, sed ventre et subalaribus 
fulvis distinguenda. 

The single “ male” in the collection is labelled, “Irides dark brown, 
bill lavender-blue, legs and feet black :”” it was obtained in Larat on 
August 2nd, 1882, 


16. Micra@ca HEMIXANTHA, Sp. nov. 


Supra flavicanti-olivacea ; alis caudaque fuscis dorsi colore margi- 
natis, loris et linea superciliari obsoleta flavidis ; maculaauriculart 
fusca; subtus flava, remigum marginibus internis albidis ; sub- 
alaribus flavis ; rostri fuscit mandibula inferiore pallida; pedibus 
nigris : long. tota 4°8, ale 2°9, caude 2°1. 

Hab. Larat.et Loetoe. 

Obs. Species Pecilodryadi papuane, quoad colores, fere similis, 

sed, ut videtur, generi Micrece apponenda. 


17. GRAUCALUS UNIMODUS, Sp. nov. 


Totus cinereus, loris nigris ; alis et cauda nigris, illarum tectricibus 
extus dorso concoloribus, remigibus cinereo anguste marginatis ; 
subalaribus pallide isabellinis ; remigum marginibus internis albi- 
canti-cinereis ; rostro et pedibus nigris: long. tota 13:0, ale 7:2, 
caude 6°3, tarsi 1°1. 

Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium. 

Oés. Species Graucalo ceruleo-griseo affinis, sed colore corporis 

cinerascentiore et remigibus intus non albis distinguenda. 

Mr. Forbes’s single specimen, a female (marked “Irides black ; 

bill, legs, and feet black’’), was obtained on Larat, August 4th, 1882. 
The male would probably be nearly similar. 


19. LALAGE MGSTA, sp. nov. 


Supra sericeo-nigra ; superciliis brevibus et uropygio albis; alis 
nigris, tectricibus minoribus et maoribus et secundariis albo late 
terminatis; corpore subtus, subalaribus et remigum pogoniis internis 
ad basin omnino albis ; cauda nigra, rectricibus duabus externis 
albo terminatis ; rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 6:2, ale 3°7, 
caude 3°3. 

Hab. Inss. Tenimberenses. 

Obs. Affinis L. atro-virenti et L. tricolori, sed superciliis curtis 

albis dividenda. 

The label of the single specimen has been torn off; and the exact 

island in which it was found is consequently not known. 


22. PACHYCEPHALA ARCTITORQUIS, sp. nov. (Plate XIII.) 


Supra cinerea, alis caudaque nigris cinereo limbatis, pileo nucha 
et capitis lateribus nigris ; subtus alba, torque jugulari angusto 
nigro ; subalaribus et remiyum marginibus interioribus albis ; 
rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 5°5, ale, 3:0, caude 2-2. 
Fem. Supra fusca, in pileo rufescens ; alis nigris extus rufo 
limbatis ; subtus alba, obsolete nigro striata. 

Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium. 


56 MR. P.L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. ([Feb. 20, 


Obs Similis P. leucogastro, sed torque angusto distinguenda. 

The pair of this species were obtained in Larat, in the first week 
of August 1882. The iris is marked “reddish brown”? in the male, 
and “dark brown ”’ in the female ; the feet ‘‘ blue-black ”’ in the male, 
and “ lavender-pink ” in the female. 


25. DiczUM FULGIDUM, sp. nov. 


Supra nitide purpurascenti-nigrum ; subtus album coccineo perfusum ; 
hypochondriis olivaceo mixtis ; subalaribus et remigum pogoniis 
internis albis ; rostro et pedibus nigris : long. tota 3-6, ale 2:0, 
caude \"1. 

Hab. Larat et Loetoe. 

Obs. Similis D. keiensi et D. ignicolli, sed ventre toto coccineo 

perfuso distinctum. 

There are two “male” examples of this Diceum in the present 

collection—one from Larat (1.8.82) and one from Loetoe (19.9. 82). 
Both are labelled, ‘‘ Irides dark brown ; legs and feet black.” 


26. MyzoMELA ANNABELLA, Sp. nov. 


Nigra ; capite cum gutture toto undique et dorso postico coccineis ; 
ventre medio et remigum marginibus externis strictissimis 

. olivaceis ; subalaribus et remigum pogoniis internis albis ; rostro 
et pedibus nigris : long. tota 3'5, ale 2:0, caude 1-3. 

Hiab. Loetoe, Timor Laut. 

Obs. Sp. ad M. erythrocephalam et species huic affines adjun- 
genda, corpore coloris nigro et crassitie minore insignis. 

The single specimen was obtained September 29th at Loetoe. 
It is marked “ Male: irides dark brown; bill black ; legs and feet 
dirty green.” Ihave named it by request of the discoverer after 
his wife, who accompanied him in his perilous travels. 


28. GEOCICHLA sp. ine. 


Mr. Seebohm, to whom I have referred the single specimen of this 
species, kindly writes me :—‘*The Geocichla from Timor Laut is evi- 
dently, a young bird in first plumage, which has not quite finished its 
first moult into the plumage of birds of the year. So far as it is pos- 
sible to judge, the plumage of the upper parts in the adult bird would 
not differ from that of G. peroni of Timor (Cat. B. B. M. v. p. 169). 
The underparts are more difficult to understand. TI think the buff 
feathers with the black terminal crescents are new feathers. If this be 
so, the underparts will be probably like those of G. imbricata from 
Ceylon. Unfortunately we do not know the young in first plumage of 
G. peroni; but I do not think that your bird can be it. I think it 
will prove to belong to a new species.” 

I think, however, it will be better to defer the description of this 
bird until other specimens have been obtained. 


32. CALORNIS CRASSA, sp. nov. (Plate XIV.) 


Obscure cineraceo-viridis nitore chalybeo; subtus, precipue in 
ventre, paulo magis cineracea ; alis caudaque nigris extus dorsi 


Ez 5.1863. Fl al 


mit lith . Hanhart imp 


NINOX FORBESI. 


La 
in 
h 
ip 


il 
e M 
O 
} 
(AI 
EG 
» : 
HA 
\ & 
ts 
on 
ae 
IS 


JSmit Jith Hanhart imp 


PACHYCEPHALA ARCTITORQUIS 1382? 


he 


1883.] MR. P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 57 


colore lavatis ; remigum marginibus interioribus fuliginosis ; 
rostro et pedibus nigris ; cauda fere equali aut paulum rotun- 
data: long. tota 7:3, ule 4:1, caude@ 2:8. Fem. Supra cineracea, 
striis scaparum nigris variegata; alis caudaque fusco-nigris ; 
subtus alba nigro flammulata ; crassitie fere eadem. 
Hab. Larat, inss. Tenimberensium. 
Obs. Species cauda fere sequali, corpore crasso, rostro robusto et 
colore maris uniformi notabilis. 
Both male (August Ist) and female (August 8th) are marked 
*Jrides dark brown ; bill, legs, and feet black.” 


42. MEGAPODIUS TENIMBERENSIS, Sp. nov. 


Supra brunnescenti-olivaceus, in cervice magis cinereus, in dorso 
postico magis brunnescens ; pileo subcristato interscapulio con- 
colore; subtus cineraceus olivaceo tinctus; capitis lateralis 
et gula@ pelle rubra plumis paucis obsita; subalaribus ventre 
concoloribus ; rostro flavo; tarsis antice nigris postice rubris, 
digitis nigris ; long. tota 11°5, ale 9°6, caude 3°5, tarsi 2°8. 

Hah. Kirimoen et Loetoe, inss. Tenimberensium. 

Obs. Species pedum colore ad M. geelvinkianum corporis pictura 

magis ad M. ¢umulum appropinquans. 

There are two specimens of this apparently new Megapode in the 

- collection. One from Loetoe, Timor Laut, obtained September 22nd, 
is marked “ Irides dark brown ; bill pale yellow ; legs in front black, 
but front of knees red, back of legs red; feet black.” The other, from 
Kirimoen, is labelled ‘Iris brown; bill pale yellow ; legs and feet 
red.” But the colours of these last-named parts, so far as can be 
told from the dry skins, do not materially differ from those of the 
first specimen ; and the two birds agree in plumage, except that the 
specimen from the islet of Kirimoen is rather more reddish on 
the face. 


To conclude this communication I will say a few words concerning 

_ the general character of the avifauna of the Tenimber Islands so far 
as it is indicated by this collection. It is quite evident that the 

prevailing facies of this ornis is, as might have been expected, 

predominantly Papuan. Of the 54 species included in the above- 

given list, 33 are mentioned in Salvadori’s work. Of the 15 new 

species all are of Papuan genera, and nearly allied to known 

Papuan species except the Striz, which appears to be a diminutive 

form of an Australian type, and the Myiagra, which is nearest to a 

Timor form. Of the 4 indeterminable species, three are Papuan 

forms, but the fourth (the Geocichla) is probably most nearly allied to 

a Timor bird. There is also in the collection one other Timor bird, 

Erythrura tricolor, which is not found in New Guinea or the 

Moluccas. I think, therefore, we may fairly say that the Tenim- 

borese Avifauna is preeminently Papuan, varied only by a slight 

element from Timor (represented by Erythrura tricolor, Myiagra 

Sulviventris, and the Geocichia), and by an Australian tinge shown by 


58 PROF. F. J. BELL ON NEW [Feb. 20, 


the Sériz, and perhaps by Monarcha nitidus being present (as in the 
Aroo Islands) instead of M. chalybeocephalus. 

That the Tenimber group would possess a certain number of 
peculiar endemic forms was also to be expected, from their isolated 
situation and the deep channel around them. Altogether these are 
17 in number, namely the 15 species above described as new, and 
two Parrots (Hos reticulata and Eclectus riedeli) previously known. 
To these must be added probably a ‘“‘ White Cockatoo ”’ spoken of 
by Mr. Forbes in his report, but of which no specimen is in the 
collection. This species is in all probability Cacatua citrinocristata, 
well known as a cage-bird, but of which the true “ habitat” has 
never been positively ascertained, though it has always been suspected 
to be from the Tenimber Islands’. 


2. Studies in the Holothuroidea.—II. Descriptions of new 
Species. By F. Jurrrey Bett, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., 
F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s 
College. 

: [Received February 19, 1883.] 


(Plate XV.) 


A survey of the British-Museum collection of Holothuroidea reveals 
the presence of a number of forms which have never yet been sub- 
jected to systematic examination or description. 

It may be convenient, now that they are about to find a new home, 
to provide them, or some of them, with definite names, wherewith 
to enter the “ Spirit-room” at South Kensington. 


CAUDINA MERIDIONALIs. (Plate XV. fig. 1.) 


It is interesting to find a third species of this curious genus so 
soon after the description by Marenzeller of C. ransonnetti from the 
Yellow Sea. ’ 

“ Body” tending to be square ; ‘‘ tail”’ quite as long as or longer 
than the body. When the tentacles are retracted, the anterior end 
is blunter and squarer than in C. arenata. No sign of any genital 
papilla; but this may be due to the extreme corrugation of both the 
examples. The aboral prolongations of the radial pieces of the 
buccal skeleton are longer and narrower than in either of the already 
described species, and the intermediate cleft is consequently of con- 
siderable extent. The sides of the radial pieces are not deeply ex- 
cavated as in C. ransonnetti. Connected with the ring are a number 
of long free ampuilze ; it was not possible to make out the characters 
either of the Polian vesicles or of the tentacles. 

The calcareous bodies in the integument are very different to 
those of C. arenata, the surface view presenting us with a kind of 


1 Cf, Wallace, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 280. 


1883.] SPECIES OF HOLOTHUROIDEA. 59 


mulberry form, the bars not projecting out so far or so freely as 
they do in C. ransonnetii. The composing bars are exceedingly 
stout, and the spaces between them proportionately small. (Plate 
XV. fig. 1.) 

Colour brownish yellow or yellowish white. 

Length (skin much corrugated) :—‘‘ body” 35; 50; ‘‘ tail” 
37; 73. Breadth of “body” 15; 16 millim. 

A specimen found on an anchor-cable at Wellington, New Zealand 
(presented by W. Wykeham Perry, Esq.), gives an exact locality 
for the species; another specimen was collected by the Antarctic 
Expedition. 


Ocnus vicaRius. (Plate XV. fig. 2.) 


In associating this species with the genus Ocnus rather than Cu- 
cumaria, I have to point out that it appears to represent in the 
Southern Seas Cucumaria culcigera, and to raise the question as to 
whether, at present, we have drawn the best and most natural line 
of demarcation between these two genera. 

Ten tentacles, of which two are shorter than the rest, not fre- 
quently divided ; body elongated in form ; integument thin but very 
firm, on account of the rich deposit of calcareous bodies in its sub- 
stance. The ambulacral suckers in pairs, but the pairs so irregular, 
though confined to their own areas, that there is almost a zigzag 
arrangement ; the costate arrangement at the anal extremity is only 
faintly indicated. The spicules, which are very richly developed 
in the skin, have, apparently typically, four central holes with at 
least one complete circlet of smaller holes; some attain to a great 
size. The supporting rods in the suckers are richly developed. 

The retractors are slender and rather short ; the component pieces 
of the buccal armature delicate. The other details of internal 
structure could not be made out in the specimen dissected. 

Measurements in millim. :—- 


Length.. 41; 28; 18°5. Breadth.. 8; 6°5; 4°5. 


Colour (after preservation in spirit for many years) white. 
Locality : the Antarctic area is hinted at by the specimens having 
been collected by Sir E. Belcher. 


THYONE MERIDIONALIS. (Plate XV. fig. 3.) 


Body truncated in front when the ‘tentacles (in the size of which 
there is no marked difference) are retracted, tapering very con- 
siderably at the hinder end; suckers absent from the greater part of 
the bivial surface, well enough developed above, and diminishing in 
number on either side as they approach the bivium. Integument 
thin, except in the more anterior region. No calcareous teeth to the 
anus. 

Retractors of the proboscis inserted nearly as far back as the 
middle of the body, very wide at their insertion ; each band divisible 
into three or four smaller bands. Polian vesicle single, nearly equal 


60 PROF. F, J. BELL ON NEW [Feb. 20, 


toa third of the length of the body, much contracted at its free 
end, : 

The interradial pieces of the calcareous ring are not as much as 
half the width of the radial, nor are they quite so high. Both sets 
are elongated, their sides parallel, and without any prominent notch 
at their proximal end. 

The only spicules appear to be the very sparsely distributed rods 
found in the walls of the suckers. I may point out that in another 
species of this genus lately examined by me I have noted a complete 
absence of calcareous spicules. 

Length! 77 ; 52 millim. Greatest breadth 38; 25. 

In the larger specimen the Polian vesicle is 25 millim. long, and 
the distance between the points of origin and insertion of the re- 
tractors is 45 millim. 

Colour dark or lighter brown, anterior end white in parts. 

Possession Bay, Straits of Magellan. Coll. Cunningham. 


THYONE CUNNINGHAMI. (Plate XV. fig. 4.) 


Body stout, narrowing suddenly at the hinder end; _ tentacles 
subequal, yellowish cream-coloured ; suckers much better developed 
on the trivial than on the bivial surface. Skin thicker posteriorly 
than anteriorly ; quite thin in front. Anus without teeth, but 
fringed by papillee. 

Retractors stout, distinctly double, inserted very far back, behind 
the middle of the length of the body. Polian vesicle delicate, elon- 
gated in form and not very short. The distal end of the buccal 
skeleton is very stout ; the interradial is a little narrower than the 
radial piece, or, as the sides of both are not exactly parallel, they 
are rather narrower at their free end than at their base. 

Spicules rather delicate rods, often pitchfork-shaped, or swollen 
and perforated at their ends, sometimes more irregular in form. 

The single specimen is 50 millim. long, 17 wide; Polian vesicle 
10 long; insertion of retractors 28 millim. from their origin. 

Colour light grey. 

Off Dungeness, Patagonia. Coll. Cunningham. 


PHYLLOPHORUS DOBSONI. (Plate XV. figs. 5, 5a, 56.) 


Of the four species? of this genus already known, it would be with 
one only, P. holothuroides of Ludwig, that, even at first sight, we 
should feel inclined to associate this new form. The spicules, the 
buceal armature, and the arrangement of suckers on the trivium are, 
however, very different. 

Rounded in form, about twice as long as broad, with a soft in- 
tegument, with the suckers irregularly distributed, covering the 
bivium and both ends, but scarce or absent in the central portion of 
the trivium. The retracted gills appear to be 18 in number, of 


1 Owing to the shape of the bodies their length can only be approximately 
given. 


2 


2 The name only of P. ¢enwis can be said to be known. 


1883. ] SPECIES OF HOLOTHUROIDEA. 61 


which 6 are internal to the rest ; retractors fairly stout, very short. 
Polian vesicles two, rather short, irregular in shape. Genital tubes 
numerous, of some length, extending. back as far as the middle of 
the body ; the last division may have four terminal branches. 

The calcareous ring is remarkably well developed, the radial pieces 
being very stout and broad, a little hollowed externally, with the 
backwardly directed processes short and feeble ; the proximal end of 
the interradial piece is constricted (fig. 5 0). 

The only calcareous bodies that were detected either in the skin, 
which is not remarkably thick, or in the walls of the suckers were 
stoutish discoidal bodies the perforations in which may be rare and 
small. They are present in large numbers. 

Length 80 millim., breadth about 50, length of calcareous ring 14, 
Polian vesicle 10. 

Colour—ground-colour white, the trivial surface with blotches of 
dark brown ; lighter brown spots, lines, or, patches may be seen on 
the bivium. 

Hab. Bay of Honduras. Collected by G. E. Dobson, M.B., and 
presented by him to the British Museum. 

I have the pleasure of associating with this species the name of its 
discoverer, a name well known to all zoologists. 


STEREODERMA MURRAYI. (Plate XV. figs. 6, 6 a, 6.) 


I have been for some time acquainted with a second species of this 
remarkably firm-bodied genus, an account of which will appear 
in the forthcoming report on the zoological collections made by 
H.M.S. ‘Alert.’ It has fortunately happened that that new species 
is particularly well represented ; and the supply of specimens has 
enabled me to note that there are considerable variations in the 
arrangement of the suckers in the “double row,” and that the 
regularity of this may become considerably obscured. 

Fortified by these examples, I have less hesitation than I should 
otherwise have had in associating with this genus a single, rather 
small specimen from the seas of Kurrachee, which the British 
Museum owes to Mr. Murray. I venture to associate the name of 
this energetic curator with this interesting new species. 

Tentacles small, dark; retractors exceedingly delicate, though 
with a broad base of origin; Polian vesicle very long and narrow ; 
cesophagus covered with a calcareous plating, much as in Thyone 
sacellus (see Selenka, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xvii. pl. xx. fig. 115). 
(Plate XV. fig. 6 6.) 

Integument very thick, and filled with strong-walled firm cor- 
puscles, not so thick, however, as in S. wnisemita, or so large as in 
S. validum. 

Skin white in colour, the double row of the suckers only well 
developed in the anterior third of the body, but better developed 
behind than in the middle. 

About 30 millim. long and 11 wide; of the same, or nearly the 
same, width along its whole extent. 

Hab. Kurrachee. In exchange with the Kurrachee Museum. 


62 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SUCTORIAL [Feb. 20, 


STICHOPUS AssIMILIS. (Plate XV. fig. 7.) 


This species would appear to have a considerable resemblance to 
the form lately described by Prof. Greef! from Rolas (\S. maculatus) ; 
but it is at once to be distinguished from it by the characters of its 
spicules. 

Body elongated considerably, the suckers richly developed on the 
trivial surface ; a shallow groove extends down the middle of the 
trivium from the mouth along the anterior two thirds of its length. 
The suckers are so numerous that the existence of three sets of rows 
is only faintly indicated. Papillze and suckers of bivium richly and 
well developed. 

The pieces of the calcareous ring are short, but very broad ; the 
rest of the viscera have been largely ejected; but there is evidence in 
favour of the genital tubes having been few, simple, and, in proportion 
to the body, short. 

The integument is pretty thick, and is very richly supplied with 
spicules; in addition to the turriform bodies there are flattened 
reticulated bars of very characteristic appearance; but I have de- 
tected none of the ordinary C-shaped bodies. 

Length 116 millim.; breadth 28 millim. 

Colour deep chocolate-brown (in spirit), but a patchwork of colour 
not unlike that of S. maculatus was, probably, to a certain extent 
developed in this species, 

Hab. Angola. Purchased of Mr. Monteiro. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE Xv. 


Fig. 1. Spicule of Caudina meridionalis, p. 58. 1a. Seen from the side. 
y ee Ocnus vicarius, p. 59, 26. Seen from the side. 

Bs Thyone meridionalis, p. 59. 

a Thyone cunninghami, p. 60. 

3 Phyllophorus dobsoni, p. 60. 5a, Seen from the side. 

Es Stereoderma murrayi, p. 61. 

* Stichopus assimilis, p. 62. 


All these are magnified 220 times. 


TI OUR got 


5. Caleareous ring of P. dobsoni, multiplied twice nat. size. 
6d. Calcareous ring of S. murrayi, multiplied three times. 


3. On the Suctorial Apparatus of the Tenuirostres. 
By Dr. Hans Gapow. 


[Received February 20, 1883.] 
(Plate XVI.) 


The following remarks are devoted to an explanation of the manner in 
which the sucking of the ‘“Tenuirostres” is performed. This applies 
chiefly to the Nectariniine and Meliphagine. Zosterops and Certhia, 
although not suctorial birds, are treated of likewise, because they are 
closely allied to the Tubilingues. The Trochilide are mentioned. 


Zool. Anzeiger, v. p. 158. 


1883 .P1.XV 


igati as 


Mintern Bros. uo 


idtwin Wilson delet Heh 


OF NEW HOLOTHUROIDEA. 


SPICULES 


1883. ] APPARATUS OF THE TENUIROSTFRES. 63 


for comparison ; they afford an illustration of the fact that similar 
functional requirements frequently lead to the development of similar 
structures in animals which are otherwise very distinct. 

The skeletal framework of the hyoid apparatus does not present 
any important peculiarities. It consists :—(1) of the two pos- 
terior or long cornua, which are extremely long in the Trochilidee, 
but very short in Zosterops and Certhia, whilst in the Meliphagidze 
and in the Nectariniine their apices do not reach further than the 
frontal bones ; (2) the basihyal, unpaired and formed by a slender 
bony rod, bifurcating at each end; (3) the os entoglossum, which is 
paired, the two parts articulating with the anterior ends of the basi- 
hyal, and ending as fine, tapering, more or less cartilaginous rods ; 
(4) a urohyal, attached to the ventral aspect of the trachea by a 
short ligament, its anterior portion articulating with the basihyal. 
This little bone does not serve for the origin or the insertion of any 
muscles in the birds in question. The anterior or short cornua have 
become obsolete. 

In the Trochilidee the basihyal is extremely thin and short, whilst 
the urohyal seems to be generally absent, and the long cornua and 
the entoglossal bones are very long. 

The horny sheath surrounding the os or ossa entoglossa, and pro- 
jecting more or less in front of them, exhibits very great differences 
in the various groups of Tenuirostral birds. 

The simplest form is represented by Zosterops (Plate XVI. fig. 2). 
The tongue ends in two short filaments, whilst the greater portion 
of the tongue proper is not divided; dorsal and ventral aspect 
smooth, hinder portion of horny sheath projecting backwards with a 
few (about 3-4) horny spines. 

In Certhia the tongue corresponds with the length of the bill; 
its lateral margins are transformed into sharp cutting-edges ; the tip 
is frequently split into three short bristles of irregular shape; the 
posterior margin ends much as in Zoséerops. Along the middle 
line on the upper surface of the tongue we notice a slight depres- 
sion. 

Whilst in the two genera described above the horny sheath of 
the tongue shows still a very simple formation, it has in the following 
families been developed into a very complicated and elaborate organ. 

In order to ascertain the formation of the tubular tongues of the 
Nectariniine and Meliphagine, I have made a series of transverse 
sections through that organ in Nectarinia splendida, Cinnyris auri- 
ceps, Anthothreptes malaccensis, A. subcollaris, Prosthemadera, Pti- 
lotis carunculata, and, for comparison, of a species of the Trochilide. 

The accompanying drawing (fig. 1, p. 64) represents a series of 
eight stages of the tongue of Cinnyris, whilst figures 8 and 10 of 
Plate XVI. show the entire tubes as seen from the ventral side. 

Near the root of the tongue, 7. e. near the basal part of the os 
entoglossum, the dorsal and ventral halves of the horny sheath with 
which the tongue is covered project to the right and left sides, so as 
to form sharp, more or less cutting-edges. A little more in front, 
hese lateral parts are slightly curved upwards, the ventral sheath 


64 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SUCTORIAL [Feb. 20, 


thus becoming convex whilst the dorsal layer becomes slightly 
concave. A little further forward, we observe that the ventral 
sheath near its upper or lateral end sends off a small outgrowth, 
which, first directed upwards and inwards towards the middle line, 
soon curls its free and slightly thickened end up, with its concave 
side looking downwards and inwards (stages B and C, fig. 1, p. 64). 
At the same time the dorsal half of the horny sheath becomes thinner 
and gradually loses its connexion with the lateral edge of the ventral 
sheath, whilst its median portion forms a depression. This depres- 
sion increases in depth, and this leads to the formation represented 
by stage D. The dorsal sheath at this stage has entirely lost con- 
tinuity with the ventral sheath, principally because its lateral por- 
tions and the original lateral portion of the ventral layer have 
become wholly reduced. The rest of the dorsal sheath at this level 


Sections of the tongue of Cinnyris. 


forms now a deep canal or semi-tube with its open part looking 
upwards, forming a deep longitudinal furrow on the dorsal side of 
the tongue. A little more in front, near the tip of the os entoglossum, 
‘the dorsal sheath, owing to the tapering pointed shape of this part 
of the tongue, is reduced toa small bit of only half horny epithelium, 
situated in the middle line on the dorsal surface of the ventral sheath ; 
and the whole sheath of the tongue is now represented by the ven- 
tral sheath alone. With the disappearance of the rest of the dorsal 
sheath, the free edges of the ventral one curl more and more inwards, 
so as to meet in the middle line and to form a complete tube, con- 
sisting of a right and of a left half (stage F). In some species, 
e. g. in Nectarinia splendida, the free edges continue to curl inwards 
until this leads to the formation of a median and two lateral tubes, 
which three tubes, of course, are continuous with each other, since 
they are simple modifications of the primary tube. 

After the disappearance of the rest of the dorsal sheath, we notice 
a slight swelling of the median portion of the tube ; and a few milli- 
metres in front of this little ridge the tube separates or splits up 
into a right and into a left half. The median edges are very thin, 


1883.] APPARATUS OF THE TENUIROSTRES. 65 


and as they likewise slightly curl up, two secondary tubes, more or 
less completely closed, are formed. Further in front, these median 
edges become laciniated in various ways. Towards the tip of the 
tubes the greater portion of the thin lamella constituting them 
splits up into bristles; but the outer edge seems to remain intact. 
The mode of splitting up, or the shape of these lacinize, vibrissz, or 
bristles of the median parts of the tubes seems to be characteristic 
of the different species, and even of the genera. The drawings of 
these delicate parts (Plate XVI. figs. 8-10) will explain their shape 
and formation much better than any amount of description. 

We meet with a similar but much more complicated formation 
in the tongue of the Meliphaginw. Their os entoglossum ends in 
two cartilaginous filaments; and the whole tongue shows a truly 
dichotomous arrangement, which towards the tip leads to the forma- 
tion of the well-known “brush.” 

The second drawing exhibited (fig. 2, p. 65) shows a series of 
sections through the tongue of Péilotis carunculata. 

Stage A corresponds with that in Cinnyris; but in the next 
stage we see that the median unpaired and the two lateral inwardly 


Fig. 2. 


Sections of the tongue of Ptilotis carunculata. 


directed outgrowths of the ventral sheath are much stronger than 
in the corresponding regions of the tongue of Cinnyris. In 
stage C the approaching separation into a right and left half is 
indicated by a deep fissure f, and we observe similar fissures in the 
two lateral outgrowths (g and). The lateral horns (/) of the ventral 
sheath do not become reduced, but are preserved; and the dorsal 
sheath (d) forms a thin and only half-cornified lining to the cavity 
or open groove on the upper side of the tongue, In front of this 
section, corresponding to the level D in fig. 2, the separation into 
aright and left half is complete, and the remnants of the dorsal 
sheath are seen in a similar position to that which they oceupy in 
fig. 1 D, in Cinnyris. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. V. 5 


66 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SUCTORIAL [Feb. 20, 


In the next stage E, the right and left halves separate into secondary 
tubes through the fissures at gy and & becoming completed. The 
curling inwards of the free edges leads to the formation of four more 
or less complete secondary tubes, two external and two median. 
Each of these four tubes divides again on its median line; and thus 
are formed eight tertiary, or perhaps rather four double tubes. 
These latter tubes break up again and again, but without forming 
new tubes, forming only the so-called brush of the tongue. This 
consists of about 80 or more horny bristles in Prosthemadera. 

A similar arrangement is met with in the few other Meliphagine 
which I have been enabled to examine, viz. Mohoa, Anthornis, and 
Meliphaga. 

The most important differences between the Nectariniine and 
Meliphagine in regard to the horny part of the tongue are therefore, 
first, that the tongue in the former does not form more than two 
tubes, whilst in the latter it is broken up dichotomously into 2, 4, 
8, ete. ; secondly, that in the Meliphagine it is always the external 
border of every tube that becomes laciniated, but in the Mectariniine 
it is the inner or median border, whilst the external margin remains 
entire. 

In the Trochilide we meet with a third sort of tubular tongue. 

The tongue of these birds is double right down to the unpaired 
part of the os entoglossum, whilst each of the two distal prolonga- 
tions of the entoglossal bone or cartilage is surrounded by a horny 
sheath, which is curled upwards and inwards, in a similar fashion to 
what we have seen in the Nectariniine. In many species the outer 
and inner edges of these tubes, however, are entire, and not laciniated. 
Thus the Trochilide have developed the highest form of tubular 
tongue. 


Lhe Muscles of the Tongue. 
NECTARINIA SPLENDIDA. 


M. mylo-hyoideus. 'This muscle fills the distal two thirds of the 
mandibular space; it arises from the inner aspect of the mandibles, 
and throughout its length fuses with its fellow of the other side. 
Its fibres run in a transverse direction. Near the anterior margin 
of the serpi-hyoid muscles, the mylo-hyoid is doubled up and is 
inserted into the soft and transversely wrinkled outer sheath of the 
basal part of the tongue proper (Plate XVI. fig. 1). 

M. serpi-hyoideus is the most superficial of the muscles of the 
hyoid apparatus. It occupies the basal or proximal half of the space 
between the mandibles; it arises as a narrow semitendinous slip 
from the posterior and upper angle of the processus serpiformis 
mandibulz immediately behind the masseter muscles. Its fibres are 
directed obliquely forwards and downwards, fusing with those from 
the other side in the middle line, without, however, forming a di- 
stinet linea tendinea. The anterior most distal part of this muscle 
is partly attached to the basihyal bone and to the sides of the stylo- 
hyoid muscle near its insertion. Whether these little lateral slips of 


1883. ] APPARATUS OF THE TENUIROSTRES, 67 


the serpi-hyoid are to be considered as a shifted origin, or as the result 
of an expanding broadened insertion, I am yet unable to decide. 

M. stylo-hyoideus arises as a broad flattened-out band from the 
upper margin of the occiput, its origin being situated laterad from 
the end of the thyro-hyal or great cornu of the same side. The 
muscle then passes underneath (covered by) the parotic gland, crosses 
the two ribands of the genio-hyoideus of the same side, being 
directed obliquely forwards and inwards, and is inserted on the sides 
of the basihyal, laterally and dorsally from the greater cornu. This 
muscle, having its punctum fixum at the occiput, acts as the chief 
retractor of the tongue. 

M. genio-hyoideus consists of two parts, both of which arise as 
narrow flat bands from the border and inner margin of the mandi- 
bles, being thus the most superficial muscles of all on the ventral side 
between the mandibles. The two bands pass directly backwards 
along the inner margin of the under jaw, then pass dorsally over the 
stylo-hyoid and serpi-hyoid. The median portion attaches itself to 
the distal three quarters of the cerato-branchial, by surrounding 
or enveloping this bone, being only loosely fastened to it by con- 
nective tissue. The outer part accompanies the cerato-branchial 
throughout its length on the dorsal surface, and is attached to its 
tip. Both these portions, constituting the genio-hyoid muscle, are 
surrounded by a common slippery sheath, which compels them to 
act exclusively in the direction of the bone. 

The muscle has its punctum fixum at its origin at the mandibles, 
and consequently by its contraction protrudes the tongue. As the 
cornua of the tongue, surrounded by the genio-hyoid muscle, might 
be compared to a rod surrounded by an elastic steel spiral fastened 
to one end of the rod, it will be understood that the force with 
which and the extent to which the tongue can be propelled depends 
directly on the length of the cornua. This agrees with observation, 
e.g. Trochilus and Picus compared with Zosterops. 

M. cerato-glossus. This muscle arises from the distal two thirds of 
the outer and upper aspect of the thyrohyal, and is attached to the 
ventral surface of the basihyal. By its contraction it causes the 
basi- and thyrohyals to be bent at an angle, and thus directs the tip 
of the tongue. 

M. tracheo-hyoideus arises from the latero-ventral aspect of the 
upper part of the trachea, and is inserted into the dorsal surface of the 
end of the basihyal bone by the help of a long and slender tendon. 
This muscle acts as a retractor of the tongue when acting at the 
time with its fellow on the other side; but when acting singly it 
directs the tongue to the right or to the left. 


PROSTHEMADERA. 


The muscular apparatus of Prosthemadera exhibits some remark- 
able differences from the arrangement of the muscles described 
above. 

The mylo-hyoid muscle is not attached to any part of the tongue, 
but (at least in my two specimens) is separated from it by a thick 

5* 


68 DR. H. GADOW ON THE SUCTORIAL [Feb. 20, 


layer of fat. The posterior part of this muscle is fused with the 
apex of the triangular serpi-hyoid muscle, which likewise has no 
connexion with the tongue. he serpi-hyoid muscle arises by two 
slips :—first, behind the masseter, from the exoccipital bone ; and, 
secondly, from the serpi-hyoid process. In the middle line there is 
formed a well-developed linea tendinea. This muscle is very strongly 
developed, and through its shape and the way of its breaking-up 
very suggestive regarding the formation of new, secondary muscles. 
It leaves a small empty space on each side, where there is a dead 
point. 

A stylo-hyoid muscle is altogether absent. 

The outer riband of the m. genio-hyoideus is inserted on the 
outer, not inner surface of the mandible. The change that the 
insertion of this muscle has undergone, if compared with its position 
in Nectarinia, is indicated, however, by a few muscular fibres which 
are still attached to the neighbouring part of the ventral edge of the 
mandible. 

The eeratoglossal muscle arises from the lateral aspect of the basi- 
branchial ; its long tendon is inserted laterally into the anterior end 
of the os entoglossum and into the base of the two movable ossicles 
forming the continuation of this bone. 

ZosteRors resembles Nectarinia; but the stylo-hyoid is not 
developed as an independent muscle. It arises from the hinder 
angle of the mandible, and is completely united to and fused with 
the serpi-hyoid. This appears to me to indicate that the stylo-hyoid 
muscle is originally only the deeper layer of the serpi-hyoid. 

CreRTHIA agrees with Zosterops; but the combined stylo- and 
serpi-hyoidei are very feebly developed. 

Besides these muscles, we have to consider others, which, although 
not in direct connexion with the hyoid apparatus, act indirectly upon 
it. They are tracheo-laryngeal muscles. 

In ProstHEeMAvERA we have the following :— 

M. tracheo-laryngeus brevis et superior. It arises as a flat riband 
from the ventral side of the upper part of the trachea, and is inserted 
into the ventral aspect of the thyroid cartilage, a little to the side 
of the middle line. The contraction of this muscle will bend 
the upper larynx slightly downwards, and with it will lower the 
tongue. 

A second pair of muscles is represented by a broad band, which 
more or less forms the continuation of the tracheo-hyoid muscle. 

_It arises chiefly from the latero-ventral aspect of the upper third of 
the trachea, and is attached to some cutaneous muscles on the sides 
of the neck. In the majority of non-oscine birds it is inserted some- 
where on the anterior border of the furcula, and is then, of course, 
a proper m. tracheo-sternalis. 

Let us now consider how the various muscles of the upper larynx 
and the hyoid apparatus act, and how the peculiar tongues of the 
Tenuirostres are made use of. 

The contraction of the mylo- and serpi-hyoid muscles presses the 
whole tongue and larynx upwards against the palatal roof of the 


. 1883 . Pl. AVE 


Pian 


Edwin Wilson ,del et lith 


Mintern Bros. imp 


rTrENUVIROSTI 


THES el 


SAVES SYN EU AO NSTI 


TAL 


OR 


heal 
— i 


suc 


1883.] APPARATUS OF THE TENUIROSTRES. 69 


mouth-cavity. The mouth is thus wholly filled up. Through the 
contraction of the genio-hyoid muscles the tongue will be protruded 
from the mouth. Now, if the serpi-hyoid and mylo-hyoid muscles 
relax, and the tracheo-laryngeus and tracheo-hyoideus, on the other 
hand, by their contraction depress the larynx and at the same time 
depress the posterior part of the tongue, a vacuum will be produced 
between tongue and palate. This space, again, is in connexion with the 
tubes of the tongue, and therefore will be filled by the fluid into which 
the tips of these tubes may be inserted. In the birds in question 
the fluid is honey or nectar. Consequently sucking is accomplished 
automatically through the mere protrusion of the tongue. It is 
clear that this process is very simple in the Trochilide with their 
complete tubes ; but they will not be able to suck if there is not fluid 
enough to fill the whole of the anterior opening of the tubes, since 
air would rush in instead of nectar. This eventual inconvenience 
seems to me to be prevented or overcome by the anterior portion of 
the tubes being broken up into vibrissee or into a brush, as we saw 
was the case with the Meliphagine and Nectariniine. ‘The nectar 
will then ascend tothe tubular portion by capillary attraction ; or 
the brush may be moistened or soaked with nectar like a sponge, 
and the nectar may then be sucked up into the tubes. This process 
finds an analogue in the proboscis of Bees and Butterflies. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


s.h, Serpi-hyoid; m.h, mylo-hyoid; st.h, stylo-hyoid; g.h, genio-hyoid; c.g, 
ceratoglossal; ¢r.h, tracheo-hyoid; 7¢7.s¢, tracheo-sternalis; ¢7./, tracheo- 
laryngeus; ¢r, trachea; 0., basihyal; w./, urohyal. 


Hig. 1. Nectarinia splendida. The mylo-hyoid and serpi-hyoid muscles are 
remoyed. 

2. Zosterops lateralis. Ventral view, after the removal of the mylo- and 
serpi-hyoid. 

3. Nectarinia splendida. Ventral view of the muscles between the mandi- 
bles, after removal of the skin. 

4. Nectarinia splendida. The same as in fig. 3, after removal of the serpi- 
and genio-hyoids, to show the connexion of the mylo-hyoid with the 
soft transversely folded part of the tongue’s sheath. 

5. Trochilus, sp. Semidorsal view, to show the genio- and stylo-hyoid 
muscles curving round the skull. 

6. ere Ventral view, after remoyal of the mylo- and serpi- 

yoid. 

7. The sameas in fig. 6; but the whole apparatus of the tongue is bent 
backwards and downwards to show the anterior end of the larynx. 

8. Anthothreptes malaccensis. Dorsal view of the right tube of the tongue. 

9. Cinnyris auriceps. Dorsal view of the left tube. 

10. Anthothreptes subcollaris. Ventral view of the tubular part of the 
tongue, 


70 M. TACZANOWSKI SUR DES ESPECES [Feb. 20 


4. Description des espéces nouvelles dela collection pérnvienne 
de M. le Dr. Raimondi de Lima. Par L. Taczanowskx1, 


C.M.Z.S. 
[Received February 20, 1883.] 


(Plate XVII.) 


Dans une riche collection d’oiseaux péruviens que M. le docteur 
Raimondi, le savant explorateur du Pérou, a eu lobligeance de me 
communiquer, pour m’en servir au travail sur la faune ornithologique 
de la République péruvienne, dont je suis occupé depuis plusieures 
années, j’ai trouve 7 espéces qui me paraissent étre inédites. Je 
m’empresse donc 4 présenter leurs diagnoses. 


1. CARENOCHROUS SEEBOHMI, Sp. Nov. 


C. supra ardesiacus ; fronte, superciliis latissimis lorisque nigris ; 
pileo cum nucha fusco-castaneo ; macula postnasali alba ; regione 
auriculari ardesiaca; gula cum collo antico pectoreque supero 
latissime albis ; mystacibus tenuissimis nigris ; pectore infero, 

_ hypochondriisque griseo-ardesiacis ; abdomine medio albido, pos- 

» tice ochraceo perfuso ; subcaudalibus ochraceis ; alis caudaque 
schistaceis, plumis colore dorsi externe limbatis ; subalaribus, remi- 
gum marginibus internis et primi remigis margine eaterno albis. 
Rostrum supra brunneum, subtus flavidum ; pedes brunnei ; iris 
brunnea. Long. ale 76, caude 71, rostri 17, tarsi 29 mm. 

Hab. Cajacay, provineiz Cajatambo. 

Espéce la plus voisine des C. schistaceus, castaneifrons, et tacza- 
nowskii, mais se distinguant de toutes par le front noir, la couleur 
blanche largement disposée sur le devant des parties inférieures du 
corps, pat les moustaches noires beaucoup plus fines et beaucoup 
plus courtes, les sous-caudales ocreuses, la couleur du dos moins fon- 
cée, la queue non étagée et distinctement rayée a travers d’une nuance 
plus foncée et le bee plus long. En outre du premier par le manque 
complet du miroir blanc ; du deuxiéme par la présence de la tache 
blanche sur les deux cétés du front; du dernier par la région auri- 
culaire non noire. 


2. CARENOCHROUS DRESSERI, Sp. Nov. 


C. supra ex brunneo griseus ; fronte, superciliis latissimis lateribus- 
que colli nigris ; pileo medio pallide rufo; loris et regione sub- 
oculari nigricantibus ; macula magna postnasali alba; regione 
auriculari grisea; gula latissime isabellino-albida, mystace nigro 
tenui utringue marginata ; pectore abdomineque medio isabellinis, 
hypochondriis late griseis, subcaudalibus ochraceis ; alis caudaque 
ardesiacis, speculo alari magno, subalaribus et marginibus 
internis remigum albis. Rostrum fusco-corneum ; pedes pallide 
brunnei. Long. ale 61, caude 62, rostri 13, tarsi 23 mm. 

Hab. Montana (forét) de Nancho (coll. Jelshi). 

Espéce la plus voisine du C. leucopterus de l’Ecuadeur, mais di- 


1883.] NOUVELLES D’OISEAUX PERUVIENS. 71 


stincte parfaitement par le front noir, la région auriculaire non noire, 
la couleur des parties supérieures moins foncée, celle du dessous non 
blanche, le miroir alaire moins volumineux. 

Un autre exemplaire de la méme localité est en général plus foncé, 
et a le dessous du corps d’une couleur ocreuse; mais comme il a été 
envoyé en alcohol, on ne peut pas répondre s’il n’a pas changé ses 
nuances. 


3. PHYTOTOMA RAIMONDII, sp. nov. (Plate XVII.) 


Ph. supra griseo-cinerea, plumis disco fusco ; uropygio immaculato ; 
margine frontali tenuissimo, rufo ; subtus gula pallide ochracea, 
rujo varia; collo antico hypochondriisque cinereis ; fascia lata 
abdominalisubcaudalibusque vivide cinnamomeo-rufis ; alis nigrican- 
tibus albo oblique bifasciatis ; remigibus cinereo limbatis ; cauda 
nigricante, apice alvo. Rostrum fusco-corneum ; pedes brunnei. 
Long. ale 88, caude 82, rostri 17, tarsi 13 mm. 

Hab. Tumbez (coll. Jelski). 

Espéce la plus voisine de la Ph. angustirostris, distincte de toutes 
les Phytotomes; connue par le roux de la téte réduit 4 une fine 
bordure sur le devant méme du front, et le roux,occupant seulement 
le milieu méme de tout l’abdomen, interrompu longuement de la 
couleur de la gorge par le cendré occupant le cou antérieur dans toute 
sa hauteur. 


4, OCHTHGCA JELSKII, sp. NOV. 


O. supra castaneo-brunnea; subtus cinerea; pileo fusco; fronte 
flava ; superciliis albis ; ventre medio albo; alis brunneis, rufo 
late bifasciatis ; cauda brunnea, unicolori, Rostrum nigrum ; 
pedes nigricantes ; iris fusco-brunnea. Long. ale 67, caude 61, 
rostri 14, tarsi 22 mm. 
Hab. Moniaiia de Nancho, 7700! au dessus du niveau de la mer 
(coll. Jelski). 

Espéce voisine de la O. citrinifrons de |’ Keuadeur, mais distincte 
parfaitement par la nuance des parties supérieures du corps, et par la 
présence des deux larges bandes rousses @ travers de l’aile. 


5. UpvucrRTHIA PALLIDA, sp. Nov. 


U. supra terreno-grisea, unicolor, cauda rufescente, superciliis 
albidis ; subtus isabellino-albida ; crisso subcaudalibusque isabel- 
linis ; gula subundulata ; subalaribus ochraceis. Rostrum capite 
longius, gracile, corneum; pedes brunnei; iris fusco-castanea. 
Long. ale 92, caude 71, rostri 34, tarsi 27, rectrice externa ad 
apicem caudeé 13 mm. 

Hab. Junin (coll. Jelski). 

Voisine AU. jelskii, Cab., et provenant de la méme localité, mais 
parfaitement distincte par une taille plus forte; la couleur des parties 
supérieures du corps moins foncée et d’une autre nuance; queue 
beaucoup plus rousse ; les sous-alaires plus rousses ; la gorge et le 
devant du cou moins ondulés, la poitrine pure. 


72 SUR LES CRANES DE LA RHYTINA STELLERI. [Feb. 20, 


6. CYNANTHUS GRISEIVENTRIS, Sp. Nov. 


C. supra viridis, fronte longissime squamosa, splendidissima ; subtus 
totus pallide cinereus, gula splendide ccrulea, plumis basi 
albis ; crisso albo; tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus, cam- 
pterio albo, remige primo externe albo marginato ; cauda profunde 
emarginata, splendide viridi, rectricibus mediis splendore apicala 
latissime rubro-cupreo ; rectricibus externis cyaneo-nigris viridi 
terminatis ; cauda subtus ceruleo-virente. tostrum nigrum ; 
pedes nigricantes. Long. ale 81, cauda 907, rostri 25 mm. 

Hab Paucal (coll. Jelski). 

L’exemplaire unique, et comme il parait non adulte, dans un état 
endommagé, manquant surtout de l’extrémité des rectrices latérales, 
ne donne pas une idée exacte de la beauté de l’espéce. Le défaut de 
sa queue ne m’a pas permis de donner la dimension exacte de cet 
organe, la différence de la longueur entre la rectrice subexterne et 
Vexterne, et la parure de l’extrémité de cette dernicre; ce quil y a 
cependant mentre que la rectrice externe dépasse la dimension que j’ai 
donnée. La deuxiéme et la troisiéme paire des rectrices, en les com- 
ptant du milieu de la queue, présentent aussi un peu d’éclat rouge 
cuivreux prés de l’extrémité des pennes, ce qui ne se voit plus sar les 
subexternes. 


7. PsITTACULA CRASSIROSTRIS, Sp. NOv. 

P. cyanopterze simillima, sed crassitie minore, rostro robustiore, 
coloribus supra obscurioribus, remigibus primariis et secundariis 
magis ceruleis, et subalaribus viridibus distinguenda. Long. ale 
77, caude AQ, rostri 13, tarsi 12 mm. 

Hab. Yurimaguas (Stolzman). 

Le male unique, que M. Stolzmann a recueilli 4 Yurimaguas, me 

parait constituer une forme bien distincte par les détails indiqués dans 
sa diagnose. 


5. Notice sur la différence sexuelle entre les cranes de la 
Rhytina stelleri. Par le Docteur Dysowsx1'. 


[Received February 15, 1883.] 


Pendant mon séjour aux iles Comandores, en examinant les nom- 
breux débris, et surtout les cranes de ces animaux exterminés, j’ai 
congu le projet de présenter une relation détaillée sur leur différence 
sexuelle. Dans ce but nous avons avec M. le docteur Steineger pris 
les mesures détaillées de huit crénes, et j’ai photographié deux 
d’entre elles, dans les différentes positions ; mais d’autres occupations 
m’ont foreé 4 retarder ce projet. Pour que ces observations 
ne soient pas perdues, je me suis décidé 4 communiquer le résumé 
de mes remarques les plus frappantes, en y ajoutant quelques-unes 
des photographies. 


! Communicated by M. L. Taczanowski, C.M.Z.S. 


1883.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 73 


Le crane du male est en général beaucoup plus massif que celui 
de la femelle; presque chacune de ses parties différe de celle de la 
femelle. , Surtout la différence est frappante dans l’angle de la partie 
antérieure de la téte; le processus dentiformis est plus robuste, ainsi 
que l’éminence sur la limite entre les os pariétaux et les frontaux. 

La surface du crane dela femelle est lisse; les parties anté- 
rieures moins épaisses, la caréne supérieure sur les os intermaxillaires 
plus aigué, la hauteur moins graude de ces os, une forme différente 
de l’os zygomatique, et des processus zygomatiques, des os de la 
machoire et des temporales. La mandibule de la femelle est moins 
large sur sa surface antérieure, plus courbée sur la supérieure, les 
angles postérieurs plus rapprochés entre eux. 

Me basant sur lanalogie avec les autres mammiferes voisins, je 
suppose que les males Gtaient plus gros et d’une structure plus forte, 
a os. plus developpés. Les Aléoutes distinguent ces cranes en 
donnant le nom de “ Byk”’ (taureau) 4 ces cranes d’une construction 
plus forte, 4 os plus developpés, ou simplement “ bytschutsche”’ 
(ceux du taureau). 

Les squelettes que se trouvent dans les musées sont composés 
d’os pris pour la plupart des différents individus, et je suppose que 
quelques-uns des males portent une téte de femelle et vice versa’. 


March 6, 1883. 
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to 
the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1883. 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie durimg the month of February was 88, of which 16 were by 
birth, 30 by presentation, 23 by purchase, 1 was received in exchange, 
and 18 on deposit. The total number of departures during the same 
period by death and removals was 92. 

The. following additions are of special interest :— 

1. A female Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi) from Siam, received in 
exchange from the Jardin d’Acclimatation, Paris, February 10th. 

The only previous specimen of this Deer in the Society’s collection 
was the male presented by Mr. A. Grote, F.Z.S., in 1867 (see P. Z.S. 
1867, p. 821). 

2. A young male Thar (Capra jemlaica), presented by Lieut.-Col. 
Alex. A. A. Kinloch, C.M.Z.S., February 17th. 

We are specially obliged to Col. Kinloch for sending us this animal, 
as we have two females, mother and young”, already in the collection, 
and a male is consequently most acceptable. 

‘ [Nous nous sommes convaincus avec M. Slosarski d’aprés les figures et cette 
courte description du Dr. Dybowski, que le beau crane qu’il a envoyé précé- 
ch au Musée de Varsovie est d’un mile ayee la mandibule de la femelle. — 

2 See P. Z, 8. 1880, p. 186. 


74 ON THE MUSCLES OF THE AVIAN SYRINX. [Mar. 6, 


3, A male Blyth’s Tragopan (Ceriornis blythi), presented by 
Capt. W. Brydon, of the 42nd Assam Light Infantry, and received 
through the kind mediation of the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta, 
February 17th. 

The only example of this splendid species previously received was 
that presented by Major Montagu in 1870 ce 


The Secretary exhibited, on behalf of the Rev. F. O. Morris, a 
drawing of a bird shot in Hampshire in November 1882, and lately 
described in ‘Land and Water’ (vol. xxxv. p. 90, 1883), and re- 
marked that, as there suggested, it certainly represented a Tinamou, 
(perhaps Nothura boraquira), which must have escaped from cap- 
tivity. 


Mr. J. E. Ady exhibited some microscopical preparations of bone, 
in one case showing the growth of blood-vessels into cartilage 
previous to ossification, and in another case presenting a hard section 
in which the lacune and canaliculi were extremely well shown. 


Dr. Hans Gadow, C.M.Z.S., communicated an outline of a series 
of observations, which he is now undertaking, on the arrangement 
and disposition of the muscles of the avian syrinx. He directed 
especial attention to the fact that there is an absolute continuity 
between these muscles and those of the upper larynx and the hyoid 
apparatus. The innervation of all these parts was found to be hypo- 
glossal pharyngeal, the special nerve-branches accompanying the 
trachea throughout its length. He pointed out that the conclusion 
to be drawn from these facts was that the syringeal muscles are 
derived from the system of sternohyoid muscles. 

The stages intermediate between the arrangement seen in certain 
birds, where some of the muscles of the upper larynx have no 
connexion with the skin, and in others, in which the same muscles 
come into close relation with the integument, were explained with 
the aid of diagrams. Dr. Gadow had, in consequence, been led to 
believe that at least such of the cutaneous muscles in the cervical 
region as are striped belonged primitively to the common layer of 
skeletal muscles. 

Some difficulties in the characters of the nerve-supply of these 
parts, cervical as well as hypoglossal nerves taking a share in 
this duty, were pointed out ; and further investigations on this obscure 
point were said to be in hand. 


The following papers were read :— 


1 P. Z.S. 1870, p. 162, pl. xv. 


1883.] ON NEW BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID. 75 


1, Descriptions of new Species of Beetles belonging to the 
Family Erotylide. By Henry 8. Gorunam, F.Z.8. 


[Received March 5, 1883.} 
(Plate XVIII.) 


Three years ago I had the opportunity of comparing with a portion 
of my own collection of Hrotylide the one formed by the late 
G. R. Crotch and now in the Museum of Natural History at Cam- 
bridge. It is well known that my friend, with whom I spent many 
pleasant hours in their examination, spared no time or trouble in 
both acquiring and collating the types in those museums and private 
collections which he was able to reach. In the present paper it is 
my object to describe some very conspicuous species which have 
come into my own possession, from various sources, some from the 
private collection of Mr. G. R. Waterhouse, some from the collection 
made in the Philippines by Herr C. Semper, and others from the 
last collection brought by Mr. Buckley from Bolivia and Peru. 

I have commenced with the Encaustini, with which it appears to 
me a linear arrangement should be headed. Their largely developed 
and powerful form, which is at least as much specialized as the 
genera placed before it by Lacordaire, seems to me of more im- 
portance than a recondite structure of the maxille. The genus 
Aulacochilus, again, is unnaturally separated by Lacordaire from 
Lpiscapha, to which I have here placed it in proximity. The 
present paper contains only an instalment of the new species known 
to me; the Langurini, Triplacini, and Erotylini proper must be left 
for a future time. 

List of new Species. 


1. Encaustes crotchi. Philippine Is- | 16. Episcapha difficilis, Andaman Is- 
lands. lands. 
2. Micrencaustes torquatus. West | 17. octopustulata. Philippine Is- 
rica. lands. 
3. plagiatus. Java? 18. —— piciventris. West Africa. 
Hybosoma, genus novum. 19. Aulacochilus inclytus. Philippine 
4, Hybosoma hydropicum. Philippine Islands. 
Islands. 20. agaboides, Philippine Islands. 
5 striatum. Philippine Islands. | 21. ,Var.? furciferus. Phi- 
6. —— tetrastictum. Philippine Is- lippine Islands. 
lands. 22. episcaphoides, Andaman Is- 
7. Megalodacne imperatrix, South- lands. 
east Africa. 23. Pselaphacus mysticus. Peru, Chan- 
8. furcata, West Africa. comayo. 
9. Triplatoma philippinensis. Philip- | 24. Megischyrus elongatus. Peru, 
pine Islands. Chancomayo. 
10. andamanensis, AndamanIs- | 25. bartletti. Peru, Chamicuros. 
lan 26. Ischyrus peruvianus. Peru. 
HH. gestrot. Borneo, Sumatra. 2 grammicus. Peru, Chanco- 
12. brahminica. India, Assam. mayo. 
18. —— siva. India, Assam. 28. Lybas? dorsalis. Peru, Chami- 
14, Episcapha semperi. Philippine Is- curos. 
lands. 29. Paleolybas cychramoides. West 


15. —— cordata. West Africa. 


Africa, Camaroons. 


76 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW _. [Mar. 6, 


1. EnNcaustes crorcut. (Plate XVIII. fig. 7.) 


Niger, nitidus ; capite distincte parce punctato, prothorace sub- 
quadrato immaculato, elytris levibus punctis haud discretis, 
interstitiis obsoletissime costatis, macula humerali transversa 
alteraque triente ante apicem fulvis. 

Long. 22 millim. 9. 

Hab. Philippine Isles, Bohol (Semper). 

The wholly black thorax will separate this from any of its allies: 
the species to which it comes nearest is HL. humeralis, Crotch, with 
which it agrees in having a red spot on each shoulder, touching the 
base of the elytra. Crotch’s specimen of £. humeralis is from New 
Guinea ; I have a second specimen from the Philippine Islands taken 
by Semper at Pulobatu, which I have compared with the type at 
Cambridge and believe to be identical. 


2. Micrencaustes Trorquatus. (Plate XVIII. fig. 5.) 

Niger, nitidus, verticis puncto, prothoracis macula irregulari, 
elytrorum annulo humerum subcingente retrorsum ramos duos 
emittente, lunulaque infra medium fulvis. 

Long. 16 millim. 

Hab. Africa occid., Old Calabar (coll. Murray). 

Allied to M. sinuatus, Lac., but differing in being rather longer 
and narrower, in having the sides of the thorax scarcely rounded but 
narrowing a little in front, the disk distinctly punctured (in some 
examples of M. sinuatus a fine sparse puncturing is visible), and 
especially in the form of the humeral ring, which surrounds a much 
smaller space, in fact only the humeral callus, and emits a branch 
backwards towards the scutellum, and another obliquely towards the 
middle of the elytra. The posterior crescent is strongly recurved. 
The elytra exhibit very obsolete fine rows of punctures, which are 
quite invisible in WZ. sinuatus. A single specimen, marked Hncaustes 
n. sp. by Crotch, from Murray’s collection, now in my possession. 


3. MicRENCAUSTES PLAGIATUS. 

Niger, parum nitidus, capitis vertice, thoracis macula utrinque 
difformi, elytrorumque basi indeterminate, vitta submarginalt, et 
macula apicali intra marginem sanguineis; prothorace valde 
convexo, angulis anticis acutis paululum productis, posticis sub- 
rectis. 

Long. 17 millim. 

Hab. Java? 

Allied to, but amply distinct from, MZ. lituratus, MacLeay. The 
prothorax is quite of a different shape, not narrowed in front, the 
base not wider than the front, but the sides more rounded ; the red 
mark on each side is also different in shape, having three distinct 
branches like that in Zncaustes verticalis. 

The elytra are not punctured in series, and the red patch at the 
base united with the apical patch by a stripe along (but not touching) 
the margin will readily separate this species from M. litwratus or any 
other described species. 


1883.] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLIDE. 77 


There is a single example in my own collection ; but I am not 
certain of the locality. 


Hysosoma. 


Genus inter Coptengem et Triplatomam quasi intermedium. 

Antenne quam caput et thorax longiores, articulo tertio, quarto 
@quali ; clava longa; oculi fere integri. Prothorax lateribus 
paululum inerassatis, subquadratus, basi bisinuata haud emargi- 
nata ; prosternum latum, apice truncato depresso, haud declivo ; 
mesosternum quadratum. Llytra gibbosa, apicibus subdepressis 
subtruncatis. 

This is a genus apparently resembling Playiopisthen, differing from 
it in having much longer antenne, iu the eyes being not so strongly 
margined, and the angles of the thorax in front not being so 
produced. Its nearest ally is really Coptengis, from which it differs in 
its less cylindrical form, in the eyes not having a keeled process of 
the head in front, rendering their edge emarginate, in the proportion 
of the third joint of their antennz, in the prosternum being simply 
truncate instead of its apex having two blunt lanceolate points, and 
in having strongly convex gibbous elytra. 

The prothorax is sometimes (H. striatum) wider than the elytra ; 
the latter are four-spotted in all the species yet known to me; and 
these have a strong likeness to those species of Eumorphus which 
have unmargined elytra. I cannot at present observe the sexual 
difference. 

I have only seen it from the Philippine Isles. 


4. Hysosoma nypRopicum. (Plate XVIII. fig. 6.) 


Nigrum nitidissimum, confertim subtiliterque punctatum, elytris 
tenuiter striato-punctatis, macula transversa humerali fasciaque 
arcuata pone medium, nec marginem nec suturam attingente, auran- 
tiacis, abdomine crebre haud profunde punctato. 

Long. 15 millim. 

Hab. Philippine Isles, Bohol (Semper, Cuming, Thelland 7). 

Head, thorax, and prosternum very finely and very thickly 

covered with fine punctures, only visible under a strong lens. 
Thorax wide, in one example rather wider than the elytra; the latter 
strongly bulged and longitudinally gibbous, attenuated towards the 
tip. Antennee longer than the head and thorax, their club quite as 
long as the five preceding joints. Legs long, femora not very clavate, 
much as in Coptengis. 


5. HysBosoMa sTRIATUM. 


Nigrum, nitidissimum, crebre confertim punctatum, elytris fortius 
punctato-striatis; macula humerali fasciaque arcuata nec marginem 
nec suturam attingente aurantiacis ; antenne thoracem vix supe- 
rantes. 

Long. 15 millim. 

Hab. Philippine Isles, E. Mindanao (Semper). 

Closely allied to the preceding, perhaps not distinct ; the elytra, 


78 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6, 


however, are very much more distinctly punctate-striate, and the 
antenne are not so long. The head is distinctly punctured, with 
deeply impressed but irregularly shaped points, the interspaces being 
finely alutaceous; there is a semicircular impression between the 
bases of the antennze, and two wide foveze behind. The mentum is 
wide and but little rounded, subtruncate in front. The thorax is 
rather longer than wide, of nearly equal width in front and behind, 
varying in this respect probably sexually ; both front and hind angles 
are acute, but not much produced. The elytra have the strie 
arrested on the yellow spots, and the basal ones are a little tumid. 
The underside is scarcely punctured; but the prosternum is very 
finely transversely wrinkled. I have seen this species in the British 
Museum. 


6. HyBosoMA TETRASTICTUM. 


Nigrum, nitidissimum,omnino confertim subtiliter punctatum, antennis 
thoracem haud superantibus ; elytris convewis gibbosis, subtilissime 
punciatis, haud striatis, macula humerali lunulaque pone medium 
aurantiacis. 

Long. 15 millim. 

Hab. Philippine Islands, Leyte (Semper). 

This species is allied rather closely to both those preceding, but 
has no trace of striation, and the elytra are more inflated behind the 
middle than in either of them. ‘The thorax is slightly narrowed 
behind, so that both the basal and front margins are narrower than 
the middle. The sculpture of the underside is similar to that of 
Hi. striatum. 

I have only seen two specimens—the one in my own collection, 
which I consider referable to this species, taken in the island of Leyte, 
and one which I obtained from Mr. Higgins, but without any other 
locality than Philippine Islands. 


7. MEGALODACNE IMPERATRIX. (Plate XVIII. fig. 8.) 


Nigra, nitida, elongato-ovata, thorace utrinque litura fulva, elytris 
annulo lato humerum subcingente, extus quadridentato, fasci- 
aque interrupta pone medium, parum curvata, utrinque dentata, 
Sulvis. 

Long. 22-28 millim. 

Hab. 8... Africa, Mamboia. 

Head and thorax very finely punctured, the base of the head more 
sparsely and deeply so; club of the antennze obliquely rounded at the 
apex ; the third joint equal to the three following. 

Thorax transverse, front and hind angles acute but not produced ; 
a triangular fossa on each side of the base is rugose; the surface 
between the scattered punctures is finely alutaceous, sides finely 
margined, as is the base as far as the fossa. Elytra with three or four 
series of punctures visible at the base. Prosternum keeled but not 
acutely, nor produced in front, not punctured, but finely wrinkled 
throughout. 


1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID. 79 


8. MEGALODACNE FURCATA. 


Nigra, nitida, capitis basi parce sat profunde punctata, elytris 
obsolete punctato-striatis, singulis maculis duabus flavis, una 
humerum subcingente, extus denticulis duobus parvis ramoque 
parvo, altera versus apicem arcuata, apicibus et dente in medio 
retrorsum acute productis. 

Long. 18-19 millim. 

Hab. W. Africa: Isabu, Old Calabar, &c. 

Closely allied to M. grandis, and equal to the smaller individuals 
of that species in size, but easily distinguished by the colour of the 
markings on the elytra being pale yellow instead of orange-red, and by 
their form: they are much less diffused, and narrower; of the 
humeral one the “ ramus”’ or branch which turns towards the suture 
is much less developed, being in fact only a tooth-like projection ; the 
hinder one is an arcuate fascia, much produced behind at the margin, 
and with two teeth on the apical side near the suture. The basal 
side of this fascia is almost even. 

The thorax is rather more opaque than in M. grandis, the elytral 
puncturing rather more definite. 


9. TRIPLATOMA PHILIPPINENSIS. (Plate XVIII. fig. 3.) 


Nigra, nitida, vix punctata, prothorace oblongo, parum attenuato, 
ad angulos anticos guttis duabus sinualis postice acuminatis rubris; 
elytris singulis striis tenuissimis obsolete punctatis septem, fasciis 
duabus ad suturam late interruptis, haud profunde dentatis, macu- 
laque parva ante apicem rubris. 

Long. 16-18 millim. 

Hab. Philippine Islands, Mindanao (Semper). 

The only species to which this can well be compared is 7. attenu- 
ata, Crotch, from which it differs by its smaller size, by the form of 
the thoracic stripe near the front angles, which is here curved, wide 
in front and acuminate behind. The third or apical fascia is here 
reduced to an indented triangular spot. I have only received two 
specimens. 


10. TRIPLATOMA ANDAMANENSIS. (Plate XVIII. fig. 2. 


Nigra, parum nitida, subparallela, capite prothoraceque minute 
punciatis, hoc basi upiceque equaliter latis, ad angulos anticos 
macula rufa trapeziformi, retrorsum exciso ; elytris fasciis duabus 
rectis, una basilari, altera subapicali, utrinque dentatis, rufis, sin- 
gulis striis tenuissime punctatis fere obsoletis sex. 

Long. 15 millim. 

Hab, Andaman Isles. a 

Readily distinguished by its small size, and by the wo fasciz similar 

to those in 7’. sewnotata, but which are yellow instead of blood-red, 
by the thoracic angular mark being a squarish spot indented on its 
posterior margin, and by its punctured strize, which are more deeply 
impressed upon the elytra than in Z’. sexnotata. 

In my own and Mr. G. Lewis’s collections. 


80 REY. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6, 


11. Tripitaroma cesrro1. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.) 

Triplatoma gestroi, Bedel, Ann. del Mus. Civ. di Genova, 1882, 
p- 440, t. x. f. 4. , 

Nigra, parum nitida, prothorace subquadrato limbo laterali subin- 
crassato, rubro variegato, subopaco ; elytris distincte striatis, strits 
obsolete punctatis, striga subhumerali fasctisque tribus valde un- 
dulatis haud bene discretis rufis ; femoribus rufo-cinctis. 

Long. 15-17 millim. ¢ 2. 

Mas. tibiis anticis sinuatis, ad apicem torsis, intus carinatis. 

Hab. Borneo, Sarawak (Wallace, coll. Lewis and Gorham, 3). 

Sumatra (Leyden Mus., 9 ). 

[Since this paper has been read, and the plate drawn, I have 
received one by M. Louis Bedel, published in the ‘Annals of the 
Civic Museum of Natural History of Genoa’ in December 1882, 
in which he has submitted the genera Coptengis, Triplatoma, and 
Plagiopisthen to revision. The genus Triplatoma is subdivided and 
its form changed to Triplotoma, which is retained for T. picta, 
gestroi, and cyprea. T. gestroi appears to be identical with the 
species which I have described and figured here, and to which I had 
given another name. I have seen specimens of this species since in 
the British Museum and in the possession of Mr. S. Olliff. The 
new genera proposed are Zrichulus for pubescens, Cr., Hudytus for 
bizonatus, Cr., Nesitis for attenuata, Cr., Linodesmus for cecus, F. 
Trichulus and Linodesmus are certainly geographical forms and 
better separated ; but the remainder seem formed rather on specific 
than generic differences, a process of subdivision to which most 
genera of moderate size are equally liable, without any evident 
advantage being secured.—H. S. G., April 10th, 1883. ] 


12. TrRiIPLATOMA BRAHMINICA. 


Nigra, parum nitida, supra opaca ; prothorace oblongo, crebre et 
distincte punctato ; elytris fortiter sulcatis, interstitiis costatis, 
sulcis punctatis, fasciis duabus angustis, undulatis, rufis, una 
subbasilari, altera subapicalt. 

Long. 21 millim. 

Hab. India, Assam. 

Head and thorax opaque, thickly covered with shallow but distinct 
round impressed points, under surface of the thorax nearly smooth, 
but the prosternum transversely wrinkled, its apex foveate. Elytra 
evenly and deeply sulcate, the intervening costze smooth and shining, 
eight in number, uniting near the apex, the fifth and sixth coste 
uniting some distance higher up, and also joining the fourth. The 
humerus obsolete, the apex expanded, subtruncate. Allied to 7. 
picta, Perty ; distinguished immediately by the black thorax and 
two fascize, deeper sulcation, &c. 


13. TRIPLATOMA SIVA. 


Nigra, parum nitida, capite prothoraceque vix punctatis, fere 
alutaceis ; elytris subsulcatis, sulcis obsolete punctatis, annulo 


1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLIDZ. 81 


humerali fasciaque subapicali, ramos undique emittentibus per 
costas provectos et ad apicem conjunctos, flavis. 

Long. 21 millim. : 

Hab. India, Assam, 

The head and thorax in this species are very much less opaque, 
and not punctured as in 7’. drahminica. The thorax is shorter, and 
its sides more rounded. The elytra are sulcate ; but the punctures, 
which in 7. brahminica are very distinct, are here obsolete; the costz 
are rounded. The variegated appearance is formed by long branches 
from the humeral and subapical fascice which run along the alternate 
coste ; they do not unite in the single example I have seen, except 
at the apex, where three unite in an indistinct way, but are no doubt 
subject to variation. The black round humeral spot is distinct ; but 
the shoulder itself is obsolete as in the allied species. 


14. EpiscAPHA SEMPERI. 


Nigra, nitida ; capite obsolete punctato, prothorace subtilius minus 
distinete punctato ; elytris tenuiter minute punctato-striatis, 
macula humerali subtrapeziformi fasciaque pone medium suturam 


non attingente leviter arcuata lete aurantiacis, callo humerali 
nigro. 


Long. 15 millim. 

Hab. Philippine Isles, E. Mindanao (Semper). 

Very near #. sublevis, Crotch; but the punctured striz will 
distinguish it. The prosternum is broadly expanded behind, and 
excavated (but not so deeply as in Z. octonotata) at its apex; it is also 
rather strongly margined behind the middle ; it is punctured on each 
side, but the ridge is smooth. The meso- and metasternum and the 
abdomen are free from punctuation. 

There are two specimens in my collection, taken by Mr. Semper 
from East Mindanao, and a third, smaller specimen from Luzon, which 
is I believe referable to the same species. 


15. EpiscApHA CORDATA. 


Nigra, subnitida, antice posticeque attenuata, infra rufo-picea, 
capite prothoraceque crebre et minute punctatis ; elytris obsolete 
substriatis, fascia humerali subrecta interne attenuata, utringue 
dentata, alteraque ante apicem leviter arcuata flavis. 

Long. 8 millim. 

Hab. West Africa, Old Calabar (coll. Murray). 

From £. piciventris this differs in its smaller size, in being more 
pointed behind, in the whole of the underside being more or less 
pitchy, which colour extends even to the legs and antenuz, and in 
the form of the fascize, the basal one being straighter and the hinder 
one less arcuate, and not produced at the suture or margin. It is 
observable that the hind fascia in Z. senegalensis is nearer the apex 
and broader than in either of these species, and is moreover of a 
deeper blood-red colour. The posterior process of the prosternum 
is more elongate ; and its marginal lines meet in front, whereas in 
E. piciventris they are lost in the side of the ridge before meeting. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. VI. 6 


82 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6, 


16. EpIscAPHA DIFFICILIs. 

Nigra, nitida ; capite prothoraceque parcius et sat profunde punc- 
tatis; elytris singulis striis septem, leviter impressis, crebre 
minute punctatis, fasciis duabus interruptis, una basali utrinque 
dentata, altera ante apicem, late rufis. 

Long. 7-8 millim. 

Hab. Andaman Islands (coll. Gorham). 

This species at first sight so very closely resembles Z. senegalensis, 
Lap., = £. interrupta, Lac., that it will suffice to point out the 
distinction. The head and thorax are more shining and more 
sparsely and more deeply punctured. The elytra have seven distinct 
although very fine punctured striz; in Z. senegalensis strie are not 
visible, but the elytra are punctured all over, and are subsulcate only at 
the apex. The basal fascia does not run obliquely up to the shoulder, 
where in Z. senegalensis it is widest, but runs straight across, emitting 
a single tooth towards the base. It is more convex than the African 
species, and is more brightly coloured. 

A third species even more closely allied to H. senegalensis, if not 
the same, occurs in India. 


17. EpiscAPHA OCTOPUSTULATA. (Plate XVIII. fig. 4.) 

Nigra, nitida, supra valde convera; capite sat fortiter crebre 
punctato ; prothorace parcius et subtilius punctato, ad angulos 
anticos macula rotundata aurantiaca ; elytris sublevibus, maculis 
duabus subhumeralibus (interiore majore) alteraque magna trans- 
versa ante apicem aurantiacis. 

Long. 15 millim. 

Hab. Philippine Isles, E. Mindanao (Semper). 

This is unlike any other Episcapha known to me, in having the 
thorax spotted ; and its convex look would have led to me to make 
a new genus for it, but I fail to find any valid characters by which 
to separate it. The prosternumis almost angularly cut out at its 
posterior margin, but it is almost equally so in H. semperi; it is 
compressed in front into a blunt point, and is roughly punctured, 
but the epipleurze are smooth. The form of the mesosternum is 
somewhat peculiar: it is compressed in front so as to form a sub- 
triangular table, with its apex in front, and rounded, fitting the 
excavation of the prosternum. Metasternum obsoletely punctate. 


18. EptscAPHA PICIVENTRIS. 


Nigra, subnitida ; capite prothoraceque subtiliter alutaceis, crebre 
et minute punctatis; elytris obsolete striato-punctatis, fascia 
humerali subobliqua, sutura interrupta, utrinque dentata, lunulaque 
subapicali valde arcuata flavis ; abdomine rufo-piceo. 

Long. 10-11 millim. 

Hab. Old Calabar (coll. Murray). 

This species is a little larger than any Z£. senegalensis I have 
seen, and is at once separable from that species by the delicate 
punctured striae, as well as the narrow fascia and by the hinder one 
being arcuate. It is more nearly allied to the species standing in 


“—= 


1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID. 83 


Murray’s collection and named by Crotch Z. odliquata: it is only 
half the size of that species; the strice are much more obsolete. 
The whole of the abdomen is rufous; and the posterior fascia is 
recurved more on the margin and less on the suture. The di- 
stinction of the alutaceous surface of the thorax appears to me also 
to be a good character. 

Two specimens in Murray’s collection, purchased by me, are 
labelled n. sp. in Crotch’s handwriting. 


19. AULACOCHILUS INCLYTUS. 


Niger, supra cerulescens, nitidus, capite thoraceque fere glabris ; 
elytris valde convexis, singulis maculis duabus magnis subrotun- 
datis fulvis, striis obsoletissime punctatis, fere obliteratis. 

Long. 103-11 millim. 

Hab. Philippine Islands, Panaon (Semper). 

This species is distinguished from all its congeners (except 4. 
dorie) by having four large subquadrate or roundish red spots, of 
which the hinder one is not arcuate, on its elytra. Of these this one 
is separable by the blue shining thorax, which is scarcely visibly 
punctate; the head has a few scattered punctures, which are distinct 
under a good glass. The elytra are somewhat cordate; the front 
spot touches the base and just reaches the scutellum, it leaves the 
humeral callus and margin black; the hind spot is squarish, some- 
times transverse, very nearly reaching the suture and margin. The 
underside is almost or quite black, without any of the blue tint 
observable in the whole upper surface. 

This species is not in the Crotch collection at Cambridge. 


20. AULACOCHILUS AGABOIDES. (Plate XVIII. fig. 10.) 


Ovatus, niger, nitidus ; capite distincte, thorace minute haud pro- 
Sunde punctatis; elytris tenuiter punctato-striatis, singulis maculis 
duabus, una basilari intus tridentata, altera ante apicem valde 
arcuata ; abdomine rufo, segmenio basali nigro. 

Long. 8 millim. 

Hab. Philippine Islands, E. Mindanao, N. Luzon (Semper, 

Cuming). 

The ground-colour of this species is quite black ; the basal spot 
occupies the whole base, extending in an oblique direction from 
the scutellum across the shoulder, but leaving the reflexed edge 
of the margin black ; it emits three rather long denticnlations, be- 
tween the first and second of which it is excavated rather deeply; 
the hind spot is undulated on its basal, produced on each side of its 
apical margin ; both the spots are usually pale yellow. The elytra 
are finely punctate-striate, the interstices very finely, scarcely visibly 
punctate ; the abdomen pitchy-red excepting its basal segment, or 
very nearly quite black. I have seen one specimen of this in the 
Crotch collection at Cambridge. 

The specimens taken by Cuming were obtained by me from Mr. 
Waterhouse’s collection. 


6* 


84 REV. H. S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6, 


21. AULACOCHILUS AGABOIDES, var.? FURCIFERUS. (Plate 
XVIII. fig. 11.) 

A. agaboidi similis at paullo major, macula basali cum lunula 

subapicali per vittam discoidalem conjuncta. 

Long. 93 millim. 

Hab. Philippine Islands, N.W. Luzon (Semper). 

If this is only a variety of the species already described as 
A. agaboides, it would still be an advantage that it should have a 
separate designation ; but I think it will very probably prove to be 
aconstant form. The basal yellow mark is of the same shape ; but 
its second and third teeth are lost in the conspicuous vitta which 
unites it with the posterior lunule. This mark has its points so 
strongly recurved as to form three quarters of a ring. A single 
specimen is in my collection ; and I have not seen it elsewhere. 


22, AULACOCHILUS EPISCAPHOIDES. (Plate XVIII. fig. 12.) 


Oblongo-ovaius, parum nitidus, nigro-subcyaneus ; capite profunde , 
thorace obsoletius sed crebre punctato, alutaceis, hoe antice 
angustato lateribus paululum reflexis ; elytris tenuiter punctato- 
striatis, interstitiis obsolete crebre punctatis, macula magna baseos, 
punctum nigrum includente, fasciaque lunulata nec suturam nec 
marginem attingente sanguineis. 

Long. 9 millim. 

Hab. Andaman Isles. 

Less convex than usual for the species in the genus, nor so much 
attenuated in front and behind as is generally the case. The general 
form is that of A. sericeus, Bedel, to which section of the genus the 
present species belongs. It may be recognized from any described 
species by the black round spot, which is surrounded by the red 
basal patch. This patch has three short branches externally, one 
towards the base and one towards the outer margin, between which 
is the callus; there isa third short branch at the outer posterior 
angle. The posterior lunule has rather the appearance of a double 
united spot, both sides being indented. 


23. PsELAPHACUS MYSTICUS. 


Niger, nitidus, thorace seriebus duabus punctorum ; elytris fortiter 
punctato-striatis, macula basali bifida, fascits tribus undulatis, 
posteriore ramum ad apicem emittente et cum fascia secunda 
conjuncta lineaque submarginali fulvis ; tibiis anterioribus cur- 
vatis, ad apicem ampliatis, intus crenulatis. 

Long. 14-17 millim. 

Hab. Peru, Chancomayo. ¢. 

Allied to P. curvipes, but very much more shining, and differing 
in pattern, having three transverse fasciee besides the basal bidentate 
mark, of which the two posterior are joined near the suture by a 
straight band. In some varieties ef P. curvipes, viz. in my examples 
of the variety named gracilis, the third fascia has a stripe uniting 
it with the apex; but this stripe (which is present in P. mysticus) 


rs, - ae 


. 


1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLIDA. 85 


starts from the middle of the fascia, which is there angulated towards 
the apex. The abdomen is not punctured as in P. curvipes, on 
each side. The front tibie in the male are more suddenly dilated 
below the middle, and their inner sides above the middle are distinctly 
crenulated. . Three specimens. 


24. MrGIscHYRUS ELONGATUS. 


Saturate sanguineus, parum nitidus ; prothorax subopacus limbo 
laterali nigro ; elytris postice gradatim attenuatis, callo humerali, 
maculis duabus obliquis (interiore majore in medio constricto) 
dimidioque apicali nigris. 

Long. 15-17 millim. 

Var. Supra totus saturate rufus, elytris callo humerali maculisque 
duabus obliquis tantum nigris. 

Long. 17 millim. 

Hab. Peru, Chancomayo. 

A very distinct species, to be recognized by its very narrow 
elongate form. It is widest at the shoulders, the thorax narrowing 
in front with nearly straight sides, and the elytra gradually tapering 
behind. The colour appears variable : in the three specimens before 
me two have the apical half of the elytra black. In one of these the 
head and body beneath is almost black, while the thorax is very 
obscurely red, yet with black lateral margins. In the other the 
head and thorax are more decidedly red ; while in the third example 
the colour above is light brown, with only the three elytral spots and 
the lateral margin narrowly black. The tibice and extreme tips of 
the femora are black in all of these three specimens. 

It should be placed near M. 6ellicosus. 


25. MuciscHyrUs BARTLETTI. (Plate XVIII. fig. 9.) 


Niger, subnitidus ; elytris striatis, striis obsolete punctatis, fasciis 

quatuor macults alternis distinctis lineaque submarginali flavis. 

Long. 17 millim. 

Hab, Peru, Chamicuros (Baréleét). 

Elongate, sides of the elytra rather parallel; head and prothorax 
slightly shining but without punctures, the latter with four deep 
impressions upon its disk, possibly accidental. The elytra have four 
fascize—one basal, the second and third nearly straight, the fourth 
formed of longer. spots and diverging at the suture. These fascize 
are formed of five or six elongate square marks separated by the 
obsolete punctures, which are indicated by fuscous marks. There is 
a sutural yellow line at the base and apex. 

This species somewhat resembles M. bogote, Crotch: it is more 
shining ; and the fourth fascia will distinguish it at once. I have only 
Seen a single specimen, which was sent me by Mr. E. Bartlett, by 
whom it was collected in Peru. 


26. IscHYRUS PERUVIANUS. 


Elongatus, subcylindricus, nitidus, flavus, subtus nigro et ferrugineo 
variegatus ; capite, thoracis disco punctis quatuor transversim dis- 


86 REY. H.S. GORHAM ON NEW [ Mar. 6, 


positis, duobus in margine antico, elytrorum macula magna scu- 
tellari, altera parva infra humerum, puncto huic approximato, 
fascia pone medium in sutura lata, ad marginem attenuata, limbo 
tenuiter, apice latius nigris; pedibus fulvis, femorum basi et 
genibus nigris. 

Long. 93 millim. 

Hab. Peru. 

This species so far resembles J. 4-punctatus that it will be 
sufficient to mention the characters which amply justify its di- 
stinction from that North-American species. Its form is longer, and 
its size larger ; the thorax, in addition to four spots, has two on the 
front margin, and its base is not black. 

The elytral markings, though similar, are all different in shape ; 
the narrow mark below the callus is on the margin; and a round 
spot in a line with the callus isin addition. The suture is more 
widely black ; and the wide fascia has a projection in front on each 
side of it. 

This insect was captured in Peru, but whether at. Chancamayo or 
not I am not certain. 


27. IscHyRUS GRAMMICUS. 


Oblongus, subparallelus, nitidus, subtus rufo-piceus, supra rufo- 
testaceus, capite nigro ; thoracis limbo tenuissimo maculis quatuor 
transversis, duabus basalibus triangularibus ; elytrorum maculis 
duabus baseos, una subscutellari, altera subhumerali, plagis 
duabus rectis interstitialibus in medio maculisque tribus oblongis 
(duabus sublateralibus,una ante apicem), limbo toto tenuiter, sutura 
et maculis duabus suturalibus (una oblonga, altera pone medium 
rotundata) nigris ; antennarum clava, tibiis geniculisque nigro- 
piceis. 

Long. 93 millim. 

Hab. Peru, Chancamayo. 

Punctuation fine but distinct under a strong glass, both on the 

head and thorax; the latter transverse with the sides rounded, and 
contracted near the front angles. Elytral strize rather distinct ; the 
black lines are between the first and the second, a short one close to 
the suture, often confluent, between the third and fourth and between 
the fifth and sixth of equal length, in the middle or nearly so and 
about equal to a third of the length of an elytron. The eighth stria 
is not visible ; but following the seventh and hence in a line with the 
subhumeral spot, are two spots parallel to the median line. 


28. Lypas? DORSALIS. 


Lete ferrugineus, prothoracis disco elytrorumque fascia lata 
communi marginem haud attingente nigris, antennis fuscis, basi 
rujis. 

Long. 53 millim. 

Hab. Peru, Chamicuros (Bartlett). 

Short, broad, and convex ; thorax with a few scattered punctures 


1883.] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID. 87 


on its disk; elytra rather deeply striated at their bases, but the 
strie not continued to the middle. The black patch on the elytra 
leaves only a narrow band at the base, the entire margin as far as the 
last stria, and about two fifths at the apex, red. 

The thorax has a distinct fovea on each side of the base, in which 
are a few larger punctures. The elytra are gibbous, depressed at 
the base, and with a deeply impressed marginal line. 

I have seen one specimen in the collection of the late Mr. Crotch 
at Cambridge; and there is one in my own, given me by Mr. 
Bartlett. 


29. PALZOLYBAS CYCHRAMOIDES. 


Ovatus, minus convecus, rufus ; capite prothoraceque minute sed 
distincte punctatis, illo epistomate nigrescente ; elytris minutissime 
punctatis, fere levibus, callo humerali margineque (ad apicem 
latius) nigris. 

Long. 8 millim. 

Hab. Africa occid., Camaroon Mountains. 

Broadly ovate; elytra without strie, punctuation scarcely visible 
under a strong lens ; tibiee very broadly dilated ; club of the antennz 
dark. This is an insect allied to P. humeralis, Crotch; and I 
should hardly have ventured to assert its distinctness, the descrip- 
tion of that species being so brief, but that fortunately the unique 
type from Murray’s collection is now in my own. 

Itdiffers from P. humeralis in being less convex, in wanting any trace 
of strize, and in the black margin which surrounds the elytra except 
at their bases, and which is very distinct. The rest of the insect, 
with the exception of the club of the antenne and the epistoma in 
front, is deep brick-red. A single example. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 
Fig. 1. Triplatoma gestroi, p. 80. 


andamanensis, p. 79. 

. —— philippinensis, p. 79. 

4. Episcapha octopustulata, p. 82. 
5. Micrencaustes torquatus, p. 76. 
6. Hybosoma hydropicum, p. 77. 
7 
8 


. Encaustes crotchi, p. 76. 
. Megalodacne imperatrizx, p. 78. 
9. Megischyrus bartletti, p. 85. 
10. Aulacochilus agaboides, p. 83. 
11. —— , var. furciferus, p. 84. 
12. —— episcaphoides, p. 84. 


sy! 


Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1883, No. VII. 


88 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6, 


2, On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and 
‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part VI.’) By J. 
Gwyn Jzrrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. 

[Received February 23, 1883.] 
(Plates XIX., XX.) 


GASTROPODA (continued). 
Family VI. ScissuRELLID2. 


v 1. ScissURELLA CRIsPATA, Fleming. 


S. crispata, Flem. Mem. Wern. Soe. vi. p. 385, pl. 6. f.3: B.C. 
ili, p. 283, pl. vii. f. 2; v. p. 201, pl. Ix. f. 3, 3a, 36. 

‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 14, 25, 36 (var. aspera), 70. 1870: 
Atl. 1, 2, 6, 9, 13, 16-17a, 24, 27-30, Tangier B. (and vars. angu- 
lata and aspera); Med. 45, 50, Adventure Bank, off Rinaldo’s 
Chair (var. aspera). 

Distribution. From Spitzbergen to Sicily and Azores, and from 
Greenland to New England ; 4—790 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary : 
Norway and Sicily. 

S. angulata of Lovén and S. aspera of Philippi are varieties ; the 
latter corresponds with my variety paucicostata. WS. angulata is 
larger, and S. aspera more conical with stronger and fewer striz. 
The height of the spire and consequent contraction of the umbilicus, 
as well as the number and strength of the riblets and spiral strie, 
are variable characters. The variety aspera is more peculiarly 
Mediterranean than the typical form. 

The animal was fully described by me in the ‘ Annals and Maga- 
zine of Natural History ’ for June 1870. 


e 2, SCISSURELLA UMBILICATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 1.) 


Suet forming a depressed sphere which is equally raised above 
and below, rather thin, semitransparent, and somewhat glossy : 
sculpture, none except very fine and close-set, but indistinct, lines of 
growth: colour white: spire slightly raised: whorls 4-5, flattened 
above and sloping outwards; they rapidly enlarge, so that the last 
or body-whorl considerably exceeds in size the rest of the shell: 
slit long and central, equal in width, with upturned edges: mouth 
nearly circular, but somewhat angulated where it is united to the 
body-whorl below the peripheral keel: peristome continuous, al- 
though not free in consequence of the inner lip being attached to 
the shell: outer lip thin and sharp: inner lip spread on the lower 


? For Part I. see P. Z.S. 1878, p. 893; for Part II. see P. Z.S. 1879, p. 558; 
for Part III. see P. Z. 8. 1881, p.693; for Part IV. see P. Z, 8.1881, p.922; and 
for Part V. see P. Z. S. 1882, p. 656. 

2 Umbilicate. 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS, 89 


part of the body-whorl : wmbilicus rather large, funnel-shaped, and 
deep: operculum not observed, the specimens now described being 
dead. L. 0:1, B. 0:1. 
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Several speci- 
mens, more or less perfect. 
This differs from any other species known to me in being devoid 
of sculpture, and in having a conspicuous umbilicus. 


3. ScissuRELLA costaTa, d’Orbigny. 

S. costata, d’Orb. Mém. Soc. d’hist. nat. de Paris, 1. p. 344, 
t, xxi..f. 2. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B. 

Distribution. Throughout-the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Ma~ 
deira (Watson), Teneriffe (McAndrew) ; 0-11 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Italy, Rhodes. 

S. plicata and S. striatula, Philippi, besides several obsolete 
synonyms. 

S. levigata of d’Orbigny is apparently a variety. 


Family VII. Trocuip. 
V1. Mouuertia costunatA, Moller. 


Margarita? costulata, Moll. Ind. Moll. Gronl. p. 8. 

Molleria costulata, B. C. iii. p. 291: G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. 
norv. p. 127, t. 9. f. 8, a—c. 

‘Lightning’ Exp., St. 2. 

* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 17. 

Distribution. Arctic seas in both hemispheres, eastern coasts of 
N. America, Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1880), St. Thomas, 
W. Indies (Verkriizen) ; 0-150 fms. 

Fossil. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, Shetland, Scotland, co. Antrim, 
Canada; 0—460 ft. 

This genus is distinguishable from Cyclostrema by having a double 
inside lip or a ledge to receive the strong calcareous operculum. 
The sculpture also is peculiar. I described the animal of M. costu- 
fata in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for March 
1877. The odontophore has been figured by Friele. 

Margarita minutissima of Mighels, and Skenea molleri of Phi- 
lippi. 

V 2. Mouverta Levieara, Jeffreys. 

Molleria levigata (Jeffr.), Friele, Bidrag til Vestlandets Mollusk- 
fauna (Vid. Forh. 1875), p. 4; separate copy. 

Cyclostrema levigatum, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 130, 
t. 21. f. 2, a—b. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp., St. 5, 6. 

Distribution. Finmark (G. O. Sars), Bergen coast (Friele, Nor- 
man, and J. G. J.), Shetland (J. G@. J.) ; 20-250 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Sicily. 

Cyclostrema basistriatum of Brugnone; but in a copy of his 

o% 


90 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6, 


paper, which he kindly sent me, he altered the specific name to 
curvistriatum. 

I had overlooked a specimen of this little shell among my Shet- 
land dredgings. The peristome and curved striz on the base show 
that it belongs to Mélleria and not to Cyclostrema. 


i“ 1. CycLosTREMA SERPULOIDES, Montagu. 

Helix serpuloides, Mont. Test. Brit. Suppl. p. 147, t. 21. f. 3. 

C. serpuloides, B.C. iii. p. 290, pl. vn. f. 3; v. p. 201, pl. 1x1. 
f. 3. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp., St. 4. 

‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1880: Atl. Vigo B. 

Distribution. Bodé in Norway to Sicily and the Adriatic ; 0-80 
fins. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia and W. 
Scotland. 

Skenea divisa of Fleming, and Delphinula levis of Philippi. 


“ 2. CYCLOSTREMA AREOLATUM, G. O. Sars. 


C. areolatum, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 345, t. 34. 
f. 6, a-d. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 2. Two specimens. 

Distribution. Norway (G. O. Sars). 

Some years before the publication by Prof. G. O. Sars I had sent 
a description of this species, under the name of C. seulptum, to the 
late Sir Wyville Thomson, at his request, for the purpose of having 
the Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ Expedition separately published. 
That was not done; and I mention it, because my MS. must not 
now be regarded. This pretty little shell might be taken for the 
very young of Trochus grenlandicus; but the peristome is complete. 


3. CycLosTREMA RUGULOSUM, Jeffreys. 


C. rugulosum (Jeffr.), G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 129, 
t; 2..f. 15,@—6. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 9. 

Distribution. Lofoten I. and W. Norway, Messina (Granata), N. 
England (Verrill) ; 80-375 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza) ! 

More globular and smaller than C. serpuloides. 


4, CYCLOSTREMA BASISTRIATUM, Jeffreys. 

C. (Molleria) basistriatum, Brugn. Misc. Malach. pars ii. 1876, 
p. 17, f. 24. 

C. basistriatum, Jeffry. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1877, p. 234: G.O. 
Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 128, t. 8. f. 8, a—e. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 89. 1870: Atl. 16, 17, 17a. 

Distribution. Spitzbergen to Drobak, ‘ Valorous’ Exp.; 50- 
1333 fins. 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 91 


Fossil. Pliocene: Ficarazzi (Brugnone). 

The shell is usually striated on the base only ; but some speci- 
mens are striated on the upper whorls also, and others are occa- 
sionally striated throughout. For this reason I should have pre- 
ferred another specific name; but Weinkauff, in his excellent and 
useful Catalogue of the Shells of the European Seas, as well 
as Friele, in his ‘Oversigt over de i Bergen omegn forekomenender 
skaldeegter Mollusker,’ adopted my MS. name some years before 
Brugnone described another shell as fossil under the same name. 
See Mélleria leviyata ant’. The odontophore is figured by Friele. 

C. profundum of Friele, from specimens striated throughout. 


“ §. CycCLosTREMA CUTLERIANUM, Clark. 


Skenea cutleriana, Clark in Ann. & Mag. N. H. (n. ser.) iv. 
p. 424, 

C. cutlerianum, B. C. iii. p. 287; v. p. 201, pl. Isi. f. 1. 

‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B. 

Distribution. Skye, 8. England, Guernsey, Naples and Sicily ; 
15-40 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily. Post-tertiary: Montreal 
(Dawson). 


VY 6. CycLostreMa NITENs, Philippi. 
Delphinula nitens, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 146, t. xxv. f. 4. 
O. nitens, B. C. iii. p. 289; v. p. 201, pl. Ixi. £2. 
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. off Rinaldo’s Chair. 
Distribution. Shetland to the ASgean ; 0-913 fms. 
Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily. Post-tertiary: Co. Antrim. 
Margarita pusilla, Jeffreys, 1848; var. Skenea? levis, Forbes 
and Hanley. 


7. CyCLOsTREMA TROCHOIDEs, Jeffreys. 

C.. trochoides (Jeffr.), Friele, Bidr. Vestl. Molluskf. (Vid. Forh. 
1875) p. 2, separate copy ; G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. norv. p. 131, 
t. 8. f. 9, a-e. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a (living). 

Distribution. Finmark and W. Norway, Bay of Biscay (‘ Travail- 
leur’ Exp. 1880), Palermo (Monterosato), N. England (Verrill) ; 
10-372 fms. 

The umbilicus is sometimes encircled by one or more strong 
spiral striee. 

Var. C. peterseni, Friele. He has figured the odontophore. 


“ 8. CycLosTREMA TENERUM|, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 2.) 


Suet. globosely conical, thin and delicate, semitransparent, 
lustreless: sculpture extremely fine and close-set but nearly micro- 
scopic spiral striz, which are wanting on the base and replaced by 
a rugose or fretted appearance : colour pale yellowish-white, with a 


l Tender. 


92 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6, 


faint tinge of green: spire considerably raised: whorls 4, rounded 
and convex ; the last occupies two thirds of the spire ; the first is very 
small and abruptly twisted : suture very deep: mouth circular, with a 
thin and slightly expanded lip: umbzlicus rather narrow but deep : 
operculum thin, having 6 or 7 whorls, the two outermost being pro- 
portionally much larger than the inner whorls and divided by raised 
ledges. L. 0:075, B. 01. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 16. A single but living specimen. 

The shell is more conical and thinner than C. trochoides ; the 
spire is more raised, and the sculpture very different. 


v 9. CycLosTREMA VALVATOIDES’, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 3.) 


SHELL obliquely helical, rather solid, opaque and glossy: seulp- 
ture none except slight and irregular lines of growth: colour 
whitish, with a faint tinge of yellow: spire depressed: whorls 4, 
rounded and swollen; the last expands outwards, and occupies about 
three fourths of the spire; the top whorls are flattened: suture 
deep : mouth very large and circular, with a short and obtuse angle 
at the upper corner; the lip is considerably reflected or folded 
back: umbilicus small and shaJlow. LL. 0°075, B. 0°125. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a. A single but perfect 
specimen. 

The description shows that this is a very distinct and peculiar 
species. It certainly belongs to the present genus, although having 
the aspect of a Valvata. 


v 10. CycLosrrEMaA sImILe’, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 4.) 


SHELL orbicular, compressed above and below, rather thin, 
opaque, but glossy; sculpture none: colour whitish: spire much 
depressed : whorls 43, rounded and convex ; the last occupies about 
one half of the shell; first whorl spiral: suture wide and deep: 
mouth nearly circular, but slightly truncate on the inner side; edges 
thin: umbilicus open and deep, exposing part of the penultimate 
whorl. L. 0:025, B. 0:05. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17a. Three specimens. 

Smaller than C. valvatoides, but apparently full-grown ; the spire 
is more depressed, the suture deeper, the last whorl not so dis- 
proportionately Jarge, the mouth smaller with simple and not re- 
flected edges, and the umbilicus is much more open. 


v 11, Cycrosrrema arrine’, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig 5.) 


SHELL resembling a species of the Margarita section of Trochus, 
turreted, rather thin, semitransparent and glossy: sculpture none: 
colour clear white: spire raised: whorls 4, swollen; the last occupies 
about two thirds of the shell; first whorl bulbous: suture narrow 
but deep: mouth slightly angulated on the upper side, where it 


‘ Shaped like a Valvata. 
* Similar, z. e. to C. valvatoides. 
% Allied, 2. ¢. to species of Trochus. 


tty n, 


a 


4 
1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 93 


joins the periphery ; edges thin: wmbilicus contracted and small. 
L. 0:075, B. 0:075. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a, 27, 28. Speci- 
mens very numerous. 

Distribution. Josephine Bank, Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 
1881), Palermo (Monterosato); 103-913 fms. 

Differs from C’. simile in shape, as well as in the raised spire and 
narrow umbilicus. 


y 12. CycLosrreMaA BITHYNoOIDEs}', Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 6.) 


SHELL oval, thin, having a somewhat frosty appearance, opaque 
and lustreless: sculpture, numerous, close-set, and delicate spiral 
strie, which are only perceptible under a microscope: colour 
whitish : spire raised; whorls 3; the last is tumid and takes up 
three fourths of the shell; apex slightly twisted: suture deep : 
mouth roundish-oval ; the peristome is not disjoined from the pillar, 
although complete and partly attached to it: umbilicus very small. 
L. 0:065, B. 0-05. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St.16. A single specimen. 


Vv 13. CycLosrreMA sPHEROIDEs, (spheroidea) S. V. Wood. 


Turbo spheroidea, 8. V. Wood, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1842, p. 533, 
pl.¥. f-3. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24, 26-28, 36, Tangier B. 
Several specimens. 

Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881). 

Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Sutton. 

Although minute, this is a very remarkable and beautiful species. 
It appears to be more scarce as a fossil than as recent or living. 
The operculum has not yet been observed. 


Genus Tuarsis’, Jeffreys. 


Suexx globular, solid, and glossy: peristome circular and con- 
tinuous, but attached to the pillar on that side: Base closed by a 
pad or thick testaceous layer in the adult, perforated in the young : 
operculum chitinous or horny, and multispiral. 

This genus differs from Cyclostrema in the peristome being, 
although continuous, not free or detached from the rest of the shell, 
and in the umbilicus being closed instead of open in the adult. I 
do not consider it (as Seguenza supposed) Ovxystele of Philippi, 
which is typified by Trochus merula ; in that genus the peristome is 


not continuous, and the pillar is sharply pointed or angulated at its 
base. 


- Tuarsis Romerrensis, Seguenza. (Plate XIX. fig. 7.) 


Oxystele romettensis (Seg.), Granata-Grillo, Deser. de qu. esp. 
nouy. ou peu conn. 1877, p. 7. 


‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a, 24; Med. 45. 


‘ Shaped like a species of Bithynia. 
* One of the many synonyms of Cyprus. 


94 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6, 


Distribution. Str. Messina (Granata-Grillo), Palermo (Montero- 
sato), Tunisian coast (‘ Shearwater’ Exp.), Bay of Biscay (‘ Travail- 
leur’ Exp. 1880), G. Marseilles (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1881) ; 108- 
1093 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily (Seguenza). 


Genus Gane’sa’, Jeffreys. 


SHexx shaped like a Natica, thin: peristome continuous, free 
and separate in the young, but united to the periphery in the adult: 
spire having an oblique axis: base perforated, not umbilicate: oper- 
culum horny, multispiral. 

Differs from Tharsis in the obliquity of the spire and perforation 
of the base at every stage of growth. 


‘1. GANEsA PRUINOSA®, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 8.) 


SHELL nearly spherical, of a delicate texture, semitransparent, 
lustreless and having a remarkably frosted appearance: sculpture 
very peculiar, and consisting of minute and numerous, but irregu- 
larly disposed, white tubercles, which are partly embedded in the 
substance of the shell; one specimen is marked by slight spiral 
lines below the suture of each whorl: colour dull white: spire 
raised : whorls 4, swollen; the last exceeds in size three fourths of 
the whole shell; apex prominent and twisted: suture deep: mouth 
nearly circular, angulated at the upper corner: dase oblique, having 
a small and narrow umbilical chink: operculum glossy, having the 
edges of the whorls raised. L. 0°175, B. 0°15. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23. 1870: Atl. 17, 17a. A few 
specimens. 


lt 2. GANESA NITIDIUSCULA*, Jeffreys. (Plate XIX. fig. 9.) 


SHELL differs from G. pruinosa in being exactly globular, opaque, 
and rather glossy ; the sculpture consists of flexuous but slight and 
remote raised striz in the line of growth; the last or body-whorl 
is not so disproportionately large ; the apex of the spire is depressed ; 
the mouth is angulated both above and below; and the umbilical 
chink is channelled. L. 0°125, B. 0:125. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23a. 1870: Atl. 17. 

Distribution. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise) ; 
570 fms. Very rare. 


Genus Crrcutus‘*, Jeffreys. 


ANIMAL not known. 

SHELL coin-shaped or forming a circular compressed disk, slightly 
nacreous or pearly: mouth quadrangular, with a discontinuous peri- 
stome: umbilicus very wide: operculum multispiral, as in other 
genera of Trochide. 

Originally proposed by me as a section of Trochus, but since 
adopted by Monterosato as a generic name. 


} The Hindoo god of science. 2 Frosted. 
* Somewhat shining. * A little circle. 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 95 


Crrcuvus striatus, Philippi. 


Valvata striata, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. (1836) p. 147, t. ix. 
f. 3, a—-c. 

Trochus duminyi, B. C. iii. p. 315; v. p. 203, pl. Ixil. f. 5. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: Donegal B. 

Distribution. Bundoran in Donegal Bay, Atlantic coasts of France 
and Spain, Mediterranean, and Atlantic ; 20-50 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag and Italy. 

Solarium philippii, Cantraine, and Delphinula duminyi, Requien. 


A. Marearira, Gray. 
1. Trocuus Fuueipus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 1.) 


SHEL globoso-conical, rather thin, transparent, and of a bright 
lustre: sculpture, only some very fine and scratch-like spiral striz 
round the base: colour clear white: spire raised: whorls 4, convex, 
somewhat flattened below the suture ; the last occupies four fifths 
of the shell; apex depressed, and regularly spiral: suture rather 
deep: mouth circular, incurved above ; the peristome is not con- 
tinuous or complete, but similar to that of other species in the 
present genus ; umbilicus narrow and deep; operculum filmy, multi- 
spiral, with obscure lines to distinguish the whorls. LL. 0:1, 
B. 0-085. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 9. A single but living speci- 
men. 


~ 2. Trocuus minutuLus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 2.) 


SHELL pyramidal, rather solid for its minute size, opaque, and 
polished: sculpture none: colour white, with a yellowish tinge: 
spire raised: whorls 6, moderately convex but compressed, regularly 
enlarging ; the last is slightly keeled on the periphery, and occupies 
about two fifths of the shell; apex blunt: suwtwre distinct and rather 
deep: mouth representing an arc of two thirds of a circle, incurved 
just below the periphery, and somewhat expanded below: umbilicus 
sunken, with a small and deep perforation in the middle. L. 0°0625, 
B. 0°05. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1880: Atl. St. 16, 17a. A few specimens. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza, as Margarita minima, MS.)! 
As this name, however, has not been published, nor (as I believe) 
been known to any but Seguenza and myself, I venture to change it 
for an equally classical name which has not the objection of being 
comparative in point of size. Perhaps hereafter a still more minute 
species may be discovered, and thus the name minima would become 
inappropriate. 


Y 38. Trocuus LAMINARUM’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 3.) 


SHELL conical, rather thin, semitransparent, and lustreless: sculp- 
ture, numerous thin and delicate, but jagged and irregular curved 
lamine in the line of growth, which do not extend to the umbilicus ; 


? Glittering. 2 Very sinall. * Covered with thin plates. 
p 


96 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6, 


there are about 40 on the last whorl, some of them double; the in- 
terstices are quite smooth: colour light yellowish-brown: spire 
raised: whorls 6, convex and rounded; the last is equal to about 
two fifths of the spire; apex twisted: suture distinct: mouth nearly 
circular; outer lip thin, but thicker and expanded at the base and 
partly folded over the umbilical perforation: umbilicus somewhat 
concave, with a small perforation. L. 0°15, B. 0°1. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17a. Two specimens, one 
imperfect and the other not full-grown. 


4. Trocuus CANCELLATUS’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 4.) 


Suet forming a depressed cone, rather thin, opaque, and 
lustreless: sculpture, oblique laminar ribs in the line of growth, 
which are crossed by as many but slighter spiral striz; there are 
about 20 ribs and striz on the last whorl; this sculpture covers 
the base, but the striz are wanting on the apex: colour pale 
yellowish-brown: spire rather depressed: whorls 5-6, convex; the 
last occupies three fifths of the shell; apex regular aud compressed : 
mouth more round than oval, angulated above and below on the inner 
side: outer lip somewhat expanded and thickened: inner lip nearly 
straight, attached to the pillar below the periphery: wmbdilicus 
rather narrow, with a deep perforation which exposes the inner 
whorls. L. 0-1, B. 0°15. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A single specimen. 

Distribution. Josephine Bank (‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 340-430 fms. 

This and the following five species, or some of them, belong to 
the genus Macheroplaz of Friele, which chiefly depends on the form 
of the radula or odontophore. 


vy 5. Trocuus crnEREvs, Couthouy. 


Turbo cinereus, Couth. in Boston Journ. Nat. Hist. vol. i. 
p- 99, pl. 3. f. 9 (1839). 

Trochus cinereus, B. C. ili. p. 304; v. p. 202. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 14. A young and dead specimen, 
but apparently recent. 

Distribution. Arctic seas in both hemispheres, from Spitzbergen 
and Iceland to Floroe near Bergen and the Siberian coast, and from 
W. and E. Greenland to C. Cod, and Behring Str. to Sitka; 5-150 
fms. 

Fossil. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, Shetland, E. and W. Scotland, 
Ireland, N. America, and Sicily? ; 0-460 ft. 

Margarita striata of Broderip and Sowerby (1528-29), but not 
Trochus striatus of Linné, possibly MW. arctica of Leach (1819) and 
T. leachii of Philippi, and 1. sordida of Hancock. As fossil, per- 
haps 7. granatelli of Calcara. Leach’s description is indeterminable, 
viz. :—‘‘M, purpurascente carnea tenuiter striolata, operculo testaceo.”’ 

The animal has been described by me (in the ‘Annals and Magazine 
of Nat. Hist.’ for March 1877), and the odontophore by Friele. 


1 Cross-barred, 


I ee 


ee es 2 ee 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 97 


6. Trocaus ogpscurvs, Couthouy. 


Turbo obscurus, Couth. in Bost. Journ. N. H. ii. p. 100, pl. 3. 
‘bes r 

‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2. Fragment. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 51. Three living specimens. 

Distribution. Spitzbergen, Novaia Zemblia, and Jan Mayen I. to 
Upper Norway, Aleutian I. and Sitka, G. St. Lawrence, Nova Scotia, 
and N. England; 0-430 fms. 

Fossil. Post-tertiary: Novaia Zemblia (Leche). 

I consider Margarita albula of Gould and M. bella of Verkriizen 
varieties of the present species. 


7. TrocHus GR@NLANDICUs, Chemnitz. 


T. grenlandicus, Chemn. Conch. Cab. v. p. 108, t. 171. f. 1671: 
B.C. iii. p. 298; v. p. 202, pl. Ixi. f. 5. 

‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 7. Fragments. 

‘ Poreupine’ Exp.: N. Channel. 

Distribution. _Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen I., Novaia Zemblia, 
Siberian coast, Iceland, Faroes, Norway, Shetland and Orkneys, 
Scotland, E. and W. Greenland, and Canada southwards to C. Cod; 
0-150 fis. 

Fossil. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, E. and W. Scotland, Ireland ; 
0-460 ft. 

Trochus cinerarius of Fabricius but not of Linné, Tr. Fabricii of 
Philippi, Turéo incarnatus of Couthouy, Turbo carneus of R. T. 
Lowe, Margarita undulata of G. B. Sowerby, and Tr. inflatus of 
Brown. Possibly Turbo fuscus of O. F. Miiller and Margarita 
striata of Leach. The sculpture in this, as well as in the last species, 
is very variable. 


v 8. Trocuus crnctus, Philippi. 


T. cinctus, Ph. En. Moll. Sic. (1836) i. p. 185, t. x. f. 20, 20a. 

T. amabilis, B.C. iii. p. 300; v. pl. Isi. f. 6. 

* Lightning’ Exp. St. 2. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 3, 14, 15, 23a, 36, 51, 61, 89. 1870: 
a 1,2, 9,, 04, 9°13, 14)'24° 25. of C. Sagres, 26-30. And 
variety affinis. 

Distribution. Shetland, W. Norway, var. afinis (Friele and G. O. 
Sars), Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp. 1881-82), Azores (‘Jose- 
phine’ Exp.); 85-673 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Monte Mario, Calabria, and 
Sicily. 

Solariella (afterwards Margarita?) maculata of S. V. Wood, and 
Solarium calandrelli of Conti. I do not consider Turbo moniliferus 
of Nyst (not of J. Sowerby), afterwards his Solarium turbinoides, 
from the “‘sables noirs” of Antwerp, the same as the present species. 
The shape and sculpture are very different As recent itis my 
Trochus amabilis; the variety afinis is Macheroplax hidalgoi of 
Fischer. 1’. affinis of D’Eichwald is a very different species. 


98 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6 


This lovely shell is extremely variable in respect of the height of 
the spire and the consequent contraction or dilatation of the umbilicus, 
as well as with regard to the sculpture. I have now examined between 
200 and 300 specimens of different sizes and ages, and can scarcely 
find any two of them exactly alike. A remarkable variety which I 
have named afinis, and at one time believed to be a distinct species, 
is figured in Plate XX. fig. 5. It is finely and closely reticulated ; 
the whorls are rounded and show no trace of angularity ; and the 
umbilicus is not encircled by a keel. The typical or fossil form 
is usually marked with an irregular row of reddish spots, which are 
not observable in living specimens. Owing to the variability and the 
want of sufficient means of comparison, I could not identify our Crag 
shell with the recent species; but the opportunity lately afforded 
me by my friend Prof. Seguenza of inspecting his extensive and most 
interesting collection of Reggio fossils has now enabled me to connect 
them. 


9. Trocuvus orto, Philippi. 

T. ottoi, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 227, t. xxviii. f. 9. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23; fragments. 1870: Atl. 16, 17, 
17a, off C. Espichel. 

Distribution. Josephine Bank, Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), 
between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise), Mediterranean, 
(‘Washington’ Exp. 1881), St. Thomas, Danish W. Indies (‘ Chal- 
lenger’ Exp.), N. England ; 115-1044 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily. 

Margarita regalis of Verrill and Smith, Trochus (Margarita) 
rhysus and 7’, (Marg.) egleis of Watson, and 7’. vaillanti of Fischer. 

The American resemble the fossil specimens more closely than 
those from the European seas; but the species shows considerable 
variability as regards the sculpture and umbilicus. The apex or 
primary whorls ought to be examined in this and all other turbinated 
Gasteropods as affording a good criterion of distinction. 

So many species of this peculiar and beautiful type have been 
described by Mr. Watson from the ‘Challenger’ Expedition, that 
they might constitute a distinct section of Trochus equal to that of 
Margarita. 


B. OxysTE.e, Philippi. 


| 10. Trocuus EusprRa, Dall. (Plate XX. fig. 6.) 

Margarita? euspira, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl. 1881, p. 44. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Specimens 
numerous, but dead and few quite perfect. 

Distribution. Culebra I., Danish W. Indies (‘ Challenger’ Exp.), 
G. Mexico (‘ Blake’ Exp.) ; 390-805 fms. 

The diameter of my largest specimen is about three tenths of an inch 
or 9 millimetres. This pretty shell is extremely variable as regards 
the height of the spire and the sculpture. Some specimens are 
quite smooth ; others are spirally striated throughout, or on the 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 99 


body-whorl only, or on the upper whorls, or round the umbilicus ; 
some (var. coronata) have a row of beads below the suture. In all 
my specimens there is a minute tubercle on the broad and fretted 
pillar near its base, but not a¢ its base as stated by Mr. Dall in the 
description of his specimens. The young are always umbilicate. 

Philippi’s description of his genus Ovystele in the ‘ Handbuch der 
Conchyliologie und Malacozoologie,’ 1853, p. 210, is as follows :— 

“ Oxystele, Ph. 1847, Zeitschr. f. Malak. p. 19*. Das Gehiause ist 
conoidisch, glatt, ungenabelt, anstatt des Nabels eine diinne porzel- 
lanartige Ausbreitung der Spindel ; diese ist platt, schneidend, geht 
allmihlig in die diinne ‘iussere Lippe tiber. Tr. merula.” ‘These 
characters exactly suit the present species. Mr. Dall proposed a 
new sectional name Bathymophila. 

The manuscript name which I had given to the present species 
was nitens; but that name had been already used for an Australian 
species. 


v 11. Trocuus sururatis, Philippi. 


T. suturalis, Phil. En. Moll. Sic. i. p. 185, t. x. f. 23, 23a; ii. 
p. 156. 

* Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 36. 1870: Atl. 3, 3a, 6, 8, 9, Vigo 
B., 13, 24-280, 36; Med. 45, Rasel Amoush, G. Tunis. 

Distribution. Bay of Biscay and G. Marseilles (‘Travailleur’ Exp.); 
174-1025 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Monte Mario, Calabria, and Sicily. 

Animal pale brownish-yellow: ¢entacles conical, edged on each 
side with a purplish-brown line: eyes black, conspicuous, placed 
as usual in the genus: foot thick, fringed with white conical papille, 
4 on each side; no ocelli or eye-spots. 

The small fossil originally described and figured by Philippi did 
scant justice to this beautiful shell, which has now been discovered 
to be still living. My finest specimens are about seven tenths of an 
inch in length and breadth; the colour is cream with the tint of a 
blush rose; and the sculpture is variable as regards the beaded 
rows of striz. Young specimens have a deep umbilicus which is 
enclosed within a sharp ridge. The callus which covers the umbili- 
cus in the adult is proportionally thinner than in the last species. 

TY’. folini of Fischer is a variety of this species. 


C. Trocnococutza, Klein. 
v 12. Trocuus tineatus, Da Costa. 
Turbo lineatus, Da Costa, Brit. Conch. p. 100, t. vi. f. 7. 
Trochus lineatus, B, C. ili. p. 317 ; v. p. 203, pl. xii. f. 9. 
‘Porcupine ’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Vigo B. 
Distribution. N. Ireland and Anglesea to Mogador, the Aigean, 
Adriatic, Canaries (d’Orbigny)?; 0-20 fms. My friend Mr. 
Watson kindly sent me from Madeira specimens of an allied species, 
1 62%s scharf, ornAn Saule.” 


l 


100 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6, 


having a broad and flattened base, which he considered the present 
species. 

‘ Fossil. Pliocene: Leghorn (Appelius). Post-tertiary : Cumbrae 
(Robertson), Selsea (A. Bell). 

Trochus crassus of Pulteney, whose 7’. lineatus is the young; a 
variety is Monodonta articulata, Lamarck, M. draparnaudi, Payrau-~ 
deau, M. punctulata, de Blaiuville (not of Lamarck), M. sitis, Récluz 
(young), and Turbo corcyrensis, Stossich (young). Not Trochus 
lineatus of Lamarck, which is a Senegalese species. 

The young are umbilicate, as in the last and other species of this 
genus. 


13. TrocHus TURBINATUS, Born. 


T. turbinatus, Born. Mus. Ces. Vind. Test. 1778, p. 340; id. 
1780, t. 12. f. 5, 6. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B. 

Distribution. Charente-Inférienre (Beltrémieux), throughout 
the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries (Lister and d’Orbigny) ; 
0-2 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary : S. France. 

This species, which is so peculiar to the Mediterranean and 
Adriatic, is also 7. tessulatus of Born, Z. tessellatus of Gmelin, 
Monodonta fragaroides of Lamarck, M. olivieri of Payraudeau, 
and 7. fragarioides of Philippi, a variety being his 7. mutabilis. 

Perhaps 7. lineatus may be the same species. The publications 
of Da Costa and Born were contemporaneous. Both species, if 
distinct, are variable; and there appear to be intermediate gradations. 


D. Gissuta, Risso. 


14. Trocuus maGus, Linné. 


T. magus, L. S. N. p. 1228: B.C. iii. p. 305 ; v. p. 203, pl. lxii. 
fas 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. Capo di Gaeta, Benzert Road, 
Adventure Bank. 

Distribution. S.W. Sweden and Shetland to Mogador, Mediterra- 
nean, Adriatic, Canaries ; 0-40 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Italy, Rhodes, Cos, C. Verde I. Post-tertiary : 
Norway, British Isles, and Tuscany ; 0-1360 ft. 


15. TROCHUS RICHARDI, (richardii) Payraudeau. 

T. richardii, Payr. Moll. Corse (1826), p. 138, t. vii. f. 1, 2. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Ati. St. Gibraltar B. 

Distribution. Coast of Portugal and Gibraltar (McAndrew), 

Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries (d’ Orbigny) ; 0-133 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. Post-tertiary: S. France and Leghorn. 

Turbo variegatus (1813) and Phorcus margaritaceus (1826), Risso ; 
Trochus cinerarius, Costa, not Linné. 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 101 


¥ 16. Trocuus pexicatus', Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. As) 

SHELL forming a depressed cone, thin, opaque, rather glossy : 
sculpture, on the body or last whorl only, fine and close-set spiral 
strie, crossed by equally numerous curved longitudinal strize ; the 
spiral strize are wanting below the suture, and are few and slight on 
the base; periphery bluntly keeled ; umbilicus partly enclosed by a 
small ridge, which extends through the middle of the inside and 
becomes thicker outside ; all the upper whorls are quite smooth: 
colour milk-white: whorls 43, moderately convex, the last occupying 
about three fourths of the shell; apex somewhat twisted: mouth 
roundish: outer lip thin : inner lip filmy : inside slightly nacreous : 
umbilicus small but deep. L. 0-075, B. 0125. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24. A single and imperfect 
but characteristic specimen. 


¥ 17. Trocuus varius, Linné. 

f. varius, L. 8. N. p. 1229; Philippi, Moll. Sic. i. t. x. f. 19. 

‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B. 

Distribution. Gulf of Gascony (de Folin), Mediterranean and 
Adriatic ; 0-2 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. 

TL. roissyi, Payraudeau, and 7. varians, Deshayes. Var. Gibbula 
elata, Brusina. 


vy 18. Trocuus crneRarivs, Linné. 

T. cinerarius, L. S. N. p- 1229: B. C. iii. p. 309; v. p- 203, pl. 
ina. £3. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. L. Foyle, near Belfast. 1870: Atl. 
Vigo B., 26. 

Distribution. Iceland, Finmark, and Faroe I. to the Lusitanian 
coasts, Mogador, Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Black Sea; 0-60 
fms., inhabiting the littoral and laminarian zones. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia and 
British Isles; 0-600 ft. 

Variable in size and the comparative height of the spire. 

Synonyms rather numerous. Among these or as representing 
varieties are Zrochus lineatus of Da Costa, T. philippii of Aradas, 
and 7. cineroides of Searles Wood. Not Z. cinerarius of Born, 
Brocchi, Olivi, O. G. Costa, or Bellardi. My variety variegata is 
Be peaeerte egyptiaca of Payraudeau, which is Zrochus fanulum 
of Gmelin. 


19. Trocuus viiuicus, Philippi. 

Tf. villicus, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. pw 152, t. xxy. f. 14. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.; Med. 50. 

Distribution. Mediterranean, Black Sea, and Adriatic ; 0-20 fms. 

Closely allied to 7. cinerarius, and perhaps a variety of it. It 
may have been included in Linné’s too short description of that 
species. 

1 Delicate, 


102 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6, 


T. leucopheus of Philippi appears to be a variety. It is strangely 
omitted in his terrible list of between 400 and 500 so-called species 
of Trochus given in Kiister’s edition of the ‘Conchylien-Cabinet’ 
subsequently to the publication of Philippi’s work on the Mollusca 
of the two Sicilies. 


1 20. TRocHUS ADANSONI, (adansonii) Payraudeau. 

T. adansonii, Payr. Moll. Corse, p. 127, t. vi. f. 7, 8. 

‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B. A small and 
non-umbilicate variety. 

Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Black 
Sea; 1-2773 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene : Coralline Crag, Italy, Archipelago, and S. Russia. 

I am inclined to unite with this common species, as synonyms or 
varieties, 7. turbinoides of Deshayes, 7. saulcyi of dOrbigny, T'. 
adriaticus and T. biasoletti of Philippi, T. olivaceus and T. cine- 
rascens of Anton, 7’. colybit of Mittré, 7. pallidus, lyciacus, and 
spratti of Forbes, 7. albidus of Weinkauff as of Gmelin, 7. 
drepanensis of Brugnone (young), and other species. Brusina refers 
it to Z. angulatus of D’Eichwald (Zool. spec. Rossiz et Poloniz, 
1829); but that is a very questionable identification, and the specific 
name had been previously used by Quoy and Gaimard for another 
species of Trochus. 


21. Trocuus Tumipvus, Montagu. 


T. tumidus, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 280, t. 10. f. 4: B. C. iii. 
p- 307 ; v. p. 203, pl. Ixii. f. 2. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 7. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. L. Foyle. 1879: Atl. 12, Gibral- 
tar B. 

Distribution. Iceland, Faroes, and Finmark to Egypt and the 
Adriatic ; 0-145 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, Scotland, 
Ireland, and Selsea; 0-460 ft. 

Var. minor. T. racketti, Payraudeau, and 7. gibbosulus, Danilo 
and Sandri. This is the usual form in the Mediterranean, although 
I have the typical form from Corsica. I now believe that it cannot 
be (as Dillwyn supposed) 7. nassariensis of Chemnitz or 7. pathola- 
tus of Gmelin, which was said to have derived the first specific 
name from the Nassau Islands in the Indian Ocean. The fry was 
figured by Walker as Z. fuscus, and described by Macgillivray as 
Skenea serpuloides. 


22. Trocuus umBILIcatTus, Montagu. 

T'. umbilicatus, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 286: B.C. iii. p. 312; 
v. p. 203, pl. Ixii. f. 4, 4a. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 1870: Atl. Vigo B. 

Distribution. Stornoway to Gibraltar, Mogador, G. Lyons, Al- 
giers, G. Naples, and other parts of the Mediterranean as well as 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 103 


the Adriatic; 0-20 fms., living in the littoral and laminarian 
zones. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Tuscany. Post-tertiary; Cumbrae, Ireland, 
Cheshire, Shropshire, Hants, and Dorset. 

T. umbilicaris, Pennant (not Linné), 7. umbilicalis, Da Costa, 
and other synonyms. JZ. oblique radiatus of Chemnitz or 7’. 0b- 
liquatus of Gmelin is most probably 7. divaricatus of Linné, if 
indeed the last-named species be distinct from the present. Should 
they prove to be identical, my view that the Mediterranean has no 
peculiar Molluscan fauna would be further confirmed. See the Report 
of the British Association for 1873. 7’. divaricatus of Gmelin is 
evidently Lacuna divaricata, although he gives the habitat in his 
usual muddled way, viz. ‘‘ mari mediterraneo et groenlandico.” The 
umbilicus is either open or closed, as in 7. divaricatus. I subjoin a 
description of the animal of var. agathensis (T. agathensis, Reécluz), 
which has no umbilical perforation. 

Bopy greyish-white or soot-coloured, closely streaked lengthwise 
with purplish-brown, sometimes having a yellow tinge: mantle 
thick, with large lobes or lappets, sulphur-coloured ; the lobe on the 
right hand is scalloped, the other having plain edges and folded: 
snout thick and rather short: ¢entacles filiform, club-shaped at the 
tips, thickly covered with short cilia, and ringed with purplish- 
brown: eyes globular, placed on angular offsets at the outer bases of 
the tentacles: foot oblong, rounded or bluntly pointed at each end; 
sides closely tessellated or reticulated by purplish-brown lines, 
with occasionally a few white specks; edges fringed with numerous 
clavate points arranged in a single row; sole pale lemon-coloured : 
appendages three on each side, resembling the tentacles in shape, 
but somewhat shorter. Inhabits the lower part of the tide-mark 
throughout the Channel Isles, the ordinary or typical form occupying 
the higher part, and both forms (as well as an intermediate one) 
being found halfway. It crawls like Lit¢orina, by an alternate wave- 
like motion of each side of the foot. 


/ 23. Trocuus pivaricatus, Linné. 

T. divaricatus, L. S. N. p. 229; . Philippi, Conch. Cab. ed. 
Kiister, t. 29. f. 16. 

* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Gibraltar B. 

Distribution. Atlantic coasts of France (Petit)?, N. Spain and 
Portugal (McAndrew), Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Black Sea ; 
0-15 fms. 

Fossil. Post-tertiary : S. France (Fischer). 

The umbilicus is perforated in the young and closed in the adult. 

T. rarilineatus of Michaud is a variety of this species according 
to Monterosato. 


24. TROCHUS TRICARINIFER, (¢ricariniferus) Searles Wood. 

T. tricariniferus, 8. Wood, Crag Moll. 1848, p. 132, t. xiv. 
f. 6, a—0. 

* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A single specimen 
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. VIII. 8 


104. DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE | [ Mar. 6, - 


Distribution. Josephine Bank (‘ Josephine’ Exp.) ; 340-430 fms. 
Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Sutton. 


v 25. Trocuus pitTropris, Searles Wood. 

T. ditropis, S. Wood, Crag Moll. p. 133, t. xiv. f. 9, a—b. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B., 50. A single 
specimen from each station. Umbilicus small. 

Distribution. Palermo ( Monterosato) ; about 22 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Sutton. 

The specimen from Algesiras Bay is sculptured spirally and 
coarsely, like the Crag specimens ; that from Station 50 is very finely 
and closely striated lengthwise on the upper part of the body-whorl, 
besides having the same spiral strize on the rest of the shell. Both 
these specimens have purplish-brown blotches. Umbilicus very 
small. 

Not the very young of 7. guttadauri, as might be hastily sup- 
posed. I am not disposed to refer the present species to 7. bian- 
gulatus of D’ Kichwald (‘ Lethzea Rossica,’ iii., derniére période, p.226, 
esp. 199, pl. ix. f. 15, a, 6; 1853), which is very much ‘larger than 
1’. ditropis, and is described as very finely striated in an oblique 


direction as well as spirally or transversely, and as having a larger 
umbilicus. 


E. Zizieninus, Leach. 
uw 26. TRocuus montacutTl, (montagui) W. Wood. 


T. montagui, W. Wood, Ind. Test. Suppl. pl. 6. f. 43. 

T. montacuti, B. C. iii. p. 320; v. p. 203, pl. Ixiii. f. 1. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. 

‘Poreupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6. 1870: Atl. Vigo B. 

Distribution. British and Belgian coasts to Malta, var. nana, 
coast of Tunis (‘Shearwater’ Exp.), Canaries (McAndrew) ; 7- 
95 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline aud Red Crag, Antwerp Crag?, S. 
France, Italy ?, and Rhodes ? : 

T. cyrneus, Requien, T. tumidulus, Avadas, and T. parvulus, 
Philippi. 7. turgidulus of Brocchi is more conical, the whorls are 
less convex, and the sculpture is finer ; but the present species may 


be its slightly altered descendant. The umbilicus has occasionally a 
small perforation. 


27. Trocuus striatus, Linné. 


T. striatus, L. S. N. p. 1230: B. C. iii. p. 322; v. p. 203, 
pl. Ixiii. f. 2. 


‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B.; Med. Algesiras B., 
Adventure Bank. 


Distribution. 8. England, Ireland, coasts of France, Spain, Por- 


tugal, Italy, Aigean and Archipelago, Adriatic, N. Africa, Madeira, 
and Canaries; 0-108 fms. 


ne 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 105 


Fossil. Pliocene: Antibes, Italy, and Rhodes. Post-tertiary : 
S. France. 

T. striatus and its varieties have many synonyms, including (from 
my examination of the types) 7. gravesi of Forbes, T. ruscurianus 
of Weinkauff, 7. littoralis of Brusina, and 7. fraterculus of Monte- 
rosato. This common species is extremely variable as regards the 
height of the spire, colour, sculpture, and the comparative promi- 
nence of the basal keel. The small strize which intersect the spiral 
ribs are either fine and close-set, or coarse and comparatively few in 
number, and sometimes are altogether wanting. 7’. unidentatus of 
Philippi may be another variety of the present species. 


28. TrRocHus EXASPERATUS, Pennant. 


T. exasperatus, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. p. 126: B. C. iii. p. 324 ; 
v. p. 203, pl. Ixiii. f. 3. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Tangier B.; Med. 
Algesiras B., G. Tunis. 

Distribution. 8. England, Ireland ?, Scotland ?, Atlantic coasts of 
France, Spain and Portugal, Mediterranean, Black Sea, Adriatic, 
Morocco, Canaries, Madeira, and Azores; 0-105 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Italy, Archipelago, and Rhodes. Post-ter- 
tiary: Wexford?, Selsea, Antibes. 

The opinion which I ventured to express in my work on British 
Conchology (iil. pp. 323, 325) that this species is the same as 
T. striatus, or a variety of it, has been strengthened by further 
observation and experience. Among the synonyms of the present 
species are 7’. erythroleucus, T. strigosus, and T. punctulatus of 
Gmelin, 7. exiguus of Pulteney, T. crenulatus of Brocchi, T. pyra- 
midatus of Lamarck, T. matonit of Payraudeau, and T. elegans of 
Blainville. 


v 29. Trocuus wiser, Calcara. 

T. wiseri, Cale. Il Maurolico, 1841, p. 31, t. iv. f. 14. 

* Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24; Med. 55. 

Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1880 and 1881), 
various parts of the Mediterranean (Z%beri and others); 40- 
540 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Italy. 

T. gemmulatus of Philippi, and 7. scabrosus of myself not of 
Philippi. Distinct from 7’. clathratus of Aradas, to which Monte- 
rosato and Seguenza formerly, but not lately, referred it. It was 
apparently figured in pl. vi. f. 12 by Cantraine in his unfinished 
work, ‘ Malacologie méditerranéenne et littorale,’ 1840, but without a 
name. 


30. Trocuus mribiaris, Brocchi. 

T. miliaris, Broc. Conch. foss. Subap. ii. p. 353, t. vi. f. 1. 

T millegranus, B. ©. iii. p. 325; v. p. 204, pl. Ixiii. f. 4. 

‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5, 7. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 1, 6, 14, 45a, 455, 70, 89 (dwarf), 
8* 


106 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6, 


Little Minch. 1870: Atl. 24, 25, off C. Sagres, 26-30, Tangier B. ; 
Med. Capo di Gaeta, 45, Cartagena B., 50, Benzert Road, Adventure 
Bank, off Rinaldo’s Chair. 

Distribution. Drontheim to the Aigean and Sea of Marmara, 
C. Verde I. (de Rochebrune) ; 2-205 fms. 

Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and Touraine? Pliocene: 
English and Belgian Crags, S. France, and Italy. Post-tertiary : 
Norway, W. Scotland, and Nice; 0-50 ft. 

There are several synonyms, including 7. granulatus of de Blain- 
ville (not Born), and T.millegranus of Philippi, who in Kister’s 
edition of Martini and Chemnitz gave not only the latter but also 
T’. miliaris as recent species, separated from each other by many 
pages and plates. Some specimens or varieties differ greatly in size, 
or they have a higher spire and are more pyramidal; others are 
more finely and closely sculptured; others have quite a flattened 
base, while one specimen has a rounded base and no keel, Ina small 
coarsely granulated variety the apex is twisted, and might easily he 
taken for a distinct species. The colour is occasionally milk- 
white. The fossil type or progenitor of the species is much 
more conical and smaller than the living species. The specific 
name miliaris is not appropriate, if it has reference to millet-seed ; 
and it is not a Latin word. 


y 81. Trocuvus GRANULATUS, Born. 


T. granulatus, Born, Ind. Mus. Ces. Vind. 1778, p. 343: B.C. 
iii. p. 327 ; v. p. 204, pl. Ixin. f. 5. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 45 a, 456. 1870: Atl. off C. 
Sagres ; Med. Capo di Gaeta, 50, off Jijeli, 55, Benzert Road, Rasel 
Amoush, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank. 

Distribution. British Isles, Normandy, Mediterranean, Adriatic, 
Mogador, Madeira, Canaries; 2-145 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Norwich Crags, Italy, Morea, Rhodes. 
Post-tertiary: Ireland. 

T. papillosus, Da Costa, 1778 (not S. Wood), T. fragilis, Pulteney 
(not Gmelin), 7’. tenuis, Montagu. 

Variable in sculpture, which is more or less closely beaded; the 
spiral strize on the lower whorls are sometimes quite smooth. The 
‘ Porcupine’ specimens which I had considered 7’. multigranus of 
S. Wood I now believe to be merely the present species having 
larger and fewer beads or tubercles. The very young shells are 
deeply umbilicate. 


32. TrRocHUS ZIZYPHINUs, Linné. 

T. zizyphinus, L. S. N. p. 1231: B. C. iii. p. 330, pl. vii. f. 4 ; 
v. p- 204, pl. Ixiii. f. 6. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 4, 5. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: Lough Foyle,Little Minch. 1870: Atl. 


Vigo, 25, Tangier B., Gibraltar B.; Med. Benzert Road (var. 
conulus), Rasel Amoush. 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 107 


Distribution. Finmark and Faroes to the Morea and Egypt, 
Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, Canaries ; 0-85 fms. 

Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, and Marne Vaticano. Pliocene: 
English and Belgian Crags, Italy, Rhodes. Post-tertiary: Scot- 
land, Ireland, S. France, Leghorn. 

Var. conulus. Smaller and more conical. 

T. conulus, L. 8. N. p. 1230 ; Forbes and Hanley, pl. Lxxieils 2: 
With every inclination to retain a Linnean species, I have endea- 
voured, but failed, to distinguish specifically 7. conulus from T. zizy- 
phinus. Indeed Linné admits that the former is probably a variety 
of the latter :—‘‘ Testa sequenti (sc. 7’. zizyphino) simillima ut fere 
varietas minima, etiam apice tuberculata, sed linea inter anfractus 
preminula ; color pulcherrime variegatus.-” 

The number of synonyms is a great disgrace to naturalists. I 
find 23 of them, besides at least a dozen more as species described 
by Risso. See also ‘ British Conchology,’ vol. iii. pp. 332 & 333. 

Extremely variable as to size, height of the spire, colour, sutural 
ridge and other sculpture. The apex is always more or less granu- 
lated, even in the smoothest variety or 7’. levigatus of Philippi. 
Very young shells have a small umbilicus. 


y 33. Trocuus occrpENTaLts, Mighels and Adams. 


Trochus occidentalis, Migh. and Ad. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 
i. p. 47, pl.iv. f. 16: B. C. iii. p. 333; v. p. 204, pl. bxxiii. f. 7. 

* Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 6, 25, 61, 68. 

Distribution. Finmark and Faroes to the Dogger Bank, eastern 
coasts of North America; 8-150 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: English and Belgian Crags, Messina. 

T. alabastrum, Beck ap. Lovén, and 7’. formosus, Forbes. 

In elucidation of the habits of this Trochus mentioned in ‘ British 
Conchology,’ iii. p. 335, Mr. Buchanan says in his paper on the air 
dissolved in sea-water (Proc. R. 8. Edinburgh, 1877) :—‘*‘ As regards 
the percentage of oxygen present at different depths, it diminishes 
from the surface to a depth of 300 fathoms, and increases from that 
point to lower depths.” The odontophore of this and other Scan- 
dinavian species has been figured by Friele. 

I have also fragments of two or three species of this section, 
besides very young specimens of other species of Zrochus, from the 

 ¢ Porcupine’ Expeditions, none of which I have been able to identify 
with any known species. 


OLIvIA OTAVIANA, Cantraine. 

O. otaviana, Cantr. Diagn. esp. nouv. de Moll. (Bull. de l’Acad. 
Brux. ix. 2, 1835), p. 12; Mal. Med. t. vi. f. 13. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 6. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 14, 89. 1870: Atl. C.Sagres, 24, 27, 28, 
28 a, 30,36; Med. 45, Capo di Gaeta, Adventure Bank. The spe- 
cimens are young or mostly fragmentary ; but many of them are 


108 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6, 


fresh-looking, and all have evidently lived and died on the spots 
where they occurred. 

Distribution. W. Norway (M. Sars, Asbjornsen, Friele, Norman, 
and J. G@. J.), Cape Breton (de Folin), N. Spain (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), 
Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Madeira; 20-250 fms. Submarine 
Telegraph-Cable between Cagliari and Bona; 1100-1500 fms. ? 

Monodonta tinei, Calcara (1839), M. limbata, Philippi (1844), 
Trochus bilabiatus, Phil. in Martini and Chemnitz ed. Kiister (1846). 
Young and fry: J. horridus and Heliciella costellata, O. G. Costa. 
It will thus be seen that this remarkable and widely dispersed shell 
has been placed in five different genera, to which must be added 
Craspedotus of Philippi (1847) and Danilia of Brusina (1864). It 
is true that Olivia was proposed by Bertolini in 1810 for a genus of 
Polygastrica; but there is no probability of any confusion arising 
on that account, because these classes of the Invertebrata are so 
widely separated. 


Family VIII. Tursinipa. 


1. TurBo rucosus, L. S. N. p. 1234: Chemn. Conch. Cab. 
v. t. 180. f. 1782-85 ; young (as 7’. calcar), f. 1786, 7. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 36; Med. Algesiras B., Ben- 
zert Road. 

Distribution. Coasts of S.W. France and N. Spain, throughout 
the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Mogador, Madeira, and Canaries ; 
0-80 fms., living in the littoral and laminarian zones. 

Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (Hornes), Malaga (Duncan), 
Piedmont (Foresti). Pliocene: Italy and Rhodes.  Post-tertiary : 
S. France and Tuscany. 

Although this common Mediterranean shell has always been 
recognized and known as the 7’. rugosus of Linné, the only habitat 
given by him was “ India;” but he evidently was not acquainted 
with Mediterranean shells except from the works of other writers 
and from collections made by some of his pupils. 

There are a few obsolete synonyms. The operculum is used for 
female ornament in Italy, and called ‘ occhio di bue.” 


2. TurBo PELORITANUS, Cantraine. 

7’. peloritanus, Cantr. Diagn. de quelq. esp. nouv. de Moll. (1837), 
p- 11; Mal. Med. (1840), pl. vi. f.'22. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 1, 2, 8a, 24—-28a. 

Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), Mediterranean 
(‘ Washington’ Exp.), G. Florida (Pourtales) ; 125-731 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily. 

Trochus filosus, Philippi. 

Var. carinata. Smaller, and usually having a single peripheral keel 
instead of several spiral ribs. Turbo carinatus, Cantr. loc. cit. f. 23 
=Trochus glabratus, Phil. Not Trochus carinatus of Borson, a 
miocene fossil, which Hornes placed in Turbo. 

The body or animal is white. Young shells are umbilicate, 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 109 


Perhaps that character and the operculum having a multispiral 
nucleus on the underside may constitute sufficient grounds to sepa- 
rate the present species from Zwrbo; and in that case the genus 
might be called Cantrainea in honour of the discoverer and cele- 
brated conchologist. I have had an opportunity of examining and 
comparing his species and its variety through the obliging attention 
of M. Van den Broeck. 


V PHASIANELLA PULLA, Linné. 


Turbo pullus, L. S. N. p. 1233. 

P. pulla, B. C. iii. p. 338, pl. vii. f. 1; v. p. 204, pl. Ixiv. f. 1. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 8, 9, Vigo B., 26, Tangier B., 
Gibraltar. Young and dead shells, which were probably carried out 
by tidal or other currents from the littoral and sublittoral zones 
which this species usually inhabits. The greatest depth at which it 
has been noticed as living is 15 fathoms. 

Distribution. From the Orkneys and Stornoway southwards to the 
Morea, Black Sea and Adriatic, Mogador, coast of Barbary, Madeira, 
Canaries, and Guadaloupe( Beau, fide Petit); 0-120 fms. Specimens 
from the greater and perhaps any depth beyond 15 fathoms may 
have been drifted. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Antibes and Italy. Post-tertiary: N. Ireland 
and Nice. 

Turbo pictus of Da Costa and several other unnecessary synonyms. 
Lamarck described it as Turbo pullus, and did not include it in his 
genus Phasianella. I regard P. intermedia of Scacchi and P. tenuis 
of Michaud as varieties of this common and therefore variable species. 
Very young specimens exhibit a small umbilical slit. 


Family 1X. Lirrorinipz. 


yl. Lacuna crassior, Montagu. 

Turbo crassior, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 309, t. 20. f. 1. 

L. crassior, B. C. iii. p. 344; v. pl. lxiv. f. 2. 

‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. L. Foyle, 33. 

Distribution. Spitzbergen, White Sea, Russian Lapland, N. Pacifie, 
Greenland, G. St. Lawrence, British coasts, and Etretat ; 0-12 fms. 

Fossil. Post-tertiary : Belfast and Hull. 

L. glacialis, Moller, L. vestita, Metzger, and perhaps Turdo 
pallidus, Donovan. 

The characteristic canal is frequently wanting both in young and 
adult specimens of this species. Dr. Collingwood has always found 
it living and feeding on the polyparies of Alcyonidium hirsutum. 


py 2. Lacuna pivaricata, Fabricius. 
Trochus divaricatus, Fabr. Fn. Groenl. p. 392. 
L. divaricata, B. C. iii. p. 346, pl. viii. f. 2; v. p. 204, pl. Ixiv.f. 3. 
‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 4, 5, 7. Drifted. 
‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: Donegal B. 
Distribution. Arctic seas in both hemispheres, Iceland and Faroe 


110 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [ Mar. 6, 


Isles, Finmark to Gulf of Gascony, Algiers (Joly)!, Greenland to 
New York, Alaskato N. Japan; 0-36 fms. Inhabits the laminarian 
zone. 

Fossil. Pliocene?: Antibes. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia and 
British Isles; 0—1360 ft. 

Variable and therefore polyonomatous. Among these names are 
Turbo vinctus, T. quadrifasciatus, and T. canalis of Montagu; L. 
solidula, L. labiosa, and L. frigida of Lovén; L. fabricii and L. arctica 
of Philippi; Z. fusea of Say; and LZ. pertusa of Conrad. Brown 
made out of it four species of Phasianella, and Leach his genus 
Epheria. 


3. LACUNA PUTEOLUS, Turton. 


Turbo puteolus, Turt. Conch. Dict. p. 193, f. 90, 91. 

L. puteolus, B. C. iii. p. 348; v. p. 205, pl. Ixiv. f. 4. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 4. Drifted. 

Distribution. Greenland, Iceland, and Finmark to Vigo; lami- 
narian zone. 

Fossil. Post-tertiary: Clyde beds, Portrush, Selsea and Dorset. 

For the perplexing synonymy of this species I would refer to 
‘ British Conchology.’ It is connected with ZL. pallidula through 
Gould’s L. neritoidea, which I consider a variety of the latter species 
or an intermediate form. 


1. CITHNA TENELLA, Jeffreys. 

Lacuna tenella, B. C. v. p. 204, pl. ci. f. 7. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5, 7. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 4, 23, 23a, 36, 39-42. 1870: Atl. 1, 
3, 6, 9, 16, 17, 17a, Setubal B., off C. Espichel, 22, 31-34; Med. 
51, 54, 55. 

Distribution. Between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ cruise), 
Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), many parts of the Mediterranean 
(Spratt, Nares, Monterosato, Italian and French Exps.), between 
Gibraltar and the Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.), Azores, Pernambuco, 
and E. of Japan (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 114-2050 fms. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily (Seguenza). Post-tertiary : 
Greenock (Crosskey and Robertson) ! 

Var. costulata. More or less strongly striated lengthwise, especially 
on the upper whorls. 

In the ‘Annals & Magazine of Natural History’ for July 1870 I 
proposed the generic name Hela for this species; but I afterwards 
found not only that the name had been preoccupied so long ago as 
1830 by von Miinster in the Crustacea, but that the late Mr. Arthur 
Adams had distinguished the same form of shell under the subgeneric 
title of Cithna in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1863. 
His courtesy in sending me several species from Japan has satisfied 
me that they belong to the same genus as mine ; and I therefore sub- 
stitute Cithna for Helaas the generic name. It differs from Lacuna in 
being destitute of an epidermis, and in having instead of a flattened 
and channelled pillar an obliquely curved umbilical chink, which ends 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 111 


in a small but deep perforation and is enclosed by a more or Jess sharp 
and distinct ridge. The tentacles of the animal are ciliated as in 
Trochus and Rissoa, which is not the case in Lacuna. The shell 
varies in the comparative height of the spire, as well as in the sculp- 
ture as shown in the variety costulata. That variety is Lacuna 
margaritifera of Watson. 


Y 2. Crruna crncra’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 8.) 


SHELL globosely conical, thin, opaque, rather glossy: sculpture, a 
few and remote spiral strize, of which there are from 3 to 6 on the 
last whorl and 1 or 2 on the penultimate and other whorls; the | 
most prominent of these strize is one below the suture, which gives 
the whorls a somewhat carinated appearance; this stria is minutely 
tubercled on the upper whorls : colour white: spire turreted, ending 
in a twisted point: whorls 5, swollen; the last exceeds two fifths of 
the whole shell, the others gradually enlarging : suture deep : mouth 
circular, bluntly angulated at the base: outer lip thin, slightly ex- 
panding, and folded over the pillar: inner lip attached to the pillar: 
umbilicus shallow, enclosed by a semicircular ridge and ending in a 
small but deep perforation. L. 0-1, B. 0-1. 

_ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. Two specimens. 


3. Crruna cARINATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 9.) 


SHELL compactly pyramidal, thin, opaque, glossy: sculpture con- 
sisting of a single keel which surrounds the periphery or middle of 
each whorl and makes it angular; under the microscope the surface 
appears closely granular or fretted; the base is encircled by a few 
slight strize : colour white, except as to the uppermost whorls, which 
are as in C. tenella yellowish-brown: spire turreted, ending in a 
symmetrical apex: whorls 5-6, angulated, flattened between the 
suture and the keel, regularly increasing in size: suture very deep : 
mouth quadrangular, sharply pointed at the base: outer lip thin, 
reflected behind: inner lip narrow, attached to the pillar: umbilicus 
saucer-shaped, enclosed by a slight and inconspicuous ridge and 
terminating in a small perforation. L. 0-1, B. 0-1. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A single specimen. 


v4. Ciruna apamst*, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 10.) 


SHELL having the shape of a Helix, nearly globular, thin, semi- 
transparent, and glossy : sculpture none except the umbilical ridge : 
colour white: spire rather short: whorls 43, convex, the last occupy- 
ing more than two thirds of the shell, and the others being in the 
same relative proportion ; apex slightly twisted: suture very deep: 
mouth circular, bluntly pointed at the base: outer lip thin, folded 
partly over the umbilicus : inner lip adhering to the pillar : umbilicus 
small and narrow, enclosed by a sharp and nearly semicircular 
ridge ; perforation scarcely perceptible. L. 0°0625, B. 0-075. 


1 Encircled. 2 Keeled. 


rr 3 Named in honour of the memory of the late eminent malacologist Mr. Arthur 
dams. 


112 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Mar. 6, 


‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Five specimens, 
more or less imperfect but characteristic. 


Y 5. CrrHna naticrrormis', Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 11.) 


SHExx obtusely triangular with an eccentric spire, thin, semitrans- 
parent, and glossy: seu/pture, a few rather strong spiral striz on the 
base or underside, besides the usual umbilical ridge: colour white ; 
spire very short: whorls 3, convex, the last occupying three fourths 
of the shell; apex bulbous: suéure very deep: mouth nearly circular, 
large and expanding: outer lip thin, angulated above: inner lip 
filmy: umbilicus large, enclosed by a sharp curved ridge or stria 
(sometimes by an outer and an inner stria), and ending im a small but 
deep perforation. L. 0-075, B. 0°1125. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a. Three more or less 
imperfect specimens. This differs from the last species in shape, 
sculpture, shorter spire, and fewer whorls. 


v 1. Lrrrorrna osprusaTa, Linné. 


Turbo obtusata, L. S. N. p. 1232. 

L. obtusatus, B. C. iii. p. 356; v. p. 205, pl. Ixv. f. 1. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9. Dead, and probably drifted by a 
current or voided by a fish. 

Distribution. Yenissei G., Novaia Zemblia, White Sea, Iceland, 
Faroes, Finmark to Gibraltar, Mediterranean ?, Azores (/cAndrew), 
Davis Strait to New York; 0-15 fms. Living in the littoral and 
laminarian zones. The recorded localities in the Mediterranean are 
Toulon (Gay), S. France (Petit, fide Michaud), Malaga (McAndrew), 
Ajaccio (Reqguien), Corsica (Susini) !, and Sicily (Philippi, Bivona, 
Gemellaro, and others). 

Fossil. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, British Isles, S.W. France, 
and Canada; 0—1360 ft. 

Principal synonyms—Nerita littoralis, Linné, Turbo retusus, 
Lamarck, and Littorina arctica, Moller ; and as some of the varieties 
T. palliatus, Say, T. fabalis, Turton, and L. limata, Loven. 

Mr. Duprey found in Jersey a monstrous specimen which had 3 
tentacles and 3 eyes. The middle tentacle was bifid; and the eye 
belonging to it was double and presented two small points in juxta- 
position. The other eyes were simple or regular. 


y 2. Lirrortna RuDIs, Maton. 


Turbo rudis, Mat. Nat. Hist. and Antiq. West. Counties, 1797, 
p- 277. 

L. rudis, B. C. iii. p. 364; v. p. 206, pl. Ixv. f. 3, 3a, 36. 

‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. Probably drifted. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: Donegal B., Lough Swilly. 1870: Atl. 
Vigo B. 

Distribution. Coasts of N. Atlantic on both sides, from Spitzbergen 
to Lisbon and Davis Strait to Staten I. in the U.S., Iceland, Van- 


1 Shaped like a Natica. 


1883.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 113 


couver I., N. Japan. White Sea, Azores, Algiers (J. W. Flower), 
Minorea (Cardona fide Hidalgo), Naples (Scacchi), Adriatic, and 
Black Sea; littoral. A dead specimen was dredged by Prof. G. O. 
Sars among the Loffoden Isles in 200-300 fathoms, and other dead 
specimens have been dredged elsewhere at considerable depths; but 
all of them were probably transported by tidal or marine currents. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Norwich Crag. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia, 
British Isles, and Canada; 0—1360 ft. 

Turbo sawvatilis of Olivi, 1792. This name has certainly prece- 
dence of rudis by five years; but the latter name was adopted by 
Lamarck and has been in general use and acceptation for nearly a 
century. I think therefore that it will not be expedient now to 
make tlie change. Among the synonyms of this variable species may 
be mentioned 7’. jugosus and T. tenebrosus of Montagu, T. obligatus 
and I. vestitus of Say, possibly 7. purpureus of Risso, L. groen- 
landica of Bolten, and other synonyms of Fabricius, Gould, Philippi, 
Middendorff, Pfeiffer, Brown, Johnston, Menke, Bean, Adams, and 
Reeve. The oldest name by far is that of Lister (Nerita reticu- 
latus &e.); but it is not quite binomial. 


Y 3. Lirrorina LiToREA, Linné. 


Turbo littoreus, L. S. N. p. 1232. 

L. litorea, B. C. iii. p. 368, pl. viii. f. 3; v. p. 206, pl. Ixv. f. 4. 

* Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. 

Distribution. White Sea, Faroes and Nordland to Lisbon, eastern 
coasts of N. America from Newfoundland to New England, many 
places in the Mediterranean and Adriatic but requiring identification ; 
sublittoral. As this common species, called in England the ‘peri- 
winkle,’ is a favourite delicacy of sailors, the occasional occurrence 
of its shell in foreign parts may possibly be thus accounted for. 

Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Norwich Crag. Post-tertiary: Scandi- 
navia, British Isles, and S.W. France; 0—1360 ft. 

There are a few antiquated and obsolete synonyms, including 
Turbo ustulatus of Lamarck. JL. squalida of Broderip and Sowerby 
from the arctic ocean, and ZL. grandis of Middendorff from the Sea 
of Okhotsk appear to be varieties; and ZL. mandschurica of von 
Schrenck is a dwarf and eroded form, like that from Southend which 
I noticed in vol. iii. p. 373 of ‘ British Conchology.’ 


Genus I'purrus', Jeffreys. 


SHELL conical, covered with spiral rows of tubercles; the apex 
consists of a cylindrical process of several whorls, which is closely 
striated lengthwise; operculum horny, paucispiral with a lateral 
nucleus. 

The unique and remarkable little shell which I am about to de- 
scribe somewhat resembles in shape and sculpture a fossil of the 
Zanclean or Lower Pliocene formation at Messina which Professor 
Seguenza kindly sent me under the manuscript name of Gemmula 
asperata. But Gemmula of that author is a subgenus of Trochus, 

1 One of the Argonauts. 


114 ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ MOLLUSCA.  [ Mar. 6, 


typified by 7. gemmulatus of Philippi’. The peculiar apex may be 
compared to the stiliform process of Janthina and Stilifer: and 
there are several other genera, such as Caecum and Turritella, in 
which the embryonic spire, which had become useless for the occu- 
pancy of the mollusk, is decollated or plugged up. The present 
genus is allied to Fossarus. 


 Ipuirus tuseratus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XX. fig. 12.) 


SHELL forming a short cone, solid, opaque, of a dull hue: seulp- 
ture, spiral ridges covered with numerous minute tubercles or beads ; 
there are four or five of these ridges on the last whorl, three on the 
penultimate, and two on the preceding whorl; the base is also en- 
circled by fine spiral strie ; the stiliform process had been broken off, 
but sufficient remains to show that it was closely striated lengthwise, 
as in the fossil species which I have noticed: colour white with a 
faint tinge of yellow: spire rather short: whorls 3, besides the 
stiliform process ; the last or body-whorl is three or four times the 
size of all the others put together; the point of the stiliform or cy- 
lindrical process in the fossil shell is slightly twisted and blunt: suture 
deep: mouth rounded, angulated above: outer lip sharp, scalloped 
by the spiral ridges, expanded and reflected at the base of the pillar ; 
inner lip wanting or inconspicuous: wmbilicus none: operculum yel- 
lowish-brown, having four or five volutions, the innermost being very 
small; these are crossed by curved and numerous strize in the line 
of growth, as in species of Littorina. L. 0-075, B. 0°05. 

‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 6. A single but living speci- 
men. 


SUMMARY OF THE FOREGOING LIST. 


Families. Genera. No. of species. 
VI. SCISSURELLIDA® .... Scissurenia ...... 3 
Vil PROCH TDA, xo clewscu cles MonrERTay ed. a. ee ee 
CyYCLOSTREMA ...... 13 
THARSIS .... 1 
GEANIESA rece jaciiie Mee 
GrrevuLusi. 5) 6s.4 soe 
TROCHUS .......... 32 
. ORIVIA*. 5.36 cate ee 
VIG. DURBINUDAY Ste cn... LURBO! 2). occ ones 2 
PHASIANELLA ...... lL 
EX sLITTORINID A Fass.) LACUNA. ooh ee 3 
CITHNAS: 3 227i SR 5 
LITTORINA ........ 3 
IPHInuss iit. 1 
Total 70 


? The same name (Gemmula) was also proposed by Weinkauff to distinguish 
a group or section of the genus Plewrotoma, 
* Ooyered with tubercles, 


i 


P Z.5.1883.P1.XIX 


C.Beryeau delet lith Hanhart imp. 


MOLLUSCA OF THE “LIGHTENING” 
AND “PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 


P Z.5.1883, PUR 


C Berjeau delet hth. Hanhart 1mp. 


MOLLUSCA OF THE “LIGHTENING’ 
AND “PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 


1883.] MR. H. O. FORBES ON A NEW MYZOMELA. 115 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Prater XIX. 


. Scissurella umbilicata, p. 88. 
. Cyclostrema tenerum, p. 91. 
valvatoides, p. 92. 
— simile, p. 92. 

affine, p. 92. 
bithynoides, p. 93. 

. Tharsis romettensis, p. 93. 

. Ganesa pruinosa, p. 94. 
nitidiuscula, p. 94. 


Fig. 


$9 00ST SU Go BO 


Puate XX. 


. Trochus fulgidus, p. 95. 
minutulus, p. 95. 
laminarum, p. 95. 

4 cancellatus, p. 96. 

5 cinctus, var. affinis, p. 98. 
6. —— euspira, p. 98. 
7 

8 

9 


Fig. 


3 delicatus, p. 101. 

. Cithna cincta, p. 111. 
carinata, p. 111. 
adamsi, p. 111. 
naticiformis, p. 112. 
12. [phitus tuberatus, p. 114. 


3. On a Species of Myzomela from the Island of Boeroe. 
By Henry O. Forszs, F.Z.S. 


[Received February 20, 1883.} 


On a recent journey, unfortunately of very short duration, which 
I made in the island of Boeroe, one of the Ceram group, I was able 
to reach the but thrice previously visited lake of Wakolo lying in 
the very centre of the island. Here I was fortunate enough to 
obtain several specimens of a beautiful species of scarlet Myzomela, 
which I cannot identify with any of the species of which diagnoses 
have been given by Mr. W. A. Forbes in his paper in the P. Z.S, 
1879, pp. 256 et seqq. I did not meet with any specimens of this 
bird in the country passed through in our eight days’ journey up to 
the lake. The natives say it does not occur near the coast. About 
the lake itself it seemed by no means uncommon, and was mostly to 
be found in the fields cultivated by the Aléfuros, but which they 
would not allow a stranger to enter. The women who went daily to 
fetch the produce of these fields, brought me large numbers of this 
bird alive tied together by a string, which they caught by smearing 
the trees with ‘‘ gutta ;”’ consequently most of the specimens were in 
a condition unfit for preservation. By offering, however, a higher 
remuneration for good specimens, I obtained a few in very fair con- 
dition. All are males however: only one appears to be in full plu- 
mage; two are nearly so; and several are young birds. 

The full-dress bird is entirely scarlet, the bases of the feathers 


116 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6, 


being black ; the wings, the tail, and the preocular spot are black ; 
the upper wing-coverts are black with a scarlet band on the outer 
webs nearly in the middle, but not extending to the extremity of the 
feather; the inner margins of the remiges are white; the indes are 
rich brown; the edges of the lower maxilla yellow ; tongue yellow; 
legs and feet yellowish green ; soles yellow. 

The young male is at first almost entirely greyish brown; the 
throat is pale grey ; but quite below the maxilla and under the eyes 
the orange-red colour indicates the coming scarlet; the back is 
greyish brown, but of a deeper colour in the uropygial region; the 
wings and the tail are brownish grey; the breast and under tail- 
coverts greenish fulvous ; the margins of the upper wing-coverts pale 
fawn-colour with, in some lights, reflections of red; the margins of 
the remiges are olive-grey; the throat, the front of the_head, the 
breast, and the uropygial region are the first to assume the scarlet 
colour of the adult; the angle of the wing has a dirty-white spot, 
which, with the olive-grey margins of the remiges, are the last to 
change to black. 

The description of M. pusilla, as given on page 276 of the P.Z.S. 
for 1879 by Mr. W. A. Forbes, might apply to the bird under 
remark ; but as I have access to no library here, and have no speci- 
mens with which to compare my skins, I have not the means of 
satisfactorily determining them. Should this turn out to be a new 
species, it might bear the name of MyZOMELA WAKOLOENSIS. 

At all events I am happy in being able to extend our knowledge 
of the distribution of this lovely genus to the Ceram group. 


Amboina, December 15, 1882. 


4. On the Geckos of New Caledonia. 
By G. A. Bourencer, F.Z.S. 


[Received February 26, 1883.] 
(Plates XXI. & XXII.) 


The object of this paper is to serve as a guide to the identification 
of the Geckonide of New Caledonia, and to put order into their 
synonymy. As may be seen from the following bibliographical list, 
a good deal has been written on the subject before; but, in their 
endeavours to identify the species described by them with those de- 
scribed by M. Bavay, the subsequent authors have in many cases 
added to the confusion. Having, through the kindness of Messrs. 
Bavay, Barboza du Bocage, and Sauvage, enjoyed the advantage of 
studying the typical specimens described by those gentlemen, which 
seemed to require reexamination, I have arrived at such results as will 
be of some use to the student of the New-Caledonian fauna and to 
herpetologists generally ; for a glance at the synonymies of the species 
will show how great was the confusion. Without bringing together - 
and comparing carefully the typical specimens in the museums of 


1883. ] GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 117 


Brest, Lisbon, Paris, and Brussels with those in the British Museum, 
this work could not have been carried out; and I beg leave to 
express my sincere thanks to the heads of those scientific establish- 
ments for having enabled me to fulfil my object. 

In order to render this paper a more useful guide, I have given 
a short description of every species. These are all original, and 
taken from typical or well-authenticated specimens. The synonyms 
referring to New-Caledonian specimens are preceded by *. 

The number of species of Geckonidz actually known from New 
Caledonia is fourteen; two are recorded here for the first time, one 
being new to science. 

The following is a list of what has been published on the sub- 
ject :-— 

1866. A. Guicuenor. “Notice sur un nouveau genre de Sau- 
riens de la famille des Geckotiens.”” Mém. Soc. Sc. Nat. Cherb. xii. 
pp- 248-252, pl. viii. 

1869. A. Bavay. ‘‘Catalogue des Reptiles de la Nouvelle Calé- 
donie et description d’espéces nouvelles.” Mém. Soc. Linn. Nor- 
mand. xy. 37 pp. Also separately, Caen, 1872. 

1873. A. GUNTHER, in BreNcuLeys’ work, ‘The Cruise of 
H.M.S. ‘Curagoa,’’ describes, p. 407, Peripia cyclura from .New 
Caledonia. Also Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) x. p. 422 (1872). 

1873. J. V. BarsBoza pu Bocace. “Geckotiens nouveaux 
ou peu connus de la Nouvelle Calédonie.” Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. 
pp- 201-207. 

1878. G. A. Boutencer. ‘‘ Description d’un genre nouveau et 
d’une espéce nouvelle de la famille des Geckotides.” Bull. Soc. Zool. 
France, 1878, pp. -68-70, pl. ii. 

1878. H. E. Sauvace. “Note sur les Geckotiens de la Nouvelle 
Calédonie,” Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) iii. pp. 63-73. 

1879. G.A. Boutencer. ‘Sur Videntité spécifique de Chame- 
leonurus trachycephalus et Platydactylus chahoua,”’ Bull. Soc. Zool. 
France, 1879, pp. 141, 142. 

1881. J. V. Barsoza pu Bocacr. ‘Nota sobre a synonymia 
de alguno saurios da Nova Caledonia.” Jorn. Se. Lisb. 188], 
pp- 126-132. 


The Geckos of New Caledonia belong to six genera, for the deter- 
mination of which the following synopsis will suffice :— 


I. Digits strongly dilated, the distal pha- 
langes slender, compressed, quite free, 
exserted from considerably within the 
extremity of the basal dilatation. 
A. Inner digit with free, clawed, distal 
phalanx; a double series of large 
lamellz under the dilated portion of 
GERD SES URSA aa ess eee es 1. Hemidactylus, Ouv., p. 118. 
B. Inner digit without free phalanx, claw- 
less; a transverse or angular series 
of narrow lamell under the dilated 
portion of the digits ..................0. 2. Gehyra, Gray, p. 119. 


118 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6, 


II. Digits more or less dilated, all but the 
inner with the distal joint compressed, 
short, clawed. 
A. Inner digit clawless; two series of 
oblique infradigital lamellx divided 
by a median groove ........seesseeeeees 8. Lepidodactylus, Fitz., p. 120. 
B. Inner digit clawed ; infradigital la- 
mells transverse, not divided by a 
groove; tail prehensile................+. 4. Rhacodactylus, Fitz., p. 123. 
III, Digits strongly dilated, without com- 
pressed distal joint, all furnished with 
transverse, undivided lamelle inferiorly ; 
upper surfaces covered with large, flat, 
plate-like scales; tail prehensile ......... 5. Eurydactylus, Sauvg., p. 129. 
IV. Digits not dilated, slightly depressed at 
the base; the distal phalanges slender, 
compressed, clawed, with a series of 
transverse plates inferiorly ............... 6. Gymnodactylus, Spix, p. 129. 


1. Hemipactyuvs, Cuv. 
1. HemrmpactyLus Garnoti. (Plate XXII. figs. 1, 1 @-) 


Hemidactylus garnotii, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. ili. p. 368; 
“Bavay, Cat. p. 13. 

Doryura garnotii, Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 157. 

Hemidactylus ludekingii, Bleek. Nat. Tijds. Ned. Ind. xvi. 1859, 
p. 27. 

This species, first discovered in Taiti, is mentioned by M. Bavay 
as being found in New Caledonia; and I entertain little doubt as to 
the correctness of the identification. The following characters are 
taken from three specimens in the British Museum (South-Sea 
Islands, Philippines, Agam) which agree in every point with Bibron’s 
original description :— 

Head much longer than broad; snout obtusely pointed, longer 
than the distance between the eye and the ear-opening, once and 
two thirds the diameter of the orbit ; forehead slightly concave ; ear- 
opening small, rounded. Body and limbs moderate, depressed. 
Digits free, or with a very slight trace of web, moderately dilated. 
A slight but distinct fold of the skin along the flanks, and another 
bordering the hind limb posteriorly. Upper surfaces and throat 
covered with minute granular scales, a little larger on the snout; 
abdominal scales moderate, imbricate. Nostril pierced between the 
rostral and three small nasals; twelve upper and nine or ten lower 
labials; mental large, triangular, in contact posteriorly with a pair 
of pentagonal chin-shields, followed by a second smaller pair; the 
anterior pair of chin-shields in contact with the first infralabial and 
with its fellow mesially ; the posterior pair separated from each other 
and from the labials. Tail elongate, depressed, narrower than the 
body, with sharp denticulated lateral edge; the scales on the upper 
surface very small, equal; those on the lower surface larger, imbri- 
cate, with a median series of large, transversely dilated plates. 
Brownish-grey above, uniform or with small indistinct darker spots ; 
lower surfaces uniform whitish. 


1883. | GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 119 


millim 
otal Wengen Misr Pe na cts oie he pace wae Se 
RGR cca Geer des teed see ahas: crane aic: Gene sug 
Wadth: ofihent yaar, OAR eieecs) 4s, Slo 
BBGAY saManmie rs atc cds oats mcs steer ae 
Poreclimibw Soskc taasch delateiie ca tatioea tee” 
lind limb Aseria flea detec cers oh 
PUT R Aah os ct se avavns aver sre aide Peete eet eet? & OD 


2. Gruyra, Gray. 


2. Genyra vorax. (Plate XXII. figs. 2, 2a.) 


Gehyra vorax, Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 197, and U. S 
Explor. Exped., Herp. p. 274, pl. 16. figs. 1-8. 

Head longer than broad ; snout longer than the distance between 
the eve and the ear-opening, about once and a half the diameter of 
the orbit; forehead with a median groove; ear-opening narrow, 
suboval, horizontal. Body depressed. Limbs stout, short. Digits 
short, subequal, strongly dilated, webbed at the base, the inferior 
lamellz not divided by a median groove, gently curved. A distinct 
fold of the skin along the flanks, and others bordering the fore limb 
anteriorly and the hind limb posteriorly. Upper surfaces and throat 
covered with minute granular scales; abdominal scales moderate, 
imbricate. Nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper labial, 
and five small nasals; thirteen or fourteen upper, and eleven or 
twelve lower labials ; mental small, pentagonal, in contact posteriorly 
with a pair of small elongate chin-shields bordered on each side by 
two smaller ones. Males with a long ——-shaped series of femoral 
pores, 25 to 30 on each side. Tail rounded, tapering, scarcely de- 
pressed, covered above with very small juxtaposed scales, inferiorly 
with larger imbricated scales, the median series being largest. Brown 
above, uniform, or with darker and lighter markings; lower surfaces 
uniform whitish. 


millim, 
otal leaethe sui ada de ae 2387 
eae SSO Seon aera. ee 138 
IWidthyothead yess e Ate Ae ees 29 
OOM Oats Erickiss une ats tlette the.) 14 
Roreulini bret eerie niin Peele td ad 42 
ELiniaelimbs ears ee eee Bete iies we 5S 
SALLE R AR es PR SIR . RUE Wye, i cucitics RBS 


A specimen of this species from the Loyalty Islands is in the 
British Museum, and others from the New Hebrides, Fiji, and 
Norfolk Islands. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. LX. 9 


120 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6, 


3. LeripopactyLvs, Fitz. 
Four species occur in New Caledonia. 


I. Body moderately elongate, the fore limb measur- 
ing more than half the distance from axilla to 
groin. 
A. Tail flat inferiorly, with sharpish lateral edge. 
Four transverse rows of small chin-shields; males 
with a series of femoral POres......c.-ssseeceeeeee ees 1. lugubris. 
B. Tail cylindrical. ; 
Digits strongly dilated; males with two series 


Of preanal POLes ...--....0ceeecrenreeeocesenerssescoean 2. cyclurus. 
Digits very feebly dilated; males with a single 
series of prm@anal POLeS .........scseenscaseeeeeneeas 3. sauvagit. 


II, Body much elongate, the fore limb not measuring 
half the distance from axilla to groin. 
Inner digit rudimental .........secccscssecneensereecnecens 4. crepuscularis. 


3. LePIDODACTYLUS LUGUBRIS. (Plate XXII. figs. 3, 3 a.) 


Platydactylus lugubris, Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. iii. p. 304; 
Jacquinot, Voy. Péle Sud, Saur. pl. 1. fig. 1; Cantor, Cat. Mal. 
Rept. 16. 

Lepidodactylus lugubris, Fitzing. Syst. Rept. p. 16. 

Amydosaurus lugubris, Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 162. 

Hemidactylus meyeri, Bleeker, Nat. Tijds. Nederl. Ind. xvi. 1899, 

47; 
Peripia cantoris, Gimth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 110; Stoliczka, 
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, p. 103. 

Gecko mestus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1867, p. 13. 

* Gymnodactylus candeloti, Bavay, Cat. p. 13. 

Peripia meyeri, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 594. 

Peripia mysorensis, Meyer, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874, p. 129. 

Peripia lugubris, Peters & Doria, An. Mus. Genov. xiii. p. 371. 

* Platydactylus (Lepidodactylus) crepuscularis, Sauvage, Bull. 
Soc. Philom. (7) iii. p. 69 (mee Bavay). 

Head much longer than broad ; snout subacuminate, longer than 
the distance between the eye and the ear-opening, about once and a 
half the diameter of the orbit ; forehead with a median groove ; ear- 
opening small, round.. Body and limbs moderate. Digits moderate, 
inner well developed, with a rudiment of web; inferior lamellz nu- 
merous, seven or eight under the median fingers, eight or nine under 
the median toes. . Upper surfaces and throat with very minute granules, 
a little larger on the snout; scales on the belly much larger, flat, 
juxtaposed or slightly imbricate. Rostral quadrangular, broad ; 
nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper labial, and two or 
three nasals, the upper separated from its fellow by one or three 
small internasals; eleven to thirteen upper and ten or eleven lower 
labials; mental small, smaller than the adjacent labials ; four trans- 
verse rows of small chin-shields. Femoral pores present in the 
males, forming a long series angular mesially, 25 altogether. Tail 
flat inferiorly, with sharpish, sometimes feebly serrated lateral edge 
caudal scales small, flat, equal. Upper surfaces light pinkish grey 


ty a oe 


“ 


1883. | GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. ra 


or brownish, generally with a series of small blackish or purplish- 
brown spots on each side of the vertebral line; a purplish-brown 
streak from the end of the snout to the ear, passing through the eye ; 
labials generally finely dotted with brown; lower surfaces white, 
immaculate. 


millim 
Wotal:lengtle.). osc. ssa .arhyest te 81 
[BSC YG ll See Rae MEA een 1] 
Mirdthe ot Mead i. esc crete etete 8 
PGi ce Fins 0s wigs sues Ce ae 33 
Boreslumbig 0 c/s wee oe ate 12 
Ein dilimb; 235 iis eeinenee eee 17 
PSE asec Svoncyanckowiie ee arate aekeasKs 37 


This widely distributed species extends from the Malay peninsula 
throughout the Indian archipelago, New Guinea, and the islands of 
the Pacific. From New Caledonia I have examined one specimen, 
presented by M. Delacour tothe Paris Museum, and described by 
Dr. Sauvage as Lepidodactylus crepuscularis, Bavay. One of the 
characters pointed out by Dr. Sauvage as distinguishing the supposed 
latter species from L. lugubris, viz. the presence of a large gland on 
each side of the neck, is an individual (apparently pathological) cha- 
racter, and occurs in many species of the family Geckonide. 

The Gymnodactylus candeloti of Bavay, of which I have examined 
the type, is based on a badly preserved specimen of the present species. 


4. LeprpopacTyLus cycLurus. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.) 


* Platydactylus pacificus, Bavay, Cat. p. 8 (nec Gray). 

* Peripia cyclura, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) x. p. 422, and 
in Brenchley’s ‘Curacoa,’ p. 407. 

* Lepidodactylus neocaledonicus, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. p. 206. 

* Hemidactylus (Peripia) bavayi, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) 
li. p. 71. 

Head oviform, longer than broad; snout a little longer than the 
distance between the eye and the ear-opening, about once and one 
third the diameter of the orbit ; ear-opening moderate, roundish. 
Body and limbs moderate. Digits moderate, inner well developed, 
with a slight rudiment of web; inferior lamellze numerous, ten or 
eleven, all divided by a median groove. Upper surfaces and throat 
covered with very small granular scales, larger on the snout; abdo- 
minal scales larger, subimbricate. Rostral quadrangular, twice as 
broad as high; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper 
labial, and four or five small nasals, the upper separated from its fellow 
by three or five small internasals ; nine to eleven upper and nine or 
ten lower labials ; mental small, subtriangular, shorter than the ad- 
jacent labials, followed by a median chin-shield ; a few other irregular 
chin-shields gradually passing into the granules of the throat. Males 
with two angular series of preeanal pores; these series in contact and 
containing each 11 to 16 pores. ‘Tail cylindrical, covered with small, 
equal, flat scales arranged in verticils. Upper surfaces brownish- 

g* 


122 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6, 


grey, with more or less irregular dark brown bands across the back ; 
sides with more or less distinct small round whitish spots; a more 
or less indistinct dark streak on the side of the head, passing 
through the eye ; lower surfaces uniform whitish. 


millim 
Total length: . iw eee Somme 117 
lead ant as eee Aseeie et ee 17 
Wraadth.ot head. .<.. oes. sei aoe ts? 
Bed ys pa diets seman Creare 49 
Rore..limbyane eeute cde Pe oie ee 19 
ind limb pienso events» etek 26 
Maul ozce sks) Sasetae ake edo. ieee 51 


Five specimens, types of the species, collected by Mr. Brenchley 
in New Caledonia, are in the British Museum. I have also exam- 
ined typical specimens of Lepidodactylus neocaledonicus, Bocage, 
and Hemidactylus. bavayi, Sauv., which, on comparison, prove to 
be identical with this species. 

Platydactylus pacificus of Bavay also belongs to this species, which 
is the most common Gecko of New Caledonia. 


5. LepripoDACTYLUS, SAUVAGH, sp.n. (Plate XXII. figs. 5, 5a.) 


* Hemidactylus (Peripia) cyclura, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) 
iii. p. 72 (nee Giinth.). 

This species, which is known to me from a single specimen belong- 
ing to the Paris Museum, resembles the preceding in the proportions, 
scutellation, size, and colour, but differs in the much narrower digits, 
and the presence of a single series of preeanal pores; this series is 
composed cf 23 pores. 


6. LeprpopactyLus crepuscuraris. (Plate XXII. fig. 6.) 


* Platydactylus crepuscularis, Bavay, Cat. p. 8. 

Head oviform, much longer than broad; snout as long as the 
distance between the eye and the ear-opening, about once and a half 
the diameter of the orbit ; ear-opening small, vertically oval. Body 
much elongate, limbs short, the fore limb not measuring half the 
distance between axilla and groin. Digits short, free, inner very small, 
rudimentary ; inferior lamellae few, four or five under the median 
digits; the borders of the digital expansions strongly denticulated. 
Upper surfaces and throat covered with very small granular scales, 
scarcely larger on the snout ; abdominal scales larger, subimbricate. 
Rostral quadrangular, twice as broad as high ; nostril pierced between 
the rostral, the first upper labial and three small nasals, the upper 
separated from its fellow by five small internasals; 12 upper and 11 
lower labials ; mental small, trapezoid; no chin-shields. Male with 
ten preeanal pores forming a short angular series. Tail cyclindrical, 
covered with small, rhomboidal, imbricated scales ; these are distinctly 
raised on the sides of the tail, forming a slight denticulation. 


“ery 4 


Tae sr 


1883. ] GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 123 


Greyish-brown above, variegated with darker, and with small round 
white spots ; a dark streak from the tip of the snout to the shoulder, 
passing through the eye ; above this streak and behiud the eye two 
round white spots ; a round white spot on each of the digits ; lower 
surfaces dirty white, the belly dotted with brown. 


millim 
Wotal leneth “setae ses 65 
Heads 28. FE SER es 8 
Winthof head Sacki?. 0. tt te 5 
(LS 7 a aeRO EE borg et Rade oni sol. 28 
Rorelinb: eid. 55). Sena eee 8 
Evmnaelimb’: * 2.262 8 tore tect e 11 
Pall), ante delahe even te ities 29 


This species is described from two female specimens in the British 
Museum, collected in New Caledonia by Mr. Brenchley, and hitherto 
confounded with L. cyelurus, and two others, male and young, the 
types of the species, communicated to me by M. Bavay. 


4. Ruacopactyuvs, Fitz. 


Under this name I propose to unite the Geckos which have the 
digits of the same structure as in the genus Gecko of Gray, but have 
besides the inner digit furnished with asheathed claw. Accordingly 
Correlophus, Guich., Ceratolophus, Boc., and Chameleonurus, Blgr., 
are referred to Rhacodactylus, Fitz., which was established for 
Platydactylus leachianus, Cuv., the characters upon which these 
genera were based not being, in my opinion, of more than subgeneric 
importance. This opinion, as concerns Chameleonurus, has already 
been expressed by Prof. Barboza du Bocage ; but, not having a suf- 
ficient knowledge of R. leachianus, and giving too great importance 
to the dermal appendages which characterize that species, I was not 
at first inclined to accept his view. 

I have convinced myself that the species of this genus have the 
tail prehensile. As regards P. ciliatus, however, I have still some 
doubts, the specimens examined by me having that organ mutilated ; 
but Guichenot’s figure induces me to believe that such is also the case 
in that species. 

The genus Rhacodactylus is confined to New Caledonia. 


I. Dorsal scales uniform. 
A. Digits half-webbed. 
Rostral separated from the nostril; scales on 
upper surface of head considerably larger 
than the granules on the back ............... L. leachianus. 
Rostral separated from the nostril ; upper sur- 
face of head covered with minute granules 
not larger than those of the back............ 2. aubryanus. 
Rostral entering the nostril; upper surface of 
head covered with small granular scales al- 
most as small as those of the back ......... 3. chahoua. 


124 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [ Mar. 6, 


“ 


B. Digits not more than one-third webbed. 
Upper surface of head covered with very large 
unequal, subconical tubercles .............- 
Hinder part of the head with knob-like prom- 


4, trachyrhynchus. 


ANNOVICOS eens ets ohh ecavaceeesscn carestacnneneseenlsen” Dun CUNLCULLOUS: 
II. A ciliated crest on each side, from the upper Sey 
CVCLIG LO bHe ACK. at scrontee ace tucansessereceu teas 6. cihatus. 


7. RHACODACTYLUS LEACHIANUS. 


Platydactylus leachianus, Cuv. R. A., 2nd edit. ii. p. 54; Dum. 
& Bibr. iii. p. 315, pl. 28 f.6; Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 160; * Bavay, 
Cat. p. 3. 

Hoplodactglus (Rhacodactylus) leachianus, Fitzing. Syst. Rept. 
p- 100. 

as Rhacodactylus leachianus, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. p. 201. 

Head large, oviform, elongate ; forehead concave ; snout longer 
than the distance between the orbit and the ear-opening, a little 
more than twice the diameter of the orbit; ear-opening narrow, 
horizontal. Body and limbs moderately elongate, rather depressed ; 
digits moderately elongate, broad, not very unequal, half-webbed ; 
limbs bordered on each side by cutaneous folds, most developed on 
the anterior side of the fore limbs and on the posterior side of the 
hind limbs ; other cutaneous folds below the rami mandibule, on the 
sides of the neck, and from axilla to groin; throat with a few cross 
folds. Upper surface of head covered with small irregular polygonal 
convex scales larger than the granules of the back, elongated and 
more or less distinctly keeled on the forehead and snout; rostral 
twice as broad as high, with a more or less distinct median division 
above ; nostril pierced between seven or eight small nasals and the 
first upper labial; upper labials 17 or 18; lower labials 14 to 17, 
anterior very high; mental narrow, elongate wedge-shaped, about 
the size of the proximal labials; no regular chin-shields, but a few 
larger scales passing gradually into the minute granules of the throat. 
Seales small, granular, smallest on the lower surfaces. [Males with 
a large patch of preeanal pores'’.| ‘Tail cylindrical, tapering, covered 
with uniform, small, flat, juxtaposed scales arranged in verticils. 
Grey or pinkish-grey above dotted and indistinctly marbled with 
brown, sometimes with large whitish spots; lower surfaces white, 
uniform. 


millim 
otal Leweta ey, 20. cients ts Us api on 325 
Headey cre pee 59 
Widthvot ead: acces sti 46 
ON oife ae hein tan hess by als vont 152 
Eoregimbcecckheien 6 tis toe 70 
TMM Dyise cesses cok oasis oxy cise 84 
Daal. a neteceeeok Takte tc lactacin Sukh tine TRUM Deo 


The largest species of the family Geckonide at present known. 
This description is taken from two female specimens (one in the 


1 Dum. & Bibr. 7. c, 


: 
: 
| 
ry 


1883. ] GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 125 


Brussels Museum, the other in the Lisbon Museum) and a young (in 
the British Museum). 


8. RHACODACTYLUS AUBRYANUS. 

*Rhacodactylus aubryanus, Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. p. 202, 
and 1881, p. 127. 

Agrees in every respect with the preceding, except in having the 
upper surface of the head covered with minute granules, not larger 
than those covering the back. From snout to vent 195 millim. 

I have examined the unique specimen of this form, belonging to 
the Lisbon Museum, and, in spite of its very great resemblance to 
&. leachianus, believe it to deserve, at least till we get other specimens - 
for comparison, specific distinction. 


9. Raacopactytus cnanova. (Plate XXI. figs. 1, la, 14, 
le, 1d.) 

* Platydactylus chahoua, Bavay, Cat. p. 3. 

General proportions of R. trachyrhynchus. Head oviform ; snout 
longer than the distance between the orbit and the ear-opening ; 
snout once and a half the diameter of the orbit; forehead concave; 
ear-opening narrow, horizontal. Body and limbs moderately 
elongate, not much depressed; digits broadly dilated, not very 
unequal, their border very distinctly denticulated (as in R. etliatus), 
half-webbed ; the web very short (though distinct) between the two 
outer toes; limbs bordered by cutaneous folds, most developed on 
the anterior side of the fore limbs and on the posterior side of the 
hind limbs; other cutaneous folds below the rami mandibulz, on 
the sides of the neck, and from axilla to groin; the latter feeble ; 
throat with irregular cross folds. Upper surfaces covered with 
very small equal granular scales, scarcely larger on the snout ; 
gular scales minute, granular; abdominal scales very small, flat, 
juxtaposed. Rostral twice as broad as high ; nostril pierced between 
the rostral, the first upper labial, and six or seven small nasals ; 
thirteen or fourteen upper and twelve or thirteen lower labials ; 
mental elongate wedge-shaped, as long as the adjacent labials, which 
it separates ; no regular chin-shields, but a few larger scales passing 
gradually into the minute granules of the throat. Male with three 
short series of femoral pores on each side; these do not extend be- 
yond the inner half of the thighs, and are eoaee from the corre- 


sponding series on the other side ; I count as pores on each side, 
5 or 6 


there being, besides, one or two pores indicating a fourth series ; alto- 
gether 79 pores. Grey above; whitish beneath, marbled with grey, 
forming transverse bars on the belly. 


millim, 
Total length (tail rudimentary).. 140 
FS (sO ee Pile Ae cee 6 33 
WVrdtli of DeAdga ss «ci eh ated le « 22 
LUSTRE (ae ESE a Arcee Brot as Bias 91 
Haoreslimb ef creah-sasetr ct stave ie) Atay 38 


TES CMT SR ee eae 51 


126 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Mar. 6, 


. Of this very distinct species I have examined the type specimen, 
a male, kindly communicated to me by M. Bavay. It comes from 
Kanala, Lifou. 


10. RHACODACTYLUS TRACHYRHYNCHUS. (Plate XXI. figs. 2, 
2a, 26, 2c, 2d.) 

*Platydactylus duvauceli, Bavay, Cat. p. 6 (nec D. & B.). 

* Rhacodactylus trachyrhynchus, Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. p. 203. 

* Chameleonurus trachycephalus, Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 
1878, p. 68, pl. 2. 

*Platydactylus (Rhacodactylus) chahoua, Sauvage, Bull. Soc. 
Philom. (7) iii. p. 66 (nec Bavay). 

*Chameleonurus chahoua, Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1879, 
p- 142; Bocage, Journ. Sc. Lisb. 1881, p. 126 (nec Bavay). 

Head oviform; snout longer than the distance between the orbit 
and the ear-opening, once and two thirds the diameter of the orbit; 
ear-opening narrow, horizontal. Body and limbs moderately elongate, 
rather depressed ; digits broadly dilated, not very unequal, witha 
distinct rudiment of web, absent between the two outer toes. Sides 
of neck with irregular folds. Snout and interorbital space with 
very large, unequal, rough tubercles confluent with the cranial 
ossification ; hinder part of head, body, and limbs with very small, 
equal, granular scales, smallest on the throat. Rostral broad, quad- 
rangular, with distinct median division above; nostril pierced be- 
tween the first labial and five or six small nasals, the anterior being 
much the largest ; nine to eleven upper labials ; mental small, 
triangular ; nine to eleven infralabials, gradually decreasing in size, 
inner pair nearly three times as high as broad, in contact behind the 
mental; a row of large scales behind the labials. Body and limbs 
covered with very small granular seales. Tail cylindrical, with uni- 
form small flat juxtaposed scales arranged in verticils. Male with 
an irregular patch of very numerous preeanal pores. Head brown ; 
the rest of the upper surfaces grey, dotted with darker; lower sur- 
faces dirty white, with scattered grey dots. 


millim. 
otal leneth tiie. doe oe BUS 
en diets cps peace hs, <touiiencens tee 
Widthrofhesd': \. nace: see ee 2s ot 
BGA Steyn vee scat e F . oe on sce gt 
Bore dinwhitesiisy. 2 sfckiy nee gras 
ind tlimb Pas eke oie os ae AOU 


Dall 4 SEA Ee See Maen. Wee s EOS 


This description is taken from two specimens in the British Museum 
and four others in the Brussels Museum. I have besides seen many 
otkers, including the specimen determined by M. Bavay as Platy- 
dactylus duvaucelit, D. & B. (This last-named species, of which I 
have examined one of the type specimens, belongs to a distinct 
genus, Hoplodactylus, Fitz.) 

The synonymy of this Gecko has been lately rather confused. 


ew P 


oo ~ 


ee ee ee 


ea OE OES. 


é Nei" 


« i 


18837] GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 127 


I may relate how the confusion took place :— 

Overlooking Bocage’s description, T renamed the species in 1878 
Chameleonurus trachycephalus. Shortly afterwards, Sauvage re- 
described it as Platydactylus chahoua, Bavay, which it is not, treating 
Rhacodactylus trachyrhynchus, Bocage, as a synonym. The fol- 
lowing year I published a note in which I referred my C. trachy- 
cephalus to R. trachyrhynchus and P. chahoua, having been informed 
by Dr. Sauvage that the three forms were identical. At that time I 
had not at hand Bavay’s excellent monograph, which had been lent 
to me on the former occasion by M. Lataste, and was not able to 
reconsult the original description of P. chahoua; but believing Dr. 
Sauvage to have examined authenticated specimens, I did not think 
there was any reason for suspecting the accuracy of his statement. 
I was afterwards informed by Dr. Sauvage that the Paris specimens 
had simply been compared with Bavay’s description ; and as the latter 
is not at all applicable to &. trachyrhynchus, I came to the conclusion 
that this and R. chahoua were distinct species. This was confirmed 
by the examination of M. Bavay’s typical specimen. 


11. RHACODACTYLUS AURICULATUS. 

“Platydactylus auriculatus, Bavay, Cat. p. 6. 

* Ceratolophus hexaceros, Bocage, Jorn. Soc. Lisb. 1873, p. 205. 

*Platydactylus (Ceratolophus) auriculatus, Sauvage, Bull. Soe. 
Philom. (7) ili. p. 67. 

*Ceratolophus auriculatus, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. 1881, p. 130. 

Head subpyramidal ; snout longer than the distance between the 
orbit and the ear-opening, once and two thirds the diameter of the 
orbit, slightly swollen at the end; interorbital space and forehead 
deeply concave ; hinder part of head with knob-like prominences, 
viz. one above the ear-opening, formed by the free end of the quad- 
rate, and five others formed by the extremities of the parietal bones ; 
the borders and sutures of the latter forming prominent ridges; the 
ends of the postfrontal bones and mandible also prominent; ear- 
opening large, oval, oblique. Body and limbs moderately elongate, 
rather depressed ; digits not very broadly dilated, not very unequal, 
with a very slight rudiment of web, which is altogether absent 
between the two outer toes. Throat and sides of neck with a few 
irregular folds ; a slight fold bordering the hind limb posteriorly. 
Head and body covered with subequal small granular scales, flattened 
on the belly, smallest on the throat. Rostral quadrangular, not 
quite twice as broad as high, with a small notch in the middle of its 
upper border; nostril pierced between the rostral, the first upper 
labial and seven small nasals, the anterior being much the largest ; 
16 to 18 upper, and 14. or 15 lower labials; mental small, subtri- 
angular, separating the inner labials ; no. regular chin-shields, but 
larger scales passing gradually into the granules of the throat. Tail 
cylindrical, covered with uniform small juxtaposed scales arranged in 
verticils. Male with an irregular patch of very numerous preeanal 
pores, and a sort of pouch in the integument of the thigh posteriorly, 
near the tibia. Yellowish-grey, with darker and lighter longitudinal 


128 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE { Mar. 6, 


bands on the back ; flanks and limbs marbled ale darker ; lower 
surfaces dirty white, with scattered blackish dots. 


millim. 
Total'length .)...0.20s:0 0.800. 205 
Head *. 2. Pec ke ae cesta 34 
Wiidtheot bead "22 saree. soe 27 
Body say vee see tue dete ee 91 
Foretlimb coos, cts aeeee Ore 49 
Mind limbOss cats. oe eaters 42 er 60 
Palit on a eee, Be 2 EO 8 80 


Described from a single male specimen belonging to the Lisbon 
Museum. 


12. RHACODACTYLUS CILIATUS. 


*Correlophus ciliatus, Guichen. Mém. Soe. Sc. Nat. Cherb. xii. 
p. 245, pl. viii. ; *Bavay, Cat. p. 12. 

Head very large, oviform, very distinct from neck; forehead 
deeply concave; snout much longer than the distance between the 
orbit and the ear-opening, once and two thirds the diameter of the 
orbit ; ear-opening moderately large, suboval, horizontal, slightly 
oblique. Body and limbs moderately elongate, depressed ; digits 
moderate, not very unequal, strongly denticulated on the sides, half- 
webbed ; the web, however, almost entirely absent between the two 
outer toes. A strong fold of the skin bordering the hind limb 
posteriorly ; another fold from the eye to the anterior part of the 
back, where it is separated from its fellow by a rather narrow space ; 
a slight fold from axilla to groin. Head covered with granular scales, 
largest on the snout; rostral quadrangular, twiee as broad as high, 
with median division above ; nostril pierced between the rosiral, the 
first upper labial and six small nasals ; upper labials 13, lower labials 
12 or 13; mental small, wedge-shaped; no chin-shields. Dorsal 
scales granular, intermixed with larger conical ones on the sides of 
the vertebral line ; the upper eyelid and the fold on the side of the 
head and anterior part of the back with long cilioid scales. Throat 
covered with small granular scales ; belly with small, slightly imbri- 
cated, smooth, roundish scales. [Tail long, slender, cylindrical, 
covered with small juxtaposed scales ; its distal extremity with a 
rounded flap of skin placed horizontally’.] Yellowish or reddish- 
brown, lighter beneath. 


millim, 
Total length (tail reproduced, rudimentary).... 109 
Eleni ygcte eet. sobs seh. id. esate Ses 33 
Windily atanend 9 Sets ee Se ie fe haere ae | 
ody oa ft. Pe tS EA ot et ere 68 
PAPE MTINEED We UAG LRN. 30, Shae eet ge del ee SPN 36 
Dlcirrehelittratiar TF t 2.02 Por. wists stale o Aahe bie Wma nen 46 


Described from two female specimens in the Brussels Museum. 
* Guichenot, J. ¢. 


1883. ] GECKOS OF NYW CALEDONIA. 129 


5, EuryDACTYLUs, Sauvage. 

13, EurypActyus vIEILLARDI. (Plate XXII. figs. 7, 7 @, 76.) 

* Platydactylus vieillardi, Bavay, Cat. p. 10. 

* Hurydectylus viellardi, Sauvage, Bull. Soe. Philom. (7) iii. p. 70. 

Head not depressed, much longer than broad; snout long, obtuse, 
with slightly distinct canthus rostralis and scarcely oblique loreal 
region, measuring nearly twice the distance between the eye and the 
ear-opening, or once and three fourths the diameter of the orbit ; 
pupil vertical, not round as stated by Bavay ; ear-opening minute, 
horizontal. Body slightly compressed, the back keeled. Limbs 
short, digits strongly dilated, free. Scales of upper surfaces large, 
separated by intervals forming reticulated lines, much like crocodile- 
skin; the shields on the head larger, subsymmetrically arranged. 
Rostral twice as broad as high, with distinct median division above ; 
nostril pierced between the rostral, the first labial and two nasals ; 
ten upper and nine lower labials ; mental small, triangular, the 
adjacent labials meeting behind ; a few irregular chin-shields. Throat 
covered with small granules, with two strong transverse and two 
longitudinal folds. Belly covered with rather large flat granules. 
[Male with a triangular patch of about fifty preeanal pores’]. Tail 
cylindrical, prehensive, covered with squartsh juxtaposed scales 
arranged in verticils. Upper surfaces reddish-yellow; the inter- 
spaces between the scales forming blackish reticulated lines ; lower 
surfaces uniform whitish. 


millim 
Wotal lenoth . 5... 5s «ais omy n° 91 
ead” oo. «, tee eee eee 15 
Width: of headin neits teem eaeiion 9 
Body. cen ets ee aaa 39 
Fore limb re soe ne akan oe 14 
AIG IMD eee ae Sects eters ers 18 
ED ail Pees Sihs cPNR aco Moe tetestomete ce 37 


Described froin a female specimen in the Paris Museum. 


6. GYMNODACTYLUS, Spix. 
14. GyMNopAcTyYLus ARNouUXxI. (Plate XXII. figs. 8, 8a.) 


Gymnodactylus arnouxii, A. Dum. Cat. Méth. Rept. p. 44, and 
Arch. Mus. viii. p. 479, pl. 17. f.5; *Bavay, Cat. p. 13; Peters & 
Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xii. p. 372. 

Heteronota pelagica, Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 197, and 
U.S. Explor. Exped., Herp. p. 306. 

Gymnodactylus girardi, Steindachn. Novara, Rept. p. 15, pl. 2. f. 3. 

Gymnodactylus multicarinatus, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) x. 
1872, p. 421, and in Brenchley, Curagoa, p. 404, pl. 24. f. A. 

Gymnodactylus (Heteronota) arfakianus, Meyer, Mon. Berl. Ac. 
1874, p. 129. : 

Head rather large, oviform ; snout a little longer than the distance 

1 Bavay, J. c. 


130 ON THE GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. [Mar. 6, 


between the eye and the ear-opening, about once and two fifths the 
diameter of the orbit ; forehead concave ; ear-opening small, roundish. 
Body short, depressed; limbs moderate. Head covered with very 
small granular scales; rostral subquadrangular, not twice as broad as 
high, with median division superiorly ; nostril pierced between the 
rostral, the first upper labial, two small nasals, and two or three 
granules ; seven or eight upper, and as many lower labials; mental 
very large, triangular, pentagonal or trapezoid, extending considerably - 
beyond the adjacent Jabials, generally with a pair of chin-shields 
posteriorly ; no other chin-shields. Upper surfaces covered with 
very small granules ; back with 16 to 20 longitudinal series of round, 
subconical, distinctly ribbed tubercles ; these series regular, equidis- 
tant, the tubercles generally very close together, forming lines ; hind 
limbs with similar irregularly scattered tubercles. Gular scales 
minute, granular; abdominal scales very small, imbricate, keeled. 
Males generally with a very short, A-shaped series of praeanal pores, 
seven or eight altogether. Tail cylindrical, tapering, generally with 
very small uniform keeled scales, occasionally intermixed with large 
tubercles. Brown, lighter beneath ; back and limbs with more or 
less distinct darker transverse markings ; generally a dark streak from 
the eye to the ear-opening. 


millim 
Petallenstin, wig nae. es 125 
Heads cst ier ein aek CC 18 
Whrdth of heady wi... ch ic eee iy 
Burl. s peter eats Piste shea et 42 
Foredimb:s cite eaeka aks 19 
Hind:limb fe aa-dceueee eon 29 
Tala 22 S358 Sie eek 65 


This Gecko occurrs from New Guinea and Cape York, throughout 
the Pacifie Islands to New Zealand. The British Museum possesses 
a specimen from the Loyalty Islands. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puatse XXT. 
Fig.1. Rhacodactylus chahoua, upper view of head. 
1a, —— ——,, profile of head. 
1 b, —— ——, lower view of head. 
1 ec. —— ——.,, lower view of posterior part of body, thighs, and tail. 
id. —— , lower view of foot. 
2. —— trachyrhynchus, upper view of head. 
a , profile of head. 
2b, —— ——, lower view of head. 
2c. , lower view of posterior part of body, thighs, and base of 
tail. 
2d, ——., lower view of foot. 


All the figures are of the natural size. 


PuatE XXII, 


Fig. 1. Hemidactylus garnoti, lower view of foot, magnified 2 diameters. 
la. —— —., lateral view of fourth toe, magnified 2 diam. 


P.Z.5.1888. Pl. XX1. 


Mintern Bros imp. 


GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 


Lo 1865 . Pl a 


Mintern Bros .mp. 


GECKOS OF NEW CALEDONIA. 


1883. ] MR. SCLATER ON A LIST OF BRITISH BIRDS. 131 


Fig. 2. Gehyra vorax, lower view of foot, magnified 13 diam. 

; , lateral view of 4th toe, magnified 14 diam. 

3. Lepidodactylus lugubris, lower view of foot, magnified 3 diam. 
3a. — , lateral view of 4th toe, magnified 3 diam. 

4 cyclurus, lower view of foot, magnified 2 diam. 

5 sauvagii, lower view of hand, magnified 4 diam. 

5 , lower view of foot, magnified 4 diam. 

6. crepuscularis, lower view of foot, magnified 4 diam. 

7. Ewrydactylus vieillardi, upper view of head, magnified 1} diam. 
ia 

7 

8 

8 


by) 


a. —— ——, lower view of foot, magnified 24 diam. 

6. —— , lateral view of 4th toe, magnified 4 diam. 

. Gymnodactylus arnouxi, lower view of foot, magnified 24 diam. 
oa , lateral view of 4th toe, magnified 23 diam. 


March 20, 1883. 
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


Mr. Selater called attention to the fact that a specimen of his 
Macropus erubescens (P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 126, pl. x.) was living in the 
Kangaroo paddock of the Zoological and Acclimatization Society’s 
Gardens, Melbourne, Australia, and read the following extract on the 
subject from the ‘ Guide’ to that Society’s Gardens * :— 

«The Euro or Roan Kangaroo (Macropus erubescens). The Euro 
is found to the north of Port Augusta, S. Australia, and it lives 
principally on barren rocky ranges. It is a smaller variety than the 
Red Kangaroo, and it has much longer and coarser hair, of a roan 
colour. It is difficult to procure. The fine specimen in the 
Society’s possession was obtained through the instrumentality of 
Mr. R. E. Minchin, the Director of the newly formed Zoological 
Society of Adelaide.” 


Mr. Sclater laid before the Meeting a set of the sheets of a new 
List of British Birds which had been prepared by a Committee of 
the British Ornithologists’ Union, and would shortly be published, 
and explained the principles upon which it had been constructed. 

The names of all those species of which even a single example had 
been certainly obtained within the confines of the United Kingdom 
in a wild state had been inserted in the list. The names of such 
species as had been wrongly reported to have occurred, and of those 
of which the occurrence was considered to be not sufficiently authen- 
ticated, had been inserted in their proper places in the Systema, but 
had been enclosed in brackets and printed in smaller types. 

The derivations of both specific and generic names of all the species 
were given, as far as they could be ascertained ; and a short account 
of the range of each species both within the British area and 
externally to it was added. 

The subjoined table gave an abstract of the results arrived at. 


1 Guide to the Zoological and Acclimatisation Society’s Gardens, Royal 
Park. By the Director of the Society. Sixth Edition. Melbourne, 1883. 


132. PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OsMERUS. [Mar. 20, 


Summary or BritisH SPECIES. 


R. | 8. V. | W. V.} O. V. | Total. 
MIRE GBSorEn sere seetcorecss ok <beces | 50 23 6 51 130 
BE Pinas ei FI 8 4 | Gh reeves 
HOITR I MSUDIP ER Nara c<ceccectss see senne- 4 see abe 7 11 
FY.) Accipitres ............s00... 12 2 a3 13 27 
V.| Steganopodes ............. | heen *S = ste 3 
Wil. rerodtones: 2:3 csesscsdes cess 1 on 13 14 
WAH hAMSOIES Sly caipeisaccnuecses cin 17 1 9 17 44 
VALE | Columbset.t-s te seeee eee 3 1 = 1 5 
| UX. Pherocletes ssiscas-scseesem- one a i 1 
Ke) Gadling ds cace.tet evecare sto yer 1 1 9 
Xa: | Mal enrise cs oscteccecsetees [eb 2 2 a 
OUT, | WAectomdes se ivecccanesteocwtec : eae 4 + 
| XG Hlemipodiill .cnsseecreee sere owe 1 1 
ROD Ve virntdolaay ciuzicttocceasoctetrnas’ 3 13 13 19 48 
|. REVAL Claaytenie fos chyse baesat boo ce! 9 1.5 | 6 20] alana. | 
1 VE Pubinares’ och cce-tcssssscuteees 4 see ane 6 10 
OV. Py gopoderiten: Jccceseee scence. ots 1 6 i), | 
ee se a 
12g | 52 | 81 | 165 | 376 | 
il 


1. Contributions to Morphology. Ichthyopsida. — No. 2. 
On the Oviducts of Osmerus; with Remarks on the 
Relations of the Teleostean with the Ganoid Fishes. | 
By Prof. Huxzey, F.R.S. 


[Received March 9, 1883.] 


Nearly sixty years ago, one of the most accurate and prolific of 
modern anatomists aud embryologists, Rathke, published a memoir 
on the alimentary canal and the reproductive organs of fishes’, which 
is not the least valuable of its author’s numerous and weighty con- 
tributions to science. At p. 122 Rathke writes :—“ In certain fishes 
the oviducts have entirely disappeared ; this is the case in the Eel, 
in the Sturgeon’, in Codztis tenia, and in the Lamprey. In others, 
however, such as the higher kinds of Salmonoids, there extends back, 
behind each ovary, a narrow band which may be regarded as the 
remains of an oviduct. In all these fishes, therefore, the central 
abdominal cavity must take the place of the oviduct, as it receives 
the eggs when they are detached, and allows them to make their 
exit by a single opening at its posterior extremity. 

1 H. Rathke, “ Ueber den Darmkanal und die Zeugungsorgane der Fische,” 
Schriften der naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Danzig, Heft iii. Band 24. 

2 Rathke, taking the structure of ordinary osseous fish as his standard, says 
justly enough that the ‘ oviducts [such as these fish possess] have disappeared ” 
in the Sturgeon. In Coditis barbatula the single ovary has an oviduct of the 
same character as in other Cyprinoid fishes. I have not examined C. tenia, 


about which, in other parts of his memoir, Rathke’s statements are full and 
precise. 


1883.| PROF, HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. 133 


‘“<In the Smelts (Stinten), however, there passes from each ovary 
a band, one edge of which is attached to the dorsal, the other to the 
abdominal wall, so that, in each lateral half of the abdominal cavity, 
there is a chamber which receives the eggs when they are detached 
from the ovary. The two chambers ultimately unite above the anus; 
and, in fact, close in front of the place where, in other fishes, the 
oviduct is situated. 

«Thus the Smelts appear to present a remarkable transition to 
that structure of the oviduct which alone is met with in the other 
classes of the Vertebrata. Instead of the oviduct having, as in 
these, the character of an independent tube, in the Smelts only one 
half of it is found, and yet this has united in such a way with the 
wall of the abdominal cavity that a part of this wall takes the place 
of the other half of the oviduct.” 

And, further, at page 159 :— 

«That a proper oviduct is absent in the Salmon tribe has already 
been stated, and also that they possess an analogue of that struc- 
ture. This consists of a flat, narrow band, which commonly arises 
at the upper and posterior end of the plate-like ovary, gradually 
diminishes in width backwards, and finally becomes lost towards the 
end of the abdominal cavity. In the Salmon proper it disappears 
upon the air-bladder, opposite the commencement of the last fifth of 
the abdominal cavity, in the freshwater Trout on the sides of the 
intestine not far from the anus, in the Coregoni (Maranen) on the 
intestine close to its end. 

“The transition from this band-like membranous process of the 
ovaries of the higher Salmonoids to the oviduct of most fishes is 
remarkably exemplified in the Smelts. In these, in fact, a delicate 
membranous process, a mere fold of the peritoneum, proceeds from 
the end of each ovary, the upper edge of which is attached to the 
renal organ, the lower to the wall of the abdomen. In this way a 
cavity lies behind each ovary, bounded externally by the wall of the 
abdomen, and internally by this band. When the eggs are detached 
they tall into these cavities, which become narrower behind, and 
leave the body by a common aperture which lies behind the anus. 
The end of the intestine lies between the two cavities; and since the 
left ovary lies far from the posterior end of the abdominal cavity, the 
singular oviduct which has just been described has, on the left side, 
a considerable length ; the right oviduct, however, is very short, the 
right ovary being situated so far back.” 

Rathke finally observes (p. 160) that he does not consider the 
condition of the ovaries in the Salmonoids, Kels, and Lampreys to 
represent the lowest condition of these parts in fishes, but rather to 
result from the subdivision of the reproductive organ into two sepa- 
rate parts—the one productive, and the other educative. 

I am not aware that, since Rathke wrote, any one has paid atten- 
tion to the remarkable arrangement which he describes ; and though 
I have often intended to look into the matter myself, it is only lately 
that I have carried my design into effect. 


134 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. [Mar. 20, 


As might be expected, I have found Rathke’s statements, so far as 
the matters of fact are concerned, perfectly accurate. 

Between the latter part of January and the beginning of March of 
this year I have examined a number of female Smelts, and always 
with the same results. I may remark that the ovaries were fully 
developed in the former month, and that, in the first week of March, 
four Smelts which I obtained in very fresh condition were all females, 
full of detached ova and ready to spawn. 

The abdominal cavity of a female Smelt, in this state, is distended 
by a mass of ova, which are closely compacted and coherent, but 
become readily detached from one another when the mass is gently 
agitated in water or other fluid. 

When the abdominal wall of the fish is carefully slit open along 
the ventral median line, the mass of impacted ova has almost the ap- 
pearance of a vast single ovary ; and, indeed, Bloch appears to have 
been misled by this appearance (Rathke, /.c. p. 132). But it may 
be readily broken up and washed away ; and the two ovaries are then 
seen, one on each side of the middle line—not opposite one another, 
however, but the left in the anterior, and the right in the posterior 
half of the abdonainal cavity ' (fig. 1, p. 135). Each ovary has the form 
of a half-oval plate, with the curved edge ventral and the straight edge 
dorsal. The latter is suspended by a narrow mesoarial fold of peri- 
toneum from that part of the dorsal wall of the abdominal cavity 
which corresponds with the ventral face of the air-bladder. The 
line of attachment of the mesoarium is parallel with that of the 
mesentery and a little distance from it. 

What may be termed the body of the ovary” is a broad and thin 
plate, and its inner face is covered by peritoneum. ‘The ovarian 
artery enters the left ovary at its anterior internal angle, and then 
passes backwards along the middle of its inner face, giving off 
branches asit goes. The artery of the right ovary runs from behind 
along its dorsal edge, and then passes obliquely across its inner face 
forwards. The outer face of the body of the ovary gives. rise to a 
great number of ovigerous lamelle of a broadly triangular form, 
which are disposed transversely to the length of the organ and per- 
pendicularly to its body (fig. 1, B, C). 

In fish which are not ready to spawn, these ovigerous lamellz are 
very thick, from the number of close-set ovisacs with which they are 
laden, and the clefts which separate them are extremely irregular. 
In those in which the abdominal cavity is full of eggs, the lamellee 
from which the eggs have been discharged remain as thin plates 
separated by tolerably regular interspaces as wide as, or wider than, 
the thickness of each plate. The outer face of the ovary is not 
wholly occupied by the ovigerous lamellz. On the contrary, the 
peritoneal layer of the inner face is continued over the ventral edge 
of the ovary, and ends at about a third or a fourth of the height of 
the outer face by a well-defined margin. Hence the outer face of 
the ovary appears transversely Jaminated only above and in the 


1 Conf. Rathke, 7. ¢. p. 135. 
2 Conf. Rathke, /. e. pp. 121 & 175. 


awe) 


1883.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. 135 


A. The genital organs of a spawning female Osmerus eperlanus. natural size. 
B. External face of the ovary. C. Transverse section. 


@, esophagus ; an,anus; Pn, air-bladder ; od. 7, od. /, abdominal aperture of the 


right and left oviducts; 0, 0, ova filling the oviducts; g, external genital 
aperture ; m.0.7, m.o./, right and left mesoaria; «, urinary aperture. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. X. 10 


136 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. [Mar. 20, 


middle, while below it is bounded by a smooth thin-edged band 
invested by peritoneum (fig. 1, B). A transverse section shows that 
the ovigerous lamelle pass under this reflected band (to which their 
outer edges are attached) to the ventral wall of the ovary. The 
groove inclosed by the reflected band is thus divided into a series of 
interlamellar loculi (fig. 1, C). 

Thus far the ovary agrees in all the essentials of its structure with 
that of the other Salmonidz, and with that of all adult Ganoids 
except Lepidosteus. Even in the latter, Balfour has shown that the 
ovary passes through a similar condition in the embryonic state. 
The mesoarium, however, does not stop at the posterior end of the 
ovary, but, as Rathke points out, the fold of peritoneum which 
constitutes it is continued backwards to the oviducal aperture; while 
laterally it passes into the peritoneal lining of the lateral walls of 
the abdomen, ending in a free concave edge immediately behind and 
on the outer side of the posterior extremity of the ovary. It thus 
forms the ventral boundary of a passage which opens in front by a 
wide ostium into the abdominal cavity (fig. 1, od. /, od.r). As the 
posterior end of the right ovary lies very far behind the posterior 
end of the left ovary, it follows that the right ostium is equally far 
behind the left, and that the right passage is by so much shorter 
than the left. The mesentery terminates by a free posteriorly con- 
cave edge (which contains the rectal artery) just opposite the level 
of the posterior end of the right ovary; and, behind this free concave 
edge of the mesentery, the right and left passages unite in a short but 
wide common chamber, which opens externally in the middle line, 
behind the anus and in front of the urinary outlet (fig. 1, 9). 

In a Smelt ready to spawn, these passages, as well as the common 
chamber, are crammed full of ova; and it is obvious that, whatever 
their morphological nature, they are, in a physiological sense, ovi- 
ducts, comparable to Fallopian tubes. 

But every one who is familiar with the anatomy of the female 
reproductive organs of the Ganoids, will at once perceive that these 
passages are the homologues of the oviducts of Acipenser, Polyodon, 
Polypterus, and Amia (fig. 2, p. 137). Neither in structure, nor in 
their essential anatomical relations, is there any difference between 
them. It is true that, in the Ganoids in question, the oviducts com- 
municate with the renal ducts, and that the excretory aperture is com- 
mon to the urinary and the genital apparatus, while in the Smelt 
there is no such communication and the oviducal and renal apertures 
are separate. But, among the Sturiones and in Lepidosteus, the 
renal are much wider than the genital ducts, and the communication 
between the two is effected far in front of the external aperture, 
while in Polypterus and Amia the oviducts are much wider than 
the ureters and the communication takes place near the external 
aperture. ‘Thus the arrangement in Osmerus represents simply the 
third term of a series of modifications, tending towards the separation 
of the ureteric from the oviducal ducts, two terms of which are pre- 
sented by the Ganoids. And it follows that the arrangement of the 
parts which obtains in the ordinary Salmonide is a fourth term in 


1883.] PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. 137 


the same series ; that is to say, the abortion of the oviducts, com- 
menced in Osmerus, is completed in Salmo; and all that remains of 
the primitive arrangement is the fold described by Rathke and the 
so-called “abdominal pore,”’ which, it will be observed, is the homo- 
logue of half of the urinogenital opening of the Ganoids, and has 


Fig. 2. 


Del 


U.G 
The left ovary and oviduct of Amia culva, half natural size. 


ov. 1, left ovary ; m0. 1, left mesoarium ; od. 1, left oviduct; od. a, opening of the 
oviduct into the ‘‘ bladder.’ 


nothing to do with the ‘‘ abdominal pores” of these fish and of the 
Selachians. 

As is well known, Lepidosteus presents an example of a Ganoid 
with oviducts like those of the higher Teleostei ; in Osmerus, on the 
other hand, we have a Teleostean with oviducts like those of the 
ordinary Ganoidei. It is tolerably obvious, therefore, taht the cha- 

10* 


138 PROF. HUXLEY ON THE OVIDUCTS OF OSMERUS. [Mar. 20, 


racters of the female reproductive organs can lend no support to any 
attempt to draw a sharp line of demarcation between the Ganoids 
and the Teleosteans. 

Boas! has recently conclusively shown that the same is true of the 
supposed distinctive character afforded by the conus arteriosus; and 
it has long been admitted that the spiral valve which has been 
described in the intestine of Chirocentrus” is the homologue of that 
which exists in all the Ganoids, though greatly reduced in Lepi- 
dosteus. Indeed I am inclined to believe that the circular valve 
which separates the colon from the rectum in the Smelt is merely a 
last remainder of the spiral valve. Thus, among the supposed 
absolute distinctions between the Ganoids and the, Teleostei, only 
the peculiarities of the brain, and especially the so-called chiasma 
of the optic nerves, remain for consideration. My lamented friend 
Mr. Balfour, in the last of his many valuable labours, proved con- 
clusively that the brain of Lepidosteus is, both in structure and 
development, a Teleostean brain. But it is singular that no one, so 
far as I know, has insisted upon the fact, not only that the Teleos- 
tean brain is essentially similar to that of the Ganoids, but that it is 
exactly in those respects in which the Ganoids and Teleostei agree 
in cerebral structure that they differ most markedly from the Pla- 
giostomi and the Chimeroidei. 

In a communication read before this Society some years ago’, I 
pointed out that the parts of the brain termed cerebral hemispheres 
in the Selachians arise in a very peculiar manner, the anterior cere- 
bral vesicle becoming subdivided by a median anterior partition, and 
the walls of the two ventricular cavities thus formed becoming 
greatly thickened. The lateral walls of the undivided part of the 
anterior vesicle also become thickened to form the optic thalami; but 
these give rise to no lobular outgrowths from their upper edges *. 

In the Ganoids the anterior cerebral vesicle undergoes a totally diffe- 
rent series of modifications, inasmuch as no median septum is developed 
and no lateral ventricles are produced. In the Sturiones the thick 
lateral walls of the anterior cerebral vesicle give rise to no distinct 
superior lobes. In Lepidosteus, however, as Balfour has shown, such 
solid lobular bodies, or epithalami, are developed, and, giving rise to 
a thickened decurved overlapping rim from their outer faces, become 
exactly similar to the so-called ‘cerebral hemispheres”’ of the 
Teleosteans. In all the Teleosteans, in fact, the bodies called “ cere- 
bral hemispheres” are not the exact equivalents of the structures so 
named either in the higher Vertebrata or in the Selachians, but are 


1 “Qeber den Conus arteriosus bei Butirinus und bei anderen Knochen- 
fischen,” Morphol. Jahrbuch, vi. 4, 1880. 

2 Doubts have been thrown on the existence of this structure in Chirocentrus; 
so that the matter needs reinvestigation. [By the kindness of Dr. Day I have 
been enabled to examine a small specimen of Chirocentrus dorab; and I find it 
to possess just such an intestinal valve as that figured by Valenciennes. Whether 
it is truly “spiral” in its arrangement, or not, can only be determined by the 
examination of a larger specimen.—T. H. H., July, 1, 1883.] 

8 «On Ceratodus forsteri,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. January 4, 1876. 

* See Balfour, ‘Development of the Elasmobranchs.’ 


1883.] MR. BOULENGER ON A NEW SPECIES OF BUFO, 139 


epithalami, just as in the Ganoids. Thus, in cerebral structure, as in 
other respects, the Ganoids and the Teleosteans are as closely related 
to one another as they are different from the Selachians. 

With respect to the chiasma of the optic nerves, the exact nature 
of that structure has not yet been properly elucidated either in the 
Selachians or in the Ganoids. But, whatever may come of such an 
investigation, the establishment of the existence of a true chiasma 
in the Ganoids, and of its absence in Teleosteans, can have but little 
bearing on the question of their affinities, since Wiedersheim has 
shown that a simple decussation of the fibres of the optic nerves, as 
in ordinary Teleosteans, takes place in many Lizards. 

I am no great believer in the permanent value of sharply drawn 
distinctions of any kind in zoology; but, assuredly, if there is any 
such distinction to be drawn on the basis of our present knowledge 
among the higher fishes, it is between the Ganoids and the Plagio- 
stomes, and not between the Ganoids and the Teleosteans. 

At page 373 of Dr. Giinther’s work ‘On the Study of Fishes,’ pub- 
lished in 1880, he affirms broadly and without the least qualification 
that, though “ we find not a few analogous forms in both series” 
[mamely the Ganoidei and the Teleostei], yet “there is no direct 
genetic relation between those fishes, as some naturalists were inclined 
to believe.’’ I imagine that I am included among the naturalists thus 
summarily disposed of, since, in 1876, I expressed the opinion that 
“in Amia there is an even closer approximation between the Ganoids 
and the Teleosteans than can at present be shown to exist between 
any Ganoids and the Dipnoi; while the differences between the 
Dipnoi and the Chimeroidei and between the Chimzroidei and the 
Plagiostomi respectively are not less than those between the Ganoids 
and the Dipnoi’’’; and I objected on these grounds to the adoption 
of the group of ‘‘ Paleichthyes”’ proposed by Dr. Gunther. 

When objections are ignored without being refuted, or even dis- 
cussed, I suppose that the best way is to emphasize them afresh ; 
and I do this, on the present occasion, by expressing my conviction, 
first, that there are no two large groups of animals for which the 
evidence of a “direct genetic connexion”’ is better than in the case 
of the Ganoids and the Teleosteans; and, secondly, that the proposal 
to separate the Elasmobranchii, Ganoidei, and Dipnoi of Miller into 
a group apart from, and equivalent to, the Teleostei appears to me 
to be inconsistent with the plainest anatomical relations of these 
fishes. 


2. Description of a new Species of Bufo from Japan. 
By G. A. Boutznesr, F.Z.8. 
[Received February 26, 1883.] 
(Plate XXIII.) 
I have hesitated whether to consider the following form a distinct 


species or a variety of Bufo vulgaris. After long consideration, I 
1 “On Ceratodus forsteri,’ P. Z. 8. 1876. 


140 MR. BOULENGER ON A NEW SPECIES OF BUFO. [Mar. 20, 


adopt the former view, having little doubt that it is outside the 
range of variation of even so variable a species as Bufo vulgaris. 
I will call it 


Buro ForMosvs, sp. u. (Plate XXIII.) 


In its general characters this species agrees with Bufo vulgaris, 
especially the Japanese form, which it resembles in the large size, 
the larger head, the perfectly distinct tympanum, and the black 
markings. But it is distinguished by the following characters :— 

The tympanum, which is perfectly exposed and circular, is quite 
as large as the eye, and measures three fourths the greatest diameter 
of the orbit. The parotoids are much narrower, their width being 
contained three times and a half in their length. The hind limb is 
longer; if it is carried forwards along the body, the metatarsal 
tubercles reach the centre of the eye in the female, the anterior corner 
of the same in the male. The fingers and toes are more elongate, 
and the web between the latter shorter (the specimens were captured 
during the breeding-season, as is indicated by the male’s digital 
asperities). The first finger being laid against’ the second, does not 
extend quite so far as the latter; in B. vulgaris it is the reverse, the 
first finger extending slightly beyond the second. 

Upper surfaces brown, washed with carmine; a black lateral 
band as in B. vulgaris of Japan, bordered above by a yellowish 
streak ; lower surfaces yellowish, the belly and the lower surface of 
the limbs largely marbled with black; a black line bordering the 
lower lip. This line is constant in the Japanese specimens of JB. 
vulgaris, absent in the continental specimens. ‘ 

Two specimens, male and female, were collected at Yokohama 
during the expedition of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’ 

The following dimensions should be compared with the table 
given in my monograph of the Palzearctic and Aithiopian species 
of Bufo (P. Z.S. 1880, p. 570'). 


: Q. 
millim. millim. 
Fram snout to vetitess. «<i. am 0)> «ie< 125 112 
Pyeniethy GF EAR ek tats 5 = scnlx gree gies 35 31 
Bircndtt otsenden F506. joc jam hp ig roms 51 44 
ror eye GO GRIT ie aacslny «in Aipais 8 8 
From eye to tip of snout.......... 18 15 
Greatest diameter of orbit ........ 12 11 
Interorbital space. >... .<s)....:..-- 13 12 
Diameter of tympanum .......... 9 8 
Length of paratoids ish. 'e c%a,3% sichs oe 28 21 
Breadth of parotoida’. <<... ee cey 8 6 
Bodyaarem cee ea es see 90 81 
Bore dinih'. coe hae es peer ae. 80 
PMRTMIROAD Peso ysc eft cm yk + tadesgnaees wos 172 142 
cle a aes Aone pape a ead dain Nghe 47 40 


* Column f, “length of head 48 millim,” is a misprint for “38 millim.” 


‘SQOSOWHOH OFAN 


duar ouLoIyD ‘sorg WropULY/T 


UT? Pp wayuYlyY 


WXX Id €8el S Zid 


ae a a a a a ere ea 
Si LTO 


1883.] ON THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS OF RHEA, 141 


3. Note on the Respiratory Organs of Rhea. By W. N. 
Parker, Lecturer on Biology at the University College 
of Wales, Aberystwyth. 


[Received March 12, 1883.] 


In a paper read last year before this Society, ‘‘ On the Respiratory 
Organs of Apteryz,” Prof. Huxley gave a clear and concise account 
of the arrangement of the respiratory organs in Birds generally, 
comparing more. particularly those of Apteryx and the Duck. To 
that paper the reader is referred for the explanation of the terms 
used in the present note. 

Having had an opportunity of dissecting a specimen of Rhea 
macrorhyncha and another of A. darwini while working at the 
Society’s Gardens, I examined the organs of respiration in these birds. 
Owing to want of time, I was unfortunately not able to go into 
this matter as fully as I could have wished; but as so little has been 
written on the subject, any facts relating thereto are worth recording. 
I shall therefore content myself with giving a comparison of these 
organs in Rhea with those of Apteryx and the Duck. 

As in the Duck, the lungs of Rea are considerably larger abso- 
lutely and relatively than in Apteryx, but the posterior ventral 
margin is longer than the anterior. ‘The pulmonary aponeurosis is 
thick and strong as in Apéeryx; and its mesial attachment is some 
distance from the median vertical septum, which, as well as the 
superior facet, is not so deep as in the Duck. 

The oblique septum is stronger than in the Duck, but apparently 
not so strong as in Apteryx. I was unable to find any muscular 
fibres in it. 

The general arrangement of the air-sacs in Rhea is much the same 
as in the Duck, though in some points they more nearly resemble 
those of Apteryz. 

The anterior and posterior intermediate and the posterior air- 
sacs are almost precisely similar to those of the Duck. The dorsal 
end of the dissepiment between the posterior-intermediate and the 
posterior sac slopes backwards ; and the posterior wall of the latter 
has been, as Prof. Huxley describes it, ‘apparently driven out, like 
a hernial sac, between the peritoneum and the parietes,” projecting 
almost to the posterior end of the abdomen. 

This pushing-out has not taken place in Apteryz, the whole of the 
posterior sac being enclosed between the oblique septum and the 
pulmonary aponeurosis, and thus having the same relations as the 
intermediates. 

The subbronchial sac presents an interesting intermediate condition 
between that of Apteryx and Carinate birds. The whole of this sac 
in Apteryx is “floored by that part of the oblique septum which 
lies at the side of the fore part of the pericardium,” while in the Duck 
the greater part of the sac extends forwards between the clavicles, 
and then fuses with its fellow to form a large median reservoir. 


142 THE SECRETARY ON THE WILD OX OF ASSAM. [Aprt. 3, 


Thus in the latter bird this sac consists of a large azygous anterior 
part and of a paired posterior part. 

In Rhea this sac is relatively considerably larger than in Apteryz, 
and extends some way in front of the level of the attachments of the 
coracoids to the sternum. Its cavity is encroached upon in the 
middle by the great vessels from the heart, which pass through it. 
The region behind the vessels appears to corespond to the whole sac 
of Apteryz ; and the region in front to the “interclavicular” portion 
in the Duck. There being no furcula, the sac does not extend in 
front of the sternum, and the septum between the two is complete 
throughout. 

The prebronchial sac seems to be relatively larger than in Apéeryz, 
but not so much developed as in the Duck. 

As in Apteryx, the branches of the entobronchia are less 
numerous than in the Duck; but otherwise they, as well as the 
vestibule and mesobronchium, resemble those of the latter bird. The 
mesobronchium gives off about ten ectobronchia, which reach to the 
outer surface of the lung. 

Thus, on the whole, the arrangement of the respiratory organs of 
Rhea very nearly resembles that of Carinate birds ; but in several 
points it shows an intermediate condition between the latter and 
Apteryz. 

I may here mention that in Rhea, as in the Ostrich, the liver 
and stomach have a peritoneal covering which shuts them off from 
the other abdominal viscera. A median septum extends upwards 
from the sternum to the oblique septum, and is continued backwards 
for about 3 inches beyond the posterior margin of the former. On 
each side, a horizontal peritoneal septum extends between the vertical 
one and the body-walls, thus forming a pair of sacs. The right one 
encloses the right lobe of the liver, which, however, as it does not 
extend so far back as the posterior edge of the sternum, only fills the 
anterior part of the sac. On the left side the arrangement is much 
the same, but the posterior part of the peritoneal chamber, which on 
the right side is empty, is filled by the stomach. Thus the right 
lobe of the liver has a chamber to itself, while the left chamber 
contains the left lobe of the liver and the stomach. The intestines 
lie above as well as behind these chambers. 


April 3, 1883, 
St. George Mivart, Esq., V.P., in the Chair. 


The Secretary read some extracts from a letter received from Mr. 
J. Sarbo in reference to a statement in the ‘Garden Guide’ (1883), 
p- 29, that “The Gayal (Bibos frontalis) is the Wild Ox of Assam, 
Sylhet, and the adjacent countries to the east of the Indian pen- 
insula.” Mr. Sarbo wrote as follows :— 


‘Firstly, Bos gaurus, and not Bos JSrontalis, is the Wild Ox of 


1883. ] THE SECRETARY ON THE WILD OX OF ASSAM. 143 


Assam. The animals in the Gardens are, as you state, Bos frontalis, 
and are never found in a wild state. They are the semi-domesticated 
animals_owned by various tribes from Assam to Arracan along our 
eastern frontier. Their bond to their owners is, I must admit, but 
slight, as they are never made use of in any way, not even being 
milked, except that now and then on solemn occasions one is killed 
and eaten. They wander at will without a herdsman in the jungles 
adjacent to their owners’ village, and at nightfall return to the village, 
where their owners reward them with some rock-salt ; they remain 
in the village all night, and at early dawn again make for the jungles. 
This is their only tie to man ; yet, inasmuch as each individual animal 
is owned and can be identified by its master, and since as a rule they 
are so tame and docile that they will eat out of a man’s hand, they 
cannot be called “wild.” To a casual observer there may appear 
no difference between Bos gaurus (the Gaur) and Bos frontalis 
(the Gayal); but a careful inspection shows the formation of the 
skull and horns to differ, besides which the Gaur is the larger animal. 
I have lived some time in Cachar, and for seven years in the Chit- 
tagong hill-tracts, where both animals abound, during which time I 
have made it my study to discover if Bos frontalis has ever been 
found in a wild state; and, after making large collections of skulls 
from all parts of the districts, after many and minute inquiries from 
different tribes, who themselves acknowledge the two varieties, and 
after repeated discussions with European sportsmen who know both 
animals and who have shot many a Gaur, I have arrived at the fact 
that there is no such thing asa wild Bos frontalis. 1 would not 
have ventured, though, to put this opinion before you, had not 
Dr. John Anderson, Curator of the Calcutta Museum, Secretary 
to the Calcutta Zoological Society, and who is one of the greatest 
authorities on Indian natural history, written to me that he had come 
to this conclusion. I know both animals well; and had there been 
a wild Bos frontalis, either I or my numerous sporting friends 
(amongst whom is G. P. Sanderson, author of ‘Thirteen Years 
amongst the Wild Beasts of India’) would have found it and shot it. 
The skulls of the two kinds are so different that no mistake could 
be made. I have now by me three or four. Over and above this, 
I am almost positive that the actual animals you have in the Gar- 
dens were two of five or six obtained through my influence from 
chiefs on the Chittagong hill-tracts for the Calcutta Gardens, as I 
was informed in Calcutta that they had been sent to England to 
you. This being so, I can assert that neither they nor their sires 
or dams have been wild for many generations. 

“Secondly, you write ‘The Gayal is the Wild Ox of Assam, 
Sylhet, and the adjacent countries to the east of the Indian peninsula,’ 
thereby clearly implying that the Wild Ox of Assam, which, as I 
have before said, is Bos gaurus, is not found except to the east of the 
Indian peninsula. It is too well known for there to be any argu- 
ment on the subject, that besides Assam Bos yaurus is found in 
Cuttack, in the Madras presidency, and the Central Provinces; but 
of course this has nothing to do with Bos frontalis. Thirdly, though 


144 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. (Apr. 3, 


of this I will not be so positive as I am on the two other points, 
I have never heard of Bos frontalis being found even in a semi- 
domesticated state in Sylhet. Having lived for years in surrounding 
districts and knowing many persons who have lived in the district, I 
think indeed it is more than possible I should have heard if this 
animal is found in Sylhet or not.” 

Mr. Sclater observed that though he had always wondered at the 
exceeding tameness of captured specimens of this supposed Wild 
Ox, the fact that the Gayal was nowhere found in a wild state was 
quite new to him, and that, as regards the geographical distribution 
of this and Bos gaurus, he was quite willing to assent to Mr. Sarbo’s 
corrections of his statements. 


Mr. Sclater called attention to the skin of a brown Crow (Corvus), 
which had been sent to him for examination by Mr. Albert A. C. 
Le Souef, C.M.Z.S., of the Zoological and Acclimatization Society 
of Melborne. Mr. Le Souef had written of it as follows :— 

“It was shot in Riverina. The gentleman who killed it sent me 
a similar bird alive about two years ago; and it lived in confinement 
about a year. On its death I showed it to Prof. McCoy of the 
Melbourne University ; and that gentleman, after a careful examina- 
tion, pronounced it an albino specimen of the Common Crow (Corvus 
australis). lis eyes, however, were brown like the colour of the 
feathers, in: fact darker. My up-country friend moreover informs 
me that he has frequently seen these brown Crows in pairs, and 
has now sent me down the present skin.” 

My. Sclater said that he was inclined to agree with Prof. McCoy 
that the bird in question was only a variety in plumage of Corvus 
australis ; and remarked that such varieties, although rare in anatural 
state, were by no means unknown, as witness the two creamy-coloured 
specimens of Polyborus brasiliensis formerly living in the Society’s 
Gardens !. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On a Collection of Indian Lepidoptera received from 
Lieut.-Colonel Charles Swinhoe ; with numerous Notes 
by the Collector. By Arrnur G. Burinr, F.L.S., F.Z.8., 
&e. 
[Received March 21, 1883.] 
(Plate XXIV.) 


During the year 1882 I received from Col. Swinhoe (then resident 
at Mhow) several boxes of Lepidoptera collected by jhim and his 
assistants, chiefly at Kurrachee, Solun, and Mhow, between the years 
1879 and 1882. As usual with large series from an extended area, 


1 See P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 833, et 1878, p. 232. 


1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 145 


not a few of the smaller Butterflies and of the Moths prove to be new 
to science. 


RHOPALOCERA. 
1. YPTHIMA INICA. 


Ypthima inica, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 284, 
n. 5, pl. 17. fig. 5 (1865). 

Mhow, December 1881 and February 1882. 

“ Common here ever since November. Is, I presume, Ypéhima 
inica. I have one identically the same from Paras Pani, Mirzapore 
district, N.W. Provinces, taken in February; but the Deesa ex- 
amples are marked differently on the secondaries below.” —C. S. 


2. YYTHIMA RARA, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 1.) 


Intermediate in character between Y. norma and nareda; general 
coloration of the former species, but like the latter in size ; smoky 
greyish brown above, with a large bipupillated ocellus somewhat as 
in FY. nareda, but duller, less oblique, and further from the apex ; no 
submarginal or marginal black stripes; secondaries with a small 
subanal ocellus, smaller and duller than in Y. nareda; under surface 
grey, densely striated with creamy whitish ; no submarginal brown 
streaks or clouds ; ocelli arranged nearly as in Y. nareda, but that of 
the primaries and the third or subanal one of secondaries differing 
as above. Expanse of wings 37 mm. 

Mhow, October 1881. 

«* Not common here; one taken in September and five in October. 
Is like my Himalayan examples of Y. nareda, Kollar ; but the third 
eye on the secondaries is much smaller, and the submarginal grey 
streak above and below in all four wings is absent.” —C. S. 


3. NEPTIS EURYMENE, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 5.) 


Nearly allied to VV. ewrynome of Westwood, but smaller, with the 
costal and outer margins of primaries above straighter. Colour above 
blacker with purer white markings ; spots on the disk smaller ; 
secondaries with an ill-defined whitish streak in the central black 
belt and a slender white submarginal line: wings below of a purer 
ochre-yellow colour; the white markings, excepting the discoidal 
streak of primaries, narrower. Expanse of wings 49 mm. 

Mhow, February 1882. 

“Like my Aboo examples of Neptis astola of Moore; common 
here in February ; have one also from Paras Pani, Mirzapore district, 
N.W. Provinces, taken in the same month.”—C. S. 

We also possess a Neptis from Mount Aboo ; it however agrees on 
the upper surface with NV. aceris of Europe, and on the under surface 
is yellow instead of red-brown. It is, in fact, the following 
species. 


4, NEeptis swInHOEL, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 9.) 
Only differs above from N. aceris in the narrower black border 


146 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3, 


beyond the white discal series of spots on the secondaries ; it differs 
from the preceding species in this character and in the reduction of 
the subapical series of white spots on the primaries to three, also in 
the absence of the submarginal white line on the secondaries ; below 
it is yellower even than N. eurymene, the white cuneiform spot 
beyond the cell of primaries is shorter, the white band of the secon- 
daries broader and straighter, and the yellow belt following it also 
broader, straighter, and less tapering; from N. aceris below the 
yellow coloration at once distinguishes it. Expanse of wings 45 mm. 

Nilgherries. 

‘This is marked in my collection ‘ Neptis aceris.’ I have this 
also from Port Blair and from the Himalayas; have also Moore’s 
variety nicobarica from British Burmah.”—C. S. 

NV. nicobarica is, however, a good species. 


5. NEpris ASTOLA. 


Neptis astola, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 560. 

Allied to N. varmona, but the submarginal series of white spots 
on the primaries five in number towards apex ; the white subbasal 
band of secondaries straighter and of more even width throughout ; 
the interrupted submarginal pale line whitish towards anal angle, but 
sometimes wanting ; colour below red-brown, redder than in J. var- 
mona; the white subbasal band of secondaries not distinctly black- 
edged, the reddish belt following it even and tapering towards the 
apex ; the macular discal band a little narrower and not distinctly 
black-bordered ; the interrupted white submarginal stripes wider. 
Expanse of wings 56 mm. 

Belgaum. 

“This also seems to be astola; but there are local differences 
between my Aboo, Belgaum, and Matheran examples.’’—C. S. 

Unless these locally distinct forms are to be regarded as species, 
we must cease to name Lepidoptera, or, at least, confine ourselves to 
naming types of genera; in not a few genera we can even now form 
a gradational series of allied forms, constant to locality, yet exhibiting 
distinctive characters, which to any but those who have long studied 
the Lepidoptera might appear to be mere variations ; their constancy 
however, in my opinion, warrants their separation as species. 


6. HyPANIS POLINICE. 


Papilio polinice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 375. f. G, H (1782). 
Madras'. 


7. Hypanis SIMPLEX, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 8.) 


Allied to the African H. cora. Wings above tawny with black 
markings as in little-marked females of H. ilithyia of Africa: on the 
under surface very like H. cora, but the black discoidal markings of 
primaries distinctly white-edged, the subapical white spots larger and 
clearer, the submarginal black band near external angle reduced toa 


1 A note sent with this species appears to refer to a form unknown to me. 


1883.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 147 


mere undulated stripe; the first and second white bands of secon- 
daries pure, not crossed by coloured veins, edged on both sides with 
black dots ; submarginal white spots less widely separated ; an un- 
dulated white marginal stripe in place of the pairs of white dots. Ex- 
panse of wings 41 mm. 

One example, Depalpore, January 1882. 

* Depalpore is a lake-district 30 miles north of Mhow.” 

“A common Hypanis here, at Assirghar, and at Depalpore in 
September and October.” —C. S. 


8. AMBLYPODIA ANITA. 


Amblypodia anita, Hewitson, Cat. Lye. B. M. p. 14, pl. 8. figs. 
90, 91 (1862). 
do 2. Madras. 


9. SURENDRA BIPLAGIATA, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 12.) 


3. Near to S. discalis, but easily distinguished by having no 
violet patches on the upper surface of the secondaries and by the grey 
colouring of the under surface, upon which the markings are ex- 
tremely indistinct. Expanse of wings 33 mm. 

Madras. 


10. DevpoRIx MELAMPUS. 

Papilio melampus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 362. f. G, H (1782). 

36, Mhow; Q, Solun. 

“Not common here; one or two taken in September, October, 
and February ; I have also examples from Hydrabad, Sind, and from 
Belgaum.”—C. 8S. 


11. APHN2ZUS ELIMA. 


Aphneus elima, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. 
p- 51 (1877). 

Mhow, December 1831. 

«* Not common here (Mhow) ; taken in November, December, and 
January : five specimens in all.”—C. 8. 


12. APHN&US BRACTEATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 10, 11.) 


Allied to A. vulcanus (the male of A. etolus, Cram.); from which 
it may be distinguished as follows :—The male above with the tawny 
bands almost as well developed as in the female of that species ; the 
female with the primaries tawny excepting along the inner margin, 
and crossed by black bands corresponding with those of the under 
surface ; secondaries in both sexes paler, showing the under-surface 
markings as dark grey bands ; the tawny submarginal streak con- 
tinued to apex and for the most part white in the female. Wings 
below creamy white, not sordid as in A. vulcanus, the bands narrower 
and of a darker duller red-colour so as to show up the silver spangles 
distinctly ; the fifth band on the primaries free, not united to the 
sixth as in A. vulcanus; on the secondaries the large orange anal 


148 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 33 


patch is wanting, so that the elbowed continuation of the fifth or 
submarginal band is distinctly seen ; the abbreviated fourth band is 
also free, not united to the fifth. Expanse of wings, ¢ 27 mm., 
2 30 mm. 

Mhow, ¢ February 1882, 9 December 1881. 

“This Aphneus is fairly common here from October to Feb- 
ruary.’—C. S. 

The position of this species is between A. vuleanus and A. actis. 


13, TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS. 

Hesperia theophrastus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 281, n. 32 
(1793). 

Mhow, September and November 1881. 

«* Fairly common here from November to January. Like zara, but 
not nara; having the markings below in distinct spots, and not 
connected into lines as in nara: I have similar examples from Solun. 
Typical nara is occasionally found here in September and December ; 
at least I took four or five during these months.”—C. S. 


14, CarocHRYSOPS PATALA. 

Lycena patala, Kollar in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. 2, p.419 (1848). 

Mhow, November and December 1881. 

« Common here from October to February. Have not found the 
typical enejus here yet; it will, however, no doubt turn up when 
the proper season comes round ; in Kurrachee it was found in Sep- 
tember and October.” —C. S. 


15. CaTOCHRYSOPS HAPALINA, sp.n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 2, 3.) 


3. Allied to ©. ella: above pale lilac with strong pale golden- 
brown reflections, which sometimes almost overpower the lilac tint ; 
base of wings blackish and blue; a slender blackish marginal line ; 
fringe white; secondaries with a short and very slender black tail 
edged with white ; two white-bordered black spots near anal angle: 
body blackish : under surface greyish white, with faint golden tints 
in certain lights; markings as in C. patala, but less distinct ; the 
two anal ocelli small, with no metallic scales in the type ; the female, 
however, and such specimens of both sexes as are darker and bluer 
than the type above have a metallic annulus of green on each ocellus ; 
one male taken in January has this annulus of bright gold. Expanse 
of wings 26 mm. 

. Above blackish, the primaries with the exception of a broad 
apical patch tapering to beyond the middle of the costal border and 
a broad external border, suffused with bluish lilac; the secondaries 
with the basal three fifths, excepting towards costa, of the same 
colour bounded externally by a narrow band of white spots; five sub- 
marginal black spots with white borders, those of the last two touched 
at the back with orange and bluish scales; otherwise almost exactly 
as in the male. Expanse of wings 27 mm. 

Mhow, October and December 1881; var. ¢, January 1882. 

This species may readily be distinguished from C. ella by the 


1883. ] MR. A, G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 149 


whiter tint of the under surface and the arrangement of the spots in 
the transverse series across the disk of primaries, which are placed end 
to end in a straight line instead of angle to angle; this arrangement 
brings the last of the series much nearer to the external angle. 

“*Common in December, but one or two found in October, No- 
vember, and January.”’—C. S. 

What I can only regard as a dwarfed form of this species occurs 
commonly at Mhow in December and January. Colonel Swinhoe, 
however, goes further than I do, and thinks that this and other allied 
forms are all seasonal varieties of C. enejus; he probably means 
C. patala, since C. enejus has the spots across the disk of primaries 
below arranged angle to angle asin C. ella. Colonel Swinhoe further 
remarks that this small form (of C. hapalina) is as beautifully 
coloured as my C. contracta ; and observes, “ Certainly the C. con- 
tracta from Madras are really very beautifully coloured; but then, 
again, the most beautifully coloured cnejus come from Madras also— 
a moist part of India where all bluish-coloured Butterflies are very 
beautiful.”’ 

C.. contracta, so far as my knowledge goes, is confined to Candahar : 
the under-surface markings are different in character from those of 
either the C. patala or C. enejus groups ; the spots of the discal series 
form a broken line, the upper part regular, the lower irregular. 
Unless such differences are admitted as of specific value, many of 
the best-established and hitherto universally admitted species will 
have to be united—an action to which few, if any, careful students 
of the Lepidoptera will give their sanction. 


16. CATOCHRYSOPS UBALDUS. 
Papilio ubaldus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 390. f. L, M (1782). 
Mhow, October and November 1881. 


** Searce here; one taken in September, two in October, and one 
in November.”—C. S. 


17. ZizeERA PYGM A. 


Lycena pygmea, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xix. pl. 7. fig. 3 
(1876). 

Mhow, November 1881. 

“An uncommon Lycena here; one taken in October, four in 
November, and three in December.”—C. S. 


18. ZizERA INDICA. 


Lycena indica, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 525, pl. 10. 
figs. 2, 3. 

Mhow, December 1881 and January 1882. 

Colonel Swinhoe separates this into two forms, between which, 
however, I fail to see any constant difference. The species is very 
close to Lycena karsandra, of which I think it possible that it may 
be only a variety ; the ocellated marginal series of dusky spots on the 
under surface of the secondaries, however, are less defined than in 
L. karsandra. Of the first series of specimens Colonel Swinhoe 


150 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3, 


says, “ Very common here in December and January ;” and of the 
second, ‘‘ Not common here, only eight taken in December and two 
in January; is smaller than any Kurrachee examples of Moore’s 
karsandra, and has a tinge of blue in the fresh specimens which I 
never observed in the Kurrachee ones.” 

I must confess my inability to admit the first of these differences : 
some of the Kurrachee specimens which Colonel Swinhoe sent us are 
certainly as large as some of the Mhow specimens of Z. indica; the 
blue spot, however, is certainly brighter in the latter. 

Var. decreta. 

Smaller and paler than the preceding ; the discal series of black 
spots across the under surface of the primaries always very large ; 
the other markings badly defined. Expanse of wings 17-19 mm. 

Mhow, December 1881 and January 1882. 

I am inclined to agree with Colonel Swinhoe that this is probably 
a small form of the preceding. It appears, however, to be a ‘‘ very 
common”? one, and therefore may turn out to be as distinct as our 
Ganoris brassice and G. rape are when its life-history has been 
studied. It is impossible to be sure, from a mere examination of the 
imago, whether a butterfly or moth is a variety or a species: perhaps 
one of the best proofs of this may be found in the Geometrid genus 
Eugonia (Ennomos auct.), where the moths differ far less than the 
authenticated varieties of species in other genera (such as Abrawas 
for instance), yet the larve are widely distinct both in form and 
cvlouring. 


19. TERIAS HECABE ? 

Papilio hecabe, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 249 (1764). 

3 2. Mhow, September and November 1881. 

The specimens are smaller and paler in colour than the typical 
Chinese form of the species. Colonel Swinhoe placed it with 
T. excavata, from which, however, it differs in the decidedly broader 
dark border to the secondaries and the absence of the characteristic 
irregular subapical brown marking on the under surface of the 
primaries, 


20. 'TERIAS HECABEOIDES. 

Terias hecabeoides, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. p. 85, 
pl. 2. fig. 2 (1855). 

3. Mhow, September 1881. 

“Not so deep a yellow as the hecabe from Kurrachee ; black 
border on secondaries deeper than usual, deeper than any other 


species of the hecabe type in my collection. Common here in Sep- 
tember.”’—C. S. 


21. TERIAS HSIOPE. 

Terias esiope, Ménétriés, Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. p. 85, pl. 2. 
fig. 3 (1855). 

3 2. Mhow, September and October 1881. 

Of the male, which Colonel Swinhoe regarded as a variety of the 


1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 151 


preceding, he says a few were taken in September only ; the females, 
of which he sends four examples, he regards as representing the 
PT. hecabeoides of Ménétriés, of which he says he has never seen a 
male; he suggests therefore that 7’. hecabe is the male. Both sexes 
of the two species, however, can readily be distinguished by a com- 
parison of the under surface: in 7’. heeabe and ZT. hecabeoides the 
irregular transverse brown subapical marking on the primaries is 
invariably absent and the ordinary markings are somewhat badly 
defined, whereas in 7’. esiope, excavata, purreea, and their allies the 
reverse is the case. 


22. TeRIAS EXCAVATA. 
Terias excavata, Moore, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 252. 


3 2. Assirghur, Suttara, Mhow, September to December 1881. 

“ That these are males and females of one species I have not the 
least doubt; they are plentiful here; and I have carefully observed 
them and have also examined over two hundred specimens.” ‘‘ Very 
common here in latter part of October and all November.’ —C. S. 


23. TERIAS PURREEA. 
Terias purreea, Moore, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 252. 


3 2. Mhow, November and December 1881, January 1882. 

* “ Also males and females of one and the same species; I have 
examined 182 specimens ; they commence appearing here the latter 
part of November, are very common all December, and a few 
occasionally up to date.”—C. S. 

The above notes upon two nearly allied species of the hecade 
group are very significant, proving the utter worthlessness of the 
guesses which have been made of late regarding the variability of 
species in this group. As is the case with many allied but admittedly 
distincts pecies (as for instance Brenthis selene and B. euphrosyne), 
Terias excavata and T.. purreea evidently emerge from the pupa at a 
distance of about a month from one another ; this interval of time 
will not admit of the supposition that they may be seasonal forms 
of the same species. 


24. TreRIAS ASPHODELUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 13.) 


Similar to 7’. irregularis (P. Z.S. 1882, pl. xii. fig. 3), but con- 
stantly considerably smaller ; the margin of the secondaries dotted 
with black: below very similar to 7. fimbriata, the spots at the 
extremities of the discoidal cells large, reddish with greyish centres ; 
primaries with a well-developed transverse subapical red-brown 
irregular streak. Expanse of wings, ¢ 34 mm., Q 40 mm. 

Mhow and Depalpur, December 1881 to February 1882. 

Var. narcissus. 

Smaller than the type; the border of primaries forming a regular 
decreasing arched band to the external angle, without a trace of the 
bisinuation on the median interspaces. Expanse of wings 32 mm. 

Mhow, February 1882. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XI. 1] 


152 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA.  [Aprt. 3, 


* Not common; a few taken occasionally from November to 
March.” —C. S. 


25. TERACOLUS INTERMISSUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIV. fig. 4.) 


3. Resembles on both surfaces the female of T. ochreipennis, 
excepting that the black border of the secondaries does not extend 
beyond the first median branch, is interrupted by three or four 
unequal white spots, and upon the margin is more distinctly undu- 
lated. Expanse of wings 41 mm. 

Kurrachee, December 1881. 

This, whether it be a species or a variety, is a highly interesting 
form, since it serves partly to bridge over the gap between 7’. vestalis 
and 7. amelia by reproducing a character common to T. cyprea and 
allies. 


26. TERACOLUS OCHREIPENNIS. 

Teracolus ochreipennis, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 136, n. 34. 

Kurrachee. ¢ 2, December 1881. 

“ Quite common in Kurrachee in November and December.” 

** Apex of primaries and entire surface of secondaries below in 
both sexes very dark flesh-colour in all freshly emerged specimens, 
which fades to ochraceous in life but not after death. If you catch a 
perfectly fresh specimen and put it away, the dark flesh-colour keeps 
fairly well, even after death ; if you expose the under surface to the 
light, the flesh-colour soon fades into a kind of ochraceous.” —C. S. 


27. TERACOLUS PUELLARIS. 

Teracolus puellaris, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 136, n. 33. 

6. Kurrachee, June 1880; Larkana, July, 

The specimens now sent are ail males; of two marked as females, 
one distinctly shows the divided anal claspers, and the other has the 
sexual organ exserted ; the females of this species are like pale under- 
coloured females of 7’. ochreipennis, and not yellow below.as in the 
males. 

“Very common at Kurrachee from April to August, and an odd 
one to be taken occasionally in every month of the year.”—C. S. 

The last part of this note must be attributed to the great similarity 
of the species (especially in the male sex) of this group ; worn ex- 
amples of one species probably continue to turn up until the appear- 
ance of the other. Small examples of the following species were 
associated with the specimens of 7’. pwellaris. The males, when of 
nearly equal size, are extremely difficult to distinguish from one 
another ; and the larger the series of specimens the more this difficulty 
increases ; nevertheless the females are so distinct in coloration that I 
am unwilling without proof to regard the two forms as of one species. 


28. TERACOLUS VESTALIS. 

Teracolus vestalis, Butler, P.Z.S. 1876, p. 135, n. 32, pl. vii. 
fig. 10. 

3 2. Kurrachee, June 1880. 


1883.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 153 


The females of this species are yellow below, as in the males ; 
sometimes with a row of brown spots on the secondaries. 


29. IxIAS KAUSALA. 

Txias kausala, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. 
p- 49 (1877). 

3 Q. Depalpore, December 1881, January 1882. 

“ Very common on the banks of the Depalpore lake in November, 
December, and January ; not observed anywhere else in this dis- 
trict.”-—C. S. 

Chiefly differs from what I believe to be the Z. pyrene of Linnzeus 
in the decidedly narrower black inner border to the apical patch 
on primaries. 


30. Ix1as DEPALPURA sp. n. (Plate XXIV. figs. 6, 7.) 


Allied to I. agnivena of Moore, but differing in the broader and 
_ brighter orange patch on primaries and the narrower macular border 
of secondaries. Wings above white ; primaries with the basi-internal 
area almost to the middle of the wing white, tinted at base and 
towards the costa with bluish grey ; a broad oblique black patch 
across the end of the cell, continued in the male as a narrow 
oblique black band to the external angle, so as to separate the basi- 
internal and apical areas; the latter area bright orange ; the costal 
margin, apex, and external border black-brown, somewhat as in 
I. marianne ; the disk in the female marked with four small black 
dots parallel to outer margin: secondaries white, with a marginal 
series of subconfluent squamose brown spots somewhat as in the 
female of I. dharmsale; base greyish. Under surface similar to that 
of I. agnivena aud some examples of I. marianne, but with only 
four ocelloid spots towards apex upon the disk of primaries and with 
no large brown patch at external angle; the ocelloid spots on the 
secondaries are large and white with pale coffee-brown borders. 
Expanse of wings 48-51 mm. 

Five examples. Depalpore, January 1882. 

‘© This Ivias is also very plentiful at the same place in company 
with J. kausala in the same months, and has not been observed any- 
where else in these parts.’”’—C. S. 


31. PAPILIO DIPHILUS. 

Papilio diphilus, Esper, Ausl.Schmett. pl.40 B. fig.1 (1785-1798). 

Dudhi and Shahgunge in the Mirzapore distinct, N.W. Provinces, 
in February 1882. 

The example from Dudhi is smaller than the other ; and Colonel 
Swinhoe regards the two as distinct local forms. This may be so; 
but hitherto I believe all have been regarded as varieties of P. diphilus ; 
and I should he sorry, with single specimens before me, to question 


the correctness of this view. 
11* 


154 MR, A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3, 


32. CHAPRA MATHIAS. 

Hesperia mathias, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798). 

Mhow, October to December 1881. 

Colonel Swinhoe considered the specimens to represent two species ; 
but, beyond the fact that some of them are rubbed and faded, I see no 
difference. Of the fresher specimens Colonel Swinhoe says—“ Very 
common here in September, October, and November, when it is re- 
placed by the following ;”’ and of the faded ones—* Not very common: 
it is like some of my Kurrachee examples of Pamphila mathias; but 
every specimen I have captured is so worn I am not sure of it.” It 
is of course quite natural that a Butterfly which has been two or 
three months on the wing should look a little different from freshly 
emerged specimens. 


33. AMPITTIA MARO. 

Hesperia maro, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 432 (1798). 

Madras. 

Asingle male example, having the fulvous patch on the secondaries 
broader than in our Ceylon male; the species, however, seems to be 
somewhat variable in this respect. 

Colonel Swinhoe sends also a specimen of Gomalia albofasciata, 
but without any information respecting it, his note upon it having 
been lost. 


34. TAGIADES MEETANA. 


Tagiades meetana, Moore, P.Z.S. 1878, p. 842, pl. lii. fig. 1. 
‘* Nilgherries ; I have also one example from Belgaum.” —C. S. 
The species appears to be fairly common and widely distributed. 


HETEROCERA. 


SPHINGES. 


A Pergesa, apparently the female of P. aurifera somewhat 
rubbed, is in the collection, but without any information as to 
locality &c. 

35. CLANIS EXUSTA. 

Basiana exusta, Butler, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 252, n. 37; Trans. Zool. 
Soc. vol. 1x. p. 595, pl. xeiii. fig. 4 (1876). 

**Solun, in July.”—C. 8. 


36. PoLyprycHUs DENTATUS. 
deca dentata, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 42, pl. 125. fig. G 
4/9). 
Polyptychus dentatus, Butler, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ix. p. 583, 
pl. xci. fig. 10, larva (1876). 
Belgaum. 
“JT have one also taken at Mhow in October.”—C. S. 


1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 155 


BomByces. 
37. SYNTOMIS CYSSEA. 
Sphinz cysseus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 355, B (1782). 
Mhow, February 1882. 
“Great numbers in the poppy-fields here in January and Feb- 
ruary ; I took twoor three here also in the flowers of the male neem 
tree; have also some from Solun and Umballa.”—C. S. 


MicROSEMYRA, Noy. gen. 


Aspect of a small Leucania, but more nearly allied to Semyra'. 
The neuration somewhat similar, but the cell of primaries longer 
and the veins branching and consequently shorter; secondaries 
with the cell short, the subcostals branching (as in Semyra) from a 
short footstalk, but the second and third median branches (unlike 
those of Semyra) emitted from a very long footstalk similarly to 
those of MWonistis (see Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, pl. viii. fig. 18). 
Thorax clothed with long woolly hair-scales; palpi rather small, not 
extending beyond the front of the head ; antennee of the male ciliated 
on both sides, rather short, tapering; legs thick, especially in the 
male, the anterior and middle pairs short; abdomen long and 
scantily scaled. 


38. MiIcROSEMYRA PALLIDA, sp. n. 


Primaries creamy whitish, with a discal series of linear black dots 
incurved from below the third median branch; fringe traversed by 
two indistinct greyish lines ; secondaries shining snow-white ; thorax 
cream-coloured; abdomen testaceous, sprinkled with snow-white 
scales: under surface pure white; primaries of the male streaked 
longitudinally with grey. Expanse of wings 22 mm. 

Mhow, October 1881. 

“Scarce here, and only observed in October.”-—C. S. 


39. PHARETRA CONSANGUIS. 

Acronycta consanguis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. iv. p. 358, n. 24 (1879). - 

Kasauli, in September. 


40. Dre1oPEIA PULCHELLA. 


Tinea pulchella, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 884 (1766). 

Mhow, September 1881 and February 1882; Hubb river, Noy. 
1879. 

Colonel Swinhoe sends a long note respecting this species, in 
which he suggests that it should be distinguished rather by the 
markings of the secondaries than of the primaries. He objects that 
my D. thyter is distinguished by the markings of the primaries, 
and that he can find in India no species to which my description 
“primaries with the scarlet spots so pale as to be scarcely visible, 


1 T refer this genus to the Arctiide, 


156 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3, 


but the black spots large and well-defined,” will apply. To these 
observations I answer by referring him back to my paper, where he 
will find (in the first place) that in the description of D. thyter I 
say “ marginal black border of secondaries narrower (2. e. than in 
D. pulchella), the terminal quadrate projection very small ;” and (in 
the second place) that the description quoted by him does not pro- 
fess to be that of an Indian species, but of a variety of D. pulchella 
frequently occurring in Southern Africa. 


41. ARGINA CRIBRARIA. 

Phalena cribraria, Clerck, Icones, pl. liv. fig. 4. 

Port Blair, Andamans, in June. 

**T have it in many shades of colour from Bombay, Belgaum, 


Mahabaleshwar, and have taken it here in September, October, and 
November.’ —C. 8S. 


42. AGANOPIS ORBICULARIS. 
Hypsa orbicularis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 445, n. 1 (1854). 
South Andamans, in July. 


43. EvpLocIA MEMBLIARIA. 

Phalena membliaria, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 139, pl. 269. 
figs. C, D (1782). 

2. South Andamans, in July 1880. 

Colonel Swinhoe describes a form answering to the male of this 
species as in his collection from Upper Tenasserim. 


44. CHARNIDAS TESTACEA. 

Q@. Cycnia testacea, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iii. p. 683, n. 6 (1855). 

Mhow, October 1881. 

““Not uncommon here in September and October. I took a 
female also this month. (March 1882); have, however, only taken 
one male, which is smaller and of a uniform mouse-colour; have 
also a light brick-dust-coloured female from the Himalayas with the 
iransyerse streak at the end of the discoidal cell, but without the 
dots on each side of the streak.’ —C. S. 


45, PACHENOME DETERSA. 


3. Lymantria detersa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. ii. p. 365 
(1865). 

3. Mhow, September and October 1881. 

**Common here from September to February; I have it also from 
Suttara, taken in November.’—C. S. 

It is to be regretted that Colonel Swinhoe has not sent the female 
of this species, which is entirely unknown to me, and which would 
be especially interesting as indicating the relationship of the genus, 

A specimen of Moore’s Artaza pygmea (specific name pre- 
occupied) was taken at Kurrachee in May 1879. Colonel Swinhoe 
has taken it also in February and April. 

1 This description answers to C. rotundata=C. disyuncta, W1k. 


CA 


1883. | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 157 


46. VARMMA INDICA. 
Gluphisia indica, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. v. p. 1039, n. 4 (1855). 


3. Simla. 
“T have it also from Dharmsala.”—C. 8. 


Hypoca.pg, gen. nov. 

Allied to Calpe, from which it differs as follows :—Male with the 
antennee comparatively shorter, much less strongly pectinated ; palpi 
obliquely truncated, the inferior margin being longer than the supe- 
rior, not acute at the tip; posterior tibie broader ; primaries with 
longer costal margin, the outer margin oblique, convex, but not 
angulated ; external angle rounded off; inner margin not excised, 
but with a slightly developed convexity or depressed flap towards 
the base; veins similar but longer beyond the cell in all the wings ; 
secondaries with longer costal margin. 


47. HypocaLPe FASCIATA. 

Calpe fasciata, Moore, Descr. Lep. Ins. coll. Atkinson, p. 151 
(1882). 

Solun, in July. 


48. CALLHZNIA ELONGATA. 

Callenia elongata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. vi. 
p- 67, n. 12 (1880). 

Solun, in August. 

“T have it also from Kasauli, taken in September.”—C. S. 


49. INGURA SUBAPICALIS. 

Q . Abrostola subapicalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 883, n. 7 
(1857). 

Solun (one male). 
’ Identical with Ingura recurrens of Walker. 


50. EARIAS TRISTRIGOSA. 
Earias tristrigosa, Butler, P, Z. 8. 1881, p. 614, n. 60. 


Kurrachee, January 1879. 

This is a faded specimen, the green colour of the primaries having 
changed to ochreous. 

“Taken at Kurrachee also in February and November, and at 
Assirghar in October; I have one also from Solun.”—C. 8. 


NOocruirtes. 
51. LEUCANIA PENICILLATA. 
Leucania penicillata, Moore, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 335. 


**Solun in March ; common there during that month ; I have it also 
from the Nilgherries.””—C. 8. 


158 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3, 


52. LEUCANIA RUFISTRIGOSA. 
Leucania rufistrigosa, Moore, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 337. 


“N.W. India” (Moore). 
Colonel Swinhoe has lost his reference to this species, and there- 
fore is unable to give locality or date of capture. 


53. LEUCANIA PERCISA. 
Leucania percisa, Moore, MS. 
The clue to the locality of this species is also lost. In coll. Hocking. 


54. LEUCANIA BIVITTATA. 

Leucania bivittata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 108, n. 71 
(1856). 

Mhow, September 1881. 

«In great numbers here for about a week in company with Alaria 
lanceolata.” —C. 8. 


55. LErvcanta INFERENS. 

Leucania inferens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 105, n. 65 
(1856). 

Mhow, September 1881. 

The note to L. bivittata applies also to this species. 


56. CARADRINA ARENACEA. 
Caradrina arenacea, Moore, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 349. 
Umballa, in March, 


57. ALETIA RUDIS. 
Aletia rudis, Moore, MS. 
Solun, in June. In Mr. Hocking’s collection. 


58. Ra1zoGRAMMA INDICA. 

Xylophasia indica, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. ii. p. 647 
(1865). 

Solun, in June. 

“Very common in May and June at Solun in 1878.”—C. 8. 


59. LAPHYGMA INFECTA. 

Prodenia infecta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 196, n. 12 
(1856). 

¢ var. Prodenia venustula, Walker, 1. c. Suppl. ii. p. 654 (1865). 

3. ‘ Kasauli, in September, common; I have it also from the 
Nilgherries.”’ 

@. “Solun ; taken also at Mhow in October.”—C. S. 


60. NEuRIA INCISA. 
Neuria incisa, Moore, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 344. 
**Solun, in June; common there.’’—C. S. 


1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 159 


61. MAMESTRA DOLOROSA. 


Mamestra dolorosa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. ii. p. 667 
(1865). 

«Solun. I have taken it also at Mhow in November, and at 
Suttara in the same month.’’—C. S. 


62. MAMESTRA BRASSICE. 
Phalena-Noctua brassice, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 516 (1766) 
“ Solun, in May ; common there in May and J une.” —C. 8. 


63. APAMEA UNDICILIA. 

Apamea undicilia, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ix. p. 251, n. 18 
(1856). 

Solun. 


64. PERIGEA SERVA. 


Celena serva, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1689 (1858). 
Perigea canorufa, Walker, 1. c. Suppl. ii. p. 683 (1865). 


Solun. 


65. PERIGEA GALAXIA, Sp. n. 


3. Primaries above dark brown, with bronzy brown reflections ; 
ordinary lines black, commencing upon the costa in oblique snow- 
white dashes; the denticulated discal line very prominent, each 
denticle terminated externally in a white point; orbicular spot very 
small, with an iris of white scales, very indistinct ; reniform spot 
large, snow-white, dotted with black and with a greyish central 
streak; submarginal line very irregular, chiefly indicated by a 
slender white external edge, external border of wing beyond this line 
pale ; a marginal series of depressed conical black spots ; fringe sordid 
white spotted with brown: secondaries pale bronzy brown, with a 
greyish tint towards outer margin ; fringe cream-coloured, tipped 
with silvery whitish and traversed by a grey line: body corresponding 
in general colour with the wings. Under surface pale bronzy brown, 
almost golden in some lights ; primaries with a greyish subtint, and 
the secondaries, especially towards abdominal border, with a whitish 
subtint ; a dusky stripe beyond the cells, bisinuated in the primaries, 
arched and macular in the secondaries ; a marginal series of black 
dots; fringe cream-coloured, tipped with grey ; pectus silvery grey- 
ish ; antennee below reddish. Expanse of wings 30 mm. 

The locality is lost; I believe, however, that it occurs at Dharm- 
sala. 


66. ILATTIA CEPHUSALIS. 


Tlattia cephusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvi. p. 209, n. 1 (1858). 
¢.Solun, in October ; taken there also in July, and at Mhow 
in October.” —C. S. 


160 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA.  [Apr. 3, 


67. AGROTIS SUFFUSA. 
Noctua suffusa, Denis, Wien. Verz. p. 80, n. 4. 


* Solun, in June; have taken it here (Mhow) also in February, 
and at Quetta in September.”—C. S. 


68. AGROTIS ARISTIFERA. 

Agrotis aristifera, Guénée, Noct. i. p. 266, n. 426 (1852). 

Agrotis munda, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. x. p. 348, n. 99 (1856). 

“Solun; took it also at Kurrachee in February, and at Mhow in 
November, December, and March.”—C. S. 


69. AGROTIS FRATERNA. 

Agrotis fraterna, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Ins. coll. Atkinson, 
p. 116 (1882). 

Solun, in June; Nilgherries. 

The two examples sent by Colonel Swinhoe differ not a little in 
the coloration of the primaries, and were consequently numbered 
differently by him; the specimen from the Nilgherries has the 
primaries of a uniform grey tint, and might be supposed to represent 
a local race ; but a note following the locality states that it also comes 
from Solun; the example from the latter locality in the present 
collection has the whole central area of the primaries dark brown: 
such variations in the ground-colour of the wings are common in 
Agrotis. 


70. SPHLOTIS FRAGILIS, Sp. n. 


Resembles Caradrina arenacea in colouring ; is allied to Spelotis 
decora, but smaller and with very ill-defined markings. Primaries 
sericeous brownish grey, irrorated with dark grey ; orbicular spot 
obsolete; reniform spot represented by a narrow 3-shaped whitish 
marking; the two ordinary blackish lines indistinct, formed as in 
S. latitans of Europe, but the denticulation of the outer line ill-de- 
fined; a marginal series of black points; fringe traversed by dark 
grey stripes: secondaries sericeous white, slightly pearly, very 
slightly greyish at external margin, with a series of ill-defined darker 
points; fringe greyish excepting at the base; thorax grey, abdomen 
whitish. Under surface shining greyish white ; wings with a marginal 
series of black points ; primaries with a blackish subcostal spot half- 
way between the cell and apex; venter and upper surface of legs 
grey. Expanse of wings 32 mm. 

Solun, in June. 


71. EpILecTA SEMIHERBIDA. 
Triphena semiherbida, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xi. p. 743 (1857). 


The clue to the locality of this example is lost ; we, however, have 
it in the Museum from Darjiling. 


72. EpILeEcTA OPULENTA. 
Epilecta opulenta, Moore, MS. 
Nilgherries. 


1883, ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 161 


The example is imperfect, the wings being broken and the 
abdomen and antennze wanting. The species is in Mr. Hocking’s 
collection. 


73. GRAPHIPHORA C-NIGRUM. 

Phalena-Noctua c-nigrum, Linneus, Fauna Suecica, p. 1193. 

Solun, in July. 

*Ground-colour much darker than any Nilgherry examples of 
Graphiphora e-nigrum. I have also one from Suttara taken in 
November, primaries quite as dark, secondaries almost as dark as 
primaries.”—C. 8S. 

The species varies a good deal in depth of colour. 


74. ORTHOSIA EXTERNA. 


Orthosia externa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iii. p. 715 
(1865). 
No locality given ; the type was from Darjiling. 


75. KUPLEXIA SEMIFASCIA. 

Hadena semifascia, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iii. p. 737 
(1865). 

Nilgherries. 

76. HADENA SIDERIFERA. 


Hadena siderifera, Moore, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 357. 


«Solun, in June; common there; I have it also from the Nil- 
gherries.”—C. 8S. 


77. ALARIA LANCEOLATA. 

Alaria lanceolata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iii. p. 767 
(1865). 

Mhow, September 1881. 


78. ADISURA LEUCANIOIDES. 


Adisura leucanioides, Moore, P.Z.S. 1881, p. 368. 

*“Mhow, October 1881; also took two specimens of this at 
Pnggur Pir near Kurrachee in August 1879.”’—C. S. 

The type was from Kutch, from which locality we have specimens 
in the Museum collection. 


79. HELIOTHIS ARMIGERA. 

Noctua armigera, Hiibner, Noct. pl. 79. fig. 370 (1805-24). 
Solun, in June; Kurrachee, in January 1880. 

80. HrELIOTHIS RUBRESCENS ? 


Thalpophila rubrescens, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1681 
(1858). 

Solun, in July. 

It is doubtful whether this is more than a dark reddish variety of 


162 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. _ [Apr. 3, 


H. armigera. The original description was taken from a specimen 
collected at Moreton Bay; in New Zealand it is acommon form ; and 
in both these localities it is redder than specimens coming from India 
or Africa. The specimen before me would perhaps be more correctly 
placed as a dark form of H. conferta. Respecting this and the 
preceding species, Colonel Swinhoe says:—‘‘Three varieties of 
Heliothis armigera: has each a specific name? All these kinds 
have been captured by me in Sind, Afghanistan, and Central India ; I 
have also single examples of two other varieties.” 


81. ANTHZCIA SWINHOEI, Sp. 0. 


Primaries above laky-brown, shining reddish cupreous in some 
lights, speckled with blackish, crossed in the middle by a slightly 
irregular and rather narrow blackish band; apex bordered with 
blackish ; costa spotted with blackish: secondaries bright ochre- 
yellow, with a rather broad black external border ; fringe golden; a 
slender curved grey line across the centre of the ochreous area: 
thorax reddish ; abdomen blackish, the segments edged with ochra- 
ceous. Primaries below blackish with faint lake-red reflections; a 
large spot at the end of the cell and a submarginal stripe black, but 
only visible in certain lights; costa and fringe golden ochraceous ; 
secondaries ochreous, grey-speckled ; external border greyish, tinted 
with reddish at apex, bounded internally by two imperfect parallel 
blackish stripes, a third across the ochreous area as above, but better 
defined : body below pale golden, sericeous ;_ tarsi banded with grey. 
Expanse of wings 26 mm. 

Assirghur, October 1881. 

This is a very distinct and beautiful little species. 


82. Erropus LATREILLII. 

Eriopus latreillii, Duponchel, Suppl. Lép. France, iv. p. 327, 
pl. 123. fig. 2. 

Solun, in June. 

This species, being structurally distinct from the other forms 
hitherto associated with it under Callopistria, Hiibner, may be 
regarded henceforth as the type of Treitschke’s genus Hriopus, under 
which it stood as Hriopus quieta. 


83. PLUSIA NIGRISIGNA. 

Plusia nigrisigna, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xii. p. 928, n. 87 
(1857). 

“ Kasauli, in September; I have it also from Umballa, and one 
very dark example from Solun.”—C. S. 


84. PENICILLARIA DELATRIX. 

Penicillaria delatriz, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 304, n. 1112 (1852). 

Clue to exact locality missing. The Museum examples are all from 
Java. 


— 


1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 163 


85. CosMOPHILA XANTHINDYMA. 


3. Cosmophila canthindyma, Boisduval, Faune de Madag. pl. 13. 
fig. 7 (1833). 

Q. Cosmophila indica, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 396, n. 1256 
(1852). 

** §, Solun; 2, common at Mhow during September.”—C. S. 

Of the male Colonel Swinhoe says, “also taken at Mhow in 
October.” 


86. GONITIS MESOGONA. 


Gonitis mesogona, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiii. p. 1002, n. 10 
(1857). 
Solun, in July. 


87. GONITIS INVOLUTA. 


Gonitis involuta, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiii. p. 1003, n. 12 
(1857). 


‘‘ Nilgherries ; also taken at Kurrachee in June.”—C. 8S. 


88. PoLyYDESMA LAUDULA. 
Polydesma laudula, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 441, n. 1313 (1852). 


“Depalpur, November 1881; taken also at Mhow in Septem- 
ber.’-—C. S. 


89. LoPpHOPTERA COSTATA. 


Lophoptera costata, Moore, MS. 

* Dharmsala, in August.”’—C., 8. 

This species is in Mr. Hocking’s collection ; the specimen seut by 
Colonel Swinhoe has lost its abdomen and antennee., 


90. GyRTONA CHALYBEA, sp. n. 


Primaries smoky grey with steel-blue reflections, spotted and stria- 
ted with blackish ; a spot on the reniform marking (which is outlined 
in black) and two parallel discal series of subconfluent spots golden 
cupreous ; a brown submarginal stripe and a marginal series of black 
dashes ; fringe whitish, traversed by two slender blackish lines: 
secondaries with the basal half opaline, hyaline white, with black 
veins ; external half dark brown ; fringe pure white, traversed by a 
blackish stripe: thorax blackish ; abdomen smoky grey. Wings below 
opaline white, veins blackish; a broad external dark-brown border ; 
costal area of primaries blackish ; four white dots on the costal 
margin beyond the cell; body below white; legs greyish above. 
Expanse of wings 33 mm. 

“Solun, in September ; also taken there in August.”’—C. 8. 

Although Walker places this genus in the Phycidee, it differs but 
little from Stéeiria. 


164 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA.  [Apr. 3, 


91. ODONTODES ALEUCA. 


Odontodes aleuca, Guénée, Noct. iii. p. 51, n. 1382 (1852). 

Var. Briarda bolinoides, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xv. p. 1802 
(1858). 

Solun, in July. 


92. HypocaLa ASPERSA, Sp. Nn. 


Primaries above as in H. plumicornis of South Africa, leaden grey 
clouded with olivaceous, this colour, however, being principally 
confined to a belt before the middle, mottled with chocolate and 
creamy yellow, especially towards the costa; the reniform spot out- 
lined in chocolate ; external border sericeous lilacine, bounded inter- 
nally by a red-brown and cream-coloured angulated line: secondaries 
as in H. subsatura, black, with a large spot at the end of the cell, 
two unequal spots on the outer margin, and a looped internal stripe 
from base ochreous ; fringe greyish white towards apex, ochreous 
towards anal angle, and brown towards base of abdominal margin : 
thorax greyish brown; abdomen black, greyish-brown at base, 
banded with pale ochrecus. Under surface pale creamy ochreous, 
with black markings as in H. subsatura, but those of the secondaries 
narrower. Expanse of wings 44 mm. 

Solun, in June. 


93. PHYLLODES ROSEIGERA, Sp. n, 

Nearly allied to P. consobrina, but the reniform marking on the 
primaries less sigmoidal, more nearly as in P. inspicillator ; the 
blotch of rose-colour at anal angle of secondaries narrower and more 
elongated, consequently less orbicular in shape ; sometimes faintly 
clouded or streaked with white, but never with the large central white 
patch of P. consobrina. Expanse of wings 142 mm. 

Andamans, in July. 

I have seen a considerable number of examples of this species. 


94. SYPNA PUNCTOSA. 


Tavia punctosa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iii. p. 939 (1865). 
‘© Solun, in May ; very common there during that month.’—(C. 8, 


95, SYPNA CYANIVIITA. 
Sypna cyanivitta, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 70. 
*‘Solun, in June ; very common there during that month.”—C. 8. 


96. OpHIODES TRIPH£NOIDES. 

Ophiodes triphenoides, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1358, 
n. 11 (1857). 

The locality wanting ; we have it from the Punjab. 


97. OPHIODES FERVIDA, Sp. n. 


Allied to O. lunaris of Europe, but darker and redder than O. cu- 
prea; smaller than either. Primaries brownish flesh-colour, sparsely 


1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 165 


black-speckled, crossed in the middle by two indistinct widely diver- 
gent pale lines, the inner one abruptly angulated towards the inner 
margin ; reniform oblique, its upper half blackish as in O. hottentota, 
separans, &c. (of the O. vesta group) ; a costal black spot halfway 
between it and the external area, which is zigzag internally as in 
O. lunaris (but not cuprea), and bounded internally by a continuous 
black stripe unlike any species known to me: secondaries mouse- 
brown, with the entire disk from before the middle of the wing to near 
the outer margin covered by a diffused black nebula: body pale 
brown. Under surface pale sandy brown; all the wings crossed by 
an ill-defined grey discal band. Expanse of wings 47 mm, 
Solun, in July. 


98. OpHIODES CUPREA. 
Ophiodes cuprea, Moore, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 74. 
Locality missing ; we have it from Formosa. 


99. PANDESMA ANYSA. 
Pandesma anysa, Guénée, Noct. ii. p. 439, n. 1311 (1852). 
Locality not recorded. 


100. OvuiusaA ACHATINA. 


Phalena achatina, Sulzer, Ins. pl. xxii. fig. 4. 
‘*Dugshai ; [have it also from Suttara, taken in September.”—C. S. 


101. OpHIUSA ARCTOTAENIA. 
Ophiusa arctotenia, Guénée, Noct. iil. p. 272, n. 1711 (1852). 
“ Solun, in June; dark and less broadly marked with white than 


my examples of Ophiusa achatina from Kurrachee, Mahableshwur 
and Umballa.”—C.S. 


102. GirpPa OPTATIVA. 


Remigia optativa, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1510, n. 22 
(1857). 

Locality wanting. 

Colonel Swinhoe says that he has this species from the Nilgherries. 


103. ByruRNA DIGRAMMA. 


Bocana digramma, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1170 
(1865). 

Mhow, in September 1881. 

‘* Also taken at Kurrachee in June.” 

This is evidently a variable species: the two characteristic black 
costal spots are wanting in the type. A specimen, in poor condition, 
of what may prove to be only another variety was taken by 
Colonel Swinhoe at Mhow in September; it differs from the more 
typical example in the clearer colour of its wings, upon which the 
black costal spots are the only markings to be seen: this form he 
says was “ also taken at Assirghur in October.” 


166 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3, 


104. APHANDALA MISERA, SP. 0. 


Cinereous ; primaries above with a narrow black reniform marking ; 
two or three irregular brown basal transverse lines; a central un- 
dulated oblique line, interrupted by the reniform marking; an 
irregularly undulated whitish discal line broadly bordered with 
golden brown; a marginal series of black dots ; fringe greyish brown, 
with a whitish basal line: secondaries paler than the primaries, ex- 
cepting on the external area, which is partly bounded internally by 
an abbreviated diffused brownish stripe from the abdominal margin ; 
fringe as in primaries: abdomen rather paler than the thorax. 
Primaries below grey, sericeous, with whitish inner border ; secon- 
daries whitish, grey-speckled, and traversed beyond the middle by two 
ill-defined irregular grey stripes; body below whity brown. Expanse 
of wings 21mm. 

From four examples, all more or less rubbed, taken at Assirghur 
in October 1881; it occurs also at Mhow in the same month. 

A second species, apparently referable to Aphandala, and taken at 
Mhow in September, is represented by a single broken example, the 
body of which has been somewhat crushed so as to render its 
identification uncertain. A third form, possibly referable to Walker's 
genus Oatada or the old genus Fivula, has lost its palpi and therefore 
cannot be described ; it was obtained at Kurrachee in January 1880. 
A fourth form, belonging to the same group of genera, is rubbed 
beyond all possibility of recognition; it was taken at Mhow in 
September 1881. 

I note the above to show, in the first place, that the Lepidoptera 
of Mhow and Kurrachee are as yet far from being exhausted, and, in 
the second place, to induce collectors of the smaller forms to pay 
especial attention to the perfect condition of the specimens which 
they send home: the absence or distortion of the palpi frequently 
renders the proper allocation of Lepidoptera a hopeless task. 


105. Bierrina MOROSA. 

Bleptina morosa, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 64, pl. Ivi. 
fig. 15 (1879). 

Solun. 

PYRALES. 

106. Pyrauis ELACHIA. 

Pyralis elachia, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 70, pl. lviii. 
fig. 3 (1879). 

Solun. 


107. PyRALIS PLATYMITRIS, Sp. Hh. 


Primaries above very like those of P. elachia, but the dark areas of 
a more chocolate colour, and the central belt of a sordid sandy whitish 
tint ; theinner edge of this belt isangulated somewhat asin P. farinalis ; 
the outer edge, however, is nearly straight, and the external brown 
area consequently broader: secondaries altogether darker than in 


1383. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 167 


either species, the base, central belt, and external area being only 
slightly paler than on the primaries. Expanse of wings 24 mm. 
Solun. 


108. Pyrais LUCILLALIs. 

Pyralis lucilialis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p. 268, n. 21 
(1859). 

Solun. 

The type of this species was from China. 


109. APORODES MELEAGRISALIS. 

( oo meleagrisalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xvii. p- 324, n. 11 
1859). 

** Kurrachee, March 1880; taken there in February, March, and 
April ; at Lachana, Sind, in July ; at Kotree, Upper Sind, in March ; 
Quetta in January and March; Metazai, South Afghanistan, in May : 
plentiful.”—C. S. 


110. SAMEA INSCITALIS. 

Aidiodes inscitalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1297 
(1865). 

Mhow, September 1881. 

This species is nearly allied to S. ecclesialis of Guénée. 


111. Sauera? peRsPIcuALis. 

Zebronia perspicualis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1347 
(1865). 

Botys? flewissimalis, Walker, l.c. p. 1426 (1865). 

Mhow, October 1881. 

This form agrees better with Salbia than with Zebronia. 


112. PaRAPONYX AFFINIALIS. 

Paraponyx afinialis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 270, n. 259 
(1854). 

Mhow, October 1881. 


113. Hyprocampa TENERA, sp. n. 

Allied to H. rivulalis, much smaller. Snow-white, with brown 
markings as follows :—primaries with two brown lines across the base, 
followed by an oblique abbreviated costal line; two irregular oblique 
parallel lines before the middle, united towards their inferior extre- 
mities to two more slender parallel angulated lines, which commence 
in a pale quadrate patch enclosing a black spot at the end of the 
cell; a third pair of lines near the external border, their upper 
portion running obliquely from the costa to the external border near 
the external angle, which they then bound to inner margin ; external 
border bounded internally by a brown line excavated in the middle, 
and brownish at apex and external angle: secondaries with a tapering 
brown fascia across the end of the cell and two parallel lines, 
the outer of which limits the external border, the latter brown, 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XII. 1g 


168 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3, 


slightly paler than the lines: abdomen spotted with sandy brownish. 
Wings below with markings rather paler than above ; body white. 
Expanse of wings 13 mm. 

“ Mulleer river near Kurrachee, November 1879; also one taken 
at Kurrachee in January and one in May.”—C. 8. 


114. Borys 1LusaLis. 
Botys ilusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 705, n. 277 (1859). 
Solun, in August. 


115. Borys aurEA? 

Botys aurea, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. iii. p. 76, pl. lix. fig. 11 
(1879). 

“ Mhow, October 1881: scarce, the only one taken here ; I have 
it also from Solun taken in July.”—C. 8. 

116. Borys SIGNATALIS. 

Botys signatalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1444 
(1865). 

Solun. 


117. Borys aBsTRUSALIS. 

Botys abstrusalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xviii. p. 663, n. 204 
(1859). 

“Mhow, September and October 1881; taken here also in 
November, and at Kurrachee in April and November.”—C. 8. 


118. EBULEA CATALAUNALIS. 

Botys catalaunalis, Duponchel, Lép. de France, viii. p. 330, pl. 
232. fig. 8. 

Botys venosalis, Walker,Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. iv. p. 1401 (1865). 

“‘Mhow, October 1881 ; also taken at Kurrachee in May.” —C. 8. 


119. NyMPHULA INTERPUNCTALIS ? 

Pyralis interpunctalis, Hiibner, Pyral. ii. pl. 19. fig. 128. 

“¢ Mugeur Pir, August 1879 ; Kurrachee, May 1880 ; also taken 
at Kurrachee and at Larkana in the month of July.”—C. 8. 

This seems to be the European species ; but the two examples sent 
by Colonel Swinhoe are somewhat rubbed. 


120. GoDARA INCOMALIS. 
Pionea incomalis, Guénée, Delt. et Pyral. p. 369, n. 454 (1854). 
‘** Kurrachee, May 1879; also taken there in April.”—C. 8. 


GEOMETRITES. 
121. CELERENA ANDAMANA. 
Celerena andamana, Felder and Rogenhofer, Reise der Novara, 
Lep. iv. pl. cxxx. fig. 18 (1875). 
3. South Andamans, July 1880. 
“T have it also from Upper Tenasserim, taken in August.” —C. 8. 


1883. ] MR, A, G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA, 169 


122. NyCTALEMON NAJABULA. 
Nyctalemon najabula, Moore, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 620. 
3 2. South Andamans, August 1880. 


123. HypeRYTHRA SWINHOEI. 

3. Hyperythra swinhoei, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, 
vol. v. p. 223 (1880); P.Z.S. 1881, p, 614, n. 61. 

Q. “Mhow, February 1882; taken also.,at Depalpore late in 
November ; there are two examples in my collection from Solun, 
month not marked, and one from Umballa taken in April 

*‘ Corresponds with my Kurrachee examples of Hyperythra phan- 
tasma, named by youin P. Z.8. May 1881, p. 615, except as to 
shade of ground-colour of wings; but one of the Solun examples is 
identically the same as the Kurrachee ones.”’—C. 8. 

The example sent is of a brownish flesh-tint ; itis darker and more 
strongly marked than the males hitherto received; it has the 
characteristic subapical black spots on the secondaries strongly de- 
fined ; in H. phantasma, an almost white species, of which I only 
know the female, these spots are entirely absent. A male (in the 
Museum collection) appears to me to be unquestionably a dark form 
of H. swinhoei; it is of the same colour as the female now sent ; 
and was taken by my sister, Dr. I’. Butler, at Jubbulpore. 


124. NEMORIA CARNIFRONS, sp. u. 

Pale opaque emerald-green ; wings crossed beyond the middle by 
a straight white stripe; fringe whitish; primaries with the costa 
white; vertex of head pale buff; frons reddish brown; collar and 
shoulders white, thorax and tegule green; abdomen white : wings 
below paler than above; body below white; anterior coxe and 


femora reddish. Expanse of wings 24 mm. 
*«Mhow, in September 1881, common here during that month. I 
have also specimens from Solun taken in June.’—C. 8. 


125. NEMORIA PRUINOSA. 

Nemoria pruinosa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser 5, vol. v. 
p. 224, n. 19 (1880); P. Z.S. 1881, p. 616, n. 64. 

“ Kurrachee, September 1879; one taken there in May, and 
three in December.’’—C. 8. 


126. THALassoDEs, sp. 
Probably a new species, but not in sufficiently good condition for 


description. 
**Mhow, September 1831; not common here.”’——C. 8. 


127. EpHyRA DHARMSALA, sp. n. 

Deep flesh-reddish ; wings deeper reddish towards external 
border ; a central irregular rather narrow greyish band with slightly 
darker borders ; basal third of primaries traversed by five parallel ill- 


defined reddish lines ; the central band on these wings marked with 
12* 


170 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3, 


two slightly darker spots, one subcostal, the other on the second 
median interspace; costal border slightly paler than the rest of the 
ground-colour, unspotted: under surface pale flesh-tinted, with 
minute dusky discocellular dots. Expanse of wings 30 mm. 
Dharmsala. 
128. EpHyRA CLEORARIA. 


Acidalia cleoraria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 792, n. 275 
(1861). 


“ Mhow, October 1881 and February 1882; also taken here in 
March, at Depalpore in November, and at Assirghur in October; I 
have also one example from Solun.’’—C. S. 


129. Ipa#A INVALIDA ? 


Acidalia invalida, Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser 5, vol. iv. 
p. 439, n. 75 (1879). 


‘* Kurrachee, December 1879; one also taken there in May: it is 
searce.”’—C. WN. 


The example sent to me is in bad condition, but it appears to be 
the same as the Japanese species. 


130. IpaA NEGATARIA. 


Acidalia negataria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxii. p. 751, n. 193 
(1861). 


‘“«Depalpore, November 1881; only one taken there, and one also 
taken at Mhow in October.”——C, S. 


131. Ip#A ABSCONDITARIA. 


Acidalia absconditaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxi. p. 757, 
n. 203 (1861). 


“ Mhow, October and December 1881; also taken here in 
November, but is not common.’—C, S. 


132. Ip#A WALKERI. 


Acidalia extimaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 794, n. 280 
(nee 252) (1861). 


“Mhow, January 1882; one other taken in October.” —C. 8. 
133. Ipaa INDUCTATA. 


Acidalia inductata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 792, n. 276 
(1861). 

“Kurrachee, February and December 1879 ; taken there occa- 
sionally in May, November, and December, butnot common.”—C. 8. 

The specimens were separated under two numbers by the collector. 


134. HyriA BILINEATA, sp. n. 


Ochreous ; wings sericeous, sparsely striated with ferruginous; a 
nearly straight line, from costa of primaries to abdominal margin of 
secondaries, a little before the middle, and an irregular submarginal 


1883.] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 171 


stripe, zigzag on the primaries, greyish ferruginous ; external border 
rather densely irrorated with ferruginous ; costal margin of primaries 
reddish; head reddish : under surface pale creamy ochreous ; wings 
with the costal borders to the end of the discoidal cells darker : 
dark-brown discocellular dots ; the straight line of the upper surface 
indistinctly visible through the wings; a rather broad greyish-brown 
external border. Expanse of wings 17 mm. 

* Assirghur, October 1881; common there during October.’’— 


135. EROSIA THECLATA. 

Erosia theclata, Guénée, Phal. ti. p. 36, n. 951 (1857). 

Erosia adjutaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 849, n. 34 
(1861). 

Solun, in August. 


136. MacariA PEREMPTARIA. 

Macaria peremptaria, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxiii. p. 929, n. 111 
(1861). 

** Mhow, October 1881 ; also taken at Kurrachee in November and 
December ; a scarce Macaria there, as it is here, the one I am sending 
you being the only one secured here.” —C. S. 


137. TEPHRINA GRANITALIS, sp. 0. 

Greyish white, densely irrorated with smoky-grey strie ; the body 
very dark ; a spot at the end of each cell and the external borders 
of the wings dark grey; these borders are.rather broad and have a 
regular straight inner edge; the secondaries are much less densely 
striated than the primaries, and therefore appear to be whiter : 
under surface white, sparsely striated with grey ; wings with disco- 
cellular spots and external border grey, the latter partly interrupted 
by white streaks through their lower half. Expanse of wings 
30 mm. 

**Mhow, September 1881; another scarce Macaria, only two 
having been taken.” —C. S. 


138. TEPHRINA LITHINA, sp. 0. 

Pale sandy stone-colour; wings sparsely striated with dark brown ; 
a brown discocellular spot with black-and-white centre on each wing ; 
a disco-submarginal brown band, wider and darker on the secondaries 
than on the primaries, and a marginal series of imperfect brown 
dots: wings below with the markings decidedly redder and more 
distinct than above. Expanse of wings 28 mm. 

*Kurrachee, July 1879; I have this also from Solun and from 
Umballa, taken in March,” —C. S. 


139. TEPHRINA ZEBRINA, Sp. n.! 


Allied to 2. strenuata from the Punjaub; similar in form to 


1 Felder and Rogenhofer refer species of this group to Midonia ; but I doubt 
the possibility of separating them structurally from Zephrina. 


172 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 3, 


T. lithina, and having similar markings ; the wings, however, paler, 
the discal band on the primaries edged internally by a black 
angulated stripe, close to the centre of which also is a black spot ; 
two other black stripes cross the same wings, the three being at equal 
distances apart ; the secondaries are crossed by a grey-blackish stripe 
at the basal third, and the disco-submarginal band is partly bounded 
internally by a black stripe, near the extremity of which it bears a 
small black spot: on the under surface the pattern is similar to that 
of 7’. lithina, but the markings are bronze-brown. Expanse of 
wings 26 mm. 

‘*Mhow, March 1882. Is this another form of the variable 
Macaria strenuataria of Walker ?”—C. S. 

The species is nearer to Walker’s “* Macaria”’! strenuata than to 
his M. strenuataria ; it is probable, from the similarity in the two 
names, that these nearly allied forms have got confounded in Colonel 
Swinhoe’s collection, and have thus led him to regard the species as 
variable. 


140. NapAGARA’ GRISEA, Sp. n. 


Pearl-grey ; primaries crossed by two widely separated dark-brown 
lines, the inner one straight, the outer one strongly angulated above 
the middle and inarched on each side of the angle; a slender brown 
marginal line: secondaries crossed just beyond the middle by a 
slightly angulated but nearly straight dusky line; a slender mar- 
ginal line. Primaries below pearl-grey ; the costal area pale yellow, 
speckled with grey and crossed towards apex by a brownish line ; 
a slender black marginal line; fringe dark grey with a pale yellow 
basal line ; secondaries pale creamy yellow, grey-speckled ; a nearly 
rectangular dark-brown line across the disk; a slender marginal 
black line ; fringe pale yellow. Expanse of wings 32 mm. 

Exact locality wanting. 


DELOCHARIS, gen. nov. 


Aspect of Idea (I. aversata), but allied to Coremia. Primaries 
elongated, acuminate, but not falcate; secondaries comparatively 
short, pyriform ; discoidal cells not extending to the middle of the 
wings ; costal vein of primaries extending to second third of costal 
margin; subcostal five-branched—first branch emitted at some dis- 
tance before the end of the cell, united beyond the cell by a short 
cross vein to the second, the three following branches (including 
the second) branching off at regular intervals, the third and fourth 
forming a long fork to apex, the fifth branch emitted from below 
the vein in a line with the cross veinlet ; radials normal, the upper 
radial from the anterior angle of the cell; discocellulars transverse, 
very slightly inarched ; second and third median branches emitted 
near together from the posterior angle of the cell; costal and sub- 
costal veins of secondaries closely approximated at their origins ; 


* The position of this genus is at present undecided ; it probably should he 
near to Drepanodes, 


1883. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 173 


subcostal branches forking from a long footstalk ; discocellulars 
oblique ; median branches as in primaries. Palpi erect, not reaching 
to a level with the top of the head; eyes large and prominent ; 
antennze long, simple; abdomen moderately robust and rather short, 
-not reaching to the anal angles of the secondaries; legs long, 
moderately slender. 


141. DELocCHARIS HERBICOLENS, Sp. n. 

Pinky whitish ; wings with the basal third slightly brownish ; 
a black dot at the end of each discoidal cell; a nearly straight red- 
brown discal band with darker edges, and a brownish external border 
limited internally by a darker undulated line ; these bands are less 
defined on the secondaries than on the primaries; on the under 
surface they are paler on all the wings. Expanse of wings 33 mm. 

**Solun, common in grass; but the month unfortunately is not 
recorded.” —C. S. 


142. CorEMIA, sp. 


A broken and headless specimen of a species near to C. ferrugata 
of Europe. 

No exact locality recorded. 

The Phycidee of the collection were submitted to M. Ragonot for 
examination ; but he pronounced them to be too much worn for 
determination, in which verdict I perfectly agree with him. 


CRAMBITES. 


143. JARTHEZA CHRYSOGRAPHELLA. 

Chilo chrysographellus, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, p. 494 (1848). 

«*Mhow, February 1882; taken here also in March and Novem- 
ber.”—C. S. 


144. CRAMBUS TODARIUS, Sp. 0. 

Shining snow-white ; primaries with a longitudinal diffused golden- 
brown streak below the cell; secondaries slightly sordid at apex: 
primaries below smoky brown with shining white borders ; secon- 
daries shining white, with the veins towards costa brown. Expanse 
of wings 23 mm. 

Neilgherries. 

TorTRICITES. 

145, Cacoiicta MICACEANA? 

Cacoecia micaceana, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxviii. p. 314, n. 21 
- (1863). 

Solun. 


146. PxpIscaA DECOLORANA? 

Pedisca decolorana, Freyer, Neuere Beitrage, 318, 5 (1831-58). 

Kurrachee, May 1879. 

Our European example of this species is rubbed ; and the specimen 
before me is distorted through the rusting of the pin; the general 


174 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA  [Apr. 3, 


tint, and the pattern where I am able to compare it, agrees, as also 
the structure. 


TINEITES. 
147. TEGNA HYBLZELLA. 


Tegna hybleella, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het., Suppl. v. p. 1810 
(1866). 


““Mhow, September 1881 ; scarce.”—C. S. 
148. GELECHIA, sp. 


A black species, apparently nearest to G. infernalis ot Europe, 
but too much broken (only half a palpus remains, and no antenne) 
to be described. 

** Mhow, October 1881 ; common for about a week.”—C. S. 

It is a pity that only a single injured example was sent ; without 
palpi, it is not even certain that the species is a Gelechia, though I 
have very little doubt that it is. 


149. DepRESSARIA SWINHOEI, Sp. 0. 


Allied to D. culcitella. Stramineous; the primaries with two 
black dots placed longitudinally and slightly obliquely, in and at the 
end of the discoidal cell; a curved marginal series of dusky dots ; 
secondaries with the basi-abdominal half whitish ; wings below with- 
out markings. Expanse of wings 16 mm. 

Mhow, October 1881. 


150. YpsoLOPHUS ROBUSTUS, Sp. n. 


Thorax and primaries pale ash-grey, the latter with two small 
elongated blackish spots, one in the cell before the middle of the wing, 
the other below the extremity of the cell; a marginal series of dusky 
dots ; secondaries and abdomen whitish; the long tapering fringe 
of the palpi black, tipped in front with white: primaries below 
fuliginous brown; secondaries and body white. Expanse of wings 
17 mm. 

* Kurrachee, September 1879; one taken there in each of the 
months of February, September, November, and December.” —C. S. 


The remainder of the Microlepidoptera are too much broken to 
be determined. 


In a collection, the account of which I published last year (Ann. 
& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ix. pp. 206-211), I indicated an im- 
perfect female Hipparchia as possibly H. anthe; the male of Epi- 
nephele rowane was in the same collection. Major Marshall (P. Z. 8. 
1882) states that the “‘ specimens ” identified as H. anthe have been 
sent to him by Col. Swinhoe and prove to be females of Epinephele 
roxane. As I know both sexes of the latter, and am not likely to 
regard a rubbed specimen as belonging to another genus, it is clear 
that Col. Swinhoe, through press of official business, has made a 
mistake in labelling his specimens ; indeed this is evident from the 
fact that more than one specimen was sent to Major Marshall. 


Pla 


P. Z.S 1888 


Mintern Bros , imp: 


Searle ,del et lth 


A.H 


prawn 


dig, aE TD a, 


pepe 
re” tT? 


1883.] ON THE ZEBRA OF THE “SPEKE” ETC. EXPEDITION. 175 


DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXIV. 


Fig. 1. Ypthima rara (under surface), p. 145. 
2. Catochrysops hapalina, $ (upper surface), p. 148. 
3. , 2 (upper and under surface). 
4. Teracolus intermissus (upper and under surface), p. 152. 
5. Neptis eurymene (upper and under surface), p, 145. 
6. Ixias depalpura, S (upper and under surface), p. 153. 
Le 
8 
9 
10 
11 


. Hypanis simplex (upper and under surface), p. 146. 

. Neptis swinkhoei (upper and under surface), p. 145, 

. Aphneus bracteatus, 2 (under surface), p. 147. 

A » 6 (upper surface). 

12. Surendra biplagiata (upper surface), p. 147. 

13. Terias asphodelus, g (upper and under surface), p. 151. 


2. Notes on the Zebra met with by the “Speke and Grant” 
Expedition in Eastern Africa. By Col. J. A. Granr, - 
F.R.S., F.Z.S. 


[Received March 22, 1883.] 


The question as to what Zebras are met with in various parts of 
Eastern Africa having been started at a former Meeting by Mr. 
Sclater’s remarks on the so-called Hguus grevyt of Shoa, I wish to 
state that, during our expedition of 1860-63, the late Capt. Speke 
and I found but one species of Zebra along our route. As regards 
this animal I am able, through the kindness of Mr. W. Speke, the 
brother of my late companion, to place before the Meeting the head 
(see woodcut, p. 176), leg, and tail of one of the Zebras shot during 
our journey. I have repeatedly examined the Burchell’s Zebra living 
in the Society’s Gardens, and found the stripes broad, the general 
colour more like that of the Wild Donkey of Thibet, the legs to 
have few or no stripes, and the animal not wellbred-looking ; whereas 
Speke’s Zebra, as seen in its wild state and from the specimen 
before us, has narrow stripes of black covering every inch of its 
body, head, and legs down to the hoofs, distinctly marked, as if by a 
tar-brush on a white sheet ; the muzzle is black (like the photo- 
graph of #. grevyi). Ina sketch made by mein Africa of an old 
mare which I had shot, the mane stands erect, the tail is barred as 
far down as the long hairs, which are fuller in this animal than in 
either the donkey or the mule. This Zebra is not Burchell’s Zebra 
in my opinion. 

I saw this Zebra in herds which varied in numbers from two to 
nine; and if I add up all the animals seen on the fifteen occasions of 
my meeting with them, we shall have seventy-five animals. Eight of 
these I shot ; two were shot by one of our Cape Mounted Riflemen ; 
and Speke shot two not included in the above. In all we killed nine 
horses and three mares, leaving a sufficient stock of sixty-five; but 
if we consider the wide range they must occupy, we did not meet 


176 COL. J. A. GRANT ON THE ZEBRA OF [Apr. 3, 


with a fiftieth part of the number then in existence, probably two 
to three thousand. 

We were unable to take its correct height; but when it stood 
beside the full-sized Sable Antelope, this Zebra was one hand lower. 
Probably by measuring Speke’s head some approximate idea of its 
height would be obtained. 

The proportions of the body are symmetrical, the cannon bone short, 
the body well-ribbed up like a cob, ears short, legs clean, and hoofs 
perfect in form. Those which we observed were swift walkers, picking 
up food fast as they went along, fair trotters, and when cantering and 
galloping their action was perfectly beautiful. Of course we only saw 
those that were in good condition and healthy; the more weakly and 


Head of Zebra obtained during the Speke and Grant Expedition. 


old no doubt easily fall a prey to numberless Lions, or they may be 
trapped or speared by natives and shot by travellers. Still I do not 
think we need in our day despair of having these animals in our 
Gardens in the Regent’s Park. 

During our march it was difficult to keep our men provisioned and 
from craving for meat; and to all of us the sight of a Jarge quarry 
-iterally made every one rejoice; but though the meat of the Zebra 
is as good in appearance as the finest beef in our markets, it is horsy 
in flavour, and requires some relish to make it palatable. The meat 


1883. } THE “*SPEKE AND GRANT” EXPEDITION. 177 


was generally cut into long strips, which were dried to hardness in 
the sun, and eaten after being frizzled in the fire. 

We had not many opportunities of observing the habits of these 
animals, as they are sowary. One of their number, probably the largest 
male, takes general charge of the herd; and it was once noticed that a 
large Antelope kept watch and gave the alarm on our appearance. 
They are rarely found outside the forest, preferring it to the open plain, 
whichis generally bare of grass; or they frequent a country with clumps 
of dense brushwood or with outbursts of granite, around which they 
get abundant food; and they were never seen far from running water 
and hills. 

Their breeding-season was determined by foals following their 
mothers in the month of January, and by the shrill calls we heard, 
which came, I presume, from the foals. The first time I heard their 
call I mistook it for that of a bird, and could scarcely be persuaded 
till I heard the decided donkey notes following the shriller sounds. 
They showed much sympathy when a comrade was wounded, 
lingering with the wounded at the risk of ther lives; they mingled 
with our laden donkeys one day on the march. And the precautions 
taken by the leader of the flock of his charge have already been 
noticed. 

We saw that this animal occupies a wide range of country, from 
the east of the east-coast range of mountains to the north of Lake 
Nyanza in 0° 52! N. lat., and conclude that, in ground favourable 
for breeding, it may be found continuously up to Shoa in 10° N. lat., 
whence the specimen in the Jardin des Plantes was brought. All 
this range, however, is not favourable, much of it being moun- 
tainous, some being desert and void of water; but altitude does not 
seem to make materiai difference. The animal was shot by our party 
at altitudes ranging from 200 feet above sea-level to three and four 
thousand feet high, on elevated plateaux covered with forest ; at the 
head-waters of the Mgzeta river, which flows into the Kingani, 
debouching on the east coast, we shot it; across the east-coast range, 
near the head-waters of the Nile in E. Ugogo, we saw it ; near the 
shores of Lake Nyanza, in Usui, we found it; and in Uganda, to the 
north of Victoria Lake, we shot it. 

It therefore appears to be a hardy animal, living as it does at such 
varied altitudes and under such different temperatures, ranging from 
70° night heat to 130° day. It may also be said of it that the 
disease which affects the imported mules and horses seems not 
to destroy it, that it was generally found wherever there is good 
grazing and where cattle most abound, and that it has chosen for its 
homes some of the brightest and most fertile spots in Equatorial 
Africa. 


178 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ARRANGEMENT [Apr. 17, 


April 17, 1883. 
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1883 :-— 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of March were 129 in number. Of these 35 were acquired 
by presentation, 49 by purchase, 11 were born in the Gardens, 
and 34 were received on deposit. The total number of departures 
during the same period, by death and removals, was 120. 

The following are of special interest :— 

1. Three Sirens (Siren lacertina) from South Carolina, presented 
by G. E. Manigault, Esq., C.M.Z.S., March 21st. 

2. An American Teetee Monkey, of the genus Callithriz, which it 
is difficult to determine satisfactorily in its living state, but which is 
certainly new to the Society’s Collection, purchased March 31st. 

The Monkey, which was obtained of Mr. Hagenbeck of Hamburg, 
is about 15 inches in length of body, and has a long slender tail of 
about the same length. Its fur is of a nearly uniform dirty white ; face 
blackish ; hands and feet black ; tail pale reddish. 

There is no specimen like it in the British Museum; nor can I 
find any description applicable to it. 

3. A Madagascar Lemur, of the genus Hapalemur (probably H. 
griseus), purchased March 31st, also new to the Society’s Collection. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On the Arrangement of the Orders and Families of exist- 
ing Mammalia. By Witiiam Henry Frower, LL.D., 
F.R.S., P.Z.S8., &e. 

{Received April 17, 1883.] 


In the present condition of the world, Mammals have become so 
broken up into distinct groups by the extinction of intermediate 
forms, that a systematic classification is perfectly practicable. Most 
of the associations of species, which we call ‘orders,’ and even the 
“‘suborders” and ‘ families,” are natural groups. In isolating, de- 
fining, and naming them, we are really dealing with facts of nature, 
of a totally different order from the artificial and fanciful divisions 
formed in the infancy of zoological science. It is therefore worth 
while to keep their characters and limits constantly in our view, and 
to test their validity by every advance of knowledge. 

When, however, we pass to the extinct world, all is changed. In 
many cases the boundaries of our groups become enlarged until 
they touch those of others. New forms are discovered which can- 
not be placed within any of the existing divisions. As the horizon 
of our vision is thus expanded, the principles upon which a scheme 
of classification is constructed must be altogether changed. Our 


1883.] OF THE ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MAMMALIA. 179 


present divisions and terminology are no longer sufficient for the pur- 
pose; and some other method will have to be invented to show the 
complex relationships existing between different animal forms when 
viewed as a whole. The present time, preeminently distinguished 
by the rapidly changing and advancing knowledge of extinct forms, 
is scarcely one in which this can be done with any satisfactory re- 
sult. All attempts to form a classification embracing even the 
already known extinct species must be only of a very provisional and 
temporary nature. There are, moreaver, special difficulties in under- 
taking this subject, to any one working on this side of the Atlantic. 

It has often been remarked that the centre of gravity of the civili- 
zation, arts, literature, and commerce of the world appears to be 
shifting westward. This is certainly the case with paleontological 
discovery. Our knowledge of the ancient condition of animal life 
on the earth is being revolutionized by explorations in the so-called 
‘*New World.” With regard to Mammals it is a curious fact, that 
although research has been prosecuted in suitable localities in many 
parts of Europe and Asia with considerable assiduity since the 
beginning of the century, scarcely a single form has been found 
which does not come within the limits of our actual ordinal groups, 
or which would necessitate any important modification in a classifica- 
tion based upon existing species. But in the New World, beginning 
with the earliest known South-American extinct forms—the Toxodons, 
Nesodons, Mesotheriums, &c., and passing to the still more wonderful 
discoveries of the last ten years in the Western Territories of the United 
States, we find ourselvesin completely new realmsof life. We are all at 
once confronted with numerous highly specialized forms, representing 
apparently new ordinal groups, and still more numerous generalized 
forms filling up the intervals, and breaking down the distinctions 
between nearly all the best-established orders of higher placental 
Mammals. With these I do not propose to deal in the present 
communication. The very abundance of the material that has lately 
come to hand is im itself an obstacle to drawing any satisfactory 
generalizations from it, as it has not left leisure to the few who have 
an opportunity of working at it to give such full and detailed 
descriptions as are necessary for the guidance of those who have not 
the advantage of examining the actual specimens. 

In systematic descriptions in books, in lists, and catalogues, and 
in arranging collections, the objects dealt with must be placed in a 
single linear series. But by no means whatever can such a series 
be made to coincide with natural affinities. The artificial character 
of such an arrangement, the constant violation of all true relation- 
ships, are the more painfully evident the greater the knowledge of 
the real structure and affinities. But the necessity is obvious; and 
all that can be done is to make such an arrangement as little as 
possible discordant with facts. In preparing the article “ Mam- 
malia” for the ninth edition of the ‘ Encyclopzedia Britannica,’ such 
a scheme had to be framed; and the chief merit which I claim for it 
is, that it departs as little as possible from the prevailing, or what 
may be called traditional; sequences of arrangement. In the article, 


180 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ARRANGEMENT [Apr. 17, 


which has just appeared in the XVth volume of the ‘ Encyclopedia,’ 
the groups will be found more fully defined than it is necessary to 
do here; but it was suggested to me by our Secretary, that it would 
be desirable to place before the Fellows of the Society, in a more 
convenient form, an abstract of the arrangement adopted, preceded 
by a few explanatory notes upon the mutual relations of some of the 
principal groups. 

One of the most certain and fundamental points in the classifi- 
cation of the Mammalia is, that all the animals now composing the 
class can be grouped primarily into three natural divisions, which, 
presenting very marked differential characters, and having no exist- 
ing, or yet certainly demonstrated extinct, intermediate or trans- 
itional forms, may be considered as subclasses of equal value, tax- 
onomically speaking, though very different in the numbers and 
importance of the animals at present composing them. These three 
groups are often called by the names originally proposed for them 
by Blainville—(1) Ornithodelphia, (2) Didelphia, (3) Monodelphia— 
the first being equivalent to the order Monotremata, the second to 
the Marsupialia, and the third including all the remaining members 
of the class. Although actual paleontological proof is wanting, there 
is much reason to believe that each of these, as now existing, are 
survivors of distinct branches to which the earliest forms of Mammals 
have successively given rise, and for which hypothetical branches 
Professor Huxley has proposed the names of Prototheria, Metatheria, 
and Eutheria', names which, being far less open to objection than 
those of Blainville, are here used as equivalents of the latter. 

The only known Prorotuert, thoughagreeingin many important 
characters, evidently represent two very diverging stocks, perhaps as 
far removed as are the members of some of the accepted orders of the 
Eutheria. It would, however, be encumbering zoological science 
with new names to give them any other than the ordinarily known 
family designations of Ornithorhynchide and Echidnide. 

Similarly with regard to the Mrraruerta, although the great 
diversity in external form, in anatomical characters, and in mode 
of life of the various animals of this section might lead to their 
division into groups equivalent to the orders of the Hutheria, I do 
not think it advisable to depart from the usual custom of treating 
them all as forming one order, called Marsupialia, the limits of 
which are equivalent to those of the subclass, and the primary divi- 
sions of which are called “families.” The limits of these six fami- 
lies are extremely well marked and easily defined ; and as they form 
a regular gradation between two extreme types, they can be satis- 
factorily arranged in a serial order. 

The remaining Mammalsare included in the EurHerta, PLacen- 
TALIA or Monopexpuis. ‘Their affinities with one another are 
so complex that it is impossible to arrange them serially with any 
regard to natural affinities. Indeed each order is now so isolated 
that it is almost impossible to say what its affinities are; and none 
of the hitherto proposed associations of the orders into larger groups 

1 P.Z.8. 1880, p. 649. 


1883.] oF THE ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MAMMALIA. 181 


stand the test of critical investigation. All serial arrangements of the 
orders are therefore perfectly arbitrary; and although it would be of 
very great convenience for reference in books and museums if some 
general sequence, such as that here proposed, were generally adopted, 
such a result can scarcely be expected, as equally good reasons might 
be given for almost any other combination of the various elements 
of which the series is composed. In fact I have already seen reason 
to depart in some respects from that used in the ‘ Encyclopedia.’ 

The Ldentata, Sirenia, and Cetacea stand apart from all the 
rest in the fact that their dentition does not conform to the general 
heterodont, diphyodont type to which that of all other Eutheria 
can be reduced, and which is such a close bond of union between 
them. In all three orders, however, some indications may be 
traced of relationship, however distant, with the general type. 

I must refer to a paper communicated to the Society last year for 
my views as to the grouping of the animals composing the Edentata, 
which differ from those of most, if not all, zoologists who have pre- 
viously made them their study’. I there gave reasons for believing 
that the Sloths and Anteaters were nearly related, and that the Arma- 
dillos, though much modified, belonged to the same stock, but that 
the Pangolins and the Orycteropus each represented very isolated 
forms. ‘The division of the order into four suborders here proposed 
is an attempt to represent these views, though not altogether satis- 
factory, as the present divergence between the first two families is 
searcely sufficiently indicated by their association in one suborder. 

There is no difficulty about the limits of the order Sirenia, com- 
posed of aquatic, vegetable-eating animals, with complete absence of 
hind limbs, and low cerebral organization, represented in our present 
state of knowledge by but two existing genera, Halicore and Mana- 
tus, and a few extinct forms, which, though approaching a more 
generalized mammalian type, show no special characters allying them 
to any of the other orders. The few facts as yet collected relating 
to the former history of the Sirenia leave us as much in the dark 
as to the origin and affinities of this peculiar group of animals as 
we were when we ovly knew the living members. They lend no 
countenance to their association with the Cetacea; and, on the other 
hand, their supposed affinity with the Ungulata receives no very 
material support from them. 

Another equally well-marked and equally isolated, though far 
more numerously represented and diversified order, is that of the 
Cetacea, placed simply for convenience next to the Sirenia; for 
except in their fish-like adaptation to aquatic life they have little 
in common with them. The old association of these orders in one 
group can only be maintained either in ignorance of their structure 
or in an avowedly artificial system. Among the existing members 
of the order, there are two very distinct types, the toothed Whales 
or Odontoceti, and the Baleen Whales or Mystacoceti, which pre- 
sent as many marked distinguishing structural characters as are - 
found between many other divisions of the Mammalia which are 

1 P. Z.S. 1882, p. 358, 


182 PROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ARRANGEMENT [Apr. 17, 


reckoned as orders. As the extinct Zeuglodon, as far as its charac- 
ters are known, does not fall into either of these groups, but is in 
some respects an annectent form, I have placed it provisionally, at 
least, ina third group by itself, named Archeoceti. ‘There is nothing 
known at present to connect the Cetacea with any other order of 
Mammals ; but it is quite as likely that they are offsets of a primitive 
Ungulate as of a Carnivorous type’. 

The remaining Eutherian Mammals are clearly united by the 
characters of their teeth, being all heterodont and diphyodont, with 
their dental system traceable to a common formula. 

Although older views of the relationship of Ungulate Mammals 
expressed by the terms Pachydermata, Ruminantia, and so forth, still 
linger in some corners of zoological literature, no single point in 
zoological classification can be considered so firmly established as 
the distinction between the Perissodactyle and Artiodactyle Ungu- 
lates, both perfectly natural and distinctly circumscribed groups. 
The breaking-up of the latter into four equivalent sections, the 
Pecora, Tylopoda, Tragulina, and Suina, is equally in accordance 
with all known facts. Less certain; however, is the association of 
the Proboscidea and the Hyracoidea with the true Ungulates. By 
many they are each, although containing so very few existing species, 
made into distinct orders; and much is to be said in favour of this view. 
The discovery, however, of a vast number of extinct species of Ungu- 
lates which cannot be brought under the definition of either Peris- 
sodactyle or Artiodactyle, and yet are evidently allied to both, and 
which to a certain extent bridge over the interval between them and 
the isolated groups just mentioned, make it necessary either to intro- 
duce a number of new and ill-defined ordinal divisions, or to widen the 
scope of the original order so as to embrace them all, considering the 
Elephants and the Hyraces as representing suborders equivalent to 
the great Perissodactyle and Artiodactyle groups. It is the latter 
alternative that I have adopted. 

In the association of the three orders Insectivora, Cheiroptera, 
and Rodentia, and in their subdivisions, I have followed Mr. Dob- 
son’s article in the ‘ Encyclopedia.’ They appear to resemble each 
other in presenting a lower type of placentation to that of the other 
Eutherians, shown in the important part played by the umbilical 
vesicle, which becomes adherent to a considerable part of the inner 
surface of the chorion and conveys bloodvessels to it ; but the few ob- 
servations hitherto made upon this subject require to be confirmed 
and extended before it will be safe to attach much weight to them. 
This and other cranial and cerebral characters indicate that they 
occupy an inferior grade of development in the Mammalian series ; 
but there are difficulties in interposing them in any other position 
than that assigned to them here, which must not be supposed to 
imply any superiority over the groups placed below them, but 
rather that they occupy a central position, connected, as palzeon- - 

1 On the question of the origin and affinities of the Cetacea, see a lecture 


delivered at the Royal Institution of Great Britain, May 25th, 1883, and pub- 
lished in ‘ Nature,’ June 28th and July 5th, 1883. 


1883.] OF THE ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MAMMALIA. 183 


tology seems to show, with the Carnivora on the one hand and the 
Ungulata on the other. In the ‘ Encyclopedia’ they were placed 
at the bottom of the diphyodonts, between the Cetacea and the 
Ungulates ; but this had the disadvantage of widely separating these 
probably allied groups, and of removing the Insectivora entirely 
from the Carnivora, with which they form a somewhat natural 
sequence. 

The Chiroptera have always been placed near the Insectivora ; 
but they are really a highly specialized group, as much isolated 
from all other Mammals by the modification of their anterior limbs 
in adaptation to aerial locomotion, as the Cetacea and the Sirenia, by 
the absence of hind limbs, are specially adapted to aquatic life. 
The Rodentia, though generally presenting a low grade of develop- 
ment, are also a specialized group. The position here assigned to 
them would accord with apparent relationships with the Ungulates, 
through the Elephant on the one hand, and the extinct Mesotherium 
on the other. 

In the present state of the fauna of the earth, the Carnivora form 
a very distinct order, though naturally subdivided into two groups, 
the members of the one being more typical, while the other (the 
Pinnipedia) are aberrant, having the whole of their organization 
specially modified for living habitually in the water. 

Lastly, the Primates, which in any natural system must be 
placed at the head of the series, are divisible into two very distinct 
groups—one containing the various forms of Lemurs (Lemuroidea), 
and the other containing the Monkeys and Man (Aznthropoidea). 
Whether the Lemuroidea should form part of the Primates (accord- 
ing to the traditional view), or a distinct order altogether removed 
from it, is as yet an undetermined question, for both sides of which 
there is much to be said. There can, however, be no doubt that 
the Anthropoidea form a perfectly natural group, presenting a 
series of tolerably regular gradations from the Marmosets (Hapale) 
to Man. Certain breaks in the series, however, enable us to divide 
it into five distinct families :—Hapalide or Marmosets; Cebide or 
American Monkeys, with three premolar teeth on each side of each 
jaw; Cercopithecide, containing the majority of Old-world Mon- 
keys; Simide, consisting of the genera Hylobates, Simia, Gorilla, 
and Troglodytes, the true Man-like Apes; and, lastly, Hominide, 
containing the genus Homo alone. 


OrpeERS, SUBORDERS, AND FAMILIES OF EXISTING MAMMALS. 


Subclass PROTOTHERIA or Ornithodelphia. 


Order MONOTREMATA. 


Ornithorhynchide. 
Echidnide. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XIII. 13 


184 FROF. W. H. FLOWER ON THE ARRANGEMENT [Apr. 17, 


Subclass METATHERIA or Didelphia. 


Order MARSUPIALIA. 
Didelphide. 
Dasyuride. 
Peramelidze, 
Macropodide. 
Phalangistide. 
Phascolomyide. 


Subclass EUTHERIA or Monodelphia. 


Order EDENTATA, 
Suborder PILOSA. 
Bradypodide. 
Myrmecophagide. 
Suborder LORICATA. 
Dasypodidee. 


Suborder SQUAMATA. 
Manide. 


Suborder TUBULIDENTATA. 
Orycteropodidee. 
Order SIRENTA. 
Manatidee. 
Halicoridee. 
Order CETACEA, 
Suborder MYSTACOCETI. 


Baleenide. 


Suborder ODONTOCETI. 
Physeteride. 
Platanistide. 
Delphinidee. 

Order UNGULATA. 
Suborder ARTIODACTYLA. 
SUINA. 

Hippopotamide. 
Phacochceridze. 
Suidee. 
Dicotylide. 


TRAGULINA. 
Tragulidee. 


TyLopopA. 
Camelide. 


1883.| OF THE ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MAMMALIA. 


PEecoRA. 
Cervide. 
Girafide. 
Antilocapride. 
Bovidee. 


Suborder PERISSODACTYLA. 
Equide. 
Tapiridee. 
Rhinocerotidee. 


Suborder HYRACOIDEA. 
Hyracide. 


Suborder PROBOSCIDEA. 
Elephantide. 
Order RODENTIA. 


Suborder SIMPLICIDENTATA. 


Anomaluride. 
Sciuridze. 
Haplodontidee. 
Castoride. 
Myoxide. 
Lophiomyide. 
Muridee. 
Spalacidee. 
Geomyide. 
Dipodide. 
Octodontide. 
Hystricidee. 
Chinchillidee. 
Dinomyide. 
Caviide. 
Suborder DUPLICIDENTATA. 


Lagomyide. 
Leporidee. 


Order CHIROPTERA, 


Suborder MEGACHIROPTERA. 
Pteropodide. 


Suborder MICROCHIROPTERA. 
Vespertilionide. 
Nycteride. 
Rhinolophide. 
Emballonuride. 
Phyllostomide. 
13* 


185 


186 ARRANGEMENT OF ORDERS ETC. IN MAMMALIA, [Apr. 17, 


Order INSECTIVORA. 
Suborder DERMOPTERA. 
Galeopithecide. 


Suborder INSECTIVORA VERA. 
Tupaiide. 
Macroscelide. 
Erinaceidee. 
Soricidee. 
Talpidze. 
Potamogalide. 
Solenodontide. 
Centetidee. 
Chrysochloridze. 

Order CARNIVORA. 


Suborder PINNIPEDIA. 


Phocide. 
Trichechide. 
Otariide. 


Suborder CARNIVORA VERA or Fissipedia. 
ARCTOIDEA. 
Urside. 
Ailuride. 
Procyonide. 
Mustelidee. 
CyNOIDEA. 
Canide. 


AQRLUROIDEA. 
Hyenide. 
Protelidee. 
Viverridee. 
Felidze. 
Order PRIMATES. 


Suborder LEMUROIDE.A. 


Chiromyidee. 
Tarsiidze. 
Lemuride. 


Suborder ANTHROPOIDEA. 


Hapalide. 
Cebidee. 
Cercopithecidee. 
Simiidee. 
Hominide. 


1883.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADIDE. 187 


2. Contributions to a proposed Monograph of the Homopte- 
rous Family Cicadidee.—Part I. By W. L. Distant. 


[Received April 16, 1883.] 
(Plate XXV.) 


I have for some years studied this interesting family of insects 
and collected materials for a monograph of the same; but finding 
that the difficulties are more considerable than I anticipated, and 
that such a work will still require much greater time to produce, I 

ropose from time to time to offer contributions towards a know- 
ledge of the Cicadidee, hoping ultimately to publish a more or less 
complete monograph of the whole family. The Society has already 
(P. Z. S. 1882, p. 125) done me the honour of printing the results of 
my examination of the species contained in the Godeffroy Museum 
at Hamburg; and the present paper is chiefly devoted to the collec- 
tion in the Dresden Museum, including the species collected in 
Celebes by Dr. A. B. Meyer, which are of considerable interest, 
producing a somewhat remarkable new genus. I have added the 
descriptions of a few species contained in my own and in the very 
rich collection of Dr. Signoret of Paris, at the bulk of which I 
am still working, and hope to give the result very shortly. By 
the examination of these foreign collections, and more especially 
by a comparison of the same with Walker’s numerous types of his 
indifferently described species in the British Museum, much necessary 
and preparatory work will be effected. 


ZAMMARA LUCULENTA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 4, 4a, 4d.) 


3. Head ochraceous; the front greenish with the centre fuscous; 
the vertex with the anterior margin and area of the ocelli fuscous. 
Pronotum ochraceous, the posterior and lateral margins greenish, 
with a fuscous T-shaped central spot near the anterior margin, 
and a small central pale ochraceous spot near the posterior margin. 
Mesonotum greenish, with two obconical central spots on anterior 
margin, which are ochraceous and broadly and transversely marked 
with fuscous, followed by a W-shaped fuscous fascia which is 
situate immediately before the cruciform elevation, which is more 
or less ochraceous. Abdomen above reddish ochraceous, the disk 
and lateral margins longitudinally suffused with fuscous. Under- 
side of head and thorax, legs and opercula greenish; abdomen 
beneath reddish ochraceous, with the posterior margin of the pen- 
ultimate segment fuscous. Tarsi ochraceous, the claws fuscous. 
Rostrum greenish ochraceous, the tip pitchy and reaching the base 
of abdomen. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, their bases narrowly 
reddish ochraceous, and the venation with the basal half greenish, 
the remainder ochraceous. The face is long, moderately convex, 
distinctly transversely striated, but without a longitudinal sulcation ; 
the opercula are small and obliquely rounded, the tympanal orifices 


188 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADID. [Apr. 17, 


very large and uncovered ; and the head (including outer margins of 
eyes) is about equal in width to the base of the mesonotum. 

Long. 24 millim. ; exp. tegm. 85 millim. 

Hab. (unknown). (Mus. Dresden.) 

The unspotted tegmina, apart from the structural peculiarities, 
render this species very distinct. 


TETTIGARCTA CRINITA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 5, 5a, 5b, 5c.) 


3. Body above reddish ochraceous. Head with the front clothed 
with very long fuscous hairs, and with a thick and long tuft of the 
same at base of vertex (which is slightly convex), stretching across 
the ocelli; eyes dull obscure grey mottled with brownish. Pronotum 
wrinkled and rugulose, the lateral angles broadly truncate and 
slightly concave, the lateral margins rounded, reflexed and some- 
what ampliated; a moderately raised subovate space at anterior 
margin which is hairy, on each side of which are two connected 
rounded spots with fuscous margins, the outer of which are most 
distinct. Cruciform elevation at base of mesonotum elongate, its 
base petiolate. Abdomen with the posterior segmental margins 
fuscous and hairy. Body beneath and legs ochraceous, thickly 
clothed with greyish hair; apices of tibize, apices of tarsal joints, 
and claws castaneous. Rostrum reaching posterior coxze and with 
its apical half pale fuscous. Face conically compressed and covered 
with long fuscous hairs. Tegmina subargentaceous or pale talc-like, 
the venation, costal membrane, and basal and claval areas ochra- 
ceous ; a small fuscous spot beneath and near the end of costal mem- 
brane, and a few small fuscous markings near base. Wings subar- 
gentaceous or pale talc-like, the venation ochraceous, and the base 
narrowly pale fuscous. 

Long. 32 millim.; exp. tegm. 80 millim. 

Hab. Australia, sic. (Mus. Dresden.) 

This species differs from 7’. tomentosa, the only other described 
species of the genus, in the non-pointed and truncate lateral angles of 
the pronotum, the paler tegmina, and absence of the fuscous macular 
markings on their apical halves, &c. 

The extent of this genus and its exact habitat are still interesting 
questions. It is now nearly forty years since Adam White de- 
scribed the genus from specimens of a single species collected 
during Eyre’s expedition of discovery in Central Australia; and the 
only habitat given was “Australia.” Now a second species is 
found in the Dresden Museum, but also with the same loosely 
worded habitat. 


DUNDUBIA RAFFLESII, Nn. Sp. 


¢@. Head and body above ochraceous, moderately and palely 
pilose. Eyes pale brown mottled with fuscous, ocelli bright cas- 
taneous; posterior and lateral margins of pronotum greenish 
ochraceous; mesonotum with two central pale and subobsolete 
obconical spots situate at anterior margin, with an obscure pale 
fuscous oblique streak on each side. Body beneath and legs 


ee 


np” 


1883.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADIDZ. 189 


ochraceous; opercula reaching the third abdominal segment, slender, 
concavely constricted on each side near base, and then again convexly 
widened to apex, which is rounded; rostrum about reaching posterior 
coxee, with its apex narrowly fuscous. Tegmina and wings pale 
hyaline ; veins and costal membrane of tegmina ochraceous. 

Long. 30 millim. ; exp. tegm. 73 millim. 

Hab. Java. (Ccll. Dist.) 

This species is allied to D. rufivena, Walk., from which it differs 
in its larger and more robust body and much more slender opercula, 
which in D. rafflesii are not perceptibly broader at the apex than at 
the base, which is quite the reverse of what obtains in D. rufivena. 


CosMOPSALTRIA MEYERI, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 2, 2a, 2b.) 

Body above castaneous. Head with the vertex and front nearly 
completely suffused with blackish; ocelli and eyes yellowish. Pro- 
notum with a central black longitudinal fascia, the posterior and 
lateral margins obscure ochraceous. Mesonotum with two large 
contiguous black obconical spots on anterior margin, a large, lateral, 
subconical black fascia on each side, and a triangular black fascia in 
front of cruciform elevation, the apex of which is produced between 
the central obconical spots, and which also possesses posteriorly a 
central and angulated base. Abdomen very dark castaneous. Body 
beneath and legs dark castaneous; sternum and base of abdomen 
thickly and palely pilose ; opercula ochraceous, extending to about 
base of fourth abdominal segment, concavely constricted beyond 
base, and then slightly and convexly rounded to apex, apical portion 
distinctly narrower than base (rostrum mutilated). Tegmina and 
wings pale hyaline; the first slightly infuscated, with the costal 
membrane, basal area, and veins brownish or fuscous, transverse veins 
at bases of second and third apical areas infuscated, and two small 
submarginal fuscous spots at apices of veins enclosing first and 
second apical areas; wings with anterior claval margin and a basal 
streak pale fuscous. 

The face is very convexly tumid, wna a ithrrow central discal 
sulcation, transverse striations becoming more profound from base 
to apex ; the anterior femora are armed with two strong spines, one 
near base and one near apex; between the last aud apex is a small 
and somewhat rudimentary spine. 

Long. 50 millim. ; exp. tegm. 132 millim. 

Hab. Celebes (A. B. Meyer). (Mus. Dresden.) 

This species is allied to C. spinosa, Fabr., from which it differs 
in its different markings both of body and tegmina, the longer and 
differently shaped opercula, &c. 


PERISSONEURA, 0. gen. 


@. Head triangular, the front prominently and subacutely pro- 
duced ; the vertex with the lateral margins slightly convex behind 
the eyes and prominently produced in front of the eyes. Pronotum 
at posterior angles about twice as broad as anterior margin, the 
posterior angles ampliated, deflexed to base of tegmina, and broadly 


190 MR. W. L, DISTANT ON THE CICADIDZ. [Apr. 17, 


rounded at apices. Abdomen above distinctly and longitudinally 
raised and carinate. Face very prominent, strongly compressed and 
wedge-shaped, concavely narrowing on its apical half. Rostrum 
reaching the intermediate coxee. Tegmina elongate; the costa very 
slightly depressed immediately beyond base, and then slightly raised 
and convex from about the apex of upper ulnar area; the interior 
ulnar area with the apex slightly but distinctly broader than base ; 
the space between the apices of the postcostal vein and the postcostal 
ulnar ramus ampliated, and the costal margin very finely hirsute ; 
apical areas eight, the eighth broadest and shortest; an additional 
curved and rudimentary vein connecting the base of the second and 
the apex of the fifth ulnar areas, this vein is distinct and perfect for a 
short distance from the base of the second and into the third ulnar 
areas, after which it is subobsolete ; basal area almost twice as long 
as broad. 

My knowledge of this most interesting genus is confined toa 
female specimen collected by Dr. A. B. Meyer in Celebes. 


PERISSONEURA MACULOSA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 3, 3a, 36.) 

@. Pale ochraceous or greenish ; ocelli castaneous; mesonotum 
with two central obconical dark spots, the bases of which rest on 
anterior margin; on each side of these is a much longer and more 
acutely pointed spot, and a small round spot in front of each 
anterior branch of the cruciform basal elevation, which is marked by 
two central darker lines; -abdomen above sparingly pilose, the 
apical segmental margins paler. Body beneath and legs pale ochra- 
ceous or greenish ; femora near apices, tibiae near bases and at apices, 
and apices of tarsi fuscous. Rostrum with the apex pitchy. Teg- 
mina and wings pale hyaline, the first minutely spotted along all 
the veins and more or less across its apical half. 

Long. 9, 18 millim.; exp. tegm. 56 millim. 

Hab. Celebes (Dr. Meyer). (Mus. Dresden.) 


Tisicen ? nirvana, Montr. 


Cicada lifuana, Montr. Aun. Soc. Ent. de Fr. sér. 4, i. p. 70. 3 
(1861). ' 

3. Head and pronotum pale ochraceous, the last with two central 
longitudinal pale brownish lines, the posterior margin greenish with 
its inner border and the lateral margins pale brownish. Mesonotum 
pale brownish, the lateral margins and cruciform elevation ochraceous. 
Abdomen warm ochraceous, the disk brownish and the base of the 
last segment broadly blackish. Body beneath and legs ochraceous. 
Tegmina and wings pale hyaline. ‘Tegmina with the costal mem- 
brane and basal half of venation greenish, remaining venation and 
claval area brownish. Wings with the venation brownish, the 
claval area more or less suffused with the same colour. 

Rostrum reaching posterior coxze, its apex dark fuscous. The 
face is moderately broad, the ceatral sulcation deep, and the trans- 
yerse striations distinct. Anterior femora armed with three strong 
spines, the one near apex smallest. Posterior femora with a few 


1883.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADIDZ. 191 


long slender spines on each side. Opercula small and oblique, not 
passing the base of abdomen. 

Long. 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 62 millim. 

Hab, New Caledonia (Layard). (Coll. Dist.) 

Other specimens from the same locality in the collection of 
Dr. Signoret, which I have since examined, are somewhat darker in 
hue, especially the anterior legs, which are brownish. 

Montrouzier’s description is so slight that I certainly should have 
failed to identify his species had I not received specimens so labelled 
from Dr. Signoret. I have therefore given a full description of this 
insect, which I have placed provisionally in the genus Tibicen. From 
this, however, it somewhat differs in the ulnar veins at base, which, 
though distinctly separated, are yet contiguous, thus approaching 
the genus Melampsalta. 


MELAMPSALTA OLDFIELDI, D. sp. 


@. Head, pronotum, and mesonotum greenish ; abdomen green- 
ish ochraceous, a central longitudinal castaneous fascia extending 
from base of head to apex of abdomen. Head with four large black 
spots on vertex, two at area of ocelli, and two in front of eyes ; 
mesonotum with pale ochraceous margins to the central castaneous 
fascia ; central base of abdominal margins blackish. Body beneath 
pale greenish ochraceous; face castaneous with its whole central 
disk black. Tegmina and wings pale hyaline; tegmina with the 
costal membrane and basal venation greenish, remaining venation 
pale fuscous ; claval area and that between the postcostal vein and 
the postcostal ulnar ramus warm ochraceous. 

Wings with the base ochraceous, the claval area more or less 
suffused with the same colour, the veins greenish, becoming fuscous 
towards outer margin. 

The anal sheaths enclosing ovipositor are fuscous, and project 
considerably beyond the apex of the abdomen ; the ovipositor is dark 
castaneous, the last abdominal segment being triangularly excavated 
at its emergence ; the rostrum just passes the intermediate cox, and 
has its apex castaneous ; the face is laterally compressed and concave 
on each side, the central sulcation being very deep. 

Long. 21 millim.; exp. tegm. 55 millim. 

Hab. New Holland, sie. (Coll. Signoret.) 

The broad central castaneous fascia on the upperside of the body 
of this species renders it very distinct from the other numerous 
Australian species of the genus. 


CARINETA CROCEA, n. sp. (Plate XXV. figs. 1, la, 10.) 


3. Body and legs dull ochraceous and sparingly pilose. Head 
above strongly hirsute, with the area of the ocelli infuscated. Pro- 
notum with a short basal longitudinal castaneous spot. Mesonotum 
with two obconical black-margined spots at anterior margin, on basal 
sides of which are two small black marginal spots, a castaneous 
transverse spot in front of the cruciform elevation, on each side of 
which is a subquadrate black spot. Beneath, the abdomen is rather 


192 MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADID&. [Apr. 17, 


darker in hue; the rostrum has its apex pitchy, which about reaches 
the posterior coxee ; and the anterior femora are armed beneath with 
three strong spines. 'Tegmina and wings pale hyaline, the venation 
of the first pale ochraceous, of the last more or less fuscous; first 
apical area of the tegmina about one third longer than the second. 
Long. 19 millim.; exp. tegm. 60 millim. 
Hab. Colombia. (Mus. Dresden.) 


CarRINETA CINGENDA, 0. Sp. 


6. Head and thorax above greenish ochraceous. Head witb 
a lateral black margin to front, and vertex with the area of the ocelli 
marked with black; eyes fuscous. Pronotum with two looped 
oblique black lines on disk directed towards the eyes, followed 
beneath by two black toothed and curved lines, and with a narrow 
basal submarginal blackish fascia. | Mesonotum with two short 
central obconical spots at anterior margin distinctly margined with 
black ; on each side of these is a longer, somewhat similarly shaped 
and fainter spot; two small fuscous spots in front of the basal cruci- 
form elevation, on each side of which is a laterally curved fascia com- 
pletely covered with long ochraceous pilosity. Abdomen above 
warm ochraceous, the segmental incisures regularly and narrowly 
margined with very dark fuscons. Body beneath and legs sparingly 
pilose; anterior femora armed beneath with three prominent and 
robust dark-coloured spines, one near base and two near apex; 
rostrum just passing intermediate cox, its apex black; claws 
fuscous. 'Tegmina and wings pale hyaline ; the first with the costal 
membrane ochraceous ; the venation of both more or less fuscous. 

The head, including the outer margin of eyes, is about equal in 
width to the base of the mesonotum ; the opercula are small, imper- 
fectly covering the orifices ; the first apical area of the tegmina is 
about one third longer than the second. 

Long. ¢, 18-19 millim. ; exp. tegm. 52 millim. 

Hab. Madeira river, Amazons. (Coll. Dist.) 

This is a distinctly marked species, the black lines to the abdomen 
above being very characteristic. 


CARINETA APICALIS, N. sp. 


@. Head and thorax above greenish, tinged with ochraceous ; 
ocelli shining ochraceous, their are adull ochraceous; eyes pale or 
dark fuscous; mesonotum faintly marked at anterior margin with 
two obccnical spots, the margins alone of which are ochraceous, its 
basal cruciform elevation pale ochraceous. Abdomen above dull 
ochraceous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous ; face, and margins 
of sternum greenish ; disk of abdomen castaneous. Tegmina and 
wings pale hyaline ; the veins variable in hue—greenish, ochraceous, 
and fuscous. Tegmina with the first apical area one third longer 
than the second. Anterior femora armed beneath with three strong 
spines. Rostrum reaching the intermediate coxee. 

Var. A, Abdomen beneath with the lateral margins greenish. 

Long. 18-19 millim.; exp. tegm. 48-54 millim. 


P. Z.S .1883.PLXAV, 


Horace Knight ,del.et hth. West, Newman &Co.imp. 


Exotic Cieadide, 


"_—_ 


a= CS ”—”—”—”— 


1883.] MR. W. L. DISTANT ON THE CICADIDZ. 193 


Hab. Ega, Amazons (Coll. Dist.) ; Cayenne (Coll. Signoret). 

This species is allied to C. viridicata, Dist., agreeing therewith in 
general coloration and also in the great length of the first apical 
area, which, however, in the former species is twice the length of the 
second, whilst in C. apicalis it is but one third longer. C.apicalis is 
also a much smaller species, and the base of the pronotum is much 
less widened than in C. viridicata. 


CARINETA RUBRICATA, 0. Sp. 

3. Body and legs warm ochraceous; abdomen both above and 
beneath with the two posterior segments and anal appendage cas- 
taneous. Mesonotum with a curved black line on left side of disk 
(in normal specimens this is probably found on both sides). Abdo- 
men beneath with the disk longitudinally castaneous. Rostrum 
about reaching posterior coxe, its apex pitchy. Anterior femora 
armed with three strong spines, their apices castaneous. Tegmina 
and wings pale hyaline; the venation ochraceous at base, becoming 
fuscous towards outer margins. First apical area of the tegmina 
about one third longer than the second. 

Long. 20 millim. ; exp. tegm. 56 millim. 

Hab. Unknown. (Coll. Dist.) 

The castaneous apex to the abdomen renders this species easily 
recognized, 


Synonymical Corrections. 

The type of Cosmopsaltria spinosa, Fabr., is contained in the 
Banksian Collection in the British Museum. Mr. Walker having 
identified two specimens from the Philippines as the Fabrician 
species, I naturally concluded that he was correct, first, because 
he was not averse to describing new species, and, secondly, because he 
had the Fabrician type for reference. I have now, however, found 
that he made a great mistake in this matter, and thereby induced 
me to describe as a new species under the name of (. abdulla what 
is the veritable C. spinosa, Fabr. 

The synonymy should therefore stand thus :— 


CosMOPSALTRIA SPINOSA. 


Tettigonia spinosa, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 266. 6 (1787); Ent. 
Syst. iv. p. 17. 6 (1794); Syst. Rhynch. p. 34. 8 (1803). 

Cicada spinosa, Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. p. 748. 8 (1790). 

Cosmopsaltria spinosa, Stil, Berl. Ent. Zeit. x. p. 171 (1866); 
Gifv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1870, p. 708. 1. 

Cosmopsaltria abdulla, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881, p. 639. 

Prof. C. Berg, of the Museo Publico, Buenos Ayres, having lately 
submitted to me the types of his species described in his ‘ Hemiptera 
Argentina’ for comparison, I find that, in addition to the correction 
already made by him (An. Cient. Argent. t. xiv. p. 39, 1882), the 
following may also be noted. 

Carineta diplographa, Berg=Carineta (Cicada) obtusa, Walk., 
which again probably = Carineta fasciculata, Germ. 


194. MR. P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 


DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXV. 


Fig. 1, la, 10. Carineta crocea, p. 191. 
2, 2a, 2b. Cosmopsaltria meyeri, p. 189. 
3, 3a, 3b. Perissoneura maculosa, p. 190, ° 
4, 4a, 4b, Zammara luculenta, p. 187. 
5, 5a, 5b, 5c. Tettigarcta crinita, p. 188. 


[Apr. 17, 


8. Additional Notes on Birds collected in the Timor-Laut, or 
Tenimber, group of Islands by Mr. Henry O. Forbes. 
By P. L. Scrarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the 


. Sauropatis chloris 


Society. 


[Received April 10, 1883.] 
(Plates XXVI.-XXVIII.) 


The remaining specimens of the birds collected by Mr. H. O. 
Forbes during his visit to the Timor-Laut or Tenimber group of 
islands having now come to hand, I am enabled to lay before the 
Society some further notes ! on this interesting subject. 
I begin with a list of the birds in the present collection, which 
contains altogether 227 skins, referable to the following 40 species, 
the nomenclature being, as before, taken from Salvadori’s ‘Ornitologia 
della Papuasia.’ 


I. Accreitres. 


. Tinnunculus moluccensis ...) 


II. Psrrract. 


. Tanygnathus subaffinis, Sel. 
. Geoffroius keyensis 
. Eclectus riedeli, Meyer ...... 
. Kos reticulata 


. Cacatua sanguinea, Gowld ... 


III. Picarra. 


IV. PAssrrns. 


. Monarcha mundus, Sci. ...... 


nitidus 


. Rhipidura hamadryas, Sc/.... 


fusco-rufa, sp. nov. 


opistherythra, sp. nov. 


Reference. 


Supra, p. 54. 
O. P. ii. p. 35. 
Supra, p. 54. 


ee eereee 


Locality. 


Larat. 


(Not given.) 
Loetoe. 


.| Larat and Loetoe. 


Larat, Loetoe, and 
Maroe. 
Larat. 


Larat and Moloe. 


Larat and Loetoe. 


| Larat. 


Larat. 

Loetoe, Larat, and 
Moloe. 

Larat and Maroe, 


No. of 
examples. 


—_ 
oO COP OR 


co 


= 
do !wwe 


2 See previous paper, above, p. 48. 


1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 


. Stigmatops squamata 


. Philemon plumigenis 
. Zosterops griseiventris, sp. 


. Corvus validissimus 


. Carpophaga concinna 


. Myristicivora bicolor 
. Macropygia, sp. inc. ......... 
. Geopelia maugei 
. Chalcophaps chrysochlora ... 


. Tadorna radjah 


TABLE (continued). 


. Myiagra fulviventris, Sc/. ... 
. Micreeca hemixantha, Sci. ... 
. Graucalus unimodus, Sel. ...|- 


MElANOPSs2.0.caceersasen 


. Lalage meesta, Scl. ............ 
. Artamus leucogaster 
. Pachycephala 


arctitorquis, 
Sel. 


fusco-flava, sp. nov. 


nov. 


. Gerygone dorsalis, sp. nov. 


. Mimeta decipiens, sp. nov. .. 
. Munia molucea 
. Calornis metallica 


Pete cceerene 


Crassa, SCL. ....s..scceeves 


V. CoLumBs. 


. Ptilopus wallacii..........00..- 


xanthogaster 


sete eeeenene 


TOSACEA......seceeeseccvcnes 


ee ee 


VII. GRALLATORES. 


. Orthorhamphus magnirostris 
. Demiegretta sacra 


weet ee weneee 


VIII. Nararorss. 


Reference. 


Supra, p. 54. 
Supra, p. 55. 
Supra, p. 55. 
O. P. ii. p. 180. 
Supra, p. 55. 
O: B. ui. p. 167; 
Supra, p. 55. 


O. P. ii. p. 434, 


O. P. ii. p. 447. 


Supra, p. 56. 
O. P. ii. p. 487. 


O. P. iii. p. 80. 
O. P. iii. p. 4. 
O. P. iii. p. 81. 
O. P. iii. p. 89. 


O. P. iii. p. 107. 


O. P. iii. p. 157. 
O. P. iii. p. 169. 


O. P. iii. p. 290. 
O. P. iii. p. 845. 


O. P. iii. p. 391 


Locality. 


Larat and Loetoe. 

Loetoe and Larat. 

Larat and Loetoe. 

Larat. 

Larat and Kirimoen. 

Larat, Loetoe, and 
Moloe. 

Larat. 

Larat, Loetoe, 
Moloe. 

Larat and Loetoe. 

Larat, Loetoe, and 
Moloe. 

Larat, Loetoe, and 
Moloe. 

Larat. 

Larat. 

Larat and Kirimoen. 

Larat and Moloe. 

Maroe. 


and 


Larat and Loetoe. 
Larat and Loetoe. 
Larat and Maroe. 
Maroe. 

Kirimoen. 

Larat. 

Larat and Loetoe. 
Larat and Moloe. 


Larat. 
Kirimoen. 


Larat. 


195 


No. of 
examples. 


PRR 1 09 


bo 
a 


—_ 
pons ow Or 


a et et 
Go H O9 Or O10 © mre Odo 


me 


I add descriptions of the five new species, and notes on such others 
of them as require further remarks from the additional specimens 
now received. 


4. ECLECTUS RIEDELI. 


(Plate XXVI.) 


Eclectus riedeli, Meyer, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 917. 
The present lot contains three (male) green specimens and one 
(female) red of this fine species ; so that along with the pair in the 
former collection there are now four green and two red specimens on 
the table. All the green skins are marked “ 3,” and all the red 


196 MR, P. L, SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. [Apr. 17, 


« , The male not yet having been described, I give short dia- 
gnoses of both sexes. 

3. Lete viridis, capite clariore, subcaudalibus flavicante tinctis ; 
subalaribus et hypochondriis coccineis ; campterio alari et remigum 
primariorum marginibus externis et secundariorum (extus dorso 
concolorum) apicibus ceruleis ; alarum pagina inferiore nigra ; 
cauda supra viridi dorso concolori, subtus nigra, apice plus quam 
semipollicari abrupte flavo ; rectrice una utrinque extima in po- 
gonio exteriore ceruleo notata ; rostro superiore rubro, apice flavi- 
cante ; inferiore nigro: long. tota 11°8, ale 8°7, caud@ 4°6. 

Q. Rubro-punicea, capite et corpore subtus coccineis ; crisso flavo ; 
campterio alari et remigum primariorum marginibus externis 
ceruleis ; cauda supra ad basin viridi in rubrum transeunte, ad 
apicem late flava, subtus flava ad basin nigricante ; rostro nigro ; 
crassitie paulo minore. 


Hab. insulas Tenimberenses. 

Of the four skins in the present collection, two males (green) are 
from Larat, and one male and one female from Loetoe. 

As I remarked in my former paper, there can be no longer any 
doubt that Helectus riedeli is quite a distinct species of the genus, 
characterized by the broad well-defined yellow tail-end of the male, 
and by the absence of the blue on the back of the neck and on the 
belly in the female. Neglecting HZ. westermanni and Eclectus cor- 
nelia, of which we do not know the opposite sexes or the localities, 
we are now acquainted with both sexes and the patriz of four species 
oi these anomalous Parrots, distributed as follows :— 

(1) Z. pectoralis (Salvad. op. cit. p. 197), of New Guinea and the 
Aru and Ké islands, extending to New Britain, New Ireland, and 
the Solomon Islands. 

(2) £. roratus (Salvad. p. 206), of the island-group of Halmahera, 
i.e. Halmahera, Ternate, Batchian, Morty, and Obi. 

(3) £. cardinalis (Salvad. p. 210), of the island-group of Ceram, 
i. e. Ceram, Amboina, and Bouru. 

(A) EL. riedeli, of the Tenimber group. 

The males of these four species are very similar in colouring ; but 
with the help of Dr. Salvadori’s diagnosis of the first three we may 
separate them as follows:— 


A. Majores: cauda supra ceeruleo variegata. 


Cauda minus ceerulea....... eset, US, BBE (1) pectoralis. 

Cauda magis czerulea . bf - (2) roratus. 
B. Minores: cauda supra viridi, subtus nigra. 

Cauda apice angusto flavicante .......... (3) cardinalis. 

Caudee fascia apicali distincte flava....... . (4) riedeli. 


The female of L. riedeli, as already mentioned, is very easily distin- 
guished from the same sex of the first three species by the absence 
of the blue neck-band and of the blue on the abdomen. As regards 
its yellow under tail-coverts and yellow tail-end, it comes nearest to 
E. roratus. 


1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 197 


6. CACATUA SANGUINEA, Gould. 


Cacatua sanguinea, Gould, B. Austr. v. pl. 3; Scl. P. Z.S. 1875, 
p- 61. 

The present collection contains five specimens of the small White 
Cockatoo alluded to in my former paper as having been mentioned 
by Mr. Forbes, but of which no example was sent. To my great 
surprise it turns out to be Cacatua sanguinea, instead of C. citrino- 
cristata as | had expected. The original specimens of C. sanguinea 
were obtained at Port Essington in N. Australia; so that its occurrence 
in the Timor-Laut group is not after all so very remarkable. 


11, RarprpuRA FUSCO-RUFA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII.) 


Supra obscure terreno-fusca, in dorso rufescenti tincta ; alis nigri- 
cantibus, tectricum minorum apicibus et secundariorum margi- 
nibus externis late rufis; subtus rufa, mento et gutture toto ad 
medium pectus aibis ; subalaribus rufis ; remigum marginibus inter- 
nis fulvis; caude nigricantis rectricibus tribus externis totis et 
paris proximi apicibus rufis ; rostro et pedibus nigris. Long. tota 
7°0, ale 3°3, caudeé 3°4, 

Q. Mari similis. 

Hab. insulas Tenimberenses Larat, Moloe et Loetoe. 

Obs. Sp. rostro robusto lato, cauda parum graduata fusco et rufo 

bipartita insignis. 

There are 14 specimens of this apparently new and very distinct 
Ehipidura in the present collection, from the three localities above 
mentioned. The irides are marked ‘‘dark brown,” and the legs 
and feet ‘‘ black.” 

The bill is broad and robust, and the rectrices but slightly gra- 
duated, the external being only about 0°4 inch shorter than the middle 
pair; so that the species would appear to come in the same division 
as nos. 12 and 13 of Count Salvadori’s list. 


12. RHIPIDURA OPISTHERYTHRA, Sp. nov. 


Supra cineraceo-fusca, dorso postico castaneo-rufo ; loris albidis ; 
alarum nigricantium marginibus externis rufescentibus ; subtus 
pullide fulva, gutture albo, crisso castaneo, hypochondriis rufe- 
scenti lavatis; caude elongate et valde graduate rectricibus 
rufescentibus, supra castaneo extus marginatis ; rostro superiore 
nigro, inferiore ad basin et pedibus pallidis. Long. tota 6-7, ale 
3°4, caude rectr. med. 3°8, ext. 2°5, tarsi 0°9. 

_ Hab. insulas Tenimberenses Larat et Maroe. 

Obs. Sp. gutture albo et dorso postico et crisso castaneis, sicut 
videtur, facile dignoscenda. 

The two specimens of this species in the collection are both 
marked as female; but the male would probably not differ in colora- 
tion. ‘‘Irides dark brown; upper mandible sooty brown, lower 
mandible same at top but pale flesh-colour at the base; feet laven- 
der-pink.” 

The species belongs to the section with small bill and the tail- 


198 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. [Apr. 17, 


feathers much graduated, the outer pair being 1°3 inch shorter 
than the middle pair. Below, the tail is pale rufous, the inner 
webs of the rectrices passing into blackish. Above, the outer tail- 
feathers are margined externally at their bases with the chestnut-red 
of the rump. 


15. GRAUCALUS UNIMODUS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 55. 


The present collection contains two males and two females of this 
species, which was described from a single female example. The sexes 
are not quite similar, as will be seen from the subjoined amended 
diagnoses. 

3. Cinereus ; fronte, loris et capitis lateribus cum gutture toto ad 
medium pectus eneo-nigris; alis et cauda, nigris illis cinereo 
extus marginatis ; subalaribus pallide isabellinis; remigum 
pagina inferiore albicanti-cinerea ; rostro et pedibus nigris. Long. 
tota 13°5, ale 7°3, caude 6°5, tarsi 1°3. 

9. Mari similis, sed paulum obscurior et colore nigro nisi in loris 
carens; crassitie paulo minore. 


20. PACHYCEPHALA FUSCO-FLAVA, sp. nov. (Plate XXVIII.) 

Pachycephala, sp. inc. 2, Scl. supra, p. 51. 

Supra olivaceo-viridis, alis caudaque nigris, olivaceo limbatis ; sub- 
tus fulvescenti-flava, in ventre imo et crisso flavicantior, lateribus 
capitis rufescentibus ; subalaribus et remigum marginibus in- 
ternis ochracescenti-albis ; rostro nigro, pedibus corylinis. Long. 
tota 7°3, ale 4:2, caud@é 3°3. 

Q. Mari similis, sed colore corporis subtus ochraceo distinguenda. 

Hab. Larat, ins. Tenimberensem. 

The first collection contained a single female example of the 
present species, which I was unwilling to describe. We have now 
a male from the same island, which enables me to characterize the 
species. It would appear to belong to sect. 1¢ of Count Salvadori’s 
arrangement ; but, as noted above, the sexes are not quite similar in 
coloration. 

The male is labelled “irides dark brown, legs and feet sooty 
blue ;” the female, ‘‘ irides dark brown ; legs and feet black.” 


21. SriGMATOPS sQuUAMATA, Salvad. Orn. Pap. ii. p. 386. 

Nectarinia, sp. inc., Sel. supra, p. 51. 

The former collection contained two skins in bad condition 
(marked 2”) which I thought might probably be referable to a 
female of some species of Nectarinia. 'The present collection com- 
prehends nine specimens of the same bird of both sexes. It is evi- 
dently a Meliphagine bird of the genus Stigmatops, and, so far as I 
can tell without actual comparison with the types, inseparable from 
S. squamata of Salvadori. This species was discovered by Rosen- 
berg on Khor Island between the Ké group and Ceram laut, and 
may therefore probably also occur in the Tenimber group, from which 
Khor lies not very far north. 


1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 199 


23. ZOSTEROPS GRISEIVENTRIS, Sp. Nov. 


Supra lete viridis, annulo periophthalmico distincta albo; alis 
caudaque nigricantibus viridi limbatis ; subtus pallide grisea, in 
ventre medio albicantior, gula et crisso flavis; subalaribus et 
remigum marginibus internis albis, campterio flavido ; rostro 
pullide corneo, pedibus pallide fuscis : long. tota 4:7, ale 2°5, 
caudeé 1°7, 

Hab. Larat, Loetoe et Moloe insulas Tenimberenses. 

There are sixteen specimens of this apparently new Zosterops in 
the present collection, obtained at various dates in the localities above 
mentioned. The irides are noted as “‘ reddish brown.” 

The species belongs to the group of Z. albiventris ; but appears 
to be distinguishable by its greyish abdomen, which is only whiter 
in the middle line. 


24, GERYGONE DORSALIS, sp. nov. 


Supra brunnescenti-castanea, alis caudaque nigris dorsi colore 
limbatis, pileo et nucha murino-brunneis ; subtus alba, hypo- 
chondriis rufescenti lavatis ; subalaribus albis ; caude rectrici- 
bus subtus in pogoniis interioribus nigricantibus macula versus 
apicem alba preditis ; rostro et pedibus nigris :; long. tota 4-0, 
ale 2°1, caude 1°6, tarsi 0:8. 

2. Mari similis. 

Hab. Larat, Loetoe et Moloe insulas Tenimberenses. 

I was rather uncertain as to the correct position of this little bird, 
which is quite distinct from any thing that I am acquainted with; 
but Count Salvadori, to whom I have sent a skin for examination, 
kindly tells me it isa Gerygone. The bill is rather compressed, and 
the tarsi are long and slender. The third, fourth, fifth, and sixth 
primaries are nearly equal and longest. The irides are noted as 
black. 


25. MIMETA DECIPIENS, sp. nov. 


Fuscus fere unicolor, superciliis albidis, pileo nigricanti strivlato ; 
subtus paulo dilutior, gutture et cervice antica albis, precipue ad 
latera nigro guttulatis ; pectoris summi plumis quibusdam nigri- 
canti striolatis ; regione auriculari nigricante ; rostro et pedibus 
nigris : long. tota 11°8, ale 6°5, caude 5-0. 

Hab. Larat insulam Tenimberensem. 

Obs. Similis M. bouroensi, sed gula albida nigro transversim gut- 

tulata et pectoris summi plumis nigricanti striolatis distinguendus. 

Two specimens of this Mimeta, marked “‘irides dark brown,” are 

in the collection. They so closely resemble Philemon piumiyenis in 
general appearance, that I had at first marked them as of that species’. 

Adding the new species now described and Cacatua sanguinea 

and Stigmatops squamata to the list given in my first communication 
we shall find that, so far as we are acquainted with the birds of the 
Tenimber Islands from Mr. Forbes’s researches, its avifauna embraces 

* Cf. Wallace, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 26, on a similar case of mimicry in another 

species of this genus. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XIV. 14 


MR. P. L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM TIMOR LAuT. [Apr. 17, 


the following 60 species, of which the 23 marked with an asterisk 
are peculiar to the group. 


I. ACcIPITREs. 


1. Pandion leueocephalus, #4, Ninox forbesi. 
2. Haliastur girrenera. x5. Strix sororcula. 
3. Tinnunculus moluccensis. 


II. Psrrract. 


x6. Tanygnathus subaffinis. #9. Eos reticulata. 
7. Geotfroius keiensis. 10. Cacatua sanguinea. 
*8. Helectus riedeli. 


II. Prcarra. 
11. Sauropatis chloris. 


IV. PassEeres. 


*12. Monarcha castus. *26. Pachycephala fusco-flaya. 
«13. mundus. #27. Diceeum fulgidum. 

14, nitidus. *28. Myzomela annabelle. 
*15, Rhipidura hamadryas. 29. Stigmatops squamata, 
*16, fusco-rufa, 30. Philemon plumigenis. 
#17 opistherythra. x31. Zosterops griseiventris. 
*18. Myiagra fulviventris. *32,. Gerygone dorsalis. 
*19. Mierceca hemixantha. x33. Mimeta decipiens. 

*20. Graucalus unimodus. 34. Geocichle sp. ine. 

21 — melanops. 35. Munia molucca. 
#22. Lalage mesta,. 36. Erythrura tricolor. 

25. Artamus leucogaster. 37. Calornis metallica. 

24. Dicruropsis bracteatus. #38. crassa. 

*25. Pachycephala arctitorquis. 39. Corvus validissimus, 


V. CoLtumMBa. 


40. Ptilopus wallacii. 44, Myristicivora bicolor. 

41. xanthogaster. 45. Macropygie sp. inc. 

42. Carpophaga concinna. 46. Geopelia maugeei. 

43. rosacea. 47, Chalcophaps chrysochlora, 


VI. GALLINz. 


*48. Megapodius tenimberensis. 


VII. GRALLATORES. 


49. Orthorhamphus magnirostris. 53. Totanus incanus. 

50. Charadrius fulvus. 54. Numenius variegatus. 
51. Aigialitis geoffroi. 55. Ardea sumatrana. 
52. Lobivanellus miles. 56. Demiegretta sacra. 


VIII. Naratores. 


57. Nettapus pulchellus. 59. Tadorna radjah. 
58. Dendrocygna guttata. 60, Onychoprion anesthetus. 


J Smit lith Hanhart imp. 


RHIPIDURA FUSCO-RUFA . 


—E 


JSmit hth. 


PACHYCEPHALA FUSCO-F 


Te ANG 
LAV. 


——————— 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 201 


4. A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of 
Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging to the Subfamily Eu- 
ploeine ; with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. 
By F. Moors, F.Z.S., A.L.S., &c. 


Part Ll. Limnaina. 
[Received April 2, 1883. ] 
(Plates XXIX-XXXII.') 


The group of Butterflies here monographed has, by modern authors, 
been arranged under the subfamily name of Danaine. . By Linnzeus 
(Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 470) they were placed in the second division of 
his Papiliones Danai, namely in that of the D. festivi, his first division, 
containing the “‘ Whites” or modern Pierine, being the D. candidi. 

Esper in 1777 (Die Schmett. i. p. 53) having figured several 
species of Pierinz under the generic term Danaus, both Fabricius 
(Ent. Syst. iii. p. 39, 1793) and Weber (Nomen. Ent. pp. 99, 106, 
1795) having also entirely separated the D. festivi from the D. candidi 
under the name of Festivi, and Cuvier (Tableau Elément. p. 590, 
1798) having cited species of Pierinze only as Danai, it follows that 
these authors, having thus restricted the Danai of Linnzus to the 
D. candidi (or modern Pierinz), the term ‘‘ Danainee”’ cannot be 
retained for the present subfamily. 

The following summary of the labours of subsequent authors will 

help to show the progress made in the study of this interesting group 
of Butterflies. 
. Latreille in 1805 (Hist. Nat. des Crust. et Insectes, xiv. p. 108) 
established his genus Danaida, giving as the type Papilio plexippus 
(one of the species mentioned in the Linnean division D. festivi), and 
citing America as the habitat of that species. In 1807 he altered 
this name to Danais, and in 1809 to that of Danaus?. 

In 1807 Fabricius (Illiger’s Mag. vi. p. 280) established his genus 
Euplea, giving as the types the P. plexippus and P. similis of 
Linneus, and P. corus, a species of his own. 

Hiibner (Verz. bek. Schmett. pp. 14-17, 1816) arranged the group 
of the then described species in his second Stirps of the tribe Nym- 
phales, under the name of Limnades—equivalent to the Linnean 
Danai festivi and the Fabrician Feséivi—his first stirps being the 
Nereides, comprising the Heliconii of the later authors. The species 
known to him are divided into three sections, the first and second 
being equivalent to the Danais and Hestia of Doubleday, and the 
third to Huplea of the same author; the species of the first and 
second sections are arranged under the briefly characterized genera 
Amauris, Hestia, Euplea,and Anosia, those of the third section under 
Lrepsichrois, Crastia, and Salpine. 

* Plates XXTX.-XXXII. will be givena long with Part II. of the present 
paper, read May Ist. : 

* See notes to genus Anosia, p. 234 postea., 


14* 


202 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


In 1819 Godart, in vol. ix. of the ‘Encyclop. Méthodique,’ re- 
described the then known species, under the genus Danais. 

The next author in point of date is Horstield, who, in 1828, pub- 
lished the first part of the 4to Catalogue of the Lepidoptera in the 
Museum of the East-India Company, and on plate 3 of that work 
contributed illustrations of the larvee of five species which he reared 
in Java. 

In 1836, Boisduval (‘ Species général des Lépidoptéres,’ p. 165) 
arranges the group in his seventh family of the Rhopalocera. 

Doubleday and Hewitson, in their grand work ‘ The Genera of 
Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ p. 84 ete. (1847), limited the Danaide to the 
three genera Huplwa, Danais, and Hestia, placing Hamadryas at 
the end of the family Heliconide. In Huplwa the species enume- 
rated are 37 in number; and these are arranged in succession, mostly 
according to the presence of the “ sexual mark ” or, as it is termed, 
“‘vitta’’ on the inner margin of the fore wing in the male. In 
Danais, these authors arrange the species into four unnamed 
groups, which they state to be ‘‘ easily distinguished in general by 
the form and markings of the wings, independently of slight structural 
differences.” The first group contains the species named phedon, 
@gialea, echane, niavius and its allies, “all African species, the 
males of which have a patch of peculiarly formed scales situated 
on the submedian nervure of the hind wing.” The second group is 
composed mostly of the fulvous species, which have the sexual spot 
on the first median nervule, viz. gilippus, erippus, chrysippus, 
plexippus, afinis, &e. The third group contains “ the species having 
the sexual spot upon the first median nervule or submedian nervure,” 
viz. aglea, cleona, melissa, similis, limniace, juventa, tytia, albata, &e. 
In the fourth group are placed those species in which the sexual 
spot is absent. 

In the Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1853, M. Lucas described several new 
species of the genus Luplea. 

In 1857, in the 8vo Catalogue of Lepidoptera of the East-India 
Company’s Museum, pp. 121 to 135, I enumerated the species of 
Danais, Euplea, Ideopsis (n. gen.), and Hestia then in the collection, 
described several new species, and figured various larvee and pupe. 

In ‘ Exotic Butterflies,’ vols. ii. and i. 1858-66, Hewitson described 
and figured some very interesting new species of Euplea. 

In 1862, Mr. Bates published, in the Transactions of the Linnean 
Society, vol. xxiii. part 2, his ‘‘ Contributions to the Insect fauna of 
the Amazon valley.” In this memoir the systematic positions of the 
subfamilies Heliconinze and Danainz (including the Danaoid Helico- 
ninz) are most laboriously treated of, the Danaoid Heliconine 
being placed at the head of the Order Lepidoptera. In this memoir 
also Mr. Bates makes known the extraordinary phenomenon of 
mimicry occurring in the Heliconide and in other families of 
Butterflies, as well as in Moths. 

In his ‘Prodromus Systematis Lepidopterorum,’ published in 
1865, Herrich-Schiiffer places the Heniconrna and DANAINA as the 
first and second families of the Butterflies. In Heliconina, besides 


1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 203 


the true Heliconide, he groups those genera separated by Mr. Bates 
as Danaoid Heliconinz, as well as the genera Hamadryas, Euplea, 
and Hestia, restricting the Danaina to the genus Danais only. 

In January 1866 Mr. Butler (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, pp. 43-59) 
published his ‘* Monograph of the Genus Danais.” This monograph, 
which is a revision of the species known to the author at that 
time, is also accompanied with descriptions and figures of new species 
contained in the British- Museum collection. All the species are 
here arranged under Danais, which is divided into four uncharacte- 
rized numerical sections, as follows :—1sr. Secrton, comprising the 
Amauris group; 2ND secrTion, the American species berenice, 
gilippus, &¢c., chrysippus, plexippus (genutia), and allies; 3RD 
SECTION, similis, limniace, aglea, melaneus, cleona, &c.; 4TH SEC- 
TION, gaura and daos. 

This monograph was followed in March by a Supplement (P. Z. S. 
1866, pp. 171-175) enumerating and describing other species, cha- 
racters being added (founded chiefly upon the colour and pattern) 
to the four sections as given above. 

In May of the same year Mr. Butler published (P. Z.S. 1866, 
pp- 268-302) a ‘* Monograph of the genus Huplea,” containing also 
descriptions and figures of new species in the British-Museum col- 
lection. The species are here arranged under Huplwa, which is 
broken up into ten divisions, characterized by their colour, form, and 
pattern of markings. 

In the following year Mr. Butler also published (Trans. Ent. Soc. 
1867, pp. 467-484) a “ Monograph of the genus Hestia,” containing 
descriptions of new species, and also a tabular résumé of all the 
species of family Danaidz then described. 

Dr. Felder, in the ‘ Reise der Novara,’ Lepidoptera, part ii., 
describes and figures a number of species of Danaine. As the date 
of publication of this part of the ‘ Reise der Novara’ has been much 
discussed by Lepidopterists, the following remarks may not here 
be out of place. 

Of part ii. of this work, though it bears the date of 1865 upon the 
title-page, the actual issue by the publishers appears not to have been 
effected till the beginning of 1867. There is no entry of it in the 
‘ Zoological Record’ for 1865. In the ‘Record’ for 1866 (pub- 
lished in 1867), the compiler of the list of works on Lepidoptera 
states (p. 433) that “this part was not procurable in 1866, and 
that he had been informed that an application for it made in 
February 1867 was unsuccessful.” This is surely sufficient to show 
that Part ii. was not issued for sale, and therefore not published, at 
the date specified on its title-page. The date there so given may be 
that of the completion and lettering of the last plates (pl. 47 bearing 
that of Oct. 1865), which possibly may be considered as being 
equivalent to our mode of publication. 

In 1869 was published the British-Museum “ Catalogue of Diur- 
nal Lepidoptera described by Fabricius,” compiled by Mr. Butler, 
jn which the species of Danaine are enumerated, accompanied by 
vhe original Fabrician descriptions. 


204 MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. [<Apr. 17, 


From 1870 to 1877 numerous collections, from various eastern 
countries, containing new species of Danainze were received at the 
British Museum. ‘These were described by Mr. Butler as follows:— 

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 357, 1870. New species 
of Euplea and Danais from the South-Sea Islands. 

Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, p. 2. Species from Australia of a n. g. 
Calliplea. 

Ditto, 1876, p. 240. Species from New Guinea. 

P. Z.S. 1876, p. 765. Species of Huplea and Calliplea from 

New Guinea. 

P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 466. The same. 

P.Z.S. 1877, p. 810. Species of Salpinx from Formosa. 

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. 1877, p. 348. Huplea 

from Lifu, Loyalty Islands. 

In 1871 Mr. Kirby issued his ‘Syn. Catal. of Diurnal Lepido- 
ptera,’ wherein the Danaine are all arranged under the genera 
Hestia, Ideopsis, Danais, Euplea, and Hamadryas, which are 
followed by the genera of Danaoid Heliconinz. 

Hoppfer (Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1874) described some new species of 
Danaine from Celebes. 

Mr. Druce, in Proe. Zool. Soc. 1873 & 1874, described some 
Siamese and Bornean species. 

Mr. Salvin and Mr. Godman also received several very interesting 
collections, contributing descriptions of the Danainz as follows :-— 

P. Z. 8.1877, p.140. New Eupleeas from Duke-of-York Island. 

P.Z.S. 1878, pp. 643, 733. Danais and Euplea from New 

Guinea, New Ireland, and New Britain. 

P.Z.S. 1879, p. 155. The same. 

P. Z.S. 1880, p. 183. A new Danais from E. Africa. 

Kirsch, in Mitth. Mus. Dresden, i. (1877), contributes descrip- 
tions and figures of several new species fram Papua. 

In 1878 a memoir on the “ Butterflies hitherto referred to the 
genus Luplaa” was published in the Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xiv. 
pp- 290-303, by Mr. Butler. In this paper the species are arranged 
under seven genera, three of which are new, the peculiar “sexual 
mark,” or scent-producing organ of the male insect, being taken, for 
the first time, as the character for their separation. 

In the ‘Biologia Centrali-Americana’ (1879) Messrs. Salvin and 
Godman enumerate and describe the species of Danainze occurring 
in that region. 

In part 1 of my ‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ published in 1880, are 
described and figured the species inhabiting that island. In this 
work these species are arranged under ten genera, seven of which 
are new, the “sexual mark”’ being used as the primary character 
for the genera. 

In 1882 (Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 36) Mr. Butler con- 
tributes additional descriptions of twelve new species of Danainz 
from Duke-of-York Island and New Britain. 

In 1882 Mr. Distant published part 1 of his ‘ Rhopalocera 
Malayana,’ wherein are fully described and figured all the species 


1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 205 


found in the Malay peninsula. These are arranged under the five 
genera Hestia, [deopsis, Radena, Danais, and Euplaa, the two latter 
genera being further separated into sections, founded upon the 
‘sexual mark” of the male. 

The last work to be enumerated is the ‘Lepidoptera of India, 
Burmah, and Ceylon,’ published at Calcutta in 1882, by Major 
Marshall and L. de Nicéville. These authors give copious details 
of the characters of the subfamily Danaine, keys for the determi- 
nation of the genera and species, and very ample descriptions of the 
several genera and species, which are also accompanied with notes 
on their habits and geographical distribution, together with some 
exceedingly well-executed figures. By these authors the Danainz 
are divided into the four genera Hestia, Ideopsis, Danais, and 
Euplea, the two latter genera being sectionized into named groups, 
which are based on the “ sexual mark”’ in the males, as pointed 
out and named by Mr. Butler and myself. 


When studying this subfamily of Butterflies in 1879, preparatory 
to describing the species for my work on the Lepidoptera of Ceylon, 
I separated the whole of the species then in my collection into groups, 
according to the presence and position of the ‘‘sexual mark ” or 
*« scent-producing organ ” in the male insect. Having thus separated 
the species into such groups, I was then much surprised to observe 
that this operation had placed before me several species in each group 
which bore an extraordinary resemblance, in the pattern of the mark- 
ings on the wings, to certain species which | had arranged in the 
other groups. 

Having thus taken these “sexual marks” or, as they are now 
known to be, “‘scent-producing organs”’ as the primary structural 
character for separating the species of the old genus Danais and 
Luplea into minor generic groups, these assemblies of species, thus 
grouped, brought to my mind at once the fact that here were evident 
illustrations of a form of mimicry occurring between closely related 
groups, and that, too, within a protected family of Butterflies, or, 
more extraordinary still, between species of the same genera, as it 
would then appear, if the species are restricted to Danais and Euplea 
respectively. 

At that time I had forgotten that this phenomenon of mimicry 
between related genera had been observed by my friend Mr. Bates 
among the Danaoid Heliconide; but subsequently, on again working 
with his memoir in the Linnean ‘ Transactions’ before me, I became 
aware of his discovery. 

This analogous form of mimicry, occurring in Danais and 
Euploa, had, however, not previously been recorded. Certain 
species, it is true, when being described, were noted by Mr. Butler 
as having a resemblance to certain other isolated species. 

Since my own observations were thus made, I have had the 
opportunity of showing and pointing out some of these mimetic 
groups in Euplea to my friends Mr. Bates, Mr. Meldola, Mr, 


206 MR, F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


Distant, and others ; and these facts have since served as materials 
for discussion in certain recent articles on mimicry in Butterflies '. 

The extent to which this form of mimicry exists among the 
species of the old genera Danais and Euplea will be better under- 
stood by an examination of the accompanying Tables of the five 
primary groups into which I have divided each of these old genera. 

In these Tables the names of certain genera and species in each of 
these five groups are given, and the names of those genera and 
species, inhabiting the same locality, which imitate them. 

These Tables were chiefly compiled from actual inspection of the 
several species, chiefly at the British Museum, where I had a good 
opportunity, by the kindness of the officers of the Zoological Depart- 
ment, of examining (mostly at the same time), besides the contents 
of their own cabinets, together with those in my own collection, 
Boisduval’s types, Lucas’s types, several of Dr. Felder’s types, a large 
series from the collections of M. Oberthir, G. Semper, and Messrs. 
Salvin and Godman, all of which were most generously confided to 
my care for examination’. 

This imitative character pervades all the groups into which I have 
divided the species hitherto arranged under Danais and Euplea ; 
and, in the Evpia@ra, so far as I have yet verified by actual com- 
parison, it would appear most numerously so in Group A (see 
Table II.), the males of which have zo “ sexual mark”? or “ scent- 
producing organ”’ on the upper side of the wings, in Group B (see 
Table III.), the males of which possess one ‘‘serual mark”’ on the 
fore wing, in Group D (see Table V.), the males of which possess 
one ‘* sexual mark’’ on the fore wing and a glandular patch on the 
hind wing, and in Group E (see Table VI.), in which, though it 
contains only three genera, the species are numerously mimicked. 
The least amount of imitativeness yet observed and verified appears 
in Group C (see Table IV.), the males of which possess a glandular 
patch on the hind wing only. 

On further analysis Table I. shows that, in the Limnatna, of the 
five groups into which the old genus Danais, Hestia, &c., have been 
divided, a certain number of the species are mimicked by others 
within these groups. These instances are but few, considering the 
large number of species therein, and show most clearly their highly 
protected condition. 

Table I. A. embraces the names of certain species of the old genus 
Danais that are mimicked by species of the old genus Euplaa. The 
few species here noted would appear to indicate how small must be 
the necessity for attainment of further protection in the numerous 
species of these two highly protected genera. 

Table II., Group A (no sexual mark). Of the 13 genera into 
which I have divided the species embraced within it, the second 


1 See W. L. Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 83 (1882) ; R. Meldola, Ann. Nat. 
Hist. 1882, vol. x. p. 417; W. L. Distant, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1883, yol. xi. p. 43, 
See also Wallace, ‘ Nature,’ May 25, 1882. 

? These Tables could have been much extended had it been possible to haye 
brought the above collections together at the present moment. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLE@INA. 207 
genus is mimicked by a species in one of the groups into which the 
old genus Danais has been separated; of the others, 11 genera 
are mimicked by species of the other groups into which the old 
genus Euploa has been divided. 

In Table III., Group B (one “‘ sexual mark” on the fore wing) 
is divided into 15 genera: 11 of these are mimicked by species of the 
other groups. 

In Table IV., Group C (glandular patch on the hind wing only) 
is divided into 4 genera, 3 of which are mimicked by species of the 

- other groups. 

In Table V., Group D (one sexual mark on the fore wing, and a 
glandular patch on the hind wing) is divided into 12 genera, 9 of 
which are mimicked by species of the other groups. 

In Table VI., Group E (two sexual marks on the fore wing) is 
divided into 3 genera, each of which genera and mostly all the 
species, are mimicked by species of the other groups. 

Following these Tables I have drawn out one (Table VII.) in 
which are given ‘‘ typical examples of ua mimetic set of species, 
collated from each of the five groups into which Euplea has been 
primarily divided. This Table also shows a comparative view of 


their structural characters. 


Table I.—Mumetic Srecires in LIMNAINA. 


One sexual 1 1| 7 ual 
No sexual mark or One sexual | mark between tke Bide wt aoe 
scent-producing organ | mark on sub-| median and aes ges su ene eeu d Locality. 
in hind wing of male. | median yein.| submedian ai. hr cel eran eae 
TCHEG: jan yeins. |internal veins. 
MeOMBIS ANapPSIS ccs.) ceeeee | twee Ravadeba | ...... Luzon. 
phyle. 
— chloris ............ pisces gy sal yee Rr Cleonewa-.|) hs seees- Celebes. 
; Amauris, sp.?} Melinda for-| ...... | ee H. Africa. 
mosa. 
Radena similis.........) ...0s. irumalay” 7) ee atesse |” sees. China, For- 
limniace. mosa. 
—— exprompta ......) seas. Mslimniace..| sz Chittira Ceylon. 
fumosa 
—— vulgaris .........]  seveee PS MIGUBAR ee (Mt cass siyl- b) iedaece Java. 
—— Juventar........s000| v0 vee PPP CONPUNC | Gisessas-cvai|) ances Java. 
mp — luzonica .........)  sseeee TM Jorientalis.|- ~ cseesir eit) access Luzon. 
| = SEE eae MF ishmoides,|(\  tovats) sumee| WD Legewss Celebes. 
Parantica Caduga Java. 
grammica larissa. 
P. melanoides| C. melaneus..) N.E. India. 
P. aglea ...... C.nilgiriensis| Malabar. 


1 Mimicked by Berethis phedon. 


See Table I. A. 


208 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLQ@INA. [Apr. 17, 
Table I. AA—Mimetic Sprcies BETWEEN Limnarna AND EupL@ina. 
Huria@ina. 
Liar. Locality. 
Group A Group B, Group C. |Group D.| Group E, 
Ideopsis vitrea...J —...... (Bibisana COn=|" semper eer Sere eoonen Celebes, 
figurata. 
Berethis phedon | Vonona eu= | ....-. 1] seauee | weesee | atone Mauritius. 
phon. 
Salatura ferrugi- | —...... Rasuma Calliplcea) Silivace-ces Stictoploea | N. Guinea. 
nea. guerinii. jamesil. doleschallii 
insolata......) 4... (OL E60) ol otal iene Bettie llmeibritenieag|| resooscce Solomon 
brenchleyi. Isles. 
Seth alle naapdar inosine |! Oost Pe | mocnsg NW concees |) pores N. Guinea. 
rea. 
biserigtay sc.) oases (Oh A Tey TILITEN || WS sBoes Pe Maeaade PP saeso: Duke-of- 
dens. York Isles. 
‘Tirumala septen= |) ~"yescta eae ee. . Mrepsichnois| ||" ss-ees | ee eseee India, Bur- 
trionis. linnxi®?. mah, Ma- 
lacea. 
TEN SSA: oc i meesitael aR Ml ec ten pc ladi aye occas sees Jaya. 
ONTENtALISNsca|# Memirents aeeen Meee elese aes ipMdtocletiat ss esse. | eens Luzon. 
Table Il.—Mrimetic Species 1n EvpLa@ina (Grovp A.). 

Group A. Group B. Group C. Group D. Group E. Locality. 
Nononarenphon secre Mee tespen | ee lsaee ee SIP Uh wee la Te deere Mauritius. 
Niparia helcita.........| Chanapa co- | Calliplea ni-| —...... Doricha syl- | New Caledo- 

rinna. veata. A vester. nia, N. Aus- 
tralia. 
Gamatobamoxy.-o-ueccd|paot sores: OL | a ifa<soeMeeml ie vce. cae Stictoplea | Aru Islands. 
pulla. 
Patosa batesii ......... Chirosatpiors|Pae \...,-seervy) kesnc= S. immacu- | New Guinea. 
retii. lata. 
Oranasma lugens ...... Andasena Calliplocaids Aliya Reeseea| Getiaeee : New Guinea, 
orope. hyems. Timor, 
Tronga crameri......... A.suluana. | ...... Isamia egyp-|  s..ee N. Borneo. 
tus. 
——— bROOKGIy.ueescreactlee) ecseee ee WS Wes cee Hh lowei 20-2|"") Siete Borneo. 
—— bremeri............ Crastia dis- | —...... TAChI Ges! sia)e3| 20 ewes Malay penin- 
tantil. sula. 
MAMSOENL cereal mate eb sac MANeG | ot Lows ee I. singapura.| sss Singapore. 
INGOUCL Gan sacgendetl dee deena al Com ete ete LisOphia: 254! sevens Sumatra. 
: Kinbergiul 2. -se.96 Oxamymone:| ~~ sa ae). bee ye ete i China. 
Sariboa grayi............ Chirosa yi- | ...... Hirdapaassi-| —...... Aru. 
inal. Wonhein EFT aces milata. 
Vadebra climena ...... Betangarcawe ee la saeye lo ecb den sell bale ommmeteares Amboyna, 
ponchelii. Ceram. 
———honestanereeteslo 2 ieevecn EI A. ne Saphara neal... Solomon 
Islands. 
Gamatoba alecto ...... BMG CLOLAls.3|". oseeset- @ || ba wecescy we || ep eeetae Ceram. 
cerberus ......... (CARTER TT SES wereencekee wl Wl aaiiaeRESCCER eS ade ue me cas5C0 New Ireland. 
dens. 
Menama tavayona ...|Penoalim- | _...... Isamia mar- | Stictopleea | British Bur- 
borgii. garita. harrisii. mah, 


1883.] 


Menama buxtonii ...... 
Sabanasa cratis...... see 


Adigama ochsenhei- 
meri. 
malayica 


—— scudderi 


eereee 


Trepsichrois 
diocletia. 
Eupleea gyl- 
lenhalii. 
E. phebus, 


E. butleri. 


Tiruna och- 


Table I1I.—Mrimeric Species 1n Evpra@ra (Group B.). 
ar eet a ee 


Group B. 


Group A. 


—— swainsonii......... 
— suluana............ 


eet ee eee 


—— limborgii 


Crastia core 


eect eee eneee 


TSCA <.0..-.c20c0--s 
—— grammifera 


_ | —— inconspicua ...... 
| — distantii ......... 


—— amymone ......... 
— illudens............ 


| Chirosa brenchleyi 
——eurypon ......... 
Meee VICMIS oss cee 


Karadira andamanen- 
ip sis. 
Rasuma violetta 


Nipara hel- 
cita. 


lugens. 


meri. 


..-| Vadebra cli- 


mena. 
Gamatoba 
alecto. 


Menama 


seeeee 


Tronga bre- 
meri. 

T. kinbergii . 

Gamatoba 
cerberus. 


Sariboa grayi 
Patosa 
batesii. 


Group C. 


Callipleea 
niveata. 


Trepsichrois 
linnei, g. 


tee eee 


Calliplea 
jamesii. 


senheimeri. 


Group D. 


Nacamsa 
meldole. 

N, simillima. 

Isamia egyp- 
tus. 

Selinda vol- 
lenheeyii. 

Tabada hya- 
cintha. 


Isamia splen- 
dens. 
I. margarita. 


Pademma 
kollari. 

P. sinhala ... 

Isamia chloe. 


Pademma 
masoni. 

Hirdapa imi- 
tata. 

H. fraterna. . 

H. assimilata 


Tiruna reep- 
storfii. 


Group E. 


MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 


Group E. 


Doricha syl- 
vester. 


seneee 


Seen 
seeeee 


Stictoploea 
binotata. 
8. harrisii 


Narmada 
coreoides. 
N. lankana... 


Stictoploea 
inconspicua 


seeeee 


8. doleschal- 


lii. 


...| British Bur- 


209 


Locality. 


Sumatra. 
Philippines. 


Java. 
Malay penin- 


sula, 
Borneo. 


Locality. 


N. Australia. 
Australia. 
Timor, New 
Guinea. 
Mindanao. 


Luzon. 
N. Borneo. 


Celebes. 
Celebes. 


N.E. Bengal. 


mah. 


India. 


Ceylon. 

Malay penin- 
sula. 

Sumatra, 


Malay penin- 
sula. 

China. : 

New Ireland. 

Tenasserim. 

Solomon Is. 

Ke Islands, 

Aru. 

New Guinea. 

Andamans. 


New Guinea. 


210 


MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 


[Apr. 17, 


Table IV.—Mimetic Species In Eveta@rna (Group C). 


Group C. Group A. Group B. Group D 
Callipleea niveata...... Nipara hel- |Chandpa | ...... 
cita. corinna. 
Mollitisipeencosce=s| a. =see-re | chee sakeaellheme ees 
—— hyems ..........4 Oronasma | Andasena 
lugens. orope. 
THAZATES: set ieseccli | | Mees -sog ln Mme conse Selinda 
elusina. 
113 (Fie2) se ee eee ee eee ccc Salpinx 
lazulina. 
jamesii ........0...]  seeeee Rasamae (ei so.cse 
violetta. 
Trepsichrois linnzig | «+++ Penoa deione Isamia 
splendens 
—— diocletia ¢::..... Sabamacarsk tice 9 deccack Pt ces oes 
cratis. 
Mnlciharic wesees|| owiesdccste | a erceve) OO denne 
Euplea gyllenhalii ...| Adigamaoch-| —....... Tiruna och- 
senheimeri. senheimeri. 
—— phebus............ JAG re eivnCAre|Mimen ton cf MeneN( | danas 
butlericRvs.-s ac. A. seudderi. . 


S. binotata... 


Group E. Locality. 
Doricha N. Australia, 
sylvester. New Cale- 
donia. 
Stictoploea | Philippines. 
leetifica. 
Riser Timor, New 
Guinea. 
aeeaty Jaya. 
waenes Malacca. 
S. doleschallii) New Guinea. 


N.E. Bengal. 
Philippines. 


Borneo. 
Java. 


Malay penin- 
sula. 
Borneo. 


Group D. 


Saphara zenea 


Tabada hyacintha ... 


Selinda elusine 


Salpinx vestigiata 


lazulina 


Group A. Group B Group C. 
WatlebrannO-| eo sescn |h ip dieses 
nesta. 
bears Bibisana Joon 
diana. 
hagcociel wat |Mer egrsonc Callipleea 
mazares. 
Aaa Bibisana wesc 
horsfieldii. | 
=coriec Chirosa Sacaie 
brenchleyi. 
bsdnoe C. eurypon... Grasre 
Sariboa Cexyicinia: *e.0|) 2. ese 
grayi. 
ents. py Miliee, “Btensc Calliplea 
ledereri. 
Menama Penoa Jim= | ss... 
tayoyana. borgii. 
Tronga cra- | Andasena | ...... 
meri. suluana, 
MEROOKEY aie|e eet eess 8) Li) weecks 


seeeee 


Stictoplea 
gloriosa. 


te neee 


seeeee 


Ppicina. 


Stictoplea 
harrisii. 


Locality. 


Solomon 
Islands. 
Celebes. 


Java. 
Celebes. 
Celebes. 
Solomon 
Islands. 
Ké Island. 
Aru. 
Sumatra, 
Malacca. 
British Bur - 


mah. 
N. Borneo. 


Borneo. 


Table VI.--Mimetic Species in Eveira@ra (Grovr E). 


Group E. 


Doricha sylvester...... 


wanes 


inconspicua 


picina 


— tyrianthina 


— lxtifica 


—— gloriosa 


Sey 


— doleschallii 


Narmada lankana. ... 


— coreoides 


Group A. 


Nipara_hel- 


cita. 


Gamatoba 
nox. 

Patosa 
batesii. 

Menama 
tavoyana. 


Group B. 


Chanapa 
corinna. 


Andasena 
eleutho. 


Chirosa 
pierrettil. 

Penoa lim- 
borgii. 

P. deione 


Crastia in- 


conspicua. 


Rasuma vio- 
letta. 
Crastia asela. 


C. core. 


Group C. 


Calliploea 
niveata. 


Trepsichrois 
linnxi ¢. 


Tr. mulciber 


Cd. 
Callipleea 
pollita. 


Group D. 


eereee 


Tsamia mar- 
garita. 
I. splendens. 


Salpinx ves- 
tigiata. 


Selinda 
mniszeckii. 


Pademma sin- 
hala. 
P. kollari. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 211 
TABLE V. (continued). 
Group D. Group A. Group B. Group 0 Group E Locality. 
Isamia chloe ............ T. bremeri...| Crastia dis--| —..... RT Se caece Malay penin- 
tantii & C. sula. 
grammifera, 
singapura ...... Ap Marsdente|: ( F.cnccr eee (MMM | | yous Singapore. 
BOPOIA» 20.0 co. nee IPs TAGOLEL: .o.a| \  Sedeceeh welll) Leer ae |W kets itis Sumatra. 
Bplendons: S...0v..|\e— aahee- Penoa Trepsichrois | Stictoplea | N.E. Bengal. 
deione. linnei ¢. binotata. 
Pademma kollari......) 0.0... Crastia core.| —_...... Narmada India. 
coreoides. 
SITU Bre es dacessas<|— ~ ¥eese Oanel aires: sees N. lankana...| Ceylon. 
———— MASON .......0000-| sveaee Mahintha | ..... antes Tenasserim. 
subdita. 
Nacamsa meldole ...| —...... Andasena. |) Gch | || ceed Mindanao. 
lucasii. | 
eimmillimay. zcsceatle ol “asec An dasenaiaes|? 00) ‘oscar Wee seeees Luzon. 
swainsoni., 
Tiruna reepstorffii ...J  ..... = Karadinar. lie cc scae Wal tee Andamans. 
andama- 
nensis. 
ochsenheimeri...| Adigama | ...... Buplea | © ...... Jaya. 
ochsen- gyllenhalii 
heimeri. 


Locality. 


New Cale- 
donia, Aus- 
tralia, 

Australia. 

Aru Islands. 

New Guinea. 

British Bur- 
mah. 

N.E. Bengal. 

Sumatra. 

Sumatra. 

Borneo. 

Philippines. 

Celebes. 


New Guinea. 


Ceylon. 


India. 


MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


212 


‘aeddn woay 


‘euou 


‘aoddn woz 
sraddn woz 


‘roddn wo0ay 


‘roddn woz 


‘roddn w1047 


‘reddn woz 
-zoddn wot 
‘zoddn woaz 


sxoddn moay 


“oul0uL 
sroddn woz 


‘zoddn wio0ay 
‘xoddn wioay 
sxoddn wo.y 


qoTUIOA 
repNTE000st(y 


“qooyuod 
“qoojtod 
‘9a vou0d 


‘qooyaod 
‘qoojaod 


“qooyod 


*qoogaod 


“qoozrod 


*joojaocl 
“yoojaod 
“yooyt0d 


‘qooyaod 
“aaBouod 
‘jooyaod 
‘qooy.tod 


‘qooyaod 
“qoojaod 
“qoojaod 


we[N[[9000stp 
TOMOT 


“yuq *xaATLO0 
"aAvoul09 *xOATIOD ATOA 
“yuoq *xOATIOO 
“queq *xoAu00 
“quoq *xoAULOD 
“400q, *xoattoo ATOA 

“queq *XOAUOO 
‘queq, *X@ATIOD 
“quoq *XoATO0 
“yuOq, ‘xoauoo AT} YSIS 
“quoq ‘xoatioo ATP YSIS 
“aAv9T100 *xaATIOD 
“queq “qysteays ATrvou 
“quoq *KeATIOD 
"quoq *XOATLOO 
“yueq ‘xoattoo £104 
IeTNTJA09s1Ip uls.ceUr 
aoddq. LO110480 J 


*x9AU00 


*xoAUOO 


*xOATLOO 
*x@Au00 
‘onbr{qo 


‘moaoun 
‘onbrygo 


*xOAUOO0 


‘onbryqo 
*XOATLOO 
“maAoUn 


‘onbr[qo 


‘onbrjqo 
“ueAoun 


“usAOTIN 
“HeAGUn 
“ueA0Tn 


uLdaRUr 
LOLLO}XGL 


‘neaoun * 


“SULM O10] HO OA} 
“SULM purty wo yoyed 
pue surMm a0} UO eu 


*“BUIM O10} UO OAXY 
“‘BUIM O.L0F UO GUO 


‘qu0u 
“Sura pur wo qoyed 
PUB STI oLOF LO OUO 


‘SULA OLOF 10 OMY 
“SUIM puLy wo Yyoyrd 
pue SuIM 010 LO O10 
“BUM OLOF TO OULO 
“‘SUIM pur uo yoyed wv 


“BUTM O10} TO OA\Y 
‘SUI pury uo yoyed 
pUuUL SUI oL0F TO UO 

‘SULM OL0J HO OO 


‘SUIM purty wo yoyrd 
pure Surm oaoF wo 9UO 
“SUIM A210; TO OUO 
“ou0ul 


yareu [enxeg 


‘stogoRaRTy TRanjonayg 


“VNIDTdHAGY TO SdAOUH SQHOVAVA FHL NI SHIOUdS OILAWIfY THL 10 SHTIANVXY TVOIdAT— TTA 248, 


Seer nseees 


~ wuroid vaopdoyoryg 


vrrrsesesssepa@rSiqgaa xurdpug 
‘ anowy 


sreeeees TISTATeT radoyong 
cececesccens TLS.LOq UAT] BOoued 


vreeees poekoany VUTVUO TAL 


er ns 


“RILIVSLEUL BIULVST 
‘qd anowy 


ss pangourq Bao doyag 
sreeeeseses gropuoyds Bruresy 
ee eecccecse euorep Bouledg 
‘reeeees roeuup stoaqorsde.g, 


‘9 anowy 


SOpl0s109 BpRULLe\T 


weeseeeesss’ LIB] [OY VUITOPC 
seveeees sees O00 BIysRIQ) 


‘qf anouy 


se" QOTTO CLUBS] 
“ TYURISTP BISRAD 

LIOMOLG VIUOLT, 
“y anouy 


‘sdnoay 


I 
| 


| 
| 
| 


“eayeumng 


“yeurang, 
ysqug, 


“eIpuy tN 


“AIP Oy 


“eqnsutued 
Avy 


‘yey 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 213 


Subfamily EupLa@in 2. 
Danai festivi, Linnzus. 
Festivi, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 39 (1793); Turton, Syst. 
Ent. ii. p. 54 (1806). 
Limnades, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14 (1816). 
Danaine’ of modern authors. 
upline, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 1 (1880). 

. Fore wing with the submedian vein double at its origin. Most 
genera also with an incipient or lengthened discoidal veinlet emitted 
within the cell of fore wing. Abdomen furnished with odoriferous 
anal tufts of hair. Larva smooth, with fleshy processes. 


Group ? 

Danaoid Heliconide, Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxiii. pp. 496 
517 (1862). 

This group of Butterflies I consider to be quite distinct from the 
next. They differ in the form of outline in the wings, and, though 
having similar venation in the fore wing, the basally forked sub- 
median, and in most of the genera the more or less lengthened 
discoidal (or recurrent) veinlet (in some genera two such veinlets) 
emitted within the cell, and, although the hind wing possesses a 
more or less defined small precostal (or basal) cell, this latter wing 
has a much larger discoidal cell, and also has (in Lycorea halia) a 
single discoidal veinlet emitted within the~cell; whilst in others 

(Sais rosalis and Mechanitis lysimnia) the costal and subcostal 
veins are amalgamated, and consequently the precostal cell is absent, 
and the discoidal veinlet within the cellis present ; but in the former 
species (Sais) there are two such veinlets in both wings of the 
female, and two in fore wing of female WZ. lysimnia. In Ithomia 
(sp.?) the costal and subcostal veins of the hind wing run close 
together from their base along edge of the margin, both wings also 
having a short discoidal veinlet emitted within the cell. In this 
group, the males, besides possessing odoriferous tufts of hair at 
the extremity of the abdomen, have in some genera an odoriferous 
tuft of hair also on the subcostal vein along the upper side of the 
hind wing’. 

* Linnzus used the name Danaus in both sections of his Papilio Danai 
(D. candidi and D. festivi). In 1777 Esper (Die Schmett. i. p. 53) used it as a 
generic name for species of Pierinz, representing Linnzus’s D. candidi ; and in 
1784 Esper (Natur. des Linneischen Systems, p. 214) again cites it for species 
of Pierine. Fabricius (Ent. Syst. iii. p. 39, 1793) and Weber (Nomen. Ent. 
pp. 99, 106, 1795) separated the modern Danainz under the name of Festivi, 
and restricted the term Danaz to the D. candidi of Linneus. In 1798 Cuvier 
(Tableau Elément. d’Hist. Nat. p. 590) cites species of Pierinze only under 
Danai. Panzer, in 1801 (Faun. Ins. Germ. Hefte 73-84, p. 11), also adopts 
Danaus, generically, for species of Pierine ; and, in 1806, Turton (Gen. Syst. of 
Entom. p. 64) also restricts the Danai to species of Pierine. The name “Da- 
niwus,” as applied by Latreille in 1805-09, cannot, therefore, be retained in this 


group of Butterflies, 

* See Fritz Muller’s “Notes on Brazilian Entomology” (Trans. Ent. Soe. 
1878, p. 211), and translation by R. Meldola of Dr. Fritz Miiller’s paper on 
Jtuna and Thyridia, in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, ‘Proceedings,’ p. xx. 


214 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


I have not attempted the study of this group of American Butter- 


flies further than what was necessary for the purpose of pointing 
out its distinction from the other groups. 


Group Limnaina. 


Males, in most genera, possessed with one or more glandular sacs 


or scent-producing organs on the hind wing. 
mostly with a more or less defined precostal cell. 


nished with odoriferous anal tufts of hair. 
Larva smooth, with two or more pairs of subdorsal, long, slender, 
fleshy processes. 


Key To THE GENERA OF LIMNAINA. 


& 


Hind wing also 
Abdumen fur- 


No “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on hind wing. 


Upper discocel- | Lower discocel-| ,. _ . : : 
Sexual mark on| —PP SnOee : Discoidal vein- | Typical genera and 
hind wing yee vein of lular vein of let of fore wing yp species. 
ore wing fore wing 
none. bent. perfect. from upper dis-| Hestia lynceus. 
cocellular, very 
short. 
none. ditto. ditto. ditto. Nectaria idea. 
none. ditto. ditto. ditto, short. | Gamana daos. 
none. ditto. ditto. ditto. Ideopsis gaura. 
none. ditto. imperfect — at ditto. Radena similis. 
upper end. 
none. concaye. perfect, concave none, Cadytis vashti. 


One “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on hind wing. 


s 


On submedian concaye. imperfect at none. Amauris niavius. 
vein. upper end. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Nebroda echeria. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Berethis pheedon. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Lintorata menadensis. 
Between median) straight. bent, imperfect | from lower Tirumala limniace. 
and submedian near upper end.) discocellular, 
veins. short. 
ditto. ditto. straight, imper-| from middle of | Nasuma ismare. 
fect atupperend| discocellulars, 
short. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Melinda formosa. 
ditto. bent. imperfect. | from upper dis | Anosia plexippus. 
cellular. 
ditto. straight. straight, imper-| from middle of | Tasitia berenice. 
fect. discocellulars, 
short. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Limnas chrysippus. 
ditto. bent. ditto. from upper dis-| Salatura genutia. 
cocellular, 
short. 


b. 


1883.] 


MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 


215 


Key To THe Genera or Limnatna (continued). 


Two “ sexual marks” or scent-producing organs on hind wing. 


Se mark on oe go foe pean Discoidal vein- | Typical genera and 
nd wing Gan wih fascia let of fore wing species, 
» wing ore wing 
. |On median and straight. bent, imperfect | from lower dis- | Ravadeba cleona. 
submedian vein. near upper end.) cocellular, 
short. 
ditto. ditto, ditto. ditto. Bahora philomela. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Phirdana pumila. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Asthipa vitrina. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Parantica aglea. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto. Mangalisa albata. 
On submedian ditto. ditto. ditto. Caduga tytia. 
and internal 
veins. 
ditto. ditto. ditto. ditto, Chittira fumata. 


A. No “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on hind wing. 


Genus NECTARIA. 


Nectaria, Dalmann, in Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 76 (1820); Moore, 
Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 2 (1880). 

Idea, Fabricius, Hliger’s Mag. vi. p. 283 (1807); Godart, Ene. 
Méth. ix. p. 194 (1819). 

Danaus (part.), Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809) ; 
Consid. Gén. C. et Ins. pp. 352, 440 (1810). 

Hestia (part.), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816). 

Hestia, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. p. 94; Distant, Rhop. 
Malayana, p. 5. 

Wings semidiaphanous, large: fore wing broad, lengthened, tri- 
angular ; costa slightly arched, apex quite convex, exterior margin 
oblique, waved, posterior margin short, slightly concave in middle ; 
costal vein extending to half its length; first subcostal branch 
emitted at about one fourth before end of the cell and anastomosed 
to costal near its end, second branch from near end of the cell, third 
and fourth at equal distances beyond, the fourth terminating above 
and the fifth below the apex; cell long; upper discocellular in- 
wardly oblique, bent near subcostal and in the middle, the lower 
angle produced to a point within the cell, lower discocellular out- 
wardly convex, first radial from upper angle and second from below 
lower angle of upper discocellular; three median branches wide 
apart ; submedian very recurved, basal veinlet short, slender. Hind 
wing lengthened, oval; costal margin slightly waved, anal angle 
convex; cell broad; costal vein short, precostal forked ; subcostal 
branches wide apart, first very short; discocellulars bent outward at 
their middle, the radial emitted from the angle; median branches 
wide apart ; submedian and internal vein slightly recurved. Body 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XV. 15 


. / 
mowed Sake fey Be Nit 


7% re 
“rr ee~ 


216 MR. F. MOOKE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


long, slender ; palpi porrect, pilose above and beneath, tip pointed, 
very minute; legs long, slender ; antennee slender. 
Larva (NV. malabarica) with four pairs of long fle sh) aments. 
Type UN. idea. 


1. NECTARIA IDEA. 

Papilio idea, Clerck, Icones, ii. pl. 38. f. 1, ¢ (1764); Joh. 
Ameen. Acad. vi. p. 405; Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 238; id. Syst. Nat. 
i. 2, p. 758 (1767) ; Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 193. f. A, B, 2; 
Donov. Ins. Ind. pl. 24. 

Idea idea, Fabr. Syst. Glossat.. Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 120 (1808). 

Danaus idea, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809) ; Consid. 
Gén. Crust. et Ins. p. 440 (1810). 

Limnas (Thalassica) idea, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. i. 
pl. 18 (1806). 

Hestia idea, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmitt. p. 15 ; Butler, Trans. Ent. 
Soc. 1867, p. 467 ; Aurivillius, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882, p. 52. 


Hab. Ceram, Amboina (Wallace). 


2. NECTARIA AZA. 

Idea aza, Boisduval, Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 106 (1832). 
. Papilio idea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 362. f. D, 9. 

Hestia aza, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 468. 

Hab. Bouru; Sula Is. (Wallace). . 


3. NECTARIA AGELIA. 

Idea agelia, Godart, Kuc. Méth, ix. p. 195 (1819); Lucas, Lép. 
Exot. pl. 48. 9. 

Hab. Batchian (Wallace). Tn coll. H. G. Smith. 


4. NECTARIA D’URVILLEI. 

Idea @urvillei, Boisduval, Voy. Astv., Lép. p. 107, pl. 3. f. 4 
(1832). 

Hestia @urvillei, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. pl. 13. 
f. 3, $; Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 469. 

Hab. Aru; New Guinea. 

The New-Guinea form has darker wings, the veins and all the 
markings being more prominent. 


5. NECTARIA BLANCHARDII. 

Idea blanchardii, Marchal, Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 168, 3. 

Hestia blanchardii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 468. 

Idea tondana, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. iii. p. 41, pl. 4 (1860). 
Hab. Borneo (Marchal); Celebes (Brit. Mus.). 


6. NECTARIA LEUCONOE. 


Idea leuconoé, Erichson, Nova Acta Acad. Nat.-Cur. xvi. p. 283 
(1834). 


1853.| MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA, 217 


Hestia leuconoé, Doubleday & Hewitson, Gen. D. Lep. p. 95 
pl. 13. f. 2 (1847) ; Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 469. 


Hab. Philippines (Mindanao) ; Borneo. 


7. NECTARIA GODMANI. 
Idea godmani, Oberthiir, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 230. 
Hab. Sangir Island. 


8. NECTARIA CLARA. 
Hestia clara, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 469. 
Hab. Tamsui, North Formosa (Hodson) ; ? Java; Billiton. 


SABALASSA, 0. g. 


Fore wing in both sexes much produced and rounded at the 
apex ; exterior margin very oblique, and in the male very abruptly 
concave in the middle, thus giving a different shape to this wing, as 
compared with Nectaria (Idea), though approaching that of Hestia. 
In pattern of markings it similates to Nectaria. 


SABALASSA ELECTRA. 


Hestia electra, Semper, Verh. Ver. Nat. Unt. Hamburg, iii. p. 106 
(1878). 

Male and female. Yellowish: fore wing much produced and 
rounded at the apex; veins and cell-streaks black ; a black, irregular, 
angulated patch m middle of the cell and a broad lunular patch at 
its end ; a narrow, waved-bordered, marginal band traversed by a row 
of yellowish spots; a discal transverse zigzag band, a small spot 
below the cell between middle and lower medians, and a pyriform 
spot between median and submedian. Hind wing with black veins 
and cell-streaks; a waved-bordered marginal band traversed by 
yellowish spots, a discal series of sagittate marks, the lower marks 
being slightly confluent with the veins at their upper angles. 

Expanse, ¢ 53, 2 64. 

Hab. Philippines (East Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper. 


° Genus Hest. 

Hestia, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816). 

Wings seiidiaphanous: fore wing long, narrow, somewhat fusi- 
form ; costa much arched; cell narrow; first subcostal vein emitted 
at one fifth before end of the cell, and joined to costal near its end by 
a short cross branch ; upper discocellular inwardly oblique, deeply 
concave in the middle, lower curved outward; upper radial from 
near subcostal, lower radial from below the angle in the middle of 
discocellulars ; sabmedian with a short, slender, lower basal veinlet. 
Hind wing fusiform, narrow; cell narrow ; veins mostly straight. 
Antenne slender; apical joint of palpi prominent. 

Type H. lynceus. 


1. HEsTIA LYNCEUS. _ 
Papilio lynceus, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 7. f. 1 (1773). 
: 15* 


218 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


Idea lyncea, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 195. 
Hestia lynceus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816). 


Aab. Borneo. In colls. British Museum and F. Moore. 


2. HesTia STOLLI. 


Papilio idea, Stoll, Cramer’s Pap. Exot. v. pl. 42. f. 1. 

Intermediate between H. reinwardtii and H. lynceus. Wings 
comparatively shorter and narrower, the tint of ground-colour 
whitish, the veins broader black-lined than in H. lynceus ; the discal 
spots and marginal markings are also broader than in H. Lynceus ; 
but neither the veins nor markings are so large and prominent as in 
A. reinwardtii. 

Expanse, ¢ 6, 2 64 inches. 

Hab. Java. In colls. British Museum and F. Moore. 


3. HusTia REINWARDTI. 


Hestia lynceus, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, pl. 1. f. 2, ¢ (1882). 

Male and female. Differs from the Bornean H. lynceus in both 
wings being a quarter of an inch broader, as measured across the 
middle ; the fore wing is also shorter ; the hind wing much shorter, 
being considerably less produced externally, and the abdominal 
margin longer; the wings are very conspicuously blacker in tint ; 
the veins in both wings are broader, and with the spots are of 
a deeper black and stand out more prominently, the spots being 
similar but larger. 

Expanse, ¢, ¢ 67 inches. 

Hab. Sumatra; Nias; Malacea. In colls. British Museum, 
H. G. Smith, and W. L. Distant. 


4, HEstTia LOGANI. 


Hestia lynceus (part.), Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 6 (1882). 

Differs from H. reinwardti in both sexes having the wings com- 
paratively narrower, the hind wing being more produced exteriorly ; 
the ground-colour is also much paler and of a slight brownish fuli- 
ginous tint; all the veins are slenderly black-lined, the spots and 
border-markings being about one half less in size. 

Expanse, ¢ 63, 2 64 inches. 

Hab. Malacca; Penang. In coll. British Museum. 


5. HEsTIA DONOVANI, 0. sp. 


Compared with typical Bornean H. lynceus, this is paler im colour, 
the black veins narrower; markings similar, but all of half the size: 
fore wing with the cell-spot more quadrate, the discocellular angular 
spot very broad hindward, the discal series more rounded, the basal 
spot below the cell cordate, the marginal marks short. Hind wing 
with the cell and discal spot small and round, the basal spot below 
the cell crossed by the black streak. 

Expanse, 9 4% inches. 

Hab. Singapore. In coll. H. G. Smith. 


_ =< 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 219 


6. HesTIaA DRURYI, 0. sp. 

Hestia idea, var., Doubleday & Hewitson, D. Lep. pl. 13. f.1,¢. 

Nearest to H. loganii. Wings smaller; the veins more slenderly 
and less distinctly black-lined; all the spots much smaller; fore 
wing with the cell-spot triangular, the discocellular streak narrow, 
the discal row of spots more conical ; the basal spot below the cell is 
broken into two smaller spots by the separating pale longitudinal 
streak ; the marginal series of marks are comparatively longer and 
of less breadth. Hind wing with the cell-spot half the size, the 
discal series more conical ; the basal spot below the cell is single and 
has no contiguous small spot below the slender streak, the marginal 
warks comparatively narrower. 

Expanse 5} inches. 

Hab. Sumatra. In colls. British Museum and F. Moore. 


7. HESTIA JASONIA. 


Hestia jasonia, Westwood, Cabinet of Oriental Entom. p. 87, 
pl. 43. f. 1 (1848); Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 470. 

Nectaria jasonia, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, p. 3, pl. 1. f. 1 (1880); 
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India &e. p. 27, pl. 3. f. 1, ¢. 

Hab. Ceylon. 

The specimens of H. jasonia are very variable in the tint of the 
ground-colour of their wings, some being almost greyish white, 
others dusky white, whilst some are fuliginous brown. The form 
of wings and pattern of markings in these differently colottred spe- 
cimens do not vary to any appreciable extent. These differences in 
coloration may be the result of seasonal broods, of which probably 
there are two or more, as, according to Capt. Hutchison, this insect 
may be found on the wing all the year in the Western, Central, and 
Southern Provinces of the island. 


8. HesriA AGAMARSCHANA. 


Hestia agamarschana, Felder, Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 351, 
pl. 43. f.7 (1867); Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 470; Moore, 
P.Z.S. 1877, p. 582; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India &e. 
p- 27 (1882). 

Hab. Andaman Isles. 


9. HEsTIA CADELLI. 

Hester cadellii, W. Mason, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1880, 
p. 225, pl. 13. f. 1, g, 1881, p. 244, 2; Marshall & de Nicéville, 
Butt. of India &e. p. 28, pl. 4. f. 2, g (1882). 


Hab. Andaman Isles. 


10. HesTra HADENI. 

Hestia hadeni, W. Mason, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1880, 
p. 242, pl. 13. f. 2, 9; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India &. 
p- 29, pl. 4. f. 3, 2. 

Hab. Bassein, British Burmah. 


. 


220 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND FuPLa@INA. [Apr. 17, 


11. HestiaA LINTEATA. 


Hestia linteata, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soe. 2 ser. i. p. 536, pl. 69. 
f. 6 (1876-79) ; Distant, Rhopal. Malayana, p. 7, pl. 2. f. 1 (1882). 
Hab, Malay Peninsula (Province Wellesley, Malacca). 


12. HesTiA MALABARICA, 


Hestia malabarica, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 46 
(1877). 

Hestia malabaricus et lynceus?, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &c. pp. 25, 26 (1882). 

Hab. S.W. India (Western Ghauts, Nilgiris, Travancore). In 
colls. F. Moore and British Museum. 

The larva and pupa of H. malabarica were figured in the Catal. Lep. 
Mus. E.I. Co. pl. iv. f. 11, lla, in error for those of G. daos. The 
figures there engraved were stated by Prof. Westwood to represent 
the transformations of G. daos ; the drawings (now in the Library 
of the Entomological Society of London) were received by him from 
Capt. Hamilton ; and the species in question was stated to be from 
the Tenasserim coast. 

In a letter which I subsequently received from Mrs. Hamilton, 
this lady informed me that the drawings of the above-mentioned 
larva and pupa were made from specimens taken on the Cotiaddy 
Pass, in the Western Ghauts of Southern India, not in Tenasserim as 
stated by Prof. Westwood. This identity is also confirmed by other 
drawings of the metamorphoses of the same insect, now in my pos- 
session. 


13. Hestia BELIA. 

Hestia belia, Westwood, Cabinet of Oriental Entom. p. 75, pl. 37. 
f. 2 (1848); Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. Co. i. p. 135, pl. 4. 
f. 12; Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 470. 

Hab. Java. 


14. Hestia HYPERMNESTRA. 


Hestia hypermnestra, Westwood, Cabinet of Oriental Entom. 
p- 75, pl. 37. f. 1 (1848). . 
Idea hypermnestra (jasonia, var.), Vollenhoven, Tijds. voor 
Entom. til. p. 43, pl. 3 (1860), ¢. 
Hab. Borneo. 
GAMANA, n. g. 


Wings semidiaphanous: fore wing long, narrow, somewhat fusi- 
form ; costa arched at base and apex; first subcostal vein emitted 
as a short branch obliquely up to costal at about one third before 
end of the cell, and terminating beyond its end ; upper discocellular 
angled inward near its lower end and producing a short discoidal 
spur within the cell from the angle, lower discocellular outwardly 
oblique ; first radial emitted from below subcostal at some distance 
beyond end of the cell, second from near angle of upper discocellular. 
Hind wing short, broad, oval, very convex externally ; cell short ; 


1883.] MR. F. MUORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 221 


costal vein long, extending to posterior angle of fore wing ; first and 
second subcostal veins long. Antenne short, slender, with a well- 
formed rounded club. Apical joint of palpi prominent. 


1. GAMANA DAOs. 


Idea daos, Boisduval, Spec. Gén., Lép. i. pl. 24. f. 3 (1836), 3. 
Hestia eudora, Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 10, pl. 9. f. 3 (1846), d. 
Idea diardi, Voll. Tijd. voor Ent. iii. p. 44, pl. 2. f. 4 (1860), 3. 
deopsis daos, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. Co. i. p. 134 (1857) ; 
Distant, Rhopal. Malayana, p. 8, pl. i. f. 3, 4, ¢ 9 (1882). 
Hab. Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley, Malacca) ; Penang ; 
Singapore ; Sumatra; Borneo. 


2. GAMANA COSTALIS, 0. sp. 


Male. Smaller than Malayan specimens; veins of both wings 
conspicuously narrower, not being black-bordered at their base. On 
the fore wing the costal border is blacker, being completely covered 
basally ; the discocellular spot and the submarginal and marginal 
spots are of half the size of those in Malayan specimens: hind wing 
with the discocellular, submarginal, and marginal spots also about 
half the size. 

Expanse, ¢ 37 inches. 

Hab. Nias Island, W. coast of Sumatra. In coll. British Museum. 

A Sumatran female in the British Muséum, and another in my 
collection, which may possibly belong to this species, are both 
smaller and darker, and have the veins more broadly black-bordered 
than Malayan females of G. daos. 


Genus IprEoprsis. 


Ideopsis, Horst. & Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. Co. i. p. 133 (1857). 

Danais, sect. 4, Doubleday, Gen. D. Lep. p. 90. 

Wings semidiaphanous: fore wing narrow, triangular; costa in 
male slightly arched ; first subcostal branch emitted at about one 
third before end of the cell and anastomosed to costal, second at 
some distance before end of the cell; upper discocellular bent inward 
near its lower end and producing a short discoidal spur within the 
cell from the angle, lower discocellular outwardly oblique ; first 
radial emitted from below the subcostal at some distance beyond end 
of the cell, second radial from near angle of the upper discocellular. 
Hind wing bluntly oval; costal margin long, nearly straight ; abdo- 
minal margin long ; venation similar to Gamana. Antenne with a 
short, broad, flat, spatular club. Apical joint of palpi pointed. 

Type I. gaura. 


1. IpEOpPsIs GAURA. 


Idea gaura, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. E.I. Co. (1829), pl. 6. f. 1; 
Boisd. Spec. Gén. Lép., i. pl. 11. f. 11 (1836). 
Hab. Java, 


222 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. [Apr. 17, 


2. I[DEOPSIS GLAPHYRA, 0. sp. 

Ideopsis glaphyra, Semper, MS. 

Intermediate between I. gaura and I. anapis. 

Male. Fore wing differs from I. anapis in the three pale streaks 
between subcostals and upper median being interrupted with black, 
the excavated streak between upper and middle median extending to 
the base of the interspace, in the same manner as the two lower pale 
interspaces. Hind wing with similar spots, the black discal spots 
being joined to the marginal band by short streaks; a black spot at 
end of the cell. 

Female. Fore wing with broader and larger entire upper pale 
streaks, extending to base of the interspaces. Hind wing with the 
diseal spots as in male, the cell-spot being obsolete. 

Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 32 inches. 

Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper. 


3. IDEOPSIS ANAPIS. 

Danais anapis, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. v. p. 300 (1861). 

Ideopsis anapis, Felder, Reise der Novara, Lep. il. p. 351, pl. 43. 
. 6 (1867). 

Hab. Philippines (Luzon). 


= 


4, IDFoPsIs HEWITSONI. 

Ideopsis hewitsonii, Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 114, 
Wifi] (L877), 33> 

Hab. New Guinea (Mysore Island). 


5. IDEOPSIS VITREA. 

Danais vitrea, Blanchard, Voy. Pole Sud, p. 385, pl. 2. f. 2 
(1853), 2. 

Danais cenopia, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iii. p. 182, pl. 4, f. 2 
(1859). 

Hab. Celebes. 


6. IDEOPSIS CHLORIS. 

Danais chioris, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 231 (1860); 
id. Reise der Novara, Lep. i. p. 351, pl. 42. f. 3, go (1867). 

Danais salvini, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 172, f. 2, 2. 

Hab. Moluceas; Gilolo, Batchian ; Celebes. 


7. IDEOPSIS INUNCTA. 


Danais inuncta, Butler, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 481, 2, 1866, pl. 4. 
ff Oe, 

Ideopsis phestis, Felder, Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 351, pl. 43 
f. 5 (1867), 2. 

Hab, Waigiou. 


1883.| MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 223 


Genus RaADENA. 


Radena, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 3 (1880); Distant, Rhopal. 
Malayana, p. 9 (1882). 

Danaus (part.), Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809). 

Hestia (part.), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816). 

Danais (Radena), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
Burmah, &c. p. 32 (1882). 

Fore wing moderately long, triangular ; first subcostal branch 
emitted at about one third before end of the cell and anastomosed 
to the costal in the middle, second branch emitted immediately 
before end of the cell, third and fourth at equal distances beyond ; 
discocellulars concave, upper slightly bent before the middle, pro- 
ducing a very short discoidal spur within the cell from the angle, 
lower discocellular slender at its upper end ; upper radial from end 
of cell, in a line with subcostal, lower from the middle; medians at 
equal distances apart; submedian with a short, slender, lower basal 
veinlet. Hind wing broad, somewhat triangular; costal margin 
long, nearly straight, abdominal margin long; costal vein very 
convex trom the base and then extending straight along edge of the 
margin ; cell long, broad; subcostals and median branches very 
wide apart. No scent-pouch in male. Antenne longer than in 
allied genera, and with a more gradually thickened and blunt club. 
Apical joint of palpi long. 

Larva (R. juventa) with two pairs of fleshy filaments. 

Type R. similis. 


1, RapDENA sIMILIs. 

Papilio similis, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 299; id. Syst. Nat. x. p. 479 
(1758) ; Clerck, Icones, i. pl. 16. f.3 (1759) ; Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 
p- 98. 

Danais similis, Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. Brit. Mus. p. 6. 

Danais similis, Aurivillius, Kong]. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882, 
p. 100. 

Papilio aventina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. f. F (1779). 

Danais aventina, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 191. 

Danais chinensis, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. xii. p. 488 
(1862). 


Hab. Hongkong; Formosa. 


2. RapENA PERSIMILIS. (Plate XXXI. fig. 4.) 
Danais persimilis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 136. 
Haé. Siam (Bankok). In coll. F. Moore. 


3. RADENA VULGARIS. 

Danais vulgaris, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 164 (1874) 
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 822. 

Radena vulgaris, Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 10, pl. 1. 
f. 8 (1882). 


224 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


Danais (Radena) vulgaris, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India 
&e. p. 32, fig. ¢ 2 (1882). 

Euplea similis, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Acad. Cur. 1831, 
p- 175. 

Hab. British Burmah (Tenasserim); Malay peninsula (Prov. 
Wellesley, Malacca); Penang; Sumatra; Java (Horsfield); Billi- 
ton ; Borneo (Sarawak, Banjermassen). 


4. RADENA NICOBARICA. 


Danais similis, var. nicobarica, Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiat. Soc. 
Bengal, 1881, p. 225, 1882, p. 14. 

Danais (Radena) nicobarica, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &c. p. 34, fig. 2. 

Hab. Great Nicobars. 


5. RADENA EXPROMPTA. 


Danais exprompta, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 164 
(1874). 

Radena exprompta, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 4, pl. 2. f. 1 
(1880). 

Danais (Radena) exprompta, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &e. p. 33 (1882). 


Hab. Ceylon. 


6. RapeNA JuvENTA. (Plate XXIX. fig. 1, ¢.) 


Papilio juventa, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 188. f. B (1780). 
Danais juventa, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 193; Moore, Catal. Lep. 
Mus. E.I. Co. i. p. 122, pl. 4. f. 4, 4a. 


Hab. Java, Lombock, Billiton. 


7. RADENA MANILLANA, 0. sp. 


Male. From typical specimens of R. juventa this differs on the 
fore wing in the discoidal streaks being nearer together, and in some 
touching at their lower end ; the medial discal spots are more oval 
in shape. On the hind wing the discal spots are also comparatively 
narrower and longer, and the two marginal series of spots are dis- 
posed in a more curved series. 

Female. With more widely separated markings, ‘the medial discal, 
spots conspicuously oval, and the submarginal row composed of 
larger spots: the hind wing has much narrower streaks and compa- 
ratively larger marginal spots. 

Expanse 3 inches. 

Hab. Manilla, South Luzon. In coll. F. Moore and G. Semper. 


8. RADENA LUZONICA, 0. Sp. 


Intermediate between R. juventa and R. ishma. Fore wing with 
all the markings smaller and more widely separated than in R. 
ishma, the second and third upper discal and the two opposite sub- 
marginal spots separated as in R. juventa, the two large discal smaller 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 225 


than in either of those species, the two bands between the median and 
submedian well separated in the female ; the submarginal spots are 
comparatively larger than in R. juventa. Hind wing with widely 
separated basal markings as in R. ishma, the two marginal rows of 
spots less distinct than in R. juventa. . 

Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 3 inches. 

Hab. North Luzon. In coll. F. Moore, G. Semper, and British 
Museum. 


9. RADENA ISHMA. 

Danais ishma, Butler, Cist. Entom. i. p. 2 (1869); id. Lep. Exot. 
i. p. 53, pl. 20. f. 3 (1871), 3. 

Hab. Gilolo, Celebes. 


10. RADENA MEGANIRA. 

Danais meganira, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 192 (1819); Boisd. 
Faune de l’Océanie, ix. p. 104; Blanch. Voy. Péle Sud, p- 387, 
pl. 2: i? A, © ’ 

? Papilio claviger, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. i. 5. p. 2289 (1788-93); 
Zschach, Mus. Lesk. Ent. p. 89 (1788). 

Hab, Ceram. 


1]. RADENA CURTISI, 0. sp. 

Allied to R. sobrinoides. Fore wing with a very slender, long, 
basal, discoidal streak ; a smaller irregular constricted spot at 
the end, the two upper discal series of spots much smaller, the two 
streaks below the cell narrower. Hind wing with similar basal in- 
terspaces ; the discoidal more entire and its bifid streak defined ; the 
two marginal rows of spots much smaller. 

Expanse, ¢ 2,3;, 2 3 inches. 

Hab. Batchian (Curtis). In coll. British Museum. 


12. RADENA SOBRINA. 


Danais sobrina, Boisduval, Faune de lOcéanie, ix. p- 103, pl. 4. 
f. 3 (1832). 


Hab. New Guinea, Aru. 


13. RADENA PURPURATA. 


Danais purpurata, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p- 52. f. 2; Kirseh, 
-Mitth. Zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 114 (1877). 
Hab. New Guinea. 


14. RADENA TURNERI. 
Danais turneri, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. i. p. 480 (1878). 
Hab. New Guinea, Thursday Island. 


15. RapENA SOBRINOIDES. 

Danais sobrinoides, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 37 
(1882). 

Hab. New Britain ; New Ireland. 


226 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


CADYTIS, n. g. 


Fore wing more triangular than in Amauris, the costal margin 
straighter ; cell narrower ; discocellulars less obliquely convex, lower 
discocellular slender at upper end; no discoidal spur. Hind wing 
slightly produced at the apex, exterior margin somewhat straight 
anteriorly and convex posteriorly, abdominal margin very iong. 
Male: hind wing with the area on both sides of the submedian vein 
numerously covered with fine long hairs. : 


CADYTIS VASHTI. 


Danais vashti, Butier, Cist. Ent. i. p. 1 (1869). 
Amauris vashti, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. pl. 21. f. 1 (1871). 


Hab. Old Calabar. 


B. One “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on hind wing. 
a. Sexual mark on submedian vein. 


Genus AMAURIS. 


Amauris, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14 (1816); Reakirt, 
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1866, p. 240. 

Danais (sect. i.), Doubleday, Gen. D. Lep. p. 89; Butler, P. Z.S. 
1866, p. 43. . 

Fore wing long, narrow, triangular, apex convex, exterior margin 
very oblique, posterior margin straight ; subcostal vein straight, first 
branch emitted at one fourth before, and second branch close to, end 
of the cell, second extending to near apex ; third branch trifid; cell 
long, narrow; discocellulars obliquely concave, upper longest, lower 
slender at upper end; upper radial emitted from end of the cell ; 
submedian vein undulated, emitting a short slender veinlet from 
below near the base. Hind wing broadly conical; costal margin 
nearly straight, exterior margin convex, abdominal margin long ; 
costal vein much curved at base and extending along edge of the 
margin ; first subcostal emitted at half length of the cell, much 
curved, second branch quite straight ; cell broad ; discocellulars very 
oblique. Male with a lengthened oval glandular patch or scent- 
producing organ on the submedian vein near its end, where the vein 
is also slightly swollen ; abdomen with a pair of large flat conchi- 
form anal claspers, from above which are exserted a pair of large 
pencils of hair. Antennze long with moderately well-formed club. 
Palpi ascending to vertex, flattened; first and second joints pilose 
beneath ; third joint rather long, projected forward in front of the 
head, squamose. Legs long, slender. 

Type A. niavius. 


1. AMAURIS NIAVIUS. 


Papilio niavius, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 253 (1764) ; id. Syst. Nat. 
i. 2, p. 766 (1767); Clerck, Icon. ii. pl. 32. f. 2 (1764); Cramer, 


1883.} MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 227 


Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 2. f. F, G; Beauvois, Ins. Afr. et Am., Lép. 
p- 238, pl. 6. f. la, 18. 

Ameuris niavius, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15; Aurivillius, 
Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882, p. 63. 

Danais niavius, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 182; Butler, Catal. 
Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 4. 

Hab. Sierra Leone; Ashanti; Angola. 


2. AMAURIS DOMINICANA. 

Danais dominicanus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 323. 

Danais niavius, var., Trimen, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. pp. 511, 
521, pl. 42. f. 6, g. 

Hab. Natal. 


3. AMAURIS DAMOCLES. 

Papilio damocles, Beauvois, Ins. Afr. et Am., Lép. p. 239, pl. 6. 
f. 3a, 6 (1805). 

Danais damocles, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 182. 

Hab. Sierra Leone; Angola. 


4. AMAURIS HECATE. 

Danais hecate, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 44. 

Luplea mavius, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. pl. 11. f. 3. 
’ Hab. Ashanti. 


5. AMAURIS INFERNA. 

Amauris inferna, Butler, P. Z.S8. 1871, p. 79; id. Lep. Exot. 
p- 86, pl..33. f. 2 (1872). 

Hab. Inbouzo. 


6. AMAURIS TARTAREA. 
Amauris tartarea, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1876, p. 199. 
Hab. Congo. 


7. AMAURIS BYALITES. 
Amauris hyalites, Butler, Cistula Ent. i. p. 209 (1874). 
Hab. Ambriz. 


8. AMAURIS EGIALEA. 

Papilio egialea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 192. f. D (1779). 

Amauris egialea, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14. 

Danais egialea, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 4; Trimen, 
Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. p. 506. 

Papilio damocles, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. p. 102 (1781); id. Ent. 
Syst. i. 1, p. 41 (1793). 

Hab. Sierra Leone ; Cape Palmas ; Ashantee. 


228 **MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


9. AMAURIS GABUNICA. 

Amauris damocles, var. gabunica, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. ii. p. 39 
(1881). 

Hab. Gaboon. 


10. AMAURIS NOSSIMA. 

Danais nossima, Ward, Ent. Monthly Mag. vi. p. 225 (1870); 
Afr. Lep. p. 5, pl. 5. f. 1 (1873). 

Hab. Madagascar. 


11. AMAURIS OCHLEA. 

Danais ochlea, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg. ii. p. 589 (1847) ; Trimen, 
Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 85, pl. 2. f. 6. 

Amauris ochlea, Reakirt, Proc. Acad. Sci. Phil. 1866, p. 241. 

Hab. Natal. 

NEBRODA, 0. g. 

Fore wing comparatively shorter and more regularly triangular 
than in Amauris ; costa straighter, first subcostal branch emitted 
nearer end of the cell ; discocellulars shorter ; cell narrower at end. 
Hind wing shorter, the apex and exterior margin more convex ; 
cell less triangular ; first and second subcostal branches emitted 
much further apart. Male with a small, prominent, short oval 
glandular patch or scent-producing organ near end of submedian 
vein. Abdomen shorter; anal conchiform valves prominent. An- 
tennee stouter. 

*« Larva with five pairs of rather long fleshy filaments” (Trimen). 

Type NV. echeria. 


1. NEBRODA ECHERIA. 

Papilio echeria, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 29. f. 2, 26 
1790). 
Amauris echeria, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14., 

Danais echeria, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr.i. p. 86; Trans. Linn. 
Soc. xxvi. p. 506, pl. 42. f. 3. 

Danais vaillantiana, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 183 (1819). 


Hab. South Africa (Cape colony). 


2. NEBRODA ALBIMACULATA. 

Amauris albimaculata, Butler, Aun. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi. 
1875, p. 394. 

Danais echeria, var., Trimen, Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. p. 507, 
pl. 42. f. 7. 

Hab. South Africa (Natal). 


BERETHIS, 0. g. 

Fore wing short, triangular; costal margin very slightly arched ; 
exterior margin very oblique; posterior margin straight; cell 
narrow; second subcostal emitted immediately before end of the 
cell; upper discocellular short and slightly curved, lower oblique. 
Hind wing broadly conical ; exterior margin uneven, convex hind- 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA.” 229 


ward ; costal vein much curved from base; cell broad, triangular ; 
discocellulars very oblique, upper short. Male with a single elon- 
gated indistinct glandular patch or scent-producing organ at end 
of submedian vein ; anal conchs similar to those in Amauris. 
Antennze thicker at the tip. 


BERETHIS PHEZDON. 

Papilio phedon, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 423 (1798). 

Danais phedon, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 183; Butler, Catal. 
Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 4. 

Euplea phedon, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Mad. p. 37, pl. 3. 
f. 3 (1833). 

Hab. Mauritius; Madagascar. 


LINTORATA, 0, g. 


Wings of similar shape to Tirumala. Hind wing with a broad 
spatula-shaped scent-pouch on submedian vein. 


LINTORATA MENADENSIS, 0. Sp. 


Male. Dark purplish brown: fore wing with pale brownish- 
ochreous streaks along lower part of the cell, three contiguous large 
elongated spots below the cell between the median veins, two 
central discal smaller round spots, above which is a subapical series 
of slender oval spots, of which latter the three upper are smallest ; 
a submarginal row of small round spots and a marginal lower row 
of very small spots. Hind wing with pale brownish-ochreous 
streaks within and below the cell, a contiguous discal series of five 
small spots, a submarginal row, and a marginal row of very small 
spots. 

_Expanse 32 inches. 

Hab. Menado, 8. Celebes (Wallace). In coll. Oxford University 
Museum. 


6. “Sexual mark”’ or scent-producing organ between the 
median and submedian veins, 


MELINDA, 0. g. 

Differs from Tirumala in the fore wing having the costa less 
arched, the apex narrow and prolonged, the exterior margin being 
more oblique and concave in the middle, the posterior margin 
shorter, and the cell comparatively narrower and longer. Hind 
wing broader, the abdominal margin longer, the cell broader and 
longer, the discocellular straighter, the glandular pouch being 
similar. Palpi more densely covered with longer hair ; antennz 
more gradually clavate and less pointed at tip. 


MELINDA FORMOSA. 


Danais formosa, Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p- 183, pl. 19. 
fel: 


Hab. East Africa (Nguru hills, Zanzibar Wistrict). 


230 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


Genus TrRUMALA. 


Tirumala, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 4 (1880). 

Danais (Tirumala), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India &e. 
p. 45 (1882). 

Fore wing broad, triangular; first subcostal branch emitted at 
one fifth before end of the cell and free from the costal, second at 
end of the cell; discocellulars bent acutely inward in the middle 
below upper radial, and emitting a short point within the cell from 
the angle ; lower discocellular slender near its upper end ; submedian 
with a short lower basal veinlet. Hind wing broadly oval, exterior 
margin very convex ; costal vein slightly curved; cell short and 
anteriorly oblique ; second subcostal branch emitted nearer the first, 
and upper median nearer the middle branch than in Radena. Male 
with an open scent-pouch between the lower median and submedian 
veins, the pendent sac of which is prominent on the underside of 
the wing (the interior of the pouch containing, in the dried speci- 
men, numerous white filaments). Antenne shorter than in Radena, 
the club also shorter and tip more pointed. Apical joint of palpi 
shorter. 

Larva with two pair of fleshy filaments. 

Type 7. limniace, Linn. 


1. TIRUMALA PETIVERANA. 


Danais petiverana, Doubleday & Hewitson, Diurn. Lep. p. 93, 
pl. 12. #. 1 (1847); v. d. Decken, Reise Ostafr. p. 368 (1873). 

Danais leonora, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 51; Lep. 
Exotica, p. 53, pl. 20. f. 2. 

Petiver, Gazoph. i. pl. 3. f. 4. 

Hab. West Africa (Angola), 


2. TIRUMALA LIMNIACE. 

Papilio limniace, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. f. D, E (1775), 9. 

Danais limniace, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 191 (1819). 

Tirumala limniacee, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 4, pl. 1. f. 3. 

Danais limniace, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. pl. 8. f. 6,3. 

Danais (Lirumala) limniace, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 47 (1882). 

Papilio exoticus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 1. 5, p. 2289 (1788-93) ; 
Zschach, Mus. Lesk. Ent. p. 89 (1788). 

Papilio similis, (part.), Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 58 (1793). 

Danais leopardus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 52. 

Petiver, Gazophyl. i. pl. 92. f. 13. 

Hab. India; Ceylon; Nicobars; British Burmah; Cambodia ; 
Hongkong ; Formosa. 


3. TIRUMALA ORIENTALIS. 


Danais orientalis, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. p. 140, pl. 8. 
fig. 5, g (1879). 
Hab. Philippines (Luzon). 


— ee bp 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA 231 


4. TIRUMALA MELISSA. 

Papilio melissa, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 377, f.C, D (1781), 3° 
Herbst, Pap. pl. 125. f. 3, 4. 

Hab. Java (Horsf.). In coll. British Museum. 


5. TIRUMALA CONJUNCTA, 0. sp. (Plate XXIX. fig. 2, ¢.) 


Euplea limniace, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. pl. 3. f. 6, 
larva (1829). 

Danais limniace, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 121, 
pl. 4. f. 3, 3a. 

Limnas (Thal.) limniace, Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. i. pl. 19, d. 

Allied to J. melissa. Smaller in size, but of the same colour. 
Differs on the fore wing in the terminal discoidal and discal markings 
being broader, the duplex streak between the lower median and sub- 
median confluent, and tiie row of submarginal spots smaller and 
round. Hind wing with broader and slightly longer markings, the 
interspaces between the veins being entirely covered, leaving but a 
very slender single line between, within the cell, and one beneath it ; 
submarginal row of spots more rounded. 

Expanse 27 to 3 inches. 

Hab. Java (Horsfield). In coll. British Museum and F. Moore. 

This appears to be the common Java form, several specimens 
having been reared from the larvee by the late Dr. Horsfield. 


6. TrRUMALA CHOASPES. 
Danais choaspes, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 52. 
Hab. Celebes (Macassar). 


7. TIRUMALA INO. 
Danais ino, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 79,2. 
Hab. Sula (Wallace). In coll. H. G. Smith. 


8. TrRUMALA GAUTAMA. (Plate XXXI. fig. 3.) 

Danais gautama, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 43, 
Q (1877). 

Danais (Tirumala) gautama, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &e. p. 45 (1882). 

Hab. British Burmah (Arakan, Moulmein, Mergui). In coll. 
F. Moore. 


9. TIRUMALA SEPTENTRIONIS. (Plate XXIX. fig. 3, 3.) 


Danais septentrionis, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 163 
(1874); Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. pl. 8. f. 7, ¢; Distant, 
Rhop. Malayana, p. 16, pl. 1. f. 9 (1882). 

Tirumala septentrionis, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 5, pl. 1. 
f. 2 (1881). 

Danais (Tirumala) septentrionis, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India, p. 48, pl. 6. f. 8, d 2 (1882). 

Hab, India; Ceylon; British Burmah ; Siam; Malay peninsula ; 
Penang ; Java (Hors/.). 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. X VL. 16 


232 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


10. TrRUMALA MICROSTICTA. 

Danais microsticta, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 163 
(1874). 

Hab. Borneo (type); Java (Horsf.); Nias. In coll. British 
Museum. 

A single specimen collected in Java by Dr. Horsfield is identical 
with the Bornean type. 


11. TrIRUMALA LEUCOPTERA. 

Danais leucoptera, Butler, Entom. Monthly Mag. xi. p. 1638 
(1874). 

Hab. Dorey, New Guinea. 


12. TIRUMALA ISHMOIDES, 2. sp. 

Male. Fore wing comparatively narrower and more produced at 
the apex than in allies, with a very narrow basal streak and a small 
spot near lower end of the cell, a fusiform and a widely separated 
clavate streak above the submedian, two medial discal oval spots, 
and three slender subcostal streaks, all placed in regular successive 
order; submarginal and marginal spots small. Hind wing with 
the basal markings very similar to those in 7’. leucoptera, but some- 
what broader, the costal and penultimate streaks being larger ; two 
marginal series of spots small and slender. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Celebes. In coll. G. Semper. 

Has a similarity of form and pattern of markings to Radena 
ishma, also from the Celebes. 


13, TIRUMALA HAMATA. 

Euplea hamata, M‘Leay, King’s Survey of Australia, ii. App. 
p. 46 (1827). 

Danais hamata, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. p. 139, pl. 8. 
f. 1, 2, 3 (1879). 

Danais australis, Blanchard, Voy. Péle Sud, Ins. p. 388, pl. 2. 
f. 5, 6 (1837-40). 

Hab. Australia. 


14, TIRUMALA ANGUSTATA, 0. sp. 

Intermediate between 7. hamata and T’. melittula. Fore wing 
with the discoidal and basal streak very slender, the terminal 
spot narrower than in 7. hamata and much more so than in 
T. melittula ; the two transverse discal series of spots disposed as 
in 7’. melittula, except that the upper elongated streaks are longer 
and the lower spot is widely disconnected from the basal streak 
below the ceil ; the marginal spots are slightly larger. Hind wing 
with similar but somewhat larger markings to those in 7’. melittula, 
the dark central streak within the ceil less forked and not touching 
the discocellular veinlet. 

Expanse 22 to 23 inches. 

Hab. Tongatabu, Friendly Islands. In coll. British Museum. 


1883. | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 233 


15. TrRUMALA MELITTULA. 

Danais melittula, H. Schaff. Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 70; 
Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. pl. 8. f. 3, ¢. 

Hab. Upolu, Samoa Islands. 


16. TIRUMALA OBSCURATA. 
Danais obscurata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 275. 
Hab. Upolu, Solomon Islands. 


17. TrIRUMALA MODERATA. 
Danais moderata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 611. 
Hab. New Hebrides (Vate). 


18. TIRUMALA NEPTUNIA. 

Danais neptunia, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 349, pl. 43. 
1 (1867) ; Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. pl. 8. f. 4, (1879). 
Hab. Fiji Islands. 


19, TrRUMALA CLARIBELLA. 

Danais claribella, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 36, 
2 (1882). 

Hab. Fiji Islands. 


ot 


NasuMA, n. g. 


Male. Fore wing triangular; costa long, apex much produced ; 
exterior margin very oblique, convex below the apex and waved 
hindward; posterior margin very short; discocellulars convex, 
emitting a short discoidal spur within the cell in a line with lower 
radial. Hind wing broad, triangularly oval; exterior margin 
sinuous, oblique, and prolonged hindward ; anterior and abdominal 
margin long ; glandular pouch or scent-producing organ small, and 
covered by a projecting lappet. 


NASUMA ISMARE. 


Papilio ismare, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 279. f. E, F (1782), ¢. 

Danais ismare, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 190. 

Danais ismareola; Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 50,2; id. p. 172, 
1. 1 (hermaphrodite). 

Hab. Moluccas (Ternate) ; Amboina. 


Genus ANosia. 
Anosia', Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816). 


1 Hiibner’s first species of Anosia (archippus, Cram. pl. 16, f. a, 6) is con- 
generic with the species of his genus Cadlianira (Hiibn. Verz. p. 38); and 
his second species (ssippus, Linn.) is referable to his genus Hsoptria (Hiibn. 
p. 45), both of which species were placed in the genus Azosia by Hiibner, 
owing to their resemblance to the others. The consequent exclusion of these 
two species from the genus thus necessarily limits it to the remainder; 
his third species (menippe) therefore becomes the type. Hibner’s own action, 
in subsequently using the generic name for a conspecific insect, fixes this third- 
cited species as the type. Me 

16 


234 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


Danaida’, Latreille, Hist. Nat. des Crust. et Ins. xiv. p. 108 
(1805) ; Scudder, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. H. 1875, p. 245. 

Euplea (part.), Fabricius, Tliger’s Mag. vi. p. 280 (1807). 

Danais, Latreille, Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 292 (1807); Strecker, 
Butt. & Moths N. Amer. p. 105 (1878). 

Danaus (part.)?, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809) ; 
id. Consid. Gén. Crust. et Ins. p. 352 (1810). 

Danaus, Scudder, Syst. Revis. Amer. Butt. p. 7, Peabody Acad. 
of Sci. (1871). 

Fore wing lengthened, triangular; apex prolonged; exterior 
margin very oblique; cell long; upper discocellular bent inward, 
deeply concave and angled before reaching the lower radial, emitting 
a short discoidal spur within the cell from the point ; lower disco- 
cellular very oblique, submedian with a short lower basal veinlet. 
Hind wing oval; cell long; discocellulars long and very oblique. 
Male with a small pouch or scent-producing organ close to lower 
median vein, much less prominent than in Salatura (S. genutia). 
Thorax and base of abdomen very hairy. Antenne with a well- 
formed stout club at the tip. Palpi stout, densely hairy to the 
tip. Middle and hind legs black. 

Larva (figured by Smith- Abbott) with two pairs of fleshy filaments. 

Type P. plexippus (P. archippus, Fabr.). 


1, ANOSIA PLEXIPPUS. 

Papilio plexippus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 471 (1758); Mus. 
Ulr. p. 262 (1764) ; Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 757 (1767) ; Cram. Pap. 
Exot. ili. pl. 206. f. E, F,9(1779); Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. p. 49 
(1793) ; Herbst, Pap. pl. 156. f. 1, 2; De Beauvoir, Ins. Afr. et 
Amér. p. 172, pl. 4. f. a, 6; Turton, Syst. of Ent. ii. p. 59 (1806). 

Danaida plexippus, Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. xiv. p. 108 
(1805); Scudder, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 1875, p. 245. 

Euplea plexippus, Fabricius, Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 280 (1807). 

LTimnas ferrugineus plexippus, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. 
Bd. i. pl. 20. f. 2 (1806). 

Danais plevippus, Latreille, Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 292 (1807) ; 
Strecker, Lep. N. Amer. p. 105 (1878). 

Danaus plexippus, Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 201 (1809) ; 
id. Consid. Gén. C. et Ins. p. 353 (1810); Say, Amer. Ent. iii. 
pl. 54, $(1828); Peale, Lep. Amer. i. pl. 7 (1833); Scudder, 
Syst. Rev. Amer. Butt. Peabody Acad. Sci. 1871, p. 7. 

[dea plexippus, Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reise, iil. p. 209, pl. 7. 
f. 14, a, 6 (1821). 

Papilio erippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 3. f. A, B, g (1775). 

Danais erippus, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. p. 41 (1879). 

Papilio archippus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 49 (1793) ; Smith, . 

’ Preoceupied in botany. Also a plural name, and therefore inadmissible. 

* The name “ Danaus” having been adopted in a generic sense by Esper, 
Panzer, &e. for species of Pierine, previous to its adoption by Latreille in 1807, 


the name “ Danais” cannot be retained in this subfamily of Butterflies. (See 
note to subfamily Hupleine, p. 213, ante. 


. 


1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLQINA, 235 


Abbott, Ins. Georgia, i. pl. 6 (1797); Brown, Const. Miscellany, 
Butt. i. p. 156, pl. 23 (1832). 

Danais archippus, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 184; Boisd. et Lec. 
Lep. Amér. Sept. p. 137, pl. 40 (1833); Harris, Ins. Injur. to Veg., 
Flint’s ed. p. 280; Saunders, Canadian Ent. v. pp. 4-8, figs. 1-4 
(1873); Edwards, Birds of N. A. i. p. 9; Butler, Catal. Fabrician 
Lep. B. M. p. 5. 

Anosia menippe, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816). 

Anosia megalippe, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. ii. pl. 7, ¢ 
(1820-21). 

Petiver, Mus. p. 52, no. 527 (1695). 

Catesby, Nat. Hist. Carolina, ii. p. 88, pl. 88 (1743). 

Hab. N. America (southern parts of British Possessions, United 
States) ; Bermudas; Antilles ; Mexico ; Central and South America 
as far as Rio. 


2. ANOSIA PLEXAURE. 


Danais plexaure, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 184 (1819). 
'Danais brasiliensis, Capr. Ann. Ent. Belg. 1874, p. 22. 
Hab. Brazil. 


3. ANOSIA CLEOPHILE. 


Danais cleophile, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 185 (1819); Double- 
day & Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 12. f. 3. 
Hab. Haiti; Jamaica. 


Tasitia, n. g. 


Anosia (part), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Sch. Parka: 

Anosia, Scudder, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. H. 1875, p. 246. 

Fore wing shorter and less regularly triangular in form than in 
Anosia (Plexippus); costa arched at the base, exterior margin 
slightly convex below the apex; cell comparatively shorter and 
broader ; discocellulars shorter, concave in the middle, emitting a 
short diseoidal spur within the cell opposite the lower radial ; lower 
discocellular slender at its upper end. Hind wing narrower, much 
more convex internally, the costal and abdominal margins shorter ; 
cell shorter and broader; first subcostal branch emitted further 
from the base ; discocellulars shorter, the upper much bent. Male 
with a larger but shorter and more conspicuous scent-pouch close to 
the lower median vein. Antenne shorter, club slender at tip. Palpi 
smaller, more slender and less hairy. Middle and hind legs black. 

Larva (T. berenice, figured by Smith Abbott, and T. eresimus, 
figured by Stoll) with tiree pairs of fleshy filaments. 

Type 7. gilippus, Cram. 


1. TASITIA BERENICE. 

Papilio berenice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 205. f. E, F(1779). 

Danais berenice, Boisd. et Lec. Lép. Amér. Sept. p. 134, pl. 39 
(1833); Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 4; Proc. Zool. Soc. 


236 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


1866, p. 454; Strecker, Lep. N. Amer. p. 106 (1878); Godman 
& Salvin, Biologia Centr.-Amer. Lep. p. 3. 

Anosia berenice, Scudder, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 246 
(1875). 

Papilio erippus, Faby. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 27 (nec Cram.). 

Anosia erippe, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16. 

Danais erippe, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 186. sts 

Papilio gilippus, Smith, Abbott, Lep. Ins. Georgia, i. pl. 7 (nec 
Cram.). 

Hab. North America (Southern United States, New Mexico). 


2. TASITIA STRIGOSA. 

Danais strigosa, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag. i. p. 32 (1864); 
Distant, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 10. 

Anosia strigosa, Scudder, Bull. Buff. Soc. N. H. p. 246. 


Hab. North America (Texas). 


3. TASITIA JAMAICENSIS. 

Danais jamaicensis, Bates, Ent. Monthly Mag. i. p. 33 (1864) ; 
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 454. 

Sloane’s ‘ Jamaica,’ ii. p. 214, pl. 239. f. 5, 6 (1725). 


Hab. Jamaica. 


4, TASITIA GILIPPUS. 

Papilio gilippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 26. f. E, F, 9 (1775). 

Danais gilippe, Godt. Enc. Meth. ix. p. 186. 

Danais gilippus, Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. B. M. p. 4. 

Limnas ferrugineus vincetowicit, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. 
Bd. i. pl. 23 (1806). 

Anosia vincetoxici, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16. 

Idea manuja, Esch. Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 209, pl. 7. f. 13, a, b(1821). 

Hab. South America. 


5. TASITIA THERSIPPUS. 
Danais thersippus, Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 243. 
Fab. ‘4 


6. TASITIA CLEOTHERA. 

Danais cleothera, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 185 (1819); Doubleday 
et Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 12. f. 2; Godman et Salvin, Biologia Centr.- 
Amer., Lep. p. 3. 

Hab. Central America. 


7. TASITIA ERESIMUS. 

Papilio eresimus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 175. f. G,H (1777) ; 
Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. 6. f. 4, larva. 

Anosia eresima, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16. 

Danais eresimus, Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. B. M. p.5; Proce. 
Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 454. 

Hab. South America, 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 237 


8. TASITIA XANTHIPPUS. 


Danais xanthippus, Felder, Wien. Ent. Monats. 1860, p. 100. 
Hab. Brazil. 


9. TASITIA HERMIPPUS. 


Danais hermippus, Felder, Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 348 U867)- 
Hab. South America (New Granada; Bogota). 


Genus Limnas. 


Limnas’, Hiibner, Tentamen, i. p. 1 (1806), nec Boisd. et auct. 

Danais (Salatura, sect. A), Marshall and deNicéville, Butt. of India 
&e. p. 49 (1882). 

Fore wing narrower, and of a comparatively more lengthened 
triangular form than in Salatura (genutia) ; costa less arched and the 
apex more produced, exterior margin less uneven. Hind wing re- 
gularly convex exteriorly and the margin more even ; eastal vein 
abruptly arched ; cell shorter at its upper end; discocellulars bent 
inward near the middle, emitting a short discoidal spur or veinlet 
within the cell from the angle, lower discocellular slender at its 
upper end, lower radial from middle of discocellulars opposite the 
inner spur. Pouch in male similar. Antenne stouter, with a well 
formed thick club. 

Larva with three pairs of fleshy filaments. 

Type ZL. chrysippus. 


1. LimNnas CHRYSIPPUS. 


Papilio chrysippus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. (1758) p.471; Mus. Ulr. 
p- 263 (1764); Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 767 (1767); Cramer, Pap. Exot. 
u. pl. 118. f. B, C; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 50; Hiibn. S. 
eur. Schmett. i. pl. 133. f. 678-9. 

Limnas ferr. chrysippus, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. i. 
pl. 22. f. 1-4 (1806). 

Limnas chrysippus, Hiibner, Tentamen, i. p. 1 (1806). 

Euplea chrysippus, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Bamnete p- 15; Herbst, 
Pap. pl. 155. f. 1, 2; Ochsenh. pl. 4. f. 11, 12; Zink. Somm. Nova 
Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. 1831, p. 173. 

Danais chrysippus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 187; Lép. de 
France, p. 106, pl. 27. f. 1, 2; Latreille, Dict. d’ Hist. Nat. 2nd ed. 
pl. 9, p. 118; Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.E. C. i. p. 126; Trimen, 
Rhop. Afric Austral. p. 88 ; Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 5; 
Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 20, pl. i. fig. 10. 

Salatura chrysippus, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i: p. 7, pl. 3. f. 1. 

Papilio egyptius, Schreb. Ins. p. 9, f. 11, 12 (1759). 

Danaida chrysippus, Aurivillius, Kong. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882, 
p- 70. 

1 Hiibner haying adopted this name for P. chrysippus and other species of 


Danainz in the Samml. exot. Schmett., thus fixed its type and its restriction to 
the present group of Butterflies. 


238 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLa@INA. [Apr. 17, 


Danais (Salatura) chrysippus, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 50, pl. 6. fig. 10, ¢ 2 (1882). 

Papilio asclepiadis, Gagl. Atti Instit. Incorr. Napol. i. p. 155, 
pl. 1 (1811); Ochsenh. Schmett. Europ. iv. p. 124 (1816). 

Hab. S.E. Europe, W. and 8. Africa. Madagascar, Rodriguez, 
Johanna, Mauritius, Socotra, Turkey in Asia, Persia, Afghanistan, 
Candahar, India, Ceylon, Nicobars, Burmah, Siam, Malay peninsula, 
Penang, Singapore, Sumatra, Lombock, Kaiva, S. China, Hainan, 
Formosa, Philippines. 


2. LIMNAS ALCIPPUS. 


Papilio alcippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 127. f. BE, F (1777); 
Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 50; Herbst, Pap. pl. 155. f. 5, 6. 

Danais alcippus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 188; Lép. de France, 
p., £10, “pl. 17 . f.,3.5, Peters, Reise n. Mossambique, Zool. p. 370 
(1862); Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 5. 

Hab. Sierra Leone; Ashanti. 


3. LIMNAS ALCIPPOIDES, 0. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 1.) 


? Danais alcippus, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p- 51. 

From W. African specimens of LZ. alcippus this differs in the fore 
wing having a broader series of white subapical oblique spots, the 
white spot below these (between the upper arid middle median veins) 
is much larger; and there is a lower discal spot on the red area 
between the middle and lower medians, which is not present in 
any West-African specimens that I have seen. The hind wing has 
somewhat less white than the African specimens. 

Expanse 3 inches. 

Hab. Nepal (Gen. Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore. . 

Marshall and de Nicéville refer to Z. alcippus as occurring in the 
plains of Northern India (Sind, Nurpur in the Punjab), in the N.W. 
Provinces (Lucknow), and also at Rangoon. 


4, LimMwNas DORIPPUS. 


Euplea dorippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. f. 1-5 (1829). 

Danais dorippus, Peters, Reise n. Mossamb. Zool. p. 371 (1862); 
Oberthiir, Etud. Ent. 1878, p. 24, pl. 1. f. 5. 

Danais (Salatura) dorippus, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 52 (1882). 


Hab. E. Africa (Zanzibar); Arabia, 8. Persia, Beluchistan, Western 
India (Sind, Kutch). In coll. F. Moore. 


5, LIMNAS BATAVIANA, 0. Sp. 


Euplea chrysippus, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. pl. 2. 
figs. 9, 9a, larva (1828). 

Danais chrysippus, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. pl. 4. figs. 7. 
7a, larva (1857). 


Near to L, cratippus. Differs in the fore wing being com- 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 239 


paratively more produced at the apex, the dark apical area of a less 
blackish tint, spreading less over the disk, and has there a more 
regular scalloped border; marginal rows of spots similar ; there are 
two lower discal white spots in the male, making three from below 
the oblique subapical band, the upper spot being larger (in Z. eratip- 
pus there is only one spot); at the end of the cell is also a more 
or less distinct spot ; hind wing with a distinct row of white spots on 
the blackish marginal band. 

Expanse 23 to 3 inches. 

Hab. Java (Horsf.). In colls. British Museum and F, Moore. 


6. Limnas BOWRINGI, 0. sp. 


Differs from LZ. chrysippus on the fore wing in the subapical macular 
band being composed of four somewhat longer spots, and having two 
lower spots of large size (larger than in any specimen of Z. chry- 
sippus under examination); the two costal spots are also somewhat 
longer, and the submarginal middle spots are larger. 

Expanse, ¢ Q 33 inches. 

Hab. Hongkong. In coll. British Museum. 

A female variety (?) from Hongkong, also in the British-Museum 
collection, has a large dentate spot between the small spot beyond 
the end of the cell and the subapical series. 


7. LIMNAS CRATIPPUS. 


Danais cratippus, Felder, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss., math.-nat. Cl. xl. 
p- 449 (1860). 


Hab. Amboina (type) ; Ceram. 
8. LIMNAS PETILIA. 


Papilio petilia, Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. Suppl. pl. 28. f. 3 (1790). 

Danais petilia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 189; Semper, Maus. 
Godeffroy, xiv. p. 141 (1879). 

Hab. Australia (New Holland, Moreton Bay). 


Genus SALATURA. 


Salatura, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 5 (1880). 

Euplea (part), Hiibuer, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816). 

Danais (part), Godart, Doubleday, Hewitson, Butler, Distant. 

Danais (Salatura, sect. B), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &e, p. 49 (1882). 


Fore wing subtriangular, costa slightly arched, apex more or less 
rounded, exterior margin waved, oblique and slightly convex in the 
middle, posterior margin slightly recurved ; costal vein extending to 
two thirds the wing; first subcostal branch emitted at one fifth be- 
fore end of the cell, second at the end of the cell, third and fourth 
at equal distance beyond its end; cell long; upper discocellular bent 
inward and angled at lower end above the lower radial, emitting a 
short discoidal spur within the cell from the lower angle; lower 
discocellular slender at its upper end, outwardly oblique; radials 


240 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


from angles of upper discocellular ; median branches widely separated, 
submedian slightly recurved, with a short slender veinlet emitted 
from below near the base. Hind wing broadly oval; exterior mar- 
gin rounded, slightly sinuous ; costal vein short, curved upward ; 
precostal straight ; first subcostal emitted before end of the cell and 
curving upward before the apex, second slightly bent at end of the 
cell; discocellulars very oblique, upper shortest and slightly concave, 
radial from their middle; second median branch from near end of 
the cell, lower bent near its base; submedian nearly straight; internal 
recurved. Male with an open scent-pouch between lower median and 
submedian veins. Body long; palpi pilose ; middle and hind legs 
slender ; antennee with a gradually formed lengthened slender club. 

Larva with three pairs of fleshy filaments. 

Type S. genutia. 


1. SALATURA GENUTIA. 


Papilio genutia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iti. pl. 206. f. C, D (1779) ; 
Herbst, Pap. pl. 154. f. 1, 2. 

Limnas ferruginea genutia, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. i. 
pl. 21. f. 1, 2 (1806). 

Salatura genutia, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 6, pl. 4. f. 2 
(1880). 

Danais genutia, Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 3; 
Rhop. Malayana, p. 18, pl. 2. fig. 2, ¢ (1882). 

Danais (Salatura) genutia, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 52 (1882). 

Papilio plexippus (part), Fabr. Spec. Ins. p. 55. 

Euplea plexippus (part), Hibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15. 

Danais plexippus (part), Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 186. 

Danais plevippus, Doubleday and Hewits. Gen. D. L. p. 92 ; Moore, 
Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 124; Butler, P.Z.S. 1866, p. 47. 

Danaida plexippus, Aurivillius, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882, 
p. 69. 

Hab. India, Ceylon, Andamans, Nicobars, Burmah, Siam, 
Malay peninsula, Penang, South China, Hainan, Formosa, Hong- 
kong, Philippines. 


2. SALATURA NIPALENSIS. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2.) 

Danais nipalensis, Moore, Ann, Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 43. 

Danais (Salatura) nipalensis, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 54 (1882). 

Hab. Nepal (Gen. Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore. 


3. SALATURA INTENSA, 0. Sp. 

Euplea plexippus, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C, pl. 3. f.8 
larva (1829); Zink. Somm. Nova Acta Acad, Nat. Cur. 1831, p. 172 

Danais philene, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i: p. 124, pl. 4 
f)55e- 

Smaller than S. genutia. Differs from it in the red interspace 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 241 


on both wings being of a much darker tint. On the fore wing there 
is no red spot between the upper and middle median veins, which is 
always present in S. genutia; the subapical white spots are also nar- 
rower. On the hind wing there is only a single row of marginal 
spots,-which are very small, and in the male obsolescent. 

Expanse, ¢ 23, 9 28 inches. 

Hab. Java (Horsfield) ; Lombok; Borneo. In colls. British 
Museum and F’. Moore. 

Note. The larva of this species figured by Horsfield (7. c.) is 
erroneously (?) represented with only two pairs of fleshy filaments. 


4. SALATURA NESIPPUS. 

Danais nesippus, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. xii. p. 486 (1862) ; 
Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 347; Moore, P.Z.S. 1877, p. 582. 

Danais (Salatura) nesippus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p. 55 (1882). 

Hab. Nicobars (Sambelong, Nancowry, Kar Nicobar). 


5. SALATURA MELANIPPUS. 

Papilio melanippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 127. f. A, B(1777); 
Herbst, pl. 155. f. 7, 8. 

Danais melanippus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 189. 


Hab. Sava (Horsfield). 


6. SALATURA INTERMEDIA, N. sp. 

Danais genutia, var., Distant, Rhopaloc. Malayana, p. 18. pl. 2. 
f.3, o- 

Intermediate between S. genutia and S. sumatrana. Fore wing, 
in both sexes, like that of S. genutia, except that the black median 
veins are narrower. Hind wing, in doth sexes, with similar breadth 
and length of interspaces between the veins as in S. genutia; but 
these interspaces are white, and their outer ends only slightly suffused 
with red ; the marginal white spots are larger than those in G. suma- 
trana. 

Expanse, ¢ Q 332 inches. 

Hab. Malacca, Singapore. In colls. Brit. Museum and F. Moore. 


7. SALATURA HEGESIPPUS. 

Papilio hegesippus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 180. f. A (1777), 
Q@; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 52. 

Danais hegesippus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 189. 

Danais (Salatura) hegesippus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 55 (1882). 

Danais melanippus, Gray, Lep. Ins. of Nepal, p. 10, pl. 9. f. 1 
(1846). 

Danais melanippus, var. hegesippus, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, 
p. 19, pl. 2. f. 1 (1882). 

Hab. Eastern Bengal, Orissa, British Burmah, Malay peninsula, 
Penang. 

Note. The specimen of S. hegesippus in the British-Museum col- 


242 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. [Apr. 17, 


lection labelled «‘ Java’’ was found, upon examination of the original 
register, to have been received from Penang. 


8. SALATURA SUMATRANA, 0. Sp. 


Smaller than S. hegesippus. Differs in both sexes in the fore 
wing being marked like S. intensa, and the black median vein extend- 
ing narrowly to the base, not broadly so as in S. hegisippus: the 
hind wing has broader white interspaces between the veins, these 
white streaks all being red at their outer end; the marginal rows of 
white spots are smaller and are disposed in a more regularly linear 
succession, not placed in obliquely opposite pairs as in 8. hegesippus. 

Expanse, ¢ 9 232 inches. 

Hab. Sumatra. In coll. F. Moore. 


9. SALATURA LOTIs. 

Papilio lotis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 230, f. D, E (1780). 
Danais lotis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 189. 

Hestia thoé, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816). 
Hab. Borneo. 


10. SALATURA EDMONDI. 

Danais edmondii, Bougainville, Voy. Thétis, ii. p. 344, pl. 44. 
f.3 (1837): 

Hab. Philippines (Bohol, Mindanao, Luzon). 


11. SanaTUuRA NUBILA. 


Danais nubila, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 171. 
Hab. Gilolo. 


!la. SALATURA PHILENE. 

Papilio philene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 375. figs. A, B (1782). 
Danais philene, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 187. 

Hab. Amboina. In coll. British Museum. 


12. SALATURA ARTENICE. 


Papilio artenice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 375. f. C, D (1782). 
Danais artenice, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 187. 
Hab. ? Java. 


13, SALATURA MYSOLICA, 0. sp. 


Intermediate between S. artenice aud S. nubila. Comparatively 
larger than S. nubila. On the fore wing the red streak is reduced 
to a very slender line along lower end of the cell; the subapical spots 
are all much larger. On the hind wing the dull red colour is re- 
stricted to the middle of the wing, and extends to only half the space 
between end of the cell and outer margin. 

Expanse 32 inches. 


Hab. Mysol (Wallace). In coll. British Museum. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 243 


14, SALATURA CONSPICUA. 


Danais conspicua, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 49, pl. 4. f. 2. 

Danais leucoglene, Felder, Reise d. Novara, Lep. ii. p. 347, pl. 43. 
f. 2 (1867). 

Hab. Celebes. 


15. SALATURA FULGURATA. 


Danais fulgurata, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 48, pl. 4. f. 1; Kirsch, 
Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 114 (1877). 
Hab. Celebes. 


16. SALATURA CHIONIPPE. 


Euplea chionippe, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. ii. pl. 6. 
f.1,4, 3 2 (1820-24). 

Idea abigar, Esch. Kotzeb. Reise, iii. p. 209, pl. 7. f. 12, a, b 
(1821), 2. 

Danais chionippe, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 171. 

Danais cecilia, Bougainville, Voy. Thétis, ii. p. 342, pl. 44. f. 1, 
3 (1837). : 

Hab. Philippines (Manilla, Luzon). 


17. SALATURA AFFINIS, 

Papilio affinis, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 511 (1775); Ent. Syst. 
iii. 1, p. 58 (1793) ; Donovan, Ins. of Ind. pl. 25. f. 2. 

Danais affinis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 182; Blanchard, Voy. 
Pole Sud, p. 389, pl. 2. f. 7; Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 6. 

Hab. Ceram; Amboyna; Cape York, N. Australia. 


18. SALATURA ARUANA, i. Sp. 


Allied to S. afinis. Male and female of a uniform ferruginous 
brown ; fore wing with similar markings, the white spots smaller, 
the discal interspaces dull white and much restricted, the upper space 
confined to a very small triangular streak above base of lower median, 
and the lower space mostly suffused with brown; on the hind wing 
the dull white area is transversely much narrower and is broadly 
traversed by brown veins. 

Expanse, 5 12, 2 2 inches. 

Hab. Aru (Wallace). In colls, F. Moore and British Museum. 


19, SALATURA NIGRITA, N. sp. 


Male. Smaller than S. afinis from Ceram and Cape York. Blacker 
in colour, and the markings of a duller white tint. On the fore wing 
the white subapical spots are more regular in succession, the penulti- 
mate lower spot square, the white interspaces below the cell somewhat 
narrower ; hind wing with the medial white area narrower. 

Expanse 2} inches. 

Hab. Australia. In coll. British Museum. 


244 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


20. SALATURA FERRUGINEA. 

Danais ferruginea, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii. p. 240 
(1876). 

Hab. N. Guinea. 


21. SALATURA MYTILENE. 

Danais mytilene, Felder, Wien. ent. Mouats. iv. p. 232 (1860). 
Danais pullata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 47, f. 1, d. 
Hab. New Guinea (Dorey). 


21 a. SALATURA ADUSTUS. 
Danais adustus, Godman & Salvin, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 755. 
Hab. New Ireland. 


22. SALATURA INSOLATA. 

Danais insolata, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. v. p. 360 
(1870); Brenchley’s Voy. Curagoa, p. 468, pl. 48. f. 1. 

Hab. Solomon Islands. 


23. SALATURA DECIPIENS. 

Salatura decipiens, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p. 37 
(1882). 

Hab. Solomon Islands. 


24. SALATURA BISERIATA. 


Salatura biseriata, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. x. p.37 
(1882). ; 
Hab. Duke-of-York Island. 


C. Two “sexual marks” or scent-producing organs on hind wing. 
a, Sexual mark on both the median and submedian veins. 


RavaDEBA, 0. g. 


Danais (Parantiec«), sect. A, part., Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India &e. p. 35 (1882). 

Male with a shorter and broader fore wing than in Bahora, the 
apex being more blunt and the exterior margin less oblique; disco- 
cellulars convexly angular in the middle, emitting a very short point 
within the cell ; lower radial from below the angle: hind wing more 
regularly quadrate, the costa being shorter, the exterior margin 
angularly produced in the middle, and the anal angle more promi- 
nent ; scent-pouches similar. 

Type R. cleona. 

1. RaAvADEBA CLEONA. 

Papilio cleona, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 377. fig. F (1781). 

Danais eleona, Blanchard, Voy. Pdle Sud, p. 386, pl. 2. f. 3(1853). 

Danais (Parantica) cleona, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India 
&c. p. 36 (1882). 

Hab. Celebes. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 245 


2. RAVADEBA LUTESCENS. 
Danais lutescens, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 172, fig. 3, 2. 
Hab. Ceram; Bouru; Batchian. 


3. RAVADEBA PHYLE. 


Danais phyle, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. 1863, p. 105 ; Novara- 
Reise, Lep. ii. p. 348, pl. 42. fig. 8, 3. 
Hab. Philippines (Luzon, 4000 to 5000 feet). 


BaHoRA, 0. g. 

Danais (Parantica, Sect. A, part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India &e. p. 35. 

Male with a comparatively narrower fore wing than in Parantica ; 
fore wing with the subcostal emitted at one fifth before end of the 
cell, first branch free; discocellulars bent below the upper radial, 
producing a short spur within the cell from the angle ; lower disco- 
cellular slender at its upper end: hind wing more arched near base 
of the costa, the exterior margin more oblique below the apex and 
eonvexly angular beyond the middle ; abdominal margin also longer ; 
pouches similar. Female with more rounded exterior margins. 

Type B. philomela. 


1. Banora ASPASIA. 

Papilio aspasia, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 15 (1787) ; Ent. Syst. 
iii. p. 170. 

Danais aspasia, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 7. 

Hab. Borneo. 


2. BaAHorRA PHILOMELA. 

Euplea philomela, Zink.-Som. Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xv. 
p. 184, pl. 16. fig. 17 (1831). 

Euplea philomela, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 456. 

Danais (Parantica) philomela, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
ndia &c. p. 36. 

Hab. Java; ? Billiton. 


3. BAHORA CROCEA. 

Danais crocea, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 57, pl. iv. fig. 5. 

Danais aspasia, var. crocea, Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 13, 
pl. 1. fig. 7 (1882). 

Danais (Parantica) crocea, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India 
&e. p. 37 (1882), pl. 5. f. 6, 3d. 

Hab. British Burmah, Kyouk Phyoo; Mergui (Anderson); Malay 
peninsula; Province Wellesley ; Penang (Distant); Malacca; Singa- 
pore (Wallace); Sumatra (Buzton). 


PHIRDANA, h. g. 
Fore wing very short, broad, triangular, apex convex, exterior 
margin oblique, cell comparatively long and broad at the end; dis- 


246 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


cocellulars bent below the upper radial, producing a short spur within 
the cell from the angle ; lower discocellular slender at its upper end. 
Hind wing short, broad, oval ; cell long; costal vein much arched at 
the base, first Bubepatel branch and lower median branch emitted 
opposite to one another before half length of the cell, both being 
comparatively longer than in Parantica. Male with two spatula- 
shaped scent-pouches, a large one on lower median vein and a small 
one on submedian vein. Antenne stout, with a well-formed thick 
club. Palpi small, pointed at tip. 


PHIRDANA PUMILA. 


Danais pumila, Boisd. Bull. Ent. Soc. France, 1859, p. 156. 

Danais mariana, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi. p. 397 
(1865) ; Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 58, pl. 4. fig. 6. 

Hab. New Caledonia (Loyalty Island). 


PHIRDANA HEBRIDESIA. 


Danais hebridesia, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 610, pl. 67. f. 6, 2. 
Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum). 


ASTHIPA, 0. g. 


Fore wing somewhat short, apex broad and very convex, exterior 
margin slightly oblique; first subcostal branch emitted at one fourth 
before end of the cell, free ; second branch at a short distance before 
its end, recurved ; discocellulars bent below the upper radial, pro- 
ducing a very short point within the cell from the angle, lower disco- 
cellular slender at its upper end; upper radial from near subcostal, 
lower from above the middle angle. ‘Hind wing broad, convex exter- 
nally, costal margin slightly curved, cell narrowed at both ends. 
Male with a long spatula-shaped scent-pouch on lower median vein 
and a small (? rudimentary) pouch near inner side of submedian vein. 
Antenne with a long slender tip. Palpi small, tip pointed. 

Type A. vitrina. 


1. ASTHIPA MELANOLEUCA 

Danais melanoleuca, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 581, pl. 58. 
f. 3. 

Danais (Parantica) melancleuca, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &c. p. 38 (1882). 


Hab. South Andaman Isles. 


2. ASTHIPA VITRINA. 

Danais vitrina, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. v. p. 300 (1861), 3; 
Reise der Novara, Lep. ii. p. 530, pl. 43. f. 3, 4. 

Danais cenone, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 433, pl. 25. f. 6, 
1866, p. 56, 3. 

Hab. Philippine Islands. 


1885.] MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLQ@INA, 247 


3. ASTHIPA GLORIOLA. 


Danzais gloriola, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 56, pl. 4. 
f. 3, 4. 

Danais citrina, Felder, Reise d. Nov. Lep. ii. p. 350, pl. 42. 
f. 5, 6,7 (1867). 

Hab. Aru Islands. 


4. ASTHIPA SCHENKII. 


Danais schenkii, Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 107 (1865). 
Hab. Solomon Islands. 


Genus PARANTICA. 


Parantica, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 7 (1880). 

Danais (Parantica, sect. B), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &e. p. 35. 

Fore wing long, narrow, hind margin lengthened ; first subcostal 
branch emitted at one fourth before end of the cell and touching the 
costal near its end, second branch from immediately before end of 
the cell ; upper discocellular bent below the lower radial, producing 
a short discoidal spur within the cell from the angle, lower disco- 
cellular slender at its upper end ; cell long and narrow. Hind wing 
somewhat elongated, exterior margin very convex, abdominal margin 
short, costal vein arched from the base and extending along edge of 
the costa; cell very long and narrow. Male with two spatula- 
shaped scent-pouches, one (the largest) being on the lower median 
vein, the other (about one fourth its size) on the submedian vein, 
near their ends, from which innumerable short white filaments 
project between the scales, each pouch showing on the underside 
by a slender swelling of the veins at that part. Antenne with 
lengthened slender tip. Apical joint of the palpi short, small, pilose. 
Larva with two pairs of fleshy filaments. 

Type P. aglea. 


1. PARANTICA MELANOIDES. 


Danais agiea (part.), auctorum. 

Danais (Parantica) aglea, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India 
&e. p. 38, pl. 6. fig. 7, ¢ 2 (1882). 

Larger than typical P. aglea; the markings broader and larger, 
and like those in Caduga melaneus: on the fore wing the discoidal 
streak broadly occupies the cell, and ,that beneath the cell has a 
central longitudinal line, not being divided as in P. aglea. 

Expanse 3 inches. 

Hab. Himalayas, Mussoorie (Hutton) ; Cashmere (Reid) ; Nepal 
(Ramsay); Darjeeling ; Cherra (Atkinson); Assam; Upper Tenas- 
serim; Siam; Hainan Island; ? Formosa. 

Tenasserim and Hainan specimens (males) are alike somewhat 
smaller than those from the Himalayas. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XVII. 1% 


248 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17 


2. PARANTICA AGLEA. 

Papilio aglea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 377. fig. E (1782). 

Danaida aglea, Aurivillius, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1882, p. 99. 

Danais ceylanica, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. xi. p. 479 
(1862). 

Parantica ceylonica, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 8, pl- 2. f. 2, 2a. 

Danais (Parantica) ceylanica et grammica, Marshall & de Nicé- 
ville, Butt. of India &. pp. 39, 40 (1882). 

Papilio similis (part.), Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 299. 

Hab. Southern India (Bombay, Malabar, Travancore, Bangolore) ; 
Ceylon. 

ee cites Java and Coromandel as the localities of his P. aglea, 
but figures the male of the S. Indian form. The Javan form is P. 
grammica, Bd. 


3. PARANTICA GRAMMICA. 

Danais grammica, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. Lép. i. pl. xi. fig. 10, 3 
(1836). 

Hab. Java. In coll. F. Moore. 


4, PARANTICA AGLEOIDES. 

Danais agleoides, Felder, Wien. exit. Monats. iv. p. 398 (1860) ; 
zool.-bot. Gesellsch. 1862, p. 486 ; Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiatic Soc. 
Bengal, 1881, p. 224; Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 15, pl. 1. fig. 5 
(1882). 

Danais (Parantica) agleoides, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &e. p. 41. 

Danais grammica, Doubleday, Diurnal Lep. p. 92 ; Moore, Catal. 
Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 122 ; Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 55. 

Hab. British Burmah (Rangoon, Mergui); Malay peninsula ; 
Nicobars ; Java (Horsf.); Sumatra, 


5, PARANTICA ERYX. 

Papilio erya, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Supp. p. 423 (1789). 

Danais eryx, Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. B. M. p. 7, pl. 1. f. 2 
(1870). 

Hab. Borneo. 


MANGALISA, 0. g. 


Fore wing triangular, costa much arched towards apex; upper 
discocellular bent below the lower radial and emitting a short spur 
within the cell from the angle. Hind wing oval; male with one 
scent-pouch on submedian vein, composed of the dilated or swollen 
vein and adjacent spatula-shaped patch, also a half spatular patch 
between it and the lower median vein, but no swelling of the vein or 
corresponding half of the patch on its other side. Venation similar 
to Caduga. Anteunz with a gradually thickened blunt club. Palpi 
large ; apical joint very long, pointed, pilose. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 249 


MANGALISA ALBATA. 


Euplea albata, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Acad. Curios. 1831, 
me tol pl. 1G: f. 16. 


Hab. Java. 


Sexual mark on submedian and internal veins. 


CapDUGA, n.g. 


Danais (Chittira, sect. A, part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India &e. p. 42 (1882). 

Fore wing elongated, narrow, more regularly triangular ; first sub- 
costal branch emitted at one fourth before end of the cell, free ; second 
branch from end of the cell; cell long and narrow; upper disco- 
cellular bent below lower radial, producing a short spur from the 
angle within the cell; lower discocellular slender at its upper end. 
Hind wing elongated, abdominai margin short, costa straight ; costal 
vein long, slightly curved and extending along the margin ; cell long 
and narrow. Male with two spatula-shaped pouch-marks, one, the 
largest, being on the submedian vein, the other on the internal vein, 
near the end; these pouch-marks are formed by a lengthened but 
slight dilatation or swelling of the veins, the adjacent spatula-shaped 
surface being composed of very compactly disposed scales of a dif- 
ferent shape and form, (? between) which project innumerable delicate 
short white filaments ; a similar patch of scales is also observable on 
the lower median vein, but it is not accompanied by the swollen vein. 
Antennz with a regularly formed clavate tip. Apical joint of palpi 
large, stout, pointed. 

Type C. tytia, Gray. 


1. CADUGA TYTIA. 


Euplea tytia, Gray, Lep. Ins. of Nepal, p. 9, pl. 9. fig. 2 (1833). 

Danais tytia, Doubleday, List. Lep. Brit. Mus. i. p. 50 (1844) ; 
Doubleday & Hewitson, Diurn. Lep. pl. 12. fig. 4. 

Danais (Chittira) tytia, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India 
&e. p. 42 (1882). 

Danais sita, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. p. 424, pl. 6 (1844). 

Hab. N.W. and E. Himalayas (Cashmir to Sikkim) ; Khasia hills ; 
Tenasserim. 


2. CADUGA NIPHONICA, 0. sp. 


Differs from typical C. tyéia in its larger size: fore wing very 
black, with broader subapical streaks; comparatively smaller and 
more ovate upper discal spots; the lower discal outer spot also 
smaller, the latter being more transversely narrow and less quadrate 
in shape; the submarginal row of spots are larger, and the marginal 
row more distinct: hind wing in male with all the veins and their 

borders blackish, the spatular glandular patch and streaks therefrom 
very black ; no red bifid streak within the cell, which is replaced by 
Le 


250 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [Apr. 17, 


a very indistinct slender grey line; the marginal spots are more or 
less obsolete. 

Expanse, ¢ 43, 2 3% inches. 

Hab. Japan (Nikko). In coll. British Museum. 

A specimen of a female in my own collection, from North For- 
mosa, agrees very nearly with the species from Japan. Mr. W. B. 
Pryer collected specimens of what may probably be this species 
in Chekiang, North China. 


3. CADUGA LOOCHOOANA, 0. sp. 


Female. Duller-coloured than Japanese or Formosan specimens : 
fore wing pale brown; the subapical spots shorter, the discal 
spots regularly quadrate in shape, the submarginal series being dis- 
posed in a more regular linear row and transversely narrower : 
hind wing paler, but of a brighter red; the cell cleft by a distinct 
straight red streak starting directly from the discocellular veinlet. 

Expanse, 2 3¢ inches. 

Hab. Loo Choo Islands. In coll. British Museum. 


4, CaDUGA SWINHOEI, 0. sp. 


Differs from C. melaneus in its shorter and comparatively more 
regularly triangular fore wing and shorter hind wing, the markings 
being of a decidedly darker tint of blue; they are similar on both 
wings, but smaller, narrower, and with broader black interspaces ; 
on the underside the hind wing is of a chestnut-red colour. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. North Formosa (R. Swinhoe). In coll. F. Moore. 


5. CADUGA MELANEUS. 


Papilio melaneus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 30. f. D (1775). 

Danais melaneus, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 192. 

Danais melaneus (part.), Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 14. 

Euplea melanea, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Acad. Cur. Nat. 
1831, p. 179. 

Danais (Chittira) melaneus, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &e. p. 43, pl. 5. f. 5, 3 Q. 

Hestia ephyre, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 15 (1816). 

Hab. Eastern Himalayas; Nepal (Ramsay); Darjiling (Atkin- 
son); Sylhet; Khasia hills; British Burmah; Malay peninsula ; 
Penang; Singapore. 


6. CADUGA PSEUDOMELANEUS, 0. sp. 


Differs from Malay specimens of C. melaneus in the fore wing 
having the upper elongated discal streak shorter, the upper discal 
spot larger, the two middle spots also larger, the two lowest more 
quadrate, the outer spot being excavated on its exterior edge, and 
the posterior streak below the cell shorter and traversed by a slender 
black streak: hind wing with the inner discal series of spots smaller, 
leaving a wider discal interspace between them and the marginal 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 251 


“ 


row, which are also smaller; the cell is also traversed by a black 
bifid line. 

Expanse 3} inches. 

Hab. Java. In coll. H. G. Smith. 

An intermediate form between C. melaneus and OC. larissa. 


7. CADUGA LARISSA. 
Danais larissa, Felder, Novara-Reise, Lep. ii. p. 349 (1867). 
Hab. Java (Horsfield). Incolls. British Museum and F, Moore. 


8. CADUGA BANKSII, N. sp. 


Danais melaneus, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, pl. 1. f. 6? 

Much larger than the Javan C. /arissa: all the markings com- 
paratively narrower, thus giving wider interspaces; on the fore wing 
the subapical streaks are one third longer; on the hind wing the 
streaks are conspicuously narrower, and the discoidal streak has a 
well-formed forked central line. 

Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 332 inches. 

Hab. Sumatra. In colls. F. Moore and H. S. Smith. 

A faded specimen of this species is in the Banksian collection at 
the British Museum. Has also been collected in Sumatra by Mr. 
Carl Bock. 


9. CADUGA LUZONENSIS. 


Danais luzonensis, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. 1863, p. 106. 
Danais erebus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 54, f. 3. 


Hab. Philippines (Luzon, Bohol, Mindanao). 


10. CADUGA NILGIRIENSIS. 


Danais nilgiriensis, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 44 
(1877). 

Danais (Chittira) ee aap Marshall and Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &e. p. 43, pl. 6. f. 9 d (1882). 

Hab. Southern India (ilgiri hills). 


Genus Cuirrira, Moore. 

Chittira, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 8 (1880). 

Danais (Chittira), sect. B. part., Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India &c. p. 42 (1882). 

Fore wing somewhat short and broad; costa much arched ; hind 
margin long; discocellulars bent in the middle below the lower 
_radial, and producing a short spur within the cell from the angle ; 
“hind wing broadly oval, very convex exteriorly.. Male with ‘two 
scent-pouches, one on the submedian vein composed of the dilated 
or swollen vein and spatula-shaped adjacent patch, the other on the 
internal vein, which is there dilated but without any adjacent patch. 
Venation similar to Caduga. Antenne with‘a tolerably thick club. 
Palpi large ; third joint pointed, pilose. 


252 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


CaiITTIRA FUMATA. 


Danais fumata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 53. 

Chittira fumata, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 9, pl. 4. f. 1. 

Danais taprobana, Felder, Reise d. Novara, Lep. ii. p. 349, pl. 42. 
f. 4 (1867). 

Danais (Chittira) taprobana, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India &e. p. 44 (1882). 

Hab. Ceylon. 


May 1, 1883. 
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read an extract from a letter addressed. to him by 
Mr. W. L. Crowther, C.M.Z.S., dated Hobart Town, February 23, 
1883. 

In reply to inquiries addressed to him as to the possibility of 
obtaining living specimens of the Thylacine (Thylacinus cynoce- 
phalus), Mr. Crowther stated that the animal was certainly not 
yet extinct. The hawkers from the interior of the colony frequently 
offered its skins for sale in Hobart Town, thus showing that the 
skin-men with whom they deal were acquainted with the localities 
where they are still found. Mr. Crowther promised to use his best 
endeavours to obtain specimens for the Society. 


The Secretary exhibited on behalf of Mr. H. Whitely the skin 
of a rare Bird of Paradise (2hipidornis gulielmi-tertii). This speci- 
men had been received in a collection which had been made in the 
island of Waigiou. So far as was known, this was only the fourth 
example of this species which had ever been obtained. The type 
specimen from which the figure in Gould’s ‘ Birds of New Guinea’ 
had been taken was in the Museum of Warsaw. 


In reference to Dr. Meyer’s communication (P. Z. 8S. 1882, p. 688) 
on the desirability of adopting a standard of nomenclature for the 
description of the colours of natural objects, and Mr. Harting’s 
previous communication on the same subject (P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 391), 
the Secretary laid upon the table a copy of Radde’s ‘ Internationale 
Farbenskala,’ which had been recently added to the Society’s Li- 
brary, and explained the way in which it was intended to be used. 


_ The following papers were read :— 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 253 


1. A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups 
of Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging to the Subfamily 
Eupleeine ; with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. 
By F. Moors, F.Z.S., A.L.S., &e. 


Part II. Eupleina. 
(Plates XXIX.-XXXII.) 


Group EupL@ ina. 


Males, in most genera, possessed with either one or two glandular 
streaks or scent-producing organs on the fore wing, or with such an 
organ absent or present on the fore wing, and also a glandular patch 
on the costal border of the hind wing. No precostal cell on hind 
wing. Abdomen furnished with odoriferous anal tufts. Larva smooth, 
with four pairs of subdorsal long slender fleshy processes. 


A. No “ sexual mark” or scent-producing organ on fore wing 
(see Table, pp. 254, 255). 


Genus HaMADRYAS. 


Hamadryas*, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 91 (1832); 
Doubleday & Hewits. D. Lep. p. 134. 

Aeria (part.), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 9. 

Wings small: fore wing elongated ; costa much arched, apex con- 
vex ; exterior margin short, slightly oblique and convex ; posterior 
margin long, recurved ; cell long, extending two thirds the wing ; 
first subcostal at one third before end of the cell, second from near 
the end, third trifid; upper discocellular bent inward close to the 
subcostal, and outward before the middle, emitting a short spur 
within the cell from lower angle, lower discocellular curved obliquely 
outward ; upper radial from angle near subcostal, lower from below 
the angle of the discocellulars; upper median at one fifth, lower at 
before end of the cell; submedian much recurved, with a short 
slender veinlet emitted from below near the base. Hind wing very 
short, oval ; costa slightly arched at base; first subcostal at one 
seventh before end of the cell; upper discocellular shortest, outwardly 
curved, lower outwardly recurved, radial from their angle; upper 
median at one fourth, lower at one half before end of the cell; cell 
broad, lengthened triangular ; submedian and internal veins recurved. 
Legs very long, slender, fore tarsi of female tumid and acutely 
spined at apex; palpi ascending, laxly scaly ; antenne long, gra- 
dually thickening to a lengthened club. 

Type H. zoilus. 


' Previously used by Hiibner (Tentamen, i., 1806). 
Proc. Zoou. Soc. —1883, No. XVIII. . 18 


[May 1, 


MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 


254 


* 


“peorq- 


*oOYJNoTR VOUdT *o9}1p *04}1p *0991p “0791p *xoAU00 A104 ‘BUOT 
“eyoalqo vyeouy, ‘o1p 0441p *oyIp *xoAU00 ‘uoaoun ‘0})1p 
“BYOTOIA BIUNSeY OY + © 10991p SOT OEE Or ce *os9tp 
BATU BSVUALA “0491p *ovIp *oWLp *xoAU00 ATOA *xoA 00 *oygip 
"edu BIULIOT "0741p ‘0771p "0941p ‘o7Ip *oy1p ‘orp 
“TIppEyscoy wuvsiqrey *o9qIp *o4j1p *O4}Ip *XOAU00 *xoauoo ATIYSITS ‘oq 
‘TTUOSULUAS BUOSYPUY *OWVLp *Oq}ip ‘orp ‘xoauoo Ayyy srs |oavouos ATyysr]s| “proa«q ‘Bo 
“818 
_ Mourmiepur BaIpeavyy “0991p *oyIp *oqqIp ‘xoation ATproaq *o7}1p *oqqIp 
*19[qO} BISOUUVL “oop ‘o}41p ‘oup "0Ip “uoAoun ‘Lapueys ‘SUOT 
“thopouatg VsoaIy]/) “orp ‘OVI ‘oynIp "0491p ‘xoaoo ATIWSIIS| *pwoaq ‘04s 
“gurdsosoad vues vco(y *oy4Up ‘oW1p *091p ‘xoauoo ATVYSTS “UOAd “41048 
“9100 UIYSUI() *04tp ‘oyIp ‘oyIp ‘qysiw.4ys ysourye “oV4Ip *oqjIp 
“eYIpPAus VyVUILYAL *oWIp "oy1p "0441p *x9AU09 “04}1p *o}Ip 
‘Topueys 
*AB[NT[P20NSIp *qroys “uTar 
‘guurtoo vdeuvyy | aoddn wo. ‘qoozaod “quod ‘xoauoo AoA “uoaoun 910} WO BuO 
‘bum asof uo unbio buronpowd-,ua0s 10 ,, Yous JONXAS ,, UC) “g 
“TOU “ABP N]_TEV09 
-loyuesyoo wuvsipy | -sip toddn wo.y *oqtp *quaq *xoatton Ai@A “oy *O7VIp 
“sluTNTTOVOOSIpP 
‘sIyndo vsoUEqNg | JO e[pprut WO.y ‘ouUp “qq sreays ‘xoauoo ATWY STIS -oyIp *0791p 
MOUeAD VITMOLT, ‘oqyrp *oyIp *oyIp * 0491p *uoAoumn “O41 
“URUTOZ[LAVTLBO RUIBUOJT *oy4Ip *oyIp ‘o}Ip ‘oyIp “U0A0 *oyqip 
“pyTNVDO VOPVUUe *o94Ip ‘op ‘opp *xoauoo AoA *‘doaoun *oqqIp 
*TOORT[VM BIVIUOT “oq Ip oVIp ‘oyIp ‘qu sieys ‘op *09}1p 
‘QUOULITD VAQOPVA, “oVIp ‘oyIp ‘opp ‘qysieays Apcou *xOAUOO ‘op 
"head viqoweg “0991p “ouqUp ‘oyntp “"qysieays “oWIp ‘oyIp 
“ROLOUNF VSO} ‘o7Ip *OVJIp “op ‘xoatioo ATW SITS *U0AO "0WVIp 
‘suosny vUsTURIC “oWVIp -oyp *09Ip *xoai00 AOA “oy Tp ‘oy Ip 
“eqyropay wavdtyy ‘OVID *oq}Ip *o}Ip *09ytp “‘mueaoun “o}Ip 
‘Iopuos vuouo A *ojIp *oVIp *O4}Ip “qysreays “yy sreays ‘oWIp 
*AvTN] [9000 
‘snqioz svduprueyy |-srp coddn wo. “qooy.uod “yuoq *paaanoor *XOATOD *ou0U 
SurM Sur uvE.10 
sede ty SUTM O.t0J Bere Wes aeTA UIOA Oe oxoy Jo wid etoy Jo WS — |Sutonpoad-guoos 
pur wioued qword dT, | -ted Teproosi({ | -Jeooosrptoasory | -oostp HeddQ. | on "yoiaqsog | -avut dorayxgy | x0 yavUt penxog 
‘hum atof wo unbwo buronpoud-puaas Lo ,, youl JONLIS ,, ONT Vv 


“VNIDIdGNY JO VUANDY) GTHL OL AD 
& 


255 


MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 


1883.] 


"BSOLIO]S BaTdo}01}g 
‘SOPlO9LOD BPLUILL \T 
*aeqsoapAs vryporrocy 


‘soroods 


pure vaoued Teord <7, 


‘RIpPUNS vIepLuy 


‘Tyyaojsdaor vunary, 
“BULL [IUUS BSUULOR NT 
‘eqaodns vruesy 


“ToYTpOsziaa} vavydeg 
‘ILOn]y VuauUepeg 
‘sojtemou xuidyeg 
‘soqjedisn vdeparpy 
“TYPPOZSIUU BPUTTEG 
‘snq{} 

ueuepeyst vdosruwecy 
‘eqjuroedy wpequy, 


‘xoyedno esucyeg 


‘soroads 
pur vagues prord dy, 


*XOAUO9 
*xaatoo ATIYSTTS 
"4.1048 


SUrM O10; JO 
ULBIVUL “4SOq 


*xOAU00 


‘op 


-onbryqo 


SUIM OLOF 
jo UIsteun “4xqT 


*proaq ‘Suoy 
“0741p 
*SUOT 


SuIM 0a0J U0 
syteu [enxeg 


*0}4Tp 


*099Tp 
“0971p 
“0741p 


“op 
‘onbi,qo 
‘0391p 
*oyFIp 
“0741p 


*xXOAUOD 
*O7}Ip 


‘enbiqo 


SUIM O10f 


‘Tjeus 


‘owp 
“onntp 
op 


“0741p 
*0431p FE 
“0491p 
“0741p 
OS.10] 


“0771p 
‘Teuus 


“OB.AV] 


SUIM puiy uO 


JO ulsavut 4x57 |qozed avpnpurpy 


“0941p “onTp 
*B[NT[eV008Tp 
aeddn wo. *qyuoq aoddn 
*savTNT[Od00sIp 
JO O[Ppru Wtoay ‘eT pplz Ur sued 
SUIM OL0F JO 4o] Saray 
-UL0A [UpTOost(y Qd0J JO SMI9A AvTNT[ODOOSTCT 
‘burn asof uo sunbio buronposd-pu008 Lo ,,8ysDuUe ONLI y, ONT, 
*O4}1p ‘0741p *xoauoo AT0A 
“BUT ‘OWIp ‘0331p “oW1p 
*ou}Ip *oy}1p “o7;1p 
*qxoys ‘0441p ‘o}1p *X9AU00 
*TepMTToooostp “qoojcod 
aaddn wo. £quoq aoddn | ‘aseq ye xeatto0 
“ou0ou “o4yIp *x9AULO0 
“ouou *0}41p *o4jIp 
*ou0u *O}JIp *xoAuod Alo 
*ou0U *0941p ‘oop 
“om0U “0791p oy) 1p 
‘ouou 0391p 0491p 
“yooyaod 
‘amioul ‘9avouod *xoatioo ATIYSIS 
SUIM OLOJ UL 49] SUIdA SaiM oL0F 
-UL9A [Uprloosiqg | aAvpnT[eooostq™ | jo ursieut -ysog 


‘yond wnynpunh v ynm bum puyy “bun atof uo .,ycvu yonxas ,, uC 


*pLoaq ‘41oys 
gehts} 
Aysts ‘“tapusys 
*Tapueys 

“SUOT 


"Tyeus 
“0971p 
"440s 
*[BAO “41048 
*0}4IP 


*poaq 4104s 
“4048 


“Tyeuas 


SUIM eL0] 
UO YAvUL TeNxXeg 


‘snaoo val dngy 


“erqotep vapdi[ep 
‘reeuury, sioaqorsdoay, 


*HOWIA}ONG VUIVUILD) 


‘soroeds 
puv vioues jeord dy, 


“ouou "09}1p “0937p ‘xaattoo Aros *0491p 
“OAvOTIOD ‘ y 
‘ouou ‘oayrp "9Av009 *xOATIOO *X9ATIOD 
*o4jIp "0991p *0}31p ‘xoauoo AYySTs}  . *deaoun 
*aepnTTeooostp 
seddn woaz “qoozaod “quod *xoAU00 ‘xoauoo ATIY STIS 
SUIM O10} UL Jez, | WIAA AeTNT TIAA aV[NY BUIM O10F SuIM ot0x 


‘as Ivy 


‘o]RLOpout 
*o}Tp 


“Tes 


SUI pully 0 


-UloA Teploosiy |-[A000stp AeMoTT |-[o000stp aedd yy | jo ursavur 4s0g | jo ULsavun “4xqq |yoyed avjnpuepDy 


18* 


256 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


Note. Certain species of Hamadryas are mimicked in New Zea- 
land, Australia, and in the Malay islands by species of the genus 
Neptis ; and it is a curious fact that Neptis (Phadyma) shepherdi, an 
Australian species, with N. cerne, NV. heliodora, and N. latifasciata, 
approach considerably in form and pattern of markings to the South- 
American Heliconid Tithorea bonplandii. This resemblance of the 
Australian Neptis to Tithorea has suggested to me that we may 
expect to find in this region a nearer connecting form between 
the Eupleeina and Heliconids than Hamadryas. 

Hamadryas is apparently an isolated genus, having, so far as I 
know, no eastern very closely allied forms. It has great resemblance 
to some forms of South-American Ithomias (genus Leucothyris, &c.). 


1. HaAMADRYAS ZOILUS. 

Papilio zoilus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 480 (1775); Mant. Ins. 
p. 25: Ent. Syst. iii. p. 42. 

Hamadryas zoilus, Boisd. Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 91; Double- 
day & Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 18*. f. 1; Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. 
B. M. p. 128; Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. p. 143. 


Hab, Cape York ; Barnard Isle, Australia; New Zealand. 


2. HAMADRYAS NAIS. 
Nymphalis nais, Guérin, Voy. Coquille, pl. 15. f. 3 (1829). 
Hab. Aru Islands. 


3. HAMADRYAS NEDUSIA. 

Stalachtis nedusia, Hiibner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett. fig. 799-800 
(1832). 

Hab. Dorey, New Guinea. 


4, HAMADRYAS ASSARICA. 

Papilio assarica, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 363. f. A, B (1781). 
Aeria asarica, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 10. 

Heliconia assarica, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 816. 

Hab, N. Ceram; Amboina. 


5. HAMADRYAS HQUICINCTA. 

Hamadryas equicinctus, Salvin & Godman, Proe. Zool. Soe. 1877, 
p. 142. 

Hab. Duke-of-York Island. 


6. HAMADRYAS MOOREI. 


Hamadryas moorei, Macleay, Proc. Ent. Soc. N. 8. Wales, i. 
p. 53 (1866). 
Hab, Cape York, N. Australia. 


1883.| MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 257 


Vonona, 0. g. 


Male. Fore wing triangular ; costal margin arched, apex very 
acute; exterior margin oblique, nearly straight; posterior margin 
straight. Hind wing with somewhat prolonged anterior margin ; 
exterior margin convex; upper discocellular with a short spur or 
discoidal veinlet emitted within the cell. Larva with four pairs of 
fleshy filaments. 

Type V. goudotit. 


1. VoNONA GOUDOTII. 


Euplea goudotii, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madagascar, Bourbon 
et Mauritius, p. 36, pl. 3. f. 2 (1833); Trimen, Rhop. Africe 
austr. p. 83; Guénée, Lép. Maillard’s Réunion, p. 8 (1867). 

Crastia goudoti, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 

Hab. Bourbon (Boisduwval) ; Madagascar (Brit. Mus. coll.). 

The habitat “ Zulu, S. Africa,” cited by Mr. Trimen in his 
‘ Rhop. Africee austr.,’ on the authority of a specimen from that 
locality being in the British-Museum collection, is an error. The 
specimens in that collection are labelled ‘* Madagascar.” 


2. VONONA EUPHON. 


Papilio ewphon, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 423 (1798) 
Euplea euphon, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 3. 
Danais euphone, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 181. 
Euplea euphone, Boisduval, Faune Ent. Madag. Bourb. et Maurit. 
p- 36, pl. 3. f. 1 (1833); Lucas, Hist. Nat. Anim. Art. ili. p. 434, 
2. fl. 
r Stictoplea euphon, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303. 
Hab. Mauritius (Brit. Mus.). 


3. VONONA DESJARDINSI. 


Danaida (Euplea) desjardinsii, Guérin, Icon. Rég. Anim., Ins. 
texte p. 474 (1844), gd. 

Hab, Rodriguez. 

The type specimen of this species is in the “ Hewitson” collection 
at the British Museum. It is similar to V. ewphone, smaller, and of 
a uniform cupreous-brown colour, the markings on the fore wing 
smaller and much less prominent, the band on the hind wing less 
distinct and narrow, being only half the width, the marginal spots 
nearly obsolete. Expanse 27 inches. 


NIPARA, 0. g. 


Male. Fore wing tmangutar, costal margin arched, exterior margin 
truncated at the apex, angularly excavated in the middle and waved 
hindward ; posterior margin straight ; upper discocellular with a short 
spur emitted within the cell, above the lower radial; submedian witb 
a short slender veinlet emitted from below near the base. Hind wing 
obovate ; exterior margin sinuous. 


Type NV. heletta. 


258 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May I, 


1, NrpaRA HELCITA. 

Euplea helcita, Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1859, p. 156, 
3; Butler, P.Z.S. 1866, p. 453; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. 
p- 299. 

Euplea montrouziert, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 345 (1867). 

Hab. New Caledonia ; Navigators’ Islands. 


2. NIPARA DISTINCTA. 

Eupleea distincta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 278 ; id. Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 

Euplea eleutho, var., 2, Herr.-Schaffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, 
pl. 2. f. 7, $; id. Exot. Schmett. ii. (1869), f. 107, ¢. 

Hab. Ellice Islands. 


3. NIPARA INTERMEDIA, 0. sp. 

Male. Intermediate between NV. perryi and NV. distincta. Fore wing 
with similar markings to JV. perry, but less distinct, and the discal 
spot only half the size: hind wing with a submarginal row of large 
spots, the three upper spots being obconic, the four lower a 
lengthened oval; a marginal row of very small spots. 

Female. Fore wing with larger spots, similar to those in V. helcita : 
hind wing similarly marked to the male, but with six oval spots in 
the submarginal row. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 55, 2 2 35, inches. 

Hab. Raratonga Island. In coll. British Museum. 

4. NIpARA INDISTINCTA, 0. sp 

Male. Nearest allied to VY. perryt. Of a darker brown colour ; 
fore wing with a very indistinct small whitish costal spot, an upper 
subapical spot, a discal spot, and a submarginal spot below it: hind 
wing with a submarginal and marginal row of very minutewhite spots. 

Expanse 2,5; inches. ; 

Hab. Raratonga Island. In coll. British Museum. 


5. NIPARA PERRYI. 

Euplea perryi, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 278, pl. 44. f. 1; 
id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 

Hab. Nieue or Savage Island. 


6. NipARA ESCHSCHOLTZII, 

Euplea eschscholtzii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 345; Butler, 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299; H.-Schaff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 
1869, p. 69, pl. 2. f. 9, 2; id. Exot. Schmett. ii. f. 109, 2 (1860). 

Hab. Fiji Islands. 


ORANASMA, 0. g. 


Differs from Patosa in the fore wing being much less triangular, 
narrower, the exterior margin more oblique and uneven, the posterior 
margin more convex in the middle; hind wing more triangularly 
oval. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 259 


1. ORANASMA LUGENS. 

Euplea lugens, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xviii. p. 242 (1876). 
Crastia lugens, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 

Hab. New Guinea. 


2. ORANASMA SMITHH, 0. sp. 

Male. Larger than O, lugens : fore wing with similar but larger-sized 
white submarginal spots, the lowest spot being of the same size as 
the one above it, and a marginal row of small white spots; hind 
wing with a submarginal row of similar but larger spots, and a mar- 
ginal row of small spots. Underside marked as above, the fore wing 
also having a small bluish-white cell-spot and five slender discal 
spots ; hind wing also with a similar cell-spot and discal series of 
spots. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. New Guinea. In coll. H. G. Smith. 


PATOSA, 0. g. 

Wings shorter and broader than in Vadebra (Climena group) : fore 
wing with straighter costal margin, exterior margin less oblique ; 
posterior angle rounded, and posterior margin slightly convex ; cell 
broader ; upper discocellular with a short spur emitted within the 
cell: hind wing broad ; anterior margin straighter, exterior margin 
and anal angle more convex. 

Type P. funerea. 


1. PaTosa FUNEREA. 

Crastia funerea, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 298, o 2 
(1878). 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). 


2. PaTosa SQUALIDA. 

Crastia squalida, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 298 
(1878), 3g. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). 


3. PATOSA RESARTA. 

Euplea resarta, Butler, Ann. Nat. to r. ser. 4, xviii. }’- 241 (1876). 
Crastia resarta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). 


4, PATOSA BATESII. 

Eupleea batesti, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 331 (1867). 

Crastia lwpeyrouset, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p- 299 
(nec Boisd.). 

Like V. melina, Godt. Upperside of the same colour, with 
the pale marginal fascia on the fore wing distinct, narrower, and not 
broadly curved at the anterior end ; the pale outer margin of the hind 


260 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


wing narrower and extending more towards base of abdominal mar- 
gin. Underside of a paler tint, with similar pale margins as above ; 
fore wing with four very small bluish-white discal spots, but no 
elongated streak : hind wing with six small bluish-white spots. 
Expanse 3,2, inches. 
Hab. Gilolo (Felder) ; Port Moresby, New Guinea (Brit. Mus.). 


SAROBIA, ND. g. .—- 


Male. Fore wing lengthened triangular ; costal margin very convex, 
apex slightly acuminate; exterior margin oblique, even, short ; pos- 
terior margin straight. Hind wing triangular ; anterior margin long, 
slightly convex, apex somewhat acuminate; exterior margin obliquely 
convex, even; abdominal margin short. 


Type S. grayt. 


1, SAROBIA GRAYI. 
Euplea grayi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 346 (1867). 
Crastia grayi, Butler, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 
Hab. Aru Islands. 


2. SAROBIA CONFUSA. 


Euplea confusa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 285, f. 3 p. 283. 
Crastia confusa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool, xiv. p. 299. 
Hab. Island of Waigiou, New Guinea. 


VADEBRA, 0. g. 


Crastia (part.), Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816). 

Crastia, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297. 

Male. With smaller and shorter triangular fore wing; exterior 
margin oblique, slightly convex, and nearly even; posterior margin 
almost straight. Upperside without markings. 

Type V. climena. 


1. VADEBRA CLIMENA. 


Papilio climena, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 389. fig. E, F (1782). 
Crastia climena, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 
Crastia limnoria, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816). 
Danais algea, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178 (1819). 

Euplea climena, Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. p. 142 (1879). 
Hab. Amboina, Ceram. 


2. VADEBRA SEPULCHRALIS. 
Euplea sepulchralis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 282, fig. 2, 
ro 


Crastia sepulchralis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 
Euplea servillei, Boisd. MS. 


Hab. Java. 


1883. | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 261 


3. VADEBRA SIMULATRIX. 

Euplea (Crastia) simulatriv, Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiatic 
Society Bengal, 1881, p. 229, ¢. 

Eupleea\simulatriz, Wood-Mason, loc. cit. 1882, p. 15, pl. 3.f. 1, 2, 


dQ. 

Euplea (Crastia) simulatrix, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 76. 

Hab. Great Nicobar. 


4. VADEBRA ZINKENII. 
Eupleea zinkenii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 335 (1867). 
Hab. Amboina. 


5. VADEBRA MELINA. 

Danais melina, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 179 (1819). 

Euplea melina, Boisduval, Faune de l’Océanie, p. 89; Butler, 
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 282. f. 1, 3. 

Crastia melina, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 

Euplea paykullii, Boisd. MS. 

Euplea redtenbacheri, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 330 
(1867). 

Hab. Aru; Ceram. 


6. VADEBRA HONESTA. 
Crastia honesta, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 39, 2 (1882). 
Hab. Solomon Islands. 


7. VADEBRA CHAROX. 


Euplea charox, Kirsch, Mitth. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877, 
p. 115. 
Hab. New Guinea (Mysore, Kordo). In coll. Godman and Salvin. 


8. VADEBRA CORACINA. 

Euplea coracina, Hopffer, Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 30. 

Male. Upperside uniform violet-brown ; without any markings. 
Underside paler : fore wing with a small white costal spot above end 
of the cell, three very slender short streaks beyond, near base of 
subcostals and upper radial, a spot at lower end of the cell, and two 
on the disk between the medians : hind wing with a small white spot 
at lower end of the cell, six smaller discal spots beyond, and a 
partly obsolete submarginal and marginal row of white dots. 

Expanse 33 to 4 inches. 

Hab. Celebes. In coll. H. G. Smith. 


LonTARA, 0. g. 
Male and Female. Fore wing long; anterior margin much arched 
at the base, apex convex; exterior margin slightly oblique and 
convex, even ; posterior margin long, straight. Hind wing prolonged 


262 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l, 


at the apex, exterior margin even, slightly concave below the apex 
and convex in the middle; abdominal margin short. Antenne 
with a gradually thickened blunt club. 


LONTARA WALLACEI, 

Euplea wallacei, Felder, Wien. entom. Monats. iv. p. 231 (1860); 
Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 346, pl. 39. f. 5, 6 (1867). 

Crastia wallacei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 

Euplea felderi, Boisd. MS., 3. 

Hab. Batchian ; Gilolo. 


GAMATOBA, D. g. 


Wings in male shorter than in typical Vadebra; fore wing 
broader, shorter, apex convex, exterior margin uneven, posterior 
margin very convex ; hind wing shorter and broader. 

Type G. ethiops. 

1. GAMATOBA OCCULTA. 

Euplea occulta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 467. 

Crastia occulta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). 


2. GAMATOBA £ZTHIOPS. 

Euplea ethiops, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 285, 3. 
Crastia ethiops, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 
Hab. Waigiou. 


3. GAMATOBA REAUMURI. 

Euplea reaumuri, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Stor. Nat. Genova, xii. 
p- 457 (1878). 

Hab. Dorey. In coll. C. Oberthiir and British Museum. 


4, GAMATOBA LATREILLEI. 

Euplea latreillei, Kirsch, Mitth. kon. zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877, 
p. 115, s. 

Hab. New Guinea (Dorey). In coll. C. Oberthiir. 


5. GAMATOBA ALECTO. 


Euplea alecto, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 275, o. 
Crastia alecto, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 


Hah. Ceram. 


6. GAMATOBA MONILIFERA, 0. Sp. 


Female. Ochreous violet-brown, darkest basally: fore wing with a 
submarginal row of eight ochreous-white spots curving outward from 
the costa, the fourth and fifth the largest, a marginal row of very 
small spots: hind wing with a submarginal row of distinct ochreous- 
white spots placed in a somewhat regular linear series from the anal 
angle, where they are oval; the others being rounded and the upper 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 263 


one minute; a marginal row of smaller spots. Underside paler ; 
both rows of spots the same as above; fore wing also with a 
minute spot above end of the cell, one at lower end of the cell, 
and two beyond the end, and a long pale violaceous-white spot below 
the median: hind wing also with a small spot at lower end of the 
cell and a series of five spots beyond. 

Expanse, 9 33 inches. 

Hab. Thursday Island. In coll. British Museum. 


7. GAMATOBA DIADEMA, N. sp. 


Male. Dark purplish violet-brown, anal area of hind wing paler : 
fore wing with a curved subapical series of foursmall indistinct whitish- 
brown spots: hind wing with two marginal rows of more distinct 
small brownish-white spots. Underside—fore wing with the four 
subapical spots distinct and white, and three lower marginal dots, 
oue also on the disk: hind wing with a minute white spot at lower 
end of the cell, and four on the disk beyond; marginal rows more 
distinct than above. 

Female. Paler, and of a more ochreous violet-brown tint: fore 
wing with four distinct creamy-white upper submarginal spots, a 
small spot on the costa, one between upper and middle median veins, 
and a marginal row of minute spots: hind wing with a marginal and 
submarginal row of large distinct creamy-white spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 3} inches. 

Hab. Port Moresby, New Guinea. In coll. G. Semper and H. 
G. Smith. 


8. GAMATOBA Nox. 
ELuplea nox, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 278, 3. 

_ Crastia nox, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 
Hab. Aru Islands. 


9. GAMATOBA MELANCHOLICA. 


Euplea melancholica, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 280, 3. 
Crastia melancholica, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 298. 
Euplea harrisii, Boisd. MS., ¢. 


Hab. Amboina. In coll. Godman and Salvin, and British Museum. 


10. GAMATOBA CERBERUS. 
Crastia cerberus, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser.5, x. p- 40, ¢ 2 (1882). 
Hab. New Britain ; New Ireland. 


11. GAMATOBA SPICULIFERA, NR. sp. 


Male. Dark violet-brown: fore wings with a small greyish-white 
speckled spot at lower end of the cell, a minute costal spot above 
_ end of the cell, three small discal spots, and a submarginal upper 
row of six small dentate bluish-white spots. Underside paler: fore 
wing marked as above, the spots being more distinct; a short 
streak also between median and submedian; hind wing with a 
minute white dot at end of the cell, a slender streak below subcostal 


264 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l, 


and two between the medians, also a submarginal row of three 
very minute dots. 

Female. Paler ; fore wing with similar but slightly larger-sized 
spots ; hind wing with two or three indistinct whitish upper sub- 
marginal dots. 

Expanse, 5 43, 9 42 inches. 

Hab. Bouru (Wallace). In coll. H. G. Smith, and Hewitson 
(British Museum). 


12. GAMATOBA EBENINA. 

Euplea ebenina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 301, 3. 
Crastia ebenina, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 
Euplea edwardsii, Boisd. MS. 

Hab. Aru Islands. 


MENAMA, 0. g. 


Eupleea (Crastia, sect. B), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 76 (1882). 

Male. Fore wing very long, broad ; costal margin slightly arched 
at base, apex somewhat acuminate; exterior margin very oblique, 
short ; posterior margin very convex in middle ; upper discocellular 
bent very obliquely inward and angled at its lower end, and emitting 
a short discoidal veinlet from the angle, lower bent obliquely out- 
ward: hind wing broad; exterior margin obliquely convex. 

Female. Fore wing slightly convex below the apex; posterior 
margin straight. 

Type I. camaralzeman. 


1. MENAMA CAMARALZEMAN. 


Euplea camaralzeman, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 271, 
pl. 29. f. 1,6. 

Crastia camaralzeman, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc.,Zool. xiv. p. 298. . 

Euplea (Crastia) camaralzeman, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India, p. 77 (1882). 


Hab. Siam. 


2. MENAMA MODESTA. 


ELuplea modesta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 273, 3. 

Crastia modesta, Butier, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 

Euplea (Crastia) modesta, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 77 (1882). 

Hab. Siam. 


3. MENAMA CUPREIPENNIS. 


Crastia cupreipennis, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 823. 

Euplea (Crastia) cupreipennis, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India, p. 77 (1882). 

Hab. Upper Tenasserim. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 265 


4, MEeNAMA TAVOYANA, ni. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 6, 3.) 


Comparatively larger than JZ. modesta; the outer margin of the 
wings is disinctly scalloped, in M. modesta they are almost even ; 
fore wing in male much darker in colour, the basal four fifths dark 
pitchy brown, brilliantly glossed with steel-blue, with a distinct 
minute white spot between upper and middle median veins and a 
larger spot on costa. Hind wing pitchy brown basally, with a 
marginal and submarginal row of spots smaller than in M. mo- 
desta. 

Female. Fore wing of the same dark colour, but less glossy blue 
surface: hind wing with both rows of marginal spots of the same size 
as in male. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 32 inches. 

Hab. Tavoy, Tenasserim. In coll. F. Moore. 


5. MENAMA BUXTONI, D. sp. 


Male. Fore wing violet-brown, washed with violet-blue uniformly 
throughout the surface to extreme outer margins. Hind wing paler, 
both rows of marginal spots smaller and of a uniform size, the inner 
row being disposed in a curve, not in a straight series as in JZ. mo- 
desta. 

Expanse 34 inches. 

. Hab. Sumatra (Buxton). In coll. F. Moore. 


6. MENAMA LORZH, n. sp. (Plate XXX. fig. 5.) 

Euplea lorze, Boisduval, MS. 

Male. Violet-brown: fore wing with a more or less violet-blue 
gloss in some lights suffusing the basal two thirds; a submarginal 
upper series of white spots similarly disposed to those in Tronga 
erameri, the three upper narrow, the first being very minute, the 
fourth largest, fifth smaller, sixth and seventh minute ; three or four 
very minute upper marginal spots, and a minute spot also on the 
costa above end of the cell. Underside paler: fore wing spotted as 
above ; also with two or three minute lower marginal spots, a bluish- 
white cell-spot and two on the disk beyond: hind wing with a bluish- 
white cell-spot and seven discal spots beyond, and a lower marginal 
series of small white spots. 

Expanse 37 inches. 

Hab. Sandakan, N. Borneo (Pryer). In coll. Godman and Salvin 
and C. Oberthiir. 


7. MENAMA MOUHOTH, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 6.) 


Male. Ochreous brown, slightly tinged with olivaceous: fore wing 
with two very small indistinct whitish lower submarginal spots, and 
two similar marginal spots: hind wing with a submarginal row of 
nine large whitish spots, the seven lower oval, the two upper rounded ; 
a marginal row of small round spots. Underside paler: fore wing 
with the two lower submarginal and marginal spots, a small spot at 
lower end of the cell, twe beyond the cell, and a large one between 


266 | MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May I; 


middle and lower median veins: hind wing with marginal and sub- 
marginal spots as above, and five very small discal spots. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Cambodia (Mouhot). In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin. 


TRONGA, 0. g. 

Euplea (Crastia, sect. C, part.), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India, p. 76 (1882). 

Male. Fore wing broadly elongate, somewhat quadrate in form, 
the posterior margin being very broadly convex ; cell much broader 
and with longer discocellulars than in Vadebra; upper discocellular 
with a short spur or discoidal veinlet emitted within the cell: hind 
wing with the apex and exterior margin more convex. 

Type 2. cramert. 


1. TTRONGA CRAMERI. 


Euplea crameri, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 318, 3. 

Euplea crameri, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 129 
(1857), 3. 

Crastia crameri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297. 

Euplea johanna, Kirby, Syn. Catal. D. Lep. p. 17 (1871). 

Euplea (Crastia) crameri, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 78, pl. 8. f. 15 (1882), 

Female paler than male, and of a more olivaceous brown tint 
fore wing with eight submarginal spots; a costal spot above end of 
the cell, one at lower end of the cell, and two discal beyond the cell: 
hind wing with two or three upper submarginal spots and indistinct 
discal and submarginal spots. 

Hab. Borneo (Lowe). Colls. Paris Museum, British Museum, 
F. Moore, Salvin and Godman. 

Having compared Lucas’s type of 7. crameri with the insect 
which I also described under the same name, I find that they are 
identical. The specimens in the East-India Company’s Museum 
had been so labelled by Dr. Boisduval. 


2. TRONGA BISERIATA, 0. Sp. 


Allied to 7’. cramerz. 

Male. Uniform dark violet-brown, without gloss: fore wing with 
a marginal row of small very prominent white spots, which are obso- 
lete at the apex, and a submarginal row of somewhat larger snots, 
which are obsolete at the lower end, the penultimate upper spot 
being the largest and oval; a small spot also on the disk between 
upper and middle median veins: hind wing with a marginal row of 
very prominent small white spots. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Trinkut, Nicobar Islands. In coll. British Museum. 


3. TRONGA MARSDENI, 0. sp. 


Intermediate between 7. bremeri and 7. ex-ameri. Colour paler. 
Fore wing more the shape of that in 7. cr@rzeri, being comparatively 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 267 


longer and narrower than in Z. bremeri ; the markings also are more 
like those in 7’. crameri, there being only two small upper submar- 
‘ginal spots, which, however, are more elongated and narrower ; the 
next (or largest) spot is also much longer and narrower, the fourth 
smaller, and the lower three very small; the marginal row is distinct, 
but very small: hind wing with two rows of small distinct white 
spots. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Singapore. In coll. F. Moore. 


4. TRONGA BREMERI. (Plate XXIX. fig. 5, gd.) 


Luplea bremeri, Felder, Wien. entom. Monats. iv. p. 398 (1860) ; 
Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 23, pl. 2. f. 4, o. 

Crastia bremeri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 298 
(1878). ‘4 

Euplea (Crastia) bremeri, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 79 (1882). 

Hab. Malay peninsula, Malacca (Province Wellesley); British 
Burmah (Tavoy, Mergui). 

female. Slightly paler than in male, marked the same on both 
wings. 


5. TRONGA OLIVACEA, N. sp. 


Female. Pale olive-brown: fore wing with a very prominent small 
whitish costal spot above end of the cell, two on the disk, a submar- 
ginal series of nine spots, the three upper small and narrow, the 
fourth and fifth large and elongated, the others small but irregular 
in size, the eighth exceeding the other three in size ; a marginal row 
of thirteen small spots: hind wing with a submarginal and mar- 
ginal row of small prominent whitish spots. Underside paler, 
with all the markings as above; the fore wing also with a greyish 
streak between median and submedian, and hind wing with four 
small discal spots. 

Expanse, 2 23 inches. 

Hab. Minthantoung, Thoungyeen valley, Tenasserim (Bingham). 
In coll. W. L. Distant. 


6. TRONGA MOOREI. 


Euplea mooret, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 277, 2 (nee 
Felder). 

Crastia moorei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 298. 

Smaller than 7. brookei: fore wing with the submarginal spots 
more distinct and rounded, and the hind wing with a complete mar- 
ginal row of small spots and a short upper submarginal row. 

Expanse 33 inches. ; 

Hab. Sumatra (Brit. Mus.) ; ? Borneo (Pryer). Coll. F. Moore. 


7. TRONGA NIASICA, 0. sp. 


Dark violet-brown, inclining to black-brown: fore wing with a small 
white costal spot, two small slightly oval spots beyond upper end of 


268 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


the cell, a small discal spot beyond lower end of the cell, a submar- 
ginal series of eight spots, the three upper of which are small and 
slender, the fourth and fifth large and bluntly oval in shape, the 
three lower smaller and nearly round, a marginal row of small 
narrow spots, extending to the apex and disposed alternately against 
the margin and towards the submarginal row. Hind wing with a 
marginal row of very small dentate spots, and a nearly obsolete 
upper submarginal row. 

Expanse, ¢ 34 inches. 

Hab. Nias Island, W. coast of Sumatra. In coll. British 
Museum. 

Approaches nearest to 7’. biseriata. 


8. TRONGA BROOKE, 0. sp. 


Allied to 7. bremerit. Comparatively smaller and narrower ; of a 
paler brown colour and with a violet-blue tint. 

Male. Fore wing with similarly disposed spots, all of which are 
smaller, the marginal series being very minute, the four lower sub- 
marginal also very small and the upper ones half the size of those in 
7. bremeri; costal and (sometimes two) discal spots also small : hind 
wing with very minute or scarcely distinguishable marginal dots. 

Female. Paler; marked as in male, and with an additional spot 
within the cell. 

Expanse, ¢ 34, 9 33 inches. 

Hab. Sarawak, Borneo (Wallace). In coll. British Museum. 


9. TRONGA LABUANA, N. Sp. 


Allied to 7. crameri. 

Male. Fore wing with eight similar but comparatively shorter and 
broader submarginal spots, the sixth and seventh lower spots being 
larger; an indistinct marginal lower row of very minute spots: 
hind wing with two complete series of small spots. 

Female. Fore wing with somewhat larger submarginal and mar- 
ginal spots, a small costal spot, one within the cell, and one on the 
disk: hind wing with two rows of spots as in male. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Labuan, Borneo (Lowe). In coll. Messrs. Godman and 
Salvin. 


10. TRONGA DAATENSIS, 0. sp. 


From typical 7’. crameri this differs on the fore wing in the sub- 
apical spots being comparatively broader and larger, three small 
lower spots occurring in the submarginal series, and in having a 
nearly complete marginal row of small distinct spots: hind wing 
with a marginal row of small distinct spots. Underside with all 
these spots more prominent, the marginal row larger, and the discal 
series of spots much larger than those in 7’. cramert. 

Expanse, ¢ 32 inches. 

Hab. Island of Daat, Labuan, Borneo. In coll. W. L. Distant. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 269 


11. TRONGA PRYERI, 2. sp. 


Near to-7’. bremeri, much darker-coloured. 

Male. Fore wing with similarly disposed spots; the three upper 
submarginal smaller, the fourth and fifth shorter, the sixth, seventh 
and eighth, and the discal spot being larger: hind wing with two 
complete rows of larger-sized spots. 

Female. Marked as in male, all the spots, however, being larger. 

Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 3? inches. 

Hab. Sandakan, Borneo (Pryer). In coll. Godman and Salvin and 
W. L. Distant. 


12. TRONGA KINBERGI. 

Euplea kinbergi, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 35 (1860) ; 
id. Eugenies Resa, p. 352. 

Crastia kinbergi, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 297. 

Hab. China. In coll. British Museum. 


SABANOSA, 0. g. 


Fore wing somewhat broad ; costal margin almost straight, apex 
produced ; exterior margin oblique, slightly sinuous; posterior 
margin slightly convex. Hind wing broad, bluntly conical ; exterior 
margin convex, slightly sinuous. 


SABANOSA CRATIS. 


Euplea cratis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 297, fig. 1, 3. 

Crastia cratis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xiv. p. 297. 

Hab. Philippines (Babuyanes). 

Mr, Georg Semper tells me that the female of this insect is like 
the male, except that in the fore wing the posterior margin is not 
convex. 

ADIGAMA, 0, g. 

Crastia (part.), Butler. 

Euplea (Crastia, sect. C, part.); Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India, p. 76 (1882). 

Wings large, broad. Fore wing elongated, triangular ; apex pro- 
longed, exterior margin very oblique, waved ; discocellulars bent in 
the middle above lower radial, emitting a short spur within the cell 
from the angle ; male with the posterior margin very convex towards 
the angle: hind wing broad. 

Type A. ochsenheimert (Moore). 


1. ADIGAMA MALAYICA. 
Crastia malayica, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297 
(1878). 
Euplea malayica, Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 22, pl. 2. 
fig. 7, 3. 
Si eileai (Crastia) malayica, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 79 (1882). 
Hab. Malay peninsula, Penang, Singapore, Sumatra. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XIX. 19 


270 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l, 


2. ADIGAMA OCHSENHEIMERI. 

Euplea ochsenheimeri, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 132 
(1857), nec Lucas. 

Crastia ochsenheimeri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 297. 

Euplea (Crastia) ochsenheimeri, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India, p. 79 (1882). 

Euplea hiibneri, Boisd. MS. 

Hab, Java (Horsf.). Coll. British Museum. 


3, ADIGAMA SCUDDERI. 

Crastia scudderi, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297 
(1878). ; 

Hab. Borneo. 


B. One ‘‘ seaual mark”? or scent-producing organ on fore wing. 
CHANAPA, 0. g. 

Fore wing arched at the base, apex acute, exterior margin oblique 
and excavated in the middle ; posterior margin in male very convex 
in the middle, and with a short slender sericeous brand or scent-pro- 
ducing organ. Hind wing subconical, exterior margin convex. 

Type C. corinna, 


1, CHANAPA CORINNA. 

Danais corinna, Macleay, King’s Australia, ii. p. 402 (1827). 
Luplea corinna, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 
Hab. Australia (New Holland). 


2, CHANAPA LEWINI. 
Euploca lewinii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 345 (1867). 
Hab. Australia (Port Bowen; Champion Bay). 


3. CHANAPA ANGASI. 

Euploea angasti, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 343 (1867) ; 
H.-Schaff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 69, pl. 2. fig. 6, g; id. Exot. 
Schmett. ii. fig. 108, ¢ (1869); Semper, Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. 
p. 141 (1879). 

_ Hab, Australia (Cape York ; Moreton Bay). 


ANDASENA, I. g. 

Differs from typical Penoa in the fore wing being more pointed, 
the exterior margin longer and slightly concave in the middle, the 
sericeous band broader: hind wing more convex on the anterior 
margin and the exterior margin less convex. 

Type A. swainsoni, 


1. ANDASENA BELINDA. 

Ewplea belinda, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299 (1878). 
Euplea orope, var., Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 299. 

Hab. Sumatra. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 271 


; 
tise Se? 


2. ANDASENA BAUDINIANA. = Neomma Avon 1 
Danais baudiniana, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 181 (1819). 
Hab. Timor, sary Ler 


3. ANDASENA OROPE. 


Euploa orope, Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Lép. p. 100 (1832) ; Spec. 
Gén. Lép. i. pl. ii. fig. 9 (1836); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1866, 
p- 299; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 

Hab. Taiti (Boisd.) ; Timor (Butler). 


4. ANDASENA SULUVANA, NR. sp. 


Allied to A. lucasii. Smaller in size. 

Male, Fore wing with the submarginal spots smaller and disposed 
in a more regular series, marginal spots and the costal spot minute : 
hind wing with both rows of spots very small, being of similar size 
to those in A. swainsonit. 

Female. Fore wing with slightly larger submarginal spots ; two 
small discal spots, a spot at lower end of the cell, and another on the 
costal border: hind wing with both rows of spots larger than in the 
male and similar in shape to those in A. /wcasii. 

Expanse ¢ 3, 2 33 inches. 

Hab, Sulu archipelago (Pryer). In coll. Messrs, Godman and 
Salvin. 


5. ANDASENA LUCASI, 0. sp. 

Euplea lucasii, Boisduval, MS. 

Allied to A. swainsonii. Fore wing of a less dark tint of colour ; 
the sericeous streak of the same length but slightly narrower; the 
five submarginal apical spots half the size ; the spot between middle 
and lower medians large and circular ; a duplex spot also between 
lower median and submedian ; an oval spot on the costa, and two 
more or less distinct spots on the disk. Hind wing with the inner 
row of spots of a lengthened oval shape and prominent, the upper 
second and third cordate. 

Female marked as in male, all the spots somewhat larger. 

Expanse 3} to 34 inches. 

Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In colls. G. Semper, C. Oberthiir, 
F. Moore. 


vb. ANDASENA SWAINSONII. 


Danais swainsonii, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 815 (1823). 
Euplea swainsonti, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 


Hab, Philippines (Luzon). 


7. ANDASENA DONOVANI. 
Euplea donovanii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii, p. 343 (1867), 


Hab. Celebes. 
19* 


272 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l, 


8. ANDASENA ELEUTHO. 

Danais eleutho, Quoy and Gaimard, Freycinet’s Voy. p. 554, pl. 83. 
fig. 2 (1815); Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 815; Boisduval, Voy. 
Astrolabe, Ent.p. 100. 

Euplea eleutho, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 299. 

Hab, Isle of Guam, Ladrone Fslands ; Samoa and Ellice Islands 
(B.M.). 

DERAGENA, 0. g. 


From typical Andasena this differs in the fore wing being some- 
what shorter and more convex at the apex, the sericeous brand only 
half the length, and the exterior margin more even: hind wing also 
with an even exterior margin. 

Type D. proserpina. 


1. DERAGENA CHILDRENI, 0. sp. 

Euplea grayi, Boisduval, MS. 

Upperside dark chocolate-brown, palest externally : fore wing with 
a submarginal apical series of very minute white dentate spots ; 
sericeous streak five twelfths of an inch in length: hind wing with a 
submarginal upper series of very small white spots, and a smaller 
series of very indistinct marginal spots. Underside—fore wing with 
a more distinct submarginal row of dentate white spots and three 
minute bluish-white discal spots: hind wing with a submarginal and 
marginal upper series of distinct white spots, and a curved discal 
series of smaller bluish-white spots, one being within the cell. 

Expanse 27 inches. 

Hab. Java. In. coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir. 


2. DERAGENA PROSERPINA. 

Euplea proserpina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 300, 3; 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 

Euplea herrichii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 344, pl. 39. 
figs. 3, 4 (1867). | 

Hab. Fiji Islands (Ovalau, Vanua Levu). 


3. DERAGENA SCHMELTZII. 


Euplea schmeltzii, Her.-Schiiffer, Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 70, 
pl. 2. f.8,2; Exot. Schmett. ii. f. 110 (1869) ; Butler, Journ. Linn. 
Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 


Hab. Samoa, Upolu, Lifu. 


4, DERAGENA WHITMEI. 


Euplea whitmet, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 349, 
@ (1877). 
Hab. Royalty Islands (Lifu). 


5. DERAGENA BOISDUVALII. 


Euplea boisdwalii, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 321. 
Hab. Australia. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 273 


BIBISANA, 0. g. 


Fore wing in male prolonged and acuminate at the apex, exterior 
margin very oblique, hind margin broadly convex, with a lengthened 
broad sericeous brand. 

Type B. horsfieldit. 


1. BIBISANA HORSFIELDII. 

Euplea horsfieldii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 333, pl. 40. 
f. 4, ¢ (1867); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 

Hab. Celebes. 


2. BrBisANA LEACHII. 


Euploea leachii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 334, 2 (1867). 
Hab. Celebes. In coll. W. L. Distant. 


3. BIBISANA DIANA. 

Euplea diana, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 297, pl. 29. f. 6, 
6; id. Journ. Linn. Soc, Zool. xiv. p. 300. 

Euplea kirbyi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 334, 5d Q 
(1867). 

Hab. Celebes. 


4. BIBISANA CONFIGURATA. 

Euplea configurata, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 326, pl. 42. 
f. 1, 2, 2° (1867). 

Hab. Celebes. 

BETANGA, 0. g. 

Fore wing shorter and comparatively more regularly triangular 
than in typical Crastia (C. core), the costa more arched, the pos- 
terior margin more convex, the sericeous brand much larger, broader, 
and longer. 

Type B. megera. { 


1, BETANGA SCHERZERI. 
Euplea scherzert, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. xii. p. 479 


(1862) ; Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 335 (1867); Moore, Lep. of 


Ceylon, i. p. 12 (1880); Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p. 85 (1882). 


Hab. Ceylon. 


2. BETANGA WALLENGRENII. 


Euplea wallengrenii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 336 
(1867) ; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 
Hab. Java. 


3. BeTANGA MAURA, 


Euplea maura, Hopffer, Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 32, 3. 
Hab. Celebes. 


274 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. [May I, 


4, BETANGA ANTHRACINA. 

Euplea anthracina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 280, f. 1, 
3; Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 301. 

Euplea walkenaieri, Boisd. MS. 

Hab. Amboina, Gilolo. 


5. BreTANGA DUPONCHELII. 


Eupleca duponchelii, Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Lep. p. 97 (1832) ; 
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 301. 

Euplea geyeri, Boisd. MS. 

Hab. Bouru, Ceram. 


6. BrETANGA DODINGENSIS, 0. Sp. 


Euplea moorei, Boisduval, MS. 

Closely allied to B. duponchelii, Upperside of a more uniform 
colour: fore wing with a somewhat broader sericeous streak ; no 
marginal pale spots: hind wing unspotted. Underside also of a 
more uniform colour: fore wing with four discal bluish-white spots, 
and two very minute costal dots: hind wing with a small bluish-white 
spot within the cell; a discal series of six spots, and an upper sub- 
marginal series of three or four spots. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Dodinga. In colls. M. Oberthiir and F. Moore. 


7. BETANGA VITELLA. 

Ewplea vitella, Montrouze, Ann. Soc. Phys. Nat. Lyon, 1856, 
p. 403. 

Hab, Woodlark Island. 


8. BETANGA MEGERA. 


Euplea megera, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 276; Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 
Hab. Aru. 


PENOA, 2. g. 


Eupleea (sect. C & D), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p. 80 (1882). 

Male. Differs from typical Crastia (core) in having a less trian- 
gular form of fore wing, which is also broader and is glossed with 
purple-violet or deep blue, the exterior and posterior margins convex, 
the edge of the latter more even, and in possessing a very long and 
broad sericeous brand: hind wing shorter, the costal margin 
straighter. 

Type P. alcathoe. 


- 


1. PENOA ALCATHOE. 


Danais alcathoe, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178 (1819). 
Euplea aleathoe, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv p. 301; 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 275 


Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 86, pl. 9. f.17, d 9 
(1882). 

Euplea doubledayi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 337 
(1867). 


Hab, Silhet (Brit, Mus.), Assam (Atkinson), Cachar, Mergui, 
Upper Tenasserim. 


2. PENOA DEIONE. (Plate XXX. fig. 2,3.) 


Euplea deione, Westwood, Cabinet of Oriental Ent. p. 76, pl. 37. 
f. 3, ¢ (1848); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301 ; Mar- 
shall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 88. 


Euplea poeyi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 340, 2 (1867). 
Euplea magnifica, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 423, 2. 


Hab, Assam (Westwood), Silhet (Brit. Mus.), Sikkim (Atkinson). 


3. PENOA MENETRIESII. 


Euploea ménétriésii, Felder, Wien. entom. Monats. iv. p. 398 
(1860); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301; Distant, Rhop. 
Malayana, p. 34, pl. 3. f. 4, 5, 6 2; Marshall & de Nicéville, 
Butt. of India, p. 87. 


Hab, Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley, Malacca) ;? Borneo 
(Lowe). Coll. Godman and Salvin. 
4, PENOA PINWILLII. 


Euplea pinwillii, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser, i. p. 535, 
pl. 69. f. 9 (1876-9) ; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301; Dis- 
tant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 35, pl. 3. f. 9, 10. 


Hab. Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley, Malacca) ; Sumatra. 


5. Penoa trmporer. (Plate XXX. fig. 7, 3.) 


Euplea limborgii, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1878, p. 823, pl. 41. 
f. 2; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India p. 89 (1882), 

Euplea gerningii, Boisd. MS., 3. 

Hab. British Burmah (Tenasserim, Mergui). 


6, PENOA EYNDHOVII. 

Euplea eyndhovii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 338 (1867) ; 
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301. 

Hab. Sava. 


7. PENOA GEYERI. 
Euploa geyeri, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 338 (1867). 
Hab. Java. 


-8. PENOA TRANSPECTUS, 0. sp. 


* Male. Upperside—fore wing dark brown as in P. alcathoe, but 
somewhat paler, the submarginal and discal spots of the underside 
being slightly visible; a broad lengthened straight sericeous streak 


276 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


between lower median and submedian veins: hind wing paler brown, 
with two or three apical submarginal indistinct whitish spots and 
anal marginal series of six or seven spots. Underside paler brown: 
fore wing with six small submarginal and six marginal smaller white 
spots, two purple-white subcostal spots, one at lower end of the cell 
and two beyond it, beneath which is an elongated ochreous-white 
spot: hind wing with a purple-white spot at the end of the cell, and 
five contiguous spots beyond; a marginal and submarginal row of 
small white spots. 

Female. Upperside paler; markings of the underside slightly 
visible. Underside—fore wing similarly marked as male, the mar- 
ginal spots being less prominent: hind wing with seven spots outside 
the cell, the submarginal series all elongated as in P. pinwillu, and 
the marginal row more prominent. 

Expanse 4 inches. 

Hab. Billiton Island. In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin. 


9, PENOA ZONATA. 
Euploa zonata, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p. 338, ¢. 
Hab. N. Borneo (Lowe). In coll. Godman and Salvin. 


Genus Crastra, Hiibner. 


Crastia, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816). 

Euplea, Boisduval, Doubleday, Butler; Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, 
i. p. 11 (1880). 

Ewplea (sect. A), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 79 
(1882). 

Fore wing elongated, triangular; costa slightly arched, apex 
rounded ; exterior margin oblique, slightly waved and concave in 
the middle ; posterior margin almost straight in both sexes; male 
with a short slender sericeous brand or scent-producing organ between 
the lower median and submedian veins ; costal vein extending to 
nearly two thirds the margin; first subcostal branch emitted at one 
fifth before end of the cell, second from the extreme end, third about 
one third beyond, fourth and fifth at one third before the apex ; 
upper discocellular shortest, inwardly oblique, angled outward close 
to the subcostal and emitting a short spur from its lower end within 
the cell; lower discocellular outwardly oblique and angled outward 
close to its upper end, the radials from their upper angles; median 
branches from angles wide apart ; submedian slightly recurved, with 
a short slender lower veinlet at its base. Hind wing short, bluntly 
oval ; costa slightly arched in the middle ; costal vein short, curved 
near the base ; precostal short, forked ; first subcostal branch emitted 
from angle before end of the cell; discocellulars outwardly oblique, 
upper shortest and very concave, lower slightly convex, the radial 
from their middle ; median branches from angles widely apart ; sub- 
median straight ; internal curved at its base. Body long, slender ; 
antennze slender ; legs squamose ; tibize and tarsi spinous beneath ; 
palpi short, pilose. 


” 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 277 


Larva with three anterior pairs and one posterior pair of fleshy 
filaments. 

Type C. core, Cramer. 

Note. Cramer’s P. core has hitherto been considered the same 
species as that described by Fabricius (Ent. Syst. iii. p. 41) under 
the name of corus and cited under that name in his genus Huplea 
(Illiger’s Mag. vi. p. 280). 

These two names, however, refer to totally distinct insects, each 
belonging to a different section of this subfamily of butterflies’. 

From the fact of these two names having been thus considered, 
by modern authors, to represent the same species, several errors 
have resulted in determining the types in certain of the genera. 

These errors are now, it is hoped, satisfactorily worked out in the pre- 
sent memoir, and the several species assigned to their proper genera. 


1. CRASTIA VERMICULATA. 


Euplea vermiculata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 276 ; 
Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 301 (1878). 

Euplea vermiculata, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p- 81 (1882). 

Limnas M., cora, Hibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. i. pl. 25. 
f. 1, 2 (1806). 

Hab. India (Himalaya Mountains). 


2. Crastia core. (Plate XXIX. fig. 8, ¢.) 

Papilio core, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 266. f. E, F (1780), nec 
‘corus, Fabricius. 

Crastia core, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816). 

Euplea core, Butler, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301 (1878) ; 
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 80 (1882), pl. 9. f. 16, 
oo. 

Danais coreta, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178 (1819). 

Hab. India, Lower (Kutch, Bombay, Nilgiris, Calcutta, Anda- 
mans). 


3. CRASTIA ASELA. 

Euplea asela, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 45 (1877); 
Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 11, pl. 6. f. 2 (1880) ; Marshall & de Nicéville, 
Butt. of India, p. 81 (1882). 

Hab. Ceylon. 


4. CRASTIA GRAMINIFERA, 0. Sp. 


Differs from C. vermiculata in the upperside being of a uniform 
pale olive-brown: fore wing with the marginal row of spots more 
recurved across the wing and sharply defined, the third and fourth 
upper spots of a larger oval shape, the lower somewhat smaller ; 
-a minute spot on the costa above end of the cell, and another 


For £. corus, Fabricius, see p. 289. 


278 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May ], 


spot beyond situated between the upper and middle median branches: 
hind wing with the two rows of spots smaller and more sharply 
defined. 

Expanse, ¢ 33 inches. 

Hab. Malay peninsula. In coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir. 


5. CRasTiaA DIsTANTI. (Plate XXIX. fig. 6, ¢.) 


Crastia distantii, Moore, Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, ix. 
p- 453 (1882) ; Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 32, pl. 5.f. 9, d. 

Upperside dark cupreous-brown, glossed with olive-green : fore 
wing with a series of eight or nine white submarginal spots, and a 
marginal row of small spots, similarly disposed and of the same 
shape as those in the Malayan T7ronga bremeri, but somewhat larger ; 
two small spots also on the disk below the upper and middle median 
veins in some specimens; a short slender sericeous streak between 
lower median and submedian: hind wing with two rows of prominent 
white spots. Underside greenish olive-brown: fore wing with mar- 
ginal markings as above; two small spots also on the costa, another 
spot at end of the cell, and three on the disk: hind wing with promi- 
nent marginal spots; a spot at end of the cell, and five spots beyond. 

Expanse 2 to 3+ inches. 

Hab. Sumatra (type); Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley) In 
coll. F. Moore and W. L. Distant. 


6. CRASTIA ESPERI. 


Euplea. esperi, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. xii. p. 481, 9 
(1862) ; Moore, P.Z.8..1877, p. 582; W.-Mason, Journ. Asiat. 
Soc. Beng. 1881,-p. 227; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p- 83 (1882). 

Hab. Nicobars. 


7. CRASTIA GODARTI. 


Euplea godartii, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 319, 2; Butler, 
P.Z.S. 1866, p. 275; id. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301; Moore, 
P. Z.S. 1878, p. 824; Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 34, pl. 3. f. 8. 

Euplea siamensis, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 341, pl. 41. 
f. 6 (1867). 

Euplea godartii, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 84 
(1882). 

Hab. British Burmah ; Upper Tenasserim ; Malacca ; Siam ; Java 
(Lucas), Philippine Islands (Brit. Mus. coll.). 


8. CRASTIA BINGHAM], 0. sp. 


Allied to C. godarti. Similar in cclour, but with the pitchy- 
brown tint darker and confined more obliquely to the basal area, the 
apical area without any trace of purplish grey. 

Male. Fore wing with similar marginal spots and a shorter 
sericeous streak ; hind wing with similar spots as in C. godarti. 

Female. Fore wing with a curved submarginal row of seven spots, 


1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA, 279 


the upper third distinct, and the fourth indistinct; the marginal row 
as in male: hind wing as in male, 

Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 38 inches. 

Hab. Thoungyeen, Upper Tenasserim (Capt. Bingham). In coll. 
British Museum and W. L. Distant. 


9. CRASTIA LAYARDI. 
Euplea layardi, Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 103, pl. 16. f. 1, 


Hab. Siam ; Saigon. 


10. CRasTIA INCONSPICUA, 0. sp. 


Male. Upperside similar in colour to C. layardi: fore wing 
shorter anteriorly ; no marginal or apical spots ; a very slender short 
sericeous streak between the lower median and submedian veins: 
hind wing with two marginal rows of whitish spots decreasing to 
smaller brownish spots toward the apex. Underside—fore wing 
with a bluish-white spot at lower end of the cell, another beyond 
the cell, a minute streak below the lower radial, and another on the 
costa, also a larger oval spot below the cell: hind wing with a small 
white spot at end of the cell, five contiguous spots beyond it, and 
two marginal rows of spots, the inner series oval. 

Expanse 3+} inches. 

Hab. Sumatra (Wallace). In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin. 


11. CrastraA camorta. (Plate XXXI. fig. 7, 3.) 

Euploea camorta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, 1877, p. 582; 
Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1881, p. 228, 1882, p. 15; 
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 86 (1882). 

Hab. Nicobar Islands. 


12. CRASTIA FRAUENFELDI. 

Euplea frauenfeldii, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. xii. p. 479 
(1862); Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 342, pl. 41. f. 4 (1867); Butler, 
Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 300, 3 (1878). 

Euplea frauenfeldi, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 12 (1880) ; 
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 79 (1882). 

Hab. Ceylon. 


13. CRASTIA AMYMONE. 

Danais amymone, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 179 (1819). 
Luplea amymone, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p- 300. 
Hab. China ; Cochin China ; Sumatra (B.M.). 


14. CRASTIA LORQUINI. 
Euplea lorquinii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 340 (1867). 
Hab. 8. China; Macao. In coll. F. Moore and H. G. Smith. 


280 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


15, CRASTIA FELDERI. 

Euplea felderi, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 275, 2 ; Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 

Hab. Sumatra (type, B.M.); Hong Kong (B.M.). 


16, CRASTIA PRUNOSA, 0. sp. 

Allied to C. amymone. Upperside of a more purplish violet- 
brown, the borders paler, the basal area in certain lights bluish-violet, 
the sericeous streak shorter, the two marginal rows of spots almost 
obliterated and of a violet-browa: hind wing with very indistinct 
marginal rows of pale brown spots. Underside—fore wing with 
only very small inner apical marginal spots, and two spots above 
posterior angle: hind wing with no marginal spots. 

Expanse 34 inches. 

Hab, China. In coll. C. Oberthiir. 


17. CRASTIA HAWORTHI. 

Eupleea haworthii, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 317, ¢. 

Euplaa hiibneri, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 128 
(1857); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 

Euplea janus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 273; Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 

Euplea moorei, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 315 (1867), nec 
Boisd. 

Salpine elusina, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. i. pl. 9. 
f. 1, 2 (nec Cramer). 

Hab. Java. 


18. CRASTIA SNELLENI, 0. Sp. 

Male and Female. Umber-brown: fore wing with a submarginal 
series of whitish spots, the upper five very minute, the upper first, 
second, fourth, and fifth being almost obsolete, the sixth and seventh 
small ; a marginal lower row of very small indistinct spots ; sericeous 
streak greyish-brown. Hind wing with a marginal row of small 
brownish-white oval spots, and a submarginal row of eight narrow 
lengthened streaks and three upper rounded spots. 

Expanse 4 inches. 

Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper and F. Moore. 


19. CRASTIA ILLUDENS. 
Eupleailludens, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist.ser.5,x.p.40, ¢ 2 (1882). 
Hab, Duke-of-York Island ; New Britain. 


20. CRASTIA DECIPIENS. 
Euplea decipiens, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser.5,x.p.41, d 2 (1882). 
Hab. Duke-of-York Island. 


MaHINTHA, 0. g. 


Male with short broad wings: the fore wing somewhat the shape 
of that of Salpinx, but less quadrate ; costal margin arched ; exterior 


1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 281 


margin nearly erect, waved, slightly angular below the apex and 
above posterior angle; hind margin long, convex; with a short 
slender sericeous brand. Hind wing obovate; exterior margin 
waved ; no pale discoidal patch. 


MAHINTHA SUBDITA. 


Euplea subdita, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 823; 
Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 82 (1882). 


Hab. Tenasserim. In coll. British Museum. 


Karapira, 0. g. 


Euplea, sect. B (part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p. 80 (1882). 

Male. Distinguished from typical Crastia (core) in the fore wing 
having the posterior margin very considerably produced into a broad 
convex lobe, a comparatively broader and shorter cell, the submedian 
vein slightly recurved and terminating below the posterior angle; 
and with a medium-sized sericeous brand. Hind wing much more 
round in form. 


KARADIRA ANDAMANENSIS. 


Euplea andamanensis, Atkinson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873, p- 736, 
pl. 63. f. 2, ¢; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p- 300; Moore, 
P.Z.S. 1877, p. 582; Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, p. 84 
(1882). 

Hab. Andaman Isles. 


PRAMASA, D. g. 


Male with the costal margin of fore wing regularly arched ; ex- 
terior margin oblique, convex below the apex and slightly angular 
hindward ; posterior margin very convex in middle; with a very 
large broad sericeous brand. Hind wing almost round, exterior 
margin slightly uneven. 


Pramasa MiITRA. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8, 3.) 


Euplea mitra, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p- 127, 3 
(1857); Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 299; Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. 
xiv. p. 300. 

Hab. Seychelle Islands. 

The female of this extraordinarily marked species has the markings 
similar tothe male. Both sexes are in the collection cf Messrs. 
Godman and Salvin. 


TAGATA, n. g. 


Fore wing with the costal margin nearly straight, apex convex, 
exterior margin obligue, posterior margin in male regularly convex 
to the end, and with a lengthened broad sericeous brand. Hind 
wing short, broad ; exterior margin oblique, abdominal margin long. 


282 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


TAGATA ABJECTA. 


Euplea abjecta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 299; Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 

Hab. Pelew Islands. 

The habitat of this insect is not the Philippines as stated in the 
description. Mr. G. Semper, of Altona, from whom the type speci- 
mens described by Mr. Butler were originally obtained; informs me 
that these specimens were collected in the Pelew Islands. 


PRAMESTA, 0. g. 


Fore wing triangular, arched at the base, apex slightly rounded, 
exterior margin oblique, waved, posterior margin slightly convex ; 
sericeous brand long, slender. Hind wing broad, exterior margin 
waved, 


PRAMESTA TOBLERI. 


Euplea tobleri, Semper, Verh. nat. Unt. Hamburg, ili. p. 107 
(1878). 

Both sexes black: fore wing with a broad white macular oblique 
subapical band, a small spot above end of the cell, threee on middle 
of exterior margin, and in the female two between the middle and 
lower medians. Hind wing with a broad white streak between the 
veins below the cell from abdominal margin, decreasing in length to 
middle of the disk; the streaks between the medians cleft at their end ; 
a row of six small white spots on middle of exterior margin. 

Expanse 33 to 33 inches. 

Hab. Philippines (Luzon). In coll. G. Semper. 


RasvuMA, n. g. 


Fore wings short, very broad in both sexes, triangular ; exterior 
margin slightly oblique, convex ; posterior margin in male very con- 
vex externally, and with a lengthened broad sericeous brand. Hind 
wing broad and short. 

Type 2. violetta. 


1. RASUMA VIOLETTA. 


Calliplea violetta, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xvii. p. 242 
(1876). 

Ewpleea violetta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). 


2. RASUMA ORDINATA, 0. Sp. 


Allied to R, violetta, Fore wing in male with a submarginal row 
of nine small distinct purplish-white spots, and eight spots in the 
female: hind wing without spots. 

Expanse 2? inches. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 283 


3. RASUMA GUERINI. 

Ewplea querinii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 332 (1867) ; 
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 

Hab. Aru; New Guinea (Port Moresby). 


4, RasUMA DENTICULATA, 0. sp. 

Near to R. ordinata. Fore wing comparatively longer, the seri- 
ceous brand narrower, the submarginal spots, eight in the male and 
nine in. the female, are less distinct, narrower, and the three lower 
spots dentate. 

Expanse 3 inches. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum. 


5. RASUMA BIPUNCTATA, 0. Sp. 

Allied to R. guerini. Fore wing with the subapical spots less 
distinct, the fourth and fifth spots oval and only half the size. Hind 
wing with two smaller upper submarginal spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 2? inches. 

Hab, New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum. 


6. RasuMA DOLOSA. 
Euplea dolosa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 765, pl. 77. fig. 1, 
6; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 300. 
Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). . YYute TL; Wcernen Cert Tens 
Note. The female of 2. dolosa has the subapical spots of the same 
size as those in the male. 
The insect described by Mr. Butler as the female of R. dolosa 
belongs to &. plevadis. 


7. RaSUMA PLEIADIS, 0. sp. 

Euplea dolosa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 765, °. 

Differs from 2. sedereain being smaller. Fore wing with a slender 
sericeous brand of half its width, fourth and fifth subapical spots longer 
and narrower, the male also having three smaller spots beneath the 
fifth. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 23 inches. - UW gq came fre Yale pe mater. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum. 


8. RasuMA LOUISA, 0. sp. 

Near &. pleiadis. Fore wing with the larger submarginal spots of 
a blunt oval shape, the three lower spots more distinct, the upper 
one being larger and the middle one not entire in the male; these 
three spots in the female are also larger, the middle one entire and 
the largest. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum. 


9. RASUMA SIDEREA, 0, Sp. 
Near to &. astra. Fore wing with a much broader sericeous 


284 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May l, 


brand, the subapical spots very prominent and with clearly defined 
edges, the fourth and fifth spots shorter and more regularly cordate 
in shape, the two lower spots distinct. 

Expanse, 3 2,5; inches. 

Hab, New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum. 


10. RAasuMA ASTRA, 0. sp. 


Near to £. dolosa, Butler. Fore wing comparatively shorter and 
broader, with similarly disposed subapical spots, all of which are 
more distinctly defined and somewhat larger, those of the female 
being much larger than-in the female &. dolosa ; the sericeous brand 
of the male is one third less in width. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 22 inches. 

Hab, New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum. 


11. RasuMA STELLA, n. sp. 


Allied to &. dolosa. Comparatively smaller; the subapical spots 
on fore wing similarly disposed, but more distinct, slightly larger, and 
more oval in shape in both sexes. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). In coll. British Museum. 


CHIROSA, 0. g. 


Fore wing elongated, narrow. Male with the exterior margin 
very oblique, posterior margin slightly convex ; with a broad serice- 
ous brand, which is situated nearer the outer ‘border. Hind wing 
narrow, triangular, the apex somewhat extended. 

Type C. brenchleyt. 


1. CHrROSA BRENCHLEVI. 


Euplea brenchleyi, Butler, Ann, Nat. Hist.ser. 4, v. p. 357 (1870); 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301; Brenchley’s ‘Cruise of the 
Curagoa,’ p. 464, pl. 46. f. 1-4 (1873) 3 OF 

Hab, Solomon Islands. 


2. CHIROSA EURYPON, 


Euplea eurypon, Hewitson, Exotic Butt. ii. Hupl. pl. i. fig. 3 
(1858), g; Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 286; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. 


Xiv. p. 301. Mins Spocizs br04 mo ee coe 


Hab. Ké Island (B.M.); Ceram (Godman). 


3. CHIROSA VICINA. 


Euplea vicina, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 337 (1867). 
Hab. Aru. 9) Wwedline iieeeiy oh 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 285 


4. CHIROSA MOROSA. 

Euplea morosa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p- 282, fig. 2; 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301. 

Euplea dalmannii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 332 (1867). 


Hab. Gilolo ; Halmaheira. 


5. CHIROSA PIERRETII. 

Luplea pierretii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 331 (1867) ; 
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301. 

Euplea melina, Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. di Storia Nat. Genova, 
1877, p. 456. . 


Hab. Waigiou, Port Moresby, New Guinea. 


6. CHIROSA LAPEYROUSEI. 

Euplea lapeyrousei, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 97, ¢ 
(1832). 

Hab. Bouru (Boisd.). In coll. C. Oberthiir. 

The type specimen of this species is much like C, pierreti, except- 
ing that the sericeous streak is narrower andlonger. On the under- 
side the discal spots are slightly larger. 


MestTApRA, n. g. 


Differs from typical Chérosa in the fore wing being broader, the 
exterior margin less oblique and more convex, the posterior margin 
also more convex, the sericeous brand very large and broad, being 
nearly four times the size of that in Chirosa: hind wing broader and 
more conyex externally. 

Type M. fraudulenta. 


1. MESTAPRA EURIANASSA. 

Euplea eurianassa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. p. 12, Fupl. pl. 1. 
fig. 3, 3 (1858). 

Hab. New Guinea. 


2. MESTAPRA TORVINA. 

Euplea torvina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 611; id. Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 301. 
_ Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum, Lifu). 


3. MESTAPRA PAYKULLEI. 

Euplea paylullei, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xviii. p. 241 
(1876); Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p- 301. 

Hab. New Hebrides (Vate, Aneiteum, Mota). 


4. MESTAPRA FRAUDULENTA. 

Luplea fraudulenta, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 41, o 
(1882), 

Hab. Solomon Islands. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XX. 20 


286 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


C. No sexual mark on fore wing. Hind wing with 
a glandular patch. 


Genus TREPSICHROIS. 


Trepsichrois, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816); Butler, 
Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. xiv. p. 296 (1878). 

Euplea (Trepsichrois), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p- 74 (1882). 

Eudemon, Dalmann, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 76 (1820). 

Male. Fore wing elongated triangular; apex prolonged and 
slightly rounded, exterior margin very oblique, uneven, somewhat 
concave in the middle; posterior margin -very slightly convex ; 
upper discocellular inwardly oblique, acutely bent before lower radial, 
emitting a short spur within the cell from the angle : hind wing with 
a very small pale discoidal glandular patch. 

Larva of 7. claudia with four pairs of long fleshy filaments. 

Type 7. claudia. 


1. TREPSICHROIS LINN#HI. (Plates XXIX. fig. 4, 9, & XXX. 
Hc) 

Papilio midamus (part.), Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 251 (1764) ; 
Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479; Spec. Ins. ii. p. 52; Ent. Syst. iii. i. 

. 09. 
a Danais midama (part.), Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 172 (1819). 

Euplea midamus, Doubleday & Hewits. D. Lep. p._87 ; Moore, 
Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 183; Butler, Catal. Fabrician Lep. ° 
B.M. p.2; P.Z.8. 1866, p. 294; Kirby, Catal. D. Lep. p. 15; 
Aurivillius, Kongl. Vetens. Akad. Handlingar, 1882, p. 61. 

Trepsichrois midamus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297 
(1878); Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 24, pl. 2. f. 8,9, dQ. 

Euplea (Trepsichrois) midamus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 74, pl. 8. fig. 13, ¢ 9 (1882). 

Ehret, Plantee et Papil. pl. 3 (1748), male. 

Kleeman, Beitr. Nat. Insecten, i. p. 69, pl. 9. f. 1, 2 (1792), 

Semale. 

Hab. N.W. & E. Himalayas, Khasia, British Burmah, Malay 
peninsula, Penang, Sumatra, Siam, Formosa. 

From the above references it will be seen that the P. midamus of 
Linneus has hitherto been identified with this species. This erro- 
neous determination has been caused by Linnzeus himself referring, 
in his original description of P. midamus (Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 470), 
to Ehret’s figure on plate ili. as well as to that on his plate xi., and 
in the Mus. Ulricee, p. 251, therein supplementing his description 
of P. midamus with that of the present insect. 

For true P. midamus, Linn., see below, p. 312. 


2. TREPSICHROIS CLAUDIA. 

Papilio claudius, Fabricius, Gen. Ins. p. 263 (1777); Mant. Ins. 
p- 25 (1787); Ent. Syst. ili. i, p. 40 (1793), 9 ; Herbst, Natur. 
Schmett. vi. p. 17, pl. 120. f. 5. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 287 


Danais claudia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 180. 

Trepsichrois claudia, Butler, Journ. Linu. Soc., Zool. xiy. p. 296 
(1878). 

Euplea midamus, var. claudius, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. 

5 
Papilio basilissa, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 266. f. C 2 (1780). 

Trepsichrois basilissa, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p- 16. 

Euplea mulciber, Zink.-Somm. Nova Acta Acad. Cur. 1831, p.191 
(nee Cramer). 

Papilio midamus, Sulzer, Insecten, pl. 16. f. 4, ¢ 2. 

Euplea midamus, Horsf. Catal. Lep. Mus. E.1. C. pl. 3. f. 10 
(1828) ; Moore, Catal? Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 83, pl. 4. fig. 10, 10a 
(metam.); Lucas, Lép. Exot. pl. 45. fig. 2, 3. 

Hab. Java. 


3. TREPSICHROIS VERHUELLI, n. sp. 


Female. Darker-coloured than either T. linnei or T. claudia: 
fore wing blacker towards the apex, and with less blue reflections ; 
the spots more prominent and sharply defined ; lower cell-spot and 
the discal series of spots of the same size as those in Malacca and 
Sumatran females of 7. linnei, the marginal series very similar to 
those in Java female of 7. claudia, except that the fourth upper spot 
is much larger and a quarter of an inch long, the lower spots are also 
more oval in shape, the marginal spots more distinct and ascending 
to the apex, the pale cell-streak and the streak below the cell more 
indistinct : hind wing with the streaks between the veins all conspicu- 
ously narrower than in either of the above mentioned species, and 
the marginal spots also smaller. 

Expanse 3} inches. 

Hab. Nias Island, west coast of Sumatra. In coll. British 
Museum. 


4, TREPSICHROIS MULCIBER. 


Papilio mulciber, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 127. figs. ©, D 
RSE): 

Trepsichrois mulcibra, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16(1816). 

Trepsichrois mulciber, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296 
(1878). 

Euplea mulciber, Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 25, Plc Meel, 
2, d 2 (1882). 

Hab. Borneo (Labuan, Sarawak); Billiton; ? Malay peninsula. 


5. 'TREPSICHROIS DIOCLETIA. 

Trepsichrois diocletia, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. iii. pl. 
f.3,4, 2 (1806-24). 

Crastia diocletia, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297, 

Euplea megilla, Evichson, Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xvi. p. 282, 
pl. 50. fig. 7 (1834), 2. 

Hab. Philippines (Luzon). 

20* 


288 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


6. TREPSICHROIS TISIPHONE. 


Euplea tisiphone, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 274, 3. ; 
Trepsichrois tisiphone,.Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 297. 
Euplea semperi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 314 (1867). 
Hab. Philippines (Mindoro). 


7. TREPSICHROIS KOCHI, 0. sp. 

Trepsichrois kochii, Semper, MS. 

Male. Fore wing violet-black, brilliantly glossed with ultramarine 
blue, a large greyish-blue spot at lower end of the cell, six discal 
spots, seven submarginal spots, and a marginal row of small spots ; 
hind wing similar to that of 7. claudia. 

Expanse 34 inches. 


Hab. Philippines (Negros and Guimaras). In coll. G. Semper 
and F, Moore. 


8. TREPSICHROIS VISAYA. 
Euplea visaya, Sernper, MS. 


Hab. Philippines (Samar, Leyte, Bohol). In coll. Messrs. Godman 
and Salvin. 


9. TREPSICHROIS MINDANAOENSIS. 
Euplea mindanaoensis, Semper, MS. 
Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Oberthir. 


GLINAMA, 0. g. 


Male. Fore wing long, costa straight at the base and slightly 
arched towards the end, apex acutely convex ; exterior margin long, 
very oblique and slightly convex ; posterior margin short and convex. 
Hind wing short, broad, costa nearly straight, apex slightly acute ; 
exterior margin very convex and waved, abdominal margin short ; 
costal border greyish white; with a discoidal ochreous glandular 
patch. 


GLINAMA EUCTEMON. 

Euplea euctemon, Hewitson, Exotic Butt. iii. Hupl. pl. 2. f. 2, 3 
(1866). :. 

Hab. Menado. Hewitson coll., British Museum. 


Genus EvpLa@a. 


Euplea, Fabricius, Iliger’s Mag. vi. p. 280 (1807) 

Macroplea, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292 (1878) ; 
Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 9 (1880). 

Euplea (Macroplea), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p. 71 (1882). 

Wings very large and broad. Male with the fore wing elon- 
gated and quadrate ; apex acuminate ; exterior margin oblique ; pos- 
terlor margin convex at the angle, very convex in the middle, and 


1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 289 


extremely oblique thence to the base ; cell very broad ; discocellulars 
concave, discoidal spur obsolete: hind wing triangular; the costal 
margin long, apex somewhat angular, exterior margin regularly 
convex; with a large oval pale upper discoidal glandular patch. 

Type £. corus, Fabr. 

Note.—Hiibner (Verz. p. 16), Doubleday (Genera D. Lep. p. 88), 
Scudder (Hist. Sketch of Generic Names of Butterflies, p- 172), 
Kirby (Syn. Catal. p.10), and Butler (Linn. Journ., Zool. xiv. p.291) 
have each taken the P. core of Cramer to be the same species as the 
P. corus of Fabricius, both Mr. Scudder and Mr. Butler citing core 
as the typical representative of the Fabrician genus Huplaa. Mr. 
Butler, however, though having previously (Catal. Fabrician Lep. in 
British-Museum Collection, p. 1, 1869) noted that the P. corus of 
Fabricius had no connexion with the P. core of Cramer, and referred 
the former species to a local form of the female of Huplea phe- 
nureta, subsequently overlooked this important fact in his revision 
of the group published in the ‘ Linnean Journal,’ wherein the P. 
core of Cramer is cited as typically representing the genus Huplea. 
This erroneous identification I myself followed in the recently pub- 
lished part of the ‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,’ i. p. 11. Having since 
gone more fully into the study of the entire group of these interest- 
ing Butterflies, the distinction of the two above-cited species (corus 
and core) became apparent to me, the comparison of the descriptions 
resulting in the determination that the Fabrician species corus is 
identical with the female of Macroplea elisa, a totally different insect 
and pertaining to a different section of the group, from that of the 
core of Cramer. 


1. KEueLa@a PHa@BUS. 


Eupleea phebus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 270. 

Macropleca phebus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292 
(1878). 

Eupleea castelnaui, Felder,Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 315, 2 (1867) ; 
Distant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 24, pl. 2. f. 6, 2. 

Lwploea (Macroplea) castelnawi, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. 
cf India, p. 72 (1882). 

Hab, Assam (Cherrapunji), British Burmah, Malay peninsula, 
Penang, Kar Nicobar, Sumatra, Java. 


2. EvrpLa@a corvs. B. 


Papilio corus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p- 41 (1793), @. 

Euplea corus, Fabr. Illiger’s Mag. vi. p. 280 (1807). 

Danais cora, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 178. 

Euplea elisa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 270. 

Macroplea elisa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p- 293; 
Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 9, pl. 5. f. 2. 

Euplea (Macroplea) elisa, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 72, pl. 8. f. 14, ¢ (1882). 


Hab. Ceylon. 


290 MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


38. EupL@A GYLLENHALI. 


Eupleu gyllenhalii, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 316, 3. 

Hab. Java. In coll. Paris Museum. 

The type specimen of Z. gyllenhalii is very closely allied to both 
E. corus and to EL. phebus; but it differs in having comparatively 
narrower wings, the markings above approaching more to those of 
E. pheebus. 

Owing to M. Lucas omitting to describe the discal patch on the 
hind wing in his description of this species, it has subsequently been 
considered identical with the Z. ochsenheimeri, Moore. 


4, EKUPL@A DRUCET, 0. sp. 


Male. Comparatively larger than Z. phoebus and of a brighter 
purplish-brown tint; fore wing longer and broader, with the mar- 
ginal spots more slender, the submarginal also smaller, the discal 
series much more slender and indistinct, the cell-spot also indistinct ; 
hind wing with all the spots smaller. 

Female. Darker, and with all the markings less distinct than in 
the same sex of . phabus. 

Expanse, ¢ 43, 2 57 inches. 

Hab. Siam (Chentaboon, Layard). In Banksian Collection, 
British Museum, and Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s collection. 


5. EUPL@A GRANDIS, 0. sp. 


Male. Allied to EZ. drucei: fore wing comparatively longer and 
narrower, with the discal series of spots narrow, elongated, and di- 
stinet, the submarginal row composed of very small dentate spots, the 
marginal spots minute and almost obsolete; hind wing with three 
upper series of spots, the discal series largest. 

Expanse, ¢ 53 inches. 

Hab. ? In coll. G. Semper. 


6. EUPL@A BUTLER, 0. sp. 


Male and Female. Smaller than E. phocbus. Male darker purplish 
violet-brown, with violet-blue reflections in some lights; the discal 
and submarginal row of spots of a purplish-violet tint, much smaller 
and more distinctly formed than in #. phebus ; the discal and mar- 
ginal spots also much smaller; the cell-spot very small and indi- 
stinct : hind wing more triangular in form, with the discoidal patch 
duller-coloured, the spots much smaller. 

Female. Darker than in Z, phebus, and all the spots on both wings 
smaller. 

Expanse, ¢ 4, 2 43 inches. 

Hab. Borneo (Lowe). In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin. 

A male specimen of this species labelled “ Malacca” is in the 
collection of G. Semper of Altona. This latter locality, however, is 
probably incorrect. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 291 


7. EvupLa@a GORMANT, 0. sp. 


Male, Differs from . butleri in being larger and paler in colour: 
fore wing with the marginal and submarginal row of spots very much 
more prominent and almost white in tint, the marginal series being 
somewhat larger and the submarginal much smaller, the latter series 
without any ill-defined inner portion ; the discal series is also smaller 
and less distinct than in Z. buéleri: hind wing with all the spots 
comparatively larger and more prominent. 

Female darker than same sex of Z. butleri, markings more promi- 
nent than in male. 

Expanse, ¢ 44, 2 4# inches. 

Hab. Sandakan, N. Borneo (Pryer). In colls. Messrs. Godman 
and Salvin and H. G. Smith, 


8. EupL@A PHANARETA. 


Pupilio phenareta, Schaller, Naturforscher, xxi. Dp. 177, plew. 
f. 13 2 (1785), 3. 

Euplea phenareta, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 358. 

Macroplea phenareta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292. 

Papilio midamus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 266. f. A, B, 2, nee 
Linn. (1782). 

Papilio affinis, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. iv. p. 2289 (1788-91); 
Zschach, Mus. Lesk. Ent. p. 89. no. 46. 

Trepsichrors alea, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816). 

Danais prothoe, Godart, Ene. Méth, ix. p 177 (1819) 

? Hupleea pavette, Zinken-Sommer, Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xv. 
p. 189 (1831). 

Seba, Thesaurus, iv. pl. 29. f. 13. 


Hab. Amboina, Ceram. 


9, EUPLG@A SEMICIRCULUS. 


Euplea semicirculus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p-. 269, f. 3. 

Macroplea semicireulus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. 

. 292. 
: Eupleea cuvierr, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 315, pl. 39. f. 1, 
2, o (1867). 
- Female. Somewhat smaller than the same sex of Z. phenareta. 
Both wings with an intense purplish-blue tint in some lights: fore 
wing with a recurved submarginal row of purplish-white spots, 
smaller than those in Z. phenareta, the four upper being minute ; 
two blue streaks on the costa above end of the cell; and a discal 
curved row of five purplish-white spots, the three upper being 
slender ; a small speckled spot also within lower end of the cell: 
hind wing with a submarginal and marginal upper series of whitish 
spots. 

Expanse, 2 5 inches. 

Hab, Gilolo, Amboina,Bouru (Wallace). In coll. British Museum 
and that of H. G. Smith. 


292 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


10. EupLa@a UNIBRUNNEA. 

Euplea unibrunnea, Salvin and Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, 
p- 141, 6 ; P.Z.S. 1882, p. 754, 9. 

Hab. Duke-of-York Island; New Ireland. 


11. EvrpL@A BROWNI. 

Euplea brownii, Salvin and Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, 
p. 142, pl. 22. f. 1, 2. 

Hab. Duke-of-York Island. 


Genus CALLIPL@A. 


Calliplea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1875, p. 1. 

Euplea (Calliplea), Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p. 73 (1882). 

Wings small, short, broad. Male with the fore wing somewhat 
quadrate ; hind margin convex in the middle and thence very oblique 
to the base ; cell broad ; upper discocellular bent near each end, lower 
outwardly oblique ; inner spur obsolete: hind wing with a pale oval 
discoidal glandular patch. 

Type C. darchia. 


1. CALLIPL@A LEDERERI. 

Luplea ledereri, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iv. p. 397 (1860); 
Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 317, pl. 40. f. 5, 6 (1867) ; Distant, Rho- 
palocera Malayana, p. 26, pl. 2. f. 10. 

Calliplea ledereri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295. 

Euplea inquinata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 291 & f. 2 
(p. 288). 

Euplea (Calliplea) ledereri, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 73 (1882). 

Hab. Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley, Perak, Malacca) ; 
Sumatra. 


2. CALLIPL@A MAZARES. 


Euplea mazares, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 128 

(1857). 
Calliplea mazares, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295. 
Hab. Java. 


3. CALLIPL@A ARISTOTELIS, 0. sp. 

Euplea aristotelis, Boisd. MS. 

Allied to OC. mazares. Male duller-coloured, with similarly dis- 
posed but smaller markings on fore wing. Female duller brown in 
tint, with paler margins, and not suffused with violet-blue; fore 
wing with a curved submarginal series of six minute white spots, all 
being of equal size ; hind wing with small indistinct upper sub- 
marginal spots. 

Expanse 24 to 23 inches. 

Hab. Sandakan, N. Borneo (Pryer). In coll. W. L. Distant 
and C. Oberthiir, 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 293 


4, CALLIPL@A MARIESIS, 0. Sp. 


Allied to C. mazares. Male uniformly much darker-coloured 
in both wings ; fore wing with the marginal spots twice the size, and 
all with inner blue border; hind wing with smaller but more pro- 
minent bluish-white submarginal spots, these spots extending to 
anal angle. 

Expanse, ¢ 23 inches. 

Hab. Lu Shan Mountains, Kinkiang, N. China. In coll. British 
Museum. 


5. CALLIPL@A POLLITA. 


Euplea pollita, Erichson, Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xvi. 
p. 282, pl. 50. f. 6 (1834). 

Calliplea pollita, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296. 

Hab. Philippines. 


6. CALLIPL@A MONILIS, 0D. sp. 


Allied to C. mazares. Wings comparatively broader and shorter, 
the colour similar but darker; fore wing with the submarginal row 
of spots very much larger in both sexes, and all with broad greyish- 
_ blue inner border ; hind wing with very prominent whitish upper 
submarginal spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 24, Q 22 inches. 

Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper and F. Moore. 


7. CALLIPL@A ENGRAMMELLI, 0. sp. 


Euploa engrammelilii, Boisd. MS. 

Female. Near to C. darchia. Upperside reddish-purple brown ; 
fore wing with a submarginal upper row of very small bluish-white 
spots, smaller in size than those of C. striata; hind wing with very 
faintly defined upper submarginal spots. Cilia of both wings entirely 
brown. 

Expanse 27 inches. 

Hab. Gilolo (Wallace). In coll. H. G. Smith. 


8. CALLIPL@A KIRSCHI, n. sp. 


Female. Near to C. pumila. Differs from same sex in being 
larger ; colour similar, but darker basally: fore wing with a sub- 
marginal medial series of five small greyish-white spots, the inner 
area bordering the spots being grey speckled ; hind wing with three 
upper submarginal whitish spots. 

Expanse 3 inches. 

Hab. Waigiou (Wallace). In coll. H. G. Smith. . 


9. CALLIPL@A STEPHENSI. 
Euplea stephensii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 320 (1867). 
Hab, Mysol. 


294 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


10. CALLIPL@A HYEMS. 


Euplea hyems, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 292, f. 3, 
p- 288. 

Calliplaa hyems, Butler, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296. 

Euplea arisbe, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 323 (1867). 

Euplea leda, Boisd. MS. 


Hab. Timor. 


11. CALLIPL@A INFANTILIS. 

Calliplea infantilis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 766, pl. 77. 
fig. 3; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296. 

Hab. New Guinea. 


12. CALLIPL@A JAMESI. 

Callipleea jamesi, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 766, pl. 77. 
fig. 2; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). 


13. CALLIPLG@A PUMILA. 


Euplea pumila, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 290; Kirsch, 
Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877, p. 117. 
. Calliplea pumila, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295. 
Euploa trimenii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 324 (1867). 
Hab. New Guinea; Waigiou. 


14. CALLIPLG@A SALABANDA. 

Euplea salabanda, Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 116, 
pl. 6. f. 9 (1877), 3. 

Hab. New Guinea. 


15. CALLIPL@A SISAMIs. 

Euplea sisamis, Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, i. p. 117, 
pl. 6. f. 8, ¢ (1877). 

Hab. New Guinea (Jobi). 


16. CALLIPL@A DORYCA. 

Calliplea doryca, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 295 
(1878), 2. é 

Hab. Dorey. 


17. CALLIPL@A SAUNDERSI. 

Euplea tulliolus, var. saundersii, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 291. 

Euplea saundersii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 322 (1867). 

Calliplea saundersii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296 
(1878). 

Hab. Aru Island. 


of 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 295 


18. CaLLIPL@A HOPFFERI. 

Euplea hopfferi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. il. p. 323, pl. 41. 
fig. 1 (1867). 

Hab. Aru Island. 


19. CALLIPL@A NIVEATA. 

Calliplea niveata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1875, p. 2; Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296. 

Euplea goezi, Boisd. MS. 

Hab. Australia (Queensland, Cape York, Fitzroy Island). 


20. CALLIPL@A TULLIOLUS. 

Papilio tulliolus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 41 (1793) ; Dono- 
van, Nat. Rep. ii. pl. 55. f. 1. 

Danais tulliola, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 181; Macleay, King’s 
Austral. ii. p. 461. 

Euplea tulliolus, Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 2 ; Semper, 
Mus. Godeffroy, xiv. Lep. p. 142. 

Calliplea tulliolus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296. 


Hab. N. Australia (Rockingham Bay, Port ae atk Frankland 
Isles; Aneiteum ; Erromango. 


21. CALLIPL@A DARCHIA. 


Danais darchia, Macleay, King’s Austr. ii. p. 462 (1827). 

Euplea darchia, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. p. 87. 

Calliplea darchia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, p. 39; Journ. 
Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296. 


Hab. Metals 


22, CALLIPL@A PRIAPUS. 


Euplea priapus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 291, pl. 29. 
fig. 2. 


Calliplea priapus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296. 
Hab. Australia (Port Essington, New Holland). 


23. CALLIPL@A TURNERI. 


ao turneri, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 296 
(1878), 2 
Hab. Darnley Island. 


24. CALLIPL@A SERIATA. 

Euplea seriata, Herr.-Schiiffer, Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1869, p- 69. 
Calliplea seriata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295. 
Hab. Vanua Valava ; Moala Island ; Maré, Loyalty Islands. 


25. CALLIPL@A ADYTE. 

Euplea adyte, Boisduval, Bull. Ent. Soc. France (1859), p. 156, 
a. 

Hab. New Caledonia (Boisd.) ; Loyalty Islands (B.M.). 


_ 296 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


( 


/ 


26. CALLIPL@A FORSTERI. 
Euplea forsteri, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 322 (1867). 
Hab. Fiji Islands. 


D. One “ sewual mark” on fore wing. Hind wing with a glandular 
patch. 


DANISEPA, 0. g. 


Euplea (Salpine, sect. C, part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 59 (1882). 

Male with a narrow lengthened triangular fore wing, the apex 
convex, posterior margin lengthened and but slightly convex, with a 
short broad blue sericeous brand ; first subcostal branch free from 
subcostal ; cell lengthened ; discocellulars recurved ; submedian re- 
curved and running near the margin ; sericeous streak short, broad, 
blue. Hind wing lengthened, anterior margin almost straight; a 
discoidal glandular patch of moderate size. 

Type D. rhadamanthus. 


1. DANISEPA RHADAMANTHUS. 

Papilio rhadamanthus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 42, ¢ (1793); 
Jones, Icones, pl. 45. fig. 2. 

Salping rhadamanthus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. 
p. 294. 

Euplea (Salpine) rhadamanthus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India, p. 69, pl. 7. f. 11,d 9 (1882). 

Danais rhadamia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 180. 


Hab. India (Sikkim, Nepal, Khasia). 


2. DANISEPA DIOCLETIANUS. 


Papilio diocletianus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 40, 2 (1793). 

Salpina diocletianus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294. 

Danais diocletia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 181 (1819). 

Euplea diocletianus, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 2; Dis- 
tant, Rhopalocera Malayana, p. 28, pl. 4. f. 4, 5,3 @. 

Euploea (Salpinx) diocletianus, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 71 (1882). 

Hab. Upper Tenasserim; Malay peninsula; Penang ; Singapore; 
Cochin China; Sumatra. 


3. DANISEPA ALCIDICE. 

Danais aleidice, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 180 (1819). 

Salpin alcidice, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294. 

Trepsichrois thoosa, Hibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 8, 3 
(1820-21). 

Hab. Java. 


1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 297 


4. DANISEPA LOWEI. 


Salpinx lowei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 294 (1878). 
Haé. Borneo; ? Billiton. 


TABADA, 0. ¢g. 


Wings moderately short, broad. Fore wing in male triangular, 
costal margin convex, apex rather acute; exterior margin oblique, 
even ; posterior margin slightly convex, angle acute ; with a scarcely 
distinguishable short scaly brand ; first subcostal anastomosed to 
costal ; discocellulars concave ; cell shorter than in Danisepa rhada- 
manthus ; the median veins nearer together and straighter, sub- 
median also straight and further above the margin. Hind wing sub- 
conical, with a small pale ochreous discoidal glandular patch. 


TABADA HYACINTHA. 


Euplea hyacinthus, Butler, P.Z.S. 1866, p. 296, pl. 29. fig. 5. 
Salpine hyacinthus, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294 
1878). 
‘ Zuplca hewitsoni, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 326, pl. 40. 
fig. 7 (1867), nec Butler. 
Hab. Celebes. 
SATANGA, n. g. 


Wings in male large and broad. Fore wing triangular, costa arched 
in the middle, apex acuminate; exterior margin very oblique and 
even ; hind margin short, very slightly convex in middle; with a 
very indistinct small sericeous brand; first branch of subcostal free ; 
discocellulars slightly recurved. Hind wing subconical, exterior mar- 
gin slightly uneven ; with a distinct whitish oval discoidal glandular 
patch. 


SaTANGA EUPATOR. 


Euploca ewpator, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Zupl. pl. 1. fig. 1,¢ 
(1858), iii. pl. 2. fig. 1,2 (1866). 
Salpin eupator, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294 
(1878). 
Hab. Celebes. 
SAPHARA, 0. g. 


Male. Fore wing elongated, narrow, quadrate; costa almost 
straight, apex convex ; exterior margin very oblique, short and even ; 
hind margin very deeply convex near the base, the outer portion 
being parallel with the costa; with a small scaly sericeous brand ; 
upper discocellular acutely bent above lower radial, emitting a rather 
long spur within the cell from the angle. Hind wing very convex 
externally, outer margin even ; with a large dull ochreous discoidal 
glandular patch. 

Female. Fore wing triangular ; hind wing less convex externally, ° 

Type S. treitschkei. 


298 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. [May 1, 


1, SAPHARA TREITSCHEEI. 

Euplea treitschkei, Boisduval, Voy. Astrol., Lép. p. 98 (1832) ; 
Doubleday and Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 11. f. 2, ¢ ; Butler, P. Z.S. 
1866, p. 292; Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877, p. 117. 

Salpinx treitschkei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294 
(1878). 

Hab. New Ireland. 


2. SAPHARA BIFORMIS. 

Salpine biformis, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 37, ¢ 9 
(1882). 

Hab. Duke-of-York Island. 


3. SAPHARA NEA. 
Salpinx ened, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 38, ¢ 2 (1882). 
Hab. Solomon Islands. 


4, SAPHARA VIRIDIS. 
Salpinx viridis, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 38, 2 (1882). 
Hab. Thursday Island (S. of New Guinea). 


5. SAPHARA LORENZO. 

Euplea lorenzo, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, v. p. 359 (1870) ; 
Brenchley’s Cruise of ‘Curagoa,’ p. 466, pl. 47. f. 3, 4 (1873). 

Salpinz lorenzo, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294 
(1878). 

Hab. Solomon Islands. 


6. SAPHARA JESSICA. 
Euplea jessica, Butler, Lep. Exotica, p. 20, pl. 8. f. 3, g (1870). 
Hab. Fiji Islands. 


7. SAPHARA ERIMAS. 
Euplea erimas, Godman & Salvin, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 733, 
3.3; id. 1879, p. 156, pl. 15. f. 1, ¢: 
Hab. New Ireland. 
SELINDA, 0. g. 


Fore wing narrower than in typical Salpinx ; costa more arched 
and comparatively longer, apex acute, exterior margin very oblique ; 
hind margin convex in middle; with a very broad short silky-white 
brand; celi narrower, shorter hindward, the lower end slightly 
shorter than upper; discocellulars concave, no inner spur. Hind 
wing subconical, narrower; exterior margin less convex ; discoidal 
glandular patch dull-coloured. , 

Type S. mniszecht. 


1, SELINDA MNISZECHI. 


Euplea mniszechii, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. ii. p. 181, pl. 3. 
f. 3,3 (1859). 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 299 


Salpinx mniszechii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293 
(1878). _ 
Hab. Celebes. 


2. SELINDA VOLLENHOVII. 

Euplea vollenhovii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 327 (1867) ; 
Hopffer, Stettin. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 28. 

Hab. Celebes (Girontalo); Sula ( Wallace). 


8. SELINDA ELEUSINA. 


Papilio eleusina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 266. f. D (1780). 

Salpine eleusina, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Bd. ii. pl. 9. 
f. 3, 4, 2 (1806). 

Danais eleusine, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p., 177. 

Euplea mazares (part.), Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. 
p. 87. 

Hab. Java. 


Hirpapa, n. g. 


Male with short, very broad fore wing; costa much arched, 
apeX acute; exterior margin long, slightly oblique and convex ; hind 
margin deeply convex towards the angle; cell very broad, upper 
discocellular slightly concave, lower outwardly oblique ; lower median 
and submedian very wide apart, submedian very recurved ; with a 
very short broad sericeous brand. Hind wing very broadly oval, 
exterior margin oblique; cell broad; with a large pale ochreons 
glandular patch. 

Type H. usipetes. 


1. HirDAPA USIPETES. 

Euplea usipetes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Hupl. pl. 1. f. 4, 
3 (1858). 

Salpinw usipetes, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294 
(1878). ‘ 

Hab. Aru Islands. 


2. HirDAPA ASSIMILATA. 

Euplea assimilata, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 321, pl. 41. 
f. 2,3, (1867). 

Salpinz assimilata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293 
(1878). 

Hab. Aru Islands ; Tijoor. 


3. HirpDAPA FRATERNA. 


Euploa fraterna, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 322, 3 (1867). 

Salping fraterna, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293 
(1878). 

Hab. Keé Island. 


300 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


4, HirpAPA FRIGIDA. 

Salpine frigida, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293, 
3 (1878). 

Hab. N. Ceram. 


5. HirpApA IMITATA. 


Euplea imitata, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, v. p. 359 (1870) ; 
Brenchley’s Cruise of ‘ Curagoa,’ p. 466, pl. 47. f. 1, 2, ¢ (1873). 

Salpine imitata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293 
(1878). 

Hab. Solomon Islands. 


Genus SALPINX. 


Salpinw, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 17 (1816); Butler, 
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292. 

Euplea (Salpina, sect. C, part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. 
of India, p. 59 (1882). 

Wings short. Fore wing in male very broad, somewhat quadrate, 
apex acuminate; exterior margin slightly oblique and convex ; pos- 
terior margin acuminate at the angle, very convex in the middle ; 
cell broad, short; with a short broad blue or silky brand. Hind 
wing broad, anterior margin convexly angular in middle ; cell very 
long ; with a large pale-coloured upper discoidal glandular patch of 
compact scales. Female with longer triangular wings. 

Type S. nemertes. 


1. SALPINX NOVAR. 

Euplea novare, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. ii. p. 482 (1862) ; 
Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 317, pl. 39. f. 7, 3. 

Euploea (Salpinw) novare, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 68 (1882). 

Hab. Nicobar Isles; Tenasserim. In coll. F. Moore. 


2. SALPINX VESTIGIATA. 


Euplea vestigiata, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 281, ¢ only. 

Salpine vestigiata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xiv. p. 293 
(1878). 

Euplea vestigiata, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 26, pl. 3. f. 6, 7, 
‘gd 2 (1882). 

Hab. Sumatra (type ¢'). In colls. British Museum and F. Moore. 


3. SALPINX LAZULINA, 0. sp. 

Calliplea vestigiata, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soe., Zool. 2nd ser. i. 
p- 533 (1879). 

Euplea vestigiata (part.), Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 27. 

Differs from typical S. vestigiata. Male. Fore wing of a darker 

1 On reference to the original register at the British Museum, it has been 


found that the locality of this species there given is Sumatra, not Jaya as stated 
in Mr. Butler’s description. 


1883. | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA, 301 


velvety blue-black with a brilliant blue gloss in some lights, the sub- 
marginal blue spots larger ; on the upper discal area are two short 
slender blue streaks, the costal spot is smaller, the elongated blue 
sericeous streak below median vein longer and broader, with a con- 
tiguous slender similar short streak below it: hind wing similar, but 
with slightly more distinct marginal spots. 

Female. Fore wing with similar but smaller submarginal paler 
blue spots ; costal spot and less distinct upper discal streaks and two 
slightly smaller streaks below the median vein: hind wing with 
more distinct upper submarginal and lower marginal spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 33 inches. 

Hab, Malacca. In coll. British Museum. 


4. SALPINX LEUCOGONYs. 


Salpinx leucogonys, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. 2nd ser, i. p. 536, 
pl. 68. f. 5, 2 (1879). 

Euplea (Salpinx) leucogonys, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 69 (1882). 

Eupleea vesiigata (variety), Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 27. 

Hab. Malacca. In coll. British Museum. 

Male. Fore wing with four very small upper submarginal blue 
spots, a costal spot, and a short streak below the median vein: hind 
wing whitish-speckled from anal angle. 


5. SALPINX LEUCOSTICTOS. 


Papilio leucostictos, Gmelin, Syst. Nat. v. Ins. ii. p. 2289 (1789) ; 
Zschach, Mus. Lesk. Ent. p. 90, No. 48. 

Euplea leucostictos, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 358, 

Danars eunice, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 177 (1819). 

Salpine eunice, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293. 

Euploa vestigiata (part), Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 288, f. 1, Q. 


Hab. Java. In coll. British Museum. 


6. SALPINX HOBSONI. 
Salpinz hobsoni, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877, p. 811, 3. 
Hab. N. Formosa. In coll. British Museum. 


7. SALPINX DEHAANI. 


Euploea dehaanit, Lucas, Rev. Zool. 1853, p. 813, ¢. 

Euplea westwoodii, Boisduval, MS., ¢ 

Allied to S. ewnice and S. hobsoni. Male. Fore wing with a sub- 
marginal row of bluish spots, a small spot on the costa above end of 
the cell, a larger spot within lower end of the cell, one beyond it, an 
elongated spot below the lower median vein, and a very small spot 
-above the latter between the lower and middle median veins: hind 
wing with a prominent discoidal ochreous patch, pale costal border, - 
and three small whitish submarginal spots. 

Expanse 23 inches, 

Hab. Java. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXI. 21 


302 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May lI, 


This species, from the type specimen of which the above descrip- 
tion is taken, is very like Calliplea mazares and C. lederert ; but 
the latter differs in the markings of the fore wing all being smaller, 
and in the absence of the lower elongated spot: the hind wing of the 
two latter species also has no discoidal patch. 


8. SALPINX OCULATA, 0. Sp. 


Male. Allied to S. nemertes ; smaller in size ; colour deeper brown 
and of a uniform tint. Fore wing with a small bluish-white costal 
spot above end of the cell, an upper submarginal curved row of six 
small spots, of which the upper third spot is slightly the largest ; 
a small speckled spot between middle and lower median veins, and a 
large spot between median and submedian, the latter spot with a grey 
centre. Hind wing with a well-defined ochreous discoidal patch, and 
three very small upper submarginal bluish-white spots. 

Expanse 27 inches. 

Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. British Museum. 


9. SALPINX BOURUANA, 0. Sp. 


Female. Upperside very dark purplish violet-brown: fore wing 
with seven submarginal distinct bluish-white spots, the three upper 
largest and oval, the lower very small and decreasing in size; a small 
blue spot on costa above end of the cell, and a distinct blue spot 
between median and submedian veins: hind wing with a submar- 
ginal upper curved series of five decreasing bluish-white spots, the 
two lowest very small ; a small spot at lower end of the cell. Under- 
side brighter purplish violet-brown: fore wing with a complete 
marginal row of small bluish-white spots placed in proximate pairs 
between the veins; the submarginal row and the costal and lower 
discal spot larger and more prominent than on upperside ; four small 
short narrow spots on the disk beyond the cell: hind wing with a 
complete marginal row of very small bluish-white spots, and a sub- 
marginal curved row of ten larger spots; a small blue spot between 
the lower subcostal and radial. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Bouru. In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin. 

Distinguished from Amboina female of S. pasithea by its very 
much darker colour on the upper- and underside, the more prominent 
white submarginal spots, and the distinct blue costal spot and lower 
discal spot of the upperside. 


10. SALPINX NEMERTES. 


Limnas .mutabilis nemertes, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. 
f .3, 4, 3 (1806). 

Salpina nemertes, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 17 (1806). 

Eupleu aglidice, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 96, 2 
(1835). 

Euplea eunice, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 286, f. 2, 2. 

Hab. Amboina; Ceram. In coll. British Museum. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 303 


11. SALPINX STAINTONI. 

Luplea staintoni, Felder, Novara Reise, Lep. ii. p. 319 (1867), 
3 Qo. 

Hab, Waigiou. 


Ep” 12. SALPINX PASITHEA. 
Lupleea pasithea, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 318 (1867). 
Salpine pasithea, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292 
(1878). 
Hab. Amboina. 


13. SALPINX HERBSTI. 
Euplea herbstii, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lép. p. 95 , ¢ (1835). 
Hab. New Guinea. 


14, SALPINX HISME. 

Euplea hisme, Boisduval, Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 95 (1832) ; Montr. 
Ann. Se. Phys. Nat. Lyon, 1856, p. 403; Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, 
p- 286, f. 1; Kirsch, Mitth. zool. Mus. Dresden, 1877, p. 116, 

Salpina hisme, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 292 (1878). 

Euplea bernsteini, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 319 (1867). 


Hab. Aru Islands. 


15. SALPINX CONSANGUINEA. 

Salpina consanguinea, Butler, Journ. Linu. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293 
(1878). 

Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum). 


16. SALPINX GRAEFFIANA. 

Euplea graeffiana, Herr.-Schaff. Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 70, 
pl. 2. f. 5 ; id. Exot. Schmett. f. 111 (1869). 

Calliplea grefiana, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 251. 

Salpine graeffiana, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293 
(1878). 

Hab. New Hebrides (Vaté). 


17. SALPINX IPHIANASSA. 

Euplea iphianassa, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 287, f. 3. 

Salpinw iphianassa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293 
(1878). 

Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum). 


v 


18. SALPINX PERDITA. 

Salpine perdita, Butler, Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 5, x. p. 39, ¢ @ 
(1882). 

Hab. Duke-of-York Island; New Britain. 


19. SALPINX MACLEAYI. 
Euplea macleayi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 320 (1867). 


Hab. Fiji Islands. 
21* 


304 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May I, 


20. SALPINX KADU. 

Euplea hadu, Eschscholtz, Kotzebue’s Reise, ili. p. 210, pl. 6. 
f. 15, a, 6,5 (1821). 

Danaida eunice, Quoy & Gaimard, Freyc. Voy. p. 555, pl. 83. 
f. 1,3; Guérin, Icon. Régn. Anim., Ins. p. 474, pl. 77. f. 45g 

Hab. Mariana Isles (Esch.) ; Borneo (coll. Brit. Mus.). 


21. SALPINX HEWITSONI. 


Euplea hewitsonii, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 295, pl. 30. f. 2,9. 
Salpine hewitsonii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293. 
Euplea eunice, Boisduval, Spec. Gén. des Lép. i. pl. 24. f. 1,3 

(1836); Lucas, Lép. Exot. p.d , pl. 45. f. 1, ¢ (nec Godart). 
Euplea reselii, Boisd. MS., 3. 


Hab. Philippines (isle of Guam). 


22. SALPINX DEPUISETI. 


Euplea depuiseti, Oberthiir, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 230, 
pl. SB fa o 

Hab. Sangir Island. In coll. C. Oberthiir and Messrs. Godman 
and Salvin. 


23. SALPINX VIOLA. 


Euplea viola, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 295, pl. 30. f. 3, ¢. 

Salpine viola, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 293. 

Euplea westwoodii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 316, pl. 40. 
f. 1, 2, d 2 (1867). 

Hab. Celebes, Macassar. 


23.4. SALPINX WEBERI, D. sp. 


Allied to S. viola. Somewhat larger in size. Fore wing much 
less blue-glossed, both the inner and outer series of spots of a uni- 
form blue, the inner series being smaller and consisting only of those 
above the median vein; and a narrow paler blue silky brand between 
the lower median and submedian ; the outer row are all of a small 
size, and somewhat dentate in shape, the lowest spot being obso- 
lescent. Hind wing with a submarginal row of very small round spots. 

Expanse 47 inches. 

Hab. Celebes. In coll. W. L. Distant. 


23 B. SALPINX BRANDTI, 0. sp. 


Allied to S. viola; somewhat smaller in size. Fore wing less 
blue-glossed, with a discal curved series of six narrow oval bluish- 
white spots and the lower silky brand, all being much narrower and 
longer than in S. viola, the spot above the brand of the same length 
as the brand ; outer series of blue spots similar in form, but smaller 
than those in S. viola, being composed of scattered scales, and 
not extending towards the inner row. Hind wing with a similar row 
of blue spots composed of scattered scales. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Celebes. In coll. W. L. Distant, 


1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 305 


24, SALPINX LABREYI, 0. sp. 

Male. Violet-brown, much paler, and not suffused with blue as in 
8. viola. Fore wing with a pale purplish violet-brown row of sub- 
marginal spots, the four upper spots small and round, the two next 
somewhat oval, the lower geminated; a violet-white spot on costa 
above end of the cell, followed below by three upper discal large, irre- 
gular, oval spots; a violet-brown streak above submedian. Hind 
wing with a submarginal row of small purplish-violet decreasing 
spols. 

Expanse 4 inches. 

Hab. Unknown. In coll. Hewitson, British Museum. 


25. SALPINX CALLITHOE. 

Euplea callithoé, Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lep. p. 93, ¢ 
(1832). 

Macroplea callithoé, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 292. 

Hab. New Guinea. In coll. M. Oberthiir. 


26. SALPINX EUTHOE. 
_ Euplea euthoé, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 316 (1867). 
Hab. Aru. 


27. SALPINX MESOCALA. 

Euplea mesocala, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. 2nd ser. viii. 
p. 244, pl. 11. f. 1, 2 2 (1873). 

Hab. Waigiou. 


28. SALPINX ALTHA. 

Euplea althea, Semper, Verb. des Vereins natur. Unt. Ham- 
burg, iii. p. 106 (1878). 

Hab. Mindanao. In coll. G. Semper. 


29, SALPINX MEYERI. 

Euplea meyeri, Hopffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 29. 

Hab. Celebes. 

PADEMMA, 0. g. 

Euplea (Salpina, sect. B), Marshall & de Niceville, Butt. of India, 
p- 59 (1882). 

Intermediate in form between Salpinx and Isamia; differing from 
Salpine in the fore wing being comparatively narrower, the apex 
more acute, exterior margin more oblique, and the sericeous brand 
shorter and broader. From typical Isamia the fore wing differs in 
its shorter and more quadrate form, and in the shortness of the 
sericeous brand. 

Type P. Alugit. 


1. PapremMa KuuGI. (Plate XXXII. fig. 1, 3.) 


Euplea klugit, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. Co. i. p. 130, 3 Q 
(1857). 


306 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


Salpine klugii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294. 

Eupleca (Salpinx) klugii, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p- 64 (1882). 

Luplea whitei, Boisd. MS., 3. 

Hab. N.E. Bengal. In coll. British Museum and F. Moore, 


2. PADEMMA GRANTI. 


Salpinx grantii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1879, p. 2, 2. 

Luplea (Salpine) grantii, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p. 64 (1882). 

Hab. Cachar (type). In coll. British Museum. 


3. PADEMMA DHARMA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 2, 9.) 


Female. Fore wing violet-brown glossed throughout with violet- 
blue, with a bluish-white costal spot above end of the cell, a very 
slight lower streak beyond the cell, and five upper submarginal spots, 
of which the three lowest are much elongated and clavate ; a distinct 
spot above the lower median and a streak above the submedian. 
Hind wing brown, with three small upper submarginal distinct pure 
white spots, the others pale brown. 

Expanse, 9 33 inches. 

Hab. Nowgong, Assam (Span). In coll. F. Moore. 

In pattern of markings on the fore wing this species is more like 
female I. grantii; but in I. dharma these are larger and more pro- 
minent, and both the submarginal and marginal row is also larger 
and whiter; the colour of the fore wing is also much paler, and has 
not the brilliant blue gloss of that species. 


4, PADEMMA AUGUSTA, 0. sp. 


Male. Near to P. klugii. Fore wing darker blackish brown 
throughout, and of a more brilliant glossy blue, which extends to the 
extreme margins; with a similar bluish-white mark at end of the cell ; 
two very slender streaks beyond, a spot between the lower medians, 
and an elongated bluish sericeous streak above the submedian ; sub- 
marginal row of spots smaller, marginal minute and obsolete at 
upper end. Hind wing with a broad chestnut-brown abdominal 
area; marginal spots almost obsolete. 

Expanse, ¢ 31 inches. 

Hab. Nowgong, Assam (Span). In coll. F. Moore. 


5. PADEMMA INDIGOFERA, n. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig, 3, 3.) 


Allied to P. klugii ; differs in being one third less in size. Fore 
wing uniformly suffused with clear blue throughout the wing ; mar- 
ginal markings similar and prominent; the two streaks beyond the 
cell shorter, and the small costal spot distinct ; sericeous streak short 
and broader. Hind wing also suffused with clear blue; the discal 
patch duller-coloured ; marginal spots prominent. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. Nowgong, Assam (Span). In coll. F. Moore. 


1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 307 


6. PADEMMA IMPERIALIS, 0. sp. 


Nearest to P. klugii. Male and female of the same brilliant glossy 
blue. Fore wing differs in both rows of marginal spots being com- 
paratively larger, and slightly confluent in the male. Hind wing, in 
both sexes, with a complete marginal row of small spots, the sub- 
marginal row incomplete hindward. 

Expanse, ¢ 34, 9 4 inches. 

Hab. N.E. Bengal. In coll. British Museum and F. Moore. 


7. PADEMMA ILLUSTRIS. 


Salpinz illustris, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv, p. 294, d 
(1878). 

Euplea (Salpinz) illustris, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p- 66 (1882). 

Euplea bohemanni, Boisd. MS., 3. 

Hab. Silhet (E. Bengal). 


8. PADEMMA REGALIS, 0. sp. 


Allied to P. illustris. Male and female. Fore wing of the same 
intense glossy blue; both rows of marginal spots complete to poste- 
rior angle. Hind wing also with both rows of marginal spots com- 
plete. 

Expanse, ¢ 32, 2 33 inches. 

Hab. E. Bengal. In coll. F. Moore. 


9. PADEMMA CRASSA. 


Euplea crassa, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 278. 
Salpinx crassa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295. 


Hab. Siam (coll. Brit. Mus.); Cochin China (Felder). 


10. PADEMMA MINORATA. 


Salpinz minorata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 695, 3. 
Hab. Island of Hainan. In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin. 


11. PADEMMA ERICHSONI. 


Euplea erichsonii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 324 (1867). 

Euplea (Salpine) erichsonii, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 63 (1882). 

Hab. British Burmah (Moulmein). In coll. F. Moore. 

Nearest to P. crassa. Male similar in colour, but darker: fore 
wing with both marginal rows of spots larger, the spots more elon- 
gated, the third, fourth, and fifth upper submarginals slightly con- 
fluent with their opposite marginal spots: hind wing with both 
rows of marginal spots smaller. 

Felder gives N. India as his locality for this species (the types of 
which I have compared), including with it also specimens from Cochin 
China. These latter, however, refer to the preceding species, P. crassa. 
Felder’s type specimen agrees with mine. 


308 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


12. PADEMMA PEMBERTONI, n.8p. (Plate XXXII. fig. 6, 3.) 


Allied to P. erichsonii; similar, but paler in colour. 

Male. Fore wing with both marginal rows of spotssmaller and nearly 
obsolete posteriorly ; beyond the cell are two slender short streaks 
of the same colour as the spots, and a spot also on the costa above 
end of the cell: hind wing with both marginal rows of spots obsolete 
towards anal angle. 

Female. Fore wing with very minute outer marginal spots, larger 
oval submarginal spots, the two streaks beyond the cell, and two 
on lower part of the disk: hind wing with the two marginal rows of 
spots almost obsolete. 

Expanse, ¢ 33, 9 33 inches. 

Hab. Magaree, Pegu (coll. Moore); E. Bengal (?) (coll. Brit. 
Mus.). 


13. PADEMMA MACCLELLANDI, n.sp. (Plate XXXII. fig.4, 9 .) 


Female. Olivaceous brown: fore wing with the basal area darker 
brown and suffused with violet-blue ; a large violet-blue mark at end 
of the cell, two slender streaks beyond, a large spot between the two 
lower medians, and a streak above the submedian; a submarginal 
row of elongated whitish spots, the two upper and lowest being small, 
and a marginal row of small distinct white spots. Hind wing darker 
brown basally, with a submarginal and marginal row of small very 
pale brown spots, the upper submarginal spot being white. 

Expanse, 92 33 inches. 

Hab. Nowgong, Assam (Span). In coll. F. Moore. 


14. PADEMMA UNIFORMIS, 0. sp. 


Male. Allied to P. crassa. Fore wing of a more uniform darker 
tint and basally suffused with a violet-blue tint; marginal row of 
spots very minute and obsolete anteriorly, the submarginal row of 
spots small and of uniform size. Hind wing with the marginal row 
of spots minute and obsolete anteriorly, the submarginal row being 
obsolete posteriorly. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. E. Bengal. In coll. British Museum. 


15. PADEMMA APICALIS, 0. sp. 


Euplea crassa, Distant, ee Malayana, p. 29, pl. 5. 
fig. 8, d (1882). 

Near to P. crassa, but of a more greenish olivaceous colour, con- 
trasting distinctly thereby with the brownish olivaceous of that 
species : fore wing with a complete marginal row of small spots, the 
submarginal row composed of five apical spots only ; hind wing with 
both marginal rows of spots small. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. British Burmah (coll. F. Ps Quedah, Malay penin- 
sula (coll. Distant). 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 309 


16. PADEMMA BURMEISTERI, 0. sp. 

Euploca burmeisteri, Boisduval, MS. 

Near to P. crassa ; smaller in size, but of the same colour. 

Male with a shorter and more slender sericeous streak, the lower 
inner marginal row of spots of similar size to the outer row and extend- 
ing to the posterior margin ; hind wing with both rows of marginal 
spots smaller. 

Female. Fore wing with the inner row of spots larger than in the 
male, and also extending to the posterior margin. 

Expanse 23 inches. 

Hab. Saigon, Cochin China; Upper Tenasserim. In colls. Mons. 
C. Obertbiir, F. Moore, and British Museum. 


17. PADEMMA MASONI. 

Salpine masoni, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 823, ¢. 

Eupleca (Salpine) masoni, Marshail & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p. 64 (1882). 

Luplea poggei, Boisd. MS. 

Hab. British Burmah (Tenasserim). In colls. Brit. Mus. and 
F. Moore. 


18. PADEMMA SINHALA. 


Euplea sinhala, Moore, Ann, Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 45 (1877). 

Lsamia sinhala, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 10, pl. 5. fig. 1, 3 
(1880). 

Hab. Ceylon. 


19. PapemMaA Kori. (Plate XXIX. fig. 9,3.) 


Euplea kollari, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 325, ¢ (1867). 

Isamia rothneyi, Moore, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1882, p. 34. 

Euploa (Salpinx) sinhala, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of India, 
p. 66, pl. 7. fig. 12, ¢ 2 (1882). 

Male. Upperside dark olive-brown; basal area pitchy brown; 
fore wing with a submarginal row of small whitish spots and a 
marginal row of smaller spots, both rows decreasing in size towards 
the costa, and of similar size to those in C. core and C. coroides ; 
sericeous streak short and broad. Hind wing with a pale flesh- 
coloured discoidal patch ; a submarginal row of oval and a marginal 
row of smaller whitish spots ; both rows also of similar size to those 
in the species above cited. 

Expanse 3% inches. 

Hab. Barrackpore, near Caleutta (Rothney); Malabar (Semper). 
In coll. F. Moore. 

A single specimen of this species was recently taken at Barrack- 
pore, near Calcutta, by Mr. G. A. J. Rothney, who mistook it for 
the common C. core. Other collectors in the same district doubtless 
have also been so misled by its resemblance to that common species. 
Since describing Mr. Rothney’s specimen I have had the good 


310 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


fortune to receive from Dr. Rogenhofer, the Custodian of the Vienna 
Museum, a drawing of the type specimen of Felder’s £. kollari, of 
which the habitat was unknown, and the species hitherto unidentifi- 
able. This drawing is an exact representation of Mr. Rothney’s 
specimen, and proves their specific identity. 

The Malabar specimen in Mr. G. Semper’s collection, at Altona, 
is half an inch less in expanse, of a reddish olive-brown colour, and 
with all the spots on both wings about one half less in size. 


NACAMSA, 0. g. 


Fore wing comparatively narrower than in typical Isamia; more 
triangular in form ; costa less arched and posterior margin less con- 
vex ; upper discocellular with a very short spur emitted within the 
cell ; sericeous brand narrower and shorter. Hind wing narrower ; 
exterior margin less convex ; discoidal glandular patch distinct. 

Type N. semillima. 


1. NACAMSA SIMILLIMA, 0. sp. 


Isamia simillima, Semper MS. 

Olivaceous umber-brown. Pattern of markings like those in 
Andasena swainsonii. Fore wing with five whitish submarginal 
conjoined spots, a small spot beneath, followed by obsolescent pale 
brown lower spots ; three or four upper marginal minate dots, and 
one at posterior angle. Hind wing with a creamy-white discoidal 
patch, a marginal row of small not very prominent whitish spots, 
and a submarginal row of indistinct pale brown elongated spots which 
become shorter and whiter anteriorly. 

Female. Fore wing with similar but slightly larger markings as 
in male; hind wing with paler marginal and submarginal spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 32 inches. 

Hab. Philippines (Luzon). In coll. G. Semper and F. Moore. 


2. NACAMSA MELDOLA, 0. sp. 


Brighter olivaceous umber-brown than N. simillima. Pattern of 
markings like those in Andasena lucasii. 

Male and Female. Fore wing with a recurved submarginal series 
of eight spots, the three upper large and oval, the fourth, fifth and 
seventh round, the sixth ill-defined, the eighth duplex ; a marginal 
row of small spots. Hind wing with a prominent creamy-white 
discoidal patch, a marginal row of small conical spots, and a sub- 
marginal row composed of seven very long narrow oval and three 
rounded upper spots, the first three from anal angle cleft at their 
outer end. 

Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 4 inches. 

Hab. Philippines (Mindanao). In coll. G. Semper and F. 
Moore. 


1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 311 


Genus Isami. 


Isamia, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 10 (1880). 

Trepsichrois (part.), Hiibner. 

Euploca (Salpinw, section A), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 59. 

Differs from typical Salpina in the male having the fore wing 
more prolonged at the apex, the exterior margin being more oblique 
and waved, the hind margin more convex; no discocellular spur ; 
with a large sericeous brand of twice the length. Hind wing with 
a smaller-sized discoidal glandular patch of pale compact scales. 

Type I. superba, Herbst, 


1, IsAmiA SPLENDENS. (Plate XXX. fig. 3, ¢.) 


Euplea splendens, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 272, ¢. 

Salpin splendens, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p-. 294. 

Euplea rogenhoferi, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 325, 3 

1867). 

Tabiin (Salpinz) rogenhoferi, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 60 (1882). 

Hab. Nepal (Gen. Ramsay) ; Sikkim (Atkinson); Cherra Pungi, 
Assam. In coll. British Museum. 


2. ISAMIA IRAWADA. 


Euploca irawada, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser.4, xx. p.45, 3 (1877). 

Euplea (Salpine) irawada, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 61 (1882). 

Has a less brilliant blue gloss on fore wing than J. splendens, and 
which does not extend to the extreme outer margin as in that species; 
the discal blue spots are smaller, and do not spread towards the sub- 
marginal white spots, these latter and the marginal spots being also 
much smaller. 

Hab. Rangoon, Burmah. In colls. F. Moore and Messrs. Godman 
and Salvin. 


3. ISAMIA SUPERBA. 


Papilio superba, Herbst, Natursyst. Insekten, vi. p- 14, pl. 119. 
fig. 3, 2 (1793). 

Male and Female. Fore wing blackish purple-brown, the basal 
three fourths glossed with steel-blue, a discal transverse series of 
five or six blue spots, the lowest elongated, a blue spot at lower end 
of the cell, and a bluish-white spot above it on the costa ; a sub- 
marginal row of small bluish-white spots recurving from costa and 
decreasing in size posteriorly toa minute dot; a lower marginal series 
of almost obsolete dots; sericeous streak long, slender. Hind wing 
paler, the discoidal patch prominent, the submarginal and mar- 
ginal spots pale brown. 

Expanse 33 to 32 inches. 

Hab. 8. China; Hong Kong (Lewis). In coll. British Museum, 
and coll. F. Moore. 


312 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


In both sexes of this species the blue gloss of the fore wing does 
not extend beyond the submarginal spots; in this respect they 
approach nearest J. irawada, as they also do in the obsolescence 
of the marginal rows of spots. 

Mr. G. Lewis has recently presented specimens of this species 
to the British Museum, which he found common in Hong Kong fly- 
ing over the Lantana. 


4. ISAMIA SINICA, N. Sp. 


Both sexes have a comparatively more triangular form of fore wing 
than in typical 7. superba ; these wings have similar but less glossy 
blue, the sericeous streak is shorter, the discal blue spots and the 
one at end of the cell small, the submarginal series conspicuously larger 
and whiter, the marginal row also white: hind wing with two rows 
of whity-brown ill-defined spots. 

Expanse 37 to 4 inches. 

Hab. $8. China. In coll. F. Moore. 


5. Isam1a Mipamus. (Plate XXXII. fig. 5, 3.) 


Papilio midamus, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 470 (1758), 
xii. p. 765 (1767) ; De Geer, Acta Holmie, ix. p. 209, pl. 6. f. 1, 2, 
Q@ (1748); Ehret, Plantze et Papilion. pl. xi., ¢ (1748). 

Papilio midamus (part.), Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulrice, p. 251 (1764) ; 
Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479; Spec. Ins. ii. p. 52; Ent. Syst. iii. 
1, p. 39. 

Santas mutabilis midamis, Hiibner, Samal. exot. Schmett. i. pl. 
24. f. 3, 4 (1806), female. 

Euploea midamus (part.), Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 294. 

Euplea superba (part.), Doubleday & Hewits. D. Lep. p. 87; 
Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C.i. p. 131; Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. 
B. M. p. 2; P. Z. S. 1866, p. 271; Kirby, Catal. D. Lep. p. 9. 

Nearest to J. alopia ; fore wing with larger discal blue spots, com- 
paratively smaller and less prominent white submarginal and mar- 
ginal spots ; hind wing with a submarginal and marginal row of very 
small white spots. 

Expanse 3? to 4 inches. 

Hab. 8. China, Canton. In coll. F. Moore; British Museum. 

The identification of the P. midamus of Linneeus rests entirely on 
the first published description in the 10th edit. of the ‘Systema 
Nature.’ 

This description also agrees with the figures (Acta Holm. pl. 6. 
f. 1, 2), which are those of a female, and which Linnzeus therein 
cites as an illustration, as pointed out by Mr. Butler in his Mono- 
graph of Huplea (P. Z.8. 1866, p. 294). Of Linneeus’s other cited 
illustrations, Ehret’s plate xi. also refers to a male of the same 
species. 

Here, therefore, we have all that is required for fixing the identity 
of the species in question ; and I unhesitatingly apply it to the form 
of the superba group here described. 

All recent authors, when referring to the P. medamus of Linnzeus, 


1883. ] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 313 


have applied the name to a common and well-known Indian and 
Malayan species of the genus Trepsichrois. This erroneous identifi- 
cation doubtless arose from Linnzeus also citing Ehret’s plate 3 
as one of the illustrations of his P. midamus, this figure well re- 
presenting a male T'repsichrois. 


6. Isamra atopia. (Plate XXXII. fig. 7,3.) 


Danais alopia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 177 (1819), d 2. 

Papilio superba, Herbst, Nat. Ins. vi. pl. MW f. 1, 2, 2 (nec 
pl. 119. f. 3). 'Zo 

Euplea superba (part.), Doubl. & Hewits. D. Lep. p. 87; Moore, 
Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. i. p. 131 ; Butler, Catal. Lep. Fabr. B. M. 
p. 2; P. Z.S. 1866, p. 271; Kirby, Catal. D. Lep. p. 9. 

Distinguished by the prominency of the markings on both wings 
in the male and female, the two marginal rows of spots on the 
hind wing being large, white, and conspicuously prominent, the inner 
row of spots long and oval. 

Hab. §. China. In coll. F. Moore. 


7. ISAMIA MARSEULI, 0. Sp. 

Euplea marseulii, Boisduval, MS. 

Allied to J. margarita. Differs on the fore wing in the blue tint 
being confined more to the base, the marginal spots being quite 
obsolete, and the sericeous streak only half the width, though of 
the same length. On the hind wing the two submarginal rows of 
spots are very indistinct. 

Expanse 3;4, inches. 

Hab. Saigon, Cochin China. In coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir. 


8. IsAMIA GROTEI. 

Euplea grotei, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 339 (1867), ¢ 
only. 

Hab. Cochin China. 

Closely allied to J. margarita. 

The female insect described and figured by Felder (Nov. Voy. pl. 


41. f. 7) as that sex of Z. grotei, is the female of Stictoplea harrisii, 
Felder. 


9. IsAMIA MARGARITA. (Plate XXX. fig. 5,3.) 

Euplea margarita, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 279; Dis- 
tant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 31. 

Salping margarita, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 294. 

Euplea (Salpinx) margarita, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 64 (1882). 

Euplea (Salpine) adamsoni, Marshall, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 
1880, p. 245, 3. 

Luplea frischii, Boisduval, MS. 

Hab. British Burmah; Tenasserim; Malacca; Penang. 


1 See p. 286, ante. 


314 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


10. IsAmIA BRAHMA, DN. Sp. 


Euplea margarita, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, pl. 4. fig. 3, 3. 

Near to J. margarita. Smaller in size: fore wing shorter, not so 
broad ; the exterior margin more oblique, with an intense violet- 
blue gloss extending three fourths of the wing; a single minute 
indistinct blue dot at end of the cell, and one on costa above it; a 
white dot near posterior angle; the sericeous streak is only half the 
length of that in J. margarita: hind wing with two rows of small 
white spots. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Hatseiga, Moulmein. In coll. F. Moore. 

Has much the appearance of Menama tavoyana. 


11. ISAMIA DEJEANI. 


Euplea dejeanii, Boisduval, MS.; Distant, Rhopalocera Malay- 
ana, p. 29, pl. 4. fig. 1, ¢ (1882). 

Near to I. chloé: fore wing comparatively broader; the exterior 
margin less oblique; the posterior margin longer; both the sub- 
apical and marginal rows of spots are all nearly obsolete, showing 
only minute dots between the radial and upper median veins, and 
three between lower median and submedian; the sericeous streak is 
one third less in length: hind wing with the marginal rows of spots 
smaller; the inner series more straightly disposed. 

Female. Paler than male; both rows of spots on fore wing 
brownish white, and with some indistinct discal and costal spots : 
hind wing marked as in male. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Sumatra (Boisd.) ; Malacca (Distant). In colls. Mons. C. 
Oberthiir, British Museum, F. Moore, and W. L. Distant. 


12. IsAMIA RAFFLESI, 0. sp. 


Male. Fore wings narrower than in J. dejeanii. Upperside uni- 
form dark olive-brown, glossed with golden brown: fore wing with 
a submarginal row of seven small white spots, a marginal lower series 
of smaller and very indistinct white spots; a very slender short 
sericeous streak between lower median and submedian veins: hind 
wing with a prominent ochreous-white discoidal patch, and two 
marginal rows of small white spots, the inner row decreasing in size 
to anal angle, the outer row being of uniform size. Underside paler: 
fore wing with both rows of marginal spots more distinct ; a small 
spot at lower end of the cell; another contiguous spot between the 
upper and middle median veins, and an elongated spot below the 
latter: hind wing with both marginal rows of spots as above; a 
small spot near the ce]l between the first and second subcostal veins, 
and another between the upper and middle median veins. 

Female. Slightly darker; the marginal rows of spots the same, 
except that the inner row are larger. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Java (Wallace).- In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 315 


13. ISAMIA FABRICII, 0. sp. 

Euplea fabricii, Boisduval, MS. 

Near to I. raffesi. Upperside uniform olive-brown: fore wing 
with the sericeous streak somewhat longer and placed nearer the 
base; the submarginal row of spots less distinct, the marginal row 
being almost obsolete: hind wing with the two rows of very small 
spots, the inner row obsolete from the upper median. 

Expanse 3,3; inches. 

Hab. Cochin China. In coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir. 


14. Isamra cHtoz. (Plate XXIX. fig. 7,3.) 


Danais (Euplea) chloé, Guérin, in Delessert’s Voy. Inde, ii. p. 71 
1843). 
Salpinx chloé, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295. 
Euplea chloé, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 30, pl. 4. fig. 2, ¢, 
pl. 2. fig. 5, 9. 
Euplea clerckii, Boisduval, MS., 9. 
Hab. Malay peninsula (Province Wellesley). 


15. IsAMIA SINGAPURA, 0. Sp. 


Nearest to I. chloé. 

Male and Female. Of a more uniform and duller tint, the colour 
being dark olive-brown ; in the male the basal area is slightly pitchy 
brown and washed with violet-blue* in certain lights ; the five apical 
spots on fore wing similar but more prominent and narrower, 
followed by two pale obsolete spots and a minute white dot at the 
posterior end; the marginal dots less distinct; the sericeous streak 
somewhat narrower and less distinct: hind wing with smaller spots. 
Underside much greener olive than in J. chloé; all the spots on 
both wings more distinct ; the discal spots on hind wing very pro- 
minent. 

Expanse, ¢ 32 inches. 

Hab. Singapore. In coll. British Museum. 


16. IsAMIA SOPHIA, N. sp. 


Male. Similar to I. singapura, but somewhat paler and of an 
ochraceous olive-brown colour, without any violet-blue reflections ; 
the spots of the inner row on the fore wing comparatively shorter, 
and the outer row larger: hind wing similar ; the two rows of spots 
also similar. 

Female paler than the same sex of I. singapura, with the apical 
spots much more distinct, and the rows on the hind wing much 
smaller. 

Expanse, ¢ 34, 2 32 inches. 

Hab. Sumatra (Buzton). In colls. F. Moore and British Museum. 


1 Tn typical Malaccan specimens of J, chloé the blue gloss is prominent, and 
extends over two thirds of the wing. 


316 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


17. IsAMIA ZGYPTUS. 


Huplea egyptus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 277. 
Salpinx egyptus, Butler, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295. 


Hab. S. Borneo; Billiton; Sumatra. 


18. IsAMIA LOWEI, n. sp. 


Nearest to I. egyptus. Upperside olivaceous-brown, palest exter- 
nally ; no bluish-violet tint ; apical white spots larger; no marginal 
spots: hind wing with very small and indistinct submarginal and 
marginal spots. 

Expanse 37 inches. 

Hab. Borneo. In coll. Mons. C. Oberthiir. 


19. IsAMIA DAMELI, 0. sp. 


Duller-coloured than in any of the allied forms of J. chloé. 
Upperside dark fuliginous-brown: fore wing also smaller and com- 
paratively narrower, with five upper submarginal distinct white spots 
two thirds less in size, and one above posterior angle; a marginal 
row of five central and three lower very minute spots; sericeous 
streak narrow: hind wing with two rows of very small white spots ; 
discoidal patch brighter-coloured. 

Expanse 33 inches. 

Hab. Shanghai (Dame/). In coll. G. Semper. 


TIRUNA, 0. g. 


Fore wing comparatively shorter than in typical Isamia; costa 
less arched ; exterior margin less oblique, somewhat rounded towards 
the apex and less convex at the posterior angle; the posterior 
margin very convex; upper discocellular with a short spur emitted 
within the cell; sericeous brand narrow, strongly impressed: hind 
wing shorter and broader, with a distinct discoidal glandular patch. 

Type Z. roepstorffi. 


1, TrRUNA ROEPSTORFIFI, 0. sp. (Plate XXXII. fig. 8, 3.) 


Male. Colour and pattern of markings similar to Karadina anda- 
mana. Pale olive-brown, but darker than in K. andamana: fore 
wing with a similarly disposed marginal and submarginal row of 
olivaceous-white spots; the marginal series smaller, conical, and 
terminating at the apex; the three lower submarginal spots indented 
on their outer edge; a discal row of much paler spots, and a similar 
rounded spot at lower end of the cell; sericeous streak blackish: 
hind wing with two rows of spots; the marginal row smaller, conical, 
and the submarginal narrower than those in K. andamana; dis- 
coidal patch olivaceous-white. 

Expanse 3+ inches. 

flab. Andaman Isles. In coll. G. Semper. 


1883.] | MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLG@INA. 317 


2. TIRUNA OCHSENHEIMERI. 


Euplea ochsenheimeri, Lucas, Revue et Mag. Zool. 1853, p. 315, 
d (nec Moore). 

The type specimen of this species is smaller than Isamia chloé, 
somewhat paler and without any blue gloss on the basal area: 
fore wing with the two costal spots above the cell, and the submaré 
ginal series more prominent, larger, and white; the marginal row 
also more distinct; an indistinct brownish-white spot at lower end 
of the cell, and a discal series of four spots beyond ; sericeous streak 
short and black: on the hind wing the marginal: and upper sub- 
marginal row of three spots are less distinct. 

Expanse, ¢ 3 inches. 

Hab. Java. In coll. Paris Museum. 

The above description is taken from the type specimen in the 
Paris Museum, for the opportunity of examining which I am indebted 
to the kindness of Mons. C. Oberthiir. It is the only specimen 
known to me. 

ANADARA, 0. g. 


Male with comparatively shorter wings than in typical L[samia. 
Fore wing with the costa but slightly arched ; apex somewhat acumi- 
nate; exterior margin shorter and more oblique, slightly sinuous, 
more uneven and slightly angular below the apex in female; male 
with a short, extremely broad but scarcely perceptible sericeous 
streak: hind margin shorter than in Isamia, very convex ; first sub- 
costal branch touching the costal; second, third, and fourth branches 
at equal distances apart and nearer to end of the cell ; upper disco- 
cellular acutely bent inward at its middle, and emitting a short 
spur within the cell; cell very broad. Hind wing with a small 
upper discoidal ochreous glandular patch, the greyish-brown colour 
of the anterior border extending to the edge of median vein; cell 
very long and broad at its end. 


ANADARA GAMELIA. 


Salpinx gamelia, Hiibner, Samu. exot. Schmett. Bd. ii. pl. 10. 
f. 1, 2 (1806-27); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 295 
(1878). 

Euplea gamelia, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p- 279. 

Euplea faber, Zinken-Somm. Nova Acta Acad. Nat. Cur. xv. 
p- 186, pl. 16. figs. 18, 19, ¢ 2 (1831). 

?Buplea lorraini, Chapman, Ent. Monthly Mag. 1873, p. 263, 9. 

Hab. Java. 2 


E. Two “sexual marks” or scent-producing organs on Sore wing. 


Doricna, n. g. 

Fore wing more angular than in typical Stictoplwa; costal margin 
less arched, the apex acute; exterior margin very oblique ; posterior 
margin shorter; angle acute; discocellulars bent in the middle ; 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXII. 22, 


318 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


lower radial from the angle; no inner spur ; male with two leng- 
thened sericeous brands between lower median and submedian veins : 
hind wing less convex externally. 

Type D. sylvester. 


1. DoricHa SYLVESTER. 

Papilio sylvester, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 41 (1793) ; 
Donovan, Nat. Rep. iv. pl. 129 (1826). 

Euplea sylvester, Butler, Catal. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 3. 

Danais sylvestris, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 182 (1819). 

Stictoplea sylvester, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303. 

Euploa melpomene, Butler, P.Z. 8.1866, p. 300, fig. 2(p. 298), 3. 

Hab. N. Australia (Cape York). 


2. DoRICHA PELOR. 

Euplea pelor, Doubleday & Hewits. Gen. D. Lep. p. 88, pl. 11. 
fig. 1 (1847); Chenu, Enc. d’Hist. Nat. Pap. p. 64, f. 153. 

Stictoplea pelor, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303. 

Hab. N. Australia (New Holland). 


3. DoricHa (?) ROGERI. 


Crastia rogeri, Hiibner, Zutrage exot. Schmett. f. 947, 948 
(1887), 2. 

Hab. Unknown. 

This species does not exist in any of the collections that I have 
examined. 


Genus NARMADA. 


Narmada, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 13 (1880). 

Euplea (Stictoplea part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 90 (1882). 

Differs in both sexes from typical Stictoplea in the more triangu- 
lar form of both the fore wing and hind wing, the fore wing being 
more acuminate, and the two sericeous brands shorter ; upper disco- 
cellular with a short spur emitted within the cell. 

Pattern of markings like Crastia (core). 

Type NV. coreoides. 


1. NaRMADA CoREOipES. (Plate XXIX. fig. 10, d). 

Euploa coreoides, Moore, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xx. p. 44 (1877) ; 
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301. 

Euploea (Stictoploca) coreoides, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 96 (1882). 

Hab. §. India (Nilgiris). 


2. NARMADA MONTANA. 


Euplea montana, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 329 (1867), 
Gaon 

Narmada montana, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 13, pl. 6. f. 1, 3 
(1880). Le 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLQ@INA. 319 


Euplea (Stictoplea) montana, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 91 (1882), 

Eupleea lankana, Moore, Aun. Nat. Hist. ser, 4,xx.p.44, 3 (1877). 

Stictoplea lankana, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool, xiv. p. 302. 


Hab. Ceylon. 


3. NARMADA CONSIMILIS. 
Euploea consimilis, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 329 (1867). 


Hab. Java; Sumatra (Sachs). In coll. Messrs. Godman and 
Salvin. 


Genus STICTOPL@A. 


Stictoplea, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301 (1878). 

Euplea (Stictoplea part.), Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 90 (1882). 

Male. Wings broad. Fore wing lengthened triangular, costal 
margin slightly arched, apex somewhat rounded ; exterior margin 
oblique, posterior margin slightly convex ; with two broad lengthened 
Sericeous brands between the lower median and submedian veins; 
upper discocellular with a very short spur emitted within the cell. 
Hind wing broad, with the costal margin much arched in the middle ; 
exterior margin convex, waved. 

Type S. gloriosa. 


1. SricrorpL@a HOPEI. 


Euplea hopei, Pelder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 328 (1867), 3. 

Stictoplea hopei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302. 

Male. Smaller than type specimen of S. binotata; spots on fore 
wing similar but smaller: hind wing with a complete row of promi- 
nent submarginal white spots, the marginal spots nearly obsolete, 
except three very minute dots in the middle. 

Expanse 32 inches. 

Hab. Assam (Felder); Silhet. In coll. British Museum. 


2. STICTOPL@A BINOTATA. (Plate XXX. fig. 4, g.) 


Stictoplea binotata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302 
(1878). 

Euplea (Stictoplea) hopei, Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 92, pl. 2. f. 18, ¢ 2 (1882). 

Hab. Silhet, Cachar, Darjiling. In coll. British Museum. 


3. STICTOPLG@A REGINA, 0. Sp. 

Comparatively smaller than S. binotata: fore wing of a violet-blue 
with less gloss; submarginal spots half the size of those in that 
species, the discal spots reduced to the two between the radial and 
middle median, and a very minute spot at lower end of the cell: 
hind wing deep rufous-brown, immaculate. 

Expanse, 3 33 inches. 

Hab. Cachar. In coll. British Museum. oe 

2 


320 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May], 


4, STicToPpL@A HARRISI. (Plate XXX. fig. 8, ¢.) 

Euplea harrisii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 328, o 
(1867). 

Euplea grote: (Q only), Felder, loc. cit. p. 339, pl. 41. f. 7, 2. 

Stictoplea grotei, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302 ; 
Moore, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 824. 

Euplea (Stictoplea) grotei, Marshall and de Nicéville, Butt. of 
India, p. 91 (1882). 

Eulpeea grotei, Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 36, pl. 3. f. 3, ¢ 
(1882). 

Euplea boisdwvalii, Roger, MS., ¢. 

Hab. Cochin China (Felder), Upper Tenasserim, Moulmei, 
Malacca. In coll. British Museum and F. Moore. 

The insect described by Dr. Felder as the male of £. grote isa 
species of [samia. 


5. STICTOPL@A TYRIANTHINA, ND. sp. 


Male. Upperside—fore wing similar to that of S. harrisii, the blue 
marginal spots less distinct above the posterior angle, the two sericeous 
streaks each one third shorter and not quite so broad as in that 
species : hind wing with only three small white upper submarginal 
spots, the marginal spot being scarcely visible. Underside similar ; 
the marginal spots on fore wing less distinct, the marginal series on 
the hind wing and the upper submarginal spots small. 

Expanse 31 inches. 

Hab. Borneo (Pryer); Sumatra (Bock). In coll. F. Moore 
and H. G. Smith. 


6. STICTOPL@A PYGMHA, 0. sp. 


Allied to S. microsticta. Smaller in size: fore wing in both 
sexes with smaller discal spots and larger marginal spots, the latter 
series triangular in form in the male and somewhat confluent with 
the marginal series in the female, the marginal dots being more 
distinct ; the cell-spot is also larger. Hind wing in male with three 
upper submarginal minute spots only, the female also showing indi- 
stinct marginal spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 3, 2 3+ inches. 

Hab. Cachar. In coll. British Museum. 

In S. microsticta the expanse of male is 32 inches. 


7. STICTOPLG@A MICROSTICTA. 

Stictoplea microsticta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xiv. 
p. 302 (1878). 

Hab. ? In Banksian coll., British Museum. 


8. STICTOPL@A PICINA. 

Euplea picina, Butler, Prog. Zool. Soc., 1866, p. 280, pl. 30. 
fide 

Stictoploee picina, Butler, ont Linn. Soe. Zool. xiv. p. 302. 

Hab. Sumatra. 


1883.] MR. F, MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. 321 


9. STICTUPL@A INCONSPICUA. 

Stictoplea inconspicua, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. 
p. 302, ¢ (1878). 

Hab. Sumatra. 


10. SticTOPL@A LACORDAIRET, 0. sp. 

Euplea lacordairei, MS. Hewits. coll. 

Male. Fore wing dark purplish violet-brown ; suffused externally 
with blue; a submarginal row of six violet-white spots, the upper 
one minute, the second and fifth the largest, third, fourth, and sixth 
of equal size ; two narrow sericeous streaks, Hind wing pale brown, 
darker at the base, with a submarginal upper row of three small 
white spots. 

Expanse 34 inches. 

Hab. Java. In coll. Hewitson, British Museum. 


11. STICTOPLGA GLORIOSA. 


Euplea gloriosa, Butler, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 293, pl. 29. f. 4,2. 

Stictoplea gloriosa, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 301 
(1878). 

Euplea superba, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. ser. 2,1. p. 209, 
pl. 10. f. 1, ¢ (1866). 

Euplea schlegelii, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 327, pl. 41. 
' f. 5, $ (1867). 
Euplea badoura, Kirby, Syn. Catal. D. Lep. p. 16 (1871). 
Hab. Celebes. 


12. STICTOPL@A L2TIFICA. 

Euplea letifica, Butler, Proc Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 292, pl. 29. 
fig. 3, Q. 
Stictoplea letifica, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302. 
Hab. Philippine Islands. 


13. STICTOPL@A DUFRESNEYI. 


Danais dufresneyi, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 815 (1823). 
Hab. Philippines. 


14. STICTOPLG@A SWINHOEI. 

Euplea swinhoei, Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 358. 
Stictoplea swinhoet, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 302. 
Hab. Formosa. In coll. Messrs. Godman and Salvin. 


15. SrIcTOPL@A PALLA. 

Euplea palla, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 284. 
Stictoplea palla, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303. 
Euploa payent, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. ii. p. 329 (1867). 
Hab. Aru Islands. 


322 MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPL@INA. [May 1, 


16. SricrOPL@A WATSONI, 0. Sp. 

Male. Dark purplish violet-brown, suffused with intense bnt not 
shining blue in some lights. Fore wing with a submarginal medial row 
of four very small blue spots, the upper spot somewhat largest and 
dentate ; two long sericeous streaks. Hind wing with a submarginal 
upper series of three geminated bluish-white spots followed by three 
single small spots. 

Expanse 47 inches. 

Hab, Bouru (Wallace). In coll. Hewitson, British Museum. 


17. STICTOPL@HA INZQUALIS. 

Stictopleea inequalis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 302, 
3 (1878). 

Hab. Amboina. 


18. SricrorpLaA MasTA. 
Euplea mesta, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 284, fig. 3 


(p. 281), 3 
Stictoplea mesta, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xiv. p. 303. 


Hab. New Guinea (Dorey, Port Moresby). 


19. SricroPL@A IMMACULATA. 

Stictoplea immaculata, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xiv. p. 303, 
& 218738). 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). 


20. SricroPL@A PAPUANA. 

Euplea papwana, Reakirt, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 
1866, p. 240. 

Hab. New Guinea. 


21. SricroPL@A DOLESCHALLII. 

Euploa doleschallii, Felder, Wien. ent. Monats. iii. p. 267, pl. 5. 
. 2 (1859). 

Stictoplea doleschallii, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303. 

Hab. New Guinea (Port Moresby). 


burl 


22. STICTOPL@A TRISTIS. 
Euplea tristis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866, p. 284. 
Stictoplea tristis, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xiv. p. 303. 


Hab. New Hebrides (Aneiteum). 


The following species, referred by authors to the genus Huplea, 
have not been verified :— 


EUPL@A DRYASIS. 
Papilio dryasis, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 39 (1793) ; Jones, 
— Ieon. t. 85. fig. 1; Donovan, Nat. Repos. v. pl. 158 (1827) ; Butler, 
Catal. Fabr. Lep. Brit. Mus. p. 3. 

Hab, Unknown. 


P.Z.S.1883. Pl. XXIX 


F.C Moore hth ad nat Mintern Bros - imp 


MIMETIC SPECIES OF EUPLOEFINA 


Moore, hth ad 


nat 


MIMETIC 


SPECIES 


OF EUPLOEINZA.. 


P.Z.5 1883. Pl. XXX. 


Mintern Bros .imp 


FC. Moore del. ad nat 


NEW SPECIES 


OF BUPLG@INA 


Mintern Bros. imp 


AA\SH MUss - 
<a SE, 


Mintern Bros . imp 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON LIMNAINA AND EUPLGINA. 323 


EurLa@a INCOMPTA. 
Euplea incompta, Herr.-Schaffer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 69. 
Hab. Fiji Islands. 


EvuPL@A ENCELADUS. 


Papilio enceladus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 470 (1758); Mus. Ulr. 
p. 254 (1764); Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 766 (1767). 

** Alis integerrimus fuscis, punctis marginalibus disco octo albis. 
Corpus nigrum albo punctatum. Ale omnes utrinque fusce. 
Margo exterior punctis 12 circiter albis. Puneta circiter 7 alba 
inequalia dispersa per discum absque ordine.” 

«© Hab. in Indiis.” 

The type specimen of this species is not now in the “ Ulrica” 
collection ; it is not enumerated in Thunberg’s List of the “ Ulrica” 
collection, published in 1804. Dr. Aurivillius, in his recently pub- 
lished Memoir (Kongl. Svenska Akad. Handl. xix. p. 63), refers it 
doubtfully to the genus Euplea. 

Brown, in Illust. of Zoology, pl. 17, figures aspecies of Amauris, 
and states that ‘‘ it is probably a variety of the P. enceladus, Linn.” 
The description, however, does not fit any species of that genus 
with which I am acquainted. Mr. Butler tells me that it may be 
near the Danais mytilene. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 
Prats XXIX; 


: : Fig. 1. { Radena juventa 3, p, 224. 
1a Tammashl. : 2. { Tirumata eoajutain tte p. 231. 
Between 3. septentrionis $, p. 231. 
Limnaina and Eupleina. a4 Trepsichrots linnei 2, p. 286. 
J 5. ( Tronga bremert 3, p. 267. 
In Euplea, Group A. | Crastia distanti 3, p. 278. 
3 7. | Isamia chloé 3, p. 315. 
8. ( Crastia core 3, p. 277. 
In Euplea, Group B. 9.4 Pademma kollari $, p. 309. 
10. | Narmada coreoides 3, p. 318, 


Piate XXX, 


Fig. 1. ( Trepsichrois linnei 3, p. 286, 
Penoa deione 3, p. 275. 
Tsamia splendens G, p. dil. 
Stictoplea binotata g, p. 319. 
Tsamia marginata 3, p. 313. 
Menania tavoyana 3, p. 265. 
Penoa limborgit 3, p. 275. 
Stictoplea harrisii ¢, p. 320, 


Prate XXXI. 


. Limnas aleippoides 3, n.sp., p. 238, 
. Salatura nipalensis 3, p. 240. 

. Tirumala gauiama 9, p. 231. 

. Radena persinilis 2, p. 228 
Menama lorze, u.sp., 5 
— mouhotii, nu. sp. 3 
Crastia camorta 3, p. 2 
. Pramasa mitra 3, p. 281. 


In Euplea, Group O. 


In Euplea, Group D. 


Groves or Mimnric Sprcims 
as SS eS ee 


GOATS? OV G9 bo 


Fig. 


? 


324 DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. [May |, 


Prats XXXII. 


Fig. 1. Pademma klugit , p. 305. 

dharma, n. sp., 9, p. 806. 
indigofera, n.sp., d; p. 306. 
macclellandii, n. sp., 2, p. 808. 

. Isamia midamus 8, p. 312. 

. Pademma pembertonii, n.sp., 3. p. 308. 
. Isamia alopia J, p. 313. 

. Tiruna roepstor fii, n. sp., d, p. 316. 


DWTS Or G9 DO 


2. On new Clausilie from the Levant, collected by Vice- 
Admiral T. Spratt, R.N. By Dr. O. Borrrerr, Frank- 
fort-on-the-Main'. 


[Received April 10, 1883.] 
(Plates XXXIII. & XXXIV.) 


In 1878, in a dissertation entitled ‘Monographie der Clausilien- 
section Albinaria,’ I tried to show that scarcely one of the more known 
genera of land-shells presents us such instances of restricted local dis- 
tribution as the section of the “ fair white ones”? of Clausilia, and 
that through this strange restriction of habitat these forms of shells, 
isolated for a long time upon generally unfrequented islands, have 
deviated from their primitive type already so far that we must 
acknowledge them to be distinct and now independent species. Of a 
great number, especially of the island-species, there is evidence 
sufficient to indicate the prototype with more or less certainty, and 
that above all others C. c@rulea, Fér., or its ancestor seems to be 
the primary form for a great number of varieties or allied species. 
In no group is the limitation of the definitions “ species, subspecies, 
and variety ”? more delicate and more difficult than here, because it 
seems to depend only on the time, or, rather, on the earlier or later 
age of the immigration or isolation, whether a form has developed 
already into a so-called “ good species” or not. Also, if in an earlier 
time, and then again in a more recent period, the same species has « 
immigrated from a neighbouring island into another island, then it 
may happen, as we see now in the island of Amurgo, that two clearly 
distinct species, C. amorgia, Bttg., and C. cerulea, Fér., arise, which 
are both derived from one and the same ancestor, viz. from a form 
doubtless quite near to the present C. c@rulea. 

It is evident that, in producing the astonishing variety of species 
and forms of Clausilia in the Greek islands, “isolation”? was one of 
the principal factors, and that the question about “ struggle for life” 
or “natural selection’? was but secondary to it. 

The following descriptions of a great number of new species, 
varieties, and forms of Greek Clausili¢ will give us new grounds and 
proofs to illustrate these short theoretical reflections. 

With the knowledge of these new forms Wwe advance more and 
more in the science of the geographical distribution of this genus; 

? Communicated by Vice-Admiral 'T, Spratt, R.N., F.B.S., F.Z.8. 


1883. ] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. 325 


so that from some few small islands only, viz. from the Greek islands 
Schiza, Cerigotto, Spetsee, Hydra, Makronisi, Petali, Skopelo, 
Chilodromi and its neighbour islands, and from Giura, Serpho, 
Polykandro, and Sikono, and from the little islands between Nio, 
Naxia, and Amurgo, species of Olausilia have not yet been found. 
Much less known are the islands of the coast of Asia Minor, where 
the islands of Thaso, Samothraki, Imbro, Limni, Tenedo, Hagiostrati, 
Psara, Furni, Patino, and all the islands of the Mendelia Gulf, Nisyro 
and all the islands of the Symi Gulf, lastly the Tanni and Kamila 
islands, have not yet pe any one of their doubtless numerous 
forms of this genus. , 

I am greatly indebted to Miss Joséphine Thiesse, of Chalkis, 
island of Eubcea, who for several years has kindly offered me her 
new treasures in Greek Olausili@ tor publication, and especially to 
Vice-Admiral T. Spratt, R.N., who has opened to me his rich 
collection for this paper. 

The collection of these interesting little shells was commenced 
about forty years ago by Admiral Spratt, when Edward Forbes became 
the naturalist of H.M.S. ‘ Beacon,’ in which ship he was employed 
on the survey of the Grecian archipelago. Forbes’s genial nature as 
well as example stimulated the little taste for natural history the 
Admiral (then a Lieutenant) previously possessed, and induced him to 
collect fossils and shells. 

When they were companions together afterwards in exploring 
Lycia, and also in several trips amongst the Greek islands, the little 
Clausilie came frequently into notice, from their abundance in some 
localities, and from being the only land-shells found alive upon the 
rocky heights and cliffs during the hot and arid summers of the 
Aigean. 

From being thus so conspicuous, and also from showing great 
varieties of form, they became special favourites of the collector after 
Forbes returned to England. 

Thus from mountain-tops and lower gorges, from large and small 
islands, they were assiduously sought for as opportunities offered, 
and were collected as experience showed the best side of the moun- 
tain or particular rock to look for them, and whether on its surface 
or under stones only, as chiefly occurs with the bfown species. 

Admiral Spratt’s collection of Clausilie consequently amounts to 
more than 100 forms from nearly as many different localities, of 
which I have seen examples of the greater portion. 

About half this collection was formed before the year 1848; and 
of these, through Edward Forbes and Mr. H. Cuming, to whom sets 
were sent, the most part, but net all, were submitted to the late Dr. 
Louis Pfeiffer, of Cassel, for examination. Dr. Pfeiffer found about 
thirty of them to be new species, and described them in the ‘ Pro- 
ceedings’ of this Society. 

As regards the remainder of the collection, formed between 1852 
and 1864, the loss of his fellow-traveller and friend before his 
return to England in the latter year so damped Admiral Spratt’s 
interest in ine collections, that the Claustlie and other specimens have 


326 DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI&. [May I, 


remained until recently unexamined, so that many species that were 
unknown to science at that time have been since collected by others 
and described. 

I have, however, now the pleasure of presenting descriptions and 
figures of some 13 new species, as well as of about 18 new varieties 
and forms, to the Society, out of the remainder of the Admiral’s 
collection, which he has recently submitted to me for that purpose. 


Sect. Albinaria, v. Vest. 
1. Cuaustt1a ANATOLICA, Roth. Dissert. p. 21, t. 2. fig. 5. 


Var. APIcALIS, mihi. 

Typo minor, spira breviore, apice latissimo, obtusissimo. Anfr. 
solum 8. Lamella infera intus minus distincte bifurcata. Alt. 
142, lat. 4 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 33 mm. 

Hab. Arsa, valley of Xanthus, Asia Minor (Spratt). 

The short form and the very thick apex distinguish this variety 

easily from the typical O. anatolica of Cacamo in Caria. 


2. CLAUSILIA 1DHA, Pfr. P. Z.S. 1849, p. 140. 

This fine species, inhabiting Mount Ida, island of Crete, which 
Admiral Spratt collected on the Plain of Neetha at 4000 feet alt., 
must be registered between C. petrosa, P., and C. byzantina, Chrp., 
in the byzantina group of Albinaria. 


3. CLAUSILIA GLABELLA, Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 604. 


I do not yet know the type of this species, inhabiting the 
«‘ White Mountains” at 6009 feet alt. (Spratt); but I am now sure 
that my C. pura (Monogr. d. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria, p. 22, t.4. fig. 
1) and C. deglupta (l.c. p. 23, t. 1. figs. 2, 3), both Cretan forms, 
are but varieties of Dr. Pfeiffer’s species. 


Var. puRA, Bttg. 
A typical specimen from Apokorona, island of Crete (Spratt). 


Var. sPRATTI, mihi. 

Typo multo major, cylindrato-fusiformis ;  apert. intus hepatica. 
Lam. supera longiuscula sed humilis ; subcolumellaris oblique 
intuenti distinete conspicua. Differt a varietatibus pura, Bttg., 
nec non deglupta, Bttg., anfr. 133, et lam. subcolumellari 
haud inconspicua. Alt. 253, lat. 44 mm.; alt. apert. 43, lat. 
apert. 35 mm. 

Hab. Island of Crete, without exact indication of locality (Spratt). 

This splendid variety, 5 mm. greater than usual, differs from all 

varieties of this species till now known by its elongate cylindrical 
form and by the distinctly outcoming subcolumellar lamella. 


4, Cuausinia stricaTA, Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 136. 


A nearly typical specimen of this species, which had been found 
till now in the neighbourhood of Mylopotamo, Rettimo, and Khania, 
from the Omalo Plain at 3500 feet alt., island of Crete (Spratt). 


1883. ] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. 327 


Var. ORIENTALIS, mihi. 


Typo minor, testa tenuiore, costulis anfr. mediorum acutioribus, 
minus undulatis, ultimi via validioribus. Lam. infera intus minus 
distincte bifurcata e basi vix callosa ascendens. Alt. 143-15, 
lat. 33-33 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 23 mm. 

Hab. Karpatho island (Spratt). 

A very characteristic little variety. 


5. CLAUSILIA VIRGINEA, Pfr. Symbol. iii. p. 95. 


Admiral Spratt found this smooth little species in the Pass of 
Prevli and a slight variety at Sitia (?), island of Crete. 


6. CLAUSILIA SUBVIRGINEA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 1.) 


Maxime aff. C. virgineze, sed t. minus ventricosa, apert. multo 
minore. T. minus solida, albida, maculis punctisque cinereis 
hic illie adspersa, opaca. Anfr. 103, apicales 2 leves, infra- 
apicales 3 distanter, ceteri dense acute striati, ultimus prope 
aperturam viz validius densestriatus. Apert. parva, minus alta, 
magis rotundata ; lam. supera minus longa, spiralem disjunctam 
non transgrediens ; infera supere minus approximata, basi 
magis oblique ascendente nec subhorizontaliter in mediam aper- 
turam prosiliente. Ccaterum C. virgineze, P., simillima. Alt. 
14, lat. 33 mm. ; alt. apert. 3}, lat. apert. 24 mm. 

Hiab. Island of Crete, without exact indication of habitat (Spraté). 

This little species is very closely allied to C. virginea, Pfr., but 

neither so ventricose nor so smooth and polished in the median 
whorls ; its mouth is strikingly smaller, and the base of the inferior 
lamella ascends in the profile view obliquely in a nearly straight line, 
whilst in C. virginea it shows a concave base and projects more 
horizontally into the midst of the mouth. 


7. CxausiL1a TRoGLOpyYTEs, Ad.Schmidt, Syst. d. europ. Claus. 
p. 90. 


Var. VEXANS, m. 


Habitu C. byzantine, Chrp., typice, sed apparatu eclaustrali 
C. troglodytis, Ad. Schm.—Differt a typo punctis cinereis 
parce adspersa, anfr. mediis glabratis, vix substriatis, apert. 
minus protracta. Alt. 21, lat. 4 mm.; alt. apert. 43, lat. 
apert. 33 mm. 

Hab. Roumili near Tarrha, South Crete (Spratt). 

This variety has quite the form and size and the glabrated median 
whorls of the typical C. dyzantina, Chrp., from Khania; but it is a 
true UC. troglodytes the costulation of which has been reduced to a 
very slight or nearly obsolete striature. 


8. CLAUSILIA SUBLAMELLOSA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 2.) 

Magnitudine, habitu, sculptura, apertura, lamellis persimilis C.lamel- 
losee, Wagn., Dalmatice, sed punctiformi-rimata, anfr. 11 nec 9, 
ultimo deorsum angustato, basi distincte bicristato, cristis brevibus, 
parum arcuatis, suleo separatis, crista exteriore validiore, lamellis 


328 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. [May 1, 


costulata, crista interiore umbilicali densius costulato-striata ; 
costulis lamelliformibus anfr. ultimi prope aperturam sursum hic 
illic bifidis. Lunella exacte dorsalis, magis minusve perspicua, sat 
valida ; clausilium apice acuto instructum. Alt. 12-14, lat. 
22-3 mm. ; alt. apert. 3, lat. 23 mm. 

Hab. Sphakia, west of Crete (Spratt). 

A wonderful little shell, without attentive examination easily to be 
confounded with C. lamellosa, Wagn., from Ragusa. But the well 
developed apparatus claustralis forbids to range it next to this 
species, and prohibits also to put it into a series with the Syrian forms 
C. pregracilis, Btig., and C. albicosta, Bttg. The new species 
seems to be nearly isolated between the Cretan Clausilia, where it 
may perhaps have most affinities with the byzantina group, and, espe- 
cially in the neck-form and costulation, with C. tenuicostata, Pfr., var. 
heteroptyx, Bttg., in the form and position of the superior and 
inferior lamellae with C. virginea, Pfr.; but the nearly predorsal 
lunella is quite peculiar to O. sublamellosa. 


9. CLAUSILIA TENUICOSTATA, Pfr. P. Z. S. 1864, p. 604. 


This species has been known till now from Selino and Lassos and 
from the Gawdos island in South Crete (Spratt). It is also said to 
occur in the Bay of Mirabello (Pfeifer); but I think it must have 
been confused with another allied corrugated species. 

The specimens from Tripiti, south of Crete (Spratt), lying before 
me, seem to be nearly typical, but are distinguished from Dr. 
Pfeiffer’s diagnosis by the greater size, the more milk-blue colour, 
and the straighter costulation. This form is moreover endowed 
with a very deep-lying spiral lamella, whilst in the typical C. tenwi- 
costata the lamella spiralis approaches and passes a little the inner 
end of the lamella supera. Alt. 17-19, lat. 33-32 mm. ; alt. apert. 
33-4, lat. apert. 23-2 mm. 

Another specimen, from Roumili, is a new variety, which I shall 
name 


Var. HETEROPTYX, mihi. 


Typo simillima, sed anfr. 123 sutura crenulata disjunctis, magis 
stricte recteque costulatis, ultimo costulis aliquantulum rarioribus, 
acutioribus, fere lamelliformibus, sed ceteris non latioribus 
ornato. Lam. infera supere valde approximata, validior, magis 
horizontaliter in mediam aperturam prosiliens, e basi intuenti 
callosa subspiraliter intrans. Alt. 19, lat. 33 mm.; alt. 
apert. 4, lat. apert. 3 mm. 

Hab. Roumili near Tarrha, south coast of Crete (Spratt). 

This curious shell seems in its whole exterior appearance to be 
nothing but a large form of C. tenuicostata, P.; but on studying with 
attention the inner plaits, one finds that the figure and position of 
the inferior lamella is remarkably different. But I cannot believe 
that this variety, being in its outer form, size, colour, and costulation 
identical with C. éenuicostata, should represent a really distinct 
species. 


1883. ] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. 329 


The var. strictecostata, Bttg. (Mon. d. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria, 
p- 28, t. i. fig. 6), has been found by Admiral Spratt in Sphakia, 
south of Crete, in a nearly typical specimen. One did not yet 
know till now any sure locality for this Cretan form, well distinguished 
from C. tenuicostata typica by the costation of the neck, whose 
ribs are not at all stronger than in the median whorls, and by the 
deep-lying spiral lamella, which does not approach the lamella supera. 
Alt. 173-1834, lat. 33-4 mm.; alt. apert. 4, lat. apert. 27-3 mm. 


10. Cuaustuia canpipA, Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 135. 


This species, specimens of which Admiral Spratt found near 
Khania, island of Crete, is absolutely identical with C. straminea, 
Ad. Schmidt, System. d. europ. Claus. 1868, p. 91. 


11. CLAUSILIA APHRODITE, n. sp. (Plate XX XIII. fig. 3.) 


Peraff. C. arthurianee, Blanc, sed sordide brunnea, penitus albido- 
ecostulata, spira exserta validiusque concave producta, apice con- 
colori. Anfr. 125, exceptis duobus primis confertim capillaceo- 
costulati nec striati, costulis anfr. ultimi antice viz validioribus. 
Apert. apparatusque claustralis affines, sed peristomate superne 
magis soluto, faucibus hepaticis ; lam. supera minus alta, infera 
vel stricta vel subconcava nec semicirculari oblique ascendente. 
Ceterum C. arthurianze simillima, sed plicis lamellisque omnibus, 
ut videtur, minus validis acutisque. Alt. 19, lat. 43 mm.; alt. 
apert. 43, lat. apert. 34 mm. ‘ 

Hab. Pass over Tylisso near Megalokastron, island of Crete 
(Spratt). 

This form is easily distinguished from C. arthuriana, Blanc, by 
the brown colour and the white or grey ribs of its shell, whilst 
C. arthuriana, from Spinalunga island, Crete, is quite isabel-coloured 
and only very finely striated. So the new species has more the ap- 
pearance of OC. hippolyti, Bttg., from Mount Ega, Crete ; but it is not 
spotted like that, and has a more complicated apparatus claustralis. 


12. CLausiia THIESSE, Bttg. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 4.) 


Nachr.-Blatt d. d. Malakozool. Ges. 1880, p. 48. 
I give here a drawing of this fine shell, not yet figured, which 
seems to occur not rarely in Akarnania, Morea (Dr. Theod. Krueper) 


and in the neighbourhood of Patras, Morea (Thiesse and Consul 
Nik. Konéménos). 


13. CuausiL1aA BiGiBBosA, Charp. Zeitschr: f. Malak. 1847, 
p. 143. 


I possess in my collection the typical form of this species from 
Natolia. It measures, alt. 153-203, lat. 4-43 mm. 

F. mason, m. Typo major robustiorque, anfr. tertio usque ad 
seatum distantius costulato-striatis, crista cervicis exteriore 
magis geniculata, minus rugosa. Alt. 22, lat. 5 mm.; alt. 
apert. 5, lat. apert. 4 mm. 5 

Hab. Arsa, valley near Xanthus, Lycia (Spratt). 


330 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. [May 1, 


Var. EVANIDA, mihi. 


Typo multo minor, claviformis, anfr. 10, ultimo minus valide 
bicristato. Apert. multo minor, peristomate subappresso, vie 
eapanso, haud refleco. Lamelle pliceque minus valide ; loco 
parietalis superioris obsolete antice solum tuberculum album 
adest. Alt. 14 2, lat.33 mm. ; alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 25 mm. 

Hab. Asia Minor, without exact indication of habitat (my collec- 

tion). 

ae a weakling, and easily to be distinguished from the type 

by the characters mentioned. 


14. CLAUSILIA BREVICOLLIS, Pfr. Zeitschr. f. Malak. 1849 p.107. 

Var. casta, mihi. 

Typo gracilior, albido-grisea, punctis strigisque obscuris adspersa, 
anfr. paullulum convexioribus, densestriatis nec costulatis. 
Apert. angustius rhomboideo-oblonga. Alt. 143, lat. 3g mm. ; 
alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 24 mm. 

Hab. Island of Kasso (Spratt). 

Whilst the typical costulated C. brevicollis is till now only known 
from the island of Rhodes, this striated variety inhabits the island 
of Kasso. It is very probable that one will find this species also 
in a connecting form in the intermediate island of Karpatho. 


15. CLAUSTLIA ASTROPALIA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 5.) 


Aff. C. cerulee, Feér., pusille, sed obscure cesia vel cinerea nec 
lete lactea, cristis vel crista cervicis obsoleta—T. parva, 
profunde arcuato-rimata, requlariter fusiformis, gracilis, tenera, 
oleo nitens, obscure cesia vel cinerea subunicolor, apice nigra. 
Anfr. 103-11 convexiusculi, sutura distincta submarginata 
disjuncti, via striatuli, fere leves, ulltimus antice striato-cos- 
tulatus, basi obsoletissime bicristatus, cristis brevibus, indi- 
stinctis, perapproximatis vel confluentibus, parwm validius cos- 
tulatis. Apert. parva, oblongo-ovata, intus obscure hepatica ; 
perist. solutum. Ceterum C. cerulee, Fér., simillima. Alt. 
132-154, lat. 3-33 mm. ; alt. apert. 3-33, lat. apert. 23-23 
mm. 

Hab. Island of Astropalia (Spratt). 

A fine new species of the cerulea group, but smaller than 
C. cerulea, Fér., and C. anaphiensis, Bttg., of an obscure yellowish- 
grey colour, and with nearly obliterated neck-crests, which are still 
more feeble than in CO. maculata, Rssm. 


16. CLAUSILIA MILLER], Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 136. 


Island of Rhodes (Spratt), in the typical form and in a second 
form with more glabrate median whorls ; but still more allied to C. 
milleri, P., than to O. cerulea, Fér. One only knew this species (or 
subspecies) till now from the island of Paros (filler). 


17. CLAUSILIA CHRULEA, Fér. Prodr. 520. 
Now I know this interesting and variable shell with absolute certainty 


1883.] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI#. 331 


from the following Greek islands :—Tino, Syra (here in a greater and 
in a smaller form), Mykono (Thiesse), Nikaria (Thiesse), Antiparo, 
Paro (T'hiesse), Naxia (Thiesse, here also in a greater and in a 
smaller form), Nio, Amurgo, aud Santorin. Not quite sure as to the 
island of Eubcea (f. eubwica, Mousson); still dubious as to the 
islands of Sipheno and Chios, and very uncertain as to Cyprus. 

I can, however, now add to these localities the island of Crete as 
another habitat, where it is said to occur in the following character- 
istic variety. 


Var. cretTensis, Pfr. Mon. Hel. ii. 1848, p. 115 (species; non 
Claus. cretensis, Rossm.), 


T. aff. var. minori, P., cristis basalibus suleo levissimo separatis, 
superiore fere obsoleta. Lam. supera subnulla, spiralis, rece- 
dens, nfera, ut videtur, minus valida. Alt. 16, lat. 33 mm. 

Hab, Island of Crete (Spratt), but without exact indication of 

habitat. 


18. CLAUSILIA KREGLINGERI, P. Malak. Blatter, xiii. 1866, 
p- 148. 


This species does not inhabit the island of Santa Maura, as 
Dr. Pfeiffer says, but the north of the island of Eubcea (Thiesse). 


19. CLAUSILIA SCULPTICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 6.) 


Intermedia inter C. moreletianam, Blane, et C. corrugatee. Drap., 
var. draparnaudi, Beck, sed apice subconcolori sculptura- 
que cervicis valde diversa.—Differt a C.corrugata, drapar- 
naudi, Beck., minore, minus ventriosa, apice clarius corneo, 
anfr. 12, presertim junioribus, magis convexis ibidemquesutura 
erenulata disjunctis, ultimo conico, a latere valde compresso, 
distincte bicristato, cristis longis, arcuatis, exteriore altiore, 
plicis validissimis exasperata. Apert. multo angustior, magis 
oblonga ; lam. infera subbifurcata; perist. minus late expansum. 
Ceterum forma, sculptura, colore simillima. Alt. 19, lat. 44 
mm. ; alt. apert. 43, lat. apert. 34 mm. 

Hab. Sofrana Islands, north of East Crete (Spratt). 

This fine shell connects the group of OC. corrugata, Drap., with 
which it agrees in all parts, save the form and the sculpture of the 
neck, with that of O. cerulea, Fér.—wherein O. anaphiensis, Bttg., 
shows a remarkable analogy in the figure and position of the two 
crests on the neck. I regard as a good local variety the following, 


Var. untA, mihi. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 7.) 


Differt a typo t. multo graciliore, clavato-fusiformi, cesia vel 
sordide alba, punctis strigisque fuscis adspersa, nec ceruleo- 
alba unicolori ; spira valde attenuata; apice submamillato, 
omnino teste concolori. Anfr. infraapicales, preterea ultimus 
sepeque penultimus distinctius costulati, costis cervicis uti 
in typo sursum alternantibus vel bifidis, tum multifidis usque 
ad suturam ascendentibus. Apert. apparatusque claustralis 


332 DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. [May 1, 


typo simillima, sed lam.supera brevissima, perist. minus expanso 
discrepans. Alt. 174-18, lat. 33-84 mm. : alt. apert. 4, lat. 
apert. 3 mm. 

Hab. Unia Islands, north of East Crete (Spratt). 

The form of the neck and the apparatus claustralis being nearly 
identical, this shell must be considered a local variety of C. sculp- 
ticollis, though its colour and habitus are indeed very different from 
those of the shell inhabiting the neighbouring Sofrana Islands. 


20. CLAUSILIA HERACLEENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 8.) 


T. breviter rimata, fusiformis vel turrito-fusiformis, tenera, nitida, 
lactea, hic illic griseo-strigata ; spira magis minusve elongata ; 
apex corneus. Anfr. 114-12 convexiusculi, sutura simplici dis- 
juncti, fere leves, sed striis spiralibusnecnon transversis obliquis 
obsoletissimis quasi malleolati ; ultimus deorsum angustatus, a 
latere compressus, bicristatus, cristis longissimis sed parwm vali- 
dis, parallelis, exteriore distinctiore, ante aperturam pauctruga- 
tus, rugis solum 4-6 distantibus, parum validis,sursum evanidis, 
sed acutiuseulis. Apert. parva, ovato-oblonga, faucibus fuscis, 
perist. parum expanso, albo; lamelle subequales, supera 
spiralem fere attingens, infera semilunaris oblique ascendens, 
intus subfurcata, subcolumellaris et oblique intwenti non con- 
sptcua ; lunella valde arcuata, subdorsalis. Alt. 18-20}, lat. 
4 min. ; alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 22 mm. 

Hab. Near Kandia (town), island of Crete (Spratt). 

One of the Admiral’s most interesting species, and without close 
relation to any other known Albinmaria. The neck-crests being ana- 
logous in form to those of C. sculpticollis, I think best to rank it 
here next to that species. But the habit also approaches somewhat 
that of O. olivier?, Roth; and so the new shell seems to connect the 
olivieri with the cerulea group. Accordingly I prefer to place it ina 
group by itself in the vicinity of the cerulea group. 


21. CLAUSILIA MANSELLI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 9.) 


Statura magnitudineque C. extense, P., et C. distantis, P., colore, 
sculptura spire, forma aperture C. clare, Bittg., sculptura 
cervicis C. extensee, P. Valde aff. C. clare, Bttg., sed turrito- 
fusiformis ; anfr. 12-13, sutura haud marginata, sed costis 
transgredientibus distincte crenata disjuncti, costis equidi- 
stantibus, subalternantibus, 11-12 in singulis anfractibus 
ornati; ultimus eque costatus ac penultimus, costis 11-12 
non validioribus, sursum prope aperturam bifidis. Forma 
aperture late ovalis apparatusque claustralis C. clare, Bttg. 
Alt. ca. 224, lat. 44 mm. ; alt. apert. 44, lat. apert. 35 mm. 

Hab. Kavallos Islands, east of Crete (Spratt). 

This species, which I name in honour of Rear-Admiral Arthur 
Lucis Mansell, who for many years served in the Levant under Vice- 
Admiral Spratt (see Spratt’s ‘ Travels and Researches in Crete’) and 
now resides at Chalkis, is nearly allied to CO. clara, Bttg., from the 
Bay of Mirabello; but the ribs of its shell are nearly equidistant and 


[a."4 


1883. | DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. 333 


alternating, whilst in CO. clara, of which the habitus is shorter and 
more yentricose, the intervals between the ribs enlarge steadily from 
apex to aperture. The same character as in the new species is to be 
seen in CO. distans, P., from Soudsouro Bay ; but here the costulation 
is finer (17 ribs on each whorl), and the inferior lamella is 
distinctly bifurcate. 


22, CLAUSILIA CLARA, Bttg. Mon. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria, p. 70, 
t. 3. fig. 1. 


Var. MULTICOSTA, mihi. 


Differt a typo t.majore, ventricosiore, spira magis concave producta; 
anfr. 12-124, costis spire minus validis duploque pluribus (23-26 
in anfr. penultimo), minus spatiosis ornati. Apert. latior, rotun- 
dato-ovata, perist. magis expanso. Ceterum et precipue costis 
cervicis simillima. Alt. 184-20, lat. 43-43 mm. ; alt. apert. 
43, lat. apert. 32 mm. 

Hab. Mirabello, N.E. of Crete (Sprati). 

A larger variety, with one whorl more, well characterized by the 

more finely costulated upper whorls. 


Var. PAUCICOSTA, mihi. 


Colore sculpturaque fere intermedia inter C. preclaram, P., et 
C. claram, Biig., sed huic multo magis afinis. Differt a typo 
t. fere subfusco-grisea, costis anfr. omnium minus numerosis (in 
anfr. ultimo 7, in penultimo 10, in antepenultimo 9 etc.). Lam. 
supera minor, fere punctiformis. Alt. ca. 183, lat. 4g mm. ; alt. 
apert. 4, lat. apert. 3 mm. 
Hab. St. Nikolo Island, Gulf of Mirabella, Crete (Spratt). 
Whilst var. multicosta has a much denser costulation in the median 
whorls, this variety is nearly as widely costulated as C. preclara, P. 
But the latter species shows 6 ribs in the last whorl, ours 7; and 6 
and 6, ours 10 and 9, ribs in the penultimate and antepenultimate 
whorls. 


23. CLAUSILIA PRECLARA, Pfr. Zeitschr. f. Malakoz. 1853, p. 150. 


I. mayor, m. JZ. typo major, clarius isabellino-albida, costis in 
anfr. ultimo 7, in anfr. penultimo 9, in anfr. antepenultimo 8 
ornata. Apert. multo major, lam. supera longa. Alt. ca. 213, 
lat. 6 mm.; alt. apert. 5, lat. apert. 4 mm. 

Hab. The south-east of Crete (Spratt). 

The type, of smaller size and aperture and showing fewer ribs 
on the whorls, lives near the shores of the Gulf of Mirabella. C. pre- 
clara, P.,the crown of the palearctic Olausilia, is easily distinguished 
from C. clara, Bttg., by its fewer and constantly curved and 
convex ribs. 


24, CLAUSILIA VERMICULATA, 0. sp. (Plate XXXIII. fig. 10.) 


Habitu sculpturaque spire ©. vesti, mihi, similis, sed sculptura 
cervicis, forma aperture, apparatu claustrali C. retuse, Oliv., 
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1883, No. XXIII. 23 


334 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI&. [May 1, 


propior.—T. viz rimata, subclavato-fusiformis, opaca, calcareo- 
alba, in interstitiis costularum hic illic cinerea, apice nigra. 
Anfr. ca. 12 vix conveviusculi, sutura levi crenata disjuncti, 
dense valideque undulato-costulati, costulis sepe sursum bifidis, 
interstitiis verticaliter substriatis ; ultimus parum attenuatus, viv 
validius et eque ac ceteri costulatus, costulis ad suturam plerum- 
que bifidis, basi distincte anguste sulcatus, obsolete bicristatus, 
crista inferiore distinctiore striis densis ornata. Apert. ampla, 
late oblonga, basi valde recedens, intus fusco-castanea, perist. 
albo. Apparatus claustralis lamelleque valde aff. C. tereti, 
Oliv., lunella obsoleta, apice clausilit corrotundato. Alt. ca. 
21, lat. 44 mm. ; alt. apert. 43, lat. apert. 3 mm. 

Hab. Zakro’, east of Crete (Spratt). 

One of the most difficult forms of the island of Crete. It looks 
nearly like certain forms of C. corrugata, Drap., var. inflata, Oliv., 
from Candia; but the shape of the neck, the receding base of the 
mouth, and the deep brown colour of its interior shows that we must 
search for its allies amongst C. teres, Oliv., and C. retusa, Oliv. 
The form of the neck and also the mouth and the apparatus claus- 
tralis being very analogous to those of C. retusa, I think it best 
to place it between this species and C. vesti of the olwvieri-teres 


group. 
25. CLAUSILIA VESTI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 11.) 


Quasi intermedia inter C. corrugatum, Drap., f. epimenides, 
Blanc, et ©. teretem, Oliv., sed huic magis affinis. —Differt a 
C. tereti, Oliv., t. totu valide costulata. Anfr. 15 planissimi, 
sutura submarginata disjuncti, exceptis apicalibus costulati, 
costulis validis, rectis, striclis (30 in anfr. penullimo), inter- 
stitiis spiraliter substriatis ; ultimus distantius validiusque costu- 
latus, costulis pp. 20, ante aperturam altioribus, undulatis, sursum 
hic illic dichotomis, bast parum distincte breviter subbicristatus, 
erista umbilicali pliculis sat validis crenata. Apert. C. teretis, 
Oliv., sed lam. supera longa nec punctiformis, infera minus 
distincte bifurcata. Caterum huic specier simillima, Alt. 273, 
lat. 43 mm.; alt. apert. 54, lat. apert. 33 mm. 

Hab. Sitia Bay, N.E. of Crete (Spratt). 

This fine form, which I name in honour of Herr von Vest of 
Hermannstadt, ‘Transylvania, author of an important and very 
interesting paper on the classification of this genus, is perhaps only a 
variety of C. teres, Oliv. ; but because intermediate stages of sculp- 
ture are wanting between these two shells, and differences also 
exist in the form of the neck and of the lamelle, I have thought 
it better to create a new species for it. OC. corrugata, Drap., 
var. inflata, Oliv., in its beautiful large local form epimenides, 
Blanc, which inhabits the Spinalunga peninsula, is, on the other hand, 
anearly alliedshell; but its ventricose form, the different costulation of 
the neck, the largeness and different position of the inferior lamella, 
and the absence of the small superior palatal plait will easily distinguish 
the two species. 


1883. ] DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIA. 335 


Var. SUTURALIS, m. 


Differt a typo t. minore, magis ventriosa, gilvo-alba, anfr. 132, 
sutura distincte marginata disjunctis, costulis spire densioribus 
(40 in anfr. penultimo), magis undulatis et hic illic sursum 
dichotomis, lam. infera majore distinctiusque bifurcata, faucibus 
clarioribus, fuscescentibus nec lete castaneis. Alt. 24, lat. 
44 mm. ; alt. apert. 54, lat. apert. 33 mm. 

Hab. Sitia peninsula, N.E. of Crete (Spratt). 

This variety agrees more nearly with C. corrugata f. epimenides, 
Blanc, than the type, but is easily distinguished from it by the denser 
and more acute costulation, the yellowish-white colour, the form of 
the neck, and the distinctly bifurcate inferior lamella. 


26. Cuausinia TERES (Olivier), Voyage, i. p. 417, tab. ily 
fig. 6. 

The type of this fine species was found by Admiral Spratt near 
Cape Sidaro, and at Yani Khan in the N.E. of Crete. 

F. pHaLanea, mihi. Differt a typo t.majore, multo magis cylin- 
drata, anfr. 16, mediis 8 fere levibus, vix substriatis, sed obso- 
lete spiraliter lineatis. Alt. 28, lat.4% mm. ; alt. apert. 5, lat. 
apert. 33 mm. 

Hab. The north-east of Crete (Spratt), without distinct indication 

of locality. 


Var, INSULARIS, m. 

A. C. tereti( Oliv.) typica discrepans t. minore, ventrioso-fusiformi, 
spira multo minus elongata. Anfr. 13-14, medii obsolete rugu- 
loso-costulati ; ultimus costulis validioribus, sursum plerumque 
multifidis exasperatus, lamellis aperture validioribus, supera 
longiore, infera magis protracta, sigmoidea ascendente, intus 
via bifureata. Alt. 204, lat. 44 mm. ; alt. apert. 43, lat. apert. 
3 mm. 

Hab. Island of Kophino, E. of Crete (Spratt). 

This form seems to be a local variety of C. teres (Oliv.), but is 
remarkably shorter, more ventricose, with stronger and more oblique 
ribs ou the neck, and with distinctly more developed lamelle. The 
neck and the form and position of ,the lamella are also quite similar 
to those of C. olivieri, Roth; but the white and not at all brown 
peristome, and the milk-white, not spotted, colour of the shell, are 
foreign to the Rhodian species and agree better with C. teres 


(Ol.). 
27. CLAUSILIA CARPATHIA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 12.) 


Aff. C. olivieri, Roth, sed calcareo-alba, anfr. 125, sutura profun- 
diore disjunctis, acute costulatis, perist. albo.—T. fusiformi- 
turrita, opaca, calcarea, hic illic leviter griseo adspersa ; spira 
elongata turrita; apex corneus. Anfr. convexiusculi, sutura sat 
profunda, subcrenulata disjuncti, valide costulati, costulis (30 
in anfr. penultimo) acutis, substrictis, in anfr. ultimo parum 
validioribus nec crebrioribus. Apert. ovato-oblonga, lam. spirali 

23* 


336 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. [May 1, 


inferaque magis recedentibus, faucibus fuscescentibus, perist. albo, 
sublabiato. Caterum C. olivieri, Roth, simillima. Alt. 21, 
lat. 4 mm. ; alt. apert. 43, lat. apert. 3 mm. 
Hab. Island of Karpatho (Spratt). 
Next to C.olivieri, Roth, from the island of Rhodes, with nearly the 
same form and costulation of neck, but with acuter and stronger ribs 
on the shell than even in C. turrita, P. 


28. CLAUSILIA PRIVIGNA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 13.) 


Peraff. C. carpathize, mihi, sed minor, clavato-fusiformis, subven- 
triosa, fusco-isabellina, albido-costulata, apice concolori. Anfr. 
12 perconvexi, humiles, lentius accrescentes, costis erebrioribus 
(38 in anfr. penultimo), rudioribus, fere lamelliformibus, valde 
arcuatis, sursum se@pe dichotomis ornati, ultimus multo humilior, 
basi rotundatus. Apert. minor, rotundato-ovata, lam. infera 
minus recedente, faucibus obscure castaneis, perist. parum ex- 
panso, vie reflevo. Caterum C. carpathiz simillima, Alt. 173, 
lat. 4 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 23 mm. 

Hab. Sofrana Islands (Spratt). 

This species is indeed closely allied to the preceding and surely 
related by blood; but its habitus is always quite different, and it 
would be unscientific to place both in the same species. The shell 
from the Sofrana Islands has constantly a more round, C. carpathia 
a more oblong cross section of their whorls. Also C. sawatilis, P., 
from Cyprus is an allied shell, but distinctly to be distinguished by 
its less convex whorls and much deeper-lying apparatus claustralis. 


29. CuausiLiA TURRITA, Pfr. P. Z.8. 1849, p. 135. 


Admiral Spratt found this species, which was till now only known 
from the islands of Milo, Sipheno, and Amorgo, also in the island of 
Andro. Here it is more slender than my var. syphnia, from 
Sipheno, but in other respects there seems to exist no difference. 


30. CuausiLtia uNICcOLOR, Bttg. Mon. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria, 
p- 80, tab. 3. fig. 3. 


This interesting species, of which the native country was not 
known, has been discovered by Admiral Spratt in the islands of 
Karpatho and Saria (N. of Karpatho). Specimens from Karpatho 
measure—alt, 16-174, lat. 33-4 mm., alt. apert. 33-33, lat. apert. 
23-3 mm.; those from Saria—alt. 17-19, lat. 33 mm., alt. apert. 
33, lat. apert. 3 mm. 


31. CLausILiA EBURNEA, Pfr. P. Z. 8. 1854, p. 296. 


The type of this species, inhabiting the White Mountains, island 
of Crete (Spratt), though in its exterior very similar to C. glabri- 
collis, P., from Akarnania, seems to be more allied to C. ungeri, 
Zel., and C. virgo, Mouss., both from Cyprus and both belonging to 
the munda, than to the scopulosa group, inhabiting exclusively Morea 
and the adjacent islands. 


1883. ] DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. 337 


32. CLAUSILIA GLABRICOLLIS, Pfr. Malakoz. Blatter, xiii. 1866, 
p. 147. 

Of this species, whose type inhabits Akarnania, Consul A. 
Letourneux has recently found a smaller variety near Kerassovo in 
Aitolia (Consul Nik. Konéménos). Alt. 153, lat. 34 mm.; alt. 
apert. 33, lat. apert. 2? mm. 


33, CLAUSILIA CONEMENOsI, 0. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 14.) 

PT. intermedia inter C. cyclothyram, Bitg., et C. hiantem, Bttg., 
sed fere perforato-rimata, calcareo-alba, anfr. non levibus sed 
valide et distantius costulatis quam iis C. hiantis, costulis per- 
obliquis, valde arcuatis, in anfr. ultimo non validioribus, imo 
Sere densioribus, crista basali validiore, compressa, arcuata, 
sursum sulco tenui circumscripta. Apert. rotundato-ovata, 
faucibus albidis concoloribus vel flavescentibus, palatal supera 
distineta. Alt. 12-144, lat. 23-3 mm.; alt. apert. 23, lat. 
apert. 24 min. 

Hab. Perivola, Bezaiti and Mount Amblo near Patras, Morea 
(Konéménos). 

This little species, to which I give the name of its discoverer, my 
friend the Turkish Consul Nikolaus Konéménos at Patras, is easily 
distinguished from C. cyclothyra, Bttg., by its calcareous and not 
milk-blue colour, by the light yellowish, and not bright brown, interior 
of the mouth, and by its costulated median whorls. From O. hians, 
Bttg., it may be discerned by the less grey colour, by the more 
costulated and not striated shell, by the longer spiral lamella, the 
longer and very distinct principal plait, and by the presence of a 
distinct superior palatal plait. 


34. CrausiiiaA HIANS, Bttg. Mon. Claus.-Sect. dlbinaria, p. 87, 
tab. 3. fig. 5. 


Var. SUBLACTEA, m. 

Differt a typo t. fere lactea, striis vel costulis spire vel minus 
acutis vel subobsoletis, palatali supera interdum punctiformi. 
Alt. 144, lat. 3 mm.; alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 23 mm. 

Hab. Aitolia (Konéménos). 

This variety cannot be confounded with C. conemenosi, mihi, because 

it shows the fine striation and the incomplete apparatus claustralis of 
the true C. hians, Bttg., from Akarnania. 


35. CLausILia piscoLor, Pfr. Symbol. iii. p. 93. 


Has been sent to me by Miss Joséphine Thiesse, of Chalkis, in the 
var. inequalis, Blanc, also from the Gythion Mountains next Mara- 
thonisi in Lakonia. 


36. CLausinra GRayAnNa, Pfr. Symbol. iii. p. 94. 

This shell has been discovered at the island of Servi (Elaphonisi) 
by Admiral Spratt in a f. gracilior, mihi, which has a more finely 
striated shell, the interior of the aperture yellowish and not brown, 
and only alt. 142, lat, 3¢ mm.; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 27 mm, 


338 DR. 0. BOFITGER ON NEW CLAUSILIE. [May 1, 


37. CLAUSILIA GOLDFUSSI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 15.) 

T. magna, fere perforato-rimata, clavato-fusiformis, ventriosa, 
lactea, hie illic cinereo-punctata, nitida ; spira turrita ; apex 
corneus. Anfr. 114-12 convewiusculi, sutwra distincta dis- 
juneti, leves, ultimus penultimo via altior, basi bene rotundatus, 
sulco levissimo obsoletissime bigibbus, prope aperturam dense 
costulato-striatus. Apert. parva, rotundato-ovata, faucibus 
luteis ; perist. continuum, brevissime solutum, fere non ex- 
pansun, simplex. Lam. supera fere deficiens, in nodulis 2 
continuis parwmn validis constituta, spiralis, recedens ; infera 
profunda, alta, semilunaris, subbifurcata, ascendens ; subco- 
lumellaris valida, oblique intuenti conspicua ; plica principalis 
brevissima, altissima, remota a sutura ; lunella dorsalis, valde 
arcuata. Olausilium angustum, apice acutissimo instructum. 
Alt. 223-23, lat. 53-6 mm. ; alt. apert. 43-5, lat. apert. 33- 
4 mm. 

Hab. Mountains of Taygetos, Sparta (Dr. Theod. Krueper). 

This great and remarkable shell, which my friend Herr O. Gold- 

fuss, at Halle-Saale, has presented to me, seems to be isolated amongst 
all the other known Albinarie of the Morea. It unites the habit and 
colour of the little C. inerustata, mihi, with the mouth of C. arcadica, 
mihi, and the inferior lamella of C. messenica, v. Mts., with the form 
and sculpture of the neck of C. contaminata, Rossm. It forms, as 
I believe, a special group intermediate between the voithi and the 
maculosa groups, and is especially characterized by its not quite 
perfect apparatus claustralis. 


88. CLAUSILIA KRUEPERI, Pfr. Malakoz. Bliitter. xii. 1866, 
p- 152. 


This species, to which I now attach as a variety my O. dissipata 
(Mon. Claus.-Sect. Albinaria, 1878, p. 99, tab. 3. fig. 6)=C. 
furcilla, Westerlund (Apergu s. 1. Faune Malac. d. 1. Gréce, Naples 
1879, p. 113), has a much wider geographical distribution than one 
could anticipate a few years ago. We now know this var. dissipata, 
Bttg., from Mesolongi, Mount Varassova and Epakto in Roumelia, 
and from Mount Elias and Gerakomio, near Patras, in the Morea. 
The following new variety seems to inhabit more the south of the 
Nomen (province) of Ilia. 


Var. HOLOSTOMA, m. 


A typo discrepans t. magis albida, spira hic illic distinctius corneo 
vel griseo strigata, anfr. mediis plerumque densius distineti- 
usque striatis, perist. continuo, paullulum soluto. Alt. 123- 
134, lat. 34 mm. ; alt. apert. 34, lat. apert. fere 3 mm. 

Hab. Cape Katakolo, 8. of Ilia, Morea (Lhiesse). 

This distinct variety may easily be distinguished both from the 
type and from the var. dissipata, Bttg., by its whitish colour and 
by a Leese not only continuous but often even distinctly pro- 
tracted. 


1883.] DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI®. 339 


39. CuaustziaA AaRcaptica, Bttg., Mon, Claus.-Sect. Aldinaria, 
p- 101, tab. 3. fig. 7 (maculosa, subsp. arcadica, Bttg., olim). 


For this fine-coloured shell I can now add the localities Mamouss4 
near Vostitsa (Consul Nik. Konéménos), Megaspiléo near Kalavryta 
_ (Konéménos), both localities in the north of the Morea, and Mount 
Cylline, Sparta (T/iesse). Having in my hands more copious material 
than during the publication of my dissertation on the section Aldi- 
naria, | can now with more certainty give my opinion on the specific 
value of this form. The diagnosis of this species may be :— 


Diserepans a C. maculosa, Desh., typica t. majore, graciliore, 
tenuiore, strigis corneo-fuscis distinctioribus variegata, spira 
longe attenuata. Anfr. 11-12}, planiores, ultimus basi di- 
stinetius gibbosa, obsolete sulcatus, ante aperturam validius 
costulato-striatus. Apert. minor, regulariter ovata ; perist. 
parum expansum, vie aut non labiatum. Lam. supera vel 
parva vel obsoleta, recedens; subcolumellaris oblique intu- 
enti aut vie aut non conspicua ; lunella deorsum sepe obsoleta. 
Alt. 163-204, lat. 33-5 mm.; alt. apert. 34-41, lat. apert. 
22-37 mm. 

Hab. Vnterior of North and Central Morea. 


40. CuAusIL1A scHucut, Rssm., see Boettger, Mon. Claus.-Sect. 
Albinaria, p. 102. 


Var. oscart1, Thiesse, MS. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 16.) 


Differt a typo t. maxima, valde ventriosa, lactea unicolor, vel raro- 
strigillata vel punctata, anfr. 11-12, mediis fere semper levi- 
bus, perist. magis expanso. Alt. 19-194, lat. 43-51 mm. ; alt. 
apert. 44, lat. apert. 4 mm. 

Hab. Vitylo and Mount Cylline, Sparta (Thiesse). 

This curious form cannot be separated from the little brown- 
striped typical C. schuchi, Rssm., of Navarino, although it has a very 
peculiar aspect by its great size, uniform colour, and ventricosity ; 
but the plaits and lamellze of the mouth and the apparatus claustralis 
are absolutely identical in both forms. 


41. CLAUSILIA INCRUSTATA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 17.) 


Peraff. C. contaminate, Rssm., var. solute, Mouss., sed sub epi- 
dermide lactea fusca; anfr. ultimus gibbere wnbilicali distine- 
tiore, magis compresso tnstructus, prope aperturam subconstric- 
tus; apert. minor, angustior, sub sinulo magis compressa ; 
perist. breviter expansum, acutum, calloso-labiatum ; lam. 
supera longissima, acuta; infera multo altior, semilunaris, 
subcolumellaris, oblique intuenti non conspicua. Alt. 154-16, 

. lat.4—5 mm. ; alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 3-33 mm. 

Hab. Island of Servi or Elaphonisi (Spratt). 

This very peculiar shell is distinguished from C. contaminata, 

Rssm., by its high and long lamella supera, by its very strong 
lamella infera, and by the totally concealed lamella subcolumellaris. 


340 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ, [May 1, 


Sect. Papillifera, ex rec. Bttg. 
42, CLAUSILIA ABYSSOCLISTA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 18.) 


Aff. C. bathyclista, Blane, sed gracilior, anfr. 11 dense striatis 
nec fere levibus, plica principali suture valde approximata, 
longissima, ventrali, lunellam rectam strictamque brevem, 
latum, 1-formem, subventralem intus valde transgrediente. Pl. 
palatales nulle. Perist. albo- nec fusculo-labiatum. Ale. 
154-17, lat. 34-4 mm. ; alt. apert. 4, lat. apert. 34 mm. 

Hab. Epidaurus, Morea (Spraté), together with C. maculosa, 
Desh. 

A very distinct species of the bathyclista group (Jahrb. d. deutsch. 
malak. Gesellsch. 1879, p. 122, tab. 3. fig. 14), easily to be dis- 
tinguished by the deep ventral lunella and by the absence of the two 
long palatal plaits. 


43, CLAUSILIA CAMPYLAUCHEN, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 19.) 


Aff. C. osculanti, v. Mts., nec non C. blanci, var. thebane, v. Mzts., 
sed albida, wndique corneo strigata, apice obscura. Habitu 
C. thebane ; anfr. 83-9, sutura marginata disjuncti, media 
obsoletius densiusque striati, ultimus a latere valde compressus, 
cristis validioribus sulco brevt profundo separatis armatus, 
crista eaxteriore valde elevata geniculatimque erecta. Apert. 
yotunda, ad sinulum parum acutata ; perist. protractum, satis 
expansum, sed subsimplex, non aut vie labiatum. Apparatus 
claustralis similis ei C. thebane, sed lam. parallela distinctissima, 
intus altissima; supera breviore ; infera altiore, semiovata ; 
pliculis sutwralibus in callum album unicum punctiformem 
confusis ; principalt ante lunellam distincta, antice in callum 
noduliformem duplicem desinente. Alt. 13-15, lat. 34-32 mm.; 
alt. apert. 84, lat. apert. 34 mm. 

Hab. Monembasia, Lakonia (Thiesse). 

This very interesting shell accords in colour with C. maculosa, 
Desh., and in its apparatus claustralis with C. blanci, var. thebana, 
y. Mts. ‘The absence of the little sutural plaits is a highly charac- 
teristic difference from all its allies ; and the higher lamella infera and 
the two white nodules in the palate are also good characters for this 
species. 

C. campylauchen is the first form of the little group of OC. isabel- 
lina, osculans, coarctata, and blanci, which has been found in the 
proper peninsula of Morea. 


44, CLAUSILIA BLANCI, v. Mts. Jahrb. d. deutsch. mal. Ges. 
1876, p. 340, tab. 12. fig. 4. 

Found by Admiral Spratt on Mount Stylida, N.W. extremity of 
Eubeea, at 1000 feet alt., and on Mount Ktypa in Boeotia. 


45, Cuaustn1A conrusa, Bttg. Jahrb. d. deutsch. mal. Ges. 
1878, p. 304, tab. 10. fig. 8. 


This species, till now known only from the island of Cerigo, has 
also been found by Admiral Spratt in Servi Bay, Morea. 


1883. | DR. O. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILIZ. 341 


Sect. Alinda, ex rec. Bttg. 


46, CLAUSILIA DENTICULATA (Olivier), Voyage, i. p. 297, tab. 

£7, fir..19. 

Var. SPRATTI, m. 

Differt a typo t. magis turrita, isabellina, anfr. \4—15, apert. 
magis protracta, sinulo distinctiore, elevato, labio sinistro peri- 
stomatis denticulis omnino carente. Alt, 184, lat. 34 mm. ; alt. 
apert. 34, lat. apert. 24 mm. 

Hab. Island of Kos (Spratt). 

This fine variety differs peculiarly from the type of the islands 

Andro and Tino by the complete absence of denticulation of the 
outer lip. 


Sect. Idyla, v. Vest. 


47. CLAUSILIA THESSALONICA, K., var. euboica, Bttg. Nachr.- 
Blatt. d. deutsch. malakozool. Ges. 1880, p. 50. 


Admiral Spratt collected this variety, which was till now only 
noted from Hagia Anna in the north of Eubcea, on Mount Stoura, 
South Eubeea, in 2000 feet alt. Here the form hasa more greenish- 
brown colour, an interrupted peristome, and alt. 14, lat. 3} mm. 

Now, in studying again my rich material of this group, I find 
that also C. spreta, K., from the Prinkipo Islands and from Brussa 
in Natolia, must be regarded as only a variety of C. thessalonica, K. 


Sect. Oligoptychia, Bttg. 


48. CLausiL1A SOWERBYANA, Pfr. P. Z.S. 1849, p. 141. 


This rare, always decollated species must be ranked in the section 
Oligoptychia, where it represents a peculiar little group (Sprattia) 
connecting the subsections Armeniaca, Bttg., with Scrobifera, Bttg., 
and being well characterized by the truncature of the apex and by 
the acutely striated shell. Admiral Spratt found this magnificent 
shell in Evder Khan near Adalia, Pamphylia. 


49. CLAUSILIA EUSTROPHA, Bttg., 22. u. 23. Bericht d. Offen- 
bacher Vereins f. Naturkunde, 1883, p. 210. 


This species, only known till now from the island of Skyatho and 
from North Eubcea, has been collected in small but typical specimens 
by Admiral Spratt at the akropolis of Opus, Phthiotis. Alt. 133- 
14}, lat. 3 mm. 


50. CiausILiIA BIcRIsTATA, Rssm. Iconogv. ii. fig. 619. 


Var. TETRAGONOSTOMA, P., Boettger in 22. u. 23. Ber. d. Offenb. 
Ver. p. 213. 


Has been collected by Admiral Spratt on Mount Oktonia, south 
of Koumi, Eubeea, at 2000 feet alt.,in a form of alt. 174, lat. 34 
mm., alt. apert. 33, lat. apert. 3 mm., which agrees well with f. ku- 
mensis, Bitg., but differs in having the same smooth median whorls 
as the typical form of tetragonostoma, P., from Mount Delphi. 


342 DR. 0. BOETTGER ON NEW CLAUSILI&. [May ], 


A nearly typical f. umensis has been sent me by Herr O. Gold- 
fuss from Steni, Eubcea, which I think may be “ Stovra”’ in south 
Eubeea. But it isa little smaller, pruinose, the shell thicker, the 
peristome less expanded. Alt. 15-17, lat. 3;-33 mm. ; alt. apert. 
31, lat. apert. 3 mm. 

Closely allied to this is a second form of kumensis from the south 
extremity of Eubcea (Spratt). Its neck-crests form a clear transition 
from C. bicristata to CO. kephissie, Roth; but I do not venture to 
unite these two species from only a single specimen. 


Var. CANALICULATA, P., Boettger, J. c. p. 187. 


Admiral Spratt collected this variety on Mount Dagri, north ex- 
tremity of the Delphi mountains, at 2000 feet alt., which agrees very 
well with my f. major from Mount Delphi. Alt. 16, lat. 4 mm. ; 
alt. apert. 34, lat. apert. 3; mm. 

The little specimens from Mount Soukaro, north of Koumi, ob- 
tained by the Admiral at 2000-3000 alt., are almost smaller than the 
type from Mount Delphi; and the costulation of the neck seems to be 
more distant. Alt. 12-13, lat. 27-3 mm. ; alt. apert. 23, lat. apert. 
2} mm. 


51. CuaustniA KEPHISSIH, Roth, Mal. Blitter, ii. p. 45, tab. 1. 
figs. 15-17. 


Var. DEBILITATA, mihi. 


Differt a C. kephissize, Roth, typica t. multo minore, anfr. 
solum 10, periomphalo angustiore, cristis basalibus aliquantulum 
minus validioribus, interlamellari eplicata. Alt. 144-15, lat. 
33-31 mm. ; alt. apert. 3, lat. apert. 23 mm. 

Hab. Mount Ktypa, Boeotia (Spratt). 

This remarkable little variety forms by its feebler neck-crests a 
quasi passage to C. bicolor, P., from Andro island, but resembles 
C. kephissie, Roth, in colour, sculpture, and habitat. In my opinion, 
however, it is doubtless nearer to the species of the continent. 


Var. PIKERMIANA, Roth, Boettger, 7. c. p. 199. 


It is curious to find this variety, only known till now from 
continental Attica, among the inhabitants of the island of Zea 
(fzia), where Admiral Spratt picked it up. It is certainly iden- 
tical with typical specimens of this variety from Pikermi, and 
also scarcely to be distinguished from specimens from Pan’s Grotto 
near Marathon (O. Goldfuss). Alt. 164, lat. 4 mm.; alt. apert. 
34, lat. apert. 2? mm. 


52. CLausILiA RoTHI, P., Boettger, J. c. p. 204. 


This species has been collected by Admiral Spratt in “ typical ” 
specimens on the island of Thermia ; and now I believe that C. rothi 
does not inhabit Syra—a habitat I always considered doubtful 
(é. c. p. 206). 


P.2Z.S.1688 Pl, Xx 


Edwm Walson, lith Mintern Bros .imp 


NEW CLAUSILIA. 


rv 


P-2..8 1688 , Pinson. 


iat 
S| = 
AY aa 
4 [ 4 
? st , 
rs 
| 


Tm 


— =: 
2D [Lie 
—— 


= 
Go fi 
fom 


4 Ys Cy 
4b. 


J 19b, 
Edwin Wilson ,lith 


NEW CLAUSILLA 


Mintern Bros imp 


1883.] ON HYMENOPTERA AND DIPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 343 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Prats XXXITI. 


Fig. 1. Clausilia subvirginea, p. 327. 
sublamellosa, p. 327. 
aphrodite, p. 329. 

— thiessee, p. 329. 
astropalia, p. 330. 

— sculpticollis, p. 331. 
— , var. wnia, p. ddl. 
heracleensis, p. 352. 
manselli, p. 332. 
vermiculata, p. 333. 


Prats XXXTYV. 


Fig. 11. Clausilia vesti, p. 334. 
12: —— carpathia, p. 335. 


ac 
DSO WD 1. OU SO bo 


13. —— privigna, p. 336. 

14. conemenosi, p. B37. 

15. goldfussi, p. 338. 

16. schuchi, var. oscarii, p. 339. 
17. incrustata, p. 339. 

18. —— abyssoclista, p. 340. 

19. —— campylauchen, p. 340. 


3. Report on a small Collection of Hymenoptera and Diptera 
from the Timor Laut Islands, formed by Mr. H. O. 
Forbes. By W. F. Kirsy, Assistant in the Zoological 
Department, British Museum. 


[Received April 16, 1883.] 


The Timor Laut or Tenimber Islands are a small archipelago 
situated to the north of Australia, about halfway between the 
island of Timor and the Aru Islands. The largest island is Timor 
Laut ; but the small collection before me, consisting of only five 
species of Hymenoptera (all new) and three of Diptera, was formed 
in two of the smaller islands, viz. Larat and Maroe. I will now 
proceed to describe the Hymenoptera and to notice the Diptera, 
merely remarking that they exhibit strong affinities to those of the 
surrounding groups of islands, as would naturally be anticipated 
beforehand: The specimens are numbered ; and I have noted these 
numbers throughout. | 


HYMENOPTERA ACULEATA. 


APID. 
CROCISA CHRULEIFRONS, Sp. n. 
Long. corp. 5 lin. 
Female. Black, face and orbits (very broadly above) blue ; pro- 
thorax with a short stripe behind on each side above, and a very 
large spot on the sides ; mesothorax with seven blue spots—two small 


344 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON HYMENOPTERA [May ], 


ones on the front border, adjoining those on the prothorax, a 
longitudinal one between, then two slightly oval ones near the 
middle, and a large irregular spot behind on each side, projecting a 
branch forward within the very large black tegule; scutellum 
black, strongly excavated in the middle; abdomen with the first 
segment blue, a narrow longitudinal line, the greater part of the 
hind border, and a long transverse spot contiguous to it black; the 
remaining segments of the abdomen are black, with a wide blue 
stripe sloping slightly upwards on each side; legs black, all the 
tibiz with a wide blue stripe on the outside; wings dark purplish 
brown. (2128, Maroe.) 

Allied to C. nitidula, Fabr., a species common in Amboina, Aus- 
tralia, &c., but apparently distinct. 


XYLOCOPA FORBESII, sp. 1. 


Long. corp. 10 lin. 

Male. Thickly clothed above with olive-green pubescence, as in the 
male of X. estuans, Linn., or of X. bryorum, Fabr.; antennee black 
above and fulvous beneath, the hairs on the middle of the under 
surface of the body, especially towards the tip, those on the lower 
part of the face, and the very long hairs on the tarsi shading 
into fulvo-ferruginous ; wings brownish hyaline, with a slight violet 
shade, and marked on all the cells along the hind margin with 
numerous black dots, as in the allied species; proboscis black, probably 
reddish within and at the base when extended. (1988, Larat.) 

Female. Black, thickly clothed with black hairs, and very thickly 
and finely punctured, except on the middle of the mesothorax, which 
is smooth and shining, and has a short longitudinal furrow in front ; 
head clothed with bright yellow pubescence, that on the face thinner 
and paler; wings with a bright green iridescence, purplish along the 
veins towards the base; apical half of the antenne pale beneath ; 
proboscis mostly reddish ; under surface of body thickly punctured, 
but with some bare spaces along the middle line. (1958, Larat ; 
2019, Maroe.) 

Closely allied to X. coronata, Smith, from Kaioa; but in the 
female of that species (which doubtless has a male similar to that 
of X. forbesii) the wings have a bright violet instead of a green 
iridescence. 


VESPID. 
POLISTES EXTRANEUS, Sp. 0. 


Long. corp. 5 lin. 

Female. Head and thorax bright chestnut ; clypeus pentagonal, 
bright yellow ; mandibles with a yellow mark on each side ; 
antennze dull yellow ; the scape, second joint, and upper part of the 
third reddish ; prothorax narrowly edged with yellow in front and 
behind ; scutellum with a transverse yellow line; metathorax edged 
with yellow on the sides ; abdomen with the first joint yellow, with 
a broad red stripe, bordered behind with black, extending for two 
thirds of its length above, second and third segments blackish 


1883. ] AND DIPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 345 


brown, the third bordered with yellow behind, the fourth yellow 
bordered with blackish brown in front and behind, and the fifth 
and sixth dull reddish ; wings brownish hyaline, with reddish-brown 
nervures, yellow stigma, and brown borders. (2025, Maroe.) 
Closely allied to P. stigma, Fabr., from India, Ceram, and Celebes. 


ScoLiipz. 

DIELIS LARATENSIS, sp. n. 

Long. corp. 104 lin. 

Female. Black ; sides of thorax and abdomen, and legs clothed 
with black hair; face black; clypeus very finely punctured above, 
and more coarsely on its lower edge, and bordered at the sides and 
below with yellow pubescence; mandibles pitchy ; thorax and 


———) 


Dielis laratensis, 


abdomen finely punctured, much more densely than elsewhere on 
the sides of the abdomen and on the four terminal segments, both 
above and below; thorax and abdomen with strong steel-blue re- 
flexions, especially on the basal half of the abdomen above; wings 
deep violet-brown, second recurrent nervure incomplete, diverging 
from the first at the base and on the left wing; the nervule con- 
necting the recurrent nervures above the middle is also obsolete. 
(1957, Larat). 

Much resembles the Australian Trielis anthracina, Burm., in 
appearance. 


CHRYSIDID2. 
CuRYSIS MELANOPS, sp. n. 


Long. corp. 5 lin. 

Male. Bright green, with a coppery reflection on the head and 
thorax (very bright coppery red wherever abraded) ; punctures 
large, close together, but not confluent; ocelli black, the space 
between and immediately around also blackish ; apex of abdomen 
(and summit, when viewed sideways) with a strong blue reflection ; 
under surface of antenne, the greater part of the bind legs, and the 


346 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 5, 


tips and under surface of the middle tibize and middle tarsi brown ; 
abdomen sexdeutate, with equal and rather pointed teeth of moderate 
size; wings brown. (2049, Maroe.) 

Probably allied to C. parallela, Brullé, from Timor; but that 
species is varied with blue on the head and thorax, instead of with 
copper. 

DIPTERA. 


The only Diptera in the collection were Plecia fulvicollis, Wied., 
and Laphria gloriosa, Walk., both of which are common species in 
the Eastern Archipelago, and a Zabanus, possibly new, but in too 
bad condition to describe. 


June 5, 1883. 
Osbert Salvin Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


The following report on the additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of April 1883 was read by the Secretary :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of April 1883 was 65, of which one was 
by birth, 27 were by presentation, 26 by purchase, and 11 received 
on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, 
by death and removals, was 92. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1. A female Mule Deer (Cervus microtis), presented by Dr. J. D. 
Caton, C.M.Z.S., received April 6th. 

The accession of this animal gives us two pairs of this fine Deer 
now living in the Society’s Gardens. The present specimen was 
obtained in North-western Nebraska, and forwarded through the 
kind courtesy of Mr. W. A. Conklin, C.M.Z.S., of the Central Park 
Menagerie, New York. 

2. A Great Black Cockatoo (Microglossa aterrima), purchased 
April 10th. 

This individual seems to belong to the smaller and more greyish 
form of this species, which is sometimes called M. alecto; but it 
seems doubtful, according to the best authorities, whether the forms 
are really distinct. 

3. A Bluish Shrew (Crocidura cerulescens), purchased April 19th. 

The Insectivora are always hard to keep alive in captivity ; but 
this little Shrew seems to have borne its voyage from India and to 
be likely to do well. 


The Secretary also laid before the meeting a list of the species 
of Lepidopterous Insects which had emerged from pupe in the 
Insect-House up to date, 23 in all; and called special attention to 
examples of Sesia sphegiformis and Papilio cresphontes, which had 
not been previously bred in the Society’s Insect-House. 


1883.] MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS. 347 


Living specimens of the so-called West-Indian Fire-fly (Pyro- 
phorus noctilucus), lately presented by Mrs. Hall, were exhibited to 
the meeting. 


Mr. Sclater laid before the meeting a selection from a collection 
of birds from New Britain, New Ireland, and the Solomon Islands 
that had been sent to him for examination by the Rev. George 
Brown, and called attention to some of the specimens, on which he 
made the following observations :— 


Nasiterna pusio, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 127; Salvad. O. P. ii. 
p- 127. 

Ten examples from Duke-of-York group and New Britain. 

There is no doubt now of the true patria of this species, which is 
not from the Solomons, but from New Britain and the Duke-of-York 
group. The Solomon Islands representative is N. finschi, Ramsay, 
P.L.S.N.S. W. vi. p. 180, which, according to Canon Tristram 
(Ibis, 1882, p. 138), is very distinct. 

Ooriphilus subplacens (Scl.); Salvad. O. P. i: p. 310. 

Examples of both sexes of this pretty species from the Fead group, 
east of New Ireland, a new locality for it. 

Monarcha verticalis, Sc]. ; Salvad. O. P. ii. p. 25. 

_ Examples of this fine species from Topaia, New Ireland, and the 
Duke-of-York group. The sexes are coloured alike. 

Monarcha richardsi (Rams.) ; Salvad. O. P. iii, p. 529. 

One example of this remarkable species from Rubiana, 8. I. 


Monarcha ugiensis (Rams.) ; Salvad. O. P. iii. p. 531. 

Five examples from Ugi, 8. I., all coloured alike. I quite agree 
with Count Salvadori, that Monarcha is the proper genus for this 
species. 

Monarcha inornatus (Garn.) ; Salvad. O. P. ii. p. 14. 

A single skin, apparently of this widely distributed species; from 
Fead Island, north of the Solomon group, due west of New Ireland. 
(Cf. Ramsay, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xvi. p. 129.) 

Graucalus monotonus, Tristram, Ibis, 1879, p. 441. 

A skin apparently referable to this species; but in such case the 
describer has omitted to notice the conspicuous white edgings of 
the inner webs of the primaries. 

Myzomela pulcherrima, Ramsay ; Salvad. O. P. iii. p. 542. 

Fourteen skins of this fine new species, from Ugi, 8. I. 


Calornis feadensis, Ramsay, Journ. Linn. Soc. xvi. p. 129. 
A single skin of this newly described species, from ead Island. 


348 MR. P, L. SCLATER ON BIRDS FROM LIMA. {June 5, 


Ptilopus eugenie (Gould); Salvad. O. P. iii. p. 56; Tristram, 
Ibis, 1882, p. 139. 

A single perfect adult specimen of this lovely species, from the 
Solomons, the exact island not marked. 

The collection also contains numerous examples of Pézlopus 
yichardsi and P. solomonensis, from Ugi, 8. 1. The latter species 
is closely allied to my P. johannis (Birds of the ‘ Challenger’ Exp. 
pl. x.), but quite distinct. 


Carpophaga melanochroa, Scl. ; Salvad. 1. ¢. 


Two skins of this fine species, of which the type (described and 
figured, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 672, pl. xlii.), has hitherto remained unique. 
Both are from the Duke-of-York group, where Mr. Brown tells me 
the bird is very rarely seen. 


Reinwardtenas browni (Scl.) ; Salvad. O. P. iii. p. 131. 


Six examples of this fine species, all alike, and from the Duke-of- 
York group. 

I have great doubts whether Count Salvadori is correct in his 
suggestion that Turaccena crassirostris is the youug of this species. 


In continuation of previous communications on the same sub- 
ject’, Mr. Sclater exhibited two birds obtained near Lima, Peru, 
and transmitted to him by Prof. William Nation, C.M.Z.S. These 
were :— 

(1) A fine adult specimen of Burro apBreviatus (Lachytriorchis 
abbreviatus, Sharpe, Cat. Birds, i. p. 163) in the plumage of Buteo 
albonotatus, Gray, i.e. with occasional white spots on the lower 
surface. 

This bird had been shot near the gates of Lima in September 
1862. “Cere, legs, toes, and edges of the mouth of a beautiful 
chrome-yellow ; bill bluish, tip nearly black. Food in stomach part 
of a lizard and remains of birds. Sex, male.” 

(2) A fine adult male of the Humming-bird Polyonymus carol, of 
which Prof. Nation had previously sent a female (P. Z.S. 1881, 
p: 487). 

Mr. Nation wrote of this specimen :—‘‘ It was shot by Mr. 
Dallas in his trip up the valley of the Rimac in 1880, and sent to 
me in the flesh. The place where he shot it is at about 8000 feet 
altitude. Sex, male. Total length 5,% inches, wing 3,5; irides 
bluish black. Food found in the stomach, small coleopterous in- 
sects.” 

Mr. Sclater took this opportunity of remarking that his Buarre- 
mon nationi, described in the last paper on Mr. Nation’s birds 
(P. Z.S. 1881, p. 485, pl. xlvi.), was undoubtedly identical with 
Pipilo mystacalis of Taczanowski (P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 521), but that, 
as mystacalis had been already used by Lafresnaye as a specific 
term in the genus Buarremon, it would perhaps be better to use the 

1 See P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 484, for the last. 


SARCORHAMPHUS A QUATORIALIS 


1883. ] PROF. OWEN ON GENERAL HOMOLOGY. 349 


name “nationi”’ for this species if it were to be retained in the 
genus Buarremon. 


Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to a Condor from 
Peru, which had been presented to the Society by Mr. John I. North, 
on the 13th June, 1877, and which was still living in the 
Society’s Gardens. After six years it was in nearly the same uniform 
brown plumage as that in which it had been originally received, and 
which at that time had led Mr. Sclater to suppose it to be the young 
of the Common Condor (Sarcorhamphus gryphus). Mr. Sclater had 
now come to the conclusion that this must be a specimen of the 
“ Condor pardo,” or Brown Condor, spoken of by Mr. J. Orton’, 
and subsequently named Sarcorhamphus equatorialis by Sharpe in 
his ‘ Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum’ (i. p. 21). 

Mr. Sclater exhibited a water-colour drawing of this curious bird 
(Plate XXXYV.), and pointed out that it differed from the Common 
Condor in its smaller size, nearly uniform brown plumage, and brown 
ruff. The example in the Gardens had no caruncle on the head, 
and was perhaps a female bird, as the specimen seen at Amsterdam 
by Mr. Sharpe was stated to have a perfectly formed erectile wattle. 


Mr. G. French Angas exhibited a collection of Butterflies from 
Dominica, West Indies, made during a seven weeks’ residence in that 
island in February and March last. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. Embryological Testimony to General Homology. 
By Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. 
[Received April 18, 1883.} 


In my researches on the‘ Archetype of the Vertebrate Skeleton ”*, I 
was led to regard the limbs, severally, as an appendage of a hzmal 
arch, diverging therefrom with a free termination. In the majority 
of these appendages their distal end does not push through the 
integument: this condition is represented by the “ pleural spines ”’ in 
Fishes (op. cit. pl. ii. fig. 2, a, a), and by the “costal appendages ” 
in Crocodiles (ib. fig. 3, a, a) and Birds (ib. fig. 4, a, @). The only 
appendicular elements of the vertebral segment which do push 
through and undergo diverse degrees of adaptive developments, as 
“limbs,” are those in which such development may be traced from 
the primitive form in Lepidosiren and Protopterus (ib. fig. 7, a) to 
that of the many-rayed and jointed diverging appendage of the 
scapular arch, or “pectoral fin,”’ in other Fishes, andof thevaried forms 
and modifications of the fore and hind limbs in higher Vertebrates. 


1 «The Andes and the Amazon,’ by James Orton, 5rd ed., New York, 1870, 


p- 965. 
? 8yo, 1848, pp. 72, 101. 
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XXIV. _ 24 


350 PROF. OWEN ON EMBRYOLOGICAL [June 5, 


This homological generalization implied and inferred that the 
embryonal basis of such diverging appendages should be a continu- 
ous fold of blastema on each side of the body, projecting some way 
between the neural, or upper, and the hzemal, or lower, primitive folds, 
in which the unpaired fins, dorsal and anal, are developed in Fishes. 

To raise the foregoing generalization’ from the hypothetical level 
required the evidence of the competent embryologist, and such, by 
common consent, was the late lamented Biological Lecturer of Trinity 
College, Cambridge. 

After treating of the development of the ‘ Pectoral and Pelvic 
Girdles,’ Prof. Balfour proceeds to that of the ‘* Limbs.” 

‘“‘ The first rudiments of limbs appear as slight longitudinal ridge- 
like thickenings of the epiblast, which closely resemble the first 
rudiments of the unpaired fins”*. The anterior portion of the 
lateral ridge is “‘immediately behind the last visceral fold”; the 
posterior portion is ‘‘on the level of the cloaca’’*. ‘In some 
Elasmobranch embryos, more especially in Torpedo, they are con- 
nected together at their first development by a line of columnar 
epiblast-cells”*; but “this connecting line of columnar epiblast is 
a very transitory structure, and after its disappearance the rudimen- 
tary fins become more prominent”’. ‘The connexion of the two 
rudimentary fins [of one and the same side] by a continuous epithelial 
line suggests the hypothesis that they are remnants of two contiunous 
lateral fius’’% 

Whether the first recognizable trace of the locomotive fin be in 
the form of a single ray, or of “a median axis and two rows of rays,” 
would be, on proof and acceptance, a test of the hypothesis of the 
rays or plates diverging or continued from the arches homologous 
serially with the pectoral and pelvic supporters of their more deve- 
loped “ diverging appendages.” 

Prof. Gegenbaur, who maintains the embryological evidence of 
the “primitive type of fin, consisting of a central multisegmented 
axis with numerous rays,” confers on this alleged incipient form the 
term ‘‘archipterygium.”’ Professor Balfour, accepting the term 
as applied to the limbs of Fishes, calls the embryonal limb of Amniota 
the “‘ cheiropterygium.” 

After repeating that ‘the limbs arise as simple outgrowths of the 
sides of the body formed both of epiblast and mesoblast,” and that 
“in the ‘Amniota’ they are processes of a special longitudinal 
ridge, known as the Wolffian ridge,’”’ he notes that “both limbs 
have at first a precisely similar position, both being directed back- 
wards and being parallel to the surface of the body’’’. 

The parts of the limb or fin as they successively appear are 


1 “he serial homology of the pectoral and pelvic limbs with the shorter 
appendages (a, @) of the succeeding arches is unmistakable. If, then, the 
diverging rays of the thoracie and abdominal vertebre of Fishes, of Reptiles, 
and of Birds be the serial repetitions of the more developed appendage of the 
scapulo-coracoid arch, they must be ‘ rudimental limbs.’” (‘On the Nature of 
Limbs,’ 8vyo, 1849, p. 65.) 

2 Treatise on Comparative Embryology, 8yo, 1881, vol. ii. p. 500. 

3 [bid. A ltid. "= Ibid. ® Tom. cit. p. 501. ™ Tom. cit. p. 508. 


1883.] TESTIMONY TO GENERAL HOMOLOGY. 351 


first a ray diverging from, or near to, the articular interspace between 
the scapula and coracoid, or the ilium and pubis. This primitive 
condition of limb he terms, in Fishes, the “ basipterygial bar ”', and 
represents it as such in his figure 346, under the letters mpt, of a 
section of the embryonal pectoral fin in Scyllium stellare. 

So, in Fishes, “In both fins the skeleton in its earliest stage 
consists of a bar springing from the posterior side of the pectoral 
or pelvic girdle, and running backwards parallel to the long axis of 
the body. The outer side of this bar is continued into a plate 
which extends into the fin, and which becomes very early segmented 
into a series of parallel rays at right angles to the longitudinal bar’. 
In other words, the primitive skeleton of both the fins consists of a 
longitudinal bar running along the base of the fin, and giving off at 
right angles a series of rays which pass into the fin. The longi- 
tudinal bar, which may be called ‘‘basipterygium,” is moreover 
continuous in front with the pectoral or pelvic girdle as the case 
may be”’*. 

Gegenbaur and his followers believed the “ bar” and “ rays’’ to be 
contemporaneous in appearance ; and truly they come early into view 
and follow quickly. Balfour, however, derived, from apparently 
closer or earlier observation, the conviction that they showed two 
stages, and that the “rays” were consecutive in appearance to the 
SbAR, 

If this view, as is probable, be preferably accepted, the “ diverging 
appendages ” of the heemal arches or so-called“ girdles,” intervening 
between the scapular and pelvic ones, may be viewed as “ embryonal 
limbs ” arrested at the “ bar-stage.’ It’ may be objected that such 
“costal appendages,” as a rule, are lamellar, or in form of a “ plate” 
rather than a “bar ;” but such is the shape assumed by the pri- 


Chondropterygian embryonal fin (after Balfour). 


mordial fin, when the “ basipterygium ” (annexed figure, bp) be- 
comes the ‘ metapterygium ” (ib. mp), or sustainer of the “meso- 
pterygium,” or rudiment of the consecutive or future “ pro- and 
mesopterygia” (a, 6), 

1 Tom. cit. p. 504. * Tom. cit. p. 502, 

* Tom. eit. p. 502. 4 Tom. cit. p. 501. 


24* 


352 REY. O, P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5, 


While in the embryonal or cartilaginous stage, both ‘“ pleurapo- 
physial ” or iliac (ib. i/) and “ heemapophysial” or pubic (ib. pa) 
sustainers of the developed, and in Fishes fin-like, ‘‘ appendage ” 
of such pelvic arch are continuous with the primitive ‘ bar” or 
plate (bp, basipterygium). But if they are so evolved as secondary 
and subordinate members, their subsequent ossification exemplifies 
their claim as independent or distinct elements of their vertebral 
segment. 

Lepidosiren and Polypterus retain the later segmentation of the 
‘* basipterygium,” with feeble rudimentary indications of rays in the 
narrow skin-fold which it supports. The proximal piece of the fin- 
skeleton of Ceratodus, like that of Lepidosiren, answers to the 
basipterygium=metapterygium, not to the mesopterygium, which, 
as Balfour shows, is a secondary character, and is not developed 
in certain Fishes, e. g. Scyllium. 

I cannot conclude without quoting the last letter with which I 
was favoured by my friend :— 

“ Trinity College, Cambridge, 
Dec. 7th, 1881. 
* Dear Proressor Owen, 

**T am much obliged to you for your kind note about my paper 
on the ‘ Development of the Paired Fins.’ I accept the justice of 
your criticism on my use of the term ‘girdle.’ I used the term 
merely because it was a term in common use, and must plead guilty 
to never having troubled myself about its derivation’. I shall, 
however, in future use the expression ‘ arch’ instead. 

“ Very sincerely yours, 
“F, M. Batrour.” 


2. On some new Genera and Species of Spiders. 
By the Rev. O. P. Camsrinez, M.A., C.M.Z.S., &e. 


[Received April 25, 1883.] 
(Plates XXXVI. & XXXVII.) 


Eight Spiders, representing, as it appears to me, as many new 
genera, are described and figured in the present paper from examples 
in my own collection. Two of them belong to the family Therapho- 
sidee, one to the Drassidz, and the remaining five to the Thomisidze. 
Three species are from Ceylon, three from Caffraria, one from New 
Zealand, and one from California. For the Ceylon species I am 
indebted to the late Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites; for those from Caffraria 
to Mr. Mansel Weale ; for the New-Zealand species to Captain F. W. 


* “GirpLe—Belt or Zone. Any thing drawn round the waist and tied or 
buckled.”—Johnson. . 

The “ pelvic arch ” is inverted ; its piers, as a rule, are based on the sacrum : 
the “ pectoral arch” is inyerted, and its piers, save in most Fishes, are free. 


1883.] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 353 


Hutton ; and to Mr. J. J. Rivers of Berkeley, California, for the 
exceedingly remarkable species (allied to the European Atypus) from 
that region. Want of leisure alone has prevented my being able as 
yet to work out more of the valuable collections received from all of 
the above sources. 


THERAPHOSID2&, 
THERAPHOSINA. 


SARPEDON, g. n. (nom. propr.). 


Cephalothorax as broad as long, tolerably convex above, rather 
higher a little in front of the thoracic indentation than at the eyes; 
no lateral marginal indentation at caput ; that at the thoracic junction 
is long, deep, transverse, and very nearly straight, if any thing the 
slightest possible curve has its convexity directed forwards. The 
height of the clypeus is equal to about half that of the facial 
space. 

The eyes are unequal in size and form a rather large transverse 
rectangular space as nearly as possible double as long as it is broad; 
two of the largest form a transverse line in the middle of the space, 
separated from each other by somewhat more than a diameter’s 
interval, and each with the other eyes on its side forms an equilateral 
triangle ; contiguous to each of the hind-lateral eyes is that one 
which corresponds to the hind-central in ordinary Spiders ; it is very 
minute and of a pearly white colour. 

Legs short, strong ; not very unequal in length, 4, 1, 2, 3; they 
are furnished with hairs (but not densely), and a few fine, bristle-like 
spines beneath those of the first and second pairs ; a well-expanded 
dense scopula occupies the underside of the tarsi and metatarsi of 
the first and second pairs; the tarsi end with two (apparently 
untoothed) claws, and beneath them is a dense claw-tuft. 

The palpi are clothed like the legs, with a scopula beneath the 
digital joint, which ends with a single simple claw. 

Mazille rather long, strong, cylindrical, with the slightest possible 
prominence at their extremity on the inner side; towards their base 
on the same side is a short straight transverse row of (2-4) small 
black but distinct denticulations. 

Labium of fair size, and quadrate in form, a little longer than 
broad ; the apical margin is straight and armed with a single row of 
sharp black denticulations. 

Sternum longer than broad, and broader towards the hinder part 
than in front. The hinder extremity is drawn out into a point be- 
tween the insertion of the basal joints of the fourth pair of legs. 

Abdomen short, and projects well over the base of the cephalo- 
thorax. 

Spinners 4, the superior pair short, 3-jointed, very strong, and 
upturned as is usual in this family ; those of the inferior pair very 
minute, cylindrical, and placed close beneath, in fact almost between, 
the superior ones, — 


354 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5, 


SARPEDON ROBUSTUM, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 1.) 


Adult female, length 53 lines. 

The cephalothorax is of a rich dark reddish-brown hue, clothed 
thinly with long bristles, chiefly on the caput. : 

The legs and palpi are yellowish, the basal joints tinged with 
brown and strongly suffused with deep reddish brown, chiefly on the 
anterior half of the joints. 

The sternum and labium are similar in colour to the basal joints 
of the legs. 

The falces are of moderate length and strength, and not quite so 
rich in colour as the cephalothorax. , 

The abdomen is of a deep blackish brown tinged with a purplish 
hue, and pretty thickly clothed with hairs, mostly short; it has on 
its upperside two longitudinal curved converging rows of yellowish 
macule, the anterior ones indicating the position of the heart, and 
the posterior ones forming the usual transverse angular lines or 
chevrons. 

So distinct a pattern is not usual in this family, and bears much 
resemblance to that found in the genus Amaurobius. 

On the underside the four spiracular plates are of a brownish-yel- 
low colour, and behind them towards the spinners are four macule 
of the same hue, and forming nearly a square. 

Two examples of the female of this very distinct and remarkable 
Spider (which appears to be allied to the S.-African genus Mog- 
gridgea, Cambr.) were received a few years ago from the late Mr. G. 
H. K. Thwaites from Ceylon. Nothing is known of its habits ; but 
I should not be surprised to learn that it was one of those Spiders 
which form a trapdoor nest, though not excavating a hole for itself, 
to do which it has none of the requisite armature either on the falces, 
palpi, or legs. 


ATYPINA. 


ATYPOIDES, g. n. 


Cephalothorax oblong-oval, rather truncate before the caput, rising 
gradually (but not to a great height) to the eyes from the thorax, 
which is rather depressed. Thoracic indentations strong ; that at 
the junction of thorax and caput longitudinal. 

Eyes of fair size for this family, and not greatly unequal, situated 
at the apex of the somewhat drawn-out fore extremity of the caput, 
two in a transverse line, less than half a diameter’s distance from 
each other, in the centre, with three others close on the outerside of 
each, in a compact triangle, the anterior eye in each triangle being 
the largest of the eight. The central eyes are dark grey, the rest 
shining pearl-white. 

Legs moderately long and strong; relative length apparently 4, 1, 
2, 3, but their absolute length not greatly different ; furnished with 
spines of varied length and strength, strongest and most numerous 
in the femaie ; the metatarsi and tarsi, however, of the first pair 
are devoid of them in the male. 


1883. ] REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 055 


Palpi leg-like in the female, armed as the legs and ending with a 
single curved claw. 

Falces strong, prominent and massive, considerably gibbous at the 
base on the upperside, the gibbosity greatly prolonged forwards in 
a curved form in the male. 

Maville short, broad, convex in front and prominent in an obtusely 
conical form at the base, with only a slight subconical prominence 
at the extremity on the inner side. 

Labium short, somewhat subtriangular, its apex rounded, and its 
base inserted into a deep rounded indentation of the sternum, which 
is oval, with a round impressed spot on the margin opposite to the 
insertion of the basal joints of the first three pairs of legs. 

Abdomen short, oval; very convex above, with a bare, subtrian- 
gular, or somewhat kidney-shaped patch on the upperside near the 
fore extremity. Spinners 6; an inferior transverse row of four, of 
which the outer ones are very small ; the superior pair long, upturned, 
and three-jointed. 


ATYPOIDES RIVERSII, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 2.) 


Adult male, length 6 lines. 

Cephalothorax greenish brown; caput dark and of a reddish- 
brown tinge, marked on its surface with minute punctures, 

Legs similar in colour to the thorax, those of the two foremost 
pairs being darkest ; the terminal tarsal claws are three, the superior 
pair long and pectinated, the inferior claw small. 

Faices darker than the caput ; they have an extraordinary appear- 
ance from the two long, projecting, curved apophyses at their base ; 
these are cylindrical, obtusely pointed, and densely clothed at and 
near their extremity, above and on the sides, with long coarse bristly 
black hairs; the extremity of the falces in this sex (¢) have no 
spines on the upperside. 

Mazille similar in colour to the caput. 

Pailpi long, strong, similar to the fore legs in colour; the radial 
joint is double the length of the cubital, of an elongate-oval or tumid 
form, clothed underneath with strong hairs; digital joint short, 
broadest and truncate at its fore extremity, where it is also clothed 
with long bristly black hairs. The palpal organs are small, of a 
rather irregular pyriform shape, whose stem (directed backwards 
close by the side, rather underneath the fore part of the radial 
joint) is formed by a terminal sharpish-pointed spine. 

The abdomen is of a dull purplish-brown bue, very like that of 
the European Adypus piceus, Sulz., freckled with small brownish- 
yellow points, and a transverse kidney-shaped bare yellow-brown 
patch at the fore extremity of the upperside. The general surface 
of the abdomen is thinly covered with fine hairs. The spinners are 
brown ; the two terminal joints of the superior pair paler. 

The female resembles the male in colour, but the hinder slope of 
the caput is more abrupt, and the fore extremity more obtuse. 

Instead of the long projections of the falces, there is on each a 
simple strong subconical prominence directed a little backwards. 


356 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5, 


The whole falces are, however, more massive than in the male, 
and they are furnished with strong spines above at the extre- 
mities. “The spines also on the legs are stronger, and are found on 
the metatarsi of the first pair as well as of the last. The palpi 
are also furnished with strong spines, and the legs themselves are 
shorter. 

Examples of this most interesting Spider were kindly sent to me 
by Mr. J. J. Rivers from Berkeley, California, who tells me that it 
tunnels in banks mostly by streams, forming a tubular projection 
above ground of any material at hand, woven up with silk, making 
no trapdoor, but closing the aperture at times. It has a close general 
resemblance to Atypus ; but the very different form of the maxille 
distinguishes it at a glance and necessitates the formation of a new 
genus for its reception. It is with much pleasure that I connect 
Mr. Rivers’s name with this Spider. 


DRASSID&. 


AMAUROBIOIDES, &. N. 


Cephalothoraz oblong, its length double its breadth ; the lateral 
marginal constriction at the caput is slight but perceptible; the 
profile forms a continuous curve from the hinder slope to the fore 
extremity ; normal indentations very slight. 

Eyes of moderate size, placed on slight tubercles on somewhat 
of a prominence, in two transverse slightly curved rows at the 
middle of the fore part of the caput close to the margin, and forming 
a segment of a circle; the posterior pair is much the longest ; their 
position is very like that of Cludiona, but they form a less laterally 
extended area. 

Legs moderate both in length and strength, 1, 4, 2,3, the dif- 
ference between 1 and 4 being very slight; furnished with hairs 
and spines; the latter, chiefly beneath the tibize and metatarsi, few 
and fine ; a not very dense scopula beneath the tarsi and metatarsi ; 
tarsal claws 2, pectinated, and below them is a claw-tuft. 

Falces long, powerful, prominent at their base in front and 
strongly arched in profile. 

Mazxille \ong, strong, enlarged and divergent at their anterior 
extremity, where they are rounded on the outer side, but obliquely 
truncated on the inner side. 

Labium oblong-oval; more than half the length of the mavxille. 

Sternum elongate-oval, pointed behind and truncated in front. 

Abdomen oval and of moderate convexity on the upperside. 
Spinners compact, of uniform length, moderately long and strong ; 
those of the inferior pair much the strongest. 


AMAUROBIOIDES MARITIMA, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 3.) 

Adult female, length rather more than 5 lines. 

Cephalothorax dark yellow-brown, deepening to red-brown and 
black on the caput ; clothed thinly with short fine hairs; the height 


1883. ] REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 357 


of the clypeus is no more than equal to the diameter of one of the 
fore-central eyes. 

Eyes of a dark yellowish-grey colour ; those of the posterior row 
are about equally separated from each other, the hind-centrals being 
rather smaller than the hind-laterals ; the fore-centrals are minute, 
much the smallest of the eight, difficult to be seen, and equally re- 
moved from each other and the fore-laterals ; the four central eyes 
form a rectangular figure whose posterior side is the longest and its 
anterior the shortest. 

Legs yellow-brown ; the tibize, tarsi, and metatarsi of the first and 
second pairs dark reddish brown. 

Palpi similar in colour to the first two pairs of legs, and ending 
with a small curved claw. 

Falces nearly black, with some strong teeth on the inner margin 
near the fore extremity; their anterior surface is roughened or 
finely rugulose, and the fang strong. 

Mazille and labium deep blackish red-brown. 

Sternum yellowish brown, with prominences round the margins, 
opposite the insertions of the legs. 

The abdomen projects fairly over the base of the cephalothorax ; 
its upperside is yellow, with a strong central longitudinal bar on the 
fore half, strongly bifid in a fish-tail form at its hinder extremity, 
and with two or three prominent spots or blunt points on the sides ; 
following this to the spinners are five transverse angular bars or 
chevrons divided or interrupted at the angles; all these markings 
are of a deep blackish chocolate-brown, the sides being of the same 
colour, softening off gradually into yellowish on the underside; a 
large obtuse patch of the dark colour obtrudes from the sides at the 
fore part into the upper yellow area, touching (on each side) the 
middle prominent point on the side of the central longitudinal bar ; 
the sides are also traversed by a curved, more or less continuous, yellow 
tapering stripe, which breaks out from the middle of the upper sur- 
face and runs obliquely backwards ; there are also a few more yellow 
spots behind these, sometimes forming curved lines, which also run 
obliquely backwards. 

Genital aperture small and not very conspicuous. 

An adult and three immature examples of the female of this Spider, 
found by the late Dr. Smith on rocks in the sea at Allday Bay, 
Otago, were sent to me by Captain F. W. Hutton. They 
came to me labelled ‘* Marine Spiders ;” but whether marine in the 
sense of passing any portion of their existence under water, like 
Robsonia marina, 1 do not know. 

Independently of any peculiarity of habit, however, this Spider is 
of great interest as being undoubtedly a Drassid, but bearing a near 
resemblance to Amaurobius in general form, appearance, and pattern; 
while in its eye-position, mawille, and falces it is most like Clubiona, 
the falces especially being very similar to those of Clubiona holo- 
sericea, De Geer. 


358 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5, 


THOMISID&. 


CyRsILLUs, g. 0. (nom. propr.). 


Cephalothorax oblong, tolerably convex and evenly rounded above ; 
lateral marginal indentation at caput slight; normal grooves and 
indentations i imper ceptible. 

Eyes small, in two transverse rows, occupying the greater part 
(nearly the whole) of the width of the caput ; the anterior row con- 
siderably the shortest, slightly, if at all, curved; the posterior Tow 
much more curved; the convexity of the latter curve is directed 
forwards ; the four central eyes are the smallest, and form a small 
trapezoid whose anterior side is the shortest ; the eyes of the hind- 
central pair are exceedingly minute and difficult to be seen; the 
fore-laterals are the largest of the eight. 

Legs not very long, strong, 1, 2 (or 2, 1?), 3,4; their length is 
not greatly different from each other, the difference between 1 and 
2 is exceedingly slight. The articulation between the tarsi and meta- 
tarsi is almost obsolete, being (especially in those of the first and 
second pairs) almost imperceptible, the faintest possible transverse 
line alone being visible; as a joint, it can scarcely be of any use; the 
length of the tarsus is considerably more than that of the metatarsus. 
They are furnished with hairs only; each tarsus ends with two 
(apparently not dentated) curved claws, and some, somewhat clavi- 
form, hairs occupy the underside of the anterior portion of the 
tarsi, but scarcely to be called a scopule. 

Mavwille. These were not easy to he seen with perfect accuracy 
owing to some adventitious matter collected about them ; but, so far 
as they could be observed, they are rather long, narrow, straight, and 
pointed at the extremities. 

The /abium appeared to be narrow-oblong, about half the length 
of the maxillze, rather broadest and truncate at the apex. 

The sternum is oblong-oval, truncate (in a slightly hollow line) at 
the fore extremity. 

Abdomen roundish oval, flattish on its upperside, and projecting 
fairly over the base of the cephalothorax. 


CyYRSILLUS DRASSIFORMIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 4.) 


Adult male, length 2 lines. 

The cephalothoraa is black, thinly clothed with hairs and short 
bristles, and its surface has a roughened or somewhat pock-marked 
appearance. 

The eyes of the hind-central pair are considerably nearer to each 
other than each is to the lateral on its side; and this is also the case 
in respect to the anterior row, which is, however, much shorter than 
the posterior. The height of the lypeus i is less than half that of 
the facial space. 

The legs are of a deep rich blackish mahogany colour, the femora 
and genua deeper than the rest. 

The falces are moderately long, strong, conical, vertical; their 


1883. | REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 359 


anterior surface is flattish, with an exterior angular margin or edge, 
and their colour is similar to that of the cephalothorax. The colour 
of the maxillze and labium is like that of the legs, while that of the 
sternum resembles the cephalothorax. 

The palpi are short and strong; the radial joint is a little shorter 
than the cubital, and its outer side has two strong obtuse apophyses ; 
the anterior is the longest, prominent, and somewhat bent; from 
some points of view these apophyses look like one large bifid pro- 
jection. The digital joint is large and oviform; the palpal organs 
are simple, with a strong corneous process, or spine, round the inner 
margin, 

The abdomen has its flattened upperside covered with a kind of 
coriaceous shield, of a deep blackish hue; around the margins are 
some short dull golden hairs (possibly these may originally have 
been more numerous and more widely spread over the surface) ; the 
sides are of a warm purplish brown, deeply and longitudinally ragu- 
lose, and the colour of the underside is similar. The spinners are 
very short and counter-sunk in a sort of pit or depression, beyond 
the margin of which they scarcely appear. 

An example of this Spider was given to me among those found in 
Caffraria by Mr. Mansel Weale. It is a very remarkable one, not 
only on account of its general form, which gives it some resemblance 
both to the Drassidee and Palpimanidze, but also in respect to the 
structure of the legs, especially the long tarsi, which are, as above 
noticed, scarcely divided from the metatarsi. 


>» 


CAsTUROPODA, g. n. (kaorwp, a beaver, ovpa, tail, roda, feet), 


Cephalothoraa broad, rather longer than broad, only slightly con- 
vex above, broadly truncate in front, and considerably constricted 
laterally on the margins of the caput, the other normal indentations 
being obsolete. 

Eyes placed much as in Xysticus, but occupying a wider trans- 
verse area ; they are small and seated on tubercles ; the fore-laterals 
are largest, the four centrals very small, and form nearly a square, 
of which the posterior side is slightly longest ; the hind-central eyes 
are the smallest. 

Legs moderately long, 2, 1, 3, 4, the difference between 2 and 
1 very slight. They are strong, especially those of the first and 
second pairs, whose anterior joints are of abnormal size. The form 
of the tarsi bears no small resemblance to a beaver’s tail. The 
legs are furnished with short hairs only, those beneath the tarsi 
forming a scopula; the tarsi end with two curved (and apparently 
nonpectinated) claws. 

Falces moderate in length, subconical, massive; but the fang is 
short and weak ; on the inner side of the anterior extremity of each 
falx is a short row of small but distinct denticulations regularly 
diminishing from the fore extremity. 

Palpi short, ending with a small curved claw. 

Mazille long, straight, pointed at their extremity on the inner 


360 REV. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5, 


side, and rounded on the outer extremity, showing a considerable 
constriction about the middle of the outer side. 
Labium about half the length of the maxillee, somewhat obtusely 
pointed at the apex, and narrower at the base than at the middle. 
Sternum elongate-oval, pointed behind and hollow-truncate before. 
Abdomen short, broad, round-oval, of a flattened form, rather 
truncate before, and fitting well up to the base of the cephalothorax. 


CASTUROPODA SIGILLATA, sp.n. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 5.) 


Adult female, length 22 lines. 

The colour of the cephalothorax, falces, legs, and palpi is a rich 
dark mahogany-brown. . 

The surface of the cephalothorax and falces has a roughened 
appearance, being granulose or punctuose; the latter, as well as 
the sides and hinder part of the former, are furnished with short 
bristly hairs; the fore margin of the caput has also a single row of 
short strong prominent bristles. The height of the clypeus is only 
equal to the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. 

The mawille, labium, and sternum, as well as the basal joints of 
the legs, are yellowish brown. 

The eyes of the hind-central and fore-central pairs are respectively 
nearer together than each is to the lateral eye of its row on the same 
side. | 

The abdomen is of a dark greenish olive-brown hue, deepest on 
the upperside, which is of a somewhat coriaceous nature, and where 
there are in a transverse line on the- middle two large oval rusty- 
brown seal-like markings, near together, and each marked in the 
centre with one of the two posterior of the five normal Thomisid 
impressed spots or markings, and of a deeper red-brown colour ; 
the other three of these normal spots form a triangle immediately 
in front of the sigilliform markings, the apex directed forwards 
and close to the fore extremity of the abdomen. A pale yellowish 
streak or line runs from the apex of this triangle to a little way 
beyond the posterior impressed spots, and is succeeded by several 
short transverse pale curved lines, from the ends of each of which 
similar lines run parallel to each other round the sides and outer 
portion of the upperside of the abdomen. In some parts these lines 
are formed by small pale dots. ‘The spinners are short and of a 
pale dull yellowish hue. The abdomen is thinly clothed with short 
hairs. 

The whole Spider has a very flattened form. 

An adult and an immature feniale, as well as an immature male, 
were sent to me some years ago from Ceylon by the late Mr. G. H. 
K. Thwaites. The size and peculiar form of the anterior pair of 
legs make this Spider a very remarkable one. This character, 
together with its other structural features, have induced me to base 
a new genus upon it, though it has some strong points of affinity to 
the preceding species Cyrsillus drassiformis (p. 358, anted). 


SSS 


1883. | REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. 361 


NesIs, g. n. (nom. propr.). 

Allied to Diea, Thor. 

Cephalothorax as long as broad, truncated in front, constricted 
laterally at the margins of the caput ; upper surface flat and level. 

Lyes small and not greatly different in size (though the four centrals 
are distinctly smallest), seated on separate tubercles, of a greyish hue, 
and occupying the whole width of the fore part of the caput. Height 
of clypeus less than the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes. 
The position of the eyes is much the same as in Xysticus. 

Legs moderate in length and strength; those of the first and 
second pairs much the longest; the second pair slightly exceed 
the first, and the third pair rather shorter than the fourth. They 
are armed with a few regularly disposed slender spines beneath the 
tibice and metatarsi of the first and second pairs; beneath the tarsal 
claws is a small claw-tuft. 

Faices moderate in length and strength, subconical, and perpen- 
dicular. 

Mazille long, enlarged at the extremities, where they are ob- 
liquely and slightly roundly truncated on the outer side, and inclined 
over the labium. 

Labium rather more than half the length of the maxille, con- 
stricted laterally near the middle, and somewhat pointed at the 
apex. 

Tater oval, truncated before and pointed behind. 

Abdomen of a somewhat oblong form, truncated before and pointed 

behind, and very flat. 


NESIS NIGROPUNCTATUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 6.) 

Adult male, length 2 lines. 

The cephalothoraz, legs, and palpi are of a brownish orange- 
yellow hue ; the former with a fine dark marginal line; the whole 
of the underside, including the abdomen both above and below, 
being paler and duller-coloured. 

The eyes of the anterior row (which is the shortest and least 
curved) are almost equally separated from each other; the central 
pair of the posterior row are nearer together than each is to the 
lateral on its side; the four central eyes form a square, whose ante- 
rior side is slightly the shortest, and its posterior side distinctly the 
longest. The tubercles supporting the lateral eyes are strong and 
of a subconical form. 

The palpi are short ; the radial joint is shorter than the cubital, 
and has its extremity on the outer side produced into a strong apo- 
physis, whose extremity is pointed, and of a bent or twisted and 
slightly corkscrew form; the digital joint is large, nearly round, 
with a rather abrupt point at its fore extremity. The palpal organs 
are simple, and encircled with a long, strong, black, fine-pointed 
spine. 

Pithe abdomen has on the margins of its upperside (chiefly on the 
hinder part) a single row of small but distinct black spots. Spinners 
small ; those of the inferior pair strongest. 


362 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. {June 5, 


Two adult males of this Spider (remarkable for its flattened form) 
were contained in the collection made in Caffraria by Mr. Mansel 


Weale. 


PAL#PHATUS, g.n. (nom. propr.). 


Cephalothorax. Length and breadth equal, broader in front than 
behind; upper convexity even and considerable; in profile, highest 
at the beginning of the posterior slope; there is no lateral marginal 
constriction at the caput, and all the normal indentations are obsolete. 
The height of the clypeus is equal to the length of the line formed 
by the fore-central pair of eyes. 

Eyes considerably unequal in size, placed in three widely sepa- 
rated groups (although preserving the same general form of area as 
Xysticus, &e.), and occupying the whole width of the fore part of 
the caput. The eyes of the two lateral pairs (or groups) are seated 
on strong and distinct pale tubercles, and are the largest, the fore- 
laterals being larger than the hind-laterals; those of the central 
group form nearly a square, whose longitudinal is less than its 
transverse diameter, and the anterior side is shortest; the posterior 
eyes of this group are smallest, very minute, and difficult to be seen. 

Legs short and almost equal in length; their relative length 
appeared to be 4, 2, 3,1. They are furnished with coarse hairs 
only, and each tarsus ends with two curved, closely pectinated claws. 

Paipi short, similar in armature to the legs, and ending with a 
curved pectinated claw. 

Faices short, conical, vertical ; fang small and weak. 

Maxille moderately long, rounded on the outer and pointed on the 
inner extremity, constricted about the middle, and a little inclined 
over the labium, which is about half the length of the maxillee, and 
of an oblong-oval form. 

Sternum short, heart-shaped. 

Abdomen oval, flattened on its upper surface, and projects well 
over the base of the cephalothorax. 


PALZPHATUS SALTICIFORMIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 7.) 


Immature female, length 13 line. 

The cephalothorax is of a mahogany red-brown colour, with a 
reddish yellow-brown, slightly tapering, longitudinal central stripe, 
reaching from the hind-central eyes to the posterior extremity. Its 
surface is thinly covered with impressed points or punctures, and 
there are a few strong hairs with some stiffer prominent bristles on 
the sides of the caput, near the lower margin. 

Falces similar in colour to the cephalothorax, punctuose, and also 
furnished in front with bristly hairs. 

Legs yellow-brown, darkest on the tibie and fore half of the 
femora. — 

Palpi similar to the legs in colour. 

Mavwille, labium, and sternum dark yellowish brown. 

Abdomen deep rich maroon-brown, thinly furnished with hairs ; 
the upperside has some irregular longitudinal (central and marginal) 


1883. ] REV. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS, 363 


yellowish-white markings, with a considerable well-defined patch of 
the same colour just above the spinners; on the underside is a 
broad central longitudinal dull yellowish band, with a short narrow 
bar of the same between its hinder end and the spinners ; six small 
somewhat impressed circular spots, each surrounded by a halo of 
dark yellow-brown, form two parallel longitudinal lines of three spots 
in each towards the hinder part of the central yellowish band. The 
spinners are of a dark brown hue, short, closely grouped together, 
and similar in length, but the inferior pair much the strongest. 

A single example of this little Spider (which, however, may pos- 
sibly attain a much larger size at its maturity) was received from 
Ceylon in 1871 from the late Mr. G. H. K. Thwaites. At first 
sight it is very like a Salticid Spider; but its structure, though 
strongly allied to some other Thomisid genera, seems to require a 
new genus for its reception. 


PHERECYDES, g. n. (nom. propr.). 


Cephalothorax short, broad, and nearly round. 

Eyes 8, not very large, but unequal in size, occupying the whole 
transverse diameter of the caput, those of each lateral pair seated 
upon an extensive tubercular prominence, extending laterally beyond 
the lower part of the caput. Their relative position is that common 
to many Thomisid genera belonging to the XYysticus group, forming 
two nearly parallel! curved transverse lines, the convexity of the 
curve directed forwards ; the external eyes of the anterior row are 
the largest. 

Legs neither very long nor strong; those of the second pair were 
wanting in the only example seen ; those of the fourth pair are con- 
siderably shorter than those of the first, the third being a little 
shorter than the fourth. The second pair would probably be 
slightly shorter than the first. They are furnished thinly with 
hairs and a few spines, besides which beneath the tibize and meta- 
tarsi of the first and second pairs are some longer and stronger 
sessile spines arranged in successive pairs. Each tarsus ends with 
two curved pectinated claws. 

Palpi short, and terminating with a small curved claw. 

Maxille rather long, a little enlarged in a pointed-oval form 
at their extremity, and inclined over the Jabium, which appears to 
be of a rather narrow or oblong form, as if lanceolate, with the point 
of the lancet (at its apex) truncated ; but this portion of structure, 
owing to some adventitious substance obscuring it, could not be satis- 
factorily determined, 

Sternum heart-shaped. 

Abdomen of a somewhat pentagonal form, broadest and highest 
behind. Spinners small; those of the inferior rather stronger than 
those of the superior pair. 


PHERECYDES TUBERCULATUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 8.) 
Adult female, length 2 lines. 
The colour of the cephalothorax is light whitish yellow tinged 


364 REY. O. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW SPIDERS. [June 5, 


with brown; the caput is strongly marked, mottled, and suffused 
with deep yellow-brown; the thorax has a fine submarginal line, 
as well as some converging lines and other markings, of the same hue. 
The height of the clypeus is equal to half that of the facial space. 
On the caput are a few shortish bristly hairs. 

The eyes of the hind-central pair are much wider apart than 
each is from the lateral eye on its side; the same proportionate 
separation is observable, though not to the same degree, in the 
eyes of the anterior row. The fore-centrals are the smallest of 
the eight. 

The legs are of a pale dull yellowish hue, with a few obscure blotches 
of white, and more or less marked and spotted with blackish brown. 

The falces are similar in colour to the cephalothorax, thinly 
mottled and marked with dark yellow-brown. 

The mawille and labium are pale whitish yellow-brown. 

The sternum is similar to the falces in colour ; its central portion 
deep yellow-brown. 

The abdomen is thinly clothed with hairs and a few short 
bristles ; its colour is a dull whitish yellow tinged with brownish, 
somewhat speckled and marked with yellow-brown and deep 
black-brown ; some of the deeper markings are lineate and oblique, 
others, towards the hinder part, are transverse ; a small elevation 
halfway between the fore extremity and the beginning of the hinder 
slope is marked with a somewhat curved, transverse, geminated spot, 
forming probably a characteristic central abdominal marking. The 
underside has a broad longitudinal central band suffused with sooty 
brown, deepest along its margins. 

An example of this curiously formed Spider was received from 
Mr. Mansel Weale, by whom it was found in Caffraria. It is 
evidently allied to Monastes, Luc.; but a consideration of its 
abnormally formed caput and some other characters have induced 
me to found a new genus upon it. 


List of Species described. 
THERAPHOSIDS. 


Sarpedon robustum, gen, et sp. noy., p. 854, Pl. XXXVI. fig. 1. Ceylon. 
Atypoides riversii, gen. et sp. nov., p. 355, Pl. XXXVI. fig. 2, California. 


Drassip&. 
Amaurobioides maritima, gen. et sp. noy., p. 356, Pl. XXXVI. fig. 3. New 
Zealand. 
THOMISIDA. 


Cyrsillus drassiformis, nov. et sp. noy., p. 358, Pl. XXXVI. fig. 4. Catff- 
raria. 


Casturopoda sigillata, gen. et sp. nov., p. 360, Pl. XXXVII. fig. 5. 
Ceylon. 
Nesis nigropunctatus, gen. et sp. noy., p. 861, Pl. XXXVII. fig. 6. Caff- 
raria. 

Palephatus salticiformis, gen. et sp. nov., p. 362, Pl. XXXVII. fig. 7. 
Ceylon. 


Pherecydes tuberculatus, gen. et sp. nov., p. 363, Pl. XXXVII. fig. 8. 
Caffraria. 


AVA: 


» 


oP: Zt 1Gean 


Ew SPIDERS. 


ES 0 


I 


NEW GENERA & SPEC 


OP Cambridge dé] 
E Carter sc. 


: ne no > 
P72. 8. 1883 PL Seve 


OPCambridge del 
E. Carter sc. 


aS NEW GENERA & SPECIES OF SPIDERS. 


1883.] MR. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 365 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Prats XXXVI. 


Fig. 1. Sarpedon robustum 9, p. 354. i 

a, Spider, magnified; 4, ditto, in profile c, eyes, from above and 
behind; d, underside of cephalothorax, showing maxille, sternum, 
and labium; ¢, spinners, from underneath; /, natural length of 
Spider. 

2. aippoides riversit' $ & Q, p. 355. 

a, Spider, natural size; b, profile of g; ¢, profile of 9 ; d, eyes, 
from above and behind; e, underside of cephalothorax, showing 
maxille, labium, sternum, and falces of g ; f, left palpus of ¢, from, 
outer side. 

3. Amaurobioides maritima @ , p. 356. 

a, Spider, magnified ; 4, ditto, in profile; c, eyes, from in front; 
d, eyes, from above and behind ; ¢, underside of cephalothorax, showing 
maxills, labium, and sternum; /, natural length of Spider. 

4, Cyrsillus drassiformis 8, p. 358. 

a, Spider, magnified ; 6, ditto, in profile; ¢, eyes, from in front; ¢@, 
underside of cephalothorax, showing maxille, labium, and sternum ; 
é, leg of first pair; f, 9, left palpus in two positions; 2, natural length 
of Spider. 

Prats XXXVII, 


5. Casturopoda sigillata 9 , p. 360. 

a, Spider, magnified ; 4, ditto, in profile; ¢, eyes, from above and 
behind ; d, underside of cephalothorax, showing maxille, labium, and 
sternum ; é, genital aperture ; /, natural length of Spider. 

6. Nests nigropunctatus J, p. 361. 

a, Spider, magnified ; 2, ditto, in profile ;-c, eyes and falces, from in 
front ; d, underside of cephalothorax; e, left palpus, from in front ; 
f, natural length of Spider. 

7. Palephatus salticiformis 2, p. 362. 

a, Spider, magnified ; 2, ditto, in profile ; c, eyes, from in front; d, 
eyes, from above and behind; ¢, underside of cephalothorax, showing 
maxillx, labium, and sternum; /, natural length of Spider. 

8. Pherecydes tuberculatus 2, p. 363. 

a, Spider, magnified (legs of second pair wanting); 4, Spider in 
profile ; ¢, caput, in front and a little raised on one side; d, eyes and 
falces, from in front; ¢, underside of cephalothorax, showing maxillz, 
labium, and sternum ; /f, genital aperture; g, natural length of Spider. 


3. List of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. H.O. Forbes in 
the Islands of Timor Laut. By Arruur G. Bortz, 
F.LS., F.Z.S., &c. 


[Received April 30, 1883.] 
(Plate XXXVIII.) 


Twenty-three species of Lepidoptera were obtained by Mr. Forbes 
in his recent expedition to Timor Laut ; one of these, however, is 
apparently a Micro-Lepidopteron, so much rubbed and broken as to 
be unrecognizable ; all the Moths, in fact, are in very poor condi- 
tion, forming a marked contrast in this respect to the Butterilies, 
which are well preserved. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXV. 25 


[June 5, 


366 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON 


The following Table will give an idea of the geographical relations 
of the named species in this collection :— 


Species of Timor Laut. | Nearest allied species. THe a ae! of 
Ohanapa.sacerdos. Chanapa lewinii. North Australia. 
Calliploea visenda. Calliplea hyems. Timor. 

Salatura laratensis. Salatura artenice. Jaya. 
Hypolimnas forbesii. Hypolimnas polymena.} Aru. 
Precis expansa. Precis timorensis. Timor. 
Catochrysops patala. Catochrysops patala. Massuri. 
Lampides eelianus. Lampides elianus. East India 
Delias timorensis. Delias timorensis. Timor, 
Terias maroensis. Terias excayata, Kangra. 
Terias laratensis. Terias lifuana. Lifu. 
Appias albina. Appias albina. Amboina. 
Appias clementina. Appias clementina, Amboina. 

Belenois consanguis. Belenois pitys. Timor. 
Papilio aberrans. Papilio liris. Timor. 
Papilio inopinatus. Papilio adrastus. Banda, New Guinea, 
Diludia casuaring ? Diludia casuarine. Sydney. 
Ercheia dubia. Ercheia dubia. Rockhampton. 

Lagoptera honesta. Lagoptera honesta, East Indies. 
Lyssidia goldiei, Lyssidia goldiei. New Guinea. 
Pinacia molybdenalis. | Pinacia molybdenalis, | Batavia. 
Hymenia fascialis. Hymenia fascialis. Japan. 


From the above, however, we may deduct the wide-ranging species 
Catochrysops patala, Lampides elianus, Lagoptera honesta, and 
Hymenia fascialis, which leaves us 5 Timor types, 3 Australian, 
2 Amboina, 2 New Guinea, 1 Aru, 1 Lifu, 2 Javan, 1 Indian. The 
last of these, however, is equally characteristic of the Malayan fauna, 
as also is that from Polynesia ; these two forms therefore may be re- 
garded as doubtful, which will leave the relative proportions of the 
species as follows:—Indo-Malayan 2, Austro-Malayan 10, Aus- 
tralian 3. The only surprising thing in this distribution is the pre- 
ponderance of Timor over Aru or New-Guinea forms, the species 
characteristic of that island being only equalled by those from Aru, 
New Guinea, and Amboina combined. 


RHOPALOCERA. 
NYMPHALID&. 
EuPL@In«#. 


1, CHANAPA SACERDOS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 7.) 


Nearly allied to C. Jewinii of Australia; the wings much blacker, 
the primaries of the male velvet-black, the white spots on the 
primaries decidedly larger, the sericeous brand on the male of twice 
the length : secondaries with the discal series of white spots more 
regular, nearer to outer margin, and not notched as in OC. lewinit; 
the submarginal spots clearer and arranged more regularly. Expanse 
of wings, ¢ 78 mm., 2 71 mm. 

Larat. 


1883. ]} LEPIDOPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 367 


2. CALLIPL@A VISENDA, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 1.) 

Allied to C. hyems (arisbe, Fld.) from Timor, but much darker ; 
the primaries of the male velvet-black, the white spots on the pri- 
maries larger, especially the two last in the series, the last of all 
being the largest spot in the series; submarginal dots wanting on 
the upper surface of primaries, but present on the secondaries, which 
are not bordered with pearl-white but with greyish brown; the 
discal spots forming a sinuous white band well separated from the 
margin, somewhat as in the preceding species ; the usual whitish costa 
and cream-coloured sexual patch. Expanse of wings 64 mm, 

Maroe Island. 

This is one of the prettiest species in the genus, and is doubtless a 
copy of the preceding species. 


3. SALATURA LARATENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 5.) 

Allied to §. artenice, Cramer, of Java; but the subapical white 
fascia decidedly broader; no central white markings on the secon- 
daries ; the veins on the under surface of these wings less distinctly 
bordered with white. Expanse of wings 70-74 mm. 

Larat. 

NyYMPHALINZE. 

4, HypoLiMNas FORBESH, sp. u. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 4.) 

2. Allied to H. polymena from Aru: velvet-black shot with 
purple ; primaries with the pattern of H. velleda 9 , but darker, and 
with all the white spots of double the size; the secondaries differ 
from H. polymena in having a series of hastate brown dashes along 
the internervular folds from just beyond the middle of the broad 
cream-coloured external area, through the centre of which a series 
of ane spots can be dimly seen. LExpanse of wings 80 mm. 

arat. 

This is one of the most beautiful species in the genus; it bears a 
vague resemblance to H. aléula of Timor, which, however, belongs to 
the H. anomala group. 


5, PRECIS EXPANSA, Sp. n. 

@. Allied to P. timorensis of Wallace, from which, however, it 
differs in its clearer fulvous colouring above, the blackish colouring 
of the external area being confined to the apex, the paler coloration 
of the under surface, its broader and less produced primaries, and 
the less pronounced caudal angle to the secondaries. Wings above 
tawny, with black markings and bluish-centred ocelli, as in P. erigone 
of Java (Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 62. E, F), but the white markings 
of that species replaced by a slightly paler tint of tawny than the 
ground-colour ; under surface as in P. erigone. Expanse of wings 
52-54 mm. 

Larat. 

Why the P.-erigone group has been referred to Junonia and the 
scarcely differing P. natalica to Precis it would, I think, be hard to 
explain. PP. antigone and P. natalica seem very closely allied 
species. 

25* 


368 MR. A.G BUTLER ON {June 5, 


LYCANID&. 
6. CATOCHRYSOPS PATALA. 
Lycena patala, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv. 2, p. 419 (1848). 
36. Maroe Island. 


Does not differ from Indian specimens excepting in the slightly 
whiter tint of the under surface. 


7. LAMPIDES ZLIANUS. 


Hesperia elianus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ili. 1, p. 280. n. 79 
(1793). 

Larat. 

Does not differ from Indian specimens excepting in its slightly 
inferior expanse of wing; in colouring and pattern it perfectly 
agrees. 


PAPILIONIDA. 
PIERINz. 
8. DEeLIAS TIMORENSIS. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 6.) 


Pieris timorensis, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 459. n. 30 
(1836). 

Larat. 

Most nearly allied to D. vishnu of Moore from Java (with which 
species it was associated by Wallace). It differs in its superior size, 
the narrower black area of the upper surface, the deeply sinuated 
inner edge of the black area on the primaries, the apical series of 
spots much smaller, the fifth, as Boisduval says, “ trés petite et 
ponctiforme,” whereas in D. vishnu this is the case with a sixth spot 
not present in D. timorensis: primaries below with the basal pale 
area cuneiform (not angular), pure lemon-yellow within and just 
below the cell, otherwise pearl-white (‘‘la base gris-blanchatre sau- 
poudrée de jaune pur,’ Boisd.): secondaries with only the basi- 
abdominal third? brilliant golden yellow, suffused at its inferior ex- 
tremity with bright orange; the inner edge of this area straight, not 
angulated as in D. vishnu ; the submarginal red lunules narrower, of 
a more carmine tint, the terminal one not expanded, further from the 
outer margin, yet not touching the yellow area; there are in fact, as 
Boisduval says, ‘‘ sept lunules,” and not six lunules and two spots as 
in D. vishnu. 


9. TERIAS MAROENSIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 2.) 


Q. Nearly allied to 7. ewcavata of Moore, from India, but of a 
decidedly deeper yellow (bright sulphur) than the female of that 
species ; the inner edge of the external border decidedly arched, 
convex, not concave, towards the costa, the sinuation upon the median 
interspaces not so deep and more oblique (as in 7. sari); the discal 

? The carelessness of Boisduval’s description at this point probably misled 


Wallace ; he says:—‘‘ La moitié antérieure d’un beau jaune de chrome.” On the 
other hand, the yellow of D. vishnu has a decidedly dull creamy appearance. 


1883. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 369 


markings on the under surface of secondaries less defined and ar- 
ranged in a much less irregular series. Expanse of wings 42 mm. 
Maroe Island. 


10, TeRIAs LARATENSIS, sp. n. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 3.) 


3. Nearly allied to 7. lifuana ; above most like my “ Japanese 
Terias,’” fig. 10 (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1880, pl. vi.), but with less-pointed 
primaries and narrower apical border; it, however, belongs to the 
T.-@siope group, the primaries below being marked with a curved 
series of three subapical red-brown spots; other markings much as 
usual, all well defined; the discal series of secondaries forming a 
nearly straight line between the first subcostal and second median 
branches. Expanse of wings 39 mm. 

Larat. 


11. APPIAS ALBINA. 
Pieris albina, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. i. p. 480. n. 62 (1836). 
3. Maroe Island. 


A small example; the species was originally described as from 
Amboina. 


12. ApPiAs CLEMENTINA. 


Pieris clementina, Felder, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, math.-nat. 
Cl. xl. p. 448 (1860); Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 162. n. 133, 
pl. 25. fig. 6 (1867). 

od. Maroe Island. 

Originally described as from Amboina. 


13. BELENOIS CONSANGUIS, sp. 0. 


Nearly allied to B. pitys from Timor, but a little smaller; the 
external border of primaries with more oblique inner edge, much 
broader towards the costa and without any trace of a subapical 
white spot: primaries below white, suffused with sulphur-yellow at 
the base only ; external area black internally, but of a reddish clay- 
colour towards apex ; its inner edge much less irregular than in 
B. pitys, being sinuated only on the lower radial and lower (or first) 
median interspaces : secondaries saffron-yellow, the external border 
with purplish-black internal, and reddish clay-coloured external half. 
Expanse of wings 48 mm. 

Larat. 

PaPILIONINZ. 

14, PAPILIO ABERRANS, sp. n. 


Pattern and form of Papilio liris of Timor, which it greatly re- 
sembles on the upper surface, but the pale area on the primaries is 
whiter, and the submarginal spots on the secondaries sandy brown, 
instead of dull red; the sides of the abdomen, front of head, ani s, 
and lateral pectoral stripe are ochreous instead of deep rose-red, and 
the submarginal spots on the under surface of the secondaries are 
ochreous buff instead of rose-red- Expanse of wings 108 mm, 

3 Q. Larat, 


370 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [June 5, 


There were several examples of this species in Mr. Forbes’s col- 
lection, clearly showing that the differences of coloration are con- 


stant. 


15. PAPILIO INOPINATUS, sp. 0. 

Allied to P. adrastus of Felder, from Ceram and N. Guinea ; but 
the male with a broad oblique subapical white belt, which does not 
quite reach the outer margin and is cut by the black nervures; the 
fascia on the secondaries narrower, formed more nearly as in the 
Australian P. e@geus, with zigzag outer edge, but of more uniform 
width throughout than in that species, and of a sordid cream-colour ; 
a scarlet spot near the anal angle, well separated from the central 
fascia. The female differs in the whiter and oblique belt across the 
primaries, the inner edge of which is not so deeply zigzag, and there- 
fore is not angulated as in the allied species, and the outer half to- 
ward apex suffused with grey so as greatly to reduce its width ; 
secondaries with no trace of the central white patch, the submarginal 
scarlet spot large, oblong, and notched in front. Expanse of wings, 
36 144 mm., 2 153 mm. 

¢ var. Wings shorter ; the inner edge of the white band of pri- 
maries impinged upon by the discoidal cell, which also encloses a spot 
of the same colour as the band ; the band of the secondaries broader, 
cutting across the end of the cell. Expanse of wings 132 mm. 

Maroe Island. 


HEtTEROCERA. 
‘SPHINGID. 


16. DitupiIA CASUARIN[| ? 


Macrosila casuarine, Walker, Lep. Het. viii. p. 210. n. 19 
(1856). 

“*M. Saqueir,”’ Larat. 

The specimen is so much rubbed that it is impossible to be sure 
that it is the same as the Australian species. 


CATEPHIIDS. 
17, Ercuerra pusia. 
Oatephia dubia, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 292 (1874). 
Larat. 
One worn example of this Australian species was obtained. 


OpHiIusID&. 
18. LAGorTERA HONESTA. 


Thyas honesta, Hiitbner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. Lep. iv., 
Noct. iii., Semigeometre v., Meropides A, Festive 1, figs. 1, 2 
(1805). 

©. Larat. 


1883 . Pl . XXXVI. 


ie) 


Bd 


os. amy 


Br 


1883. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM TIMOR LAUT. 371 


URANIIDz. 
19. LyssrpIA GOLDIEI. 


Lyssidia goldiei, Druce, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 781. 
Larat. 


Hypanip. 


20. PINACIA MOLYBDZENALIS. 


Pinacia molybdenalis, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett., Zutr. 
p- 13. n. 218, figs. 435, 436. 

Larat. 

Previously known from Java and Borneo. 


ASOPIIDA, 
21. HyMeENIA FASCIALIS. 


Phalena-Pyralis fascialis, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 398. O 
(1782). 

Larat. 

A fragment of this wide-ranging species was obtained. 


Boripipz. 
22. Borys, sp. 


A broken example of a species allied to B. gastralis, which it 
resembles in size and coloration ; the pattern, however, agrees better 
with B. rosinalis. 

Ritabel, Larat. 

The specimen is not sufficiently perfect to name; it is chiefly 
interesting for its resemblance to New-World types. 

The only other Lepidopteron is unrecognizable, as previously 
mentioned ; the veining of the wings reminds one of some Micro- 
Lepidopteron. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXVIII. 


Fig. 1. Calliplea visenda, upperside, p. 367. 

. Terias maroensis, upper- and underside, p. 368. 
laratensis, upper- and underside, p. 369. 

. Hypolimnas forbesii, upperside, p. 867. 

. Salatura laratensis, underside, p. 367. 

. Delias timorensis, underside, p. 368. 

. Chanapa sacerdos, upperside, p. 366, 


MID OUP o9 bo 


372 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [June 5, 


4, Descriptions of new Species of Zygzenide and Arctiide. 
By Hersert Drvcz, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. 


[Received April 30, 1883.] 
(Plates XXXIX. & XL.) 


The following descriptions are all taken from specimens in my 
own collection, mostly collected in Ecuador by Mr. C. Buckley, to 
which are added a few others that I have found undescribed in 
working through this group of the Heterocera for the purpose of 
making out the Central-American species for the ‘ Biologia.’, Many 
of the species of Zygzenidee are the most wonderful of all the Moths ; 
in some cases they so closely resemble Hymenoptera, that at first 
sight it is almost impossible to determine to which order they belong. 
In the present paper I have described fifty new species, representing 
twenty-four genera. 


Fam. ZYGHENID&4. 
Eupyra, Herrich-Schiffer. 


EvupyRA HERODES, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 1.) 


Wings uniform greenish black, slightly metallic along the costal 
margin of the primaries, a large hyaline patch crossed by the black 
veins close to the apex: head and thorax black ; abdomen greenish ; 
antennee black, tipped with white ; legs black ; tarsi white. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

This peculiar species is very unlike any other that I am ac- 
quainted with, and may at some future time prove to be a new 
genus ; but as I have only seen a single specimen, I think for the 
present it is better placed in the genus Hupyra. 


EupyrA SALMON], 0. sp. 


Primaries brownish black, thickly speckled with bright metallic 
green scales; four round hyaline spots, the first pair within the 
discoidal area, the second beyond and nearer the apex: secondaries 
black, with two elongated hyaline spots close to the base, and a 
round one beyond nearer the outer margin: head and thorax black ; 
abdomen green, with a central black line; a white spot. on the crown 
of the thorax, and one on each side of the abdomen close to the 
base ; underside of abdomen white ; legs white; tarsi black ; antennze 
black, slightly whitish at the tips. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Colombia, Antioqua, Frontino (Salmon). 


EvupPyRA CEPHALENA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 2.) 


Wings black ; primaries thickly powdered with bright green scales, 
a band of hyaline spots close to the apex, a small spot at the end of 


1883.] ZYGENIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 373 


the cell and one below nearer the base; secondaries hyaline, the 
outer and inner margin broadly black: head and thorax black ; 
abdomen bright greenish blue, the base and sides of abdomen 
white ; legs black ; antennze black. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley); Colombia, Antioqua (Sal- 
mon). 

A beautiful species, allied to H. salmoni. The specimens from 
Antioqua are rather more highly coloured than the type. 


Catonotos, Hiibner. 


CALONOTOS SANDION, 0. sp. 


Wings hyaline; primaries—the costal apex, outer and inner margins 
broadly black; a wide black band crossing the wing from the costal 
margin to near the anal angle; the veins all black: secondaries 
black, the base and a small spot near the apex hyaline: head, 
antenne, and thorax black; abdomen greenish black, the sides 
greenish white ; legs black. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Colombia, Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

Of this fine species I have only received a single specimen ; it is 
allied to C. almon, Cramer. 


CALONOTOS FLAVICORNIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 3.) 


Wings black; primaries crossed by two hyaline bands, the first 
about the middle, the second beyond nearer the apex, the nerves all 
black ; secondaries hyaline, the inner and outer margins broadly 
black: head and thorax black; abdomen bright greenish blue ; 
legs black; antennze pale chrome-yellow. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Colombia, Antioqua (Salmon). 

A beautiful species, easily distinguished from all others by its pale 
yellow antennz. I have also specimens of it from Ecuador sent by 
Mr. Buckley. 


IsANTHRENE, Hiibner. 
IsANTHRENE EUSEBIA, 0. Sp. 


Wings hyaline ; primaries shaded with rich orange-yellow at the 
base and along the costal and inner margins, the outer margin and 
veins black, widened at the apex into a black spot; secondaries with 
the outer margin slightly black, widest at the anal angle: body 
yellow, banded with bluish black, the bands almost divided in the 
middle, forming spots; antenne black, slightly yellowish at the 
tips; legs yellow. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

This beautiful species comes nearest Isanthrene craboniformis, 
Staudinger. 


374 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW {June 5, 


IsANTHRENE THYESTES, 0. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig, 4.) 

Wings hyaline, with the veins and outer margins black ; head and 
thorax brownish black banded with yellow; abdomen yellow, 
crossed close to the base by a black band, the three last segments 
bright carmine ; antennze, legs, and underside of abdomen carmine, 
also the costal margin of the primaries. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, St. Lucia (Wolf). 

This fine species is quite distinct from any that I am acquainted 
with, and has not any near ally. 


IsANTHRENE TOLOSA, 0. Sp. 


Wings hyaline; primaries with the costal and inner margins 
yellowish brown, outer margin and veins all black ; secondaries with 
the outer margin black: head and front of thorax dark blue ; thorax 
black; abdomen black, crossed at the base with a cream-coloured 
band ; in some lights the abdomen is shot with bright blue ; antennz 
black at the base, brownish yellow near the tip. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley). 

This species resembles Gymnelia completa, Walker, to some extent, 
the black outer margins of the wings being very much narrower. 


Homaocera, Felder. 


Hommocera ozora,n.sp. (Plate XXXIX, fig. 6.) 


Wings hyaline, the base, outer margin, and veins black; head, 
thorax, and abdomen greenish black, the abdomen crossed by two 
orange-red bands, the first close to the base, the second beyond the 
middle ; antenne black, tipped with white. 

Expanse 13 inch. . 

Hab. Colombia, Antioqua (Salmon). 

This beautiful species is closely allied to Homeocera cressa, 
Felder, from which it differs chiefly in the bands across the ab- 
domen. 


HoM@OCERA BUCKLEYI, un. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 5.) 


Wings hyaline ; primaries—the base, a large square-shaped spot at 
the end of the cell, the apex, and a small spot close to the anal 
angle, the nerves, and outer margin all black ; two small white spots 
close to the base: secondaries—the outer and inner margins black : 
head, thorax, and abdomen greenish black, two orange-red spots 
bordered with white on the inner side close to the base of the 
thorax, and a row of orange-red spots on each side ; antenne black, 
whitish at the tips; legs black; tarsi white. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley). 

This fine species is very distinct from any described, differing from 
all that I am acquainted with. 


1883. ] ZYGHNIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 375 


HoM@oceRA LYRCEA, 0. Sp. 


Wings pale hyaline, yellowish at the base, veins all black, the 
apex of the primaries slightly black ; head and thorax black, spotted 
with yellow; abdomen black, banded with blue and yellow; an- 
tennee black ; legs yellow. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab, Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley). 

This species resembles to some extent Homeocera ozora, but is 
very distinct, the colour of the body being quite different. 


Erruca, Walker. 
ERRUCA LYCOPOLIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 7.) 


Wings yellowish hyaline; primaries with the costal and inner 
margins pale yellow, the veins all yellow, except close to the outer 
margin they are slightly dusky, all the outer margins slightly bor- 
dered with black : head and thorax black, spotted with blue ; abdo- 
men black, banded with yellow, anda series of blue spots down the 
middle enclosing two small yellow dots; antenne yellow, rather 
dusky at the base. 

Expanse 1,3; inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 


ERRUCA PHYLEIS, 0. Sp. 


Wings hyaline ; primaries with the costal half rich golden yellow, 
the outer margin slightly bordered with brown; secondaries—the 
outer margin black, widest at the anal angle: head, thorax, and 
abdomen brownish black, a narrow cream-coloured band crossing 
the abdomen near the base of the thorax, and a bluish-grey line on 
each side; antenne yellow; legs black, with the tarsi light 
yellow. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Eeuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

This species is allied to Erruca aterrima, Walker, but can easily 
be distinguished from that species by the much narrower black 
margins to all the wings and the yellow on the primaries. 

ERRUCA SEPHELA, Ni. sp. 

Wings yellowish hyaline ; primaries—the costal and inner margins 
yellow, the outer margin black, widest at the apex ; secondaries—the 
outer margin black, the inner margin yellow: head, thorax, and ab- 
domen yellow, banded with black; antennz and legs yellow. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

This species is most nearly allied to Hrruca hilaris, Walker, but 
is very distinct. 

SpHecosoma, Butler. 
SPHECOSOMA SURRENTUM, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 8.) 


Wings dusky hyaline, outer margins and veins all black; head 


376 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [June 5, 


and thorax yellow spotted with black; abdomen black; antennee 
dark brownish black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley). 

This species resembles Sphecosoma testaceum, Walker, to some 
extent, but the black body clearly separates it from that species. 


SPHECOSOMA ECUADORA, N. sp. 

Wings hyaline; the costal margin of primaries red, extending 
almost to the apex, which is black; outer and inner margins very 
narrowly bordered with black : secondaries—the base pale yellow, the 
inner and outer margins slightly dusky : head, antenne, front of 
thorax, and abdomen black ; the base of thorax and three first seg- 
ments banded with yellow ; legs pale yellow ; tarsi black. 

Expanse # inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

A small species allied to Sphecosoma angustata, Moschler. 


LoxopuHLesiA, Butler. 


LoxoOPHLEBIA EUMELIS, N. sp. 

Wings yellowish hyaline; costal base and inner margin yellow ; 
nerves black ; outer margin black, widest at the apex : head, thorax, 
and abdomen black ; a blue dot on the front of the head, and one at 
the base of the thorax ; a central row of blue spots on each segment, 
and a row on each side of the abdomen; underside blue; antennz 
black, finely pectinated. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley). 


LoXOPHLEBIA PETOSIRIS, 0. Sp. 


Wings hyaline; base of primaries and inner margin of secon- 
daries bright yellow; outer margin of all the wings narrowly bor- 
dered with black ; apex of primaries broadly bordered with black: 
head and thorax black ; abdomen yellow, banded with black, the 
three last segments shot with blue; antenne black; legs bright yellow. 

Expanse 1,5; inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley). 


GyMNELIA, Walker. 


GYMNELIA WHITELYI, 0. sp. 

This species is allied to Gymnelia completa, Walker, but differs 
from it in the following respects :—the marginal black bands are very 
much wider; the two cream-coloured spots are formed into a wide 
band at the base of the thorax; a series of narrow red bands cross 
the abdomen ; and the anus is black instead of orange-red. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. East Peru ( Whitely). 


1883.] ZYGENIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 377 


GYMNELIA TORQUATUS, 0. sp. 


Wings hyaline: primaries black for one third of length from the 
base ; costal, outer, and inner margins black ; apex broadly black ; 
veins all black: secondaries black at the base, also the inner and 
outer margins: head, thorax, and basal half of the abdomen black, 
the anal half bright scarlet ; antennze black, tipped with white ; legs 
black ; tarsi spotted with white. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. South-east Brazil, Petropolis. 

This fine species to some extent resembles Dasysphinx mucescens, 
Felder; it is much the largest species in the genus. I am indebted 
to Lord Walsingham for this interesting addition to my collection. 


Cosmosoma, Hiibner. 
CosMOSOMA OMOLE, N. sp. 


Wings hyaline; primaries the same as in C. confine, Her.-Schif., 
except that they are black at the base instead of orange-red ; secon- 
daries yellow on the inner margin, but in all other respects the same 
as C. confine: head and front of thorax black ; abdomen bright yellow, 
the last three segments brilliant bluish green; antenne black; legs 
yellow ; tarsi black. 

Expanse | inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

This species is allied to C. confine, the wings being very much 
the same, the great difference being the yellow abdomen, instead of 
blue spotted with red. 


CosMOSOMA UFENTINA, 0. sp. 


Allied to C. auge, but the primaries rather longer and the black 
outer margin much wider; head black; thorax and abdomen yellow 
instead of bright red; the blue markings the same as in C. auge ; 
antennz black, the tips white ; legs black. 

Expanse 1? inch. 

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley). 

This is a very distinct species, allied to C. auge, Linn. 


Dycuapia, Felder. 
DYcLADIA FELDERI, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 9.) 


Wings hyaline ; primaries with the apex black, slightly yellow at 
the base ; head, thorax, and abdomen pale sulphur-yellow ; a central 
row of minute black spots commencing close to the thorax and ter- 
minating near the anus; antennz black ; legs pale yellow. 

Expanse 1-4, inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley). 

This species is allied to Dycladia batesii, Butler, from which it 
differs greatly in colour and extent of the black at the apex of the 
primaries. Specimens have lately been received from Mr. Cham- 
pion, who obtained them in Guatemala. 


378 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [June 5, 


DycLApDIA VINDONISSA, 0. sp. 


Wings sooty black; primaries hyaline from the base to the end 
of the cell ; secondaries slightly hyaline at the base: head and an- 
tennze black ; thorax and basal half of the abdomen bright scarlet, 
the lower half on the upperside black, a series of small white spots 
on each side and several at the base; legs black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 


DycLADIA CRETHEIS, 0. sp. 


Wings black ; primaries hyaline from the base to beyond the end 
of the cell, the costal and inner margins black ; secondaries black, 
excepting the cell, which is slightly hyaline: head and antennz 
black ; thorax and the first segment of abdomen bright scarlet ; 
abdomen black shot with bluish green; underside of thorax and 
legs black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

This species is allied to D. militaris, Butler, but without the black 
band crossing the primaries; it is easily distinguished from that 
species by its bright scarlet thorax. 


DycLADIA CHALONITIS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 10.) 


Wings hyaline ; primaries the same as in D. varipe, but not shaded 
with yellow as in that species; secondaries with the outer margin 
black: head, antennz, thorax, and abdomen black; a red spot on 
each side of the thorax and one at the base of the abdomen; a row 
of greenish spots on the side of the abdomen, almost forming bands 
close to the anus ; underside dusky white ; legs all black. 

Expanse | inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

This species resembles D. varipe, Walker, in pattern, but is very 
different in colour. 


Desmi1pocnemis, Moschler. 
DESMIDOCNEMIS ASMODEUS, 0. sp. 


Wings yellowish hyaline; primaries with the base and outer 
margin slightly black ; the inner margin of secondaries yellow: head, 
thorax, and abdomen black ; anus yellow; antennz black. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 


DESMIDOCNEMIS EUMONIDES, li. sp. 


Wings white hyaline ; base, costal, outer, and inner margins black; 
a black band at the end of the cell, a small black spot below the 
cell near the inner margin: head, thorax, and abdomen black ; 
antennee black. 

Expanse 154, inch. 


1883.] ZYGENIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 379 


Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley). 
A beautiful little species, not nearly allied to any that [ am ac- 
quainted with. 


Eunomia, Hubner. 


EvunomiIa octna, n. sp. (Plate XXXIX. fig. 11.) 


Wings hyaline; the outer margins all black, the base of the pri- 
maries brilliant metallic blue, shading into black; a black band at 
the end of the cell; the outer margin of the secondaries very narrow : 
head, thorax, and antenne black; abdomen above bright metallic 
blue, with a central row of white spots; the underside white ; anus 
bright scarlet ; legs black; tarsi white on the inner side. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley). 

This beautiful species is very distinct from auy described, but is 
allied to £. eburneifera, Felder, from which it differs in its larger 
size, narrow black margins of the wings, black thorax, and by waut- 
ing the blue at the base of the secondaries. 


ARGYROEIDES, Butler. 
ARGYROEIDES BOLIVIANA, nu. sp. (Plate XX XIX. fig. 12.) 


Wings hyaline, yellowish at the base of the primaries; nerves and 
outer margins black: head, thorax, and antenne black; abdomen 
yellow banded with black ; anus bright scarlet; legs yellow. 

Expanse | inch. 

Hab. Bolivia (Buckley). 

A beautiful little species, very distinct from A. ophion, Walker. 


PezapTera, Butler. 
PEZAPTERA CARMANIA, 0. sp. 


Wings hyaline; primaries—the apex and inner margin broadly 
black; secondaries—the outer margin black, widest at the anal angle : 
head, thorax, aud abdomen above black, on the underside dusky 
white ; antennze black, tipped with white ; legs black. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

A small species, allied to P. sordida, Walker. 


TricHura, Hibner. 
TRICHURA HADASSA, 0. sp. 


Wings yellowish hyaline; the outer and inner margins narrowly 
bordered with black: head, thorax, and abdomen black, spotted and 
streaked with green; antenne and legs black; the underside of 
abdomen with a double row of white spots. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley). 


380 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW [June 5, 


This species closely resembles 7. aurifera, Butler, the great 
difference being that all the yellow markings of that species are 
bright metallic green in the one now described as in 7’. esmeralda. 


Cutoropsinus, Butler. 
CHLOROPSINUS VIRIDIS, 0. sp. 
Wings uniform greenish brown, with all the veins black; head, 
antennee, and thorax black; abdomen greenish black; legs black ; 
tarsi white on the inner side. 


Expanse 1} inch. 
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley). 


InuipuLa, Walker. 
ILLIPULA ORNATA, 0. Sp. 


Primaries dark metallic green shaded with black, the apex and 
outer margin black ; secondaries black: head, thorax, and abdomen 
bronze green, a row of four white spots on each side of the abdomen ; 
antennee and legs greenish black. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley). 

This species resembles Mastigocera cyanea, Butler. 


Fam. ARCTLIDA. 
CuariprA, Dalman. 

CHARIDEA CLEASA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 3.) 

Primaries black, shot with dull green at the base; secondaries 
black, the base bright morpho blue, the outer margin slightly 
tinted with carmine: underside of primaries black, crossed beyond 
the middle with a bright carmine band ; secondaries black, the base 
shot with green, the apex aud outer margin broadly banded with 
carmine: head and front of thorax bright green; thorax black ; 
abdomen on the upperside dark blue, on the underside bright car- 
mine; antennze and legs black. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Colombia, Bogota (Chesterton). 

This very beautiful species is allied to C. quadricolor, Felder, but 
is very distinct. 


CHARIDEA IMPERIALIS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 2.) 

Primaries black, shot with bluish green at the base, a large cen- 
tral scarlet band crossing the wing from the costal margin to the 
anal angle; secondaries deep blue, the outer margin and apex 
black: head, thorax, and abdomen metallic blue ; antennze and legs 
black: underside the same as above. 

Expanse | inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley). 

A beautiful species, belonging to the Hucyane group of Charidea. 


1883. ] ZYGENIDE AND ARCTIIDE. 381 


CHARIDEA JULIA, 0. sp. 


Primaries black, shot with bright blue at the base, a rose-coloured 
band crossing the wings from the costal margin to the anal angle ; 
secondaries bright blue, the apex slightly black: head, thorax, and 
abdomen black shot with blue; antenneze and legs black. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. East Peru, Chanchamayo (H. Whitely). 

A beautiful species, allied to C. imperialis. 


CHARIDEA BUCKLEYI, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 4.) 

Primaries rich brown, a red spot and a few green dots close to the 
base, the fringe pale yellow; secondaries blackish brown, crossed 
from the apex to near the inner margin by a carmine band divided 
into spots by the black nerves, the fringe yellow; head, thorax, 
and abdomen black; the abdomen crossed by a series of bright 
green bands; antennz and. legs black; the underside the same as 
above, with the addition of a red spot at the end of the cell of the 
primaries. The female the same as the male, only with more red 
on the hind wings. 

Expanse 2 inches. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

A very distinct species, not nearly allied to any with which I am 
acquainted. 


CHARIDEA BERTHA, 0. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 1.) 


Primaries brown, with a small red streak at the base; secondaries 
deep blue, the outer margin shaded with brown, a large carmine 
spot on the costal margin close to the apex: head, thorax, antenne, 
and legs black banded with bright green; underside brown, both 
wings crossed by a central carmine band, the base slightly blue. 
The female only differs from the male in having more red on the 
hind wing. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 


CHARIDEA PERILLA, 0. sp. 


Primaries brown, a red spot at the base, and one beyond the cell 
near the apex; secondaries bright carmine, the outer and inner mar- 
gins dark brown: head and thorax black shaded with blue; abdo- 
men bright blue; underside brown; underside of wings bright 
carmine, slightly margined with brown. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

This species is allied to C. bertha, but differs from it and all 
species known to me. 


CHARIDEA CHLOE, 0. sp. 


Primaries brown, the fringe yellow; secondaries brown, with a 
small red spot close to the apex; the fringe yellow: underside the 
same as above, except that all the wings are shot with green close to 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXVI. 26 


382 MR. H. DRUCE ON NEW {June 5, 


the base ; head, thorax, and abdomen black, spotted and banded with 
bright green. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley). 

This species is allied to C. bertha. 


DraBpana, Felder. 
DIABA&NA IMITATA, 0. Sp. 


This species closely resembles D. cinceticollis, Felder ; the pri- 
maries are the same; the secondaries are bright orange bordered 
with brown instead of white as in Felder’s species ; in other respects 
it does not differ. 


Expanse 17 inch. 
Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley). 


Avtomotis, Hiibner. 
AUTOMOLIS SUPERBA, 0. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 8.) 


Primaries bright chrome-yellow, a small black spot at the apex, 
and one on the inner margin close to the anal angle; secondaries 
chrome-yellow, the abdominal margin deep yellow, the outer mar- 
gin broadly black ; head and underside of thorax black shot with 
greenish scales; thorax yellow; abdomen deep orange at the base, 
the lower half black banded with bright blue ; the underside bright 
orange; antenne and legs black. 

Expanse 1,5; inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 


This species is very distinct from any described, but comes nearest 
A. ameoides, Butler. 


AUTOMOLIS ASARA, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 7.) 


Primaries dusky yellow ; a brown spot near the base on the inner 
margin, and a slight spot at the anal angle extending to near the 
cell; secondaries yellowish white, the outer margin pale brown: 
head, thorax, and abdomen yellow; autennz yellow at the base, and 
tip black in the middle; legs yellow ; tarsi spotted with black. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 


AnpDRocHARTA, Felder. 
ANDROCHARTA CASSOTIS, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 11.) 


Primaries rich dark brown; a slender carmine streak in the cell, 
and one from the base to near the anal angle ; a wide oblique orange 
band near the apex; a small metallic blue spot at the end of the 
cell ; secondaries very small, dark brown; head, thorax, and abdo- 


men black ; the sides of the abdomen spotted with metallic blue; 
antenne black. 


Expanse 1,4, inch. 
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley) 


1883. ] ZYGENIDZ AND ARCTIIDZ. 383 


This species imitates Histrea amazonica, Butler, on the primaries, 
but the very small secondaries at once show that it is an Andro- 
charta. 

Evius, Walker. 


Evius POLYXENUS, n.sp. (Plate XL. fig. 6.) 


Primaries reddish brown, a large V-shaped spot on the costal 
margin, a small one at the apex, and one on the hind margin yellow ; 
secondaries yellow, the outer margin broadly brown: head yellow ; 
thorax brown ; abdomen brick-red ; antennz brown, yellow at the 
tips. 

Seapahie 1 inch. 
Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 


ZATREPHES, Hiibner. 

ZATREPHES CHAON, n. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 10.) 

Primaries pale chrome-yellow ; the base, inner margin, and apex 
red ; a patch of metallic silver extending from the base along the 
inner margin; secondaries pale yellowish white shot with pink : 
head yellow; thorax and abdomen brownish red; antenne and legs 
red. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Keuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

This beautiful species is allied to Z. ¢railiz, Butler. 


ZATREPHES GRANDIS, n.sp. (Plate XL. fig. 5.) 


Primaries orange-red, shaded with brown; a white spot at the 
base, and one below on the inner margin, a yellowish hyaline spot 
at the end of the cell, and an irregular hyaline band crossing from 
the costal margin near the apex to the anal angle; veins all black ; 
secondaries yellowish hyaline, shaded with red on the inner margin : 
head, thorax, and abdomen orange-red ; antenne brown ; legs red. 

Expanse 24 inches. 

Hab. Ecuador, Intaj (Buckley). 


ZATREPHES BUCKLEYI, 0. sp. (Plate XL. fig. 9.) 


Primaries bright orange-yellow, crossed from the costal margin 
nearly to the middle by three bands of pale chrome-yellow edged 
with black; an elongated slate-coloured patch at the end of the 
cell extending nearly to the outer margin; a small black spot at the 
anal angle ; secondaries pinkish white: head, thorax, and abdomen 
oravge-yellow ; antennz and legs brown. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley). 

I have named this beautiful species after Mr. Buckley, being one 
of the many new species taken by him, 


Hopuarctia, Butler. 
HOPuLaRCTIA CLARIA, 0. sp. 


Primaries brownish black ; a longitudinal streak from the base 
26* 


384 MESSRS. SALVIN AND GODMAN ON VARIATION [June 5,” 


through the cell to near the outer margin pale cream-colour ; the 
inner margin and the fringe cream-colour ; secondaries pale buff, in 
some specimens almost white, with the outer margin brownish black: 
head and thorax black; abdomen dark bluish green; antennz 
black ; legs metallic green. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Ecuador, Chiguinda (Buckley). : : 

This species is closely allied to H. nantana, Walker, its chief 
difference being the colour of the secondaries. I have a good series 
of specimens of both sexes before me ; they do not show the faintest 
trace of carmine in the hind wings. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Puate XXXIX. 
Fig. 1. Eupyra herodes, p. 372. Fig. 7. Erruca lycopolis, p. 375. 
2. cephalena, p. 872. 8. Sphecosoma surrentum, p. 375. 
3. Calonotos flavicornis, p. 373. 9. Dycladia felderi, p. 377. 
4. Isanthrene thyestes, p. 374. 10. chalonitis, p. 378. 
5. Homeocera buckleyi, p. 374. 11. Ewnomia ocina, p. 379. 
6. —— ozora, p. 374. 12, Argyroeides boliviana, p. 379. 
Puate XL. 
Fig. 1. Charidea bertha, p. 381. Fig.'7. Automolis asara, p. 382. 
2. —— imperialis, p. 380. 8. —— superba, p. 382. 
3. —- cleasa, p. 380. 9. Zatrephes buckleyi, p. 383. 
4, —— buckley?, p. 381. 10. chaon, p. 388. 
5. Zatrephes grandis, p. 383. ll. Androcharta cassotis, p. 382. 
6. Lvius polyxenus, p. 383. 


5. Note on the Variation of certain Species of Agrias. 
By F. D. Gopmany, F.R.S., and O. Satvin, F.R.S. 


[Received May 5, 1883. ] 


Since writing our paper on Agrias stuarti (P. Z.8. 1882, p. 338, 
t. 19), Mr. A. Maxwell Stuart has again visited the Amazons, and 
at Yquitos, where he captured the original type, has succeeded in 
taking four more specimens, three males and one female, of this 
magnificent Butterfly, all of which he has most generously placed in 
our collection. 

Noticing considerable variation-in the series thus acquired, and 
hearing that Dr. Staudinger had also recently received two specimens 
from his excellent collector, Dr. Hahnel, from Pebas on the Ama- 
zons, we wrote to the former gentleman asking him if he would 
kindly allow us to see his specimens. These, together with two of 
A. phaleidon, which will be referred to below, he has most obligingly 
sent us. Thus, with the type of A. deatifica in the British Museum 
and the female described in our paper from our own collection, we 
have before us seven males and two females of these insects. 

The characters on which we relied in separating 4. stuarti from 
A. beatifica were the greater extent of the purplish-blue colour at 


ith 


WD...) ; 
W Purkiss | 


ANIDA. 


ZYG 


NEW 


P.Z.5.1883 PL.XL. 


WPurkiss lith Hanhart imp 


NEW ZYGHNIDA & ARCTIIDA . 


 1883.] IN SPECIES OF AGRIAS. 385 


the expense of the green on the upper surface, and the greater size 
of the black submarginal spots of the secondaries beneath. To this 
we may add that the blue of the primaries is almost uninterruptedly 
black, whereas in A. deatifica a nearly continuous black band extends 
across from the costa to the inner margin. These differences are 
entirely broken down by the series now before us. 

One of Mr, Stuart’s specimens has a broader green submarginal 
band than even the type of A. deatifica, another has still less than 
the type of A. stwarti, while the remaining specimens, including 
those of Dr. Staudinger, serve to link the whole series together. 
There are other points of variation to which it is necessary to allude. 
One of these refers to the innermost or first band of black spots on 
the secondaries beneath. In the type of A. beatifica and in one of 
the Pebas specimens they are clearly defined; in the other Pebas 
specimen they are entirely absent, while in the remaining Yquitos 
examples they appear to a variable extent. The colour of the 
base of the secondaries on the underside varies from Indian red to 
orange. Seeing, therefore, that no two of the series are alike, and 
that the two extremes of variation are found in insects flying in the 
same forest, we are compelled to alter our views as to the distinctness 
of A. stwarti, and to consider it but a variety of A. beatifica. 

Respecting the habits of this insect, Mr. Stuart informs us that 
though he frequently observed this species in the forests of Yquitos, 
they were nowhere abundant, two specimens or so appropriating a 
limited portion of the forest to themselves. Their rapid and lofty 
flight is well known; but Mr. Stuart observed that they passed the 
same place about once only in every four hours during the day. 

The synonymy of A. beatifica will now stand as follows :— 


AGRIAS BEATIFICA. 


Agrias beatifica, Hew. Equat. Lep. p. 30; Ex. Butt. iii. t. 2. 
f. 5,6; Godm. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1882, p. 338, t. 19. f. 3, 4. 

Agrias stuarti, Godm. & Saly. P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 338, t. 19. f. 1, 2. 

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley) ; Upper Amazons, Yquitos (A. 
M. Stuart), Pebas (Hauawell and Hahnel). 

Mus. Brit., Godm. & Salv., Dr. O. Staudinger. 

The two specimens of 4. phalcidon already referred to as sent 
us by Dr. Staudinger are interesting as showing that a similar 
state of variation exists in this species as we have already stated is 
found in A. beatifica. 

A, phalcidon was discovered at Villa Nova on the Lower Amazons 
by Mr. H.W. Bates during his memorable expedition. Seven 
specimens in the British Museum (including four in the Hewitson 
collection) and four in our own were all probably taken by Mr. 
Bates. The two examples in Dr. Staudinger’s collection were cap- 
tured by Dr. Hahnel at Villa Bella, a more recent name apparently 
than Villa Nova for the same village, which is situated on the south 
bank of the Amazons between the mouths of the Tapajos and Ma- 
deira rivers. 

These eleven specimens are all males, and the green submarginal 


386 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON REPTILES AND [June 5, 


band in most of them is well defined, but in some it is wider than in 
others. In one of Dr. Staudinger’s examples, however, this band is 
evanescent, and the rich blue of the upper surface of the wings 
almost reaches to the transverse spots which cross the apex of the 
wing. ‘There is a black spot within the cell, but this colour does 
not extend beyond it as in more typical examples. Between this 
extreme example and the type, the specimens before us may be 
arranged so as to some extent to bridge the gap between them; but 
the series is not so complete as that of A. beatifica described above. 


6. Report on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from 
the Timor Laut Islands, formed by Mr. H. O. Forbes. 
By G. A. Boutenecer, F.Z.S. 


[Received April 30, 1883.] 
(Plates XLI. & XLII.) 


The Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. Forbes in the 
Timor Laut Islands, and presented to the British Museum by the 
British Association, belong to 17 species, which, with the excep- 
tion of two new to science, were already well known from different 
parts of the Austro-Malayan Subregion. The two new species are 
a Lizard of the Australian genus Lophognathus, Gray, and a Snake 
of the Indian genus Simotes, D. & B. The latter is the most 
remarkable discovery, as no species of this genus was known to 
occur eastwards of Java. 

The following is a list of the species collected : — 


REPTILIA. 


LACERTILIA. 


— 


. GECKO VERTICILLATUS, Laur. 

. PERIPIA MuUTILATA (Wiegm.). 

. VARANUs InDIcUs (Daud.). 

. ABLEPHARUS BouTONII (Desj.) (4. pecilopleurus, Wiegm. |. 
EUPREPES RUFESCENS (Shaw). 

. Eupreres cyanurvs (Less.). 

. LycGosoms sMARAGDINUM (Less.). 


. BRONCHOCELA MOLUCCANA (Less.). 


$960) Nes Gs or, res) Tho 


. LOPHOGNATHUS MACULILABRIs, sp.n. (Plate XLI.) 


Snout obtuse, as long as the distance between the orbit and the 
posterior border of the ear. Nostril equally distant from the orbit 


SNHLVNSOHdOT 
UNL Pp pug 


‘SIYEV TIIINOVIN 


GUAt SOM MTS} 


necae 


Pi 0.1883 PLL, 


Mintern Bros. imp 


SIMOTES FORBESI 


1883. ] BATRACHIANS FROM TIMOR LAUT. 387 


and the tip of the snout. Upper surface of head covered with very 
strongly keeled scales. Dorsal scales small, the upper largest, 
strongly keeled, all obliquely directed upwards. Gular and ventral 
scales strongly keeled, the latter larger than the largest dorsal scales. 
No femoral or preanal pores. Upper surfaces olive, with blackish 
transverse markings across the back, tail, and limbs ; upper surface 
of head with three obsolete blackish transverse bands, separated by 
light lines ; a broad blackish band from orbit to tympanum, bordered 
inferiorly by a light band extending to above the fore limb ; lips 
light-coloured, variegated with blackish ; lower surfaces whitish, 
dotted all over with blackish. 
Two specimens ; the largest measures :— 


millim, 

Pia Per EDe Fe 5 sresia cicn cc ty Vis stat ‘a aye aeons) aie 8 388 
Erom-tip of SnOnt tO Vent. is... scale tes ss 98 
af fareylimbs. 1.2). Bist saeco 43 
Length of head (to @eciput) . 2... 6... ee eens’ 22 
BiomiarotRCAd O ONste ors 2 sean eees ves M hs 17 
et TT eA ee fo i a 46 
ETT ERNE | SN ee ee eee, Sc 94 
Bre cere ainione tr mmmciaes id Gets yas he ee eo weil 290 


OpHIDIA. 
10. PyTHON RETICULATUs (Schn.). 


11. LiAsts AMETHYSTINUs (Schn.). 
12. ENyerus carrnatus (Schn.). 


13. SrmoTEs rorBEsI, n.sp. (Plate XLIT.) 


Length of snout measuring twice the diameter of the eye. Nasal 
divided ; loreal slightly higher than broad ; one pree- and two post- 
oculars ; temporals 1+2; seven upper labials, the third and fourth 
entering the orbit; four inferior labials in contact with anterior 
chin-shields ; latter, hinder pair three fifths the length of anterior 
pair. The portion of the rostral seen from above is as long as the 
suture between the internasals and the prefrontals; latter con- 
siderably higher than internasals. Frontal longer than its distance 
from the tip of the snout, as long as parietals. Scales in 17 rows. 
Veutrals slightly keeled on the sides, 155 or 165; anal entire; 
subcaudals 45. Upper surfaces greyish brown, the borders of the 
scales darker ; head with the ordinary symmetrical dark markings ; 
the inner border of the seventh longitudinal series of scales, counted 
on each side from the gastrosteges, darker, thus forming two fine 
vertebral lines separated from each other by three rows of scales; 
belly yellowish, each ventral shield with a brown spot near the 
lateral edge, these spots more or less confluent into a dark streak, 
separated from the dorsal brown colour by a pure yellowish streak 
of equal width; in one of the two specimens the ventrals become 
gradually eutirely brown towards the posterior part of the body, 


388 ON PTILONORHYNCHUS HOLOSERICEUS. {June 19, 


except the lateral outer streak, which remains pure yellowish. Head 
and body 304 centim. ; tail 58 millim. 


14. DeNpDROPHIS PUNCTULATUS (Gray). 
15. CHRYSOPELEA RHODOPLEURON (Reinw.). 


BATRACHIA. 
16. Rana Papua, Less. 


17. Hyxa poxicuopsis (Cope). 


June 19, 1883. 
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1883 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of May was 123, of which 48 were by 
presentation, 29 by purchase, 7 by birth, 1 by exchange, and 38 
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period, by death and removals, was 134, 

The most noticeable additions during the month of May were as 
follows :— 

1. A hen Cabot’s Tragopan (Ceriornis caboti), from South-west 
China, purchased May 18th, being the first example of the female 
of this fine Pheasant which we have received. 

2. Four Pygmy Hogs (Porcula salvania), born in the Gardens, 
May 23. 

These diminutive Pigs, of which I exhibit a drawing of the natural 
size (Plate XLIII.), did not, unfortunately, survive their birth; but 
the fact of the species having bred in captivity is of great interest, 
and we may hope for better success on a future occasion, as although 
we have lost one of our specimens, which will be the subject of Dr. 
Garson’s paper to-night, the others are alive and well. 

3. A fine example of the Surucucu or Bush-master Snake of 
South America (Lachesis mutus), presented by Henry Y. Barkley, 
Esq., of Pernambuco, on the 22nd of May. 

The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the 
Secretary by Mr. Albert A. C. Le Souéf, C.M.Z.S., dated Melbourne, 
April 18th, in which attention was called to a curious fact in con- 
nexion with the Satin Bower-bird (Ptilonorhynchus holosericeus) :— 

‘7 have frequently noticed in the hill-country east of Melbourne 
large flocks of the Satin Bower-bird, sometimes over a hundred to- 
gether, but have hardly ever seen more than three or four black 
individuals, the rest being green; and it has always seemed singular - 
to me that there should be such a small proportion of adult males. 

“About eight years ago I caged a number of these interesting 
birds, eight or ten green and two black. The black birds died 


TWTFr 


ill 


duit qreyue py 


5 J +7 ag 
Find VIN 7, 


Yall WAG 7 


IX Id €88L'S 


1883.] ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 389 


within two years ; but most of the green ones are still living, and one 
of them has just changed its plumage. I first noticed the black 
feathers appearing about two months ago, and now it is altogether of 
a glossy blue-black, being, I suppose, about ten years old, but possibly 
more, This proves, I think, that only the very old cocks change 
their colour, and soon die off afterwards, which would account for 
the very few black cocks to be met with in the bush.” 

Remarking upon this, Mr. Sclater said that there was no doubt 
that these Bower-birds were a long time assuming the adult dress, 
but that male birds in full plumage had certainly lived for several 
years in the Society’s Gardens. 


Prof. E. Ray Lankester, F.R.S., read a memoir on the muscular 
and endoskeletal systems of Limulus and Scorpio, drawn up by him- 
self with the assistance of his two pupils, Mr. W. J. Barham and 
Miss E. M. Beck. These investigations seemed to confirm Prof. 
Lankester’s previously expressed views as to the near affinity of these 
two forms, hitherto usually referred to different classes of the animal 
kingdom, and to justify the association of Limulus with the Arachnida. 

This paper will be printed entire in the Society’s ‘Transactions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On the Mollusca procured during the Cruise of H.M.S. 
‘Triton’ between the Hebrides and .Faroes in 1882. 
By J. Gwyn Jurrreys, LL.D, F.R.S., F.Z.8. 


[Received June 10, 1883.] 
(Plate XLIV.) 


The sea-bed lying between the Hebrides and the Faroe Islands, 
or the submarine region now known as the “ Faroe Channel,” has 
been partially examined during the last few years for zoological and 
physical purposes. 

In 1868 the first experimental or tentative expedition was made 
in one of our small Government steam-ships, to explore the deeper 
parts of the sea around our coasts ; and the Surveying-ship ‘ Light- 
ning’ was assigned and equipped for that service. The expedition 
was placed under the scientific charge of Dr. Carpenter and the late 
Sir Wyville Thomson ; and the results were given by Dr. Carpenter 
and published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Society’ for December 
1868. In that short cruise, part of the submarine region above men- 
tioned was described as the ‘ Warm area,” and another part as the 

**Cold area” —the bottom temperature of the former ranging from 46° 
- to 50° F. and of the latter from 32° to 41°. Dr. Carpenter noticed 
that the Fauna inhabiting the “ Warm” area was comparatively of 
a North-British type, and that of the ‘* Cold” area more Scandinavian 
or Boreal. The depths examined in the cruise were from 60 to 650 
fathoms. 


No. of Depth Bottom Warm or 
Station. Tat. N. Long. W. in faths. Temperature. Remarks. cold area. 
° ’ " ° ' " ° ° 

1: ... 59 51 30 “6 21 240 475476 ... On the ridge. 

23/09) (Bi 3075 6 eat 530 46-2 ... West of ridge. Warm. 

3.060) 3953027) ORaG 87 49:5 -.. Faroe Banks, 

41...60 22 40 8 21 827-480 = 31:5-32°0 ... East of ridge. Cold. 

52s. 60) Ul 45s SS ilo 433 435 ... West of ridge. Warm. 

635-60) 69 7 16 30 466 295-30: ... East of ridge. Cold. 

ieee 00.10 710 585  29-9-30°5 ... Hast of ridge. old. 

8.°...' 60) 18 6 15 640 300 ... Hast of ridge. Cold. 

9-260) 45 6 21 608 30:0 ... Hast of ridge. old. 
10, ss. 59)-,40 (LA 516 = 46°0-46°5 .... West of ridge. Warm. 
113.09 NOOR SURD sai ts 555 = 455 .. West of ridge. Warm. 
12. <-.160 <31 7 34 580 ~=310 .. Hast of ridge. Cold. 
13. 2.009) sole 8 18 570 45-7 .. West of ridge. Warm. 


390 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF [June 19, 

In 1869 succeeded the Expedition in the Surveying steam-ship 
‘Porcupine ;’ and the third cruise in that year was devoted to 
the further examination of the ‘‘ Faroe Channel.” The Mollusca 
obtained during this cruise did not show so great a difference be- 
tween the “warm” and ‘‘cold” areas as appeared to be the case in 
other departments of the Invertebrata. 

During the following ten years took place the further and more 
extended cruises of the ‘ Porcupine,’ and the Expeditions in H.M.S. 
‘ Valorous’ and ‘Challenger,’ all of which originated in the first 
mentioned cruise of the ‘ Lightning.’ 

In 1880, previous to the lamented death of Sir Wyville Thomson, 
the Government was induced on his application to grant the use of 
a hired ship, the ‘Knight Errant,’ for the reexamination of the 
Faroe Channel. The vessel was small and the weather bad; but 
some results were obtained, and communicated by Mr. John Murray, 
the naturalist in charge, to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, who 
published the account in their ‘ Proceedings.’ I contributed a list of 
the Mollusca. Staff-Commander Tizard conducted this cruise as 
well as that in H.M.S. ‘ Triton’; he had been one of the officers in 
the ‘ Challenge’ Expedition. Mr. Murray was one of the natura- 
lists on board the ‘ Challenger,’ and is well known for his admirable 
work on deep-sea deposits. 

In 1882 the Government ordered the ‘ Triton,’ a composite steam- 
ship of 410 tons, which was employed in the Surveying service, to 
resurvey and explore the sea-bed lying between 59 and 61 degrees 
of North Latitude, and especially the “ Wyville-Thomson ridge,” 
which was supposed to separate the “warm’’ from the “cold” 
area. Mr. Murray had also the scientific charge of this short cruise. 
It was made in August. The weather was, on this occasion also, 
bad ; but the results as regards the Mollusca were most interesting, 
and include the discovery of several undescribed species. 

The following is a list of the Stations with other particulars :— 


1 Partly on the ridge. 


? The trawl had been carried right over the ridge and came up in the Oold 


area. 


1883. ] THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 391 


Besides the above stations, the trawl was used off the Butt of Lewis 
in 40 fathoms. 


List or Mouuusca. 
Station 2. Warm area. 


1. Pecten sulcatus, Miiller. 
2. Amussium hoskynsi, Forbes. 
Both widely distributed in the North Atlantic and Mediterranean. 


Station 3. 


1. Anomia patelliformis, Linné. 

2. Pecten pusio, L. 

3. Aporrhais serresianus, Michaud. 

4, Fusus norvegicus, Spengler. 

The third is a southern, and the fourth a northern form. 


Station 4. Cold area. 


1. Morvillia undata, Brown. 
2. Buccinum hydrophanum, Hancock. 
Both Arctic species. ~ 


Station 8. Cold area. 


1. Leda frigida, Torell. 
2. Leda tenuis, Philippi. 
3. Leda subequilatera, Jeffreys. 
4, Neera subtorta, G. O. Sars. 
5. Natica affinis, Gmelin. 
6. Cerithiopsis costulata, Moller. 
7. Fusus islandicus, Chemnitz. 
8. Fusus sabini, Gray. 
9. Fusus delicatus, Jeffr., n. sp. 
10. Fusus berniciensis, King; var. elegans. 
11. Mohnia mohni, Friele. 
See Nyt Mag. 1877; Jahrb. mal. Ges. 1878 & 1879; and 
Norske Nordhavs-Exped. 1882. 
12. Pleurotoma (Bela) scalaroides, G. O. Sars. 
13. Pleurotoma scalaroides, G. O. Sars; var. = Bela scalaris, 
G. O. Sars. Not Defrancia scalaris, Moller. 
14. Pleurotoma tenuicostata, M. Sars. 
From typical specimens of all these three species. 
Mostly northern. Nos. 1 and 2 are generally distributed in the 
North Atlantic and Mediterranean. No. 10 ranges southwards 
to the Bay of Biscay. 


Station 9. Cold area. 
1. Arca pectunculoides, Scacchi; var. septentrionalis. 
2. Natica affinis, Gm. 
3. Pilidium radiatum, M. Sars. 
4. Fusus sabini, Gray. 


392 DR, GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF [June 19, 


5. Fusus delicatus, Jeftr. 

6. Fusus turgidulus, Jeffr.; Friele in der Norske Nordhavs- 
Expedition, 1882, p. 11, pl. i. f. 13-18, and pl. iv. f. 14-28 ; 
223-649 fms., and ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869, 155-345 fms, 

29,7. Fusus concinnus, Jeffr., nu. sp. 

8. Fusus hirsutus, Jeffr., n. sp. 

9. Fusus lachesis, Moérch. 

10. Fusus islandicus, Chemn. 
All are either arctic or new species. 


Station 10. Warm area. 


1. Anomia ephippium, L.; var. squamula. 
2. Pecten vitreus, Chemn. 

3. Idas argenteus, Jeffr. See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 570, 
and 1882, p. 683. 

. Leda frigida, Tor. 

. Leda lucida, Lov. 

. Nucula corbuloides, Seguenza. 

. Nucula tumidula, Malm. 

. Limopsis minuta, Ph. 

. Limopsis cristata, Jeftr. 

10. Scrobicularia alba, W. Wood. 

11. Teredo norvegica, Spengl. 

12. Teredo megotara, Hanley. 

13. Cocculina spinigera, Jeffr., sp. n. 
414. Coceulina corrugata, Jeffr., sp. n. 

a, 15. Odostomia electa, Jeffr., sp. n. 

’ 16. Natica montacuti, Forb. 

17. Aporrhais serresianus, Mich. 

18. Cerithium metula, Lov. 

19. Columbella halieeti, Jeftr. 

It now appears that Fusus costulatus of Cantraine, to which this 
species had been referred by Italian conchologists, as well as 
lately by myself, belongs to the genus Pleurotoma, together 
with his Fusus semicostatus. The former species is in all 
probability P. striolata of Scacchi, and the latter is certainly 
(from Cantraine’s type) P. maravigne of Bivona. - The type of 
Cantraine’s Fusus costulatus has been unfortunately lost. Under 
these circumstances I must retain my name falieeti. Buccinum 
acutecostatum of Philippi = B. teste of Aradas is allied to the 
present species; but it is not, in my opinion, identical with C. 
halieeti. 

20. Cylichna alba, Brown. 

All these species, except the last and those which are new, have an 
extensive range in the North Atlantic. 


woOonauws 


Station 13. Warm area. 
1. Amussium hoskynsi, Forb. 
2. Lima subauriculata, Montagu. 
3. LInma subovata, Jettr. 


1883. THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 393 


4. Leda lucida, Lov. 
5. Arca pectunculoides, Se.; var. septentrionalis. 
6. Nucula tumidula, Malm. 
7. Dacrydium vitreum, Tor. 
8. Dentalium striolatum, Stimpson. 
9. Puncturella noachina, L. 
10. Ganesa nitidiuscula, Jeftr. 
11. Zrochus ottoi, Ph. 
12. Cithna tenella, Jeffr. 
13. Aporrhais serresianus, Mich. 
14. Natica grenlandica, Beck ; var. contracta. 
15. Natica montacuti, Forb. 
16. Trophon carinatus, Jeffr., sp. n. 
17. Fusus berniciensis, King. 
18. Columbella halizeti, Jeffr. 
46.19. Defrancia formosa, Jeffr., sp. n. 
14,20. Pleurotoma exigua, Jeffr., sp. n. 
21. Cylichna alba, Brown. 
22. Cylichna ovata, Jeffr., = ? conuloides, S. V. Wood. 
23. Cryptaxis crebripunctatus, Jeffr., n. sp. 
24. Scaphander puncto-striatus, Mighels and Adams. 
All except No. 21 and the new species have an extensive range 
in the North Atlantic. 


The species of Mollusca procured during the cruise of the ‘ Triton ’ 
were 62. 

For the geographical distribution, synonymy, and other remarks 
with respect to the above-named species, I would refer to my work 
on ‘ British Conchology,’ my “ Report of the ‘Valorous’ Expedition ”’ 
and account of the Mollusca in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Royal Society 
for 1876 and the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for 
1876 and 1877, and to my papers on the Mollusca from the ‘ Light- 
ning’ and ‘Porcupine’ Expeditions in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the 
Zoological Society for 1878, 1879, 1881, 1882, and 1883, as well as 
in other publications. 

Descriptions and figures of some of the species, particularly those 
which are new to science, are subjoined. 


An. are at SPINIGERA', Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 1, 1 a, 
oso ¢: 


SHELL oval, convex, rather thin, semitransparent, somewhat 
glossy, especially on the upper part, where the spines have disap- 
peared: sculpture, extremely numerous and delicate strize which 
radiate towards the margin ; these strize are crested by rows of minute 
tubercles, each of which supports a fine short hair-like spine or 
prickle ; the spines are easily removed, and disappear when the shell 
is subjected to the action of potash-water, showing that they are of 
a chitinous nature; the apex is quite smooth: colour white: beak 
very small, incurved and twisted downwards, forming a single whorl ; 
it is persistent, but sometimes broken or injured by attrition; its 

* Prickly. 


394 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF [June 19, 


propinquity to the hinder margin is in the proportion of 23 to 6 
as representing the total length of the shell: mouth oval: inside 
polished ; there is no septum. L. 0°175, B. 1°25. 

Station 10, 516 fathoms. 

A great number of living specimens occurred in the tubes of 
Teredo megotara, which had perforated a sunken log of pine-wood. 
In these tubes, as well as in the crevices of the wood, also lived 
numerous specimens of das argenteus, which were attached by a 
strong byssus. See P.Z.S. for November 1882, p. 683. But the 
statement which I there made as to the present shell having been 
infested by a sponge is questionable, as I now believe that the hair- 
like spines which cover the shell belong to it, and are not parasitic. 
The mollusk is eyeless. Mr. Dall has ascertained that it has different 
sexes. Herr Friele has kindly supplied me with a sketch of the 
odontophore (laterals and uncini), which I am now enabled to repre- 
sent in the accompanying Plate. He could not detect any central 
or rhachidian tooth. 


2. CoccuLINnA corRuGATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 2, 2a.) 


SHELL oval, convex, but somewhat depressed, thin, opaque, and 
lustreless: sculpture, regular, fine, and close-set concentric striz or 
wrinkles, which are chiefly observable and stronger round the mar- 
gin, especially in front or at the broader end: colour chalky-white, 
except at the margin, which is yellowish-brown: Jeak small, incurved 
and slightly twisted to one side; the spire has a single whorl; the 
beak is placed close to the hinder margin, and nearly overlaps it : 
mouth oval: inside smooth: no septum. L. 0°075, B. 0°05. 

A few specimens, with the last, and occurring under the same 
circumstances. This species differs from C. spinigera in size, sculp- 
ture, and the position of the beak. It is also eyeless. 


3. Oposrom1a ELEcTA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.) 


SHELL conical, thin, nearly transparent, and glossy: sculpture, 
slight but numerous microscopically visible strize in the line of 
growth: colour clear white: spire short and oblique, somewhat 
turreted, and abruptly pointed; apex globular: whorls 4, rather 
swollen ; the last is much broader than the next, and occupies three 
fourths of the shell when placed with its mouth upwards: suture 
distinct but not deep: mouth oval, occupying half the shell: ouder 
lip rounded and thin, inflected and angulated above, expanded below: 
inner lip thickened and reflected on the umbilicus, disunited above 
from the outer lip: umbilicus forming a narrow chink: ¢ooth small 
and sunken, but conspicuous, situate on the upper part of the inner 
lip or pillar: operculum withdrawn and not visible. L. 0°085, 
B. 0°06. 

A single but living specimen from Station 10, 516 fathoms. 

Its nearest ally is O. rissotdes, which differs from the present 
species in having a much longer and tapering spire, and in the 
whorls more gradually enlarging. 

? Wrinkled. > Choice. 


1883. ] THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 395 


4, TRoPHON caRinaTus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. fig. 4.) 


SHELL distinguishable from 7’. clathratus in having a prominent 
keel in the middle of each whorl ; the laminar ribs are fewer and ob- 
tusely angulated ; the spiral striz, which cover the interstices of the 
ribs, are numerous, regular, comparatively strong, and flexuous or 
curved: colour white: inner lip glazed and lustrous. _L. (if perfect) 
0°6, B. 0°25. 

An imperfect but characteristic specimen from Station 13, 570 
fathoms. 


5. Fusus saBinI, (sabinii) Gray. (Plate, XLIV. fig. 5.) 


Buccinum sabinii, Gray in Suppl. to App. of Parry’s First Voyage, 
p. exl (1824). 

SHELL forming a somewhat short spindle, rather thin, semi- 
transparent and rather glossy: sculpture, numerous fine and thread- 
like spiral strize, of which there are from 20 to 30 on the last, and 
8 to 12 on the penultimate whorl ; these are crossed by microscopic 
and far more numerous strize in the line of growth: colour under 
the epidermis chalky-white : epidermis pale yellowish-brown, filmy, 
and easily removed ; it is fibrous towards the mouth: spire taper- 
ing to a blunt point ; apex irregular, sometimes flattened at the top, 
but occasionally twisted : whorls 6-7, moderately convex; the last 
occupies rather more than two thirds of the shell when placed with 
the mouth upwards: suture rather deep: mouth pear-shaped, acut- 
angular above; length (including the canal) exceeding the rest of 
the spire ; inside slightly notched by the impression of the spiral 
strize : canal shortish, turning somewhat abruptly to the left, equally 
wide and open throughout, and ending in a large and obliquely 
curved notch: outer lip flexuous and sharp-edged : inner lip polished 
by the continual attrition of the foot: pillar flexuous, obtusangu- 
lar at its junction with the canal : operculum triangularly oval, strong, 
yellowish-brown or light horn-colour, marked with close-set lines of 
growth ; nucleus terminal on the inner side, and falciform. LL. 1°75, 
B. 0°75. 

Many living specimens from Stations 8 and 9, in 608 and 640 
fathoms. 

Having carefully compared these and other specimens with the 
types of Reeve’s Fusus tortuosus in my possession from the collection 
of the late Admiral Sir Edward Belcher, I must adhere to my 
opinion expressed in the ‘Annals of Natural History’ for April 1877, 
that both belong to one and the same species. Sipho tortuosus of G. 
O. Sars is a different species, and is the Tritonium turritum of M. 
Sars; my /usus attenuatus is not a variety of that species. Besides 
the numerous localities there given, I am enabled, through the kind- 
ness of my friend Herr Friele, to add the Norwegian Arctic Expe- 
dition, Station 324, 123 fathoms, as well as the cruise of the ‘ Knight 
Errant,’ in 540 fathoms. Gray contrasted his species with F. graci- 
lis (his Buccinum corneum), and said it was ‘‘ not so long and slender, 


1 Keeled. 


396 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF [June 19, 


and the whorls more convex, the aperture ovate instead of roundish- 
ovate.” He called the striz longitudinal, as being in the direction 
of the spire. 


6. Fusus pexicatus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 6, 6a, 6 5.) 


Suet differing from F. sabini in the following respects :—It is 
smaller, more slender and cylindrical, and regularly tapering ; the 
spiral strize are much finer and more numerous; the epidermis is 
filmy and of a paler colour; the whorls gradually increase in size, 
and the last whorl is not so large in proportion to the others; the 
canal is shorter and considerably narrower ; the operculum is ear- 
shaped and marked not only with close-set lies of growth but with 
a few oblique striz in the opposite direction. L. 1°25, B. 0°5. 

Several specimens from Stations 8 and 9, 608 and 640 fathoms; 
but they were mostly inhabited by a species of Sipunculus. Also 
from 540 fathoms in the ‘ Knight Errant’ cruise, and erroneously 
named in my list of the Mollusca ‘‘ Fusus turritus.” 


7. Fusus nirsutus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 7, 7a.) 


SHELL turreted, rather solid, opaque, and of a dull hue: seulp- 
ture, numerous fine and sharp spiral striz, which are alternately 
but irregularly larger and smaller ; they extend to the end of the 
canal; there are about 50 on the body-whorl, 20 on the penultimate, 
and 12 to 15 on the next whorl ; besides these the surface is covered 
with minute and close-set longitudinal strie, which produce by their 
intersection a decussation on the upper whorls: colour under the 
epidermis chalky-white : epidermis brownish-yellow, pilose, each of 
the spiral strie being thickly clothed with countless short bristly 
hairs: spire long, tapering to a blunt point; apex regular, button- 
shaped: whorls 7-8, tumid, gradually enlarging ; the last occupies 
about two thirds of the shell with the mouth upwards: suture exca- 
vated: mouth large, pear-shaped, inflected above; length (including 
the canal) nearly half that of the shell: canal short, very wide and 
open, turning to the left: ou¢er lip curved and thin: inner lip broad 
and polished: pillar flexuous as in other species: operculum trian- 
gular, strong, light horn-colour, marked with fibrous and corrugated 
but irregular lines of growth ; nucleus as in congeners. L. 2°25, B. 
0°9. 

A single but perfect specimen from Station 9, 608 fathoms. 
Professor Torell dredged this species at Spitzbergen. 


8. Fusus concinnvus’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 8, 8 a.) 


SuEtu of an elegant shape, thin, semitransparent, and rather 
glossy: sculpture, numerous and delicate spiral striz which cover 
the whole of the shell; there are from 30 to 40 on the body-whorl, 
12 to 15 on the penultimate, 8 to 10 on the next, and 6 to 8 on the 
preceding whorl ; the uppermost two whorls are apparently smooth, 
but show under the microscope indistinct traces of the striz ; there 


1 Delicate. 2 Bristly. 3 Neat. 


1883. | THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. 397 


are also occasional but irregular lines of growth: colour white, with 
a slight tint of yellow: epidermis inconspicuous: spire elongated, 
tapering to a bulbous point; apex slightly twisted: whorls 5-6, 
convex ; the last occupies rather more than two thirds of the shell: 
suture deep : mouth oblong, inflected above; length (including the 
canal) nearly half that of the shell: canal short, very wide and 
open, turning a little towards the left: outer dip curved and thin: 
inner lip filmy: pillar flexuous: operculum triangularly oval, pale 
yellowish-brown, marked as in £’, hirsutus. L. 0°75, B. 0°35. 

A single specimen of this graceful little species occurred at 
Station 9 in 608 fathoms. 


>4-9. Derrancia rormosa', Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. figs. 9, 9a, 
9 b.) ; 

Suet having the shape of asmall Buccinum, usuaily thin, opaque, 
and of a dark hue: seu/pture variable, but ordinarily consisting of 
longitudinal and spiral thread-like strize, which by their intercrossing 
produce a more or less regular decussation; the spiral are more 
numerous than the longitudinal striz, and the latter are some- 
times wanting ; the points of intersection are occasionally no- 
dulous or tubercular; the longitudinal strie are either almost 
straight or curved, and in the latter case become strong and rib- 
like; the outside of the canal is marked lengthwise with oblique 
strize, and in some specimens with also the spiral strie in a can- 
cellated manner ; the fissural groove, lying immediately below the 
suture, is crossed by crowded and curved minute strize in the line of 
growth ; the apical or top whorls are exquisitely reticulated, as in 
other species of this genus, but now and then they are angulated 
in the middle of each whorl : colour whitish with a tinge of yellow, 
and a yellowish-brown apex: spire of moderate length, sometimes 
turreted, gradually sloping to a point ; apex pinched up and dispro- 
portionally smaller than the rest of the spire; its point is usually 
sharp, but sometimes blunt and button-shaped : whorls 7-8, tumid, in 
some specimens angulated below the fissural groove ; the last whorl 
occupies two thirds of the spire when the shell is placed with the 
mouth upwards: suture deep; the infrasutural groove is broad, 
and slopes downwards: mouth pear-shaped, somewhat exceeding 
half the shell in length: canal short, wide, and nearly straight, 
ending in a round notch: outer lip flexuous, owing to the incurvity 
of the fissural groove, acutangular at its junction with the periphery ; 
its front edge is finely crenellated by the termination of the spiral 
strize: fissure remarkably deep and broad: inner lip somewhat 
thickened, smooth and glazed: pillar rather long and flexuous. 
Hs 0:5, B. 0°25. 

A single specimen from Station 13, 570 fathoms. 

Distribution. Norway; ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition 1869, between 
the Hebrides and Faroes in 345 fathoms, and 1870 from the English 
Channel to Gibraltar in from 4]4 to 1095 fathoms; ‘ Challenger’ 
Expedition, in the North Atlantic, 1000 fathoms. 


1 Beautiful. 
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XXVII. DF 


398 ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘TRITON’ EXPEDITION. [June 19, 


10. PLevroroma exieua’, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. fig. 10.) 


Surv oblong, solid for its size, semitransparent, and rather 
glossy: sculpture, numerous regular and close-set spiral striee, which 
are crossed by less conspicuous longitudinal rib-like strize; the 
direction of these last follows the line of growth; the intercrossing of 
the two sets of striz produces a delicate reticulation ; the uppermost 
whorl is quite smooth and shining: colour milk-white: spire some- 
what turreted, gradually tapering to a blunt point, and apparently 
truncated : whorls 43, concave ; the last occupies two thirds of the 
shell; the uppermost whorls form a bulb, and the half-whorl at 
the point is twisted inwards : suture deep : mouth or aperture oblong 
and narrowish, forming above a small ledge; length exceeding half 
the shell: canal very short and wide, nearly straight, ending in an 
obliquely rounded notch: outer lip obtusely angulated at the top, 
and elsewhere gently curved; edge thin and sharp: Jabial slit or 
fissural groove short and shallow : inner lip broad and glazed : pillar 
flexuous, sloping inwards to a cutting-edge: operculum not observable. 
L. 0°2, B. 0°15. 

A single specimen from Station 13, 570 fathoms. 

This species is allied to P. (Bela) tenuicostata of M. Sars, but is 
narrower ; the longitudinal ribs or strize are straight as regards the 
line of growth (instead of being flexuous as in that species); the 
spire is abrupt or apparently truncated at the top; and the fissural 
groove is much shallower. 


11. CRypTAXIS CREBRIPUNCTATUS *, Jeffreys. (Plate XLIV. 
figs. 11, 11 a, 116, 11¢.) 

SHELL oval, thin, semitransparent, and glossy: sculpture, very 
numerous and regular fine spiral or revolving striee, which are 
closely punctured ; they are stronger at the base than at the crown: 
colour white: spire deeply sunken, and for the most part concealed 
in a small cavity in the centre of the crown; but the bulb-shaped 
apex is visible at the bottom of the cavity: mouth semioblong, 
contracted above and expanding below: outer lip slightly raised 
above the crown and channelled, curved in the middle and at the 
base: ¢nner lip inconspicuous: pillar straight on the upper half 
and incurved below. L. 0:2, B. 0-1. 

Three specimens from Station 13, 570 fathoms. 

In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for June 1883 
I indicated the probability that a species which was there described 
and figured as Cylichna parvula might be the type of a distinct 
genus, intermediate between Cylichna and Utriculus, because the spire 
was partly concealed; and I suggested the name Oryptavis. Iam 
now encouraged by the discovery of the present species to adopt the 
above generic name. I would not refer these species to the genus 
Bullina of Férussac, as defined by Messrs. Adams in their ‘ Genera 
of Recent Mollusca,’ who say ‘ spire rather elevated; . . . . coloured 
markings; ...... outer lip grooved internally, and with the mar- 
gin crenulated.”” None of these characters are applicable to either 


1 Little, ? Closely punctured. 


9O06040 
n00009% 
9900089 


TANAHOD 


C.Berjeau delet hth, Hanhart imp. 


MOLLUSCA COLLECTED DURING 
THE CRUIZE OF HMS.“TRITON. 


1883. ] M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. 399 


of the species now under consideration. They compare the genus 
with Acteon, which, according to them, the shells of Budlina greatly 
resemble. Their figures show the spire more or less raised; and 
they mention that the species are from Japan, Ceylon, and Aus- 
tralia. Woodward, in his ‘ Manual,’ gives Bullina of Férussac as a 
synonym of Aplustrum, Schumacher, which was founded on the 
well-known Bulla aplustre of Linné.  Bullina of Risso (1826) is 
the same as Cylichna of Lovén, and ought to take precedence of 
the latter name; its type was Bulla cylindracea of Pennant. I~ 
have two more undescribed species of Cryptazis from the ‘ Poreu- 
pine’ Expedition. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV. 
- Cocculina spinigera, p. 393. 
. Prickles or spines, magnified. 
. Lateral teeth of odontophore, magnified. 
. Uncini of same, magnifier, 

Cocculina corrugata, p. 394. 
. Sculpture, magnified. 

Odostomia electa, p. 394. 

Trophon carinatus, p. 395. 

Fusus sabini. p. 395. 
E delicatus, p. 396. 

6a. Apex, magnified. 

6 6. Ovi-capsule, magnified. 

7, 7a. Fusus hirsutus, p. 396. 

8, 8a. coneinnus, p. 396. 

9. Defrancia formosa, p. 397. 

9a. Sutural fissure, magnified. 

9 6. Sculpture of apex, magnified. 
10. Plewrotoma exigqua, p. 398. 
11, lla. Cryptaxis crebripunctatus, p. 398. 
1] 4. Apex, magnified. 
11 ¢. Sculpture, magnified. 


Fig. 


BY 09 BORO ts 
g o @s 


o> 


2. Descriptions of some new Species of Beetles of the 
Family Galerucide. By Marvin Jacosy. 


[Received June 2, 1883] 
(Plate XLV.) 


Oipxs, Weber. 
1. ODEs APICALIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.) 


Ovate-oblong, flavous ; head and thorax impunetate ; elytra finely 
punctured, dark violaceous blue, the lateral and the posterior parts of 
the sutural margin flavous. 

Length 4—43 lines. 

Hab. Sumatra. 

Head rather swollen, with a deep transverse groove between the 
eyes, above which a small but deep fovea is placed ; clypeus trans- 
verse, swollen. Antennze less than half the length of the body, 
entirely flavous, the third joint double the length of the second, 

rig 


400 M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. [June 19, 


fourth joint the longest. Thorax narrowly transverse, of equal 
width, the anterior and posterior margins parallel, the sides rounded 
near the base, slightly constricted in front of the anterior angles, 
the latter rather acute but not produced; surface shining, im- 
punctate, flavous, with a few very obsolete depressions when seen in 
certain lights. Scutellum oblong, its apex rounded, flavous, im- 
punctate. Elytra not wider at the base than the thorax, dilated 
gradually towards the middle, with a rather obsolete depression 
below the shoulders, the entire surface covered with fine punctures, 
rather closely placed ; of an obscure dark violaceous blue, the lateral 
margins, apex, and the last third of the suture flavous, at the latter 
place this colour extends upwards in a pointed shape. Underside 
and legs flavous. 

This species, of which two specimens are contained in my col- 
lection, is easily distinguished from O. limbata, Blanch., by the 
colour of the posterior part of the suture and by that of the antennz. 
The elytra are also less closely and strongly punctured in the present 
insect. 

There is a curious structural difference to be found in many 
species of the present genus, in regard to the elytral epipleuree, which 
in most of the smaller species are broad and concave at the base, 
but disappear gradually towards the latter half of the elytra ; in 
many large-sized species, however, as in O. 10-punctata, Billb., 
O. 12-maculata, Clark, &c., the elytra might almost be called 
simple, as the inner margin of their epipleure is put so far back near 
the sides of the body that it can be seen only when the insect is 
held in a certain position. This character may perhaps be of some 
use in a future monograph of the many and closely allied species. 


2. OIDES AFFINIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 4.) 


Broadly ovate, obscure fulvous ; terminal joints of the antenn, 
abdomen, tarsi, and a longitudinal broad band at each elytron black. 

Length 3-43 lines. 

Hab. Neilgherries, South India. 

Head scarcely swollen, impunctate with the exception of a few 
punctures in front of the eyes, transversely grooved between the 
latter ; the frontal tubercles very distinct and almost contiguous. 
Antenne longer than half the length of the body in the male, the 
third joint a little longer than the second, fourth joint distinctly 
longer than the third ; the four lower joints fulvous, the rest black. 
Thorax not more than twice as broad as long, the sides evenly 
rounded, surface rather convex, extremely minutely punctured. 
Scutellum trigonate. Elytra convex, widened at the middle, very 
distinctly and closely punctured, the interstices finely wrinkled ; a 
broad black band extends from below the base to near the apex, 
without, however, touching any of the margins. Underside and 
legs obscure fulvous. Abdomen and tarsi black. 

Collection Jacoby. 

In colour this species resembles greatly O. dorso-signatum, Clark, 
from Australia. 


1883. ] M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. 401 


3. Ores CLARKII, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 3.) 

Oblong-ovate, testaceous ; antennze piceous ; elytra closely punc- 
tured, the suture and a longitudinal band, divided at the iniddle, from 
the base to the apex black. 

Length 33 lines. 

Hab. New Guinea, Waigiou. 

Head with a central impressed groove and a deep transverse de- 
pression between the eyes ; labrum testaceous, punctured ; apex of 
jaws black. Antennee elongate, the third and fourth joints nearly of 
equallength. Thorax narrowly transverse, the anterior and posterior 
margins parallel, the sides slightly rounded; surface transversely 
depressed in front of the anterior margin, and with a round shallow 
fovea at each side, obsoletely and finely punctured.  Scutellum 
obscure piceous. Elytra widened towards the middle, the sides 
slightly constricted below the base; the surface covered with fine 
but distinct punctures, testaceous ; a narrow sutural and a broad 
lateral band from the base to the apex, both bands joined at the 
latter place, black ; the lateral band is divided longitudinally in the 
middle by a narrow space of the ground-colour. Underside and legs 
testaceous ;. tibia and tarsi slightly darker. . 

Collected by Mr. Wallace. 

Allied to O. fryi and O. seminigrum, Clark, but distinguished 
from both by the sutural band. In one specimen before me the 
lateral elytral band is entire and not divided at the middle, but in 
other respects the specimen agrees with the type. 


4. OIDES BIPLAGIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 2 

Broadly ovate, flavous ; thorax and elytra very finely punctured, 
the latter with a transverse band at the middle and a large oval spot 
at the apex black. 

Length 4-43 lines. 

Hab. New Guinea, Port Moresby. 

Head convex, with a central longitudinal impressed line; space 
between the eyes deeply transversely grooved, limited in front by a 
thickened oblique ridge. Antennze about half as long as the body, 
obscure fulvous, the fourth joint nearly double as long as the third. 
Thorax narrowly transverse, the sides slightly widened in front of 
the base, the posterior angles rounded; surface rather convex, with 
a few oblique obsolete depressions near the sides and the base, ex- 
tremely finely punctured. Scutellum impunctate. Elytra widened 
towards the middle, with a distinct flattened margin, extremely 
closely and more distinctly punctured than the thorax, flavous ; a 
transverse band at the middle (consisting of two spots united, “of 
which the outer one is the smallest), and a large oval-shaped patch 
near the apex black. Underside and legs entirely flavous. 

Collection Jacoby. 


MerGALoGnaTua, Baly. 
5. MEGALOGNATHA CRUCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 7.) 
Elongate, convex, widened behind, fulvous; head, breast, legs, 


402 M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. [June 19, 


and the antenne black ; elytra very finely and closely punctured, 
fulvous, the suture and a transverse band at the middle black. 

Length 3 lines. 

Head very sparingly and finely punctured, deeply transversely 
grooved between the eyes; frontal tubercles as well as the carina 
strongly raised. Antenne half the length of the body (2), 
filiform, black. Thorax square-shaped, the sides slightly rounded, 
posterior margin distinctly concave at the middle ; surface somewhat 
convex, without any depressions, fulvous, finely granulose punctate. 
Scutellum piceous. Elytra widened from the base to the apex, very 
convex at their posterior half, and from there to the apex abruptly 
declined ; surface closely and finely granulose-punctate, fulvous; a 
longitudinal band at the suture, gradually narrowed near the apex, 
and a transverse band below the middle, not quite extending to the 
lateral margin, black; from the shoulder to below the middle a 
single costa is seen at each elytron. Underside and legs black, 
finely covered with yellowish pubescence. Abdomen fulvous, the 
first segments more or less stained with black. 

Hab. Africa, Transvaal. 

A single female specimen is contained in my collection. 


6. MEGALOGNATHA UNIFASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 8.) 


Black. Antenne in the male triangularly widened at the seventh 
and eighth joints; in the female simple. Thorax and the elytra 
closely punctured ; the latter flavous, with a broad transverse band 
below the middle. 

Length 23-2? lines. 

Head impunctate, the lower part projecting; labrum obscure 
testaceous. Antenne half the length of the body, black; the 
terminal joints testaceous at their inner sides; the seventh and 
eighth joints flattened and with an angular projection within, rest 
of the terminal joints less flattened. Thorax square-shaped, the 
space below the anterior margin raised into a triangular-shaped 
elevation ; rest of the surface finely punctured in the male, more 
strongly granulose-punctate in the female. Scutellum black. Elytra 
punctured as in the preceding species, testaceous or flavous, with a 
broad transverse black band below the middle, which does not quite 
extend to the lateral margin. Underside and legs black ; abdomen 
fulvous. 

Hab. Transvaal. Collection Jacoby. 

Distinguished from M. cavicollis, Baly, by the shape and colour of 
its thorax. 


7. MEGALOGNATHA BIPUNCTATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 9.) 


Elongate, convex, subparallel, fulvous; antenne, legs, and breast 
obscure piceous ; thorax and elytra finely punctured, a spot at the 
middle of each elytron black. 

Length 4 lines. 

Head impunetate. Antenne very closely approached in the 
male, the seventh and eighth joints in the same sex triangularly 


1883. ] M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. 403 


widened and flattened, simple in the female ; all the joints covered 
with fine pubescence. Thorax square-shaped, the sides rounded 
and widened towards the middle; surface with an obsolete fovea in 
front of the anterior and posterior margin, closely and finely 
punctured. Scutellum large, as broad as long, fulvous. Elytra 
nearly parallel, convex, their last third rather abruptly declined ; 
surface punctured as in the preceding species, fulvous ; each elytron 
with a round transverse black spot immediately below the middle. 
Underside and legs finely pubescent. 

Hab. Nguru Mountains, East Central Africa. Collection Jacoby , 


Pacuytoma, Clark. 

8. PacHyToma GrBBosA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 6.) 

Elongate, widened posteriorly, piceous below; head, thorax, 
scutellum, and first three joints of the antenne flavous; elytra 
ferruginous, very closely and finely punctured, 

Length 73-8 lines. 

Hab, Old Calabar (Rutherford). 

Head with a fovea between the eyes, scarcely visibly punctured. 
Antenne short, robust, black, the three basal joints flavous. Thorax 
twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the angles obtuse, surface 
extremely minutely punctured. Scutellum trigonate, its apex ob- 
tusely rounded. Elytra convex, widened at the middle, narrowed 
towards tle base and apex, ferruginous, more distinctly but as 
closely punctured as the thorax. Underside and legs piceous ; tibize 
distinctly channelled ; claws bifid. 

Two specimens in my collection. 

In its general appearance and shape this species resembles greatly 
several insects of the genus Oides, from which the elytral epipleurze 
extending to the posterior angle will at once distinguish it. Besides 
this character, all the others peculiar to the present genus are present. 
P. gibbosa seems to be the largest species at present described. Ina 
short monograph of the genus by Dr. Karsch (Berlin. ent. Zeitsch. 
1881) I find a species referred to under the name of P. gigas, 
Illig. This is probably a mistake, and refers to P. gigantea, Illig. 


Mesoponta, Baly. 


9. MESODONTA TRANSVERSO-FASCIATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. 
fig. 5.) 

Elongate-ovate, widened behind; black below; basal joint of the 
antennze, the thorax, and the scutellum obscure flavous ; elytra 
granulose-punctate, green, subopaque, a transverse band behind the 
middle obscure flavous. 

Length 6 lines. 

Hab. West Africa (Rutherford). 

Head rugose-punctate, black, lower part of face flavous. Antennze 
about half the length of the body, the fifth to the ninth joints 
dilated and gradually shortened, the tenth trigonate, short, eleventh 
Joint elongate. Thorax about twice as broad as Jong, the posterior 
margin slightly sinuate at each side, the latter narrowed from base 


404 M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. [June 19, 


to apex; upper surface obsoletely three-foveolate, fulvous or flavous, 
closely rugose-punctate. Scutellum trigonate, closely punctured. 
Elytra much widened towards the apex, nar rowly margined below 
the middle at the sides, very closely and finely gr anulose-punctate, 
of a bright green, but little shining, with a slightly sinuate trans- 
verse flavous band below the middle ‘extending to either margin. 

In my collection. 

The present species forms the second one known from Africa, and 
seems allied to M. limbata, Baly, from which the flavous elytral 
band and want of the similarly coloured margins of the elytra 
separate it. 


Menrista, Chap. 
10. MerisTa oBeRTHURI. (Plate XLV. fig. 10.) 


Oblong-ovate, widened behind, black ; thorax impunctate; elytra 
very finely punctured, the extreme lateral margin, a narrow transverse 
band before, and two others behind the middle flavous; claws 
bifid, the inner division small. 

Length 43-5 lines. 

Head impunctate, black. Thorax subquadrate, the anterior angles 
slightly produced and thickened ; surface impressed with two trans- 
verse shallow grooves, of which the first is situated close to the 
anterior margin, the second near the middle, more deeply impressed 
and obliquely shaped at the sides; disk impunctate, with the ex- 
ception of a few punctures along the anterior and posterior margins. 
Scutellum broad, impunctate. Elytra much wider at the base than 
the thorax, distinctly widened behind, very greatly in the female, 
entirely black, very finely punctured, the punctures now and then 
arranged in semi-regular rows ; the extreme lateral margins, a very 
narrow transverse band before, two others more closely approached 
behind the middle, and the posterior part of the suture flavous. 

Hab. Thibet (Tatsiénlon Mount). Collection Oberthir and 
Jacoby. 

The antennze are more than two thirds the length of the body, 
and of the usual structure to be found in the present genus. . Of 
the three bands at the elytra the middle one extends generally to 
the lateral margin, which is not the case with the other two. From 
all the described species, the present one, of which I have seen six 
specimens, sent to me by M. Oberthiir for determination, is easily 
distinguished by its coloration. 


Puysonycuis, Chap. 
11. PHySONYCHIS NIGRICOLLIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 11.) 


Elongate, subparallel, flavous below; base of the head and the 
thorax black ; elytra metallic green or blue, closely rugose-punc- 
tate. 

Length 4—43 lines. 

Head closely and distinctly punctured at the vertex, the latter 
black ; frontal tubercles highly raised, elongate ; the latter and lower 


1883. ] M. JACOBY ON NEW SPECIES OF BEETLES. 405 


part of the face fulvous. Antennze fulvous or piceous. Thorax 
transverse, narrowed from the base to the apex, the sides nearly 
straight and longitudinally flattened ; surface very finely punctured 
at the disk, the latter black, the sides with a metallic green gloss. 
Seutellum black. Elytra rather convex, slightly but distinctly 
widened towards the apex, very closely punctured, the interstices 
finely rugose, of a metallic green or blue colour. Entire underside 
and the legs fulvous. 

Hab. Kast Africa (coll. Jacoby) ; Zanzibar (coll. R. Oberthiir). 

Closely allied to P. smaragdina, Clark; but at once separated by 
the black colour of the thorax and of the scutellum. The elytra 
show uo trace of longitudinal costz as is sometimes seen in the allied 
species. The present insect is also larger, and the antennz are more 
filiform. The specimens contained in my collection and in that of 
M. Oberthiir are all females. I may further add that the thorax of 
P. smaragdina is much more strongly punctured, and that Clark 
gives the colour of the entire insect as metallic green or eneous, which 
is a mistake, the underside being of the same colour as that of the 
present insect. 


Sysrena, Clark. 
12. SysTENA DISCOIDALIS, sp.nov. (Plate XLV. fig. 12.) 


Elongate, flavous; head and thorax impunctate ; elytra extremely, 
finely punctured, their posterior two thirds black, the latter not 
extending to the margins. 

Length 34 lines. 

Hab. Ecuador. 

Head entirely impunctate; the frontal tubercles rather obsolete 
and divided by a very shallow groove; carina indistinct ; lower part 
of face depressed. Jaws black at their apex. Antenne half the 
length of the body, filiform, entirely pale fulvous; all the joints, 
with the exception of the short second one, of nearly equal length. 
Thorax nearly twice as broad as long, subquadrate, the sides obliquely 
shaped, forming a distinct angle before the middle; anterior and 
posterior angles rather rounded; surface with a rather deep trans- 
verse sinuate groove in front of the base, the sides of which are 
gradually lost near the lateral margins; disk impunctate. Scutellum 
broadly triangular. Elytra wider than the thorax, subdepressed, 
slightly widened towards the middle, with a shallow sutural depres- 
sion below the base, very finely and closely punctured, flavous, with 
an oval-shaped black patch extending from below the base to the 
apex, but leaving all the margins of the ground-colour. Posterior 
femora moderately thickened ; their tibize with a distinct spine. 

A single specimen, collected by Mr. Buckley, contained in my 
collection. 

From the typical species forming the genus Systena, which are 
known to me, the present one deviates somewhat by the rather deep 
thoracic groove, the peculiar coloration, and its size; in all other 
structural characters, including the closed anterior coxal cavities, it 
agrees with the rest. 


406 [June 19, 


PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE 


Nores. 


Merista variabilis, Har. (Stett. ent. Zeit. 1880), is identical with 
Haplosonyz trifasciatus, Hope; the type contained in the British 
Museum agrees with v. Harold’s description, that of Hope’s being 
unrecognizable. 

Merista rufipennis, Har., is synonymous with Leptarthra dohrni, 
Baly, the latter author having omitted to mention in his description 
the red colour of the elytra. 

Nerissus griseo-scutellatus, Karsch (Berlin. ent. Zeitsch. 1852, 
December), is without doubt identical with Cheiridea subrugosa, 
Jacoby (P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 55). 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV. 


Fig. 1. Oides apicalis, p. 399. Fig. 7. Megalognatha evuciata, p. 401. 
2. biplagiata, p. 401. 8. unifasciata, p. 402. 
on clarkii, p. 401. 9; bipunctata, p. 402. 
4, affinis, p. 400. 10. Merista oberthiiri, p. 404. 
5. Mesodonta transverso-fasciata, Il. Physonychis nigricollis, p. 404. 
p. 403. 12. Systena discoidalis, p. 405. 
6. Pachytoma gibbosa, p. 403. 
3. On the Madreporarian Genus Phymastrea of Milne- 


Edwards and Jules Haime, with a Description of a new 
Species. By Prof. P. Martin Duncan, F.R.S. (Com- 
municated by Dr. Scrater, F.R.S.) 


[Received May 29, 1883.] 


Contents.—I. Introduction. II. The Generic Diagnoses of Phymastrea given 
in 1848 and 1857. ILI. The emended Diagnosis of the Genus. IV. Descrip- 
tion of the Species hitherto known. Y. Description of a new Species. 
VI. Remarks on the Structures of Phymastrea irregularis, Dunc. VII. The 
Affinities of the Genus with others of the Recent Coral-fauna. VIII. The 
Affinities with Extinct Genera. 


I. Introduction. 


The species of the genus Phymastrea are rare ; hitherto only two 
have been described, and a third is now brought forward for the 
first time. The genus belongs to the subfamily Astreeacez of the 
family Astreeidee, and all the species are recent forms. Their struc- 
tures are very remarkable, and recall in some points those of fossil 
forms. 

‘In fact the genus, which is remarkably well defined, is exceptional 
amongst the recent Astraeide, has a very old-fashioned appearance, 
and would not have been out of place in an early Secondary coral- 
fauna. 

The species were studied in the first instance by MM. Milne- 
Edwards and Jules Haime, and they included them in the genus 
Phymastrea, which was established for the purpose in 1848", Sub- 


‘ Comptes Rendus de |’Académie des Sciences, t. xxvii. p. 494. 


PZ.5.1883.P1 XLV 


4 

7 
* 
W Purkiss Inth Hanhart im 


NEW SPECIES OF GALE RUCIDA 


1883. ] MADREPORARIAN GENUS PHYMASTR&A. 407 


sequently the diagnosis of the genus was given in their work entitled 
‘ Recherches sur la Structure et la Classification des Polypiers recents 
et fossiles ;? and finally in their great work, the ‘ Histoire naturelle 
des Coralliaires,’ tome ii. p. 499 (1857). 

The generic diagnosis of 1857 does not correspond in a very im- 
portant point with that published in 1848; and there is no doubt 
that the last diagnosis is erroneous. The great French zoophytolo- 
gists described two species of the genus Phymastrea in their last- 
mentioned work, having noticed them fully in their previous one. 
Unfortunately the geographical positions of the two species are not 
known. Probably they are from the Eastern seas. 


II. The Generic Diagnoses of Phymastreea' given in 1848 and 1857. 


The generic diagnosis given by MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules 
Haime in 1848 is as follows :-— 

* Corallum in a convex or plane mass. Corallites prismatic and en- 
veloped from the base to the summit by a thin epitheca without a 
trace of cost. Corallites close, not joined by thin walls but, at 
certain distances, by large wart-like projections, so that there are 
considerable spaces between the walls of contiguous corallites. The 
gemmation is extracalicular and subapical. The walls are thick ; 
the calices are subpolygonal, and their margins are free; the colu- 
mella is spongy in texture and well developed ; and the septa are well 
developed, slightly exsert, and strongly toothed, especially near the 
columella.” 

The generic diagnosis published in 1857 contains the same cha- 
racters, but there is an alteration regarding the method of increase 
of the corallum in the nature of the gemmation. This is stated to 
be calicular and submarginal. 

Fortunately the drawings and descriptions of the species of Phy- 
mastrea which were published along with the first diagnosis of the 
genus will satisfy any student of the Madreporaria that the gemma- 
tion is extracalicular, and from the wall beyond the edge of the 
cealices. The second diagnosis is therefore incorrect ; and this opinion 
is maintained after the examination of the third and hitherto un- 
published species. 

In noticing the remarkable method of the junction of the corallites 
of Phymastrea, MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime state that 
the genus has great affinities with others of the Astreide, and that 
this method is characteristic. 

It is necessary to draw attention to the statement that the coral- 
lites are invested with a thin epitheca and that there is no trace of 
costee. It is evident, moreover, that MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules 
Haime considered the junction-processes to be invested with epitheca, 
but to consist of an almost compact structure. These processes 
“se soudent fortement a la muraille d'un polypiérite voisin.” 

In the delineation of the species Phymastrea valenciennesi, Ed. & 
H., on pl. ix. figs. 3 & 3 @(Ann. des Sciences Nat. 3 série, t. x., Zool.), 


* ¢dpa, a thing that grows upon the body. 


408 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE [June 19, 


it is perfectly evident that something more than costal structure is 
implicated, for there are only two rows of processes to one face of 
the walls of a corallite. ‘The processes stretch across several coste 
and intercostal spaces, and therefore the true wall adds to the growth 
as well as the costee. 

The study of the new species confirms this view of the nature of 
Phymastrea and that the gemmation is extracalicular. 

It is proposed to emend the genus as follows :— 


Ill. Characters of the Genus Phymastreea, Milne-Edwards 
& Jules Haime, emended. 


The corallum is compound, massive, and its free surface is convex 
or plane. The corallites, more or less prismatic, increase by extra- 
calicular gemmation and are jomed together by short growths from 
coste, or from the wall, which are placed with some regularity in 
vertical series, elsewhere they are separate. An epitheca exists which 
may environ the growths. There is a columella, an exotheca, and a 
well-developed endotheca. ‘The coste may or may not be apparent. 


IV. Description of the Species hitherto known, Phymastreea 
valenciennesi and P. profundior. 


PHYMASTRA&A VALENCIENNESI, Ed. & H. (Hist. Nat. des Corall. 
vol. il. p. 500). 

The corallum is an incrusting subplane form, with a large 
columella and four more or less complete cycles of septa, the larger 
being exsert. The nodules are large and warty, and there are two 
vertical series of them on each face of the more or less prismatic- 
shaped corallites; they are enveloped in epitheca. The calices are 
shallow and pentagonal in outline, and measure from 8 to 10 millim. 
in diameter. 

Locality unknown. Specimens in the Michelin Collection at 
Paris. 


PHYMASTR2ZA PROFUNDIOR, Edwards & Haime. 


The corallum is incrusting and convex. The calices are polygonal, 
and are 8 millim. in diameter and are deep. The columella is mode- 
rately developed, and there are usually three cycles of septa more or 
less complete, and sometimes there is one septum of a fourth in each 
system. ‘The septa are exsert, thickest at the wall, and have a large 
dentation near the columella. The junction-processes are slender. 

Locality unknown. Specimens in the Michelin Collection at 
Paris. 

The last species is distinguished from the first-named by having 
deep and smaller calices, a smaller columella, a lower septal number, 
and slender junctions. 

As the genus was determined by MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules 
Haime after the study of these two species, it is clear that the species 
about to be described is very distinct, for it has coste from which 
the junction-processes arise. 


1883. ] MADREPORARIAN GENUS PHYMASTRA. 409 


V. Description of a new Species. 
PHYMASTRHA IRREGULARIS, sp. nov. 


The corallum has a small adherent base and a large irregularly 
hemispherical shape, the surface being gibbose here and there. The 


Phymastrea irregularis (side view of a corallite), 


corallites are numerous, are small at the base, widen rapidly with 
height, and are very irregular in their outlines and dimensions ; each 
is separated from its neighbours even at the ealice by a narrow space 
which is crossed by slender junction-processes. The calices vary in 
size and shape and are rather deep ; they are angular in outline 


410 PROF. P. M. DUNCAN ON THE [June 19, 


and may be hexagonal, pentagonal, quadrangular, and triangular, or 
even deformed. he margins of the calices are sharp ; the septa are 
non-exsert, unequal, some being very long and others quite rudi- 
mentary, and the cyclical arrangement is confused in the extreme. 
There is little or no difference between the primaries and secondaries, 
and some part of a system usually aborts. Three cycles of septa in 
six systems with some higher orders, abortion taking place here and 
there, is the rule; and the more irregular the outline of the calice, the 
greater is the confusion of the septal arrangement. The columella 
is small, Jax, and trabeculate, being formed by processes from the 
septal ends. 

The costz are distinct and unequal Jow down on the corallites, 
and indistinct and absent higher up, although in some instances 
they can be traced to the calicular margin. The larger coste 
have nodules on their free edge placed in linear series, and often 
extending over an intercostal space and smaller cost to the next 
large one. These nodules join those of approximated coste of 
neighbouring corallites, and form short processes. Junction-processes 
occasionally do not correspond to cost. An epitheca exists over 
each corallite, especially low down; it covers the costa and inter- 
costal spaces and laps round the junction- processes ; it is membra- 
nous-looking and has a few transverse and other ridges. A small 
amount of exotheca exists between the coste, and the endotheca 
is largely developed, coming up to the base of the calices, and 
usually closing them below, but the dissepiments are not very 
close. The growth is by gemmation, which may occur anywhere 
on the outside of a corallite from below the ecalicular margin to close 
to the hase. 

Height of the corallum or colony 4 centim., breadth 10 centim. 
Width of calices from 3 millim. to 1 centim. 

Locality. West coast of India, shallow water, fixed on an 
Ostrea. 

The new form is distinguished from its nearest ally Phymastrea 
profundior, Ed. & H., by having well-developed coste, non-exsert 
septa, and extremely irregular calices. 


VI. Remarks on the Structures of Phymastrea profundior. 


The attachment of the colony or corallum is by a comparatively 
small base to a shell, and it does not appear that it sprang from one 
corallite. The bases of several corallites may be seen in contact with 
the shell; and it is evident that they and their buds contribute to the 
symmetrical development of the whole colony. The corallite walls 
are solid and thick, except where they are growing at the calicular 
margin. The buds, when they arise close to the calicular margin of 
the parent, produce a certain amount of thinning of the parent wall, 
and often give the appearance of fissiparity. Lower down, the buds 
communicate with the visceral cavity of the parent; and there is a space 
at their base, where they spring from the parent, which leads into its 
interior, 


1883. ] MADREPORARIAN GENUS PHYMASTR&A. 411 


There is considerable distance between the corallites at the surface, 
amounting to 1 millim. and more, and this is crossed by the junction- 
processes. These are very variable in their size and distribution ; 
some do not reach across, and others are constricted in the middle. 
Very broad ones are exceptional. 

The irregular shape of the corallites and calices is due to pressure 
during growth and the pushing upwards of growing buds ; and this 
irregularity of outline appears to have interfered with the septal dis- 
tribution. 

In a very small calice belonging to a small bud, which is nearly 
symmetrical and circular in outline, there are six primaries; but where 
a little pressure has produced flattening, one of the primaries is 
smaller than the others and might be mistaken for a secondary 
septum. There are six systems of septa in the bud, and in four 
there is a secondary septum ; two of them are long and two short. 
In the other two systems, near the flat part, there are no secon- 
daries. 

A second bud, which is oval elliptical in outline, being compressed 
from side to side, has six primaries, and where the pressure was at 
one end the primary there issmall. There are, as usual, six systems. 
In the first, commencing to the right of a primary in the long axis 
of the calice, there is a secondary which is long, and in the second 
the secondary isa mere rudiment. In the third system the secondary 
is radimentary, and so it is in the fourth; so that the third and fourth 
systems, with the intermediate small primary, look like one system. 
The fifth system has a long secondary and a tertiary, small and 
rudimentary, on either side ; and the sixth system is like the second. 

In the larger calices the secondaries equal the primaries, and 
some tertiaries do the same ; moreover, in the satne system a tertiary 
may abort or be rudimentary, so that there are three successive septa 
equal in length, ¢. e. a primary, a tertiary, and the secondary, and 
then comes a small tertiary. In the same calice in the next system, 
the normal long secondary has short tertiaries on either side; but 
the next system has a secondary equal in length to the primaries ; on 
one side of it is a small tertiary, and on the other a long tertiary with 
a small septum between it and the secondary. This is a very irre- 
gular and abnormal distribution. In the next system the secondary 
is small and the tertiaries are as large as primaries, and between the 
primaries and the tertiaries is a rudimentary septum. None are 
found on either side of this secondary septum. The irregularity 
of the septal distribution in the last system of all transcends any 
thing I have ever seen. The secondary and the two tertiaries 
are equal in size and resemble primaries; and there is a long septum 
occupying the position of the fifth order between each tertiary and 
the secondary. Between one primary and the tertiary there is a 
septum of the fourth order, and between the other primary (the first in 
the calice) and the tertiary there are two septa! In the largest 
calices the septal arrangement appears to be without definite arrange- 
ment in cycles and systems, and large and much smaller septa 
alternate, 


412 ON THE MADREPORARIAN GENUS PHYMASTR#A. [June 19, 


Sections of the corallum must cut across corallites at different 
angles to their long axes; and the appearances presented here and 
there, although perfectly explicable in the perfect specimens, might 
be mistaken for fissiparous calicular division. The appearance 
of the sections reminds one of that of many fossil corals which 
have weathered, or which have been partly preserved, or which are 
offered to the student in sections. The truth could not be ascertained 
from such relics. 


VII. The Affinities of the Genus with others of the Recent 


Coral-fauna. 


The genus Phymastrea would be very isolated in the classifica- 
tion were the two original species the only ones ; but the new species, 
on which the coste are tolerably well developed, allies it to [Teliastrea. 
It does happen that very costulate Heliastreeans have a union 
between opposing costz by their spinulose growths, but it is a rare 
and not invariable occurrence. ‘The growth of the two genera is much 
the same; but the presence of exotheca extending beyond the costz 
and between the corallites in Heliastr@a is a remarkable distinction, 
and decides the comparatively symmetrical shape of the Heliastreean 
calices. The genus Astrea appears at first sight to be allied to 
Phymastrea; but a careful study of its structure indicates that its 
junction-processes are synapticula. 

The bushy forms which increase by gémmation from the external 
wall below the calice, and which have a more or less complete 
epitheca, and belong to the genus Cladocora, cannot be associa- 
ted with Phymastrea, for when junction of corallites does oceur 
in them it is through the epithecal bands which exist here and there, 
and not by means of mural structures. 

In classification it is therefore requisite to leave the genus Phy- 
mastrea where MM. Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime placed it, 
between /7eliastrea and the genera with entirely soldered or united 
walls, 


VIII. The Affinities with Extinct Genera. 


Some of the early Secondary corals have a superficial resemblance 
to Phymastrea, especially the species of H/ysastrea described from 
the Infra-Lias of the Sutton Stone and Brocastle in South Wales. 
The resemblance is with the species described by MM. Milne- 
Edwards and Jules Haime; and the figures given by me in the 
‘Monograph of the British Fossil Corals,’ second series, part iv. 
no. 1, Paleontog. Soc. 1867, plate vi. figs. 5-13, especially figure 
10, are very suggestive. But the complete epitheca does not sur- 
round junction-processes in E/ysastrea ; they do not exist. In the 
genera more or less allied to Cladocora, and which are found fossil, 
there are no junction-processes. ‘The genus really stands alone in 
its characteristic method of corallite union. 


1883. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF SUS SALVANIUS. 413 


4. Notes on the Anatomy of Sus salvanius (Porcula salvania, 
Hodgson).—Part 1. External Characters and Visceral 
Anatomy. By J. G. Garson, M.D., F.Z.S, 


[Received June 5, 1883.] 


One of the Pygmy Hogs recently acquired by the Society having 
died, it was put into my hands for examination. 

In the present communication I intend only to treat of the external 
characters, and the digestive, circulatory, and respiratory organs and 
brain, reserving the muscular anatomy, as well as that of the vessels, 
nerves, and other parts of the body, and the osteology, for a sub- 
sequent communication. 

The body is covered with brownish-black bristles, sparsely set on 
the abdomen, especially between the legs, on the sacral region, and 
hind limbs. The posterior surface of the ears is naked ; and there are 
only a few fine hairs on their anterior surface. The tail is hairless. 
A slight increase in the thickness and length of the hair and bristles 
is observable on the back of the neck. The hairis thickest on each 
side of the body behind the shoulders. There is no underhair 
present at any part of the body. The colour of the skin is dark. 
On the abdomen are three pairs of nipples; the anterior pairare smaller 
in size than the other two pairs. 

The body measures in length from the tip of the snout to the tip 
of the tail58cm. From the anterior angle of the eye to the tip of 
snout measures 7°3cm. The length of the ear, which is ovoid in form, 
is4cm.; the breadthis 5-4 cm. The length of tailis 3°2cm. The 
length of the manus, from the carpus to the tip of the central digit, 
is 6°5 cm., and from the carpus to the inner short toe 4°3cem. The 
length of the pes is 4 cm., and from the tarsus to the inner toe 2:2 cm. 
The inner small second digit is slightly shorter than the outer fifth 
digit, both in manus and pes. This condition obtains in both the 
manus and pes of Sus scrofa, as I have had occasion to verify by 
examination of specimens in the College-of-Surgeons Museum. No 
trace of ducts opening on the skin at the inner side of the manus 
could be discovered. ‘The permanent incisors and canines, the first 
and second premolars, and the first and second molars have been 
acquired. The third and fourth milk-molars are in place and are 
much worn. The ultimate lower molars have appeared, but are not 
full-grown: those of the upper jaw have not penetrated the gums; 
but on cutting into the gums their presence could be detected. 

The adult dentition is 1.3 C. *, Be > M. 5, exactly the same, 
then, as that of the Common Pig. 

Being a female, the canines are small; but in the male now living 
in the Society’s Gardens they seem to be well developed, and project 
slightly beyond the upper lip. 

The tongue measures 9°5 cm. long by 2°4 cm. in breadth across the 
anterior part and 2 cm. across the posterior portion, is flat, and has 
the intermolar eminence less marked than in most Ungulates. The 

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XXVIII. 28 


414 DR. J. G. GARSON ON THE [ June 19, 


surface is covered with fine conical papillee, among which, here and 
there, regularly over its whole extent,fare scattered_fungiform papilla 
ofawhite colour. These papillae are aggregated in a row along either 
side of the tongue. On the posterior portion are two large cireum- 
vallate papille of whitish colour, situated symmetrically on ‘either side 
of the median line. Behind these the conical papillae become large 
and soft. The specimen under observation showed a number of trans- 
verse markings, corresponding apparently to the rugosities on the 
palate ; there were also some transverse markings or cracks observed 
on the posterior portion. 

The epiglottis is of large size; and there is a large pouch-like 
cavity between it and the back of the tongue. 

The wsophagus is about 15-16 em. in “length ; ; at its lower end, 
immediately before entering the stomach, its mucous lining becomes 
thrown into longitudinal folds and becomes thickened. 

The stomach is in general outline essentially like that of Sus scrofa. 
When laid out flat it measures 12°2 em. in its long axis and 8°3 em. 
in depth between the two curvatures. To the left of the cesopha- 
geal opening is a conical pouch-like projection arising as it were from 
the left upper and posterior part of the viseus. The walls of 
the pouch are thick, and have longitudinal markings of bands 
of fibres running on the surface, dir ected towards the apex of the 
cone. On opening the viscus, it is found that the mucous mem- 
brane of the pouch-like cavity is very rugose, and that there is a well 
defined constricting ring developed on the right side or the side next 
the cesophageal opening which separates the pouch from the remainder 
of the gastric cavity. The thickened epithelium of the cesophagus 
extends some distance over the lining of the upper wall of the stomach 
around the cardiac orifice, and is so folded at the latter point as to 
form a sort of valve as in the Pig. The transverse ridge which 
marks off the antrum pyloricum is less marked than it is in 
the Pig. Towards the pylorus the walls of the stomach become 
considerably hypertrophied. The pylorus can be completely occluded 
by an oval pad situated on the side of the lesser curvature, which 
fills up completely its crescentic and concave under portion just as in 
the Pig. 

The small intestine is long but of small calibre, and when iz situ is 
situated chiefly on the right side of the abdominal cavity. The duode- 
num makes a moderate-sized loop to the right before it crosses beneath 
the ascending colon. The Peyer’s patches are scattered through the 
intestine ; but there is no large patch at the lower end of the ileum like 
that found in the Pig. The last part of the ileum ascends to the top of 
the cecum, which lies rather to the left side with its apex upon the 
bladder. The cecum is saccular, measuring 7'] cm. in length. Its 
outline is straight, in contradistinction to the irregular crenated out- 
line of that of the common Pig. A strong band of muscular fibres 
runs down the internal or left surface;. a second band runs down the 
external or right surface ; and extending from the ileum to the pos- 
terior surface of the cecum isa third band. From the top of the 
czecum arises the colon, which has a spiral arrangement, in form like 


1883. ] ANATOMY OF SUS SALVANIUS. 415 


two cones united by the apices, the bases being oval, however, instead 
of round. The lumen of the first part of the colon is greatest. At 
the top of the coil the intestine loops round, and, reversing its course, 
passes out at the base of the coil, ascends in front of the duodenum 
and passes to the left, then finally enters the pelvis. The arrange- 
ment is essentially that found in the Pig. The various coils of 
colon are united firmly together by fibrous tissue: the first part is 
crenated in outline; but the remainder is regular and uniform. The 
large intestine was found, on opening the abdominal cavity, to occupy 
chiefly the left side, and presented a marked contrast to the small 
intestine from its somewhat dark colour as compared with the dirty- 
yellow colour of the latter. 

The liver‘ has no suspensory ligaments or round ligament. The 
umbilical fissure is well marked, and divides the viscus into two 
segments of nearly equal size. The right central lobe is considerably 
larger than the left, while in the Pig they are of almost equal size. 
The free border of the right central lobe is broken by a cystic 
fissure of small size. The superior or diaphragmatic surface of the 
left central lobe, and partially also that of the right, is excavated 
deeply, and the hollow filled up by the sac of a cysticercus, of which 
two were found—this one attached to the liver, and a second, free, in 
the abdominal cavity. The attached border of the right segment of 
the liver is notched for the vena cava, which is superficially placed and 
does not tunnel through the substance of the liver as in the speci- 
men of Sus scrofa before me. The condition which obtains here is 
precisely that which was found by Prof. Flower to exist in Phaco- 
cherus and Potamocherus, notes on the dissections of which he has 
kindly placed at my disposal. In both of these genera the vena 
cava is superficial. The Spigelian lobe is well defined, but does not 
form any projection. The caudate lobe is well defined, and seems to 
have a tendency to be more complicated than in the Pig. 

The omentum is small in quantity and shrivelled up in bands; it 
is also characterized by the absence of fat. 

Immediately below the cartilages of the larynx situated on the 
front of the trachea is the thyroid gland, which measures 3°2 em. 
in length (in the axial line) by 1°3 em. broad and 1:4 em. in depth 
(dorso-ventrally). 

The trachea measures about 9 em. in length ; at its posterior end 
it divides into two short bronchi {1 em. long) which immediately enter 
the lungs. About 2°5 cm. above the bifurcation, the trachea gives 
off a branch to the upper lobe of the right lung. This branch is 
about one third the size of the bronchus, and, immediately on entering 
the lung, splits up into two branches, one of which runs upwards, the 
other downwards. ‘This arrangement of the three bronchi is pre- 
cisely what is found in the Pig. 


! The description of this organ given here is on the plan proposed by Prof. 
Flower in his Hunterian Lectures at the Royal College of Surgeons on the 
organs of digestion in the Mammalia, published in the ‘ Medical Times and 
Gazette, Feb. 24 to Dec. 1872—a source which I have freely availed myself of 
in the description of the digestive organs in the specimen under consideration. 

ni is 


416 DR. J. G. GARSON ON THE [June 19, 


The right lung is composed of three lobes—an anterior and a 
posterior dorsal lobe and an anterior ventral lobe. The anterior 
dorsal lobe is subdivided into an anterior division and a posterior 
division. The anterior portion hooks forwards and downwards in 
front of the heart, more or less completely covering the right auricle. 
The ventral lobe lies against the posterior wall of the left ventricle, 
and is deeply grooved for the ascending cava. 

The left lung consists of two lobes—an anterior and a posterior 
dorsal lobe, the former of which is subdivided into an anterior and 
a posterior portion. The anterior portion runs directly forwards, 
while the posterior portion is directed downwards dorso-ventrally. 
The extreme length of the lungs is about 12 em., and the extreme 
depth along the diaphragmatic surface is 9 cm. A portion of the 
left lung in the form of a small lobule intervenes between the dia- 
phragm and the heart. 

The heart measures from its base to apex 5*2 cm. ; the antero-pos- 
terior length from the margin of one ventricle to that of the other is 
5 cm.; the transverse diameter is 3°5 cm. 

The spleen is long and narrow, very similar in all respects to that 
of the Pig, but differs from that of Dicotyles in being more elongated 
and not so broad at the posterior end. 

The mesenteric glands are numerous and of large size. In some 
instances several glands are aggregated together so as to form large 
glandular patches between the folds of the mesentery. The vessels 
of the mesentery are quite straight, as in the Pig. 

The brain is of small size, measuring, from the olfactory lobes to 
the posterior part of the cerebellum, 6°2 em. in length, and 3°8 em. in 
breadth. The fissures and convolutions are well marked, and can 


Lateral view, right side; natural size, after being hardened in spirit. 


readily be compared with those of the common Pig. Adopting the 
nomenclature proposed by Krueg for the different cerebral fissures ', we 
recognize the rhinal fissure (J%/) extending along the lower part of the 
cerebrum on each side throughout its whole length. About the centre 
of this fissure (figs. 1 and 2), but somewhat nearer the posterior than 
the anterior end, are the various portions of the Sylvian fissure, the 


' Zeitschrift f. wissensch. Zool. Leipzig, 1878, xxxi. pp. 297-344. 


1883. ] ANATOMY OF SUS SALVANIUS. 417 


anterior process (Sa) running forwards and downwards into the rhinal 
fissure, while the processus accessorius (sac) points backwards and 
upwards. Rising from the anterior portion of the rhinal fissure and 
running upwards and forwards is the presylvian fissure (Ps), a 
well-marked fissure symmetrical on both sides. Above the rhinal 


Lateral view, left side; natural size. 


‘fissure, and running in a direction more or less parallel to it, is the 
suprasylvian fissure, which shows a curious asymmetry on both sides 
(figs. 1, 2, and 3): on the right side (figs. 2 and 3) it begins by the 


Fig. 3. 


View from above; natural size. 


union of two short branches—that nearest the mesial line called the 
processus posticus (ssp), the other, more external, named the pro- 
cessus descendens (ssd),—and extends forwards to the line of the 
sylvian fissure (ss) ; at this point it gives off an ascending branch (sss), 


418 ON THE ANATOMY OF SUS SALVANIUS. [June 19, 


which runs up almost to the middle line, and called the processus 
superior ; it then bends downwards and forwards, this portion being 
called the processus anterior (ssa), and is continued forward as the 
diagonal fissure (d). On the left side the suprasylvian fissure is 
more simple (figs. 2 and 3): it has two posterior branches and an 
ascending anterior branch as on the right side; it then passes down- 
wards and forwards and terminates. ‘lhe diagonal fissure (d) is quite 
separate on this side from the suprasylvian fissure. ,Between the 
suprasylvian fissure (ss) and the longitudinal fissure is a straight 
fissure, fis. lateralis (1) (fig. 3). A little anterior to the processus 
superior of the suprasylvian fissure springs the fis. coronalis (co) 
(fig. 3), animportant fissure, which runs from the longitudinal fissure 
and extends forwards and outwards till it nearly meets the rhinal 
fissure. Besides these principal fissures there are a few of small size 
present, especially on the right side. A very small speck of the 
island of Reil is to be seen at the junction of the rhinal and sylvian 
fissures on each side. The olfactory bulb is of considerable size. 
In general form and in the arrangements of the fissures the brain. 
is exceedingly like that of Sus, especially on the left side. 

The uterus was seen, on openmg the abdominal cavity, to occupy 
the anterior portion ; and on examination was found to be pregnant, 
containing five young. It resembles that of the Pig. 

The kidneys measure 5°5 cm. in length, and are surmounted by 
suprarenal capsules of considerable size. 

Conclusions.—The differences found to exist between the animal 
just described and Sus scrofa are very unimportant and few, the 
chief being the absence in the present specimen of the transverse 
fold between the gastric cavity and the antrum pyloricum, and of 
the long Peyer’s patch in the intestine, and the presence in the liver 
of a superficial vena cava, of a small cystic fissure, and its right 
lateral lobe being considerably larger than the left. Those differ- 
ences are not sufficient to require the formation of a distinct genus 
for the animal as has been done by Hodgson, who claims for it 
the following generic characters as separating it from Sus:—a differ- 
ence of dentition, since in the specimens examined by him the 
posterior molar was absent, indicating probably that it was the skull 
of a young animal, and that the tooth had not been acquired (this 
supposed difference of the molar dentition from that of Sus, I have 
shown does not hold good) ; the canines not being protruded beyond 
the lips (a condition which we find to obtain in the male specimen 
now living in the Gardens); the inner digit being shorter than the 
outermost (a condition which we find obtains in Sus serofa). Having 
shown that none of these supposed generic characters exist, and that 
the animal resembles Sus so closely that there is no ground for 
separating it from that genus, the generic name Porcula, by which 
it has been known since Hodgson first described it, must be aban- 
doned unless hitherto unobserved or atleast unrecorded differences 
should present themselves in the organs yet to be examined which 
would justify the retention of the name. 


1883. | ON BIRDS FROM WESTERN AMERICA, 419 


5. A List of the Birds collected by Captain A. H. Markham 
on the West Coast of America. By Osperr Savin, 
M.A., F.R.S. 

[Received June 18, 1883.] 


The following list contains the names of the birds’ skins collected by 
Captain Albert Hastings Markham of H.MLS. ‘ Triumph,’ during 
the time he had command of that ship, when forming one of the 
squadron of the Pacific Station. From this list the greater portion 
of the Laridz have been omitted, as they have already formed the 
subject of a paper by Mr. Howard Saunders (P.Z.5. 1882, pp. 520 
et seqy.). 

The birds now before us are 149 in number, and were obtained 
at various points of the western shores of the Pacific from Esquimalt 
in the north to the Straits of Magellan in the south, including some 
from the Galapagos Islands and from the island of Juan Fernandez ; 
the greater portion, however, are from the coasts of Peru and Chili. 

Amongst those of the former country, I find a species of Geothly- 
pis, which appears to me to be undescribed ; there is also an example 
of a fine Albatross, which I have been unable to determine; and 
another Petrel, congeneric with our Fork-tailed Petrel, requires a 
name. Besides these novelties, the collection is rich in specimens of 
Procellariide, of which there are representatives of no less than four- 
teen species in all. 

The references given to each species are taken from published me- 
moirs relating to the country where they were obtained, or from 
some general work on the region to which they belong. Captain 
Markham deserves the thanks of ornithologists for his industry in 
amassing so large a collection during the intervals of the many duties 
involved in the command of a large ironclad in active service. We 
only hope that his example may frequently be followed. 


]. Turpus MAGELLANICus, King; Salv. Ibis, 1875, p. 376. 


Juan Fernandez, March 1882. 

A young bird assuming its second plumage, which is perhaps a 
shade darker than that of adult individuals from the mainland, 

2. Turpus FLAvirnostrris (Sw.); Salv. & Godm., Biol. Centr.- 
Winn, Aves, i..p.21, t. 3. f.1. 

Acapulco, Mexico. 

3. TROGLODYTES FURVUS (Gm.). 


Coquimbo, November 1881. 

Two specimens resembling other Chilian examples which have 
been called 7’. hornensis by Lesson (cf. Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus, 
Vi. p. 257). 

4. ANTHUS CORRENDERA, Vieill. ; Scl. Ibis, 1878, p. 362. 

@. Coquimbo. 


420 MR. 0. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19, 


5. Srurus auricapizuus (L.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N-Am. 
B. i. p. 280. 
Esquimalt, 1880. 


6. He_MInTHOPHAGA CHRYSOPTERA (L.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. 
N.-Am. B. i. p. 192. 
Two specimens without labels, probably from Esquimalt. 


7. DENDR@CA AUREOLA (Gould) ; Salv. Trans. Z. 8. ix. p. 473. 

Charles I., Galapagos. 

When writing my paper on the birds of the Galapagos Islands, 
I overlooked the record of the occurrence of this bird on the main- 
land, Fraser having obtained a specimen at Esmeraldas in 1859 
(P. Z.S. 1860, p. 291). We have recently received specimens from 
the island of Puna; and MM. Jelski and Stolzmann found it at Santa 
Lucia, in Western Peru (cf. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 744). 


8. GEOTHLYPIS AURICULARIS, 0. sp. 

Supra olivacea, capite summo cinereo, fronte anguste, loris et regione 
suboculari nigris, regione parotica saturate oleaginea ; subtus lete 
flava, subalaribus et campterio alari luteis ; rostri mazilla cornea, 
mandibula pallida, pedibus carneis. Long. tota 4°5, ale 2°2. 
caude 1:7, rostria rictu 0°68, tarsi 0°8. 

3d. Callao, Peru, December 1881 (4. H. Markham). 

Obs. G. equinoctiali proxima, sed colore oleagineo regionis paro- 
ticee distinguenda. 

Capt. Markham’s collection contains a single male specimen of 
this species, which seems different from the closely allied forms, of 
which G. equinoctialis is perhaps the best known. G. semiflava, 
which is its nearest neighbour, has the whole of the ear-coverts black 
and no grey on the head. G. chiriquensis has the grey head, but 
the ear-coverts are black. 


9. AMPELIS GARRULA (L.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B. i. 
p- 401. 

Esquimalt, 1880. 

10. HiruNDO ERYTHROGASTER, Bodd.; Salv. & Godm. Biol. 
Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 232. 

3. Callao, December 1881. 

1]. TacuycrneTa THALASSINA (Sw.); Salv. & Godm. Biol. 
Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 233. 

Two specimens without labels, probably from Esquimalt. 


— 


2. TACHYCINETA MEYENI (Cab.); Baird, Rev. Am. B.i. p. 302. 
3. Coquimbo, November 1881. 


13. Arrrcora CYANOLEUCA (Vieill.); Salv. & Godm. Biol. Centr.- 
Am., Aves, i. p. 229. 
. Coquimbo, November 1881. 


1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 421 


14, CaLuiste 1NoRNATA, Gould; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1864, 
p- 350. 

Panama, January 1882. 

15. RoaAMpHoca@Lus pimrpiATus, Lafr.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 
1864, p. 350. 

Panama, January 1882. 


16. SALTATOR ALBICOLLIs (Vieill.). 

Saltator isthmicus, Sel. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, p. 351. 

Panama, January 1882. 

17. Sautaror aTriceps, Less.; Scl. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1864, 
p- 351. 

Panama, January 1882. 

18. CaARDINALIS vIRGINIANUS (L.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. 
N.-Am. B. ii. p. 100. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 


19. Grospiza Fortis, Gould; Salv. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 481. 

Charles I., Galapagos. 

20. PrezoRHINA CINEREA (Lafr.); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1878, 
p- 137. 

Camarhynchus cinereus, Tacz. P.Z. 8. 1877, p. 321. 

Payta, Peru. 

This species, originally supposed by Lafresnaye, who described it, - 
to be from the Galapagos Islands, is now known as an inhabitant of 
Western Peru, specimens having been obtained at Tumbez by MM. 
Jelski and Stolzmann, by Prof. Steere at Sorritos, and now by Capt. 
Markham at Payta. 


21. SPERMOPHILA TELASCO (Less.); Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 7. 
6. Callao, December 1881. 


22. VoLATINIA JACARINA (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 520. 

3d. Callao, December 1881. 

23. CyANOSPIZA LECLANCHERI (Lafr.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soe. 
IN... Hi. p..277. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 

24. Puryerius Gayl (Eyd. & Gerv.) ; Scl. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 322. 

Q. Coquimbo, November 1881. 


25. Puryeinus ALAupINUuS (Kittl.) ; Scl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 322. 
3 2. Coquimbo, November 1881. 


26. Druca Grisea (Less.); Scl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 322. 


3 2. Coquimbo, November 1881. 
Talcahuano, 1881. 


422 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19, 


27. Zonotricuia pILeata (Bodd.); Sel. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 322. 
Coquimbo, November 1881. 


28. ZoNOTRICHIA GAMBELLI. 

Zonotrichia leucophrys, var. gambeli, Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. 
N.-Am. B. i. p. 566. 

Esquimalt, 1850. 

29. SprzeLva sociAis (Wils.); Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. 
Boao pe 7. 

Esquimalt, 1880. 

30. EMBERNAGRA STRIATICEPS (Lafr.); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 
1864, p. 352. 

Panama, January 1882. 

31. HamMopuiLia MELANOTIS, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. 
il. p. 277. 

Acapulco, March 18380. 

32. CHRYSOMITRIS BARBATA (Mol.) 

Chrysomitris capitalis, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 522. 

3 2. Callao, September 1881. 


33. SYCALIS LUTEOLA (Sparrm.); Scl. Ibis, 1872, p. 44. 

@. Coquimbo, November 1881. 

Talcahuano, 1881. 

34. CassICULUS MELANICTERUs (Bp.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc, 
N. H. ii. p. 278. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 

35. Icrerus MESOMELAS (Wagl.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 223. 

Payta, Peru. 

36. IcrERUS PusTULATUS (Wagl.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. 
H. ii. p. 280. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 

37. IcrERUS GRACE-ANN&, Cass.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1878, 
p-. 137. 

Payta, Peru. 
. 88. AcrLmaus THILIUS, Sel. P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 323. 

Coquimbo, November 1881. 

39. SruRNELLA MILiTARIs (L.); Sel. P. Z. 8S. 1867, p. 323. 


Coquimbo, 1881. 
3. Chili. 


1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 423° 


40. SruRNELLA BELLICOSA (De Fil.); Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, 
p- 323. 

Payta, Peru. 

41. Curzus aTerrimus (Kittl.); Sel. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 323. 

o. Chili. 


42. CyANOCITTA STELLERI. 

Cyanura stelleri, Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B. ii. p. 277. 

Esquimalt, 1880. 

43. Cyanocorax mystTacaLis (Geoffr.) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 
1878, p. 138. 

Payta, Peru. 

44. CaLocirra rormosa (Sw.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. 
H. ii. p. 285. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 

45. AGriornis tivipa (Kittl.) ; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 325. 

Talcahuano, 1881. 

46. Licnrnors PERSPICILLATUS (Gm.); Cab. & Hein. Mus. 
Hein. ii. p. 47. 

Coquimbo, November 1881. 

47. CENTRITES NIGER (Bodd.); Scl. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 326. 

3. Coquimbo, 1881. 

48. TopirostRUM CINEREUM (L.); Sel. & Salv. P. Z. 8S. 1864, 
p- 358. 

Panama, January 1882. 

49. AN@/RETES FERNANDEZIANUS (Phil.); Scl. Ibis, 1871, 
p. 179, t. vii. f. 1. 

Juan Fernandez, March 1882. 

50. ANZRETES PARULUSs (Kittl.) ; Sel. P. Z. &. 1867, p. 327. 

3. Talcahuano, 1881. 


51. Cyanoris azAR& (Naum.); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 327. 

3. Coquimbo, 1881. 

52. ELAINEA ALBICEPS (d’Orb. & Lafr.); Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, 
p- 536. 

Q. Callao, December 1881. 

53. MyiozeTeres TEXENSIS (Giraud); Lawr. Mem. Bost. eee. 
N. H. ii. p. 286. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 


“424 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19, 


54. Prrancus pEerpranus (Kaup); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. 
H. ii. p. 286. 

Acapuleo, March 1880. — 

55. PyrocEPHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.). 

Payta, Peru. 

2. Callao, December 1881. 

The Callao specimen is in the dusky plumage not unfrequent in 
birds of this species from the west coast of Peru. 

56. PyrocerHa.us NANUvs, Gould; Salv. Trans. Z.S. ix. p. 492. 

Charles I., Galapagos. 


57. TYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soe. 
N. H. ii. p. 288. 
Acapulco, March 1880. 


58. HereropeLMA VER#£-PpaActIs, Scl. & Salyv. ; Lawr. Ann. Lye. 
N. Y. vii. p. 473. 

Panama, January 1882. 

59. Grosirra cunicuLARtA (Vieill.); Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 321. 

3 2. Coquimbo, 1881. 


60. FurNARtus LonecrrostRis, Pelz.; Ibis, 1881, p. 409. 


Payta, Peru. 

This bird agrees with our Ecuadorean specimens called F. cinna- 
momeus, Less. ; but as it seems doubtful if this name really belongs 
to this species, we adopt that proposed for it by Herr y. Pelzeln. 


61. Cinciopes Fruscus (Vieill.). 

Chilian Cordillera. 

3. Coquimbo, 1881. 

62. CrincLopEs NiGRIFUMOsus (d’Orb. & Lafr.). 

Cillurus nigrifumosus, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 526. 

San Lorenzo Island, Peru. 

63. LepraASTHENURA £GITHALOIDEs (Kittl.); Scl. P.Z.S. 1867, 
p. 324. 

3 2. Coquimbo, November 1881. 

64. DeNDRORNIS susURRANS (Jard.) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1870, 
p- 839. 

Panama, January 1882. 


65. Picotapres souLeyeti, Lafr.; Scl. Cat. Am. B. p. 166. 
Payta, Peru. 


66. CERCOMACRA TYRANNINA, Scl.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1864, 
p- 396. 


Panama, January 1882. 


1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 425 


67. Preroprocuvs ALBICOLLIs, Kittl.; Sel. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 325. 
3. Coquimbo, November 1881. 


68. AcesrRURA MicrURA, Gould, Intr. Troch. p. 92; Tacz. 
P. Z.8. 1877, p. 327. 


Calothorax micrura, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. pl. 148. 
Payta, Peru. 


69. Myrris Franny (Less.). 
Calothorax fanny, Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. p. 151. 
2. Lima, Peru. 


70. THAumasrura cora (Less.) ; Gould, Mon. Troch. iii. p. 153. 
Rimac, Lima, Peru. 


71. Ruovorts, sp. ine. 

Payta, Peru, November 1880. 

A female specimen which I am not able to determine satisfactorily. 
It is considerably smaller than R. vesper, and may belong to 
R. atacamensis. 


72. Eusrrpnanus GALEerRITuS (Mol.); Gould, Mon. Troch. iv. 
pl. 265; Scl. Ibis, 1871, p. 181. 
Juan Fernandez. 


73. AMAZILIA PRisTINA, Gould, Mon. Troch. v. pl. 303. 

Lima, Peru. 

74. SAPPHIRONIA CHRULEOGULARIS (Gould); Mon. Troch. v. 
pl. 446. 

Colon, Isthmus of Panama. 


75. SreNopsis £QUICAUDATA (Peale); Tacz. P. Z. 8S. 1874, p.545. 
3 Q. Callao, September 1881. 


76. Picus t1enarius (Mol.); Sel. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 328. 

Coquimbo, November 1881. 

77. Hytoromus piteatus; Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B. 
ii. p. 550. 

Esquimalt, 1880. 

78. Dryocorus-trnEatus (L.) ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 546. 

Payta, Peru. 

79. COLAPTES MEXICANUS ; Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B. 
ii. p. 578. 

Esquimalt, 1880. 

80. CenrurUS ELEGANS (Sw.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. 
li. p. 294. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 


426 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19, 


81. Momorus MEXxICANUs, Sw.; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. 
li. p. 289. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 

82. CeryLE CABANISI, Reich. ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 547. 

3 2. Rio Rimac, Peru, September 1881. 

83. CeryLE ALcyon; Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. B. ii. 
p- 392. 

Esquimalt, 1880. 


84. CeryLe TORQUATA, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 328. 

Rio Rimac, Peru, September 1881. 

85. CroropHaGA suLcrrostRis, Sw.; Tacz. P. Z. S. 1874, 
p- 48. 

é 2. Callao, Peru, September 1881. 

Payta. 

86. PrayA CAYENNENSIs (Linn.). 

Paya ridibundus, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 293. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 


87. ConuRuS ERYTHROGENYS, Less. ; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 328. 

Payta, Peru. 

88. Conurus peTz11(Hahn); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. 
p- 296. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 


89. ConuruUs CYANOLYSEOS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 328. 
3. Sandy Point, Straits of Magellan, August 1882. 


90. PHoLEOPTYNX CUNICULARIA. 
Athene cunicularia, Sel. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 339. 
Coquimbo, 1881. 


91. Grauciprum NANuM (King); Scl. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 338. 
9. Chili. 

92. Circus CINEREUS (Vieill.) ; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 330. 
3g. Coquimbo, May 1882. 

93. AsTURINA RUFICAUDA, Scl. & Salv. 


Acapulco, March 1880. 


94. Burro ERYTHRONOTUS (King) ; Sel. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 329. 
Coquimbo, 1881. 


NI 


1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 42 


95. TINNUNCULUS CINNAMOMINUS, Sw. 

Tinnunculus sparverius, Scl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 330. 

3. Chili. 

Payta, Peru. 

The Chilian specimen is a male with the head wholly slate-blue, 
without any rufous patch. 


96. TINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS, Baird, Brew., & Ridgw. N.-Am. 
B. iii. p. 169. 

Esquimalt, 1880. 

97. FREGATA AQUILA. 

3 Q. Payta, Peru, January 1882. 


The specimen marked a male is in the first plumage ; the other is 
in change to the adult dress, dark feathers appearing all over amongst 
the white ones, showing that the bird was a-male and not a female 
as it is marked. 


98. PeLecaNus Fuscus, Gm.; Salv. Trans. Z. 8, ix. p. 496. 
¢. Payta, Peru, January 1852. 

Charles I., Galapagos. 

99. SuLa cyanops (Sundev.); Salv. Trans. Z.8. ix. p. 496. 
Charles I., Galapagos. 


100. Suna varrecara (Tsch.); Tacz. P. Z. 8.1874, p. 554. 


Callao Bay, Peru, August 1881. 
San Lorenzo L., Peru. 


101. PHaLacrocorax GAIMARDI (Less.) ; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, 
P1553. 
San Lorenzo I., Peru. 


102. PHALACROCORAX BRASILIANUS, Bp.; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
p. 993. 


3. Paracas Bay, Peru, October 1881. 


103. PHALACROCORAX, sp. ? 


Guadalupe I., 1880. 
A female or young bird, probably of P. dilophus. 


104. ARDEA EGRETTA, Gn. 
Herodias egretta, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soe. N. H. ii. p. 310 
Acapulco, March 1880. 


105. ARDEA CH&RULEA, Linn. 
Florida cerulea, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 310. 
Acapulco, March 1880. 


428 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19, 


106. BuroripEs virescens (Linn.); Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. 


H. ii. p. 310. 


Acapulco, March 1880. 


107. Burorrpes pLuMBeEuS (Sundev.); Salv. Trans. Z. 8. ix. 


. 497. 


Charles I., Galapagos. 


108. Nycricorax GARDENI. 


Nyctiardea nevia, Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 311. 
Acapulco, March 1880. 


109. Daria BAHAMENSIs (Linn.) ; Salv. Trans. Z. 8. ix. p. 499. 
Charles I., Galapagos. 


110. BucerHata ALBEOLA (Linn.); Baird, B. N. Am. p. 797. 
Esquimalt, 1880. 


111. ErisMATURA FERRUGINEA. 
3. (Locality not given). 


112. CotumsBa Fiayvirostris, Wagl.; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. 


N. H. ii. p. 304. 


Acapulco, March 1880. 


113. MeLopetia LeucopTeRA (Linn.) ; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. 


N. H. ii. p. 305. 


il. 


Acapulco, March 1880. 


114. ScarpDAFeLLa 1nCA (Less.) ; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. H. 
p- 305. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 

115. GALLINULA GALEATA, Licht.; Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 559. 
Callao, Peru, 1881. 


116. Porpuyriops MELANOPS, Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1868, p. 461. 
Porphyriops crassirostris (Gray) ; Sel. & Salv. loc. cit. 
Q. Coquimbo Lagoon, Chili, November 1881. 


117. Parra Gymnosroma, Wagl.; Lawr. Mem. Bost. Soc. N. 


H. ii. p. 312. 


p- 


Acapulco, November 1880. 

118. AGIALITIS SEMIPALMATA (Bp.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, 
560. 

3. Paracas Bay, October 1881. 

3. Coquimbo Lagoon, Chili,.November 1881. 

119. Aie1avitTis Nivosa (Cassin) ; Sel. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 331. 
Chili. 


1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 429 


120 Srrepsi.as inrereres (L.); Tacz. P. Z.S. 1874, p. 560. 
3 Q. Paracas Bay, October, 1881. 


121. Hxzmaropus pauuiatus, Scl. P. Z, 8. 1867, p. 339. 
Q. Paracas Bay, Peru, October 1881. 


122. Hamaropus ater, Sel. P. Z.S. 1867, p. 339. 
San Lorenzo I., Peru. 


123. THINocoruUS RUMICcIvoRUS, Eschsch.; Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, 
p- 331. 


Coquimbo, 1881. 

124. PHALAROPUS FULICARIUS (Linu.); Baird, B. N. Am, 
p- 707. 

dg. Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881. 

“ A solitary specimen got alongside the ship.” 

This species has never before been met with so far south on the 
continents of America, and has not even been recorded from Mexico 
or Central America. 


125. RuyNCH#&A SEMICOLLARIS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 339. 


3. Chili. 
3 . Coquimbo, Chili, 1881. 


126. TrinGa MINUTILLA, Vieill. 


Tringa wilsont, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 721. 
Esquimalt, 1880. 


127. Cauipris ARENARIA (Linn.); Scl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 339. 
3 2.Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881. 


128. EREUNETES PETRIFICATUS, IIl.; Baird, B. N. Am. p. 724. 
3 2. Paracas Bay, October 1881. 


129. HeTrerosceLus 1ncaNnus (Gm.); Salv. Trans. Z. S. ix. 
p: 503. 

Heteroscelus brevipes, Baird, B. N. Am. p. 734. 

Acapulco, March 1880. 

Not previously noticed from Mexico. 


130. TrinGorpEs macuxarivus (Linn.); Baird, B. N. Am. p. 735. 
No label. 


131. Numenrus Hupsonicus (Lath.); Tacz. P.Z.S. 1877, 
p- 330. 
9. Paracas Bay, October 1881. 


132. NuMENIUS BoREALIS (Forst.); Baird, B. N. Am. p. 744. 


Charles I., Galapagos. 
Not previously noticed on the Galapagos Islands. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXIX. 29 


430 MR. O. SALVIN ON BIRDS [June 19, 


133. ANouS GALAPAGENS!IS, Sharpe, Phil. Trans. elxviii. p. 469. 
Anous stolidus, Salv. Trans. Z. 8. ix. p. 504. 


Charles I., Galapagos. 

The single skin in Captain Markham’s collection has unfortunately 
been injured by cockroaches, and the skin of the top of the head is 
almost entirely destroyed. A few feathers, however, remain, and 
these, so far as they go, confirm Mr. Sharpe’s view as to the di- 
stinctive character of the Galapagos bird. 


134. DiomepDEA BRACHYURA, Temm.; Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 822 ; 
Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, p. 177. 


At sea, lat. 33° N., long. 119° W., March 1880. 


135. DiomepEA MELANOPHRYS, Temm.; Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 
1866, p. 181. 


Talcahuano Bay, Chili. 


136. D1oMEDEA IRRORATA, Sp. 0. 


Supra dorso medio et alis extus fuliginoso-fuscis, dorso antico et 
uropygio albis nigro transverse variegatis ; capite et cervice tota 
albis, hac supra flavo lavata; subtus abdomine toto griseo-fusco, 
albo precipue in pectore et crisso, minutissime irrorato ; alis intus 
quoque albo et fusco variegatis ; cauda fusca ad basin alba ; 
rostro fiavido, mandibule apice corneo, pedibus corylinis. Long. 
tota 35'0, ale 20°5, caude 5:5, rostri a rictu 6°2, tarsi 3°8, dig. 
med. 5'1. 

3. Callao Bay, Peru, December 1881. 

The Albatross described above seems quite distinct from any 
hitherto known. It appears to come next to D. melanophrys, having 
the bill similarly constructed (cf Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, pp. 186, 
187), but the bill is much longer and the bird larger in all its di- 
mensions, except the tail, which is shorter and more rounded. In 
coloration, too, there is great difference, the upper back and rump 
being variegated with dusky and white instead of pure white, and 
the abdomen wholly dusky with minute white freckles, 


137. CyMOCHOREA MARKHAMI, sp. n. 


Omnino fuliginosa fere unicolor, capite toto paulo plumbescentiore, 
tectricibus alarum dilutioribus, cauda profunde furcata, rostro et 
pedibus nigerrimis. Long. tota 9:0, ale 6-9, caude@ rectr. med. 
2:6, rectr. lat. 3°8, tarsi 1:0, dig. med. 1:1, rostri a rictu 1:0. 

Q. Coast of Peru, lat. 19° 40’ S., long. 75° W., December 1881. 

Obs. C. melanie, Bp., apud Coues, certe similis, sed_capite plum- 
bescente, tarsis brevioribus forsan diversa. 

This species is certainly very closely allied to C. melania of Bona- 
parte as described by Dr. Coues (Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 76), but 
the head of that species is described as being darker on the sides 
and the region of the eyes as well as the upper parts generally. 
This can hardly be said to be the case in the present bird, the whole 


1883. ] FROM WESTERN AMERICA. 431 


head and throat being rather paler than the body and with a plum- 
beous rather than a sooty tint. 

As in OC, leucorrhoa the wing-coverts are lighter than any part of 
the wing ; but this species is obviously distinct, having a white rump, 
as is also the case with Mr. Ridgway’s C. eryptoleucura, 

Captain Markham’s collection contains two specimens of this 
species, which I propose to call after him. Both are marked as fe- 
males. No species of this genus has been previously noticed in these 
seas, C. melania being from the coast of Mexico. 


-138. Masyaqueus #qQuinocTiA.is (Linn.); Coues, Pr, Ac, Phil. 
1864, p. 118; Salv. Orn. Mise. i. p. 232. 


© . Coquimbo, Chili, June 1882. 


139. Purrinus GRiseus (Gm.);, Salv. Orn. Mise. i. p. 236. 
Callao Bay, Peru, August 1881. 


140. Purrinus creatopus, Coues; Pr. Ac. Phil. 1864, p. 131; 
Salv. Ibis, 1875, p. 376. 


¢- Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881. 


141, Purrinus opscurus (Gm.). 


Charles I., Galapagos. 
Not previously noticed in the Galapagos Archipelago. 


142. THALASS@CA GLACIALOIDES (Smith); Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil: 
1866, p. 30. 


3 2. Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881. 
3. Valparaiso, Chili, July 1882. 


143. OssiIrRAGA GIGANTEA (Gm.); Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, 
p- 32. 


. Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881. 


144, GsrReELATA DEFILIPPIANA, Gigl. & Salvad.; Salv. Orn. 
Misc. i. p. 255, pl. 33. 


©. Coast of Chili, December 1881, 


145. CEstRELATA NEGLECTA (Schl.); Mus.d. Pays-Bas, vi, Pvo- 
cell. p. 10. 


Juan Fernandez, March 1882. 

Two specimens in Captain Markham’s collection are in all essential 
particulars so much like one of MacGillivray’s examples of @. neglecta 
from the Kermadec Is., that I hesitate to separate them. The only 
differences I can trace are in the coloration of the lower plumage, 
which, in the Juan-Fernandez examples, is dusky instead of white, and 
in the inner web of the primaries, except at the tip, being white right 
up to the shaft of the feather instead of having a dark strip dividing 
the white portion of the web from the shaft. 

One of the Juau-Fernandez birds is rather lighter-coloured beneath 

29% 


432 MR. E. W. WHITE ON THE [June 19, 


than the other, and in this respect approaches nearer to @. neglecta 
and shows that there probably exists no definite distinction between 
the light- and dark-coloured birds. Moreover the dark-coloured 
specimen has the tarsi and the proximal portion of the digits and 
the intervening webs dark like the rest of the foot; the other has 
these parts the normal colour, as found in the generality of Hstrelate. 
This fact is of importance as tending to show that the cclour of the 
tarsi and toes cannot always be looked upon as a specific character. 

In R. arminjoniana the primaries beneath are only white at the 
base; but this species and R. neglecta, I am now disposed to think, 
are more nearly allied than I formerly believed to be the case (cf. 
Orn. Misc. i. p. 252, pl. 31). 


146. Darrion capensis (Linn.); Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 1866, 
p- 162. 
West coast of South America, lat. 25° S., long. 85° W. 
55 ae lat. 20° S., long. 71° W. 


147, PELECANOIDES GARNOTI (Lesson); Coues, Pr. Ac. Phil. 
1866, p. 190. 

3 Q. Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881. 

I much doubt if there is more than one variable species of this 
form, which should bear the name of P. urinatrix (Gm.). 


148. Popicers masor, Bodd.; Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 190. 
9, Coquimbo Bay, Chili, November 1881. 


149. Popicers ROLLANDI, Scl. & Salv. Ex. Orn. p. 190. 
Talcahuano, Chili, 1881. 


6. Further Notes on the Birds of the Argentine Republic 
By E. W. Wars, F.Z.S. 


[Received June 18, 1883.] 


These notes refer to some specimens, which I was unable to deter- 
mine until [I had the opportunity of consulting the collections of Mr. 
Sclater and Messrs. Salvin and Godman, who have kindly furnished 
the necessary names. 


1. NoTHOPROCTA DOERINGI. 

3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Aug. Ist, 1882. 

Tris reddish brown. 

This is the only example of this species that I have met with in 
the Argentine Republic, where it evidently seems to be rare. It was 
brought to me alive by a native who had been out on the mountains 
driving cattle; he told me that they were only to be met with on the 
highest parts of the Sierras, which are covered with a coarse kind of 
grass: the elevation would be about 3000 ft. above the sea-level. 

1 See P.Z.S. 1882, p. 591, et 1883, p. 37. 


1883.] BIRDS OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. 433 


2. Bugso virGinranus (Gm.), 

Q. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., Sept. 1, 1882. 

Iris amber. 

This bird was brought to me alive, and I managed to keep it for 
some time; in fact they soon become very tame and tractable, some 
of the natives keeping them as pets loose about the farmyard. 
There are a few to be met with in this valley; and once I went a 
journey of some distance with a friend to the roosting-place of a pair 
in the highlands near the mountain-ravines ; he told me that he had 
often observed them in some large Algarroba trees. 

Our visit was fruitless, but we had ample evidence of their having 
been there lately. The local name for this Owl is ‘“ Quitilipe,” 
evidently given it from its peculiar hooting. 


3. ARAMIDES yPEecana (Vieill.). 

3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 2, 1882. 

Iris brown. 

I obtained my specimen in a fine lagoon near La Plata. I have 
observed them in other parts of the country, but I do not consider 
them by any means abundant. 


4. AicuMorHorus MaJsor (Bodd.). 

¢d. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 20, 1882. 
Iris amber. 

I did not observe many of these birds about this locality. 


5. UpucertTuia DUMETORIA (Geoffr. et d’Orb.). 

3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 19, 1882. 

Tris dark brown. 

I only obtained two specimens of this species; they were met 
with in the woodlands, where the trees are rather scattered, forming 
pretty glades. 


6. PLACELLODOMUS SINCIPITALIS (Cab.). 

3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 2, 1882. 

Iris amber. 

This bird I obtained in a wood, in fact in the same locality as the 


allied species, and no doubt, owing to its similarity, have often passed 
it over without notice. 


7. PICOLAPTES ANGUSTIROSTRIS (Vieill.). 


3. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 19, 1882. 
@. Cosquin, Cordova, Arg. Rep., June 21, 1882. 
Iris dark. 


Not uncommon in the Algarroba woods on the slopes of the 
mountains. 


8. SyCALIS ARVENSIS. 

@. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 14, 1882. 

Tris brown. 

Found commonly in flocks on the plains; it makes a pleasant 


434 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


chirping when disturbed ; they nest on the ground, under or near a 
tuft of high grass. 


9. Puita@ocryrTes MELANOPs (Vieill.). 


3. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 14, 1882. 

®. La Plata, Buenos Aires, Arg. Rep., Nov. 6, 1882. 

Iris sepia. 

These birds are found abundantly about the lagoons, where they 
may be seen darting about amongst the tall reeds that form a thick 
mass round the edge of the water; they are rather difficult to distin- 
euish, as they are of a sombre colour and keep well amongst the 
reeds, only occasionally taking a short flight from one clump to 
another. I found their nests abundant; rather round in shape, with 
the aperture near the tip, which is very strong and neatly rounded 
off. The nest is made of grass supported on three or four reeds joined 
together for that purpose ; it is built about a foot above the water, 
and is a very neat and strong structure ; the interior is nicely lined. 
I once found two nests together, one on the top of the other; the 
underneath one was occupied, but that above seemed not to have been 
quite finished. 

Three eggs, in a clutch, of a uniform dull pale-green colour. 

Measurement: axis 22 millim., diam. 15 millim. 


7. On a Collection of Birds from Yucatan. By A. Boucarp, 
C.M.Z.S. With Notes by Ossrrt Satviy, M.A.,, F.R.S. 


[Received June 18, 1883.] 


From October 1878 to August 1881 Mr. G. F. Gaumer (the 
well-known American collector of Amélychila cylindriformis and 
other rare insects) traversed various parts of the State of Yucatan, in 
Mexico, with the object of making collections of natural history. 
At my request he consented to devote himself particularly to birds 
and to study their habits. The notes and observations which he 
has sent me on the general aspect of the country and the habits of 
the birds collected are so interesting, that I have determined to 
have them published; and for that purpose I have carefully named 
all the birds he sent me and have prepared the following list. 
Among the birds collected by Mr. Gaumer are some great rarities, 
such as Meleagris ocellata, Chrysotis xantholora, Melanoptila gla- 
brirostris, Pyranga roseigularis, Icterus auratus, Cyanocitta yuca- 
tanica, and Amazilia yucatanensis, which have been found up to the 
present time only in Yucatan and in the adjoining countries ; but 
a great number of the species found by Mr. Gaumer are the 
same as those which I collected myself at San Andres Tuxtla and 
Playa Vicente, countries situated south of Mexico on the Atlantic 
side, such as Crypturus sallei, Penelope purpurascens, Crax glo- 


1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 435 


bicera, Ortyx nigrogularis, Melopelia leucoptera, Granatellus sallei, 
and others. A few of the others are~the usual North-American 
species found all over America. One species seems to be very 
abundant near Merida, namely Lumomota superciliaris, originally dis- 
covered in Nicaragua. I have also received this species from 
Tehuantepec, from my friend Sumichrast; so that up to this time 
we may consider the extreme limits, north and south, known for this 
species to be between Tehuantepec and Yucatan on the north and 
Panama on the south. I never met with this species in South 
Mexico. I have been surprised not to find among the birds of 
Yucatan more of the species of the Antilles, the only exception 
being Perisoglossa tigrina, Petrochelidon fulva, and Zenaida amabilis. 
This shows clearly that the bird-fauna of Yucatan has hardly any 
affinity with that of the Antilles, and that if the promontory of 
Yucatan has ever been united with the Antilles, it must have been 
a very long time ago. LEven if the island of Cuba has ever been 
united to the continent, the distance between the coast of Yucatan 
and the said island being comparatively small, it is rather strange 
that more species of Yucatan are not found in Cuba, or vice versa. 
When Mr. Gaumer went to Yucatan, I confess that I was under 
the impression that he would find there many of the peculiar 
species of the Antilles; but the years which he devoted in that 
country to collecting all the species of birds shows clearly that 
this idea must be given up altogether. Mr. George N. Law- 
rence, of New York, who purchased the remainder of Gaumer’s 
duplicates, has lately described three supposed new species from 
this source ; these are :—Leptoptila fulviventris (so closely allied 
to LZ. albifrons* that I do not admit it as a good species); Lormi- 
earius pallidus” (closely allied to F. moniliger), which I consider 
a good species, because the characters given by Mr. Lawrence are 
constant ; and Chetura gaumeri*, which is closely allied to C. vauxi. 
On this last-named species I cannot give my opinion, not having 
received any specimens. Although the collection made by Mr. 
Gaumer is not large, considering the time spent in collecting, it is 
of great scientific interest in consequence of the great rarities which 
he met with, some of which were known only by unique specimens, 
and still more for the notes which he took on the country and on 
the habits of birds. These notes can be well depended upon, Mr. 
Gaumer being a very laborious naturalist and a careful observer. 
All his observations agree exactly with those I made on many of the 
same species of birds during my different travels in Mexico. 

Mr. Gaumer writes as follows about the climate and seasons of 
Yucatan :— 

*‘T reached Yucatan on the 14th of October 1878, in the first 
heavy norther of the season. The weather had been good for some 
ten days before, the summer rains having ceased about ten days 
(at least upon the coast). During October, November, and 
December norther followed norther every ten to fourteen days, with 

1 Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Acad. 8c. ii. p. 287. 
> Tom. cit. p. 288. 3 Tom, cit. p. 245, 


436 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


light drizzling rain, which generally lasted from two to four days, 
and with increasing cold, until the thermometer is said to have 
fallen at one time to 61° Fahr. In January 1879 there were four 
moderately heavy rainfalls, with strong northers and cold nights. 
One very heavy rainfall occurred on February 23rd, with a consider- 
able sprinkling of hail. The hailstones were quickly gathered up 
and placed in bottles in Izamal by many persons, who thought they 
could be saved. There were five northers, each of which brought 
light rain. From February 26th to May 23rd no rain fell, and 
often the sky was entirely clear for weeks at a time, and in fact 
rarely was a cloud to be seen. The heat in the day gradually 
increased, until it was almost intolerable in April and May. On 
account of the dry air and clear sky the radiation was so great that 
the nights often became disagreeably cool, though generally most 
delightfully pleasant and balmy. The birds disappeared as the dry 
season advanced, except a few of the common resident species, which 
lived about the ranchos and at the aguadas, where water was to be 
found. On the 23rd of May the first of the summer rains occurred, 
which was soon followed by daily showers at midday. All nature 
changed as if by magic; new leaves grew, and the forests were again 
populated with sweet songsters, which gave life and joy to every 
thing. In June the rains began at 11 a.m. and ceased at 2 P.M., 
rarely beginning earlier or continuing Jater. In July they began at 
10 a.m. and lasted until 3 or 4 p.m., but never earlier. In August 
they began at 10 4.m. and lasted until nightfall, and sometimes 
later. During these three months there were from five to eight 
days in each month upon which no rain fell. The heat was almost 
insupportable even for the natives. Yellow fever raged in most of 
the interior towns. In September the rains began at 8 or 9 A.m., 
and often Jasted until midnight, and not unfrequently all night. 
The weather became milder. Insects became exceedingly scarce, 
and the birds were not fit to skin. Reptiles were about the only 
things to be found. Mbollusks are exceedingly rare in Yucatan: not 
one species can be said to be common. During the first twenty- 
seven days of October 1879 rain in torrents fell almost incessantly. 
The sun was seen on four days, and the stars appeared in patches on 
five nights. Not five consecutive hours passed during the twenty- 
seven days without rain. Yellow fever gave place to intermittent 
and bilious fevers. Insects were rarely seen, and the birds again 
almost entirely disappeared. The rains seem now to have ceased as 
they began ; whether the rainy season is over remains to be seen. 
On account of the heavy rains or other cause, the birds which are 
here now are worthless for skins, as the feathers are not yet grown. 
Meleagris ocellata will probably have its full plumage by December, 
and will continue in good plumage until June.” 

The chief localities in which birds were collected by Mr. Gaumer 
are as follows :— 

** (1) Progreso is the port of Merida, situated on the north coast, 
six leagues to the east of the old port of Sisal. The country is low and 
marshy for nearly two leagues inland; and in times of the northers 
the greater part of this distance is inundated by the rise of the 


1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN, 437 


sea, leaving the town of Progreso on a narrow strip of land between 
the bays and the sea. This neck of land is covered with low shrubs, 
which furnish but poor protection for the birds in the season of the 
northers. October and part of November 1878 were spent at 
Progreso, and the remainder of November at. the port of Silam 
(Tzeelam), twenty leagues to the east of Progreso, which is simi- 
larly located in every respect. (2) Chablé is a hacienda on the 
Campeche road, eight leagues south-west of Merida. The land is 
almost entirely limestone-rock, with a few very low scrubby trees, which 
rarely rise to the height of twenty-five feet; beneath these is one 
impenetrable thicket of undergrowth. The month of December was 
mostly spent in thisrancho. (3) Merida, the capital of Yucatan, is 
a large village situated in a forest of shady trees, which by care have 
become quite large, and in every respect unhke the natural trees 
about the city. Part of December and half of January 1879 were 
spent in this city. (4) Izamal is situated in the interior, fourteen 
leagues to the east of Merida. The country is low, level, and stony ; 
thickly wooded with low scrubby trees and a dense growth of under- 
bush and thorns. (5) Izalam is a rancho six leagues to the south 
of Izamal, located in a forest of trees which rise to the height of 
forty feet. The country is level and rocky, and covered with the 
usual undergrowth. The remainder of January, February, and half 
of March were spent in Izamal and Izalam. (6) Tizimin'is situated 
fifty leagues to the east of Merida, and sixteen leagues from the 
north coast. The country, like all Northern Yucatan, is low, level, 
and undiversified, without streams of water of any kind. This is 
on the border of what are called the eastern forests. To the north, east, 
and south of Tizimin lie vast forests, for the most part uninhabited 
since the emigration of the Indians nearly half a century ago. These 
forests are filled with ruins both ancient and modern. ‘Of the former 
nothing remains worth sending out of the country. A few ranchos 
have been repeopled, and from these I have collected most of the birds 
sent. Of these the first was (7) Yok Jonat Ku, a large forest to the 
north-east of Tizimin six leagues. Here are large trees and the forests 
comparatively open. The months of April and May and part of 
June were spent in this forest and others near by. (8) Rio Lagartos 
is a seaport town at the mouth of the river of the same name. Rio 
Lagartos is not a river in the sense generally given to the word river 
in Europe and America, but rather an arm of the sea into which 
open innumerable springs, or, as I believe, large subterranean rivers. 
The water is very salt, and in the dry season even more salt than 
the sea. Itis very broad and shallow, bordered by a dense growth 
of low brush, behind which lie marshes of salt or brackish water. 
Here many thousands of Flamingos were seen in their finest plumage, 
while vast swarms of other sea-birds are ever in sight. The re- 
mainder of June and part of July were spent here, though, on account 
of the innumerable hosts of mosquitoes and gnats, which come with 
the first rains, my work was very much impeded. (9) Calotmul 
is situated five leagues to the south of Tizimin in similar lands, 
though on the road to Merida. (10) Pocobach is a new settlemen 


438 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


four leagues south of Calotmul, on the border of the largest forest- 
trees yet seen in Yucatan. ‘The forests are open and quite pene- 
trable. (11) Chem Jonat is a new rancho, three leagues further in 
this forest ; there the collections of August, September, and October 
were made. The incessant rains and immense floods of water of 
September and October rendered collecting an utter impossi- 
bility ; besides the persistent and almost universal intermittent and 
pernicious fevers made it extremely hazardous to expose one’s 
self to the inclemencies of the weather. The Aguadas are deep 
excavations in the earth, which are filled with water never very 
deep. These are said to be natural; but I am of opinion that 
many of them are artificial, or at least reconstructed by the ancient 
Maya races. They are of various sizes, but average from fifty to 
one hundred yards square (or nearly square). The general shape is 
circular, though I think there is sufficient evidence for believing 
that they were originally quadrilateral in shape. However that may 
be, the important point is, that these aguadas, which are abundant 
in Yucatan, are filled with fresh water all the year. The approach 
is generally easy for all animals, the sides being inclined. In the dry 
season immense numbers of land-birds and animals go to these 
aguadas to drink. Birds and animals of prey find there an 
abundance of food ; and the hunter generally fills his game-bag with 
choice game in a short time, while the naturalist is generally re- 
warded by the finding of something good. The Jonat (tsco-not) or 
Senote is a deep circular opening in the earth, with perpendicular 
walls of limestone, generally about sixty feet high (in the region of 
Tizimin, and shallower towards the coast). These are of all sizes 
and shapes, and are filled with clear, fresh, and cool water. The 
senote is of unknown depth, and believed by the natives to be 
openings to great underground rivers. There is generally no ap- 
proach except down the stony walls. The senote is often in an 
immense underground cave with but a narrow mouth. At the 
water’s edge there is no place to rest, nor visible object in the deep 
clear waters. When open, large numbers of small birds go to 
the senote to drink, and especially Finches. The Vultures often 
build their nests in the rocky walls, also Owls and other similar 
birds. When closed, or partly closed, or cave-like, the cave over 
the senote is populated with Swallows, Owls, Bats, and Motmots. 
Reptiles &c. are also said to abound, sometimes in immense numbers. 
In the water of every senote that I have ever seen there is at least 
one species of fish belonging to the Siluroids. These fishes are very 
abundant, hundreds sometimes being visible at one time. In nearly 
all of the open and shallow senotes nearer the coast there is said to exist 
another species belonging to the scaly tribe. I have seen examples 
of this latter species but twice, and when I was utterly unprepared 
to capture and preserve them. ‘This general distribution of the 
Siluroid fishes, and some experiments which I have made, prove con- 
clusively, to my mind, that the theory of underground rivers in 
Yucatan is an undoubted fact. The surface-water is all swallowed 
up by these senotes and by the ever thirsty land. There are no rivers 


1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 439 


nor streams of any kind, nor other source of supply of water than 
those mentioned, except in the rainy season, when cavities in the 
rocks are often filled with rain-water. Artificial wells are also dug 
through solid limestone.” 

I now add Mr. Gaumer’s notes on the species which he has 
collected *. 


1. Turpus GRAyi, Bp.; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N.Y. ix. p. 199; 
Salv. & Godm. Biol. Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 18. 

Native name ‘‘ Ruisefor.’ This bird is rather common in all 
parts of Yucatan, and is much prized as a pet for its sweet song. 
It is found alike in towns and forests. It utters no ery when 
approached, and is said to sing only in June. Though I have spent 
the summer in Yucatan, I have never had the pleasure of hearing 
this bird sing. 

2. GALEOSCOPTES CAROLINENSIS (L.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 204; 
Salv. & Godm. Biol. Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 26. 

This bird is very rare; only a few specimens have been seen, all 
of which were in the cities of Merida, Izamal, and Tizimin. It is 


very shy, and frequents low clumps of bushes along the stone 
fences. 


3. MELANOPTILA GLABRIROSTRIS, Sclat.; Salvy. & Godm. Biol. 
Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 27, t. 3. f. 2. 

Exceedingly rare. 

4, Mimus qitvus (Vieill.); Salvy. & Godm. Biol. Centr.-Am., 
Aves, i. p. 36. 

Mimus gracilis, Lawr. 1. c. p. 199. 

Native name ‘ Chico,” or  Zenzontl.’’ The name of * Zenzontl”’ 
is generally given in Mexico to all the species of Mocking-birds. 


[This is the only species of Mimus of which I have seen specimens 
from Yucatan.—0O. S. | 


5. PoLIoprinaA CHRULEA (L.); Lawr. l. c. p. 199; Salv. & 
Godm. Biol. Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 50. 


6. PoLioprina BILINEATA (Bp.). 
6, Progreso, October 1878. 


7. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS GUTTATUs (Gould); Lawr. /. c. p. 199; 
Salv. & Godm. J. ec. p. 68. 


Progreso, Oct. 1878. Iris black. 
Rare; only two specimens sent. 


8. THRYOTHORUS MACULIPECTUS (Lafr.); Salv. & Godm. Biol. 
Centr.-Am., Aves, i. p. 92. 


? [These have been arranged for convenience according to the order of the 
‘Nomenclator.’ I have also added the references to Mr. Lawrence’s paper on 
the Birds of Yucatan (Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix.), and the names of several species 
obtained by Dr. Cabot, whose collection I examined in 1874.—0. S.] 


440 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


9. THrYOTHORUS ALBINUCHA (Cabot). 

Troglodytes albinucha, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. ii. p. 258. 

Thryothorus albinucha, Lawr. le. p. 199; Salv. & Godm. le. 
p- 94. : 

Thryothorus petenicus, Salv. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 187. 

Chablé, Dec. 1878. Iris black. 

This little bird is very common in all the forests of Yucatan, seldom 
entering the villages or ranchos. Is a lively songster, spending most 
of its time near the ground. Its song is varied and thrilling, dis- 
pelling sadness as if by magic. Its food is small insects and worms. 


10. TROGLODYTES INTERMEDIUS, Cab.; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 199; 
Salv. & Godm. /.c. p. 100. 


11. Srurus AvurocaPituus (L.); Lawr. J. c. p. 200; Salv. & 
Godm. J. ce. p. 144. 


This bird is common in all the shady forests of Yucatan, but it 
abounds most on the coast at Silam and Rio Lagartos. 


12. Srurus NOVEBORACENSIS (Gm.) ; Lawr. /. c. p. 200 ; Salv. 
& Godmn. J. c. p. 145. 


This bird was only observed in the salt-marshes of Silam. It is 
probably common in winter on the coast generally. 


13. Srurus Lupovictranus (Aud.). 


14, Mniorrzita varia (Linn.). 


Izalam. 
Common at all times and in all parts. Ever busy climbing about 
the bark of the trees, upon which it finds most of its food. 


15. ParuLa AMERICANA (L.); Lawr./. c. p. 200; Salv. & Godm. 
ive. p. 19: 

Taken at Silam and Progreso in October and November. 

16. ProToNnoTariA CITREA (Bodd.); Lawr. lJ. c. p. 200; Salv. 
& Godm. Z. c. p. 111. 

Rare ; only three specimens sent. 


17. HetminrHoruHacGa Pinus (L.). 
[ New to the fauna of Yucatan.—0O. S.] 


18. PERISOGLOssA TIGRINA (Gm.). 
| New to the fauna of Central America.—0O. S.] 


19. Denpra@ca coronata (L.); Salv. & Godm. /. c. p. 127. 


Common in Izamal in January, seen again in March, and not seen 
since nor elsewhere. 


1883.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 441 


20. Denpra@ca astiva (Gm.); Lawr. l. c. p. 200; Salv. & 
Godm. /. ¢. p. 124. 


21. DeNpRaca vierLori (Cass.); Lawr. 7. c. p. 200; Salv. 
& Godm. /. ec. p. 125. 


Taken at Silam in November 1878, where it was quite rare and 
very wild. Seen again in greater abundance in June and July at 
Rio Lagartos. I conclude that it is a coast-bird, as I have never 
seen it inland beyond two leagues. 

[Dr. Cabot also found this species in Yucatan.—0O. S.] 


22. DENDR@CA PALMARUM (Gm.). 


This bird was only seen at the port of Progreso, where it lives in 
the low dense clump of under-brush. It is exceedingly shy and 
difficult to shoot. 

[No specimens of this species have been submitted to me. It is 
known to pass the winter in the Antilles, but has not previously 
been noticed in Central America.— O. S.] 


23. DeNDR@cA suPERCILIOSA (Bodd.); Salv. & Godm. J. c. 
p- 134. 

Dendreca dominica, Lawr. l. e. p. 200. 

Chablé, November 1878. 

24. GroTHLYPIs TRICHAS (L.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 200; Salv. & 
Godm. /. c. p. 150. 

This bird was only observed at Chablé in November 1878, and 
subsequently at Progreso. 

25. Myzopiocres mirratus (Gm.) ; Lawr. /. c. p. 200; Salv. 
& Godm. l. c. p. 167. 

Izalam, February 1879. 


26. SeropHaca RuTICcILLA (L.); Salv. & Godm. /. c. p. 178. 


27. GRANATELLUS SALLI (Scl.) ; Salv. & Godm. /. c. p. 161. 

Several specimens, male and female. This is a rare species, only 
met with in the forest. 

28. Icrerta virtpis (Gm.); Salv. & Godm. /. c. p. 157. 

Icteria virens, Lawr. 1. c. p. 200. 

Only one specimen seen in Yucatan. 


29, VIREOSYLVIA OLIVACEA (L.). 

This bird was taken at Silam in November. 

[No specimen sent to me.—0. S.] 

30. VIREOSYLVIA FLAVOvIRIDIS, Cass.; Salv. & Godm. J. c. 
p. 189. 

First seen on May 17th, when it seemed to come in a great 


442 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


swarm after the first light rain of the season. On the 16th, I was 
all day in the woods and did not see one of these birds ; on the 17th 
there were hundreds of them in all parts. They have been very 
abundant since. 


31. Virgo ocuRacevs, Salv.; Salv. & Godm. l. c. p. 201, t. 12. 
‘ae 


Taken at Silam and Progreso. I have not retained specimens of 
these last birds, and do not know whether I have seen them in other 
parts of the State or not. 


32. CYCLORHIS FLAVIVENTRIS, Lafr.; Lawr. l. ec. p. 200; Salv. 
& Godm. /. c. p. 211. 
Not common. 


[Obtained by Dr. Cabot.—0O. S.] 


33. AMPELIS CEDRORUM, Vieill. 


Izalam, February 1879. 


Only one specimen of this bird was seen in Yucatan during the 
year. 


34, PeTROCHELIDON FuLva (Vieill.) ; Salv. & Godm. J. ec. p. 228. 
Common in the cave-like wells called Senotes, and resident in 
Yucatan. 


[This seems to be certainly the same as the bird of Cuba and 
Jamaica.—O. S.] 


35. Hirunpo ERYTHROGASTER, Bodd.; Salv. & Godm. J. ec. 
p- 232. 

A flock of 50 or more seen flying over an aguada on April 28th, 
but the species was not met with again during the year, and is pro- 
bably only migratory. 


36. STELGIDOPTERYX SERRIPENNIS (Aud.); Saly. & Godm. J. e. 
p- 23/7. 


Stelgidopteryx fulvipennis, Lawy. 1. c. p. 200. 


Common in February, March, and April; rare at other seasons. 
Found in the towns and ranchos. 


37. Eupnonta Arrinis, Less. ; Lawr. /. c. p. 200. 


Native name “ Chichimbula.”’ This little bird is very abundant 
in Merida and the surrounding country. It is sold on the Playa by 
the hundred at the nominal price of four for a medio real (= three 
pence). It is highly prized by the Meridanas for its sweet and 
varied song as well as its handsome plumage. It is easily domesti- 
cated. Its food is fruit, and it is passionately fond of ripe plantains. 
Few birds eat too much; but I have seen this little bird so full of 
plantains that it could not fly. In confinement they are said to 
kall themselves by eating plantains. This bird is also found in 
other parts of Yucatan. 


moy 


1883. ] MR. A, BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 443 


38. EUPHONIA HIRUNDINACEA, Bp. 


Native name ‘‘ Chi-chim-bi-chi-la.”’ This species is not common 
in Yucatan. It was first seen in Chablé, and also in Izalam and 
Tizimin. In habits it is much like the preceding, though the two 
birds are never found together. It is not quite so good a singer as 
the other. 


39. PyRANGA RUBRA (Linn. ). 
Common near the city of Merida. 


40. PyraneGa astiva (Gm.). 
Valladolid in October, not common. Feeding on Hemiptera. 


41. PyRANGA ROSEIGULARIS, Cabot, Bost. Journ. N. H. v. 
p- 416; Scl. Ibis, 1873, p. 125, pl. 3. 

Only two specimens were obtained of this rare species. The 
female very much resembles the male; but the throat is yellow 
instead of red. The size is exactly the same. 


42. PH@NICOTHRAUPIS RUBICOIDES (Lafr.). 


This bird is quite common in the forests, where it follows the 
swarms of ants, in search of its food. It is generally seen in flocks 
of from six to a dozen, and is not wild. 

[Also in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


43, EUCOMETES SPODOCEPHALA, Bp. 


44, SALTATOR ATRICEPS, Lesson. 

Pyrrhula raptor, Cabot, Bost. Journ. N. H. v. p. 90, t. 12. 

This bird is found abundantly in the city of Merida, and is quite 
common in ali parts. It is generally seen in flocks of from 4 to 12. 
The song of the male is exceedingly sharp, shriil, and piercing; it 
generally sings at break of day. While living in Izamal a pair of 
these birds came every morning into a bush at my window, where 
they sang for half an hour every day, and at their first notes I found 
myself awakened. This bird mounts to the highest branch of a tree, 
where it utters a few shrill notes, and again descends to the thick 
foliage below. Its food is the flowers of the convolvulus when this 
plant is in bloom ; and at other times I have found other flowers and 
green leaves, or sometimes fruits, in its stomach. 


45. SALTATOR GRANDIS, Lafr.; Lawr. l. c. p. 200. 


This is believed by the natives to be a distinct species, though I 
am of opinion that it is the female of the preceding. Its habits 
are the same, though the song is much milder; and of this form I 
have seen flocks of 70 to 100, while the preceding rarely exceeds 
8 or 10. 

{In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. S.] 


444 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM yuCATAN. [June 19, 
46. HepymMeLEs LupoviciaNnus (Linn.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 200. 


47. CARDINALIS VIRGINIANUS (L.) ; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 201. 


Common in all parts, quite shy, and always seen in pairs. It is 
alike prized for its sweet song and for its bright plumage. Its food 
is mostly seeds. It frequents open lands or the outskirts of the 


towns. 


48. Gurraca cH#RvuLEA (L.); Lawr. 1. e. p. 200. 


This bird is common from December to May. In Yucatan it is 
rather stupid, nor has it the beautiful plumage which it generally 
has in the north in summer. 


49. GUIRACA PARELLINA, Bp. 
Merida, January 1878. Irides black. 


50. SPERMOPHILA MORELETI, Bp. 


This little bird was first seen in February, and afterwards in great 
numbers in May and June. It lives in flocks, and is only seen in 
open land, often in company with the other species of small Fringil- 
lide. 


51. Vouatinia sacarina (L.); Lawr. Z. c. p. 201. 
Very common in the corn-fields near Merida and elswhere. 


52. PHONIPARA PUSILLA (Sw.); Lawr. J. c. p. 201. 


53. Cyanospiza crrts (L.); Lawr. /. c. p. 201. 


Common in all open lands and villages, often seen in the principal 
streets of Merida, but most common on the coast. It lives among 
the weeds and low bushes, where it finds its food, which consists 
chiefly of seeds. Rather rare in midsummer. 


54. Cyanospiza CYANEA (Linn.). 
Progreso. 


55. Me Lospiza LINCOLNI (Aud.). 

Large flocks of this little Sparrow were seen in Izamal in January 
and February. A very few have since been seen in other places. In 
Izamal it was very tame and quite active, living principally in the 
hedges and brush-heaps. 

[No specimen sent to me.—0O. S.] 


56. EMBERNAGRA CHLORONOTA, Salvin. 


Embernagra rufivirgata y. verticalis, Ridgw. Pr. U. S. Nat. Mus. i. 
p. 248. 
Embernagra rufivirgata, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 201. 


Abundant in all parts, always on the ground, where it is ever 


1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 445 


busy scratching for its food. Generally seen in pairs, rarely mounts 
high nor flies far, is a good singer, and when hunting for its food 
it constantly utters its sweet chirp, which fills the woods with joy. 

[Mr. Gaumer’s skins are a little paler beneath than typical 2. 
chloronota, but the difference is but slight.—O. S.] 


57. CHRYSOMITRIS MEXICANA (Sw.). 
Common in the corn-fields. 


58. Cassicus HoLoserRicevs (Licht.); Sclater, Ibis, 1883, p. 163. 


This bird is quite common in the margins of corn-fields and 
in open places in the forests. Its peculiar wedge-shaped bill 
is well adapted to its mode of extracting worms. ‘This bird selects 
a thicket of dead weeds, then mounts the stem of a plant suspected 
of having a worm inside ; with its wedge-bill it splits the weed, and 
with a twist crushes and tears away the half, thus exposing the 
enclosed worm. This it does also with the hard limbs of bushes 
and trees. The muscles of the head are wonderfully developed, and 
on this account the bird possesses great wrenching force. It lives in 
Yucatan all the year. 


59. Icrerus auratus, Bp.; Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. ix. p. 271; 
Sclater, Ibis, 1883, p. 369. 


A very rare species ; only two specimens obtained. 


60. IcrERUS CUCULLATUS, Sw. 

Very common in the western towns, but more rare in the eastern. 
It is found alike in forest, field, and village and is everywhere a 
favourite bird with the natives. It builds a very long pendent nest. 


61. Icrerus GirAvupDI, Cassin. 
Common. 


62. Icr—ERUs MESOMELAS, Wagler. 


Oriolus musicus, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 156; Bost. 
Journ. N. H. iv. p. 465. 

Calotmul, June 1880. 

Like the last is common in all parts. Its habits are nearly the 
same. 


63. Motorurus £NEvs (Wagl.). 


"This bird is very abundant in all parts of Yucatan. It lives in 
flocks, and generally frequents barn-yards and cow-pens. I have 
frequently seen it perched upon the back of a horse or cow, in order to 
_pick maggots out of old sores. These sores are very prevalent among 
draught-horses in Yucatan, and wherever there is a sore the flies 
soon populate it with their larvze: the sore thenspreads, and hundreds 


Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1883, No. XXX. 30 


446 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


of maggots may be extracted from a single sore. In the intolerable 
laziness and neglect of these people to attend to wounded animals, it 
seems as if God had sent this bird as a merciful surgeon to clean the 
foul ulcers of poor helpless brutes. Females were abundant at Chablé 
in November. 


64. AGELZUS PH@NICEUs (Wagl.). 


Abundant on the coast, where it lives in the salt-marshes. Its 
habits are well known. 


65. STURNELLA LUDOVICIANA (L.). 
Common on the savanas of Rio Lagartos, but not seen elsewhere. 


66. LAmMpRopsaR Dives, Cab. 


Native name ‘“ Pich” (pronounced “peach’’), This is the 
commonest of all Yucatan birds, being very abundant in all the towns, 
as well as in the forests. I have seen this bird walking about in 
the busiest streets of Merida, apparently without fear, and it often 
enters houses in search of food. 


67. QUISCALUS MACRURUS, Sw. 


Native name ‘‘Sacoa.” This bird is most common here from 
January to May. I did not see one in July and August, nor in 
September, and up to the present time, Oct. 15th, the bird has not 
made its appearance. It does not go in flocks; rarely more than five or 
six are seen at a time: it apparently sings with very great effort. 
The female is considered by the natives another species and is 
called ‘* Socao,”’ instead of “ Sacoa.’’ 


68. CyaNociTTa yucATANICA (Dubois). 
Cyanocitta crassirostris, Lawr. 1, c. p. 201. 


Native name “ Chel.”’ This bird is abundant in all parts of the 
country, and is often very destructive to the corn-fields and to 
certain kinds of fruit. It is rather shy, though sometimes seen in 
the villages. In the country it travels in flocks of from twenty to 
one hundred. On being approached these birds set up a loud ery, each 
chattering and squawking as if disputing the right of the invader ; and 
while one or two of the largest, who are perched upon some high 
object, greet him in a most offended manner, the remainder stealthily 
fly away ; when all are gone, these suddenly give a few laugh-like 
notes, and quickly follow. When young this bird is pure white, 
and gradually changes to its adult plumage. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. 8.] 


69. CYANOCITTA MELANOCYANEA (Hartl.). 


Only one specimen of this fine species, killed in the forests near 
Merida. 


[No specimen sent to me. I have never seen this species in the 
low lands of Guatemala.—O. S.] 


1883. j MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN, 447 


70. CyANocorAx Luxvosus (Less.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 201. 

Peruvian Jay. 

Native name “ Tzee-tzep.” This Jay is abundant in the city of 
Merida, and quite common in all the towns and villages. It is 
seldom seen in the forests, though frequently along roadsides. ‘The 
natives call this bird ‘‘jisip” (tzee-seep), which with the Maya 
pronunciation is exactly the word articulated by the bird. Though 
very common, it is very little known by the people of Yucatan. This 
is probably due to the bird resorting to the thick foliage of those 
trees with a green shade nearest its own. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


71. PstLoruinus MExIcaNnus, Riipp. 

Corvus vociferus, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 155; Bost. 
Journ. N. H. iv. p. 464. 

This bird is common only in the great forests, is very shy, lives in 
flocks of twenty or more, rarely descends to the earth; when 
approached, it utters a loud ery, “pap,” repeated many times in rapid 
succession, and then darts away a few hundred yards, when it repeats 
its ery a few times and then becomes quiet. Its flesh is eaten by 
the natives. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection —O. S.] 


72. ONCOSTOMA CINEREIGULARE. 
d. Tizimin, May 1879. Iris grey. 


73. Evarnea PAGANA (Licht.). 

2. Tizimin, May 1879. Iris dark brown. 

This bird is very rare ; only a few specimens were seen on the 22nd 
of May, after which I did not meet with it again. 


74, Evainea PLacens, Sclat.; Lawr. J. c. p. 201. 


Not common. 
[Not sent to me.—O. 8.] 


75. Mytozereres TEXxENsts (Giraud); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 201. 

The boldest of all the Tyrants, never relaxing in its efforts until it 
has routed all other birds from its accustomed place at the top of a 
dead limb. It is exceedingly noisy, uttering a loud shrill ery, which 
alone is sufficient to put to flight many other birds. It seldom 
descends to the earth, but often pursues other birds to a great height. 
While shooting birds on the wing, I have frequently seen this bird 
dart from its perch, and flap with its wings the falling bird; and on 
two occasions, when the falling bird was only wounded, the two 
birds clenched together so firmly that both reached the ground 
together. Its food is principally insects; but it is also fond of 
several kinds of fruits. 


76. RuyNcHocycLus cINEREICEPS, Sclat.; Lawr. J. ec. p- 201. 

Q. Tizimin, June 1879. Iris white. 

Quite common in the east until May ; not seen after that time. 
30* 


448 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


77. Prrancus DERBIANUS, Kaup; Lawr. /. ¢. p. 201. 


A bold bird, living in the vicinity of tbe aguadas (artificial ponds), 
and quite rare. It is very difficult of approach, flying from one side 
of the aguada to the other. It feeds upon the insects which hover 


over the water. 


78. MyIopYNASTES LUTEIVENTRIS, Sclat. 


Common in May and June, after which time it disappeared. 

79. MrEGARHYNCHUS PITANGUA (L.); Lawr. Z. c. p. 201. 

* Stachi.” alt 

Abundant in all parts of the State. This is a very noisy bird. 
Its favourite haunt is the point of a dead limb near the top of a 
tree with open lands around, over which he may fly to capture 
his favourite insects. This is a bold bird, fighting bravely for his 
favourite limb when another bird happens to perch uponit. Ihave 
found several of these birds with crops well filled with fruit and seeds. 


80. Muscivora mexicana, Sclat. ; Lawr. /. c. p. 201. 


Only one specimen seen. Said to be common in Panaba, though 
several visits to the aguadas brought me no birds. The crest opens 
transversely and is very beautiful; and as the bird was very tame I 
had the pleasure of watching it a long time. Its food is insects. 

[Not submitted to me.—O. S.] 


81. PyrocEPHALUS MEXICANUS, Sclat.; Lawr. J. c. p. 201. 


This bird is very abundant on the coast, and at Merida common ; 
not found elsewhere in the interior. Its favourite haunts are low 
dead bushes, where it may be seen at all times of the day perched 
upon a dead limb, from which it darts into the air after its prey, 
which consists of small insects. 

82. EMPIDONAX MINIMA. 

Merida, Dec. 1878. 


83. EmprIpoNAx TRAILLI (Aud.). 
Izalam, Feb. 1879. 


84. My1arcHus LAWRENCII (Giraud); Lawr. /. ec. p. 204. 


85. TyRANNUS PiIPiRt, Vieill. 

Tizimin, April 1879. 

Common in April and May, after which it disappeared. 

86. Tyrannus mMELANCHOLICUS, Vieill. ; Lawr., J. c. p. 204. 


Native name ‘“‘Stachi.” This is the most common of all the 
Tyranhide. It abounds alike in all the towns and forests, is bold and 
fearless, pursuing its prey even within the houses, fighting the largest 
Hawks, and especially the Buzzards. 

87. Tiryra PERsONATA, Jard. et Selby; Lawr. l. c. p. 204. 


Common in April. A few were seen as late as June Ist, after 


1883. | MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 449 


which the species disappeared. A very active and noisy bird, ever 
on the alert for a passing insect, upon seeing which the bird darts 
into the air with a scream, and rejoices greatly when successful in 
the capture. 


88. Tiryra FRASERI, Kaup. 


This bird has similar habits to those of the former species, but is 
not so common. 


89. Haprostromus AGLAL& (Lafr.); Lawr. J. c. p. 204. 


Very rare; only five specimens (males) were seen during the year. 
This bird lives in the darkest forests, and utters no cry of any kind. 
It is solitary in its habits, and neither ascends to the tops of the trees 
nor descends to the ground. It lives upon insects, which it captures 
upon the wing. My first specimen was found in Merida ina thicket ; 
but it was afterwards taken in Izamal and again at 'Tizimin. 


[Also in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. 8, ] 


90. PacHyRHAMPHUS MAJOR (Cab.). 


This bird is very rare. Only one was seen in Izalam in February ; 
four more were seen in Tizimin in May, and on the road to Rio 
Lagartosin June. It is not shy; lives only in large forests and very 
high in the trees. It utters a kind of prolonged mournful twit, by 
which its whereabouts may be determined. 


91. ATTILA CITREOPYGIUS, Sclat. 

April 1879. Iris red. 

This bird is rather rare. It was first seen in Izalam in February, 
and again in Tizimin in April. It is quite tame, and is found only 
in the largest forests. It is a very quiet bird, and moves but little 
and very slowly. It is generally seen upon a dead limb near the 
ground. 


92. SYNALLAXIS ERYTHROTHORAX, Sclater. 


The Maya name of this bird is “Tzapatan.” It is common in 
Eastern Yucatan from May to October, and is very tame and 
active. It lays its eggs in a monstrous nest of large sticks, well 
laid, with the entrance below and about 18 inches from the eggs. 
I am of opinion that this bird does not build its own nest, but 
occupies the deserted nest of some other bird or animal. The natives 
have a curious belief with regard to the formation of the nest of this 
bird, which is worth relating. When the “Tzapatan”’ begins to 
sing, all the birds of the forest bring a stick to form the nest. 
The Chom (Cathartes) being too large to enter the nest, the Stachi 
(Tyrannus) brings two sticks instead of one. In this way the nest 
is constructed by all the birds of the forest. But this sounds much 
like many other ingenious inventions of the Spanish conquerors, and 
is probably a tale invented for the natives to follow in the con- 
struction of their houses. 


450 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


93. SITTASOMUS OLIVACEUS. 


February 1879. Iris black. 

Rare, being met with only in Izalam and in Tizimin. This bird 
is only seen moving about the trunks of trees and mostly upon the 
smaller limbs, for the climbing of which its tail is remarkably adapted. 
Each of its tail-feathers is tipped with a sharp spine, which together 
forma semicylindrical end, and fit exactly to the limbs upon which it 
generally moves. 


94. DENDROCINCLA ANABATINA, Sclat. 
Common in the forests only, but not seen near the ranchos. 


95. DENDROCINCLA HOMOCHROA, Sclat. 


Izalam. 

Not common, though occasionally found in all the eastern forests, 
quite shy and rarely quiet. This bird is generally seen upon the 
trunks of small trees and bushes, where it finds its favourite food. 


96. DENDRORNIS EBURNEIROSTRIS, Lesson ; Lawr. lJ. ¢. p. 201. 


‘Common in all the large forests, but never seen near the ranchos. 
Ever busy, climbing about the dead trees, from which it tears the 
loose bark in search of its favourite worms. It is very tame and 
easily approached. Rarely mounts to the top or descends to the 
roots of the tree. Its flight is always downward; and on alighting 
some distance above the ground, it begins to move up until it has 
searched well the trunk of the tree, then it passes to another. 

fAlso in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S. | 


97. THAMNOPHILUS DOLIATUS (L.). 
Thamnophilus affinis, Lawr. . c. p. 201. 
Very rare; the first was met with at Tzalam near Izamal in Jan. 


1879. Afterwards it was seen twice in Tizimin. Lives in low bushes, 
and is very tame. 


98. FoRMICARIUS PALLIDUS, Lawrence, Ann. N. Y. Ac. Se. ii. 
p- 288 (1882). 


Not common. I agree with Mr. George N. Lawrence that this 
species is quite distinct from J’. moniliger. The description given 
by Mr. Lawrence agrees exactly with the specimens sent to me. 


99. SPHENOPROCTUS PAMPA (Lesson). 


Rare in Yucatan. Four specimens of this bird were seen near 
Izalam, and three afterwards in Tizimin. It lives only in the most 
distant and secluded forests, and is extremely shy. Its song is not 
harmonious nor sweet, though it sings and chatters a great deal and 
very loudly. It was only on account of the great noise made by this 
bird that I was ever able to see it alive. Like all the Humming-birds, 
it flies very swiftly, and is never seen a second time, 


1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 451 


100. Lampornis Prevost! (Less.). 

Very rare ; only four specimens seen, all of which were killed. _ It 
lives only in the loneliest forests, far from the dwellings of man, but 
is not very shy. Izalam, February. 


101. TrocHinus cotusris, Linn. 
Abundant on the coast. 


102. Doryeua ELIs& (Lesson). 

Found only at the port of Progreso, where it is very abundant all 
the year. I have never seen one of these birds elsewhere. It is a 
very swift flier, shy and rather noisy. It stops but an instant, and 
again darts away, so that it can rarely be shot upon the perch. 


103. AmAzrLIA cINNAMOMEA (Lesson); Lawr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. 
ix. p. 204. 

This bird is the rarest of all the Humming-birds yet found in 
Yucatan. Only one specimen has been seen during the year. This 
specimen was shot while hovering about some flowers in a very high 
tree. Its habits are not known to me. 


104. AMAZILIA YUCATANENSIS, Cabot. 


Seems to be a very rare species, only four specimens having been 
sent by Mr. Gaumer. 


105. AMAZILIA DEVILLII (Bourc.). 
[Not seen by me.—0O. S.] 


- 106. CHLOROSTILBON CANIVETI (Lesson). 
This beautiful little Humming-bird was very abundant in Izalam 
in January and February. 


107. CuarTuraA GAUMERI, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Ac. Se. ii. p. 245. 
Chetura vauxi, Lawr. Aun. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 204. 
[Not submitted to me.—O. S. | 


108. CuorprILEs TEXENSIS, Lawrence, /. ¢. p. 204. 
Only once met with. 


109. ANTROSTOMUS MACROMYSTAX (Wagl.). 

Very common in Merida. Frequents the roads and by-paths ; 
appears in the evening after sunset, and often continues its wander- 
ings all night. 

I am not certain that the specimen examined is correctly deter- 
mined. 


110. NycrrpROMUS ALBICOLLIs (Gm.); Lawr. l. ¢. p. 204. 

This is the most common of all the Caprimulgide in Yucatan. 
It is found in all parts of the country, appearing early and flying all 
night. 

[Not seen by me.—0O. S.] 


452 MR, A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19> 


111. CaAmpEPHILUS GUATEMALENSIs (Hartl.). 


This bird abounds in all parts of Yucatan. It frequents the large 
forests, but is also often seen in the corn-fields pounding away upon 
the dead trees which abound there. Its cry is sharp and rolling, 
and may be heard at a very great distance, as well as the sound of its 
blows upon the dead trees. In the forests it is seldom shy, while in 
the open lands it is rarely to be approached. I have seen 14 of 
these birds on one tree, crying and pounding away, until at a short 
distance off it seemed like a hundred woodmen felling trees and 
conversing at the same time. 


112. Picus scauaris, Wagl.; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 205. 

Picus parvus, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H.i. p. 164; Bost. Journ. 
NUH. v. ip: 192. 

This bird I have seen in all parts of Yucatan, though it is not at 
all common. I have met with it both in the towns and in the ranchos. 
It is not wild. The iris is reddish brown. 


113. CHLORONERPES OLEAGINEUS (Licht.). 
Very rare; only three specimens were seen during the year. 


114. CHLORONERPES YUCATANENSIS (Cabot). 


Picus yucatanensis, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 164; Bost. 
Journ. N. H. v. p. 92. 

Tizimin, May 1879. 

This Woodpecker was first seen at Izalam in February, but only 
one specimen was met with. Afterwards two birds were seen near 
Valladolid in September. As all these birds were very noisy, I 
conclude that the species must be very rare in this State. 


115. CentTurRvs puBius, Cabot. 


Picus dubius, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 164; Bost. Journ. 
N. Hiv. p..91. 

Centurus albifrons, Lawr. 1. c. p. 205. 

This bird abounds in all parts of Yucatan, and is everywhere 
dreaded by those who raise cocoa-nuts, for it is said to puncture 
the shell of the young cocoa-nut in order to drink the milk, and 
the nut is then spoiled. ‘This bird is most frequently found in the 
cities and near the habitations of man, but is not uncommon in the 
larger forests. 

The tris is red. 


116. CENTURUS RUBRIVENTRIS, Sw.; Lawr. J. c. p. 206. 

Several specimens of both sexes of this rare species were obtained. 
I am of the same opinion as Mr. Lawrence as to the validity of this 
species. 

117. CeLeus CAsTANEUvs (Wagl.). 


Very rare; only two specimens were seen during the year. This 
bird has a very strong and peculiar odour, derived from its food, 


1883.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 453 


which consists exclusively of a small Hymenopterous insect called 
the Uss. It is solitary, and lives in the deepest part of the forest. 
The specimens obtained were very tame and were watched for some 
hours before being shot ; they jump nimbly about the trees, and are 
constantly catching the small insects which seem to be attracted to 
them by their odour. 


118. Momorus txssont, Lesson ; Lawr. J. ec. p. 204. 


This bird is found in all parts of Yucatan, though it is not abun- 
dant anywhere. It lives in the forests, and is seldom seen in the 
towns or ranchos. It never enters wells nor caves, but breeds in 
the deserted dens of the Armadilloes and other burrowing animals. 
These subterranean burrows it cleans out with its own claws and 
bill, and constructs its nest at the bottom. The trimming of the 
two middle feathers of the tail is a work performed by the bird, and 
is not natural. Its song is ‘‘moot-moot,” uttered twice in rapid 
succession, and repeated at intervals of one minute. 


119. Eumomora supPEeRcILiaRis (Sw.) ; Lawr. 7. ec. p. 204. 


Momotus yucatanensis, Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 156; 
Bost. Journ. N. i. iv. p. 466. 


This bird is abundant in every part of the State. It lives in wells 
and in the peculiar caves called ‘‘ senotes.” I have seen as many as 
100 of these birds issue from_a single senote, but more frequently 
one or two dozen is the limit. This bird abounds in the towns, and 
all places where there are wells or caves ; and although a well is used 
every day it never deserts its home. Its cry is “ Toh,” uttered with a 
broad emphasis as ‘‘ 7h ;” hence its name in Maya. This word as 
uttered by the bird means in Maya “straight,” and by the ancient 
Indians refers to the two long straight feathers of the tail. Its 
food is frogs and other small animals and insects, which it finds 
in its subterranean home. 


120. CeryLe amazona (Lath.). 
[Not sent to me.—O. 8S. ] 


121. CeryLe cABANis! (Tsch.). 


122. CeryLEe supPERCILIOSA (Linn.) ; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 204. 


Rio Lagartos, June 1879. 

This little Kingfisher was taken at the sulphur-springs of Rio 
Lagartos, the only place where it is known to live in Yucatan. As 
this is a favourite bathing-place for the people of all the interior 
towns, this little bird has a great celebrity throughout the State. 
It is very tame, so much so that I have seen it plunge into the water 
after a fish only a few yards from me while I was bathing. The 
owner of the springs does not allow these birds to be killed, and it 
was with difficulty that I obtained permission to shoot one or two. 


454 MR. A, BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


123. TroGon PUELLA, Gould. 

Tizimin, May 1879. 

Very rare; only three specimens were seen, and the bird is 
unknown to the natives. The first time I saw this bird there were 
two, which I believed to be a pair, though they differed a great deal. 
This was on May 31st, and on June 2nd I saw another. They 
were in the forest, aud were very tame. They uttered no sound of 
any kind. 


124. TroGon CALIGATUS, Gould. 


Very common from May to September ; lives only in the forest, is 
very tame, and spends much of its time singing; is rarely seen very 
high in the tree, nor does it descend to the ground. Like all the 
Trogons, it does not change its position upon the limb of a tree when 
once it alights; and when it flies from a branch it always keeps its 
back towards the hunter. 

[Not submitted to me.—0O. 8. ] 


125. TROGON MELANOCEPHALUS, Gould. 


Not common. I have never seen this bird in more than two 
localities—first in Yak-Jonat* in April, and again in Chemzonot in 
August. Those of April were only six in number, and those of August 
20 or more. Several specimens, male and female, were obtained. 


126. CroropHaGa sutcrirostRis (Sw.); Lawr. 7. c. p. 205. 


Abundant in all parts of the State. Lives in flocks, and flies 
very clumsily. In cool damp mornings these birds may be killed by 
dozens, with clubs, and are often captured alive by the hand. There 
are several species of ants which are accustomed to set out on 
migratory or foraging expeditions in immense flocks or swarms; 
these ants are as manna to the “Crotophaga.” I have seen as 
many as two hundred birds at a time devouring these insects. 


127. Grococcyx AFrinis, Hartlaub. 


Geococcyx mexicanus, Lawr. I. c. p. 205. 

Rather rare in all parts, except at Rio Lagartos. May generally 
be seen perched upon the stone fences in the morning, or upon some 
elevated object; rarely in the trees. When startled it jumps 
quickly to the ground, and runs away, hiding itself in the thick 
undergrowth. “ Xcum-kumil” is its name in Western Yucatan ; in 
the east the Indians call it ** Bachen-choo-lool.” 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


128. Praya cayana (Linn.). 


Piaya mehleri, Lawr. l. ¢. p. 205. 

** Kip choh.” 

This bird, which is common in all parts, is a great enemy of the 

1 Yak-Jonat isa great forest six leagues north-east of Tizimin, where many 
birds were obtained. But one rancho exists in a region extending over many 
leagues. 


- Pee eee 


; 


1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN, 455 


bee-raiser, as its food consists exclusively of these insects. Station- 
ing itself in the vicinity of the hives, or frequenting the trees to 
which the bees resort to seek for honey, it is ever busy collecting 
them. It is rather inactive and clumsy, scarcely appearing at ease 
in any position. Its song is neither beautiful, nor varied, nor often 
repeated. 


129. Dromococcyx PHASIANELLUs (Spix). 


Only one specimen of this bird was seen by me in Yucatan ; 
and as it has no name, neither in Maya nor in Spanish, I conclude 
it is seldom found in this State. 


130. RHAMPHASTOS CARINATUS (Swains.). 


Said to be very common in all parts of the State, though I have 
not found this to be the case. Only six specimens have been 
observed by me during the year. It is also said to go in immense 
flocks, but I have only seen solitary individuals. It lives upon fruits, 
and is found in the forests, rarely in the settlements, and never in 
the towns. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. 8. | 


131. PrerocLossus ToRQauATUS (Gm.). 


Common in most parts of the State. Lives in flocks in the forests, 
rarely seen near the ranchos, and never in the towns. Lives upon 
fruit, of which it is very fond and eats a great deal. It generally 
takes its food three times a day—at 7 a.m., and at 2 and 5 p.m.; at 
these hours it is easily shot, as it is not very wild when eating. 


132. Conurvus aztec, Souancé ; Lawr. /. c. p. 207. 


This bird abounds in all parts of Yucatan; but the largest flocks 
were met with in Western Yucatan, where 400 or 800 were seen in 
a single flock. In November and December they were feeding upon 
the seeds of a plant which grows very abundantly in that part of 
this State. The sharp piercing cry of these birds is almost deafen- 
ing when in large flocks. 


133. CHRYSOTIS ALBIFRONS (Sparrm.); Lawr. J. ¢. p. 207. 


This bird abounds in every part of Yucatan, rarely entering the 
villages, though common near the ranchos, and frequently seen in 
immense flocks in the wild-orange groves, where it spends much of 
its time eating the fruit of this tree. This bird is found domesti- 
cated in almost every house, and learns to speak quite readily. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S. | 


134. CurysoTis xANTHOLORA, G. R. Gray; Salv. Ibis, 1874, 
p- 327. 


This bird seems to be very rare. Only three specimens were 
sent by Gaumer, who made no special remarks on them, probably 
believing that they were the same as C. albifrons. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. 8. | 


456 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


135. Srrrx FLAMMEA, Linn. 

This Owl is rather rare in Yucatan, being seen only in Izamal and 
Tizimin, though it is known to exist in other parts, and I think it is 
generally distributed. It is found perched upon a large branch of 
some tree with thick dark foliage. Its note is well represented 
by its Indian name, “'Too-coo-loo-chhoo-oo.” 


136. SyrnruM virGATUM, Cassin. 
[Not seen by me.—O. S. | 


137. GLAUCIDIUM PHALZNOIDES (Daud.). 

Glaucidium infuscatum, Lawr. l. ¢. p. 207. 

3, iris yellow; Merida, Dec. 1878. This bird is abundant in all 
parts of the State, lives more in the cities and towns and about old 
ruins than in the country. It is so tame that the boys often 
capture it alive with their hands, or with a noose fastened to the 
end of a stick. In the day it makes a kind of constant clicking 
noise, which may be heard some distance. 

[Not seen by me.—O. S.] 


138. Circus nupsontus (Linn.). 


Not common, only four specimens having been seen during the 
year. My specimen was shot in February, at Izalam. 


139. Asrurtna pLaciaTa (Schl.). 
Shot at the aguada of Yok-satz, where it was evidently accustomed 
to go in search of Pigeons and other birds, which assemble there to 


drink and bathe. Its flight is more rapid than the latter. 
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


140. AsTURINA RUFICAUDA, Scl. et Salv. 

Asturina magnirostris, Lawr. 1. c. p. 207. 

This Hawk is not common, only six specimens having been 
observed during the year. It is very shy, and lives in the open 


fields generally, but takes to the woods when approached. 
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


141. UruBiTInGa aNnTHRACINA (Nitzsch). 


@, iris brown ; Chablé, Yucatan, Dec. 1, 1878. Three specimens 
of this bird were seen during the year in this State:—the first 
on Dec. 1, 1878; the second was seen in Jan. 1879, in the city of 
Merida, where it seemed to be at perfect ease, and without fear of 
man; the third was seen in an aguada near Hspita in March, 
and was quite tame. This bird utters a faint cry ‘“‘pip,’ hence 
its Indian name. 


[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.-—O. S.] 


142. Sprzairus MELANOLEUCUS (Vieill.). 


« Koss.” 
Tizimin, ¢, June 6, 1879. Iris golden yellow. 


1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 457 


This large Hawk was shot by my friend Dr. Filipe Alcala near his 
house. I have heard this bird spoken of in all parts of Yucatan, 
but it has never been my fortune to see one alive. 

143. MicrRaAsTUR MELANOLEUCUS. 

Falco percontator, Cabot, Bost. Journ. N. H. iv. p. 462. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


144. AccipITeR BICOLOR (Vieill.). 
Shot at the aguada of Yok-satz in March and May. 


145. Accipirer Fuscus (Gm.). 

Dec. 1878, Chablé. Only a few specimens of this Hawk have 
been seen. It is very shy, and frequents thick shady woods, 
where it flies with rapidity. In its stomach were found only mice- 

146. TrInNUNCULUS sPARVERIUS (Linn.); Lawr. 1. c. p. 207. 


This little Hawk lives in the old church-towers and ruined build- 
ings. It preys upon the small birds and young chickens which it 
finds in the cities. Generally one or two pairs may be found in 
every village. I have never seen it elsewhere. 

147. [HyporRiorRcHuIs FEMORALIS. 

In Dr. Cabot’s collection from Yucatan.—O. S.] 


148. HyporriorcHIs RUFIGULARIS (Daud.). 
Hypotriorchis aurantius, Lawr. l. ¢c. p. 207. 


149, Lepropon CAYENNENSIS (Gm.). 
2, Izalam. Iris dark grey. 


150. Icrrnta pLuMBEA (Vieill.). 


Only two specimens of this fine Hawk were seen in Yucatan, and 
these were flying over the aguada near Tizimin. One was shot 
very high in the air, but the other, which was not within gunshot, 
escaped. Its flight is slow and with set wings whirling in easy and 
graceful turns. 


151. HerreTOTHERES CACHINNANS, Vieill. 
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. S.] 


152. PotyBporus CHERIWAY (Jacq.) 
Polyborus auduboni, Lawy. I. ce. p. 207. 


This Hawk is rather rare in Yucatan, only four pairs having been 
Seen in the year. It is always seen in pairs. 
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


153. Caruaristes aTratus (Bartr.). 
[Not seen hy me.—0O. S.]} 


458 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


154. Freeara aquiza (Linn.). 
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


155. [ARDEA RUFA (Bodd.). 
Demiegretta rufa, Lawy. l.c. p. 210. 
Also in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


156. [ARDEA LuDOvicIANA, Wils.; Lawr. /. c. p. 210.] 


157. [ARDEA CANDIDIssIMA (Gm.). 
Garzetta candidissima, Lawr. 1. c. p. 210. 
Also in Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


158. BuroripEs virescens (Linn.). 
A very common species. 


159. CANCROMA COCHLEARIA. 
Taken at Rio Lagartos, where it is common and very tame. 


160. PuaTaLea AsAsA (Linn.). 


The Ajaja is common at Rio Lagartos, where it may be seen in 
flocks of from four to twenty. Like the Flamingo, it is very tame 
and easily shot. Its Spanish name is Chocolatera. 

[Not seen by me.—0O. S.] 


161. PHa@NIcoPpreRUS RUBER, Linn. 


These Flamingoes were taken at Rio Lagartosin June. They were 
in very beautiful plumage and very abundant. I think I have seen 
as many as three thousand at one time, at the mouth of the river, 


where the coast and river are lined every morning for many leagues. 
[Not seen by me.—0O. S.] 


162. CotumBa FiAvirostris, Wagler. 

« Ku-kut- keep.” 

The Blue Pigeon is abundant in Eastern Yucatan, more rare in 
the west, where it has probably been much persecuted for its fine 
flesh, which forms a favourite dish among the natives. It is every- 
where exceedingly wild and timorous. 


163. ZENAIDA AMABILIS, Bp. 


Zenaidura yucatanensis, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ix. p. 208. 


[This seems to me to be identical with the West-Indian-Island 
species, as I cannot distinguish Mr. Gaumer’s specimens from those 
from Cuba and Jamaica.—0. S.] 

This Dove is quite common at Rio Lagartos, and occasionally seen 
at Progreso. From this I conclude that it is a common coast bird. 
I have never met with it more than one league inland. It is easily 
domesticated, and is found in many houses. 


1883. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 459 


164, MeLopeiia Levcoprera (Linn.) ; Lawr. /.c. p. 207. 


This bird abounds in all parts of Yucatan. In the dry season 
thousands of them congregate in the vicinity of an aguada to 
drink. From ten o’clock until four they line the shore and are 
very tame ; at other seasons they are more solitary, and often very 
shy. 


165. CHAMZPELIA RUFIPENNIS, Bp.; Lawr. J. ¢. p. 207. 


This little Dove abounds in all parts, is quite tame, and often be- 
comes half domesticated. 


166. LepropriLa ALBIFRONS, Bp. 


Leptoptila fulviventris, Lawr. Ann. N. Y. Ac. Se. ii. p. 287. 

This bird is found in all parts of the State, and is generally quite 
shy. Though often seen searching for its food inthe roads, it is 
more properly an inhabitant of the more lonely forests, where its 
cooing may be heard all day long in its own peculiar half sad, half 
cheerful tone. Its nest is built upon an inclined or falling branch of a 
tree, and is composed of a few small sticks to prevent the two small 
white eggs from falling to the ground. This bird is much prized 
for its flesh among the better sportsmen of Yucatan. 

These Yucatan birds have the rufous tint of the underparts slightly 
darker than is usual in Guatemalan examples; but the difference is 
too slight to be considered of specific value. 


167. CrRAx GLOBICERA, Linn. 


A very shy bird, living far in the interior of uninhabited forests. Its 
walk is cautious and almost noiseless; it is generally found in pairs, 
though the males often travel alone. It spends mostof its time upon the 
ground, where it finds its food by scratching among the leaves. In the 
morning and evening it mounts upon the trees which bear its favourite 
fruit, to feast upon the best fruits of the forest. It ascends not by 
a single flight, but by shorts flights from limb to limb, until it reaches 
the fruit. While there it makes no noise; but at every moment it 
listens for the approach of an enemy, which once discovered, it utters 
a short impatient cluck and flies away to a very great distance. 
The song resembles the deep distant bass roaring of the Tiger, or 
the gentle blowing in the bunghole of a barrel. The flesh of this 
bird is highly valued as food; but the bones are always carefully 
kept away from the dogs and cats, as they are said to be very poison- 
ous. It is sometimes domesticated, though it rarely lives beyond a 
few months. 


168. PENELOPE PURPURASCENS, Wagl. 


The “ Cajolito”’ (in Maya, “ Kosh”’) is abundant only in certain 
localities. I know of but one forest in Yucatan (Yak-Jonat) where this 
bird is found; but im this forest I think I have seen 800 or more. 
It is very shy, lives mostly upon the trees, where it feeds upon 


460 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


fruit and flowers, as also, in times of scarcity, of fruit upon leaves and 
buds. On discovering a tree laden with its favourite fruit, it utters 
a loud yell, which is a signal for all the ‘cojolitos’ in the forest. In 
a moment, from every part of the forest come the yells of dozens 
of other individuals; and soon the tree is covered with these 
birds, and in a few minutes it is stripped of its fruit, and the cojolitos 
fly away to return no more. It has been my fortune twice to be 
beneath the tree when these birds were feeding. The first time I 
counted 84 birds in one hour and a quarter. The second time 51 
birds were in the tree, when I shot and brought down eight. The flesh 
is eaten, though it is much darker and more solid than that of the 
Kambool. 
[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. 8S.] 


169. OrTALIS VETULA, Wagl. 


Ortalida maccalli, Lawr. 1. c. p. 209. 

** Cha-cha-la-ca.” 

This bird spends most of its time in the trees, where it lives upon 
the fruit, flowers, and tender leaves. Its neutral green plumage ren- 
ders it very difficult to spy out the bird. When disturbed it jumps 
to the ground to ascertain the nature of its danger, gives one or two 
long leaps, and again mounts upon a limb, from which it quickly flies 
from one branch to another until it escapes in the distance. In the 
male the trachea is wonderfully prolonged beneath the skin of the 
breast and abdomen almost to the anus, whence it returns and enters 
the chest at the proper place. With this great trampet-like instru- 
ment the bird makes a peculiar noise, which may be heard at a 
league’s distance. The song is harsh and sonorous, and never pro- 
duced alone; but after each part the female, with a finer shriller’ 
voice, repeats it in such rapid succession, that it seems like one 
bird doing the whole. The usual time of singing is in the morning 
and evening, but it frequently sings at other hours. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


170. OpoNTOPHORUS LINEOLATUS, Licht. 


This bird is common in all the eastern forests, where it is much 
esteemed for its fine flesh and asa household pet. As a pet it is 
not a success, living but a few months in confinement. Like the 
Quails, this bird lives upon the ground, where it is always seen in 
pairs. At nightfall it sings a very pretty song, beginning with a 
low whistle, which is three times repeated, each time with greater 
force ; then follow the syllables che-va-lieu-a repeated from three 
to six times in rapid succession. The tone is musical, half sad, half 
persuasive, beginning somewhat cheerful, and ending more coax- 
ingly. From its colour and its habit of remaining immovable while 
one is passing, this bird is somewhat difficult to see. I have fre- 
quently seen this bird squatting close to the ground while I passed 
within a few feet of it. It seldom flies, and never flies far when 
compelled to take wing. 


L-P 


acGpi Ws 


%,-D. 
1883. ] MR, A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. 461 


171. Ortyx nriGRoGuLaArRts, Cabot. 

Ortyx nigrogularis, Cabot, in Stevens’s Trav. in Yucatan, i. App. 
p- 474; Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. i. p. 151. 

Chablé. Always seen in flocks or in pairs, sometimes in the darkest 
forests, but more usually in corn-fields. The flesh of this bird is 
delicious. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. S.] 


172. Meveaaris ocetiata, Cuv.; Cabot, Pr. Bost. Soc. N. H. 
i. p. 73; Bost. Journ. N. H. iv. D. 246. 

In Maya, ‘‘Kutz.” 

The Spanish name of this bird is Pita del Monte. It is oceasionally 
seen within five leagues of Merida, but cannot be said to be common 
west of Espita. East of Espita it is often seen in the corn-fields in 
small flocks of from six to ten. I have recently discovered a locality, 
ten leagues to the north and east of Valladolid, where it may be 
said to be common. This is the region depopulated since the emigra- 
tion of the Indians nearly half a century ago; no one lives there now, 
and the Meleagris is the proud ruler of the forest. It is one of the 
wildest and shiest of birds, extremely cautious in its movements, 
and ever on the alert for a hidden enemy ; it flies with the greatest 
rapidity at the sight of man, regardless of distance. When met with 
in open land it takes flight, rising with a heavy flutter peculiar to 
the family, and after mounting a few yards sails away with set 
wings to such a distance that the hunter never cares to follow. 
During the breeding-season, which is in May and June, the male 
makes a peculiar drumming noise, very deep and sonorous; after 
this he utters his peculiar song, which resembles the rapid pecking 
of a distant Woodpecker or the song of the great Bull Toad. On 
discovering a dreaded object, he utters a peculiar cluck and glides 
away with a proud movement, which seems to defy the world; and 
if the object moves, he darts away with headlong speed. The natives 
believe that this bird sees the image of its enemies in its plumage 
even before they are visible to the eye of the bird. However this 
may be, it is a bird of extraordinary caution and vision. Its flesh is 
held in the highest esteem by the natives, who hunt it unceasingly 
on this account. In Merida aspecimen sells from $1 to $2 dressed ; 
and from $8 to $1 when alive. It is not easily domesticated, and 
rarely lives more than a few months. 

Mr. J. Gaumer has sent me a very fine series of this species, 
both sexes, in all sorts of plumage. At my request he also sent me 
some fresh eggs, which I gave to a hen for hatching, but the result was 
nil. I strongly recommended him to procure birds alive and bring 
them to Europe, but he has not been able to do so. 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—0O. S. | 


173. GRUS FRATERCULUS, Cass. 


Only one seen in Yucatan. This specimen was shot at an aguada 
near ‘lizimin in March. 


[Not seen by me.—0. S.] 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXXI. 31 


462 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM YUCATAN. [June 19, 


174. [ARAMIDEs AXILLARIS, Lawr. 
In Dr. Cabot’s collection from Las Bocas de Silan.—0O. S.] 


175, [ARAMIDES ALBIVENTRIS, Lawr. 
In Dr. Cabot’s collection from Las Bocas de Silan.—0O. S.] 


176. Parra GymMnostoma, Wagl. 
Very common everywhere near the lakes. 


177. [HrManTOPUS NIGRICOLLIS. 
In Dr, Cabot’s collection.—O. S.] 


178. CaLipRis ARENARIA (Linn.) ; Lawr, lc. p. 210. 
Common at Progreso. 


179. Srerna MAximA, Bodd. 
Very abundant on the coast. 


180. Rayncuors niGRA, Linn. 


Very common on the coast, where many thousands of these birds 
may be seen at any time at the mouths of the rivers. 


181. Cryprurus sALLa&t, Bp. 


** Perdiz”’ (Spanish name). 

The Perdiz is common in most parts of Yucatan, and very abun- 
dant in the east. Its flesh is highly prized for food, being very 
fine and savoury. In the dry season this bird may often be seen in 
great numbers drinking water at the aguadas, and along the roadsides 
in the heat of the day, where it is easily shot. It is the sport of 
the boys of the ranchos to go out at 4 p.m. with stones to kill 
Perdizes ; and those who aim well rarely return unrewarded. It is 
never seen upon the trees, but is a good runner, rarely taking wing, 
except when hard pressed. Its song is a single, loud, short, flute-like 
whistle, uttered at intervals of one or two minutes in the morning 
andevening. ‘This bird is found domesticated in many houses ; it is 
said to rid the premises of the dreaded Alacranes (scorpions). 

[In Dr. Cabot’s collection.—O. S. | 


Z.S.1883.PLXLVIE. 


J.Smit lith Haw : 
anhart imp. 


TRACHYRHYNCHUS. | 


1383.] THESECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 463 


November 20, 1883. 


Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made 
to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August, 
September, and October, 1883:— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of June was 177, of which 39 were by birth, 
52 by presentation, 48 by purchase, 8 by exchange, and 30 were re- 
ceived on deposit. The total number of departures during the same 
period by death and removals was 122. 

The following are of special interest :— 

1. A fine young female Ourang-outang (Simia satyrus), presented 
by J. M. Vermont, Esq., of Batu Kawan Estate, Penang, June 7th. 
Mr. Vermont informs me that this animal, which is in fine condition, 
and appears to be just changing its teeth, was captured in Acheen, 
Sumatra. 

2. A fine King Penguin (Apéenodytes pennanti), brought home 
from the Falkland Islands, and presented by R. C. Packe, Esq., 
June 14th. 

3. A Cape Ant-Bear ( Orycteropus capensis), purchased June 25th. 
This animal is apparently in excellent condition, and seems likely to 
do well. 

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the 
month of July were 139 in number ; of these 72 were acquired by 
presentation, 22 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 27 by birth, and 16 
were received on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period by death and removals was 93. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— ; 

1. A Rough-billed Pelecan (Pelecanus trachyrhynchus), from 
Mexico, purchased July 3rd, being the first example of this species 
which we have received. 

The bird, of which I exhibit a ccloured sketch by Mr. Smit (Plate 
XLVI.), was in full breeding-plumage on its arrival, and bore on its 
culmen the characteristic knob which distinguishes the species ; this 
knob has been since shed. 

2. A male and two female Babirussas (Badirussa a/furus), from 
Celebes, presented by Dr. F. H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S., and received 
July 23rd. 

One of the female Babirussas produced a young one shortly before 
the termination of the voyage home, which has reached England 
safely in company with its mother. 

I exhibit a coloured drawing of this little animal, by Mr. Smit 
(Plate XLVII.). It will be observed that the young Babirussa is 
nearly uniform in colour, and does not exhibit any of the stripe- 
marks which usually distinguish the immature forms of the Suide. 


3L* 


464 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Nov. 20, 


The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of August was 138; of these 54 were ac- 
quired by presentation, 44 by purchase, 11 by birth, 7 by exchange, 
and 22 were received on deposit. The total number of departures 
during the same period by death and removals was 88. 

The following are of special interest :— 

Two young Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis), born in the Gardens, 
August 12th, from the specimens presented to the Society by Dr. 
J. D. Caton, C.M.Z.S. } 

This is believed to be the first instance of the breeding of this fine 
American Deer in Europe. 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of September was 109; of these 65 were 
acquired by presentation, 26 by purchase, and 18 were received on 
deposit. The total number of departures during the same period 
by death and removals was 92. 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of October was 146, of which 11 were by birth, 
60 by presentation, 38 by purchase, 3 by exchange, and 34 on deposit. 
The total number of departures during the same period by death and 
removals was 88. 

The following are of special interest :— 

1. Four Ural Phrynocephales (Phrynocephalus helioscopus), from 
the eastern shores of the Caspian Sea, presented by Dr. A. Strauch, 
F.M.Z.S., October 6th. These interesting Lizards are new to the 
Society’s Collection. 

2. A young female Chimpanzee, purchased October 24th, which 
seems perhaps referable to the form named by M. Da Chaillu 
Troglodytes calvus (Proc. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 295). 
The head is very sparingly covered with hairs, the ears are longer 
and more prominent than in the ordinary Chimpanzee, and the 
hands and feet are black. 


—— 


The Secretary also called attention to the opening of the Society’s 
New Reptile House which had taken place on Saturday, 4th August 
last, and explained the mode in which the specimens had been 
arranged in the new building. 

The large cases on the north side had been assigned to the Boas 
’ and Pythons, those on the west to the Venomous Snakes, and those 
on the east to the Colubrine Snakes. The Lizards and smaller 
objects were mostly arranged in the small glass cases along the 
‘south front. 

It was proposed to add, next spring, a special collection of British 
Reptiles and Batrachians, which could be conveniently placed in the 
porch of the building. 

The Secretary read a list of the Reptiles and Batrachians living in 
the Society’s collection on October Ist, showing a total of 211 spe- 
cimens of the former and 51 of the latter class. 


1883. ] MR. W. H. RAVENSCROFT ON CERVUS AXIS. 465 


The Secretary took this opportunity of calling attention to the 
increase in size and weight of the young male African Elephant 
(Hlephas africanus) which had taken place during the past year. 
When purchased in July 1882 this animal was 4 feet in height, and 
weighed 7 ewt. 0 qrs. 4 1b. On the 8th October last the height 
was found to have increased to 4 feet 11 inches, and the weight to 
13 cwt. 2 qrs. 


A letter was read from Mr. G. B. Sowerby, Junr., relating to his 
paper on five new species of Shells read before the Society on the 
16th January, 1883. 

Mr. Sowerby proposed to change the name of Thracia Jackson- 
ensts given in this paper (see P. Z. S. 1883, p. 30) to Thracia bra- 
zieri, the former name having been previously given to another species 
described in the ‘ Journal of the Linnean Society’ by Mr. Edgar A. 
Smith. 


The Secretary read the following extract from a letter addressed to 
him by Mr. W. H. Ravenscroft, dated Colombo, 6th July, 1883 ;— 

“I have lately noticed a fact new to me, though possibly well 
known to students of natural history, in regard-to the Spotted Deer 
as it is called here (Cervus axis). We have five or six in an enclo- 
sure near the house; and a short time since one of the does gave 
birth to a fawn. On the second day after the birth I noticed, at 
about 4.30 in the afternoon, that the doe was quietly feeding by 
herself, and that the fawn was nowhere within sight. I went into 
the enclosure to search, and took five or six servants with me; we 
carefully hunted the ground within the enclosure, about a quarter 
of an acre, which is bare of any bushes except at one end, where 
there are a few clumps of cinnamon bushes and one biggish tree ; 
we also hunted the ground outside the enclosure, as I thought that 
possibly the fawn might have got out through the fence, as it might 
readily have done. The search, however, was entirely fruitless. 
Next morning the fawn was with its mother. I set a man to watch ; 
and one afternoon he told me that he had watched the doe and 
fawn into the bushes, and that the doe alone came out. It would 
seem that the doe put the fawn to bed every afternoon, for about 
eight or ten days, at about 4.30 p.m., and hid it so successfully that 
though I knew within a few feet the place in which it was, I never 
succeeded in finding it.” 


The Secretary exhibited, on the part of Major C. H. T. Marshall, 
F.Z.S., a specimen of a new Impeyan Pheasant from Chumba, 
N.W. India, which Major Marshall was shortly intending to describe 
under the name of Lophophorus chumbanus: also a partial albino 
of Lophophorus impeyanus, and two other skins of males of the same 
Species in interesting stages of plumage. 


466 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID#. [Nov. 20, 


Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks on some 
Ringed Pheasants from Corea, which appeared to be intermediate 
between the Chinese Pheasant (Phasianus torquatus) and the For- 
mosan form of the same bird. 


Mr. Seebohm exhibited an example of a new species of Owl from 
Yezo, the north island of Japan, which he proposed to call Bubo 
blakistoni. It was most nearly allied to B. coromandus from North 
India, which it resembled in general style of coloration; but was much 
larger, and had the toes entirely bare of feathers, thus forming a link 
between the genera Bubo and Ketupa. 


Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, Sec. R.M.S., exhibited some specimens of 
a small undescribed species of ten-armed Antedon from the neigh- 
bourhood of Port Stephens, which had been placed in his hands by 
Mr. E. P. Ramsay. These were remarkable for the large number of 
egg-cases on them, which, at first sight, closely simulated the para- 
sitic Myzostomata. 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On the Characters and Divisions of the Family Delphinide. 
By Witr1am Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., Pres, 
Zool. Soe., &e. 


[Received November 10, 1883.] 


In few groups among the higher animals has our knowledge 
made greater advances during the last twenty years than in the 
Cetacea. The materials for their study contained in our museums 
have considerably increased, and the literature devoted to them has 
expanded to a great extent. Many valuable and solid contributions 
have been made to the knowledge of the anatomy of various species 
and groups, contributions which will always remain as fixed points 
gained, from which no retreat will ever be required. There has 
also been a great amount of imperfect and hasty compilation, and 
attempts at systematizing, based upon erroneous conceptions of 
affinities and imperfect anatomical knowledge, which have thrown a 
haze over the subject, often most difficult to penetrate. 

_ Only two attempts have been made during this time by original 
workers of recognized authority, who have had ample materials at 
their disposal, to assemble together the main facts bearing upon a 
general revision of the classification and nomenclature of the genera 
and species of the group. It is to these two that all who commence 
the study of the Cetacea have to look for guidance. 


* 


les. re™ 


1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. 467 


1. The magnificent work of Van Beneden and Gervais’. This 
professedly only treats of the osteology of the Cetacea, but other 
parts of the subject are necessarily included, if only incidentally. 
Splendid and valuable as are the illustrations, and full as are the 
descriptions of the skeletal characters, the zoological portion of the 
work is by no means so thorough and exhaustive as might be wished. 
Perhaps intentionally, owing to the difficulties of the subject, and 
the still insufficient state of knowledge, there is a vagueness about 
the classification and nomenclature used which is often disappointing 
to those who hope to find an authoritative statement upon these 
subjects from authors of such eminence. Owing to the lamented 
death of Professor Gervais (who had undertaken the portion of the 
work containing the Odontocetes) having occurred before his task 
was completed, the group to which the present notes chiefly relate, 
the true Dolphins, which occupies the last part of the work, is the 
least satisfactory in its mode of treatment. 

2. The other work, which has exercised a still wider influence upon 
the state of knowledge of the zoology of the Cetacea, is the Cata- 
logue, with its Supplement, of the specimens in the British Museum 
by the late Dr. J. E. Gray, based upon his famous memoir on the 
Cetacea, comprised in the Zoology of the Voyage of the ‘ Erebus’ 
and ‘Terror’ (1846), and ona series of memoirs which have appeared 
at different times in the Proceedings of this Society. Of Dr. Gray’s 
extraordinary energy in collecting specimens and in bringing together 
from all available sources the references which make his works so 
useful, and also of his acute perception of minute distinctions apt 
to be overlooked by an ordinary observer, I cannot speak without 
praise ; but unfortunately his tendency to multiply divisions and 
impose names almost at random, his want of accuracy in description, 
and his defective anatomical knowledge, are exhibited in his writings 
on this group in their fullest development. Individual peculiarities, 


_or such as are the effects of immaturity (as in Benedenia, Mega- 


neuron, &e.), or of accidental mutilation (Spherocephalus), or of 
mistaken impressions gathered from imperfect photographic repre- 
sentations (Macleayius), are made the foundations of generic distinc- 
tions, which are maintained in successive catalogues and lists, not- 
withstanding the exposure of the errors upon which they were based. 
Specimens between which no one else finds any specific distinction 
are placed in different genera, as Megaptera lonyimana and Poes- 
copia lalandii, Sibbaldius borealis and Rudolphius laticeps, Kogia 
macleayt and Luphysetes grayi, Hyperoodon butzkopf and Lageno- 
cetus latifrons, Leucopleurus arcticus and Electra acuta, and many 
others. Even the same individual specimen occurs twice over in the 
same list in two different genera, as in the case of Grampus affinis 
and Globiocephalus affinis, both founded upon one skull in the 
Museum of the College of Surgeons. 


* <Ostéographie des Cétacés vivants et fossiles, comprenant la description et 
Yiconographie du Squelette et du Systéme dentaire de ces animaux ainsi que 
des documents relatifs 4 leur histoire naturelle,’ par MM. Van Beneden et 
Paul Gervais. 1 yol. quarto; and Atlas of 64 plates, folio. Paris 1869-1880, 


468 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. [ Nov. 20, 


Yet in default of any other convenient systematic work, Dr. Gray’s 
Catalogue is constantly referred to, and his names and views of 
affinity are becoming so deeply rooted in zoological literature, that 
it appears time that an attempt should be made to supply some- 
thing upon a more scientific basis, at all events to afford those who 
have not the means of examining the original types, upon which the 
Catalogue was mainly founded, some idea of what these types really 
are, and of the extent to which his divisions seem justified by the 
facts upon which he based them. 

In the present communication I have confined myself to the 
family Delphinide as defined in the article Mammaxia in the 
‘ Encyclopedia Britannica,’ vol. xv. p. 398 (1883), or the Toothed 
Whales, which remain after separating the Physeteride (containing 
the Cachalots and the Ziphioids), and the three aberrant genera 
Platanista, Inia, and Pontoporia. This family is a perfectly natural 
one, containing a very large number of species, the main outlines of 
whose anatomical structure are essentially alike, but which present 
numerous modifications in small details. Among them there are 
certain forms, easily separated by well defined characters, and of 
which the structure is sufficiently known to permit of their being 
definitely characterized as forming divisions which may be considered 
as of generic value. These are Monodon, Delphinapterus, Phocena, 
Neomeris, Orcella, Orca, Pseudorca, Globiceps, Grampus, and 
perhaps Feresia, of which the skull only is at present known. After 
the separation of these, there is still a large residuum of species, 
too heterogeneous to constitute a single genus, but never yet satis- 
factorily divided into natural groups, unless the fifteen generic and 
subgeneric divisions of Dr. Gray’s final revision contained in the 
‘Supplement to the Catalogue of Seals and Whales in the British 
Museum’ (1871) can be considered as such. 

It is to this residuum of the Dolphins, which in the article in the 
‘ Encyclopzedia’ above referred to is left in the old genus De/phinus 
in preference to adopting divisions the value of which at that time 
I had not had the opportunity of testing, that I have mainly 
addressed myself in the present communication. For this purpose 
I have made as full an examination as the time at my disposal afforded 
of all the specimens in the British Museum, including the types of 
all Dr. Gray’s genera and species, as also of those in the Museums of 
Paris, Leiden, the College of Surgeons of London, Cambridge Univer- 
sity, and in several minor collections. 

The collections now being made in America I have had unfor- 
tunately no opportunity of examining personally, except in so far 
as they are represented in the United-States department of the 
International Fisheries Exhibition of the present year; but I am 
greatly indebted to the kindness of the Commissioners for the faci- 
lities they have afforded me in studying these, and in comparing them 
with European specimens. 

I am very far from thinking that the result of this examination 
has led to any thing like a complete knowledge of even the main 
outlines cf the classification of this difficult group. Even for a 


1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. 469 


study of the characters of the known species the materials at present 
available are very insufficient, and doubtless there are many species still 
to be discovered. I trust, however, that something will have been 
done to clear the way for future work ; at all events I have avoided 
adding to the existing confusion by introducing a single new name. 
It seems to be the rule with some zoologists to assume that any 
newly found individual, especially if in a new locality, belongs to a 
new species, to name it, and to leave for others to prove its identity 
with already described forms. The opposite view, that a species 
should not be considered distinct unless some definable and tan- 
gible character can be shown in which it differs from others, appears 
to me to be preferable, and therefore, following Prof. Van Beneden, 
the highest living authority on the Cetacea, I have abandoned the 
old assumption, upon which so many new species were founded, 
which limited the geographical area of each species to a small and 
circumscribed portion of the ocean, and placed imaginary barriers to 
its distribution where none really existed. 

Species founded upon osteological characters alone are, of course, 
not of the same value as those based upon a full knowledge of the 
external characters, habits, &e. Probably many sections which among 
other groups of animals we should call distinct species are united by 
this method ; but still, when the only certain information we possess 
of their structure is derived from their bones, as in the case of so many 
Cetaceans, no other course can be followed. It is, however, not so 
much to specific distinctions that this research has been directed, as 
to discover the mutual relations of the different modifications of the 
Dolphin type to one another, and their association into groups which 
may be considered (following the custom adopted in the arrangement 
of other groups) of generic value. 

It will be necessary to precede the examination of the special 
groups by some preliminary observations applicable to all, upon 
variations of form depending upon age, sex, and individual peculiarity, 
the study of which has been hitherto too much neglected, and of 
which our knowledge is unfortunately still imperfect. 

In all Dolphins the form of the skull alters considerably with age, 
the rostrum or beak becomes larger in older animals, being both 
longer and wider in proportion to the brain-case. The teeth become 
actually larger, in consequence of a more considerable portion of the 
broad base of the crown rising out of the alveolus as the slender 
apex wears away, and they become more distant from each other 
through the growth of the maxillary bones. 

Thus the proportions of length and width of beak, and number 
of teeth ina given space (so much used by Gray to distinguish 
species) cannot be relied upon, except in comparing perfectly adult 
animals ; and when the skull alone is present, it is extremely difficult, 
if not impossible, to tell the relative age of the individual, as, con- 
trary to what takes place in many other mammals, the sutures of 
the cranium close very early in Dolphins. Even of the basilar suture, 
which in Seals for instance is only united in old age, no traces 
are left in Dolphins about three-quarters grown, and in which the 


470 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. [ Nov. 20, 


epiphyses are all free on the vertebrae and the bones of the limbs, 
and of which the carpus is but very imperfectly ossified. Want of 
appreciation of this circumstance has led to many errors in the 
discrimination of the species of this group. 

Sex also appears to exercise an important influence upon the 
form of the skull, although very little attention has hitherto been 
paid to this important question, owing chiefly to the difficulty of 
obtaining a sufficient number of adult specimens of which the sexes 
are known. Fischer’ has, however, recently published some ex- 
tremely interesting observations upon the sexual differences of the 
skulls of two of the species most frequently met with on the French 
coast, differences which will probably be also found in other members 
of the group. In Delphinus delphis he found that in the male the 
rostrum is more elongated, more regularly tapering forwards, and less 
dilated in its middle portion. The external borders of the intermaxil- 
laries are subparallel to the corresponding borders of the maxillaries. 
The crests of the cranial bones are more elevated, the temporal 
fossa more ovoid, and the whole cranium rather higher. In the 
females the rostrum has a more triangular form, the triangle of 
the intermaxillaries is more dilated at its base, the apex of the 
rostrum is less slender, the temporal fossa is broad and rounded. 

In Delphinus tursio corresponding differences were observed. Inthe 
males the rostrum is longer and relatively narrower ; the intermaxil- 
laries are more prominent and convex, especially in their posterior half ; 
in this region the external border of the maxillaries is almost parallel 
to the corresponding portion of the intermaxillaries ; the crests of 
the cranium are more elevated, and less sloping laterally. The heads 
of the females are remarkable for the breadth of the rostrum at its 
base and its middle part; the rostrum consequently has a more 
triangular form ; the intermaxillaries are more flattened; the ex- 
ternal border of the posterior portion of the maxillaries is not parallel 
to the external border of the intermaxillaries, but it has a rounded 
projection outwards. The cranium of the female is relatively a 
little broader than that of the male; its height is the same in the 
two sexes. The mandible is a little more elongated in the male. 

Such differences as these are, it will be observed, quite as great 
as many upon which Dr. Gray has founded distinct species. 

No dependence can be placed upon the exact number of the teeth 
in discriminating species. In the first place there is often a great 
difficulty in counting the teeth of the skulls met with in museums, 
as, especially in those species in which they are numerous, they 
become extremely small at the ends of the series, particularly in 
front, and are often lost or concealed in the gum. And when cir- 
cumstances permit of their exact enumeration, variations in number 
are often met with, even in different sides of the same jaw. The 
range within which the numbers may vary ina single species has 
been recorded by Fischer, in the memoir cited above, in Delphinus 
delphis, and will be referred to again when speaking of that species. 


* “Cétacés du Sud-Ouest de la France” (Actes de la Société Linnéenne de * 
Bordeaux, t. xxxv. 1881). 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. 471 


Fig. 1. Posterior part of the osseous palate of Globiceps melas, showing a 
very general arrangement of the pterygoid bones in the Delphinide. me. 
maxillary bone; pat. palatine bone; p¢. pterygoid bone; 7. its reflected inferior 
lamina, enclosing the great post-palatine air-sinus, the opening into which is 0. 
This and all the following figures are drawn one third of the natural size. 


Fig. 2. Posterior part of osseous palate of Phocena communis. 'The pterygoid 
bones are comparatively little developed and far apart. A portion of the 
vomer, of irregular form, is seen in the middle line, behind the palatine bones. 
Though generally present, this bone varies considerably in form and extent in 
different individuals, 


472 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. [Nov. 20, 


In the same memoir are also valuable observatious upon the differ- 
ences observed in the number of the vertebrz and ribs, as well as in 
the external coloration of different individuals, which deserve careful 
consideration, and as opportunities occur further development and 
corroboration. 

Besides the usual distinctive characters derived from the length 
and form of the rostrum and the number and size of the teeth, the 
condition of the pterygoid bones, though hitherto much neglected, 
seems to me one of great importance in separating the different 


/ a 
| an 
/ 
Soe if 


Fig. 3. Palate of Delphinapterus leucas. The pterygoid bones are widely 
separated in the middle line, and of comparatively simple form, the air-sinus 
between their laminz being very little developed. 


groups of Dolphins. The remarkable involution of this bone, by which 
it encloses a large air-sinus opening behind between the outer and inner 
laminee (see fig. 1), is peculiar to the family Delphinide, and is pos- 
sessed by all its members. Sometimes, in what may be considered the 
most typical forms (as in Delphinus as now restricted (fig. 9), Tursio 
(fig. 5), Steno (fig. 6), &c.), the bones are large, and come into 
apposition in the middle line by straight surfaces of considerable 
extent. In others, as Phocena (fig. 2), Monodon, Delphinapterus 
(fig. 3), they are small and widely separated, having the posterior 
apex of the palatine bones wedged in between them in front and a 


bees 


= eyo. +. a — 7" = 


1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. 473 


wide open space behind. Between these forms are several inter- 
mediate conditions. 

After the separation of the genera named on p. 468, it is possible 
to discriminate among the remainder at least seven distinct types, 
apparently worthy of generic designation, the characters of which 
will now be considered. 


CEPHALORHYNCAUS. 

Cephalorhynchus, Gray, Cat. Cetacea Brit. Mus. p. 106 (1850). 

This name may be applied to a group of small-sized Dolphins, 
which appear to be characterized externally by an obtusely triangular 
(not faleate) or rounded dorsal fin, small, ovate, or oblong pectoral 
fins, and rather short rounded snout without groove separating a 
distinct beak. Both externally and in some of their osteological 
characters they resembie the members of the genus Phocena. 

In the skull the rostrum scarcely exceeds half the entire length, 
is broad at the base, and gradually tapering, with convex lateral 


Fig. 4. Palate of Cephalorhynchus heavisidii’. 

borders. The palate is smooth, that is, without the deep, lateral, 
longitudinal grooves characteristic of the genus Delphinus as now 
restricted. ‘The pterygoid bones are short and separated from one 
another by a considerable interval. The outer edges of the pre- 
maxillze form a prominent elevated ridge on each side of the anterior 
end of the narial aperture. The upper surface of the rostrum itself 
is very smooth, and evenly rounded from side to side, the surface of 
the premaxillz in this region being flat and not distinctly elevated 
above the maxille. The teeth are small (less than 3 millims. in 
diameter *), 25 to 30 in number in each side of each jaw. Vertebre: 
C. 7, D. 13, L.-15, C. 30 or 31; total 65 or 66. 

The type and best known species of this group is that described 
by Gray (from a stuffed specimen formerly in the Museum of the 
College of Surgeons, now in the British Museum), in the ‘ Spicilegia 
Zoologica’ (p. 2, 1828) under the name of Delphinus heavisidii. It 

1 This figure is from the “‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés” of Van Beneden and 
Gervais, pl. xxvi. fig. 1 4. All the others are from specimens in the Museum 
of the Royal College of Surgeons, 


? This measurement is in the antero-posterior direction, at the base of the 
crowns of the largest teeth in the middle of the series. 


‘ 


474 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. [Nov. 20, 


is from the Cape of Good Hope, and is about 4 feet long, with rather a 
peculiar distribution of colours, the greater part of the surface being 
black, but with very distinct ‘white markings beneath, consisting of a 
transverse band in front of, and a triangular spot behind each of, the 
pectoral fins ; and of a longitudinal line on the belly, which separates 
just beneath the dorsal fin into three equal forks, the central one of 
which is continued in its direct course, while the lateral ones extend 
obliquely up the sides.’ 

These colours are no longer to be distinguished upon the speci- 
men. ‘The dorsal fin is low and triangular, its base measuring 
64 inches, its height 3, its anterior edge 5, and its posterior edge 
4 inches; the latier is nearly straight. The caudal fin is of a 
crescentic form, not deeply excavated in the middle behind. The 
pectoral fins are small, and rather ovate than faleate in form. 

Two skeletons referred to this species, both from the Cape, are 
contained in the Leiden Museum, and there is one at Oxford; there 
are also a skeleton and four skulls at Paris; but it is at present not 
represented by osteological specimens in the British Museum. 

The vertebral formule of these skeletons are as follows :—Leiden, 
No 1—C.7, D.11 (two pairs of ribs probably lost), L. 18, C. 29=65. 
re No. 2—C. 7, D. 13, L. 15, C. 30=65. Oxford—C. 7, D. 13, 

L. & C. 46=66. Paris (according to Gervais), C. 7; D. 12, L..17, 
C. 26=62 (probably not complete). ‘The skeletons appear all to 
be those of rather young animals, and are all between 4 feet and 
4 feet 2gnches long. The skulls vary in length from 270 to 293 
millim. The aes of the teeth of the different individuals are 


= a, = and 2 so Of the four skulls in the Paris Museum now assigned 
to this species, and which certainly appear alike, one has no locality ; 
one is from the Cape and is marked ‘“ D. capensis, F. Cuvier, Dus- 
sumier, 1827;”’ one is “‘ Des mers de la Nouvelle Zélande, 1841, 
Hombron ;” and the fourth from “‘ Otago (Mr. Hutton), Voyage de 
M. Filhol.”’ 

As the skull remains concealed in the skin of the type of this 
species, now in the British Museum, I do not know the reasons for 
which these skeletons and skulls were originally referred to it, but, 
judging by what can be seen of the teeth of that (probably young) 
individual, there seems no need to doubt the identification. 

In the 58th part of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes,’ 
bearing the date of September, 1829, Fréd. Cuvier describes and 
figures the external characters of a Dolphin brought from the Cape 
of Good Hope by M. Dussumier. In general form and size, and in 
the characters of the dorsal fin, it bears a considerable resemblance 
to Gray’s D. heavisidii ; but its colour is said to be entirely black, 
except a white spot (not shown in the figure) on each side. The 
name of “ Marsouin du Cap,’ Delphinus capensis, is assigned to it’. 
I presume it is to this specimen ‘that the skull in the Paris Museum 
marked ‘*D. capensis, F. Cuvier, Dussumier, 1827,’ but now 
assigned to D. heavisidit, belongs. The same animal appears in 


1 This is not the D. capensis of Gray's ‘ Spicilegia Zoologica,’ p. 2 (1828). 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. 475 


F. Cuvier’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Cétacés’ (1836), at p. 158, 
under the name of D. cephalorhynchus. It does not appear that 
an animal having exactly the coloration ascribed to this individual 
has been met with again; and as, allowing for imperfections of the 
drawings, it agrees very closely in form with D. heavisidii, it may be 
considered as ouly a variety (perhaps melanism) of that species. 

A full and accurate description of a Dolphin, of which the skin 
was brought from the Cape of Good Hope by M. Verreaux, is 
quoted by Fred. Cuvier (op. ci¢. p. 161), from a manuscript by 
M. Quoy, under the name of D. hastatus. Cuvier recognizes its 
identity with Gray’s D. heavisidii, but does not adopt the name, 
although it clearly has the right of priority as to publication. In the 
same chapter in which he quotes Gray’s ‘Spicilegia’ (published eight 
years before), he says:—“ Voici la description manuscrite que nous 
trouvons de la main de M. Quoy, et que nous ne sachions pas avoir 
été publiée.” 

With the same disregard for priority, Rapp (‘Die Cetaceen,’ p. 37, 
1837) has the species Delphinus hastatus, Fr. Cuvier, giving 
D. heavisidii, Gray, and D. capensis, Dussumier, as synonyms. His 
figure is from a specimen in the Museum of Stuttgart, and is an 
improvement upon that of Gray, except perhaps as to the form of 
the head and mouth. The colouring, well shown in the figure of 
the under surface (plate ili. fig. B), agrees exactly with the descrip- 
tions of Gray and Quoy. 

A better figure of unquestionably the same animal, from a drawing 
by Castelnau, has been given by Van Beneden (Bull, de |’ Acad. 
Roy. de Belgique, 2me sér. t. xxxvi. No. 7, juillet 1873) under the 
erroneous name of Orca capensis, Gray, although its specific identity 
with Delphinus heavisidii and D. hastatus is admitted. 

In a valuable paper on the “ Whales and Dolphins of New Zea- 
land,” published in the Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute 
for 1872, vol. v. (1873), Dr. Hector describes the external and 
some of the osteological characters of a Dolphin, apparently one 
of the commonest in the seas around New Zealand, under the name 
of Electra clancula, upon the supposition that it was identical with 
the Lugenorhynchus clanculus (afterwards Electra clancula) of 
Gray, described from a skull alone. The vagueness of Dr. Gray’s 
description may be a sufficient excuse for this determination ; but it 
was altogether an erroneous one, as it is evident that the New-Zea- 
land animal is not an Electra or Lagenorhynchus at all, but belongs 
to a totally different group of the family. The figure of the under 
surface of the skull (Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. ix. pl. xi.) shows the 
separated and diverging pterygoid bones, and all the characters of 
the present section. Unfortunately the numbers of the vertebrie are 
not given. 

In size the animal differs little from C. heavisidii, fifty-one inches 
being given as its length. Hutton (Trans. N.-Z. Inst. ix. p. 350) 
gives four to five feet. The slight sketch of the external form 
given by Hector (which Hutton characterizes as “not good’’) shows 
considerable similarity to the previous figures of D. heavisidii, but 


476 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. Nov. 20, 


is peculiar in the deep indentation between the lobes of the caudal 
fin, and especially in the dorsal fin being rounded in outline, un- 
like that of any other known Cetacean, but rather resembling the 
adipose fin of a Salmon on a large scale. Hutton simply describes 
the dorsal fin as ‘‘ truncated.” Both Hector and Hutton describe 
the distribution of the white markings on the black surface as in 
D. heavisidii, but with this striking difference, that in the New-Zea- 
land animal the ‘‘ nose and forehead is pure white,” bounded by a 
crescent of black behind the blowholes. The teeth also appear to 
be more numerous, being usually 31 and sometimes 52 on each side 
of each jaw. A statement made by Dr. Hector that “the cervical 
vertebre are ankylosed into a solid mass, 1*3 inch in length,” is 
also very important, but requires elucidation and confirmation. 

An important contribution to our knowledge of the animals of 
this group has been lately made by the publication by Van Beneden 
(Bull. de Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 3me sér. t. i, no. 6, juin 1881) 
of a description and figure of the external characters, with osteological 
details, of a ‘“‘ Nouveau Dauphin de la Nouvelle-Zélande,” which, 
misled by Hector’s identification of the common Cephalorhynchus 
of the seas around that land with Gray’s Electra clancula, he has 
named Electra hectori. But the description of the skull, the form 
of the pterygoid bones (a drawing of which Prof. Van Beneden has 
most obligingly sent me), and especially the number of the vertebra, 
show that it is widely removed from the Lagenorhynchi, and must 
enter into the group of Cephalorhynchi. In tact Van Beneden says 
that “la téte est parfaitement conformé a celle qui est représentée 
sous le nom de Cephalorhynchus heavisidii (‘ Ostéographie,’ Atlas, 
pl. xxxvi. fig. 1)’ He further states:—‘Si nous comparons le 
dessin du crane et du corps avec les figures publiées par M. James 
Hector sous le nom de Electra clancula, nous trouvons une similitude 
presque compléte avec cette espéce: le crane offre exactement la 
méme conformation et les dents se correspondent par le nombre 
comme par la forme.’ ‘The dorsal fin has almost exactly the same 
rounded form, though with less elevation, and the caudal fin the same 
deep indentation between the widely divaricated lateral lobes. The 
coloration appears only to differ in the upper and anterior part of 
the head and beak being black instead of white, as in Hector’s spe- 
cimens. In this we have a return to the original figures of 
D. heavisidii and D. hastatus. From Rapp’s figure of the latter, 


however, Van Beneden’s differs in the under surface of the chin and 
throat being white instead of black. The teeth are 5, the largest 


27 

being 2 millim. in diameter. The vertebra are C. 7, D. 14, L. 15, C. 
27; total 63. The atlas and axis are united, the remainder of the 
cervical vertebrae free. The manus is narrow, the first and fifth digits 
being quite rudimentary. The following are the numbers of the 
elements of each digit, including metacarpals:—I. 1., I. 6, III. 4, 
IV. 3, V. 1; the individual described was, however, very young, being 
only 3 feet 6 inches in length, and therefore all the phalanges may not 
have been ossified. 


1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. 477 


Such is at present all the material available for the history of 
these interesting Dolphins. The various individuals described, some 
from the Cape of Good Hope, some from New Zealand, all present 
strong points of agreement as to size, form, cranial characters, 
number of vertebrze and of teeth, aud general distribution of surface 
colouring. They obviously form a natural group; but before we can 
determine whether to consider them as forming one or more species, 
we require to know how far the differences hitherto pointed out 
depend upon errors of observation and imperfect description and 
delineation, and how far upon individual or sexual variation. It 
must be noted that hitherto all the Cape specimens recorded have 
obtusely triangular dorsal fins, while those from New Zealand have 
had the same organ of a rounded outline. If the two forms should 
prove to be distinct, the name C. heavisidii, Gray, will be retained for 
the former, while C. hectori (Van Beneden) will be adopted for the 
latter, which may or may not include Hector’s so-called lectra 
clancula. If the distinctive characters of the latter should prove to 
be valid, it will require a new name. 

A form eyidently closely allied, as far as cranial characters tell, 
is that represented by a skull in the British Museum, from the 
coast of Chili, to which Dr. Gray gave the name of Delphinus 
eutropia (P. Z. 8. 1849, p. 1), and subsequently erected into the 
type of his genus Hutropia, under the designation of Lutropia 
dickiet. Although a second, smaller, and younger skull of the same 
form has since (in 1881) been received by the Museum from the 
same locality, nothing is as yet known of its external characteristics, 
or of the remainder of the skeleton. Specific distinction from 
C. heavisidit may readily be found in greater size (its extreme 
length being 360 mm.), longer and narrower rostrum, and larger and 
rather more numerous (30 to 32) teeth. It must be borne in mind, 
however, in making this comparison, that all the skulls of C. 
heavisidit hitherto examined seem to belong to immature specimens, 
and that the original “ Huéropia dickiei”’ of the British Museum 
is apparently that of a perfectly adult animal. The form of the 
pterygoid bones (broken in the type specimen, but preserved in the 
younger one), however, though of the same general type, is appreci- 
ably different from that of those of C. heavisidii. They are longer 
from before backwards, and their inner edges, though never in con- 
tact, are more nearly parallel, and thus approach more nearly to the 
normal type of the Dolphins. The palate of the larger species also is 
laterally contracted in front of the pterygoid bones in a manner not 
seen in the smaller one. 

Pending the discovery of further evidence as to the characters of 
this species, I see no reason to separate it generically from Cepha- 
lorhynchus, and it should therefore bear the name of C. eutropia. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—-1883, No. XXXII. _ 32 


478 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. [Nov. 20, 


TURSIOPS. 


Tursio, Gray, Zool. ‘Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ p. 37 (1846). 

Tursiops, Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammiferes, ii. p. 323 (1855) '. 

The type of this group is Delphinus tursio of Bonnaterre and 
Cuvier, so named because it was supposed to be the D. tursio of 
Fabricius, a very doubtful identification, especially since, as I am 
informed on the high authority of the late Professor Reinhardt, no 
specimens of this species have ever been sent from Greenland, its 
range in the northerly direction not extending so far. It is frequently 
met with in the seas around the British Isles, and its external and 
osteological characters are now very well known. I have given a 


\ 


Fig. 5. Palate of Tursiops tursio. 


figure of its external appearance in the Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. xi. 
pl. i., and have observed the same coloration in several other speci- 
mens, including the one which was exhibited at the Westminster 
Aquarium last September. Fischer’s description, taken from speci- 
mens captured on the west coast of France, is different. He says :— 
“Tout le corps est d’un noir intense, 4 exception d’une bande 
ventrale étroite, d’un gris clair chez le male, d’un blanc pur chez la 
femelle.’ Schlegel-has figured one from the coast of Holland which 
appears to be quite black ; but whether this was the original colour 


1“ Afin déviter toute méprise, nous appellerons Twrsiops et non Twursro le 
genre auquel le Nésarnak ou Zwrsio sert de type, quoique M. Gray lappelle 
Tursio, mais sans faire attention que le genre T'vrsio, proposé antérieurement 


par Wagler, a pour unique espéce un animal tout a fait différent, le Delphin- 
aptere de Péron.’”—Gervais, loc. cit. 


1883. ] PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA, 479 


or that acquired by the specimen after being stuffed and dried he 
does not say (Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete &c., i. 1841). 

This section includes the largest members of the group, of stouter 
build than most of the others. The snout or beak is short, but 
distinctly marked off from the prenarial adipose elevation by a Y- 
shaped groove. The pectoral fin is of the typical lanceolate form, and 
the dorsal fin high and faleate. The skull has no lateral grooves on 
the palate. The rostrum tapers moderately from base to apex. The 
pterygoid bones are of the normal form, and united in the middle 
line (see fig. 5). The symphysis of the lower jaw is short. The teeth 
number from 21 to 25 on each side of each jaw. They are large (the 
Jargest measuring 6 to 7 mm. in antero-posterior diameter at the 
base of the crown). Their summits (at least in British specimens) 
are commonly worn off in old individuals. 

An examination of a number of skeletons from European seas, in 
various museums, proves that the usual vertebral formula is C. 7, 
D. 13, L. 17, C. 27; total 64*. Not unfrequently in skeletous, 
apparently complete, there are but 63 vertebre present, and in one 
in the Leiden Museum but 62. In another specimen in the same 
collection there is a fourteenth rib present on the right side only. 
In one at Bordeaux there are 13 ribs on the right side and 14 on 
the left. The chevron bones are 21 innumber. The number of 
phalanges (including metacarpals) of the digits of the manus are re- 
spectively I. 1, II. 7, III. 6, IV. 3, V. 1. The length of full-grown 
specimens is 3 metres, or about 10 feet, that of the skull being 530 
millim. 

According to Gervais, skulls in the Paris Museum, received from 
such various localities as the Cape of Good Hope, the Indian Ocean, 
China, Japan, and New Zealand, cannot be satisfactorily distin- 
guished from those of the common European form, indicating an 
almost cosmopolitan distribution. There is, however, one skull in 
the collection from the Cape of Good Hope, referred to T. aduncus, 
Hemprich & Ehrenberg (from the Red Sea), which differs from the 
ordinary form in little but its larger size, being 600 mm. (23? inches) 
long. Its teeth are op the antero-posterior diameter of their 
crowns measuring as much as 8 millim. A figure of this skull is 
given upon plate xxxiv. of the ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés.’ Its claim 
to be considered of a different species rests apparently only upon its 
large size, but may be provisionally admitted. 

The species referred to this sectionin Dr. Gray’s latest list are :— 
1. Tursio truncatus = Delphinus tursio. Hab. North Sea and 
Mediterranean. 2. 7’. erebennus. Hab. Philadelphia(!). 3. 7. 
metis. Hab. West Africa? +4, 7’. cymodice. Hab. River Uragua? 
5. L. abusalam. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. 6. T. eurynome. 
Hab. South Sea, India?, Bay of Bengal. And 7. 7. catalania. 
Hab. Noxth-west coast of Australia. The remark is added that 
*‘ these skulls are all very much alike.’ The last named species is 
founded on two specimens in the British Museum.? In the Museum 

1 Fischer gives C. 7, D. 13 or 14, L. 14, C. 30 or 31; total 64 or 65. 


2 These were obtained off the north coast of Australia by Mr. John Mac- 
32* 


480 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. [Nov. 20, 


of the College of Surgeons there is another, of unknown origin, 
exactly resembling them; and the similarity of the three, and their 
difference from all the others, especially in their considerably smaller 
size (the entire length of the skull being only 440 mm.) and rather 


25—26 - 


more numerous teeth (55; n the College specimen), leave me no 


hesitation about retaining this as a distinct species. In the Paris 
Museum there is a skull from the China seas, of about the same 
size and very like these, but that the borders of the premaxillaries 
are not so much contracted in the proximal part of the beak. The 


teeth are , but as the apex of the upper jaw has been damaged, 
possibly a few more may have been originally present. 

All the other British-Museum skulls certainly resemble each 
other closely, though with slight differences. 7’. eymodice may be 
at once expunged from the list. It is founded upon a single skull of 
avery young animal; the basilar suture is not closed, and all its 
distinguishing characters are those of immaturity. It is impossible 
to say even of which variety it is the young. 

The others may be divided into two types—those with a broader 
and more flattened rostrum, and those in which the rostrum is 
narrower. This is a difference, it will be observed, which may 
depend upon age, or perhaps on sex, as, according to Fischer's 
observations quoted above, the rostrum of the female is broader 
than that of the male. To the first type belong most of the 
undoubted European specimens assigned to 7’. truncatus; to the 
latter most of the exotic ones, or those of unknown locality, assigned 
to 7’. metis and T. eurynome. This last is founded on one skull 
only, which differs from 7’. meéés in the teeth being slightly smaller 
and more numerous (i.e. rar T'. aduncus, the large species figured 
by Gervais, is of the narrow form, as is also one assigned to Zursiops 
tursio (Tursio truncatus of Gray), ‘‘de la Manche,”’ figured in the 
same plate. There is one Hunterian skull in the College Museum, 
of unknown locality (No. 2486), of this type. It may be remarked 
that the two broad skulls of which the sex is known—viz., the 
one sent to Hunter by Jenner from Berkeley, and the one taken 
at the mouth of the Thames in 1828, are both females; and 
a decidedly narrow one lately received into the collection is 
that of a male which lived some months in the Brighton and West- 
minster Aquariums,—thus quite confirming Fischer’s observa- 
tions. 

We have a tolerably full description of the external characters 
of a Tursiops common in the New-Zealand seas, which has been 
assigned, without, as far as I can learn, any definite reason, to 
Gray’s 7’. metis; and it is interesting to find that, as far as this 


animals, accompanied by measurements. See Proc. Zool. Soe. 1862, p. 143. 

1 “ Description of the ‘ Oow-fish’ or ‘ Bottle-nosed Dolphin’ (Zwrsio metis) of 
the Sounds on the west coast of Otago,” hy Captain T. W. Hutton. Trans. 
N.-Z, Inst. vol. viii. (1875), p. 180. For the skeleton, see Hector, ‘‘ Notes on 
New-Zealand Cetacea,” Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. ix. (1876), p. 477. 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 481 


description enables us to judge, there is absolutely nothing to 
distinguish it, either in the external proportions, the distribution 
of the colours, or the osteological characters, from the common 
T. tursio of the European seas. It is true that in the only skeleton 
described it is stated that but 12 pairs of ribs are present; but 
as the last pair is so often wanting or lost in preparation, this 
is of little consequence, especially as the total number of vertebrae 
is given as 64. 

An animal of this genus is also found in the North Pacific off the 
Californian coast, the “Cow-fish” of Scammon, Tursio gillii of Dall’; 
but there is nothing in the description of the external characters, 
“based upon two momentary observations,” the habits, or the one 
portion of the animal actually obtained, to distinguish it from 7. 
tursio of the European seas. Perhaps the skull in the Paris 
Museum, sent from Monterey, California, in 1879, belongs to this 


form if distinct. It is 510 mm. in length, and with comparatively 
few and large teeth, = in number, and 7 mm. in antero-posterior dia- 


? 20 
meter at the base. It is very like the skull of Gray’s 7. metis, figured 
in the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror.’ 

In the International Fisheries Exhibition of the present year, 
among the beautiful and instructive models of Cetaceans and other 
aquatic animals shown by the United States Commissioners, are 
coloured casts in papier maché of an animal of this group, and of 
the heads of two individuals marked male and female, the former 
being apparently the same individual as the entire animal. These 
are labelled Tursio subridens, True. MS. On comparing them with 
the figure of D. tursio in the Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. xi. pl. 1, from 
the coast of Wales, the only noticeable difference is in the colour of 
the lower jaw and chin. In the figure this part is entirely white. 
In the male American specimen it is black, this colour extending 
farther back in the middle line below, than on the sides of the jaw, 
and terminating in a point at about the level of the eye. This might 
have been thought to constitute a specific difference ; but in the cast 
said to be that of a female of the same species there is only a dark 
gray patch confined to the anterior part of the under surface of the 
chin ; so that with the totally white-throated English specimen, we 
have three different and quite distinct conditions of the coloration of 
this region—one, that of the American female, being exactly inter- 
mediate between the other two. Until a larger series of specimens 
are examined, it would not be safe to establish specific distinctions 
on such characters, especially when we bear in mind the different 
descriptions of the colours of animals attributed to this species 
given by Fischer. A skull attributed to this form, presumably of 
one of the same individuals, is in the collection: it is that of a not 
fully adult animal ; and on comparing it with a specimen in the same 
state of development taken off the coast of Kent, near Margate, 


1 Scammon, ‘Marine Mammals of the North-western Coast of North America,’ 
pp. 101 and 288 (1874). 


482 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. [Nov. 20, 


in 1872, not the slightest difference can be detected, either in size 
or form or in the characters of the teeth. 

It follows from what has just been said, that of the section (or 
genus) called Z'ursiops there are two distinct forms as indicated by 
the skulls :— 

1. 7. tursio, including those that have been named metis, eury- 
nome, cymodice, aduncus, and gillii, some of which may be specifically 
distinct, but, if so, are very closely allied, and still require defi- 
nite elucidation of ‘their characters, the principal differences ob- 
served in the skulls depending on the comparative breadth of 
the rostrum, a character much influenced by sex. TT. aduncus 
(2. abusalam, Gray) differs from the rest only in its superior 
size. 

2. T. catalania, of smaller size than any of the others, and with 
smaller and more numerous teeth. There is truth in the remark 
with which Dr. Gray concludes his original description of this 
species. After comparing it with others of the group, he says :— 
‘It is not easy to point out the distinction of these species in 
words ; but there cannot be a doubt about them when they are com- 
pared together” '. 

The Dolphins of other groups which present the nearest resem- 
blance to Tursiops, both in external and cranial characters, are those 
of the section of the genus Clymenia to which C. obscura belongs. 


STENO. 


Steno, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 43 (1846). 

Glyphidelphis, Gervais, Zool. et Pal. Francaises, p. 301 (1859). 

This group contains also some comparatively large forms of Dol- 
phins, but which differ greatly from the last in the form of the skull. 
There are no lateral grooves on the palate, and the pterygoid bones 
are of the normal form, meeting in the middle line (see fig. 6). The 
rostrum is Jong, narrow, compressed, and very distinct from the 
cranium. The symphysis of the mandible is longer than in any of 
the other Delphinide, exceeding one fourth of the length of the 
ramus. Teeth 21 to 25 on each side of each jaw, of comparatively 
large size (5-6 millim. in diameter at base of crown), and in most, if 
not all the species, with their surfaces roughened by fine irregular 
longitudinal grooves (which are in a great measure effaced in old 
individuals) not seen in other Dolphins, and whence the name Gly- 
phidelphis proposed by Gervais for the section. 

The type of this group is known by skulls only, which are very 
common in museums, but, as far as J am aware, no skeleton of the 
species has ever been preserved, and its external characters are most 
imperfectly, if at all, known. 

The first published intimation of the existence of the speci- 
mens upon which the species was ultimately founded is contained in 
Cuvier’s “‘ Rapport sur diverses Cétacés” &e., in the ‘Annales du 


1 P. Z. S. 1862, p. 145. 


—————————— CC, CC mC rTCT.™COCCCC—~— 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&, 483 


Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle,’ t. xix. (1812), p. 10, where, though 
no name,is given, it is stated that “il semble aussi que c’est ’espéce 
légérement indiqué par Shaw (Gen. Zool. vol. ii. pt. 2, p- 514, 
1801) sous le nom de Delphinus rostratus”’'. In the ‘ Ossemens 
fossiles,’ 2nd edit. t. v. p. 278, 1823°, these indications were more 
fully developed, and a species, a “phantom”’ species as it after- 
wards turned out, was described under the name of Delphinus fron- 
tatus, based upon a stuffed specimen and certain skulls which Cuvier 
supposed to belong to one and the same species. At p. 400 of the 
same work an “‘ addition importante” appears, stating that Van Breda 


Fig. 6. Palate of Steno rostratus. 


had identified the skulls as belonging to a species quite distinct from 
the stuffed specimen, for which alone in future Cuvier reserved the 
name of frontatus. This specimen afterwards proved to have been 
previously described by Blainville as D. geoffrensis (now Inia geof- 
Jrensis), and the name frontatus therefore disappeared from the 
list*. In the meantime the skulls in the Paris Museum, and another 
of the same species observed by M. de Blainville in Sowerby’s col- 
lection in London, had been fully described, even to the “ rugueuse 


? In all probability the species now known as Platanista gangetica (Lebeck), 
as subsequently conjectured by Cuvier. 

? It may be convenient for those to whom the now scarce first edition of 
this work is inaccessible, to know that it does not contain any account of the 
Cetacea, 

* Every one who has followed in Cuvier’s steps in endeavouring to identify 
Dolphins by the old descriptions will echo the sentiment which his researches 
into the synonymy of this species called forth :—‘ toutes ces indications income 
plétes ne servent qui mettre les naturalistes a la torture.” 


484 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. [Nov. 20 


ou plutdt guillochée”’ surface of the teeth, under the name of D. 
rostratus, Cuvier, by Desmarest in the ‘ Nouveau Dictionnaire d’ His- 
toire Naturelle,’ t. ix. p. 160 (1817), and the ‘ Mammalogie,’ p. 515 
(1822) ; and they appear under the same name in the second edition 
of Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal,’ vol. i. p. 289 (1829). In the fourth 
(posthumous, 8vo) edition of the ‘Ossemens Fossiles’ (1836) the 
skulls figure under the name of rostratus, the editor, Fréd. Cuvier, 
saying, “ Nous substitutons au mot frontatus du tewte du quarto, celui 
de vostratus qui est le nom véritable de cette espéce, comme mon 
frereVareconnu.” In F, Cuvier’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Cétacés,’ 
of the same date, these skulls are associated with Van Breda’s figure 
of the external form, with the remark that ‘‘ Je 20m de rostratus est 
sans doute celui que ce dauphin conservera dans les catalogues métho- 
diques”’ (p. 158). Notwithstanding the very definite character of 
these statements, and also Desmarest’s determination in 1817, the 
name frontatus as applied to this species has lingered on, as will be 
seen by the synonymy below, probably in consequence of identifi- 
cations made with the earlier editions of the ‘Ossemens Fossiles,’ 
without regard to the later rectification. The objection that might 
possibly be raised that this species is not the D. rostratus of Shaw, 
as Cuvier at first thought it might be, is unimportant, as no confu- 
sion can arise with that animal, which (if recognizable at all) belongs 
to a totally different genus, and is now universally known by the 
specific name of gangeticus applied to it by Lebeck, and which is 
simultaneous with, if not prior to, Shaw’s name. 
The synonymy will therefore stand as follows :— 


? Delphinus rostratus (Shaw), Cuvier, Ann. du Muséum, xix. 
p. 10 (1812). 

. Delphinus rostratus (Cuvier), Desmarest, Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. 
Nat. ix. p. 160 (1817), and Mammalogie, p. 515 (1822). 

Delphinus frontatus (in part), Cuvier, Ossemens Fossiles, 2° édit. 
v. p. 278 (1823), which name was abandoned in the same work at 
p- 400. 

Delphinus rostratus, Cuvier, Régne Animal, 2° édit. i. p. 289 
(1829). 

Delphinus planiceps, Van Breda, Verhand. Nederl. Institut. 
p. 235, figs. 7 & 8 (1829). , 

Delphinus rostratus, Fréd. Cuvier, Ossemens Fossiles, 4° édit. 
(1836), and Hist. Nat. des Cétacés, p. 156 (1836). 

Steno rostratus and Steno frontatus, Gray, Zool. of Erebus and 
Terror, p. 43 (1846). 

Delphinus frontatus, Owen, Cat. Osteol. Spec. Mus. Roy. Coll. 
Surg. Eng. ii. p. 453 (1853). 

Glyphidelphis rostratus, Gervais, Zool. et Paléont. Frang. p. 301 
(1859), and Ostéographie des Cétacés, p. 594, tab. xxxvii. figs. 8-11 
(1880). 

Steno frontatus, Gray, Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins, p. 5 
1868). 


It is very remarkable that though the skulls of this large and 


DM as 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER (N THE DELPHINIDE. 485 


very well-marked species are common in every museum’, there is, 
so far as I am aware, no skeleton or any part of a skeleton which 
certainly belongs to it preserved anywhere, and very few of the skulls 
have localities assigned to them. In the Leiden Museum two are 
said to be from the “ Indian Ocean”’ and one from the “ Atlantic ;”’ 
Indian Ocean, Red Sea, and the Pacific are the localities given by 
Dr. Gray; while Van Breda’s specimen, supposed to belong to this 
species, and from which alone its external characters are known, 
came from the coast of Holland. It does not appear to have been 
met with hitherto in the seas around New Zealand or Australia, or 
in the North Pacific. 

Among the skulls of this form of Dolphin are two well-marked 
varieties, distinguished by the amount of lateral compression of the 
rostrum. To the broader form the name of rostratus is more pro- 
perly applied; while those (otherwise quite similar) with a very 
compressed rostrum have been specifically distinguished by Gray 
under the name of Steno compressus (Erebus and Terror, p. 43, 
tab. 27, 1846). Specimens of this form from the Indian archi- 
pelago were, however, previously described by Schlegel (Abhandl. 
p. 27, Taf. ii. figs. 2 & 3, 1841) as Delphinus reinwardtii, which 
name will therefore have the priority if it should prove to be a 
good species. 

In the series of ten skulls in the British Museum the two extreme 
forms look very distinct, but others are quite intermediate ; and when 
the whole series is placed together in order such a regular gradation 
ean be traced, that it becomes impossible to say where the broad 
form ends and the narrow one begins. Dr. Gray evidently met with 
this difficulty, as the names attached to the skulls show ; some which 
are marked by him 8S. compressus being indistinguishable from others 
labelled S. frontatus. In the series at Leiden exactly the same 
occurs, the two forms passing insensibly into each other; and there is 
one among them that has a shorter and stouter rostrum than any 
which I have seen elsewhere. The broad form appears to be the most 
common in collections. Bearing in mind the observations quoted 
from Fischer upon the sexual characters of the skulls of D. delphis 
and D, tursio, the question naturally arises whether the different 
forms observed in the skulls of this group may not have the same rela- 
tion to one another. Unfortunately there are no materials available 
at present for its solution. The teeth are sculptured in both, but are 
generally rather more numerous in the narrow than in the broad 
skulls, being usually 23 or 24 in the former and 20 to 23 in the 
latter on each side of each jaw. The extreme length of these skulls 
varies between 52\) and 550 mm. 

A very important contribution to the history of this group of 
Dolphins has been made by the publication of a good description 
and figures of both external and anatomical characters of a specimen 
captured in the South Atlantic in September 1874, in 32° 29’ South 
lat. and 2° 1' West longitude, by the officers of the German ship 


1 There are 10 in the British Museum, the same number at Leiden, 6 at 
Paris, and 5 in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. 


486 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDS. [ Nov. 20, 


‘Gazelle.’ It was named by the late Dr, Peters Delphinus (Steno) 
perspicillatus (Monatsb. Berl. Acad. Wissensch. 1876, p. 360). In 
the external form there is nothing to distinguish it from one of the 
ordinary Dolphins, such as D. delphis, except that the dorsal fin is 
rather more obtuse and less faleate. The skull, as figured and 
described by Peters, closely resembles in form and size the broadest 
specimens of S. rostratus ; and it is interesting to note, in connection 
with Fischer’s observations on the commoner species, that the speci- 


4—2e 


24-93. : 
men was a female. The teeth are 5,—;;, with a diameter at the 


base of their crowns of 6 mm., and three occupy a space of 28 mm. 
Dr. Peters does not say whether their surface is sculptured. The 
vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 12, L. 15, C. 32, making a total of 66. 
The manus resembles that of Lagenorhynchus, the metacarpals and 
phalanges being very broad, flattened, and with parallel borders. 
The uumber of ossified elements of each digit (excluding the 
metacarpals) appears to be I. 2, II. 8, III. 6, 1V. 2, V. 1. I regret 
that I have not yet had an opportunity of comparing the skull 
directly with typical specimens of S. rostratus and especially with 
the very broad one previously mentioned in the Leiden Museum, 
and also of ascertaining the condition of the surface of the teeth ; 
but I strongly suspect that this individual, so fortunately preserved 
for scientific examination, will afford us the much-required evidence 
of the general characters of the animal which furnishes the skulls 
so common in museums, as if it is not specifically identical with, it 
is certainly very closely allied to Steno rostratus. 


SOTALIA. 


Sotalia, Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales Brit. Mus. 2nd edit. pp. 393 
& 401 (1866). 

On account of the general resemblance in the form of the skull, I 
provisionally associated with the section or genus called Steno by 
Gray the Chinese White Dolphin (Delphinus sinensis). The ex- 
istence of this species was first indicated by Osbeck, who saw it in 
the Canton River in 1751. Nothing more was heard of it until 
1867, when it was rediscovered by the late Mr. R. Swinhoe, who sent 
a perfect skeleton, prepared from an animal taken in the harbour at 
Amoy, to the Museum of the College of Surgeons, which has been 
fully described and figured in the ‘Transactions’ of the Society, 
vol. vii. pt. 2, Jan. 1870. The animal must have been about 8 feet 
in length. The skull, though resembling that of Steno rostratus in 
many points, including the length of the symphysis, is readily dis- 
tinguished by the different form of the pterygoid bones (see fig. 7), 
which are narrow and have the inner borders of their inferior surfaces 
very little developed, leaving a wide space between them. The teeth 


33—382 . 
also are more numerous (S51) and of smaller size. They are con- 


siderably worn and truncated, so that it is difficult to ascertain the 
natural condition of the enamelled surface, but there is no distinct 
evidence of its having been striated. The vertebral formula is C, 7, 


1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 487 


D. 12, L. 10, C. 22, makinga total of 51 vertebree, very different there- 
fore from the skeleton of D. (Steno) perspicillatus described by Dr. 
Peters. As remarked in the original description, “ the principal dif- 
ferences between this skeleton and that of all other known Dolphins 
lie in the vertebral column. The total number of vertebree is less, 
the individual vertebrze are proportionally longer, and their transverse 
processes are shorter and broader than in any other species. Next 


Fig. 7. Palate of Sotalia sinensis. 


to it in these characters stands D. guianensis' (genus Sotalia, Gray), 
which has the following vertebral formula—C. 7, D. 12, L. 14, 
C. 22=55.” Among other differential characters it was also 
pointed out that “the manus is broader at the base than in most 
Dolphins (e. g. D. delphis and D. tursio) and much resembles in 
form that of D. guianensis as figured by Prof. Van Beneden. This 
breadth is caused by the considerable development and position of 
the two outer digits. The number of ossified elements of each 
digit (excluding the metacarpals) are—I. 0, II. 6, III. 5, IV. 2, V. 1. 
Though the manus thus differs in some characters from that of the 
Common Dolphin, the metacarpal and phalangeal bones are of the 
usual character, 7. e. contracted in the middle of their outer borders, 
or hour-glass shaped, thus differing greatly from the form observed 
in the true Steno (if D. perspicillatus is to be taken as typical of 


‘ Mém. de l’Acad. Roy, de Belgique, Coll. in 8yo, t. xvi. 1863, p. 33. 


488 PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDS. [Nov. 20, 


that group), where the lateral margins are nearly parallel, and the 
borders of the first three digits are in contact for nearly the whole 
of their length. 

In the conclusion of the description of this skeleton I said :—“ If 
the osteological characters possessed by this specimen be found to 
exist in other Dolphins with narrow compressed beaks and long 
mandibular symphyses, Steno will be established as a natural group 
of generic value.” The result has been quite otherwise ; for the 
skeleton described by Dr. Peters and that of the Chinese White 
_ Dolphin clearly belong to two different types. For the first the 
term Steno should be reserved. With what other known forms can 
D. sinensis be associated? Since the publication of the description 
of its skeleton more information has been obtained regarding the 
animals of the group, properly distinguished by Gray as a special 
form, to which he gave the name of Soé¢alia, and the indications of 
the similarity of D. sinensis to D. guianensis, the type of the group, 
already pointed out, can be more completely developed’. Edward 
Van Beneden has given a very full description of the external and 
osteological characters of a specimen taken in the Bay of Rio, where 
it appears to be of very common occurrence. Unfortunately the 
individual upon which his description is based was an exceedingly 
young one; and the imperfect development of the bones not only 
accounts for some of the peculiarities he noticed, but also renders a 
comparisou with other specimens less satisfactory than it otherwise 
would be. Gervais has given figures and some details of the osteo- 
logical characters of another species from the Amazon, D. wallidus ; 
and the British Museum possesses two skulls, also of very young indivi- 
duals, obtained by Mr. Bates near Santarem, on the Upper Amazon, 
described by Dr. Gray under the name of Steno tucuai. That these 
are all very closely allied forms there can be no question; but the 
materials are not yet sufficient to work. out their specific characters 
or geographical distribution. At present they have been found on the 
coast of Guiana, in the Bay of Rio, and in the upper waters of the 
Amazon. From the published descriptions it is very difficult to 
find any characters by which the Delphinus pallidus of Gervais, Steno 
tucuvi of Gray, and Sotalia brasiliensis of 1k. Van Beneden can be 
distinguished specifically. 

To this group I have now no hesitation in adding Delphinus sinensis. 
It is curious that it agrees with the American form of which we 
have the fullest description (S. drasiliensis) in its pale coloration, 
and in its habit of frequenting estuaries and bays, and not the open 
sea. 

A cranium in the Museum of the College of Surgeons, found upon 
the sea-beach at Aripo, in the north of Ceylon, by Mr. K. W. H. 
Holdsworth, closely resembles that of D. sinensis, but is of smaller 
size. 

Another animal apparently of the same group is Delphinus 

' See ‘Mémoire sur un Dauphin nouyeau de la Baie de Rio de Janeiro, 


Sotalia brasiliensis,” by Ed. Van Beneden: Mém. de l Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 
t. xli, 1874; and Gervais, in ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés,’ p. 594. 


. 
4 


1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. 489 


(Steno?) gadamu of Owen", described from a mutilated skull and 
a native drawing of a specimen taken at Vizagapatam (Madras) in 
1853. The skull is now in the British Museum ; it is that of a 
young animal. The pterygoids are widely divergent. The rostrum 
is wider and more depressed than in D. sinensis; the premaxillee 
especially are of a peculiar form, being narrow at their upper third 
and enlarging at the middle of the rostrum, where they are both 
more elevated and wider than in other species. The teeth are 
ome according to Owen. A more complete skull of the same species, 
from Australia, has been recently added to the Cambridge University 
Museum. 

D. lentiginosus, Owen, from the same locality, described in the 
same memoir, is a closely allied species, if distinct. 

Delphinus plumbeus, Dussumier, in Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal,’ 
2° edit. t. 1, p. 283 (1829), according to the skull in the Paris 
Museum, figured by Gervais (Ostéographie, pl. xxxvil.), represents 
the longest and narrowest form of this type, with the most numerous 


teeth, viz. = only 4 mm. in diameter. The pterygoids are very 
characteristic. It is a large species, the skull measuring 550 mm. 
in length. This has been conjecturally identified with D. malayanus, 
Lesson (Voy. de la Coquille, Zool. p. 184, pl. ix. fig. 5 (1826), 


from external form only). 


LAGENORHYNCHUS. 

Lagenorhynchus, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 34 (1846). 

The following characters appear to be common to all the animals 
of this section of which the complete osteology is known :— 

Cranium without grooves on palate. Rostrum scarcely exceeding 
the length of the cranium, broad at the base, and gradually tapering 
towards the apex, depressed. The pterygoid bones rather short and 
broad, united in the middleline (see fig. 8, p.490). Symphysis of man- 
dible short. Teeth small, not exceeding 4 mm. in diameter, not numer- 
ous, 23-33. Vertebree very numerous, 80 to 90, Spinous and trans- 
verse processes of the lumbar vertebree very long and slender. Manus 
with broad, flattened metacarpals and phalanges, with parallel borders. 

The skulls of the species assigned to this group vary considerably 
inform. JL. albirostris especially deviates from the others in the out- 
line, as seen from above, being more regularly pear-shaped, an ap- 
pearance caused mainly by the anteorbital prominences of the maxilla, 
frontal and jugal, which stand out on each side behind the notch, 
being softened off and the rostrum tapering gradually to a sharp 
apex ; while in Z. electra (also a large species) the prominences are 
more strongly developed, and the rostrum is more obtuse at the apex. 
The smaller ZL. acuéus and L. clanculus are somewhat intermediate, 
the former, however, inclining strongly to the electra type, the latter 
to that of aldirostris. 

Gray appears to have recognized this difference, although, as 
usual, not defining it clearly, for in the ‘Synopsis’ (1868) he places 


' Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vi. p. 17. 


490 PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID#. [ Nov. 20, 


albirostris in a genus by itself, for which he reserves the name 
Lagenorhynchus, and forms two other genera, Electra and Leuco- 
pleurus, for the others ; but it is highly probable that the type and 
only species of the last, Leucopleurus arcticus, Gray, is identical 
with Electra acuta, Gray, of the same list. The only distinguishing 
characters given for these two genera are—Electra, “ tooth-line 
stopping considerably short of the notch ;” Leucopleurus, ‘‘ tooth- 
line reaching nearly to the notch.” 

Of the skulls of this group in the British Museum, Lagenorhyn- 
chus (or Electra) asia, Gray, except for its somewhat inferior size, 
appears to be the same as L. electra (Electra obtusa of the Synopsis). 
L. fusiformis, Owen (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 22), from the 


Fig. 8. Palate of Lagenorhynchus acutus. 


Madras seas, appears to be the same or a closely allied species. 
Electra thicolea, founded on a single skull stated to have been 
brought from the west coast of North America, has a longer and 
narrower rostrum than any of the others, and forms a transition 
to the section C/ymenia, if it is not identical with species which 
Gray places in that group. £. clanculus (Gray, P.Z.S. 1849, 
p- 2) appears to be a distinct form. The type specimen is from 
Dr. Dickie’s collection from the Pacific Ocean, and is figured 
among the supplementary plates of the Cetacea of the ‘ Erebus’ and 
‘Terror’ yoyage. ‘There is a similar skull in the Museum of the 
College of Surgeons from the Pacific coast of North America. It 
has been suggested that D. cruciger, Quoy and Gaimard (Voy. de 
PUranie, 1824), and D. bivittatus, Lesson and Garnot (Voy. de la 
Coquille, 1826), may be the same as Gray’s L. clanculus; but as 
they are only known by descriptions and drawings made of animals 
swimming at sea, the identifications are very doubtful. There 
is also the possibility that Delphinus fitzroyi of Waterhouse (Zool. 
Voy. ‘ Beagle,’ p. 25, 1840), from the coast of Patagonia, may be 


1883. ] PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID#. 491 


identical, or at all events an allied species, its external characters 
being evidently those of a Lagenorhynchus ; but without any know- 
ledge of the form of the cranium, this is a point which cannot be 
determined. The New-Zealand species described by Hector under 
the name of Llectra clancula, is, as stated above, a Cephalorhynchus, 
as is also the Electra hectori of Van Beneden, and they have there- 
fore nothing to do with the present group. 

Two species of this genus are so frequent in the North Atlantic, 
especially off the British and Scandinavian coasts, that the number 
of skeletons in museums is sufficient to determine their osteological 
characters quite satisfactorily, although there are considerable ‘dis- 
crepancies in the accounts of the external appearance and coloration 
of the specimens which have fallen under the notice of naturalists. 

L. albirostris (Gray, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1846) has fortunately 
had only one specific name bestowed upon it. Variations in the form 
and colour, depending partly on age, are shown in the descriptions 
and figures of two British specimens, both young, by D. J. Cun- 
ninzham and J. W. Clark, in P. Z.S. 1876. In the first, captured 
off Great Grimsby, the vertebral formula is C. 7, D. 15, L. & C. 68, 
total 90. In Clark’s specimen, from Lowestoft, there are C.7, D. 14, 
L. 24, C.46=91, the last being composed only of cartilage. The two 
first cervical vertebre appear always to be united, the rest being free. 
Ia a skeleton in the Museum of the College of Surgeons from Norway 
the vertebre are C. 7, D. 14, L. & C. 67, making a total of 88; 
possibly one or two small terminal caudal vertebrae | may be missing. 

Of the second British species the synonymy is involved in some 
difficulty. Schlegel, in his ‘ Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der 
Zoologie und vergleichenden Anatomie, Heft 1, Leiden, 1841, 
p. 23, described from the skeleton alone, received from the Farde 
Islands, a species of Dolphin which he considered new to science, 
under the name of Delphinus eschrichtii. He says that of the 
external form nothing is known; but the description of the skeleton, 
with a figure of the skull, and the fact that the skeleton is still to 
be seen in the Leiden Museum, are sufficient to identify the species 
intended. At the conclusion of his description he adds:—* Vielieicht 
gehort der von Gray, Spic. Zool. i. p. 2, mit ein Paar Worteu, unter 
dem Namen D. acutus, beschriebene Delphinschiidel hierher, welche 
Annahme besonders durch die gegebenen Masse Wahrscheinlichkeit 
erhalt. Mit Gewissheit aber iasst sich ohne eine genaue Beschreibung 
und Abbildung dieses Schiidels nichts bestimmen.” 

In 1843, Rasch described and figured (in a small folio pamphlet 
published at Christiania) the external and principal osteological 
characters of a Dolphin, of which a herd of twenty-three were taken 
in the Bay of Christiania in June of the previous year, under the 
name of Delphinus leucopleurus. There is no doubt but that these 
were identical with the Leiden skeleton named two years before 
by Schlegel D. eschrichtii: therefore leucopleurus, otherwise a 
very appropriate name, is not admissible. The question remains 
between Gray’s acutus and Schlegel’s eschrichtii. The description 
and figure in the ‘ Spicilegia’ of the skull contained in Brookes’s 


492 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDZ. [Nov. 20, 


Museum, upon which Dr. Gray founded the species, are extremely 
meagre. I have therefore taken considerable pains to endeavour to 
ascertain whether the specimen itself can still be appealed to. In 
the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror,’ p. 36 (1846), Dr. Gray, 
under the head of Lagenorhynchus acutus (D. eschrichtii, Schlegel, 
being given as a synonym), says :—‘ This species was first described 
by me from a skull in Brookes’s Museum, which is now at Leyden, 
aud Mr. Schlegel has described it from a skeleton sent from the 
Farée Islands.’ The statement that the original skull is ‘‘ now at 
Leyden’’ is repeated in the ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales’ in 
the British Museum, 1866. Judging from the extract quoted above, 
Schlegel apparently was not aware of the specimen being in the 
Leiden Museum in 1841, which is rather remarkable, as he was at 
that time, although not actually in charge of the collection, a member 
of the staff; but this is no proof that it was not there, 

With the obliging assistance of Dr. Jentink, in August last I 
carefully examined all the Dolphins’ skulls in the collection, with a 
view to ascertain whether Gray’s type skull is there or not. A 
difficulty at once arose from the fact that none of the skulls have 
‘any number or mark upon them by which their history could be 
traced with certainty. They are all placed upon wooden stands, to 
which they are fixed in such a way that they can be readily taken 
off for examination and replaced; the names and indications of 
origin are written on cards fixed on the stands, and there is unfortu- 
nately no guarantee that the latter may not have been changed, as 
in some cases it is quite evident has been done. 

Looking through the skulls, I found one which had been recently 
labelled ‘‘D. tursio,’’ which evidently belonged to the species in ques- 
tion. There was no history on the card or any indication of its origin 
on the skull itself. The idea at once occurred that this might be the 
sought-for specimen. Comparing it with the figure and the de- 
scription in the ‘Spicilegia, the agreement was quite as close as could 
be expected. ‘The teeth, as near as they could be counted, were of 
the right number, the length of the beak (8 inches) and its breadth 
at base (43) were exact ; the only difference was in the length of the 
cranial portion of the skull, which Dr. Gray gives as 7 inches, and 
which I made as 8; but this is a difficult measurement to take ex- 
actly, especially if taken rapidly, as we know was Dr. Gray’s habit. 
The absence of all indication upon the skull itself of its history in 
no way militates against its coming from Brookes’s Museum; on the 
contrary, rather corroborates it, as the other skull in the collection, 
that of D. longirostris, also described by Gray in the ‘ Spicilegia,’ 
and which Schlegel himself mentions in his ‘ Abhandlungen’ (p. 19) 
as having been received from the collection of Dr. Brookes, is equally 
without indication of its provenance, and is otherwise in much the 
same general condition. We have thus evidence from published 
writings of two Dolphins’ skulls passing from the Brookesian to the 
Leiden Museum—the type of D. acutus, as stated by Gray, and 
the type of D. longirostris, as stated by Schlegel. Of the identi- 
fication of the latter there is no doubt ; its characters are quite unlike 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 493 


those of any other in the collection, and it is still upon the stand 
which bears the inscription ‘* Brookes’s Museum.” ‘This collection 
was sold in 1828; and the next question was to endeavour to find a 
record of the specimens from it which were purchased for the Leiden 
Museum. After a considerable search it was ascertained by Dr. 
Jentink, and communicated to me by letter after I had left Leiden, 
that two Dolphins’ skulls are mentioned in the original list as de- 
rived from this source, which are described as “ Delphinus globiceps 
and Phocena longirostris,’ from which Dr. Jentink concluded that 
the type of D. acutus was never in the collection ; a conclusion, how- 
ever, with which I was not satisfied. The previous indications of 
two Dolphins’ skulls passing from Brookes’s collection to Leiden 
were confirmed, and there was considerable probability in such a 
list of an error of nomenclature, especially at a time when the 
knowledge of the distinguishing characters of the crania of Cetacea 
was so slight and confined to so few individuals. 

The next step was therefore to ascertain what had become of the 
skull called D. globiceps, the other one being satisfactorily accounted 
for ; so I wrote to Dr. Jentink on this point, and received the follow- 
ing answer, dated Leiden, 14th Aug. 1883:—‘‘ Of Delphinus globi- 
ceps we only possess a single skull labelled ‘Cote de Holland,’ four 
skeletons from ‘ Zéelande’ and ‘ Japon,’ one stuffed from ‘ Zéelande,’ 
and two foetuses from ‘Iles Faer ;’ and I believe that glodiceps 
ean hardly be confounded with any other species. Moreover we have 
no other skull which shows signs that it formerly belonged to 
Brookes’s collection, only Delphinus longirostris as you know. The 
skull of D. globiceps bought from Brookes thus must have been 
lost. It is not in our collection. But where can the type of Gray’s 
acutus be hidden 2” 

Putting all the circumstances together, my inference is that the 
type of Gray’s acutus is the skull incorrectly described in the sale 
list as D. glubiceps (the inaccuracy of that list in such matters is 
shown by the name Phocena longirostris for a specimen previously 
and properly described by Gray as Delphinus longirostris), which, 
never having been given its proper name, was lost sight of even by 
Schlegel. If it first bore the name of D. globiceps, as it more re- 
cently did that of D. tursio, both of which it is perfectly unlike, it 
is scarcely surprising that its identity has disappeared. It is very 
unfortunate that this should be so, as a doubt may always be raised 
upon the subject; but the evidence to my mind is almost irresistible 
that the type of Gray’s D. acutus still exists in the skull of unre- 
corded origin in the Leiden Museum, and also that this skull is 
specifically ideutical with the animals afterwards described as D. 
eschrichtii by Schlegel and D. leucopleurus by Rasch. , 

In this species the teeth are usually 34 to 35 on each side of 
each jaw. The total number of vertebre varies in different indivi- 
duals between 79 and 82, either 80 or 81 being the most common. 
The number of ribs appears to be always 15 pairs. There is often 
a difficulty in determining between the lumbar and the caudal 
region, owing to the irregular development of the anterior chevron 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883 No. XXXIII. 33 


494 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDZ. [Nov. 20, 


bones. The cervical vertebree have a greater tendency to ankylosis 
than in other Dolphins, the first three being often united by their 
bodies, and several of the others by their neural arches. This 
disposition has not been observed in L. albirostris. The manus also 
has amore characteristically flattened and broad form than in L. albi- 
rostris. 

Of the other species of Dolphins which have been assigned to this 
group, the following are the most noteworthy :— 

Lagenorhynchus perspicillatus, Cope (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, 
Philadelphia, 1876, p. 136), said to be abundant on the coast of 
Maine (North Atlantic). This is apparently closely allied to, if not 
identical with, Z. acutus, as might naturally be supposed from its 
habitat. Slight differences in the external colouring are pointed out, 


and the teeth are said to be only a A figure of the animal is 


given. A more rigid examination both of the osteological and the 
external characters of a series of specimens is required before its 
specific distinction from ZL. acutus can be admitted. 

Lagenorhynchus obliquidens, Gill, from its remote habitat (the 

_ North Pacific) might be expected to present greater differences ; but 
if it does these have not yet been pointed out. It appears to be 
closely allied to L. acutus, judging by Scammon’s figure and de- 
scription (Marine Mammals of N. America, p. 98). The description 
of the skeleton by Dall, in the same work, is full of anatomical 
details, but is without any discrimination as to characters common 
to many other species, or such as may be peculiar to the individual 
described, and does uot even state the number of the vertebrze or 
the ribs. 

Gervais’s account of this genus is very confused. In enumerating 
the species (p. 593) he speaks of L. eschrichtii from the North 
Atlantic, giving as synonyms in the footnote L. eschrichtvi, Schlegel, 
D. leucopleurus, Rasch, and D. acutus, Gray. In describing the 
skeleton he speaks of L. eschrichtii and L. leucopleurus as if they 
were distinct species, pointing out, among other characters, that in 
L. eschrichtii the six anterior ribs have heads, while in ZL. leuco- 
pleurus only five are so provided. He speaks of Gray’s L. asia, 
but makes no mention of Gray’s ZL. electra, which, being placed 
first in the original description in the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and 
Terror, should be taken as the type and name-giver, if the two are 
considered as one, as even Gray appears to consider as probable. He 
identifies Owen’s D. fusiformis with Gray’s L. clanculus. In the 
plate devoted to the genus (tab, xxxvi.), L. albirostris (fig. 5) ap- 
pears to be the same as Gray's; but the cranium and hinder part of 
the maxilla are wider, perhaps because it is from a younger indivi- 
dual. L. leucopleurus (fig. 4) is probably also taken from a young 
individual. L. asia (fig. 6) is larger even than Gray’s electra, though 
the principal difference between the types of these supposed species 
is that the former is somewhat smaller than the latter. LZ. cruciger 
(fig. 3) is apparently Gray’s clanculus; if so the former name 
should have the preference, provided any satisfactory identification 


inte 


1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. 495 


with Quoy and Gaimard’s D. crueciger can be made. Lastly, L. 
breviceps (fig. 2) is evidently the same as Gray’s Delphinus obscurus 
or Clymenia obscura (Zool. ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ pl. xvi.). 


CLYMENIA. ' 


Clymene, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 237. 

Clymenia, Gray, Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins, p. 6 (1868). 

Prodelphinus, Gervais, Ostéographie des Cétacés, p. 604 (1880). 

This is not a very homogeneous group, and may perhaps require 
further division when the characters of some of the animals*at: 
present referred to it are better known. The cranium has no lateral 
grooves on the palate, by which it is distinguished from Delphinus 
proper, to which otherwise some of the species present a close re- 
semblance. The pterygoid bones are well developed and touch for 
the whole length of their inner sides, as in Delphinus and Tursio. 
The rostrum is long and narrow, or of moderate width, always more 
than half the entire length of the skull. The symphysis of the 
lower jaw is less than one fifth of the length of the ramus, but varies 
according to the width of the rostrum. When the rostrum is wide 
the symphysis is short ; when narrow the two rami of the mandible 
come in contact for a larger space. The teeth are small, the largest 
less than 3 millim. in diameter at the base, and numerous, exceeding 
30 on each side of each jaw. ‘The vertebra in all the known 
skeletons (which are very few) from 73 to 76 in number. 

This group contains a considerable number of forms, almost all 
known by the skulls alone, which vary chiefly in the comparative 
width of the rostrum, passing off almost insensibly into Lagenorhyn- 
chus on the one side, and Steno on the other. In fact, two species 
which I place in this group, on account of their close resemblance 
to others undoubtedly members of it, Gray includes respectively 
in the two genera just named. 

The skulls at present referred to this genus can be separated into 
at least four distinct types, distinguished chiefly by the comparative 
breadth of the rostrum. 

A. The broadest form is represented by skulls which in the 
British Museum are called Clymenia obscura, being referred to the 
stuffed specimen described as Delphinus (Grampus) obscurus in 
Gray’s ‘ Spicilegia,’ p. 2 (1828), which Schlegel identifies with D. 
superciliosus of Garnot and Lesson (‘ Voyage de la Coquille,’ 1826), 
of which, however, so little is really known that the identification 
cannot be verified. 

The type specimen, from the Cape of Good Hope, described and 
figured in the ‘ Spicilegia,’ is now in the British Museum, and pre- 
sents much resemblance in its external characters to one of the Tur- 
siops group, having a high falcate dorsal fin and long falcate pectorals. 
There seems no reason why the skulls which Gray subsequently re- 
ferred to this species may not belong to it, as the teeth and palate, 
as far as they can be seen, appear to correspond; but unless the 
whole cranium could be. removed from the skin so as to allow of a 

33* 


496 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID2. [Nov. 20, 


complete comparison, absolute certainty on this point cannot be 
attained. But as the species seems to be a common one both at the 
Cape of Good Hope and New Zealand, the question will probably 
soon be settled by the examination of recent specimens. 

A skull is also figured in Gervais’s ‘ Ostéographie ’ under the name 
of Lagenorhynchus breviceps (pl. xxxvi. fig. 2). There is a skeleton 
at Leiden from the Cape, described by Schlegel in his ‘ Abhandlun- 
gen’ (p. 22). The figure of the upper surface of the skull (tab. 1. 
fig. 3) is not quite correct, the rostrum not being sufficiently rounded 
at the sides. The vertebrae are C. 7, D. 13 (157), L. 20 (18 2), C. 33, 


total 73. The teeth about =. In the British Museum are four 


skulls, two from the Cape and two without locality. Inu the College 
of Surgeons Museum two, both from New Zealand; and there is 
one skull in the Cambridge University Museum. Hector figures a 
skull from New Zealand (Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. v. pl.i.). The teeth 
in all these specimens are from 30 to 33 in number. Those in the 
Cambridge specimen are slightly larger than in the others, being 
almost 3 millim. in diameter. In all the “triangle in front of the 
-blowers,”’ formed by the premaxillz, is flat and elevated on each 
side above the maxillee, which slope down laterally to the supra- 
orbital ridge. The most opposite form to this among the Dolphins 
is Steno, where the “triangle” is concave, the middle part being 
sunk between the lateral ridges, and though the latter are raised 
above the supraorbital plates of the maxillee, these, instead of falling 
away laterally, rise up, forming an elevated supraorbital ridge. Most 
of the other Dolphins are intermediate in this respect. In the 
rostrum the premaxille are thick and well raised above the maxille, 
as in Tursiops tursio, to which the cranium bears considerable resem- 
blance, though of much smaller size. 

Clymenia similis, Gray, from the Cape of Good Hope, is pro- 
bably of the same species; the only difference being a constriction 
of the posterior part of the palate in the region of the palatine bones, 
as figured by Gray (P. Z.S. 1868, p. 147); but this is a character 
which varies in diiferent specimens of C. obscura. 

A single skull in the British Museum (from the Pacific Ocean) de- 
scribed and catalogued as Lagenorhynchus thicolea’, and subsequently 
as Electra thicolea, and figured under the former name in the supple- 
mentary plates to the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror’ (pl. 36), 
is very like that of Clymenia obscura; but without knowledge of the 
rest of the skeleton, it is impossible to say whether it really belongs 
to this group or to the one to which Dr. Gray assigned it. It is of 
the same size as C. obscura, but the rostrum is more depressed, the 
premaxillee less prominent, and the nares and the premaxillee in front 
of the nares are narrower. ‘The lower jaw is somewhat stouter, the 
ramus deeper from above downwards, and the symphysis more ver- 
tical. The most valid distinction, however, seems to be in the teeth, 
which are more numerous and rather more slender and close toge- 
ther. Unfortunately they are very incomplete in this much mutilated 


1 P,Z.S, 1849, p. 2. 


me) 


1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. 497 


and unique specimen, but they appear to have exceeded 40 in number 
on each side of each jaw; whereas in C. obscura they do not 
appear to be ever more numerous than 33. 

Perhaps Delphinus leucorhamphus of Péron, or Leucorhamphus 
peronii, Lilljeborg, belongs to this group. It is a Dolphin from the 
South Seas, remarkable for the absence of a dorsal fin. It is not 
represented in the British-Museum collection; but a skull in the 
Museum of the College of Surgeons, which I believe to belong to this 
species (as it agrees with one so called in the Paris Museum), is not 
unlike that of Clymenia obscura, having a rostrum broad at the base, 
and gradually tapering and much depressed. It is of larger size, 
and the teeth are very small and numerous. Without a knowledge 
of its skeleton, it is difficult to assign its exact position, or decide 
whether the absence of dorsal fin entitles it to generic distinction. 

B. Another distinct form of Clymenia is represented by three 
skulls in the British Museum. Of these two are marked “ Delphinus 
euphrosyne, ‘Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’ ” =“ Clymenia euphrosynoides, 
Supp. Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 71 ; ”’ the other, “ Clymenia dorides, 
Supp. Cat. Seals and Whales, p. 71.” “Styx”? is also written upon 
the label of the latter. 

Upon these specimens, one in the Norwich Museum, and another 
in the United-Service Museum, the following four species in Gray’s 
“Synopsis ’ and ‘ Supplement’ are founded :— 


Clymenia (Micropia) euphrosyne. 
Clymenia (Micropia) sty«. 

Clymenia (Clymenia) euphrosynoides. 
Clymenia (Clymenia) dorides. 

In all these the teeth vary from 40 to 46 on each side of each jaw. 
The anterior nares are very small, with a large flat space infront. I 
am not able to detect any difference of specific importance between 
them, and am inclined also to include with them Delphinus mar- 
ginatus, Duvernoy (in Pucheran, Revue et Mag. de Zoologie, 1854, 
p- 547), described from two individuals taken at Dieppe, and 
of which the external and osteologicai characters are well known, 
one of the skeletons being mounted in the Paris Museum. It is 
described by Fischer’, and paris of it figured in Gervais’s ‘ Ostéo- 
graphie.’ The skeleton is very like that of D. delphis. The verte- 
bral formula is C. 7, D. 15, L. 22, C. 32, total 76. It belongs to a 
quite adult animal. The skull is 460 millim. in length, and has a 


teeth, the antero-posterior diameter of the largest of which is 3 millim. 
The animal was 2-090 metres in length. 

After describing the skeleton, Fischer remarks, ‘‘ Le Delphinus 
euphrosyne, Gray, de la mer du Nord, est peut-étre identique avec 
le C. marginata.” 

The single skull from the Mediterranean upon which Gervais 
founded D. tethyos, now in the Paris Museum, is so similar that I 
should be disposed to include it also, at all events until some distinc- 


+ “ Cétacés du Sud-Ouest de la France” (Actes de la Soc, Linn. de Bordeaux, 
xxxvy. p. 150, 1881). 


498 “PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDZ. [Nov. 20, 


tion can be shown, in the same species. It is rather smaller than the 
skull of D. marginata from Dieppe, measuring 436 millim. in length. 

C. The next form of skull, with still narrower rostrum, is one 
which is very abundant in all collections. It was first distinguished 
from D. delphis by Cuvier (Annales du Muséum, xix. 1812, p. 9) 
under the name of D. dudius, with the following characters :— 
* Smaller than D. delphis, with narrower rostrum, flat (not grooved) 
below. Vomer showing itself for a small longitudinal space in the 
middle, between the intermaxillaries and the maxillaries. Teeth 
slender and pointed as in D. delphis, 35 on each side of each jaw, 140 
in all.’’ In the series of skulls referable generally to this form in 
the British Museum there are two distinct types, one called Clymenia 
doris and the other Steno attenuatus. With the former must be 
placed the solitary imperfect cranium of Delphinus clymene (Cat. 
Cetacea B. M. 1850, p. 115)= Clymenia normalis (Synopsis), which 
differs from the true C. doris inhaving the teeth rather more numerous 
(38) and more slender (only 2 millim. in diameter), and in the rostrum 
being rather more depressed and the premaxilla less elevated above 
the maxilla. There is a specimen like this in the Museum of the 
Cambridge University ; and one, quite intermediate between it and 
the typical C’. doris, in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. With 
Steno attenuatus must be included Steno capensis, Gray, not distin- 
guishable from it. This must be a common form, judging by the num- 
ber of craniamet with in collections, but unfortunately entire skeletons 
are extremely rare. It certainly presents a distinct approach to the 
typical Steno in the length and compression of the rostrum, the length 
of the symphysis (7 to + of that of the ramus), and also the eleva- 
tion of the anterior part of the infraorbital ridge, causing a distinct 
depression between it and the raised outer edge of the premaxille. 
Dr. Gray says, in his ‘ Synopsis’ (p. 5), ‘* This section is nearly in- 
termediate between Steno and Clymenia.” Though a single well- 
marked specimen of Clymenia doris and of Steno attenuatus may be 
so unlike as to justify their being placed as at least distinct species, it 
is very remarkable that when a large series are compared together, as 
those of the British Museum and College of Surgeons collections com- 
bined, the two extremes pass so insensibly into each other that it is 
impossible to say where one begins and the other ends ; and it is diffi- 
cult to avoid the suspicion that the differences depend on age orsex, or 
on individual variation, especially since we know how great the differ- 
ences depending on these causes are in other better-known species. 
A comparison of the skeletons of two of the extreme forms would 
go far to clear up the difficulty. The size and form of the teeth is 
much alike in all: they may be described as rather stout (being fully 
3 millim. in diameter) compared with C. euphrosyne, obscura, or 
longirostris ; but their numbers vary greatly, even in skulls other- 
wise quite similar. Asa general rule the broader skulls, or those 
referable to Clymenia doris, have the smaller number, 7. e. from 33 
to 38, while the narrower forms (Steno attenuatus) have generally 
as many as 38 or 40 on each side of each jaw. Very few of the 
specimens of either form have localities assigned to them. 


ae 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. 499 


In the Paris Museum are 12 skulls of this form of Olymenia, pre- 
senting the same diversities of character. They are mostly referred 
to D. dubius, Cuvier, though it is impossible now to say which were 
the identical specimens upon which he founded the species. 

One isa very important specimen, the nearly complete skeleton and 
also the stuffed skin being preserved withit. It belongs to the Steno 
attenuatus type, and is named Delphinus brevimanus, Hombron & 
Jacquinot, ‘ Voy. de l’Astrolabe,’ Zoologie, 1840, pl. 21. It comes 
from Malacca. The extreme length of the skull is 405 millim. It 
is not distinguishable from others marked D. dudius. The vertebree 
are: C. 7, D. 13, L. & C. 56=76, but possibly one or two are wanting 
from the end of the tail. The general form of the vertebrae is like that 
of D. delphis. The form and arrangement of the bones of the manus, 
as figured by Gervais, are exactly like those of C. marginata (euphro- 
syne). Another skull of the same form is stated to be from Mada- 
gascar. Of the broad form (Clymenia doris, Gray), one is called 
D. dubius, from St. Helena. One called D. frenatus, F. Cuvier, 
from Cape Verd, sent by Dussumier, is exactly like the figure of D. 
doris in ‘ Zool. Erebus aud Terror,’ plate 20 ; and another is marked 
D. frontalis, Dussumier, also from Cape Verd. The under surfaces 
of these two are figured in Gervais’s ‘ Ostéographie,’ pl. xxxviii. figs. 
4 and 5. The length of different skulls of this group (or species ?) 
in the Paris Museum varies between 383 and 420 millim., and the 
number of the teeth from 36 to 45 on each side of each jaw. 

D. A fourth distinct form of Clymenia is characterized by a very 
narrow cranium, along, slender rostrum, and numerous fine teeth, 
about 50 or more in number on each side above and below. 

The type of this group is Gray’s D. longirostris (‘ Spicilegia,’ p. 1, 
1828), formerly in the museum of Joshua Brookes, andnow at Leiden. 
It was redescribed and figured by Schlegel in his ‘ Abhandlungen’ ; 
but notwithstanding his clear statement (which I have myself verified 
by an examination of the specimen) that ‘‘ die beiden tiefen Rinnen, 
welche beim gemeinen Delphin auf der Unterseite des Oberkiefes 
hinlaufen, und sich bis an dessen vorderes Drittel erstrecken, fehlen 
hier ganzlich,” it was retained by Gray in all his successive lists at the 
head of the restricted genus Delphinus, characterized by ‘* Palate with 
a deep groove on each side.’ This error has caused much confusion, 
separating it from its nearest congeners, and inducing Gervais to 
refer to the same species one of the true Dolphins, which is really 
not allied to it. 

The skull appears to be that of a young animal. Its entire length 
is 425 millim., of which the rostrum occupies 280; the greatest 
breadth of the cranium is 153 millim. ; the width of the rostrum at 
the base 72 millim. The teeth are very small and slender, about 50 
on each side in each jaw. 

The skulls in the British Museum which may be referred to this 
section are named, according to Gray’s ‘ Synopsis,’ p. 6 :— 

Clymenia (Micropia) stenorhyncha. 
Clymenia (Euphrosyne ) microps. 
Clymenia (Euphrosyne) alope. 


500 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDE. [Nov. 20 


In all the premaxillze are very thick and prominent, and bordered 
by a strong groove laterally. They vary considerably in comparative 
width and length of rostrum, stenorhyncha being the narrowest, and 
alope the broadest. One of the specimens marked with the latter 
name has the rostrum considerably wider than the other, approaching 
very near in proportions to Clymenia euphrosyne (Section B). The 
College of Surgeons Museum has two specimens belonging to this 
group, one of which is intermediate between Gray’s stenorhyncha 
and microps. 

D. roseiventris (Bombron & Jacquinot, Voy. au Péle Sud, Zool. 
t. 1. p. 39), of which there’is a skull in the Paris Museum, figured 
by Gervais (‘ Ostéographie,’ pl. xxxviii. figs. 6 & 6), is also of the 
same form, and, except in its smaller size, closely resembles the ori- 
ginal Jongirostris of Gray. It is certainly the same as microps. 

No skeleton of any animal of this group exists in any museum I 
have visited. 


Detruinvs, Linn. 


Eudelphinus, Gervais, ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés, p. 600 
(1880). 

If the name of De/phinus is to be retained as a generic appellation, 
it is to this section that it properly belongs, as its type is the common 
Dolphin of the Mediterranean, the “ Delphis”’ of the Greeks; and 
therefore Ludelphinus is a superfluous term. 

The skulls are distinguished from those of all other Dolphins by 
the deep longitudinal grooves which run along both sides of the 
palatal surfaces of the maxillary bones, separating the alveolar 
border from a strongly pronounced median ridge. The inner 
borders of the pterygoid bones meet for their whole length (see fig. 9). 
The rostrum is long and narrow, greatly exceeding the length of the 
cranial portion (generally about double), and its width at the base 


is usually about one third of its length. The teeth are small 


: Cr eee 40 
(not exceeding 3 millim. in diameter) and numerous, from 7 to 


= in each jaw. 

Delphinus delphis, of the North Atlantic and Mediterranean, may 
be taken as the type of this group. In the ‘ ‘Transactions’ of this 
Society, vol. xi. plate 1, I gave a coloured figure of the external cha- 
racters of a young female (5 feet 13 inch long) taken off the coast of 
Cornwall in March 1879. This year (Sept. 17, 1883) I received 
from Mr. Matthias Dunn another specimen, still younger (only 4 feet 
4 inches in length), from the same locality. It differed from the 
former in having a shorter beak, relatively to its general size, show- 
ing, as might be expected, that this is a character influenced by age. 
Though the general distribution of the colours on the surface of the 
body was the same, there was this one marked difference. The upper 
white line, which courses along the side above the pectoral fin towards 
the head, instead of dipping below the eye and running towards the 
angle of the mouth as in the former one (and also in Reinhardt’s ex- 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 501 


cellent figure"), passed straight to the posterior canthus of the eye, 
and then divided, one tract passing above and the other below that 
organ, the former merging into the light band just above the supra- 
rostral groove, the latter reaching the angle of the mouth. Between 
this white band and the pectoral fin the surface was gray, though 
somewhat varied, but still much darker than in the specimen 
figured. 

These differences are, however, slight compared with those that 
have been shown hy Lafont and Fischer? to occur in different indi- 
viduals, attributed by the last-named author to Delphinus delphis, 


Fig. 9.—Palate of Delphinus delphis. 


taken in the Bay of Arcachon, where this species is very abundant. 
Upon these differences Lafont established five species: D. fusus, D. 
souverbianus, D. variegatus, D. balteatus, and D. moschatus, which 
Fischer reduces to two marked varieties, one having yellow sides, 
the other with grey sides. The description and figures of the ex- 
ternal and osteological characters of so many individuals of the com- 
mon Dolphin from the same locality, given in this memoir, is a con- 
tribution to the progress of Cetology the importance of which can 
searcely be overrated; asif these are really all to be regarded as one 
species, as appears the most reasonable view, especially since the 
variation of external characters doesnot appear to go hand in hand with 


1 Naturh. Forenings Vidensk. Meddelelser, 1866, tav. v. 
2 « Cétacés du Sud-Ouest de la France,” Actes de la Soc. Linnéenne de Bor- 
deaux, xxxy., 1881. 


502 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. [Nov. 20, 


those in the skeleton and dentition, numbers of nominal species, 
founded on slight differences of external or cranial characters, which 
now encumber our lists, must fall to the ground. But valuable as 
these observations are they admit of much further extension; in- 
deed, as Fischer truly says, ‘nous ne sommes qu’au début de 
Yétude des variations chez les Dauphins.” 

The observations on the osteological and dental characters may be 
thus summarized :—The average length of the full-grown animal is 
rather more than 2 metres (6 feet 7 inches), the longest measuring 
2:150 metres. The males and females, when adult, do not differ in 
size. The differences of the skulls of the two sexes has already been 
indicated (p. 470). The longest skull of which the dimensions are 
given (a female) has an extreme length of 460 millim. 

The number of the teeth varies considerably in each jaw and each 
side. ‘Sometimes there are more in the upper than in the lower jaw, 
and sometimes the reverse is the case. The average number for each 
side of each jaw of ten individuals was 47, the highest number ob- 
served being 53 and the lowest 39. 

The number of vertebree ranges between 73 and 75, 74 being the 
“most usual. The two first cervical vertebre are united, the remainder 
‘free. The ribs are either 14 or 15 pairs, these numbers occurring 
apparently with about equal frequency. In one case 16 were ob- 
served. In two cases the numbers differed on the two sides of the 
same individual, there being 14 ribs on one side and 15 on the 
other. 

In the manus there was some variability in the number of elements 
composing each digit ; but this may have arisen partly from the dif- 
ficulty of preserving and counting them. The numbers given are: 
—f,:2 to 3,118 to: 9; Lis 5ito,.,7..1 Vin? t0:4,- Ve 1 to 2 

After the examination of these Arcachon specimens and of others 
from the British Channel and the Mediterranean, Fischer arrived at 
this important conclusion :—“ Je pense que le Dauphin vulgaire, qui 
semble habiter presque toutes les mers du globe, présente d’innom- 
brable races ou variétés. | Chaque bande de ces Cétacés constitue 
en quelque sorte une famille, et les individus ayant une méme prove- 
nance ont des caractéres communs qui se perpétuent par la voie d’hé- 
rédité. Les caractéres distinctifs de ces bandes ou familles sont 
fournis par la coloration du corps, beaucoup plus variable chez les 
Dauphins qu’on ne l’admet généralement, par le plus ou moins de 
largeur du rostre, et par le nombre des dents.” 

Let us now examine into the evidence of the almost cosmopolitan 
nature of this form. All considerable osteological collections abound 
in skulls undistinguishable from the ordinary Delphinus delphis ; 
but as very few have any localities assigned to them or any indica- 
tion of their external or remaining osteological characters, they are 
of little value for the purpose, except as showing that it is a very 
abundant and probably wide-spread form. We have, however, a 
tolerably complete knowledge of a Delphinus very frequent in the 
seas around Australia and New Zealand, D. nove-zealandie of Quoy 
and Gaimard (‘ Voyage de l’Astrolabe,’ p. 49, t. 28), and D. forster?, 


1883.] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. 503 


Gray (Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 42), first described under the name 
of D. delphis by Forster, a copy of whose original drawing was pub- 
lished by Gray (op. cif. tab. 24). D. fulvo-fasciatus, Hombron and 
Jacquinot (Voy. au Pole Sud, Zool. p, 37, pl. xxi. fig. 1), also appears 
to have been founded on the same form. 

Through the kindness of Mr. W. L. Crowther, of Hobart Town, 
Tasmania, the Museum of the College of Surgeons has lately received 
a fine series of skeletons of the common species of Dolphin of the 
seas around that island, probably that just mentioned, and they are 
in every character identical with those of D. delphis of our coasts ; at 
least, after careful examination and allowing for individual variation, 
I can find nothing to separate them. 

In the United States department of the International Fisheries 
Exhibition of this year, casts of a Dolphin from the Atlantic coast 
of America were exhibited, which though not presenting the bright 
yellowish tint or the variety of coloration of the English specimen 
figured in the Transactions of the Society, quite come within the range 
of variation shown by Fischer. I have had also, through the kindness 
of the Commissioners, an opportunity of carefully comparing the skull 
sent to the Exhibition, with one of corresponding age and size from 
our seas, and can detect no difference. This is of course what might 
be expected ; but it is more surprising to find the same form repre- 
sented in so widely removed a region of the world as the North 
Pacific ; at least this must be our assumption until any specific 
distinction has been pointed out .between D. bairdii, Dall, and D. 
delphis. Our knowledge of the former is at present very defective, 
as in the description of its osteological characters appended to 
Scammon’s work, although a perfect skeleton is said to exist in the 
Smithsonian Institution, and a 4to page of small type is devoted to 
a detailed description of the cervical vertebrae, even the number of 
the other vertebrze is not stated, and no comparison of the skull or 
other parts is instituted between it and those of D. delphis, to which 
it is so obviously closely allied, but only with other Pacific forms 
with which it has no special affinity. 

It is, however, not at all improbable that there are several modifica- 
tions of this type of Dolphin, that may be considered of specific value. 

In the British Museum Collection is one skull marked D. major 
(Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales B. M. 1866, p. 396), of unknown 
habitat, considerably larger than any of the others, which other- 
wise it closely resembles. Its length is 523 mm. (the largest in the 


collection referred to D. delphis being 470 mm.); it has = teeth. 

Another form represented by three specimens in the same collec- 
tion, D. janira (Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p.41, pl. 23), is probably 
distinct, being of smaller size than D. delphis, and with a wider head 
and shorter rostrum. The number of teeth is about 44. From this 
D. pomeegra, Owen (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 23), from Madras, 
appears to me to present no marked distinguishing characters. 

A still more distinct form is represented by a skull in the Paris 
collection, called D. longirostris, and figured under that name by 


504 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID. [Nov. 20, 


Gervais in the ‘ Ostéographie des Cétacés,’ pl. xxxix. figs. 10 and 11. 
The specimen is from the Malabar coast, and marked ‘‘ Dussumier, 
1827,” but does not appear to have been described until the publica- 
tion of the ‘ Ostéographie.’ It is certainly not the D. longirostris of 
Gray’s ‘ Spicilegia,’ p. 1 (1828), described from a skull now in the 
Leiden Museum, as that has fewer teeth and no grooves on the palate, 
and is therefore not a true Delphinus, although, as said above, Gray 
in his Catalogue and Synopsis places it at the bead of the section of 
Dolphins characterized by the ‘*‘ Palate with a deep groove on each 
side,” and joins the Paris specimen with it in his account of the species. 


It may be convenient to append a Synopsis of the principal charac- 
ters of the divisions of the whole family, which appear to me of 
generic value, with some remarks upon the best-known species. 
This will serve to show what are the natural groups into which the 
different members of which it is composed appear, according to our 
present knowledge, to resolve themselves, although in endeavouring 
to set it out, the usual difficulty has occurred in arranging in a 
linear series a number of forms the affinities of which are so closely 
‘intertwined. Although the most nearly allied have been brought to- 
gether when possible, this cannot always be done in such a list. 
The arrangement must therefore be considered to a certain extent 
arbitrary, and subject to modification according to the judgment of 
different zoologists. Even in the primary grouping together of the 
Dolphins with rounded heads and those with projecting beaks I have 
probably followed too much the traditional and artificial order, 
instead of finding one more consonant with natural affinities. 

We must wait until our Museums are more abundantly supplied 
with specimens before it will be possible to attempt with any success 
a complete and critical examination of the minor modifications which. 
we commonly call specific. 


Synopsis of the Genera of DrLPHINID&. 


A. With rounded head, without distinct rostrum or beak. In the 
skull the rostrum is about equal in length to the cranial portion. 


a. The first and second cervical vertebrz not united. 


Monopon, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 105 (1766). 


Pterygoid bones very small, not meeting in the middle line, ap- 
proaching each other posteriorly as in Lelphinapterus (see fig. 3, 
p- 472).  Dentition reduced to a single pair of teeth, which 
lie horizontally in the maxille, and which in the female remain 
permanently concealed in the alveolus, while in the male the 
right tooth usually remains similarly concealed and abortive and 
the left is immensely developed, attaining a length equal to more 
than half that of the entire animal. Vertebrze: C. 7, D. 11, L. 6, 
C. 26; total 50*. Cervical regicn comparatively long, and all the 


* The numbers of the vertebra and of the teeth given in this synopsis are 
averages, subject to slight individual modifications. 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 505 


vertebre distinct, or with irregular unions towards the middle of the 
series. Manus small, short and broad; second and third digits 
nearly equal, fourth slightly shorter. No dorsal fin. 

One species, WV. monoceros, Linn. Arctic seas. 


DevrHinarTerus, Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. des Oétacés, Tabl. des 
Ordres &e. p. xli (1804) '. 


Beluga, Gray, Spicilegia Zoologica, p. 2 (1828). 
Agrees with the last in all the characters above mentioned except the 
dentition. Teeth © to a? of moderate size, occupying the anterior 


three-fourths of the rostrum only and corresponding portion of the 
mandible, separated by intervals considerably wider than their own 
diameter, and implanted obliquely, the crowns inclining forwards, 
especially in the upper jaw. 

D. leucas (Pallas), the Beluga or White Whale of the Arctic seas, 
is the only well-established species, It has been divided into several 
(rhinodon, declivis, aud angustatus) by Cope, but these require con- 
firmation. A skull of a young animal in the British Museum, not 
distinguishable from the northern form, but said to be from the 
coast of New Holland, was described in 1827 by Dr. Gray, under the 
name of D. kingii. No further light has since been thrown upon this 
habitat. 


6. Atlas and axis firmly united. 
Puocana, Cuvier, Régne Animal, i. p. 279 (1817). 
a. Crowns of teeth laterally compressed. 


Teeth os small, occupying nearly the whole length of the rostrum, 


with compressed spade-shaped crowns, separated from the root by a 
constricted neck. Rostrum of skull rather shorter than the cranium 
proper, broad at the base and tapering towards the apex. Pre- 
maxillz raised into. tuberosities in front of the nares. The frontal 
bones forming a somewhat square elevated protuberance in the middle 
line of the skull behind the nares, rising altogether above the flattened 
nasals (see fig. 2, p.471). Pterygoids very small and widely separated 
in the middle line. Symphysis of mandible very short. Vertebrze : 
C.7, D. 13, L. 14, C. 30; total 64. First to sixth cervical vertebra, 
and sometimes the seventh also, coalesced. Manus of moderate size, 
oval, slightly faleate ; second and third digits nearly equal in length, 
fourth and fifth well developed but shorter. Dorsal fin near the 
middle of the back, triangular ; its height considerably less than the 
length of the base ; its anterior edge frequently furnished with one 
or more rows of conical horny tubercles. 

Phocena communis, F. Cuvier. Had. European and American 
coasts of North Atlantic. A closely similar if not identical species 


1 The Beluga being the first mentioned and type of this genus, in fact the 
only species of those now recognized by cetologists known to Lacépéde, should 
remain as its representative, although by Gray and others it has been removed 
to a new genus, and the name Delphinapterus transferred to species unknown to 
its founder. 


506 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDA. [Nov. 20, 


(P. vomerina, Gill) from the North Pacific. Photographs of the 
skull of one of these animals from Puget Sound, sent to the Inter- 
national Fisheries Exhibition of 1883, when compared with a large 
series of skulls from the British seas, show absolute identity. 
There may, however, be characters other than cranial by which they 
may be distinguished. In the same collection was a photograph of 
a lower jaw of Delphinus pectoralis, Peale, from Hawaii, which has 
teeth of the same peculiar character as P. communis, but which 
appears to belong to an animal of much larger size, the ramus being 
135 inches long, as against 81, the length of that of a full-grown 
common Porpoise. The figure given by Peale (in Wilkes’s voyage) of 
the external form shows an animal with a head like that of the Por- 
poise, but with a rather high and falcate dorsal fin. The entire 
length is stated to be 8 feet 8 inches, which would be in corre- 
spondence with that of the jaw photographed. 


Phocena spinipennis, Burmeister (P. Z. 8S. 1865, p. 228, and 
Ann. Mus. Buenos Ayres, i. p. 380, 1869), from the mouth of the 
Plata, nay be distinct. It forms the genus Acanthodelphis of Gray. 


Nrom_nts, Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 30 (1846). 


Closely allied to Phocena, so much so that if the genus had not 
been generally accepted, it would have been better not to have Seen 


it. The principal difference is the absence of dorsal fin. Teeth + = ® to 


as larger proportionally than is Phocena, and more distinctly Jeckea 
or lobed on thé free edge of the crown. Vertebre: C. 7, D. 13 
L. 13, C. 30, total 63 (Leiden Museum). 

One species, N. phocenoides, Cuvier (R. A. 2nd edit. i. p. 291, 
1829),=Delphinus melas, Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, from the Indian 
Ocean and Japan. 


3. Crowns of the teeth more or less conical and pointed. 
CerHALoRHYNCHUS, Gray, Cat. Cetacea Brit. Mus. p. 106 (1850)". 


Rostrum as long and sometimes slightly longer than the cranial part 
of the skull. Pterygoids widely separated from one another Ge fig. 4 


p. 473). Teeth small (less than 3mm. in diameter), 2 = to 3 " Ver- 


tebree: C.7, D.13, L. 15, C. 30; total 65. Dorsal Gin ees oliecele 
triangular or rounded. Pectoral fins rather small, narrow, ovate. 

To this genus appear to belong the species, real | or nominal, de- 
scribed under the following names :— 


Delphinus heavisidiit, Gray, Spicilegia Zoologica, p. 2 (1828). 

D. capensis, F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. des Mammniferes (1829). 

D.cephalorhynchus, F. Cuvier, Hist. Nat. des Cétacés, p. 158 (1836). 

D. hastatus (Quoy), F. Cuvier, ibid. p. 161. 

Electraclancula, Hector, Trans. New Zealand Inst. v. p. 160(1873). 

Electra hectori, Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 
3rd ser. t. i. no. 6 (1881). 


1 This generic name is generally attributed to F. Cuvier (Hist. Nat. des 
Cétacés, 1836, p. 158), but it was only proposed by him as a specific designation. 


ial 


1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 507 


Delphinus eutropia, Gray, P. Z.8. 1849, p. 1,= Lutropia dickiei, 
Gray, Synopsis, p. 7 (1868). 

These are all from the Southern Hemisphere. ‘The last is quite 
distinct from all the others. 


ORCELLA. 


Orcaella, Gray, Cat. Seals and Whales Brit. Mus. p. 285 (1866). 
Orcella, J. Anderson, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 142, 
12 


Pterygoids widely separated from each other. Teeth j; to a small, 
conical, pointed, rather closely set and occupying nearly the whole 
length of the rostrum. Vertebre 62 to 63. Manus of moderate size, 
not elongated, but somewhat pointed. All the bones of the digits 
broader than long, except the proximal phalanges of the index and third 
fingers. Dorsal fin rather small, placed behind the middle of the body. 

Two species, both of small size—O. drevirostris, from the Bay of 
Bengal, and O. fluminalis, from the Irawaddy river, from 300 to 900 
miles from the sea. Our knowledge of these is almost entirely due 
to Dr. J. Anderson (‘Anatomical and Physiological Researches, com- 
prising an Account of the Zoological Results of two Expeditions to 
Western Yunnan in 1368 and 1875:’ 1878). 


Orca, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 33 (1846). 
Teeth about = occupying nearly the whole length of the rostrum, 


very large and stout, with conical recurved crowns, and large roots, 
expanded laterally and flattened or rather hollowed on their anterior 
and posterior surfaces. Rostrum broad and flattened above, rounded 
in front; premaxillee broad and rather concave in front of the nares, 
contracted at the middle of the rostrum, and expanded again towards 
the apex. Pterygoids of normal form, but not quite meeting in the 
middle line. Vertebree: C. 7, D. 11-12, L. 10, C. 23; total 51 or 
52. Bodies of the first and second and sometimes the third cervical 
vertebree united, the rest free. Pectoral fin very large, ovate, nearly 
as broad as long. All the phalanges and metacarpals broader than 
long. Dorsal fin near the middle of the back, very high and pointed. 
Anterior part of the head broad and depressed. 

All large, powerful, and rapacious animals (15 to 20 feet long) ; 
they occur in almost all seas from Greenland to Tasmania. Many 
species have been described (O. gladiator, duhameli, schlegeli, lati- 
rostris, minor, eschrichti, stenorhyncha, capensis, mayellanica, recti- 
pinna, atra, destructor, pacifica, &c.), but their specific differential 
characters, if any, have never been clearly defined. 


Psevporca, Reinhardt, Oversigt Kong. Danske Vidensk. Selskabs 
Forhandl. p. 151 (1862). 

Teeth about a Cranial and dental characters generally like 
those of Orca, except that the roots of the teeth are cylindrical. 
Vertebree: C. 7, D. 10, L. 9, C. 24; total 50. First to sixth or 
seventh cervical vertebre united. Bodies of the lumbar vertebree 


508 PROF, FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID#. [Nov. 20, 


elongated, the length being to the width as 3 to 2. Pectoral fin of 
moderate size, narrow and pointed. Dorsal fin situated near the 
middle of the back, of moderate size, faleate. Head in front of the 
blowhole high, and compressed anteriorly. The snout truncated. 
This peculiar form was first known by the discovery of a skull, in 
a subfossil state, in a fen in Lincolnshire, described by Owen under 
the name of Phocena crassidens (Brit. Foss. Mamm. & Birds, p. 516, 
1846). Animals of apparently the same species were afterwards 
met with in small herds on the Danish coast, and fully described by 
Reinhardt. In 1864 (see P.Z.S. 1864, p. 420) two skulls, sent 
from Tasmania, were described by me under the name of Orca 
(Pseudorca’) meridionalis*. Since that time I have had an oppor- 
tunity of comparing a larger series of skulls, as well as skeletons, 
from both localities, and believe that the differential characters upon 
which the latter species was established depend upon the type being 
of younger age than the only specimen of the northern form then 
accessible for comparison. In perfectly adult examples of both I 
have not been able to detect any constant differences. This fact 
has an important bearing upon the geographical distribution of the 
Cetacea, as, if confirmed, it indicates an immense range for a species 
apparently so rare. The length of the animal is about 14 feet. 


GLOBICEPS”*. 


Globicephala, Lesson, Nouv. Tableau du Régne Animal, p. 200 
(1842). 
Globiocephalus, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 32 (1846). 


Teeth es confined to the anterior half of the rostrum and corre- 


sponding part of the mandible, small, conical, curved, sharp-pointed 
when unworn, sometimes deciduous in old age. Skull broad and 
depressed. Pterygoid bones of normal form, meeting or very 
nearly meeting in the middle line (see fig. 1, p. 471). Upper 
surface of rostrum broad, flat, and concave in front of nares. 
Premaxillee as wide, or wider, at the middle of the rostrum as 
at the base, and very nearly or completely concealing the maxillee 
in the anterior half of this region. Vertebree: C. 7, D. 1], 
L. 12-14, C. 28-29; total 58 or 59. Bodies of the anterior five or 
six cervical vertebra united. Length of the bodies of the lumbar 
and anterior caudal vertebree about equal to their width. Pectoral 
limb very long and narrow, the second digit the longest, and haying 
as many as 12 or 13 phalanges, the third shorter (with 9 phalanges), 
the first, fourth, and fifth very short. Fore part of the head very 
round, in consequence of the great development of a cushion of fat 

1 Tt should be noted that the figure of the upper surface of the skull at 
p- 421 has accidentally not been reversed by the artist, and hence the distortion 
characteristic of the heads of the Delphinide is represented the wrong way. 

2 J have ventured to substitute this form of the word, originally proposed 
by Cuvier in a specific sense, but no longer used as such (melas having the 
priority), for Lesson’s more cumbersome, hybrid term. It is certainly an 
adjective form, but this does not appear to be a bar to its being used 
generically, 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 509 


in front of the blowhole. Dorsal fin low and triangular, the length 
of its base considerably exceeding its vertical height. 

The type of this genus is G. melas, Traill, of the North Atlantic. 
Much confusion exists about the other species, or supposed species. 
I believe that G. melas, like Pseudorca crassidens, has an exceedingly 
wide range, as the common “ Blackfish” of the Australian seas (erro- 
neously called G. macrorhynchus in most catalogues, as that of Hector, 
Trans. N.-Z. Inst. vol. v. p. 164) appears not to be distinguishable 
from it either in external or osteological characters. I have exa- 
mined a considerable series of skeletons both from the Tasmanian 
and New-Zealand seas, and, comparing them with specimens from 
the Faroé Islands, can see no real differences, allowing for the regular 
change which takes place, especially the increase of the width of 
the rostrum, with advancing age, and probably also sexual differences 
not yet understood. Gervais says that the southern skulls have not 
the rugosities on the upper surface characteristic of old specimens 
from the north; but in a skull sent to the College of Surgeons by 
Dr. Hector from New Zealand these are as well marked as in any that 
I have seen. There is, however, one form readily distinguished by 
the shape of the bones of the upper surface of the rostrum. The 
premaxillee widen out at the middle, so that at this point, and 
thenceforward to the apex, the maxillaries are completely covered, 
whereas in G'. melas a narrow strip of these bones is seen to form the 
lateral part of the rostrum for its whole length. The skull which 
presents this form, in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, 
is the type of Gray’s G. macrorhynchus (Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 33, 


1846). The teeth are a and stouter thanin G. melas. ‘The specimen 


was presented by Mr. F. D. Bennett, and is said to be from the South 
Seas. Skulls of this form exist in many museums, and have been 
described under different names. One is figured in Van Beneden and 
Gervais’s ‘Ostéographie des Cétacés,’ pl. 52. fig. 3, as G. intermedius, 
from Guadaloupe; another is Cope’s G. brachypterus (Proc. Acad. 
Nat. Sciences Philadelphia, 1876, p. 129); and G. scammoni of the 
same author, from the coast of California, judging from the photo- 
graphs sent to the International Fisheries Exhibition, is exactly like 
the type G. macrorhynchus. I do not mean to imply that there may 
not be other specific differences between these last, but with only 
figures of the skulls to judge by, these certainly cannot be distin- 
guished. 

The type of another of Gray’s species, G. afinis, is also in the 
Museum of the College. The teeth are - It is rather narrower 


than the others, and the premaxillee in the rostrum are more convex 
laterally, approaching the form of Grampus, in which genus Gray at 
one time placed it, and from which it is at once distinguished by the 
presence of teeth in the upper jaw. It is probably only a variety of 
G. melas. 

Delphinus intermedius, described by Harlan (Journ. Acad. Nat. 
Se. Philadelphia, vi. p. 51, 1829) only from the external characters, 
is also, in all probability, Globiceps melas. 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XXXIV. 34 


510 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINIDZ. [Nov. 20, 


The genus Spherocephalus of Gray (P. Z.S. 1864, p. 244; Cat. 
Seals and Whales, 2nd ed. p. 323, 1866), containing one species 
(S. incrassatus, Gray), is founded on a skull of Globiceps melas, 
which has been some time at the bottom of the sea, grinding among 
the sand and shingle until all the most prominent parts have worn 
away. 


Grampus, Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror, p. 30 (1846). 


Teeth, none in the upper jaw; in the mandible few (3 to 7 on 
each side) and confined to the region of the symphysis. Vertebree : 
C7, D 12, L 19, C 30; total 68. General external characters 
much as in Globiceps, but the fore part of the head less rounded, 
and the pectoral fins less elongated. 

One species, G. griseus (Cuvier), is known, about 13 feet long, 
and remarkable for the variability of its colour. It occurs in the 
North Atlantic and Mediterranean. A skull from the Cape of 
Good Hope, which differs slightly, has been described by Gray as 
G. richardsoni. See also G'. souverbianus, Fischer, Actes de la Soe. 

Linn. de Bordeaux, xxxv. p. 210 (1881). 


FeresiA, Gray, Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales in Brit. Mus. p. 78, 


may be placed here provisionally, although only known at present by 
the skulls of two individuals, which cannot be placed in any of the other 
recognized genera. Although its position, if a good genus, cannot 
be determined until the characters of the remaining parts of the 
animal are known, the cranium and teeth indicate that it is a 
connecting link between Globiceps, Grampus, and Lagenorhynchus. 
From the latter it differs chiefly in the smaller number (about i 


and much larger size (6-7 millim. in diameter at base of crown) of 
the teeth. The two skulls are both in the British Museum; one is 
of unknown locality, the other from the “South Seas,’’ obtained 
through Mr.Godeffroy. They have been both well figured, of half the 
natural size—the first under the name of Orca intermedia in the 
‘Zoology of the Voyage of the Erebus and Terror,’ pl. viii., the 
second as Feresia attenuata in the ‘Journal du Muséum Godef- 
froy,’ Heft viii. (1875). Both appear to belong to the same species, 
although the latter is somewhat smaller and has a narrower rostrum. 
This is, however, a much. younger specimen, and exactly corre- 
sponding differences are observed between the young and adults 
of Globiceps and Orca of apparently the same species. The 
smaller size of the teeth of the latter is due partly to younger age 
and partly to their bases being covered with the dried gum, whereas 


in the former they are entirely exposed. The greater number of 
the teeth => as against i) is also owing to the presence of 


several small ones at the end of the series, which appear to have been 
lost in the more mature specimen, in reference to which Dr. Gray is 
quite right in dissenting from an opinion which I once rashly ex- 
pressed at the commencement of my cetological studies (P. Z.S. 


i. aD eee 


1883. | PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. 511 


1864, p. 425) that it might be a young individual of one of the 
larger species of the genus Orca. 
The principal dimensions of the two skulls, in millimetres, are— 


Length Width Width of | Width of 


Total 


lngoth of | of rostrum | rostrum 
alice beak. cranium. at base. | at middle. 
2 eae ees ae | T= 
1. F. intermedia .| 356 VA | 6236 | 120 | 90 
2. F. attenuata...| 350 172 | 229 a) 80 


Lacenoruyncuves, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 34 (1846). 


Rostrum scarcely exceeding the length of the cranium, broad at 
the base and gradually tapering towards the apex, depressed. 


Pterygoid bones normal, meeting in Hes middle line. Teeth small, 


33 
not exceeding 4 millim. in diameter, 7° 33 tO 5;. Vertebree very nu- 


merous, 80 to 90. Spinous and transverse processes of the lumbar 
vertebree very long and slender; bodies short. Externally, head 
with a short but not very distinct beak. 

L. albirostris, Gray. 

L. acutus, Gray=L. eschrichtii, Schlegel, and L. leucopleurus, 
Rasch. Closely allied, if not identical, are L. perspicillatus, Cope, 
and L. obliquidens, Gill. 

L. electra, Gray. Known from skull only. ZL. asia, Gray. 

L. clanculus, Gray. Known from skull only. Not Electra clan- 
cula of Hector. 

Here probably may be placed—JD. cruciger and D. albigena, 
Quoy and Gaimard; D. bivittatus, Lesson and Garnot, and D. 
fitzroyi, Waterhouse. 


B. Dolphins with distinctly elongated rostrum, or beak, generally 
marked off from the antenarial adipose elevation by a V-shaped 
groove. In the skull the rostrum considerably exceeds the 
cranial portion in length. Atlas, and axis firmly united ; all 
the other cervical vertebree free. 


« a. Pterygoid bones of normal form, meeting in the middle line 
by the whole of their parallel inner edges. Pectoral fins 
lanceolate. Second and third digits well developed ; the rest 
rudimentary. 


a. Palate with deep lateral grooves. 


Derrminvs, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. 12, i. p. 108 (1766), 
restricted. 
The character of the palate separates the true Dolphins from all 
other members of the family. The rostrum is long and narrow, 
generally about double the length of the cranial portion of the skull. 
34* 


512 PROF. FLOWER ON THE DELPHINID&. [Nov. 20, 


‘rhe teeth are small, not exceeding 3 millim. in diameter, and 
numerous, a to oe Vertebree 73 to 75. 2 

D. delphis, Linn., with the closely allied or identical D. nove 
zelandia, Quoy and Gaimard, D. forsteri, Gray, D. Julwofasciatus, 
Hombron and Jacquinot, and D. bairdii, Dall. 

D. major, Gray. 

D. janira, Gray. D. pomeegra, Owen. 

D. longirostris, Gervais (not Gray). 


$B. Palate not grooved. 
Turstops, Gervais, Hist. Nat. des Mammiferes, ii. p. 323 (1855). 


Rostrum tapering moderately from base to apex. Symphysis of 


mandible short. Teeth a to =, stout (6 to 7 millim. in antero- 


posterior diameter). Vertebre: C.7, D. 13, L. 17, C. 27; total 
64. 

T. tursio (Bonnaterre), with closely allied, if not identical, 7’ 
metis, Gray, T. eurynome, Gray, T. cymodice, Gray, T. aduncus, 
‘Hemprich and Ehrenberg, and 7. gilli, Dall. 

T. catalania, Gray. 


Ciymenta, Gray, Synopsis of Whales and Dolphins, p. 6 (1868). 


Clymene, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 237. 
Prodelphinus, Gervais, Ostéog. des Cétacés, p. 604 (1880). 
Rostrum rather variable. Symphysis of mandible short (less than 


one fifth of the length of the ramus). Teeth = to oe small, not 
exceeding 3 millim. in diameter. Vertebree 73 to 78. 

This is a rather heterogeneous group, which may require division 
when better known. Four leading forms are distinguishable, the 
characters of which need not be repeated here, especially as they are 
not very easily defined. The principal species, real or nominal, 
which have been assigned to each are :-— 


1. C. obscura, Gray. C. superciliosa (Garnot and Lesson). C. 
similis, Gray. C. (Electra) thicolea, Gray. 

2. C. euphrosyne, Gray. C. styw, Gray. C. euphrosynoides, 
Gray. C. dorides, Gray. C. marginatus (Duvernoy). .C. tethyos, 
Gervais. 

3. C.dubia (Cuvier). C.doris, Gray. C. normalis, Gray. C. 
brevimana (Hombron and Jacquinot). C. frenata (F. Cuvier). 
C. frontalis (Dussumier). C. (Steno) attenuata (Gray). C. (Ste- 
no) capensis (Gray). 

4, C. longirostris, Gray. C. stenorhyncha, Gray. C. roseiventris 
(Hombron and Jacquinot). C. microps, Gray. C. alope, Gray. 


Péron’s Dolphin (Delphinus leucorhamphus, Péron, or Leucorham- 
phus peronii of Lilljeborg) resembles some forms of Clymenia in its 
cranial characters ; but having no dorsal fin, it has been separated 


1883. ] PROF. FLOWER ON RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. 513 


generically by some zoologists. The skeleton has not been described. 
Perhaps D. borealis, Peale, from the North Pacific, also without 
dorsal fin, and of which only the external characters are known, 
may be allied to it. 


Sreno, Gray, Zool. Erebus & Terror, p. 43 (1846). 


Rostrum long, narrow, and compressed, very distinct from the 


cranium. Symphysis of the mandible as long as or longer than one 
fourth the length of the ramus. Teeth x to z, of comparatively 


large size (5-6 millim. in diameter); surface of their crowas finely 
furrowed. Vertebree: C. 7, D.12, L. 15, C. 32; total 66. 

S. rostratus (Cuvier), with the closely allied, if not identical, 8. 
compressus, Gray, S. reinwardtii (Schlegel), and S. perspicillatus 
(Peters). 


6. Pterygoid bones narrow, not uniting in the middle line; their 
inner borders not parallel, but diverging posteriorly. 


Sorauia, Gray, Cat. Seals & Whales Brit. Mus. 2nd ed. p. 393 
(1866). 

Cranial characters, except as regards the form of the pterygoid 
bones, much as in Steno. Teeth tolerably large (4-5 millim. in 
diameter), = to > with smooth enamelled surface. Vertebre: 
C. 7, D. 12, L. 10-14, C. 22; total 51-55. Pectoral fin broad at 
the base, the breadth being caused by the considerable development 
and position of the two outer digits. 

S. guianensis, Van Beneden, with the closely allied S. brasiliensis, 
Ed. Van Beneden. 

S. pallida, Gervais. 8S. tucuxi, Gray. 

S. sinensis (F. Cuvier). 

S. plumbeus (Dussumier). 

S. gadamu (Owen). 

S. lentiginosus (Owen). 


2. On a Specimen of Rudolphi’s Rorqual (Balenoptera 
* borealis, Lesson), lately taken on the Essex Coast. By 
Witiiam Henry Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., P.Z.S., &e. 


{Received November 19, 1883. ] 


Early in the morning of the Ist of the present month some fisher- 
- men discovered a Whale alive in shallow water near the mouth of the 
River Crouch, in Essex. After considerable difficulty they sue- 
ceeded in capturing and killing it. It was exhibited for some time 
at Southend, and was the subject of a Chancery suit regarding its 
ownership between the Lord of the Manor of Burnham, Sir Henry 
Mildmay, and the fishermen who caught it, which resulted in the 
former establishing his claim to it as a “royal fish.” 


514 PROF. FLOWER ON RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. [Nov. 20, 


Mr. J. T. Carrington, who saw it within two days of its capture, 
describes the colour of its back as a rich glossy black, which shaded 
to a brilliant white on the underparts, the flippers being black. The 
animal was a male. 

When roughly cleaned, under Mr. Gerrard’s superintendence, the 
bones and some other parts were removed to the prosector’s room 
in the Society’s gardens, where I had an opportunity of examining 
them on the 17th. 1t then became perfectly evident that the animal 
was a characteristic specimen of the species named above, apparently 
not quite adult. 

The skull measured 4 feet 2 inches (1°880 m.) in length, and the 
complete vertebral column 22 feet 3 inches (6°780 m.), giving 28 feet 
5 inches (8669 m.) from the apex of the rostrum to the end of the 
last caudal vertebra in a straight line, all the intervertebral substances 
being preserved. The length of the animal in the flesh may there- 
fore be taken at about 29 feet (8°840 m.). The numbers of the 
vertebree of the different regions of the column were: cervical 7, 
dorsal 13, lumbar 15, and caudal 21; or 56 in all. The upper end 
of the first rib of both sides was deeply cleft into two distinct heads’, 
. the posterior of which was directly articulated to the end of the 
transverse process of the first dorsal vertebra; the anterior was 
connected by a considerable mass of ligamentous substance to the 
approximated terminations of the upper and lower transverse pro- 
cesses of the posterior cervical vertebree. It may therefore be 
regarded as a cervical rib, the distal end of which has coalesced with 
the first thoracic rib, a condition well illustrated by the specimen in 
the Brussels Museum, described by me in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the 
Zoological Society, 1864, p. 417, where, on the right side, it is still 
free*. The thirteenth rib had a very small head, and was not 
directly attached to the transverse process of the corresponding 
dorsal vertebra, which showed no appreciable articular expansion 
at its extremity as in all the preceding ribs. The sternum was small 
and mainly cartilaginous ; its length is but 7 inches, and its greatest 
breadth not quite so much. Its form and mode of attachment to 
the broad ends of the first pair of ribs are shown in the annexed figure 
(p. 515) from a sketch made while they were still in connexion. The 
ossified portion was a broad lozenge-shaped or oval nucleus, which 
is all that remains in the hitherto described skeletons of immature 
individuals, and gives very little idea of the real form of this part 
of the skeleton. In perfectly adult animals the whole would pro- 
bably ossify, and give a shape of sternum like that of Balenoptera 
rostrata, but with a shorter posterior limb to the cross. The 
chevron bones were twelve in number. The stylo-hyals had the 

1 As in all the specimens of this species hitherto described, except that 
recorded by Turner (Journ. Anat. & Physiol. April 1882). 

2 As an additional illustration to the numerous cases already recorded of the 
presence of cervical ribs in the Cetacea, I may mention that in a specimen of 
Tursiops tursio, prepared during the present year for the Museum of the Royal 
College of Surgeons, there isa pair of such ribs, each 52 millim. in length, arti- 


culated to the extremities of the transverse processes of the seventh cervical 
yertebra, 


a 2 


1883. | PROF, FLOWER ON RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. 515 


broad flattened form characteristic of this species. The pelvic bones 
were very small and partly cartilaginous, 44 inches long, flattened, 
with one border slightly concave, and the other convex, and having 
a rounded prominence near the middle. The pectoral fins were 
long and narrow, as in the Rorquals generally ; the length from the 
head of the humerus to the extremity of the fin was 3 feet 9 inches 
(1'140 m.), the greatest breadth 9 inches (0°230 m.). The skin 
not having yet been removed, I can give no information about the 
number or form of the carpal bones or phalanges. The dorsal fin 
was preserved with the skeleton, and appeared large in proportion to 
the size of the animal, at all events in comparison with that of B. 
musculus. Its extremity is pointed, and its hinder border strongly 


Balenoptera borealis. 


Sternum and sternal ends of first pair of ribs in their natural relations; one 
fourth natural size. The dotted lines show approximatively the extent 
of ossification of the sternum and of the ribs. 


concave, giving it a distinctly faleate form; its height above the 


general line of the back is 11 inches (0+280 m.), and the length of 


its base 1 foot 4 inches (0°406 m.). 

The baleen was also fortunately preserved. The outer edge and 
greater part of each blade is black; but the inner edge and the 
hairy fringe of the larger blades and the small or subsidiary inner 
blades are almost pure white. The small blades at the posterior 
end of the series gradually change in colour from black to nearly 
white. The longest blades in the middle of the series are exactly 
12 inches in length on the outer edge, to which about an inch may 
be added for the hairy fringe. To count the blades accurately is 
impossible, as they gradually degenerate at the extremities of the 
series, especially in front, into little more than bristles ; but 300 on 
each side may be taken as a close approximation. 


516 PROF. FLOWER ON RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. [Nov. 20, 


The osteological characters of this species of Rorqual are well 
known, from the description by Rudolphi’ of a specimen stranded 
in 1819 on the coast of Holstein, the skeleton of which is still pre- 
served in the Berlin Anatomical Museum ; from the description which 
T gave in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society for 1864 of two skeletons, 
one in the Leiden and the other in the Brussels Museum ; and from 
the subsequent figures and descriptions of the same specimens pub- 
lished in the great work on the Osteography of the Cetacea by Van 
Beneden and Gervais. More recently P. Fischer has given some 
notes upon a young individual, stranded July 29th, 1874, between 
Bidart and Biarritz (Basses-Pyrénées), the skeleton of which is pre- 
served in the Museum of Bayonne’; and Professor Turner has 
described an older one (about 38 feet long) which was captured near 
Bo’ness, in the Firth of Forth, in September 1872°, the skeleton of 
which is now in the Anatomical Museum of the University of 
Edinburgh. 

This is certainly the least common of the four species of Rorquals 
known to inhabit the North Atlantic, and the one of the occurrence 
of which in British waters there are fewest records. In fact, except 
the one just mentioned as described by Professor Turner, there is no 
other well-authenticated case ; although it is possible that the Whale 
stranded at Charmouth, in Dorset, in 1840, described by Sweeting 
(P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 11)*, was one. Unfortunately none of its bones 
were preserved to authenticate its specific characters ; and it might 
have been a young individual of one of the larger species, B. musculus 
or B. sibbaldii. 

There has been considerable confusion about the nomenclature of 
this species, as of most other Whales. 

The first specimen which came distinctly under the notice of any 
zoologist was that mentioned above, carefully described by Rudolphi, 
who, however, erroneously identified it with B. rostrata of Fabricius 
and Hunter, a distinct and well-known species. The skeleton was 
afterwards described under the name of ‘ Rorqual du Nord” by 
Cuvier’, who compared and contrasted it with the “Rorqual de la 
Méditerranée,” which is now known as B. musculus. Lesson, in 
1828°, translated Cuyier’s name into Latin, calling it Balenoptera 
borealis, but including under the same designation another specimen 
now known to belong to a different species; but still Rudolphi’s Whale 
was the type. Fischer” also uses the same name for a number of 
Whales of several species, including Rudolphi’s, which is placed 
second on the list, the first being an example of B. rostrata, mis- 
called by Albers B. doops. 

1 Abhandl. der konigl. Akad. zu Berlin, 1820, p. 27. 

2 « Oétacés du Sud-ouest de la France,” Actes de la Société Linnéenne de 
Bordeaux, t. xxxv. 1881, p. 81; also ‘Comptes Rendus, t. Ixxxiii. p. 1298, 
Dec. 27, 1876, and ‘ Journal de Zoologie.’ y. p. 462, 1876. 

3 Journ. Anatomy and Physiology, April 1882, p. 471. : 

4 See also Mag. Nat. Hist. 1840, p. 342, and Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. vi. p. 72, 
Sept. 1841. 

© «Ossemens Fossiles,’ v. p. 564 (1825). 

® «Hist. Nat. des Cétacés’ (Complément de Buffon), p. 342. 

7 «Synopsis Mammalium,’ p. 524 (1829). 


i 


S22 Cc -  -—- °° 


co. s 


1883.] ON THE FEMALE ORGANS OF THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. 517 


In the great revision of the nomenclature of the Cetacea under- 
taken by Dr. Gray in the Zoology of the Voyage of the ‘ Erebus’ 
and ‘ Terror’ (1846), Rudolphi’s Whale was called Balenoptera lati- 
ceps, an ill-chosen name, as the head is not wider proportionally 
than in other members of the genus. In Dr. Gray’s next revision ', 
the genus Balenoptera being divided into three, it appears as Si5- 
baldius laticeps, under which name I described the skeletons referred 
to above in the P. Z.S. for 1864. A still further subdivision of the 
genera of Whales by Dr. Gray in 1871? resulted in the synonym of 
Rudolphius laticeps. 

Lesson’s specific name dorealis, whether regarded as original or as 
a translation of Cuvier’s designation, has undoubted priority, and has 
moreover received the sanction of Van Beneden and Gervais, being 
used in their magnificent work on the osteology of the Cetacea. It 
has also been adopted by P. Fischer in his valuable memoir on the 
Cetacea of the south-west of France®. 

The generic name is of course of much less importance, depending 
entirely upon whether it is considered expedient to retain Lacépéde’s 
genus Balenoptera in its integrity for all the Rorquals, or whether 
any of the subdivisions proposed by Dr. Gray should be adopted. 
Although these, especially in the later revisions, became far too nume- 
rous to be considered of generic value, being founded in many cases 
on mere individual variation, or on characters depending on imma- 
turity (as Benedenia), there is perhaps something to be said for the 
original triple division into Physalus, Sibbaldius, and Balenoptera, 
which certainly represent three distinct sections of the group, cha- 
racterized by osteological differences, described in my “ Notes on the 
Whales in the Museums of Holland and Belgium,” P. Z. 8. 1864. 
As, however, we have still so much to learn of the Rorquals of other 
seas, and as the possibility of intermediate forms being discovered is 
not yet exhausted, I think it better for the present at least to retain 
the old generic designation for them all. 


3. Additional Observations on the Structure of the Female 
Organs of the Indian Elephant (Elephas indicus). By 
M. Watson, M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the Owens 
College, Manchester. 
[Received July 19, 1883.] 


In a previous communication to this Society * I directed attention 
to the diversity of statement on the part of anatomists with regard 
to the structure of the female organs of the Indian Elephant. In 


1 P.Z.8. 1864, p. 399. 

2 «Suppl. Cat. Seals and Whales in Brit. Mus.’ p. 54 (1871). 

3 Fischer cites the species as B. borealis, Cuvier, following the practice usual 
with French authors in the numerous cases in which Cuvier described species 
under a vernacular appellation without bestowing upon them any systematic 
Latin name. 

* Trans. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 111. 


518 DR. M. WATSON ON THE FEMALE [Nov. 20, 


that communication I pointed out that, while in the majority of 
specimens which had been examined a well-developed septum uteri 
existed, yet this septum varied in length in different specimens, 
and that in none, with the single exception of that which formed 
the subject of that communication, was the septum uteri com- 
plete, but fell short of the os uteri to a greater or less extent in 
different individuals. In none, moreover, was there the slightest 
trace of a vaginal septum with the exception of the specimen de- 
scribed by myself, in which the septum vagine, like the septum uteri, 
was complete, and of that described by Messrs. Miall and Greenwood}, 
in which the septum vaginze was reduced to the condition of a 
fibrous cord, which, stretching across the orifice of the vagina, led 
these authors to regard it as the representative of the hymen. 

Having recently, through the kindness of Mr. Harniston of South- 
port, had. an opportunity of examining the female organs of another 
young Indian Elephant, I have thought it might be well, in view of 
the diversity of statement above referred to, to put on record the 
result of a careful dissection of the female organs of this specimen. 
I shall, for the sake of comparison with my previous communication, 
class my observations under four heads:—Ist, the condition of the 
‘septum uteri, including its relation to the body of the uterus; 2nd, 
the differentiation of a secondary vagina from the uterus on the one 
hand, and from the urogenital canal on the other; 3rd, the condition 
of the vaginal septum; and 4th, the number and position of the 
orifices which communicate with the commencement of the uro- 
genital canal. 

With regard to the first of these points, I found that the uterus 
presented the form already familiar to us through the researches of 
earlier observers. It consisted of an elongated corpus uteri, the 
exact dimensions of which I could not determine, as its anterior por- 
tion had been removed before the specimen fell into my hands. 
Enough of the organ, however, remained to show that, so far as the 
external form of the uterus was concerned, it did not differ from the 
specimen which I described and figured in the-Transactions of the 
Society. The interior of the uterus was provided with a well- 
developed septum which, although it occupied the greater portion of 
the uterus (dividing it into lateral compartments), nevertheless failed 
to reach the os uteri, but ceased two inches in front of that orifice, 
at which point it presented a slightly concave or semilunar margin. 
In this specimen therefore, as in all which have been previously de- 
scribed, with the single exception of that formerly examined by myself, 
there was a unilocular corpus uteri, which measured two inches in 
length, the remainder and much the greater portion of the uterus 
being divided into two lateral compartments by means of a septum 
which extended from the junction of the uterine cornua backwards 
to within two inches of the os uteri. 

With regard to the second point, the differentiation of a secondary 
vagina as distinguished from the uterus on the one hand and the 
urogenital canal on the other, I found in the specimen under con- 

1 «Studies in Comparative Anatomy,’ vol. ii. p. 64, 


1883. ] ORGANS OF THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. 519 


sideration no difficulty in identifying this portion of the sexual 
canal. It was clearly recognizable externally from the uterus in front, 
as well as from the urogenital canal behind, by the greater thinness of 
its walls, while on opening it the cavity, which was of an oval form, 
was seen to be larger than that of the uterus, from which it was 
separated by a slightly puckered constriction which permitted the 
passage of afinger. Posteriorly the secondary vagina communicated 
with the urogenital canal by means of a single orifice which, smaller 
than that leading into the uterus, permitted of the insertion of an 
ordinary knitting-needle, This orifice was undefended by any valve. 
The mucous membrane of the secondary vagina, moreover, differed 
in character from that of the uterus, inasmuch as in the latter 
it was thrown into longitudinal plications, whereas in the secon- 
dary vagina the mucous membrane was uniformly smooth and 
devoid of ruge. In all respects the secondary vagina of this speci- 
men of the Indian Elephant agreed closely with the corresponding 
portion of the female organs of the African species as described by 
Perrault’ and Forbes”. By Perrault the secondary vagina is de- 
scribed under the name of “corps ovale.” 

The third point to be noticed in the anatomy of the specimen 
under consideration was the total absence of a vaginal septum, 
such as I found completely developed in that which I formerly 
described in the Transactions of this Society. In that specimen the 
uterine septum was complete, and extended from the junction of the 
uterine cornua in front, backwards to the os uteri behind, whence it 
was prolonged backwards along the whole length of the vagina to 
the opening of the latter into the urogenital canal by means of a 
well-developed septum vaginze. In the present specimen, on the 
contrary, the septum uteri was incomplete, and there was a total 
absence of the septum vaginz, which formed so exceptional a feature 
in the anatomy of the specimen which I formerly examined. In this 
respect the specimen under consideration agrees with every one of 
those which have been previously examined by other anatomists 
with the single exception of that described. by Messrs. Miall and 
Greenwood, in which the septum vaginze was represented only by a 
fibrous cord, which, stretching across the aperture of communication 
between the vagina and the urogenital canal, led those authors to 
regard it as the representative of a hymen. 

With reference to the fourth point, the number of orifices which 
communicate with the commencement of the urogenital canal, I 
found that in the specimen under consideration there were four— 
firstly, the orifice of the urethra, which was situated below that of 
the secondary vagina; secondly, the orifice of the secondary vagina 
which was single, and was not divided into two separate apertures 
by the posterior extremity of the vaginal septum, as was the case 
in the specimen which I formerly described, and in that figured by 
Messrs. Miall and Greenwood, in which that septum was reduced to 


«Mémoires pour servir a histoire naturelle des Animaux,’ tome iii. p- 182, 
2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 481 


520 THE FEMALE ORGANS OF THE INDIAN ELEPHANT. [Noyv. 20, 


the condition of a fibrous cord; and thirdly, the two orifices of the 
canals of Gaertner, which were situated on either side of the os 
vaginze, and therefore occupied the same position as in the specimen 
which I formerly described. 

The examination of the female organs of the Indian Elephant 
just described shows that we have not as yet arrived at an under- 
standing of the normal configuration of these parts, and of the 
variations which they manifest in different specimens of the same 
species. In some, asin the specimens described by Stukeley, Hunter, 
Mayer, Miall and Greenwood, the corpus uteri was single, and the 
uterine septum fell short of the mouth of the uterus; while in at 
least one other, that described by myself in the Transactions of this 
Society, the uterus was divided into two compartments by a perfect 
septum uteri, which extended from end to end of that organ. 

In some specimens, as in those described by Stukeley’, Hunter’, 
Owen’, Miall and Greenwood, as well as in that formerly described - 
by myself, a secondary vagina was clearly differentiated from the 
uterus in front, and from the urogenital canal behind; while in at least 
one other, that described by Mayer, the secondary vagina was not 
distinguishable as a distinct structure, but apparently formed part of 
the uterus. In some, as in the specimen just described, as well as 
in those described by Mayer, Hunter, and Owen, there was not the 
slightest trace of a vaginal septum; in others, such as that formerly 
described by myself in the Transactions of this Society, the vagina 
was divided from end to end by a complete septum; while in that 
described by Miall and Greenwocd, and probably in that figured 
by Stukeley, the vaginal septum was represented by a fibrous cord 
which, stretching across the mouth of the vagina, divided that orifice 
into two. ; 

In some specimens, as in that just described, and in those of Mayer, 
Hunter, and Owen, there were four separate orifices which communi- 
cated with the commencement of the urogenital canal, namely those 
of the single os vagine, of the urethra, and of the two canals of 
Gaertner ; while in the specimen examined on a previous occasion 
by myself, as well as in that examined by Miall and Greenwood, the 
single os vaginee was divided into two parts by the posterior ex- 
tremity of the vaginal septum. 

In the last-named specimens therefore there were five apertures 
which communicated with the urogenital canal, namely the two 
ora vagine, the orifices of the two canals of Gaertner, and the orifice 
of the urethra. 

Further research is necessary to enable us to explain and re- 
concile the variations in structure of the female organs which are met 
with in different specimens of the Indian Elephant ; and it is to be 
hoped that those who have an opportunity of investigating the 
structure of this animal will not lose sight of the fact that much 


1 «On the Spleen, to which is added some Anatomical Observations on the 
Dissection of an Elephant.’ London, 1723, p. 104. 

2 « Hssays and Observations,’ vol. ii. p. 175. 

3 «Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p, 692. 


é 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA, 521 


yet remains to be done before we shall have arrived at an accurate 
knowledge of the entire anatomy of this animal. 

Postscript. Since the foregoing pages were written, Dr. R. J. 
Anderson * has published in the ‘ Journal of Anatomy’ a short account 
of the anatomy of an additional specimen of the Indian Elephant. 

In this paper the author mentions the presence of a uterus, vagina, 
and genito-urinary passage, but communicates no particulars regarding 
the structure of these different parts of the female organs. Hence 
our knowledge of these organs and of the variations which they 
present in different specimens of the Indian Elephant remains in the 
same unsatisfactory state as before. 


4. Descriptions of new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. 
By F. Moors, F.Z.8., &c. 


[Received September 12, 1883. ] 
(Plates XLVIII. & XLIX.) 


Subfamily SaryRinz. 
CALLEREBIA MODESTA, 0. sp. 


Male. Smaller than C. nirmala. Upperside similarly marked with 
smaller ocelli. Underside uniformly brown throughout both wings, 
the ocelli less distinctly bordered ; hind wing with a well-formed 

. small ocellus between the radial and upper median vein, in addition 
to that near anal angle. 

Expanse 1,5, inch. 

Hab. Gurhwal, N.W. Himalaya (Capt. Beckett). In coll. F. 
Moore. 

Subfamily NyMPHain2. 


ENISPE TESSELLATA, Ni. sp. 


Male and Female. Allied to E. euthymius: fore wing with broader 
marginal and submarginal bands, which are also confluent at their 
angles, the discal macular band composed of larger and confluent 
spots; there is also an inner band which runs into the upper discal 
streak, but which is less apparent on the hind wing; the discocellular 
lunular spot is also larger, the veins in crossing the disk are also 
black-lined: hind wing with three similar outer confluent bands, the 
linear inner band indistinct in the male; veins across the disk black- 
lined. 

Expanse, ¢ 33, 2 33 inches, 

Hab. Darjiling (Grote), Nepal (Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. LycazNID&. 
GERYDUS DRUMILA. 
Miletus drumila, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 777, pl. 41. fig. 12,9. 


Male. Upperside dark umber-brown : fore wing with a pale medial 
longitudinal fascia curving from lower end of the cell across the disk. 
* «Journal of Anatomy and Physiology,’ vol. xvii. p, 491. 


522 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. 20, 


Underside pale greyish brown: fore wing with two pale-bordered 
transverse marks within the cell, one at its end, and another below 
the middle mark, a submarginal series of very irregular-shaped 
marks, and with several small pale-bordered irregular spots disposed 
about the discal area ; hind wing with three irregular-shaped pale- 
bordered cell-marks, four marks along anterior border, a discal con- 
fluent series ending at anal angle, two marks below the middle cell- 
mark, and three below the basal cell-mark, the middle one of the 
latter being black, small and round ; interspersed between the marks 
are several pale-bordered irregular-shaped small spots. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 inches. 

Hab. Darjiling; Khasias. In coll. F. Moore. 


SPALGIS NUBILUS, NR. sp. : 


Male. Upperside violet-brown ; fore wing with a slightly darker 
discocellular lunule. Underside greyish-white, with waved trans- 
verse blackish lines, and basal marks. 

Female paler, with a very small indistinct paler space beyond the 
cell. 

Expanse ++ inch. 

Hab. Andaman Isles. In coll. F. Moore. 

Distinguishable from S. epius by the absence in the male of the 
prominent white discal spot, and the broad white discal area in the 
female ; the markings beneath are more numerous and waved. It 
is also distinct from S. dilama (Lucia dilama, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, 
p- 701), from Hainan. 


CuRETIS GLORIOsA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 1.) 


Male. Dark coppery-red: fore wing with a blackish-brown mar- 
ginal border curving broadly from base of the costa to posterior 
angle: hind wing also with a broad blackish-brown marginal border, 
and a suffused dusky basal area. 

Female dark brown: fore wing with broad golden-yellow discal 
area, and hind wing with narrow curved discal streak. 

Expanse 1£ to 13 inch. 

Hab. Silhet. In coll. F. Moore. 


CURETIS ANGULATA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 2.) 


Male. From typical C. bulis (Dbleday. and Hewits. D. Lep. pl. 75. 
f. 5) this differs in the fore wing being pointed and acuminated at 
the apex; the red area is paler and broader, extending to the pos- 
terior margin towards the base ; the dentate mark at end of the cell 
is also prominent. On the hind wing the exterior margin is much 
produced to an angle in the middle, and the anal end more produced ; 
the red area is also paler, and extends from the costal edge broadly 
over the disk, leaving only an exterior marginal blackish band and a 
suffused medial basal area. Female with similar outline of wings, 
and broad white discal areas. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. N.W. Himalayas. In coll. F. Moore. 


ye se 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 523 


CuRETIS ARcUATA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 3.) 

Of smaller size than C. thetys, the fore wing less acuminate at the 
tip, the costal band comparatively broader, not jagged on its inner 
edge, and is curved below the apex to the posterior angle. On the 
hind wing the costal band spreads over the costal vein and extends to 
the end of the upper subcostal branch. Female with the white 
patch on fore wing confined more to the disk, and the curved white 
band on hind wing is narrower. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 1,4; inch. 

Hab. Malabar. In coll. F. Moore. 


CASTALIUS INTERRUPTUS, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 4.) 

Fore wing white, with a blackish-brown broad costal band, which 
is widely interrupted to near the costal edge at end of the cell, the 
subapical inner angle of the band acute, the band then extending 
down the exterior margin and ascending above the posterior angle 
into a clavate knob to the disk: hind wing white, base slightly black- 
speckled ; a very narrow marginal band traversed by white lunules 
along the outer edge. Underside marked similar to C. decidia. 

Expanse 1 inch. 

Hab. Bombay. In coll. F. Moore. 


CYANIRIS PLACIDA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 5.) 

Allied to C. lavendularis. Male. Upperside of a darker but duller 
blue and of a uniform tint throughout, C. lavendularis having the 
discal area of both wings slightly whitish ; marginal black borders 
similar but slightly narrower. Underside similarly marked, except 
that in the fore wing there are but four transverse discal spots, which 
are also disposed in a more linear series. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore. 


CYANIRIS MARGINATA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 6.) 

Allied to OC. puspa. Both wings in the male with the black mar- 
ginal border twice the width of those in C. puspa, the black costal 
border extending its width hali across the cell; upper discal area 
of both wings also more prominently white. Female darker than in 
same sex of C. puspa, the pale discal area of less width. Underside 
similarly marked. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Nepal (Ramsay) ; Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore. 


CYANIRIS LATIMARGO, n. sp. (Plate XLVIILI. fig. 9.) 

Alhed to C. transpectus. Male. Upperside of a darker blue, 
with a purplish tint; both wings with a broad black outer mar- 
ginal band of one eighth inch in width; the costal border of both 
wings and the abdominal margin of hind wing also black-bordered. 
Underside with similarly disposed but broader markings than those 
in C. marginata. 

Expanse 12 inch. 

Hab. N.E. Bengal (Grote). In coll. F. Moore. 


524 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. 20, 


CYANIRIS ALBIDISCA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 7.) 


Allied to C. puspa. Male. Fore wing dark blue, with a narrow 
black marginal band decreasing to a point at posterior angle ; hind 
wing with a narrow black, slightly macular, marginal band. Both 
wings with a prominent white discal patch. Underside white, with 
similarly disposed but more slender and less prominent markings 
than those in C. puspa. 

Expanse 12 inch. 


Hab. Nilgiris, S. India, In coll. F. Moore. 


CYANIRIS JYNTEANA, 0. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 10.) 


Near C. puspa. Male. Fore wing comparatively shorter, the 
blue less intense and slightly paler; the discal area slightly white- 
speckled ; with a blackish outer marginal band of one twelfth inch 
in width ; hind wing with a narrow macular marginal band. Under- 
side greyish white: fore wing with a slender indistinct dusky-black 
discocellular streak, four transverse discal, outwardly oblique, short 
linear spots, a small costal spot, a submarginal and marginal row of 
lunular spots: hind wing with three small black subbasal spots, an 
irregular discal transverse series of nine spots, an indistinct sub- 
marginal and marginal row of dentate lunular spots. 

Expanse 11 to 12 inch. 

Hab, Khasia and Jyntea hills (Austen). In coll. F. Moore. 


CyANIRIS SIKKIMA, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 11.) 

Allied to C. Jynteana. Fore wing shorter ; hind wing also shorter 
and comparatively broader; the marginal blackish band on both 
wings broader; fore wing with a slender blackish discocellular 
streak. Underside similarly marked, the discal oblique spots being 
shorter, and the submarginal dentate lunules broader on both wings. 

Expanse 1,7, inch. 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore. 


NIPHANDA PLINIOIDES, n. sp. (Plate XLVIII. fig. 8.) 


Male and Female. Upperside violaceous-brown, with a very faint 
shade of violet-blue in some lights: fore wing with the discal inter- 
spaces between the veins whitish-brown, palest in the male, and 
traversed by an indistinct darker transverse discal fascia; a mar- 
ginal row of black spots : hind wing with a marginal row of whitish- 
bordered black spots, of which the second and third from anal angle 
are the largest, and two parallel discal curved rows of small whitish 
spots; cilia alternated with whitish. Underside dirty white: fore 
wing with a blackish-brown slender streak ascending half length of 
upper base of the cell, a curved streak from below its base to middle 
of the cell, and a lunular spot at its end; an interrupted discal 
macular band, the upper part with a broad outer fascia, and a sub- 
marginal and a marginal lunular band ; the latter with two blackish 
spots on its middle: hind wing with a blackish-brown spot at base 
of the cell, three subbasal spots, one on middle of abdominal 
margin, and two large spots on costal border, a smaller spot below 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 525 


the outer one, and a streak at end of the cell, an irregular discal 
series with paler brown outer borders, and an outer marginal row 
bordered by a submarginal paler lunular band, the second and third 
from the anal angle the largest. Base of palpi white beneath; legs 
white, with brown tarsal bands; antennee annulated with white 
bands. 

Expanse, ¢ 1,%,, 2 1445 inch. 

Hab. Sikkim. 19 coll. F. Moore and H. J. Elwes. 

Both sexes on the upperside have much the appearance of a dark 
female Lycena plinius and L. theophrastus, but these insects are, 
structurally, quite distinct. 


HoRAGA MOULMEINA, 0. Sp. 


Myrina syrinx, Hewitson, Tl. D. Lep. at 14. figs. 32, 33 (nec 
Felder). 


Allied to H. onyx. Male differs in having a smaller and more 
trilobate-formed white discal spot. Underside of a much brighter 
ochreous colour ; the discal band on fore wing only half the width 
of that in H. onyx, and does not extend above the subcostal vein ; 
the band on hind wing narrower, regular, and of uniform width ; 
anal and two subanal spots large. Female paler; underside also of 
the same brighter colour, and the band similar to that of male. 

Expanse 1;) to 1,, inch. 

Hab. Moulmein. In coll. British Museum. 

The H. syrinz of Felder is an Amboina species. 


HORAGA CINGALENSIS, 2. sp. 


Horaga ciniata, Moore, Lep. of Ceylon, i. p. 99, pl. 39. fig. 224 
(uec Hewitson). 

Male. Upperside very like H. onyx, the discal white spot smaller, 
the blue basal areas of similar tint. Underside very dark violaceous 
brownish-ochreous ; the discal baud on fore wing narrower but ex- 
tending to the costa; the band on hind wing also narrower and much 
more regular; anal spots much less prominent. 

Expanse 1,4 inch. 

Hab. Ceylon. In coll. F. Moore. 

A much smaller species and quite distinct from H. ciniata, which 
latter is confined to the Malay island of Batchian. 


HoraGA SIKKIMA, 0. Sp. 


Male. Differs from H. onyx in the lower basal and discal areas 
being of a darker blue tint; the discal white spot on fore wing 
intermediate in size. Underside of a slightly brighter ochreous 
tint than in H. syrinaw of Hewitson, the discal band on fore wing 
somewhat broader, the band on hind wing very much uarrower, being 
about the samé width as in H. viola. 

Expanse 153; inch. 

Hab. Darjiling (Grote aud Atkinson). In coll. F. Moore, and 
Hewitson Cabinet, British Museum. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXXV. 35 


526 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. | Nov. 20, 


ILERDA LANGH, 0. sp. 


Near to I. mooret. Both wings with the metallic area of the same 
extent and shape as in that species, the metallic colour being of a 
greenish tint of nearly the same intenseness as that in I. androcles. 
On the hind wing the marginal red band is composed of four or five 
broad continuous lunules. In both the former named species the 
marginal band is composed of only two lunules. Underside of a 
much darker yellow than in the former species, 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Masuri, N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore. 


APHNZUS ABNORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 4.) 


Male. Fore wing dusky violet-brown ; basal area from below the 
costal vein dull greenish-grey, or in certain lights pale blue: hind 
wing of the same dull greenish-grey or light blue ; ; the marginal line 
brown ; anal lebe dull ochreous-brown. Underside dull ochreous- 
brown; fore wing with three indistinetly defined oblique, transverse, 
very slightly silvered bands and submarginal line: hind wing with 
a similar medial transverse band and less distinct submarginal band. 

Expanse 1} inch. 

Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore. 


Genus SITHON. 
Sithon, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 77 (1816). 


Fore wing with the costa slightly arched at the base, apex acute, 
exterior margin very slightly convex, posterior angle not acute, pos- 
terior margin slightly convex, tufted beneath ; costal vein recurved ; 
first subcostal branch ascending and touching costal near its end, 
emitted at one third before end of the cell, second branch at one 
fifth, third and fourth from end of the cell, no fifth branch ; cell 
broad ; discocellulars slightly concave, of equal length; radial from 
their middle ; middle median from close to end of the cell, lower at 
one third before the end; submedian straight. Hind wing oval ; 
costa almost angular in its middle, apex convex, exterior margin lobular 
near anal angle ; cell short, triangular ; first subcostal emitted at one 
third before end of the cell; discocellulars oblique, recurved ; radial 
from their middle; two median branches from end of the cell, 
lower at one half before the end, submedian straight, internal re- 
curved ; furnished with a longish slender tail from end of lower 
median vein, and a short lobate tail from submedian vein. Antennal 
club slender; palpi porrect, laxy squamose beneath, second joint 
extending half beyond the head, third joint slender; legs squamose. 

Type 8. nedymond, Cram. 


SITHON NEDYMOND. 


Papilio nedymond, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 299. f. E, mrs, 
Thecla nedymond, Horsfield, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I. C. p. 96 
(1829). 


ti el EE Se 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 527 


Sithon nedymond, Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 77 (1816); 
Kirby, Catal. D. Lep. p. 414. 
Hab. Java; Sumatra. 


SITHON INDRA, 0. sp. 


Allied to S. jalindra. Differs from typical Javan specimens in 
the male having comparatively broader brown exterior borders on 
both wings. In the female the hind wing has four small obso- 
lescent widely separated blue-grey lower submargiual spots above the 
blackish marginal spots, the anal black spot beimg surmounted with 
red ; in the Java type of female the hind wing has a broad blue- 
grey lower marginal band and blue-grey speckled anal spot. Under- 
side whiter; both wings with narrower upper discal brown band ; 
the subanal spot with much less red border. 

Expanse 14 to 14 inch. 

Hab. Bengal (A. E. Russell). In coll. F. Moore. 


HypoLyc2ZNa CACHARA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 6.) 


Near to H. kina, Hewitson. Male. Upperside pale purplish 
violet-grey: fore wing with the costal and outer border more nar- 
rowly pale blue-black than in H. Aina; no band on the posterior 
border; a slight spot at upper end of the cell: hind wing with the 
costal border slightly pale blue-black. Underside greyish white : 
fore wing with a blackish discocellular lunular mark, a continuous 
discal band, and two marginal less distinct lunular bands: hind wing 
with a blackish discocellular mark, a discal band composed of three 
upper portions and a lower zigzag line ; two marginal less distinct 
lunular bands and a yellow-bordered black anal and a subanal spot ; 
a small spot also on costal border. 

Expanse 14 to 12 inch. 

Hab. N. -Cachar hills (G.-Austen). In coll. F. Moore. 


HyroLycNa GROTEI, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 5.) 


Allied to H. nasaka and H. chandrana. Upperside dark brown ; 
lower discal area of both wings violet-blue. Underside brownish 
grey : fore wing with a white-bordered brown band crossing end of 
the cell, a broken similar bordered discal band, and a marginal row 
of lunular spots: hind wing with a white-bordered black “subbasal 
anterior spot and two similar spots in middle of the cell, a white- 
bordered brown band at end of the cell, a broken zigzag similar 
discal band, and a marginal upper row of five annular spots ; the three 
lower marginal spaces ochreous red, the anal and third with a 
black central spot, and the middle with a silver streak, these three 
anal spaces being bordered above by a silver line. 

Expanse | inch. 

Hab. N.E. Bengal (Grote). In coll. F. Moore. 


HypoycHna NILGIRICA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 8.) 


Allied to H. othona. Female. Upperside reddish-brown : fore 
wing olivaceous-brown along the costal border: hind wing with 
35* 


528 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. 20, 


three red subanal marginal lunules and a white anal lobe-spot. 
Underside greyish-white : fore wing with a very indistinct blackish 
discocellular lunule, a submarginal lunular line with the upper end 
composed of double lunules, and a marginal lunular line: hind wing 
with a more distinct black discocellular lunular mark, submarginal 
and marginal lunular line, the upper end of the submarginal line 
composed of double lunules ; a black spot on the costa near the base, 
and a lobe and subanal black spot, the two latter slightly yellow, sur- 
mounted with dark yellow. 

Expanse 1,2, inch. 

Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore. 


VADEBRA, 2. g. 

Intermediate between Nadisepa and Rapala. * Male with the 
outline of the wings more of the form of the latter; the fore wing, 
however, is more acuminate, the exterior margin more oblique and 
even ; marginal tuft the same; hind wing somewhat broader poste- 
riorly ; glandular depression prominent. Palpi smoother ; antennal 
club longer and more pointed. 

Type V. petosiris. 


VADEBRA PETOSIRIS. 

Deudorix petosiris, Hewitson, Illust. D. Lep. p. 22, pl. 9. figs. 30, 
31 (1863). 

Hab. Darjiling. 

VADEBRA PHERETIMA. 

Deudorix pheretima, Hewitson, Illust. D. Lep. p. 21, pl. 9. figs. 27, 
29 (1863). 

Hab. Burmah (Tounghoo), Singapore; Sumatra. 


VADEBRA SUFFUSA. 


Deudorix suffusa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 834, 3. 
Hab. Tenasserim. 


VADEBRA LANKANA. 

Deudorix lankana, Moore, P. Z.8. 1879, p. 141, 2 ; Lep. of Cey- 
lon, i. p. 103, pl. 39. fig. 5. 

Hab. Ceylon. 


LEHERA, Li. g. 

Artipe’, Boisd. Lep. Guat. p. 14 (1870). 

Male. Wings large, broad: fore wing triangular ; first subcostal 
branch emitted at nearly half before end of the cell, second at one 
fourth, third bifid, emitted from near end of the cell, the fourth at half 
from below third and terminating at the apex, fifth from end of the 
cell; discocellular slightly recurved, radialfrom the middle; the middle 
median branch at one fifth before end of the cell, lower at one third 

1 Artipus used by Schonherr for Coleoptera, in 1826. 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 529 


before the end; submedian recurved ; no tuft on the posterior mar- 
gin: hind wing broadly ovate, exterior margin slightly sinuous below 
the apex ; anal lobe large ; furnished witha sinzle long slender tail ; 
no costal glandular patch ; costal vein much arched and terminating 
at the apex; first subcostal emitted at one third before end of the 
cell; discocellular oblique, radial from the middle ; the middle 
median emitted at one eighth before end of the cell, lower at nearly 
one half before the end ; submedian straight ; internal vein recurved. 
Body very robust ; antenne with a long thickened club. 
Type L. eryx. 


LEHERA ERYX. 

Papilio eryx, Linn. Mant. Plant. p. 537 (1771). 

Papilio amyntor, Herbst, Nat. Schmett. xi. pl. 300. figs. 5, 6 
(1804). 

Deudorix amyntor, Hewits. Ill. D. Lep. pl. 8. f. 18, 20, ¢ (1863). 

Hab. Darjiling, Silhet, Assam. 


TaJURIA JEHANA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 7.) 

Allied to 7. longinus. Smaller in expanse. Both sexes with the 
posterior areas slaty-blue ; hind wing with three black marginal spots 
from the anal lobe, and in the female a submarginal brownish zigzag 
band. Underside greyish creamy-white: fore wing with a slender 
indistinct black submarginal line: hind wing with the submarginal 
line more distinct and zigzag; a prominent anal and subanal black 
spot, each surmounted inwardly by a yellow lunule ; the inter- 
mediate space between the spots black-speckled. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 1} inch. 

Hab. Lucknow. In coll. F. Moore. 


PRATAPA LILA, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 9.) 


Near to the S.-Indian P. deva. Both wings with the blue of a 
purple tint, less metallic in lustre, and confined to a smaller space 
on the lower basal area, thus giving a broader black outer border. 
Underside of a darker tint, with much more prominent transverse 
black sinuous line, and brownish marginal fascie ; the aval spots 
also larger and broader-bordered with red. Female also with a 
broader brown border. 

Expanse, ¢ 14, 912 inch. 

Hab. Silhet, E. Bengal. In coll. F. Moore. 


Genus CAMENA. 


Camena, Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. p. 47 (1865). 

Fore wing triangular ; costa arched at the base, apex pointed, 
exterior margin convex below the apex, posterior margin convex in 
the middle and with a tuft of hair beneath; cell recurved, long ; 
first subcostal emitted at half length of the cell, second at one third, 
thrid at one eighth, fourth at one half from below third, fifth from 
end of the cell ; upper discocellular short, oblique, lower slightly con- 
cave, radial from their angle; middle median from one eighth and 


530 «IR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Noyv. 20, 


lower from one third before end of the cell; submedian straight. 
Hind wing broadly conical ; with a glandular depression at base of 
subcostal; costal margin much arched, exterior margin sinuous, 
abdominal margin long; furnished with two tails, anal angle lobed ; 
costal vein abruptly arched at the base and curved towards the 
middle ; first subcostal emitted at one half before end of the cell ; 
the cell broad ; discocellulars obliquely recurved ; radial from their 
middle; the middle median emitted at one fifth and lower at nearly 
one half before end of the cell ; submedian straight, internal vein 
much recurved. Body very robust ; abdomen short ; palpi porrect, 
second joint not extending beyond the head, third joint very long, 
two thirds the length of second, slender and pointed at tip; fore 
femora slightly pilose beneath ; antennal club stout. 
Type C. ctesia. 


CAMENA CTESIA. 
Camena ctesia, Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. p. 48, pl. 20. figs. 1, 2(1865). 
Hab. Darjiling. 


CAMENA CIPPUS. 

Hesperia cippus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 429 (1798). 

Tolaus cippus, Hewitson, Ill. D. Lep. Suppl. p. 11, pl. 4. figs. 39, 
40 (1869). 

Hab. Nepal (Ramsay). 


SURENDRA TODARA, 0. sp. 

Male. Upperside dark violet-brown : fore wing with the basal area 
below the costal vein pale violet-blue; hind wing uniformly brown. 
Underside pale ochreous-brown, indistinctly grey-speckled : fore 
wing with a discal transverse indistinct white lunular line and two 
less distinct marginal lines: hind wing with a subbasal and two discal 
transverse white lunular zigzag lines, a small black subanal spot sur- 
mounted with ochreous-red. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore. 

In this species the fore wings are narrower than in its allies, and 
the hind wing more convex. It is quite distinct from the Madras 
species, S. biplagiata, Butler, the figure of which (P. Z.8. 1883, 
pl. 24. fig. 12) does not well represent the angular margin of the 
hind wing of the type specimen. 


PANCHALA PARAGANESA. 


Amblypodia paraganesa, De Nicéville, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 
1882, p. 63. 

Amblypodia ganesa, Hewitson (nec Moore). 

Nearest to P. ganesa. Both wings violet-brown, with the discal 
areas of a purplish-violaceous blue: fore wing with the blue colour 
confined to a narrow oval area, including the cell: hind wing with a 
iong slender tail from end of lower median vein; the blue colour 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 531 


confined to the medial area; a marginal row of indistinct whitish 
double lunules. Underside with similarly disposed markings to 
those in P. ganesa, those on the fore wing being dark chocolate- 
brown, and the interspaces between the cell-marks also of the same 
colour: hind wing with chocolate-brown markings and _ basal inter- 
spaces, the markings also mostly with pale centres. 

Expanse 1; inch. 

Hab. Nepal (Genl. Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore. 


PANCHALA BIRMANA, 0. Sp. 


Allied to P. ganesa. Male. Upperside with similar blue discal 
areas, that on the fore wing being confined more to the base. 
Underside dark brown: fore wing with similar but much darker and 
broader markings, which have whiter borders, the interspace between 
the second and third cell-spots and between the latter and the 
discal band of the same dark brown as the wing, not white as in 
P. ganesa: hind wing with very similar markings, but all dark 
brown and with white borders; anal lunules blue-speckled. Female. 
Upperside with darker blue, extending from the base broadly over 
the discal area. Underside as in male. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Toungu, Brttish Burmah. In coll. H. G. Smith. 


NILASERA PIRITHOUS, 0. sp. 


Allied to WV. nakula. Differs in the male on the upperside being 
of a pale purplish-blue; both wings also with a black narrow 
marginal band. Female also of a brighter purple-blue. Underside 
darker; markings on fore wing less distinct, the inter-discal space 
bordering the lunular bands dusky purplish iron-grey ; hind wing 
with similarly disposed markings, which are all dusky purplish 
iron-grey : these markings are most strongly defined in the male. 

Expanse 2 to 27 inches. 

Hab. N.E. Bengal, Assam. In coll. F. Moore. 

Note.—N. centaurus and N. pseudocentaurus are both distinet 
from the above. J 


NILASERA OPALINA. (Plate XLIX. fig. 1.) 


Male. Upperside pale purplish lilac-blue ; cilia cinereous-grey. 
Underside pale lilacine greyish-brown ; fore wing with a white-bordered 
brown mark within the cell, a broad similar coloured mark beyond 
the cell, and a chain-like discal band, beyond which are two 
marginal slender, indistinct, whitish lunular lines ; posterior border of 
the wing greyish-white : hind wing with three transverse basal, four 
subbasal, one discocellular, and a curved series of eight discal white- 
bordered brown spots, beyond which are two marginal whitish 
lunular lines, with green-speckled anal spot. 

Expanse 14 inch. 

Hab. Khasia hills (G.-Austen). In coll, F. Moore. 


532 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [Nov. 20, 


NILASERA SUBFASCIATA, 0. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 2.) 


Upperside pale purplish cobalt-blue: fore wing with a purple- 
brown band curving from base of costa broadly before the apex to 
posterior angle: hind wing with a paler brown costal and outer 
marginal band. Underside purplish-brown: fore wiag with a white 
ringlet and two cross bars within the cell, followed by two irregular 
white bars from end of the cell, an irregular chain-like discal band 
and interrupted submarginal lunules; two brown spots below the 
cell, with the discal interspaces white: hind wing with two basal 
white ringlets, two within the cell, a letter-V mark above it, 
a ringlet beneath the cell, two discal, very irregular curved chain- 
like bands, and two indistinct submarginal lunular lines ; anal angle 
blackish, speckled with green scales; a prominent white fascia tra- 
versing the wing from abdominal margin below the cell to the apex, 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Tavoy, Burmah. In coll. F. Moore. 


Fam. ERYCINIDS. 


ABISARA ABNORMIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIX. fig. 3.) 


Male. Dark plum-colour: fore wing with a series of distinct 
whitish spots outwardly bordering the medial dark angular fascia, 
its lower border pale, and the submarginal fascia also distinctly pale : 
hind wing less angular on middle of the exterior margin, the apical 
and anal black spots very indistinct. Underside with a very distinct 
white angular medial fascia crossing both wings; the submarginal 
line on fore wing also whitish and slender: hind wing with a 
continuous marginal row of black conical white-bordered spots. 

Expanse 1,2; inch. 

Hab. Moulmein, British Burmah. In coll. F. Moore. 


ABISARA FRATERNA, 0. sp. 


Nearest to the Ceylonese A. prunosa. Both sexes smaller in size. 
Male duller-coloured ; fascia broader. Female of a brighter red 
colour, the transverse medial dark fascia more decidedly angular in 
the middle, the two outer fasciee and the marginal line whitish. 

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 14 inch. 

Hab. Bombay (Wilkinson). In coll. F, Moore. 


Fam. HesPERIDz. 
BAoRIS SCOPULIFERA, 0. Sp. 


Male and Female. Dark vinous-brown. Male. Fore wing with 
two minute semidiaphanous spots before the apex, two at end of the 
cell, and two larger angular spots on the disk ; hind wing with a 
tuft of long blackish hair which covers a dark maronne velvety 
patch within the cell. Underside paler; spots on fore wing as 
above ; also with a large glossy purple space below the cell enclosing 
a maronne-brown patch of raised scales. Female. Fore wing with 
larger spots, also having a minute spot between the apical and discal 


1883.] MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. 533 


series, and a small yellow spot above the hind margin; underside 
similarly marked. 

Expanse, ¢ 2 13 inch. 

Hab. Andamans. In coll. F. Moore. 

Allied to H. oceia, Hewits., Desc. of Hesp. p. 31, from the 
Philippines. 


Baoris UNICOLOR, n. sp. 

Male. Uppperside dark vinous-brown; fore wing without any 
markings whatever ; hind wing with a tuft of blackish hairs as in 
H. oceia. Cilia cinereous-brown. Underside uniformly brown ; 
fore wing with a glossy purple space on hind margin enclosing a 
small dark brown patch. 

Expanse 1+/, inch. 

Hab. Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore. 


BAoRIS AUSTENI, 0. Sp. 

Male and Female. Upperside dark brown. Maile: fore wing with 
two small semihyaline white spots at end of the cell, two before the 
apex, and three obliquely on the disk, the two upper of which are 
small. Female with markings the same, but slightly larger; also 
with a small yellow spot above the hind margin; cilia cinereous 
white. Underside as above ; both sexes having also a slight yellow- 
ish patch above the hind margin. 

Expanse, ¢ 13, Q 12 inch. 

Hab. Khasia hills; Cherra Pungi (G.-dusten). In coll. F. 
Moore. 

This species is allied to H. cahira, from the Andamans, and to 
H. moolata, from Tenasserim. 


IsoTEINON VINDHIANA, 2. sp. 

Male. Upperside dark olive-brown; cilia cinereous: fore wing 
with a small yellow semitransparent spot at upper end of the cell, 
three conjoined subapical spots, two discal spots, and a small oval 
spot above the submedian vein. Underside dusky ochreous : fore 
wing with the posterior area broadly black ; spots as above: hind 
wing with a yellow lunule at end of the cell, a small spot above it, 
and five discal spots. 

Expanse 1,3; inch. 

Hab. Jubbulpore (Span). In coll. F. Moore. 


IsOTEINON NILGIRIANA, 0. sp. 

Male. Allied to I. vindhiana: fore wing with similarly disposed 
spots, which differ in being white, somewhat smaller, narrower, and 
the subapical conjoined spots disposed in a smaller row; the spot 
above submedian obsolescent. Underside uniformly ochreous-brown : 
fore wing with the spots as above, the submedian obsolete: hind 
wing with a small dusky black spot at end of the cell, and a dusky 
black discal row of spots. 

Expanse 1,2, inch. 

Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Zindsay). In coll. F. Moore. 


534 MR. F. MOORE ON NEW ASIATIC LEPIDOPTERA. [ Nov. 20, 


IsOTEINON MODESTA, 0. Sp. 


Female. Allied to I. nilgiriana: fore wing narrower and less 
triangular in shape, with a minute very indistinct spot at upper end 
of the cell, two similar minute subapical spots, and two discal spots. 
Underside brownish-ochreous, grey-speckled ; fore wing with spots 
as above ; hind wing immaculate. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore. 


BaRacus SUBDITUS, Nn. Sp. 


Female. Differs from same sex of B. vittatus (Isoteinon vittatus, 
Felder) on the upperside, in being of a uniform olive-brown : fore 
wing with three somewhat indistinct small olivaceous-yellow sub- 
apical spots, below which are four similar spots, the two lower of 
which are very indistinct: hind wing uniformly olive-brown. 
Underside similar to that of B. vittatus, except that the fore wing 
has no subapical or anal spots, and the intermediary streaks on the 
hind wing are more prominent. 

Expanse 17 inch. 

Hab. Coonoor, Nilgiris (Lindsay). In coll. F. Moore. 


PARNARA CANARAICA, 0. Sp. 


Male and Female. Upperside dark brown, basal area olive-brown. 
Male: fore wing with two small oval semidiaphanous white spots 
at end of the cell, three spots obliquely before the apex, and three 
on the disk: hind wing without markings : cilia brownish-cinereous. 
Underside paler brown, irrorated with ochreous scales which are 
thickly disposed along the costa and apex of fore wing, and across 
discal area of hind wing: fore wing marked as above, also with a 
small whitish spot above hind margin: hind wing with two discal 
white spots. Female: fore wing with larger spots as in the male, 
also with a minute dot beneath the lower discal spot and a trian- 
gular yellow spot above hind margin: hind wing with three discal 
semidiaphanous spots. Underside: fore wing as above: hind wing 
with four discal white spots, and a fifth at end of the cell. 

Expanse, 51 4, 914 inch. 

Hab. Canara (Ward). In coll. F. Moore. 


TAGIADES ALBOVITTATA, 0. sp. 


Male. Upperside dark fuliginous-brown: fore wing with three 
minute transparent dots obliquely before the apex: hind wing with 
a narrow pure white anal band of one eighth inch in width: cilia of 
band white. Underside brown; the minute dots on fore wing scarcely 
visible: hind wing with the white colour extending upwards and 
nearly covering the whole wing. Body dark brown; palpi and 
abdomen beneath white ; legs brownish. 

Expanse 13 inch. 

Hab. Borneo. In coll. F. Moore. 


fa 


P.Z.S, 1888.20 | 


Mintern Bros . imp. 


F.C.Moore,del et hth. 


NEW INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA 


P. Z.S 1683 PY Ae 


F C Moore ,del et hth Mintern Bros . inp 


NEW INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 


ee td 


1883.] MR. R. TRIMEN ON A VARIETY OF THE LEOPARD. 535 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Prats XLVITI. 
. Curetis gloriosa, nu. sp., p. 522. 
2. angulata, n. sp., p. 522. 
3. arcuata, n. sp., p. 528. 
4. Castalius interruptus, n. sp., p. 523. 
5. Cyaniris placida, n. sp., p. 523. 
6 marginata, 0. sp., p. 523. 
i albidisca, nu. sp., p. 524. 
8. Niphanda plinioides, n. sp., p. 524. 
9. Cyaniris latimargo, n. sp., p. 523. 
10 
11 


Fig. 1 


€ 


. —— jynteana, n. sp., p. 524. 
sikkima, n. sp., p. 524, 


Prarn XLIX. 


. Nilasera opalina, n. sp., p. 531. 
subfasciata, n. sp., p. 532. 
Abisara abnormis, nu. sp., p. 532 

. Aphneus abnormis, n. sp., p. 526. 

. Aypolycena grote, n. sp., p. 527. 
cachara, n. sp., p. 527. 

. Tajuria jehana, un. sp., p. 529. 
Hypolycena nilgirica, nu. sp., p. 527. 
. Pratipa lila, n. sp., p. 529. 


SD ATD Ot ys COLO 


5. On a remarkable Variety of the Leopard (Felis pardus), 
obtained in the East of the Cape Colony. By R. 
TrimeENn, F.R.S., F.Z.8. 


[Received September 12, 1883.] 


In the Albany Museum, at Grahamstown, I have lately seen a 
mounted skin of Felis pardus, which differs much from any specimen 
that I have previously met with. It is that of a full-grown animal, 
but its sex is not noted. 

In this example the most noteworthy character is the abundance 
of small black simple spots, almost to the exclusion of the ordinary 
“rose” or “ring” spots. The small spots are very numerous on 
the forehead and sides of the head, all along the dorsal tract, on 
both sides all over the middle of the body, and also on the shoulders 
and outer sides of the fore legs. Imperfect rose-spots are observable 
on the paler spaces on the sides of the neck, of the body behind the 
shoulders, and of the thighs. The fur of the tail is of a sandy 
colour, spotted and mixed with fuscous, the terminal portion being 
grizzled fuscous. 

This specimen is labelled ‘‘ Bucklands, near Koonap—presented 
by Mr. Buckley, August 1870.” The Catalogue of the Albany 
Museum mentions it as a cross between the ordinary and black 
Leopards ; but I believe the well-known black form of the Leopard 
has never been met with in South Africa (ifin Africa at all), the speci- 
mens recorded being from India, Java, and Sumatra. Ishould thus 
prefer toregard this Cape specimen as an interesting aberration in 
the direction of the complete melanism of the so-called Felis melas, 


536 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON -__[ Noy. 20, 


6. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par MM. Stolzmann et 
Siemiradzki dans ’ Ecuadeur occidental. Par le Comtr 
H. v. Beruerscn et L. Taczanowskt. 


[Received September 28, 1883.] 
(Plate L.) 


M. Jean Stolzmann, aprés son retour d’ Europe, pour entreprendre 
de nouveau son exploration au Pérou, a trouvé Pimpossibilité d’y 
continuer ses travaux, 4 cause des événements de la guerre, dans la- 
quelle malheureusement cette république est engagée. I] s’est 
dirigé done dans la république de l’Ecuadeur, et commenga par la 
région occidentale de ce pays. 

Pendant ce voyage M. Stolzmann a pour compagnon M. le Docteur 
Joseph Siemiradzki, géologiste, qui outre les études de sa spécialité, 
a aussi collectionné des oiseaux pour le Musée Berlepsch. C’est la 
raison pour laquelle nous avons fait en commun la liste des col- 
lections de ces deux voyageurs. 

Les oiseaux de cette liste ont été recueillis principalement dans 
deux localités—c’est 4 dire, aux environs de Guayaquil et 4 Chimbo, 
ou Puente de Chimbo, pour le distinguer de Chimbo, situé au 
voisinage de Bodegas. Chimbo est situé au nord-est de Guayaquil, 
au bord de la riviére du méme nom, élevé 4 1100 pieds au-dessus 
de la mer. Les montagnes environnantes sont couvertes d’une 
magnifique forét chaude, semblable 4 celle du Palmal. 

Les autres localités of nos voyageurs ont aussi collectionné sont :— 
Yaguachi prés de Guayaquil, et Cayandeled, 4 peu prés 4 4000 pieds 
au-dessus de la mer, dans les foréts du versant occidental des Andes. 
Toute la collection est faite depuis aotit jusqu’en décembre 1882. 

En 1858 et 1859 M. Louis Fraser a collectionné dans les contrées 
voisines, c’est 4 dire 4 Babahoyo ou Bodegas, sur la riviére du méme 
nom, & 200 lieues N.E. de Guayaquil, et 200-250 pieds au-dessus de 
la mer, en aotit et septembre 1859, et a Pallatanga, pueblo situé sur 
un bras du Rio Chimbo, depuis l’aofit jusqu’en décembre de 1858. 

Les relations de M. Sclater sur ces collections’ étaient d’une 
grande importance pour notre travail, car la faune ornithologique de 
Babahoyo est la méme que celle de Guayaquil et de Yaguachi, tandis 
que celle de Pallatanga correspond 4 la faune de Chimbo. Les 
collections étaient riches de ces deux localités (165 espéces de 
Pallatanga et 137 de Babahoyo) dont un bon nombre a été décrit 
par M. Sclater comme espéces nouvelles, 

Malgré cela nos deux yoyageurs ont réussi 4 ajouter des nouvelles 
données pour la faune ornithologique de la contrée. 

Nous avons trouvé dans leurs collections six espéces suivantes qui 
nous paraissent étre nouvelles pour la science :— 


Hylophilus minor. Automolus assimilis. 
Phenicothraupis stolzmanni. Leptoptila pallida. 
Chrysomitris siemiradzhii. Aramides wolfi. 


1 Voyez P. Z. 8. 1859, pp. 185 et 147; 1860, pp. 63, 73, 272 et 290. 


SS ax&<x COCO ™—S—— 


- 


1883.] 


BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 537 


Il nous a fallu encore de distinguer quelques-unes des espéces qu’on 
avait eu tort de confondre avec des autres formes conuues, comme :-— 


Euphonia hypoxantha, confondue avec ’ &. crassirostris, Scl. 


Calliste cyanopygia 


>» 
Ornithion sclateri 


99 


Lele Engl Of eyaneicollis, O. et L. 
» LO. imberbe, Scl. 


Il nous a paru également utile de distinguer plusieurs formes, 


bien reconnaissables, comme races locales, 


auxquelles nous avons 


préféré de garder le nom spécifique, en ajoutant celui de race; 


comme :— 


Turdus ignobilis, maculirostris. 

Troglodytes furvus, albicans. 

Vireosylvia chivi, griseobar- 
bata. 

Chlorophanes spiza, exsul. 

Tanagra palmarum, violilavata. 

Spermophila gutturalis,  oli- 
vacea. 


Leptopogon superciliaris, trans- 
andinus. 

Rhynchocyclus peruvianus, equa- 
torialis. 

Dendrornis erythropygia, equa- 
torialis. 

Gouldia conversi, equatorialis. 

Chetura sclateri, occidentalis. 


En outre il y a 22 oiseaux. trouvés pour la premiére fois dans ce 


pays, comme :— 


Turdus obsoletus. 
Atticora tibialis. 
Tachyphonus xanthopygius. 
Gnathospiza raimondi. 
Neorhynchus nasesus. 
Spermophila telasco. 
Spermophila obscura. 
Sycalis flaveola. 
Todirostrum sclateri. 
Capsiempis flaveola. 
Myiopatis tumbezana. 
Myjiozetetes cayennensis. 


Rhynchocyclus peruvianus, equa- 
torialis. 

Synallaxis fruticicola. 

Philydor erythronotus? 

Rhamphocenus rufiventris. 

Myrmia micrura. 

Chetura sclateri, occidentalis. 

Chetura spinicauda. 

Panyptila cayennensis. 

Picumnus sclateri. 

Penelope cristata. 


La collection renferme aussi des exemplaires de quelques espéces 
trés rares, décrites dans les derniers temps, comme :— 


Microcerculus teniatus, Salv. | Chamepelia buckleyi, Scl. et 


Thryothorus paucimaculatus, 
Sharpe. 


Salv. 
Penelope ortoni, Salv. 


De l autre cété, nos voyageurs n’ont pas retrouvé toutes les espéces 
fournies par M. Fraser de “Babahoyo et de Pallatanga; 50 espéces 
manquent de la premiére de ces localités et 34 de la derniére, dans 
les collections de MM. Stolzmann et Siemiradzki. 

La collection de M. Stolzmann est déposée au Musée de Varsovie, 
et celle de son compagnon au Musée Berlepsch. 

Comme nos voyageurs ont coutinué leurs recherches 4 Cayandeled, 
et dans plusieurs autres localités voisines, nous espérons de recevoir 


538 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20, 


encore un bon nombre d’espéces supplémentaires pour cette faune. 
Nous retardons done la publication de nos remarques générales sur 
la faune ornithologique de l Ecuadeur occidental, jusqu’a ce que nos 
voyageurs auront terminé leur exploration dans cette contrée inté- 
ressante. 


TURDID. 
1. CarHarus DRYAS (Gould). 


Trois males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre, 
novembre et décembre 1882 

Bec, pattes et un anneau autour des yeux d’un orangé vif ; iris 
brun rougeatre. La couleur jaune des parties infériewres du corps 
trés intense. Ces oiseaux ressemblent en tout dans leur coloration 
& ceux du Pérou septentrional (Huambo), recueillis en avril et mars, 
mais le jaune du dessous est un peu plus vif, et la taille moins forte. 
Longueur de Vaile 87-89 mm., tandis que ceux du Pérou ont 97— 
98 mm.; queue 60-65, tandis que les péruviens l’ont de 75— 
77 mm. 


2. TuRDUS SWAINSONI, Cab. 


Un male recueilli par Siemiradzki & Chimbo, en décembre, 
semblable en tout aux ciseaux péruviens, tandis que les oiseaux de 
VEcuadeur oriental (Sarayacu, Buckley), dans le Musée Berlepsch, 
paraissent plutot appartenir au 7’. ustulatus, Nutt. 


3. T'URDUS IGNOBILIS MACULIROSTRIS, Berlepsch MS. 


Une paire, recueillie en septembre 1882, 4 Chimbo. Iris brun- 

clair. 

T. ignobili, ex Bogota, maxime affinis, sed differt rostri dimidio 
apicali flavo ; coloribus precipue in pectore pallidioribus, dorso 
cum alis et cauda extus olivascentioribus, tectricibus sub- 
caudalibus magis brunneo maculatis. 


Les oiseaux de la collection de M. Sclater, recueillis dans 
VEcuadeur occidental, par Fraser, présentent la méme couleur du 
bec que nos oiseaux de Chimbo; cette particularité par ait done étre 
constante, et présenter un caractére distinctif. Nous n’avons pas 
vu d’oiseaux de )Kcuadeur oriental, mais les oiseaux de Bogota 
(vrai ignobilis) ont toujours le bec noir en entier. 

Les oiseaux de Pérou central (Amable-Maria) et du Pérou sep- 
tentrional (Chirimoto et Huambo) ont constamment le bee foncé en 
entier, une plaque d’un blane pur assez volumineuse au-dessous de 
la gorge, semblable 4 celle du 7’. Jeweomelas du Brésil, mais ce qui 
ne parait pas étre constant, car il y a une femelle de Huambo, qui 
n’a pas de plaque pareille; la couleur des parties supérieures du corps 
est dans ces oiseaux moins olive et distinctement plus foncée que dans 
les oiseaux de l’ Ecuadeur occidental. 

Le 7. maculirostris ressemble par la coloration du bec au T. grayt 
de l’ Amérique centrale, et peut étre considéré le remplagant de cette 
espéce dans l’ Ecuadeur occidental. 


1883. | BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 539 


4. Turpvus opsouetus, Lawr. : 


Un mile recueilli i Chimbo le 14 octobre 1882, par Stolzmann. 
Iris brun grisatre foncé. Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de ce pays, 
connue de Costa Rica et de Panama. 


5. Mimvs Lonercaupatus, Tsch. 


Un exemplaire, sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Siemiradzki 
& Guayaquil, le 8 aodit. Iris brun rougeatre. Longueur totale 
270 mm. 

L’oiseau de Guayaquil ressemble plutdt & ceux de Tumbez et de 
Chepen, qu’aux oiseaux de Lima. II a la bande noire auriculaire 
également large, la poitrine et les flancs également squamulés de 
blanc, mais il s’en distingue par la nuance du fond des parties 
supérieures du corps plus cendré, Cet individu se distingue de tous 
les viseaux péruviens avec lesquels je l’ai comparé par laile beau- 
coup plus courte, elle n’a que 110 mm. tandis que les péruviens 
Pont de 120-127 mm. Longueur totale des péruviens est de 
280-308 mm. 


TROGLODYTID. 
6. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS BALTEATUS, Baird. 


Un mile de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre. Les 
types de Baird venaient de Guayaquil et de Piura (Pérou). 


7. CYPHORHINUS PH#OCEPHALUS, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 291 
(décrit d’Esmeraldas). 

Trois exemplaires recueillis par Stolzmann & Chimbo, en septembre 
et novembre, s’accordent en tout avec les descriptions de MM. 
Selater et Sharpe. vis brun foncé. 


8. MicrocercuLus Tzniatus, Salv. Ibis, 1881, p. 130, tab. iii. 
£2. 


Deux miaies de Chimbo, recueillis en décembre. Iris brun. Ces 
oiseaux s’accordent en tout avec la description faite d’aprés les oiseaux 
de 1’ Eeuadeur occidental. 


9. HenrcorHINA LEUCOPHRYS (Tsch.). 


Trois males, une femelle et un jeune de Chimbo, recueillis en 
septembre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun. 

Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec ceux du Pérou septen- 
trional (Tambillo) et ne s’en distinguent que par la nuance du dos 
un peu moins rougeatre. La femelle du Pérou central (Sillapata) a 
le bec moins long que tous les oiseaux de Tambillo et de Chimbo, et 
se distingue de tous par le manque complet de raies noiratres A 
travers les rémiges. Dans la description de Tschudi ces raies noires 
sont indiquées. Ses types provenaient lu Pérou nord oriental ; si 
done cette différence sera constante dans les oiseaux du Pérou central, 
on pourrait séparer cette forme comme une race locale. 


540 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON -__[Nov. 20, 


10. THRYOPHILUS NIGRICAPILLUs, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 87 
(décrit de Nanegal). 

Six males, deux femelles et un jeune de Chimbo, recueillis en 
septembre, octobre et novembre. Iris brun roussatre. 

Tous ces exemplaires ont la gorge et le milieu de la poitrine d’un 
blane pur sans raies; il parait done que le T. schotti, Baird, 
d’Antioquia et de Rio Truando serait une forme bien distincte. 


1]. THryoTHoRUs MysTACALIs, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 67 (décrit 
de Pallatanga). 

Trois males de Chimbo, recueillis par Stolzmann en novembre et 
décembre 1882. Iris brun. 

Un oiseau d’ Antioquia du Musée Berlepsch, différe légérement. 


12. 'THRYOTHORUS PAUCIMACULATUS, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. 
vi. p. 238 (décrit des montagnes Balzar). 

Male et femelle recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Guayaquil en aotit 1882, 
s’accordent en tout ala description. Iris brun rougeatre foneé. 


13. TROGLODYTES FURVUS ALBICANS, Berlepsch MS. 

Un exemplaire, sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Siemiradzki 
x : . Z 
a Guayaquil en septembre. Niche dans les fissures du sol salé 
(Stemiradzhi). 

T. furvo proximus, differt gula et abdomine medio pure albis ( fere 
niveis); corpore supra pallidiore, magis griseo-brunneo et 
lateribus rufescentioribus. 

Cette forme du 7. furvus est peut-étre plus distincte que toutes 
les autres races qu’on a déja établi. Elle est reconnaissable au 
premier coup d’ceil par le blane de neige sur la gorge et le milieu de 
Pabdomen, préseatant un contraste choquant avec le roussatre foucé 
des fianes et V isabelle du haut de la poitrine, tandis que dans toutes 
les autres races, tout le dessous est d’un blanc ou d’un isabelle uni- 
forme, a flancs brunatres. Le 7’. aléicans n’a pas de raies transversales 
sur les flanes, propres au T. s¢riatulus de Bogota, et sur le dos les raies 
sont a peine indiquées, également comme chez le T. audaw du Pérou. 
Les sous-caudales ne sont que marquées d’une petite tache brune, au 
lieu d’étre rayées. La téte, le dos antérieur et les couvertures 
supérieures des ailes sont d’un brun grisatre, croupion d’un brun 
plus roussitre. Iris brun. 

Le male recueilli par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo en novembre ne differe 
du précédent que par la couleur un peu plus roussatre au dos, et les 
flanes, le milieu de l’abdomen lavé légérement d’isabelle. Ces 
oiseaux ont une taille beaucoup moins forte que les 7. audas. 
Longueur totale selon Siemiradzki 120, vol 170 mm. 


T. albicans. T. audax. 
Sexe non 
6. indiqué. foir, oO, 
mn. mm. mm, mm. 
Longueur de laile pliée...... 50 51 55 49 
a ERE aie ani spear gael 35 45 40 


9 BOGE caksa.s 2 dete 17 18 19 20 


1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 541 


La couleur du dessous est bien différente dans les oiseaux péru- 
viens, en ce que tout le dessous est d’un isabelle assez fort et uni- 
forme, moins distingué du brunatre des flancs. 

Nos oiseaux se distinguent aussi de ceux de Cayenne par une 
taille moins forte et le manque des raies foncées au dos; mais s’en 
approchent plus par la coloration du dessous. 


14. TRoGLopyres soustTiT1Auis, Scl. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 550 
(déecrit de Matos et Pinipi). 

Un mile recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Cayandeled en décembre. 

Plus petit que les oiseaux péruviens (aile 45 mm. longue, tandis 
que les péruviens l’ont 50-53 mm.) et toutes les couleurs en général 
plus rousses. 

MNIOTILTID&. 
15. Paruua piriayumt (Vieill.). 


Une paire tuée par Stolzmann & Chimbo, en octobre et décembre. 


16. GrorHtypis sEMIFLAVA, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1860, p. 273 
(d’aprés les oiseaux de Babahoyo). 

Quatre males adultes recueillis 4 Chimbo en septembre, octobre et 
novembre. 

Un male de septembre (coll. Berlepsch) posséde une ligne jaune 
dans le noir des freins, commencant du bec et s’étendant jusqu’au 
dessus des yeux. 


17. BAsILeUTERUS FRASERI, Scl. MS. 


B. chrysogaster, Scl., nec Tsch. 
Quatre males et une femelle, recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo 
et 4 Guayaquil en aodt et en novembre. Iris brun foncé. 


18. BasILEUTERUS SEMICERVINUS, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 84 
(décrit de Nanegal). 

Un exemplaire sans indication de sexe recueilli 4 Chimbo par 
Siemiradzki. 


19. SeropHAGA VERTICALIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.). 


Deux males de Chimbo, recueillis en novembre. Iris brun 
foncé. 


20. SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA (L.). 
Deux males recueillis par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo en septembre. 
Tris brun foncé. 
VIREONIDE. 


21. ViREOSYLVIA CHIVI GRISEOBARBATA, Berl. 

Deux males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en décembre. Iris 
fauve. 

V. chivi simillima, sed regione mystacali grised, et pectore griseo 


lavato vel flammulato distinguenda. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.— 1883, No. XXXVI. 36 : 


542 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON _ [Noy. 20, 


Cette forme de la V. chivi est & peine séparable, mais nos exem- 
plaires ont des moustaches grisitres sur les cétés de la gorge, moins 
prononcées et moins ¢tendues que celles du V. calidris. Le milieu 
du haut de la poitrine est aussi flammulé de grisitre sur un fond 
blanc, qu’on ne voit pas sur les chivi de différentes localités dans la 
collection Berlepsch. En outre les oiseaux de Chimbo ressemblent 
& ceux de Venezuela, de la Guyane et de Bahia. Les couleurs sont 
trés vives ; les sous-alaires et Jes sous-caudales d’un jaune souffré vif, 
cétés du corps d’un jaune olivatre. La calotte d’un gris ardoisé 
bleuatre, trés pur, les bordures noires bien prononcées. La bande 
sourciliére d’un blane pur depuis le bec jusqu’a la nuque. Le vert 
olive des parties supérieures un peu terne ou grisitre. 


22. HyLopHILUS MINOR, Stolzm. MS.' 


H. supra lete flavido-olivaceus, uropygio flavidiore, pileo obscuriore 
et cinerascente; subtus et in genis albidus, abdomine medio 
pure albo, lateribus pectoris, crisso subcaudalibusque flavis ; 
remigibus intus nigricantibus, extus flavo-olivaceis, primariis 
externis albo marginatis ; cauda flavido-olivacea. 

gd. D’un olive jaunatre en dessus, 4 croupion plus jaunatre, le 
sommet de la téte distinctement plus obscur 4 base des plumes 
cendrée, plus ou moins visible 4 travers l’extrémité des plumes; 
lores blanches ; cétés de la téte d’un cendré perlé clair ; en dessous 
la couleur générale blanche, enduite légérement de grisatre sur la 
gorge et la poitrine, d’un blanc pur au milieu de l’abdomen, les cotés 
de la poitrine jaunes, ceux de abdomen d’un jaune moins pur, 
sous-caudales d’un jaune pale. Tectrices alaires olives, bordées de 
jaunatre; rémiges noiratres 4 barbe externe de la couleur du dos, 
excepté dans cing primaires externes, ol cette barbe est bordée 
finement de blanc; sous-alaires et le bord interne des rémiges sont 
d’un jaune pale. Queue olive-jaunatre. Bec corné; pattes d'un 
corné brunatre ; iris brun trés foncé. 

Oiseaux sans indication de sexe, probablement femelles, se dis- 
tinguent du précédent par les lores d’un cendré pale, le jaune des 
cétés de la poitrine moins pur, et le blanc de abdomen moins 
pur. 

6d. Longueur de l’aile 54, queue 40, bec 15, tarse 17 mm. 

Un male adulte et deux oiseaux sans indication de sexe recueillis 
par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo, en septembre et octobre. 


23. CyCLORHIS VIRENTICEPS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 274 (décrit 
de Babahoyo). 


Un male de Yaguachi du 21 décembre, trois femelles de Guaya- 
guil d’aodt et de septembre, semblables en tout & ceux de Tambez et 
de Paucal. Iris jaune pale et orangé. 


? Oest le Hylophilus ? mentionné par M. Sclater de Babahoyo (P.Z. 8. 
1860, p. 273) et réuni plus tard par le méme auteur (Ibis, 1881, p. 303) au 
H, aurantiifrons, Lawy., qui est tout 4 fait différent. 


1883. | BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 543 


HirUNDINID. 
24. ATricora CYANOLEUCA (V.). 


Un mile recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en novembre. 

Cet oiseau s’accorde en tout avec un oiseau de Bogota, dans la 
collection Berlepsch, mais il a la queue plus courte et le blane plus 
pur en dessous. 


25. ATTICORA TIBIALIS (Cass.). 


Trois males recueillis par Stolamann 4 Chimbo endécembre. Iris 
presque noir. 


26. STELGIDOPTERYX UROPYGIALIS (Lawr.). 


Une femelle tuée par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en octorbe. 

Identique avec P’oiseau de Bogota, si ce n’est que la couleur rousse 
de la gorge et le brunatre de la poitrine et des cotés sont un peu 
plus intenses. 


Ca@rREBID&. 


27. DAcNIS EGREGIA ZQUATORIALIS, Berlepsch, Journ. f. Orn. 
1873, p. 69. 


A D. egregia e Columbia differt: 3 colore corporis ceruleo multo 
magis viridescentiore ; Q colore gule grisescente nec olivaceo- 
viridi, et capite cerulescentiore. 

Une paire recueillie par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo en novembre. Iris 

jaune. 


28. CHLOROPHANES SPIZA EXSUL, Berl. MS. 


Cing males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, 
octobre et novembre. Iris brun rougeatre. 

C. spizze similis, sed minor, et colore corporis minime ceruleo tincto. 

Obs. C. spizee e Venezuela quoad colores simillima. 

Cette race a la couleur verte du corps sans nuance bleuatre, tout a 
fait comme les oiseaux de Venezuela de la collection Berlepsch. 
Les deux oiseaux de Sarayacu (Kcuadeur or.) de la collection Ber- 
lepsch ont le reflet bleuatre en dessus et en dessous bien prononcé. 
La race exsul est plus petite que toutes les autres races de cette 
espéce, surtout le bec dans les oiseaux de Chimbo est plus court et 
plus mince qu’ordinairement. 


29. C@reBa CHZRULEA (L.). 


Un mile adulte recueilli par Stolazmann 4 Chimbo le 7 novembre 
1882, semblable par sa coloration aux oiseaux du Pérou. 


30. CERTHIOLA MEXICANA, Sel. 


Male adulte et jeune femelle de Chimbo, recueillis par Siemiradzki 
en octobre et novembre. Iris brun. 
S’accordent avec les oiseaux de Bogota, et plus encore avec ceux 
de l’ Amérique centrale. 
36* 


544 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Noyv. 20, 


TANAGRIDZ. 
31. PRocNIAS CZRULEA OCCIDENTALIS, Scl. 


Deux males adultes, deux femelles et un male trés jeune tués en 
novembre et décembre. Iris brun foncé. Le mile a Paile 87, 
queue 58 mm.; la femelle aile 80-85°5, queue 51-52 mm. Ces 
dimensions s’accordent avec celles des oiseaux de la Nouvelle Gre- 
nade. 


32. EUPHONIA XANTHOGASTRA, Sundev. 


Deux miles et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, 
novembre et décembre. Iris brun foncé. 

Le mile est identique en tout aux oiseaux de Sarayacu (Ecuadeur 
or.), les femelles s’accordent avec celles de Bogota. Les males du 
Pérou central (Monterico, Ropaybamba) ont la nuance orangée 
roussatre du milieu de l’abdomen un peu moins intense, la femelle a 
aussi le roussitre plus faible; ces oiseaux péruviens ont distincte- 
ment le bec plus court que ceux de |’Ecuadeur. 


33. EUPHONIA HYPOXANTHA, Stolzm. MS. 


E. crassirostri valde affinis, sed pileo toto usque ad nucham flavo ; 
corpore supra purpurascentiore ; colore flavo capitis et corporis 
infra puriore et pallidiore. 

Le male de cette forme se distingue au premier coup d’eil de 
YE. crassirostris de Bogota par la grande extension du jaune au 
sommet de la téte jusqu’d la nuque; le jaune de cette plaque, ainsi 
que celui du dessous du corps, est en général plus clair et plus pur ; 
Péclat du dessus beaucoup plus violet, tandis qu’il est plus bleu 
dans l’espéce citée. Bee robuste, noir; pattes d’un plombé noi- 
ratre ; iris brun foncé. 

Femelle semblable a celle de l’#. crassirostris. Les jeunes males 
ressemblent en tout 4 la femelle ; en changeant leur robe ils com- 
mencent par la téte, ou le front devient longuement jaune uniforme ; 
les lores et le tour des yeux noirs; puis les plumes jaunes commen- 
cent 4 se montrer sur les vertex, et les noires sur le reste de la téte, 
tandis qu’il n’y a encore aucune plume d’adulte sur le reste du corps. 
Les oiseaux de Paucal, de la collection de M. Raimondi, présentent 
la méme particularité. 

Le bec de cette forme est un peu moins robuste que dans l’oiseau 
cité, 

¢. Longueur de Vaile 62-64, queue 39, bec de la commissure 14, 
tarse 15°7 mm. 

@. Longueur de l’aile 67, queue 70, bec de la commissure 13°5, 
tarse 15 mm. 

Trois males adultes, une femelle et un jeune male de Chimbo, 
recueillis en octobre, novembre et décembre. 


34, CALLISTE AURULENTA (Lafr.). 
Un male de Cayandeled, tué par Stolzmann en décembre, sem- 


blable en tout aux oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grenade. Iris brun 
foncé. 


oy. 2. 


1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 545 


35. CaLuisTE Gyrotornes (Laft.). 


Plusieurs oiseaux recueillis 4 Chimbo depuis le mois d’aoat jusqu’en 
novembre. Iris brun foncé. 


36. CALLISTE CyANOPYGIA, Scl. MS. 


Uue paire de Chimbo, recueillie en septembre et décembre. Iris 
noir. 


C. capite toto cum gula uropygioque ceruleo-thalassinis ; dorso, 
loris, mento pectoreque nigerrimis ; abdomine sapphirino eyaneo, 
ventre medio, crisso subcaudalibusque seladineo-virescentibus ; alis 
caudaque nigris, tectricibus alarum minimis et majorum mar- 
ginibus thalassinis, mediis aureo-flavis ; remigibus rectricibusque 
glauco marginatis. 


Forme voisine nord-occidentale de la C. cyaneicollis, Lafr. (de la 
Bolivie et du Pérou méridional et central) et dela C. ceruleo- 
cephala, Sw. (de VEcuadeur oriental et du Pérou septentrional), 
mais parfaitement distincte et reconnaissable au premier coup d’ceil. 
M. Sclater les a provisoirement distingué dans sa collection et nous 
avons vu une riche série, déposée chez M. Verreaux a Paris, qui 
prouve que les caractéres sont constants et que Voiseau mérite 
a étre distingué. 

dad. Les lores, tout du bee et des yeux, le dos supérieur, et la 
poitrine sont d’un noir intense velouté; la téte avec la gorge et le 
con antérieur, le dos inférieur et le croupion sout d’un bleu clair 
tirant un peu au séladon, et légérement au violatre dans d’autres 
directions de la lumiére; l’abdomen est d’un bleu saphiré assez 
foncé a disque noir dans les plumes ; milieu du ventre, région anale 
et les sous-caudales d’un vert séladon ; ailes noires, 4 petites tec- 
trices le long de l’avant bras d’un bleu analogue a celui de la téte ; 
les médianes d’un jaune doré verdatre, formant une large bande A 
travers de l’aile ; les grandes tectrices et Jes scapulaires bordées de bleu; 
toutes les rémiges bordées & l’extérieur dé séladon; sous-alaires 
noiratres, bordées de bleu. Queue noire A rectrices bordées fine- 
ment de bleu séladon. Bec et pattes noires; iris brun foncé, 

Femelle semblable au male, mais a couleurs moins pures. 

6. Longueur de l’aile 68, queue 46 mm. 

. 2» ” 65, ” 47 » 

Obs. Distincte des deux formes citées par la coloration des tec- 
trices alaires, qui ne sont d’un doré straminé que sur les médianes, 
par le croupion non doré mais bleu, et par la couleur beaucoup plus 
claire sur abdomen; de la C. cerulegcephala elie se distingue en 
outre par la gorge concolore au reste de la téte. 


37. TANAGRA CANA, Sws. 

Deux oiseaux adultes et deux femelles recueillis par Siemiradzki 
a Guayaquil et 4 Chimbo, en aoit, octobre et novembre, identiques 
aux oiseaux de Venezuela. 


546 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Nov. 20, 


38. TANAGRA PALMARUM VIOLILAVATA, Stolzm. 

Une paire recueillie par Stolazmann 4 Chimbo en octobre. Iris 
brun foncé. 

Ces oiseaux se distinguent de ceux de Bogota, de Venezuela et de 
la Guyane par une teinte violatre beaucoup plus forte sur les parties 
supérieures du corps; la téte du male enduite aussi de cette nuance 
assez forte sur.la nuque, dans la femelle beaucoup plus fortement en 
commencant du front, de sorte que cette nuance verte de pomme, 
caractéristique 4 l’espéce, est beaucoup plus faible ; le miroir alaire 
a aussi une teinte violatre, tandis qu’elle est olivatre chez la 7’. pal- 
marum melanoptera ; les grandes tectrices alaires lavées de bleu ; le 
bec distinctement plus long. 

3S. Longueur de l’aile 97, queue 72, bec 18, tarse 20 mm. 

2 . ” 29 88, 2” 70, ” Rife ” 19 ” 


39. CompsocoMA SUMPTUOSA CYANOPTERA, Cab. 


Un male de Cayandeled, recueilli par Stolazmann en décembre. 
Iris brun foncé. 


40. RaMPHOC@LUs ICTERONOTUS, Bp. 


Deux males recueillis 4 Chimbo, en septembre et en novembre. 
Iris brun rougeatre. 

Un mile d’ Antioquia, dans la collection Berlepsch, est plus grand 
et a le noir du corps brunatre, tandis que nos oiseaux, ainsi que celui 
du Palmal ont le noir pur et intense. 


41. Pyranea zstiva (Gm.). 


Trois males adultes, une femelle et deux jeunes males de Chimbo, 
recueillis en octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun grisatre. 


42. PyRANGA ARDENS (Tsch.). 


Deux males de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre et octobre. 

Oiseaux identiques 4 un oiseau de Venezuela de la collection 
Berlepsch, sans rien de noir sur le devant du front et le devant méme 
du menton, qui se manifeste quelquefois chez les oiseaux du Pérou 
septentrional (Chirimoto). Ces derniers ont aussi une taille un peu 
plus forte. 


Oiseau de Chimbo. Long. de l’aile 68, queue 55, bec 17, tarse 19 mm. 
3 Chirimoto. ,, 314s a 60, 7.5 10; el ee 


43. PH@NICOTHRAUPIS STOLZMANNI, n. sp. 


Ph. supra fusco-olivaceus, unicolor ; subtus pallidior, abdomine medio 
latissime subcaudalibusque ochraceo-rufescentibus, gula pallide 
flavido-ochracea ; alis nigricantibus, tectricibus dorso fere con- 
coloribus, remigibus in pogonio externo flavido-olivaceis ; sub- 
alaribus rufescenti-aurantiacis ; cauda olivacea. 

3 ad. D’un olive foncé, unicolore en dessus, sur les ailes et les 
cdtés de la téte; gorge d’un roussatre pale; une couleur ocreuse 
tirant sur Porangé occupe largement le milieu de l’abdomen, tandis 
que les cétés de la poitrine sont d’un olive moins pur et moins foneé 


1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 547 


que celui du dos; milieu de la poitrine roussatre, enduit d’olive ; sous- 
caudales de la couleur du milieu du ventre. Les tectrices alaires 
sont presque de la couleur du dos; rémiges noirdtres 4 barbe 
externe dans les primaires olive jaunatre, dans les secondaires de la 
couleur du dos, ainsi que les tertiaires en entier; sous-alaires d’un 
orangé roussatre; bord interne des rémiges largement jaunitre. 
Queue un peu plus foncée que le dos. Bee brun noiratre, 4 dent 
proéminente sur les bords de la mandibule supérieure ; pattes d’un 
brun foncé ; iris gris bordé a l’extérieur de brun. 

Male moins adulte se distingue du précédent par une bande rous- 
sdtre fine A travers de l’aile, formée par les bordures terminales des 
grandes tectrices ; la couleur de la gorge est sale et plus foncée. 

Long. de Paile 83-89, queue 68-71, bec 27, tarse 25 mm. 

Forme voisine du Ph. carmioli, mais distincte par une autre 
couleur du dessous, et le manque complet de stries sur la gorge. 

Deux miles recueillis par Stolzmann et une femelle par Siemi- 
radzki 4 Chimbo, en septembre et décembre. 


44, Tacaypuonus Luctuosus, Lafr. et d’Orb. 


Cing males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, 
octobre et novembre. 


45. TaACHYPHONUS XANTHOPYGIUS, Scl. 


Un male recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo, en novembre, iden- 
tique a oiseau d’Antioquia de la collection Berlepsch. Iris brun. 
Espéce trouvée pour la premiere fois dans ce pays. 


46. Nemosta Gurrina, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1856, p. 110. 


Male ad. recueilli par Stolzmann en septembre 4 Chimbo, plus 
petit que Voiseau de la Nouvelle Grenade (coll. Berlepsch), a 
gorge et les cdtés de la téte d’un brun plus pale, et l’abdomen lavé 
plus de jaune clair. 

Long. de laile 64, queue 50, bec 15, tarse 15 mm. 


47. CHLOROSPINGUS CANIGULARIS (Lafr.). 


Deux males et une femelle recueillis par Stolamann & Chimbo en 
septembre. Iris brun foncé. 

3. Long. de Paile 64, queue 52, bec 13°5, tarse 18 mm. 

2 * ” ” 55, »” 18, ” 13°5, ” 18 


> 
48. CHLOROSPINGUS FLAVIGULARIS, Scl. 


Quatre males, une femelle et un jeune recueillis par Stolzmann a 
Chimbo, en septembre et octobre. Iris brun grisatre. 

Les oiseaux adultes semblables 4 ceux de la Nouvelle Grenade ; 
moins adultes ont la plaque gulaire traversée le long du milieu par 
une raie grisatre pale, la poitrine et les flancs beaucoup plus obscurs. 

Le jeune en premier plumage différe des adultes par le manque 
du jaune sur la gorge, remplacé par le gris brunatre; olive du 
dessus plussombre; poitrine et les flanes olives, milieu de abdomen 
gris sale. 


548 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON _[ Nov. 20, 


49. ARREMON SPECTABILIS, Scl. 


Cing males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis depuis aotit jusqu’ 
en décembre. 

Ces oiseaux différent trés peu del’ A. erythrorhynchus de Huambo 
(Pérou septentrional) ; la différence principale consiste dans le jaune 
citron intense sur le devant de Vaile, tandis qu’il est orangé chez 
Poiseau péruvien, ainsi que dans l’olive jaunatre vif sur les parties 
supérieures du corps et des ailes, tandis qu’il est d’un olive brunatre 
chez Poiseau péruvien. La différence est également frappante sur 
les oiseaux jeunes. 


50. ARREMON ABEILLZI (Less.). 


Un mile adulte et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de Guaya- 
quil, d’aout. 


51. CARENOCHROUS LEUCOPTERUS (Jard.). 
Deux males de Cayandeled, recueillis par Stolazmann en décembre. 


52. SALTATOR MAGNUS (Gm.). 


Trois males de Chimbo, de septembre et octobre. Iris terre de 
Sienne. 

Identiques aux oiseaux de Bahia, Guyane britannique, Cayenne, 
Venezuela et Pérou. 


53. SALTATOR ATRIPENNIS, Scl. 


Male adulte et jeune, recueillis par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en 
novembre. Iris brun. 


54. SALTATOR FLAVIDICOLLIS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 274 (type 
de Babahoyo prés de Guayaquil)’, 

S. olivascens, Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 320, nee Cab. 

Un mile de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre. 

Forme voisine au S. albicollis (V.), mais jamais 4 confondre avec 
cette espéce. L’exemplaire de Yaguachi est identique 4 ceux de Le- 
chugal, du Musée de Varsovie et de la collection Raimondi. 

Notre oiseau se caractérise au premier coup d’ceil par un sourcil 
trés large, par olive des parties supérieures du corps, comme il 
parait, constant pendant toute l’année, car les exemplaires de Le- 
chugal ont été pris en mars, celui de la collection Raimondi en sep- 
tembre et Doiseau de Yaguachi en décembre. Les deux derniers 
ont la nuance vert olive du dessus et le jaunatre du dessous et du 
sourcil tout a fait semblables, tandis que les oiseaux de mars ont 
olive moins yert, le jaune du dessous plus faible, mais bien pro- 
noncé. M. Sclater dit dans sa description que le S. flavidicollis a les 
parties supérieures du corps cendrées enduites d’olive et la bande 
sourcili¢re blanche ; ce qui permet & supposer que son type a été en 

* MM. Sclater et Salvin, dans un article sur les oiseaux de Bucaramanga 
(Ibis, 1871, p. 115), prétendent que le S. flavidicollis ne serait qu’un jeune de 


Volivascens, Cab. En tout cas notre oiseau ne peut pas étre rapporté a cette 
espece.— BuRLEPScH, 


Steanig 


ee eee 


1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 549 


plumage pali, voisin de la mue. Du reste notre oiseau s’applique 
bien 4 la description. 

Il a toutes les parties supérieures du corps d’un vert olive clair, 
croupion d’un cendré ardois¢, lavé trés peu d’olivatre, cdtés de la 
téte tirant sur l’ardoisé; sourcil, trés large dans toute la longueur 
de la téte, fort lavé de jaune ; tout le dessous blanc, coloré de jaune, 
surtout sur le cou et la poitrine, il n’y a que quelques taches ver- 
datres sur les cdtés de cette derniére. Rectrices dun ardoisé foncé. 
Tectrices alaires et les bordures externes des rémiges secondaires d’ une 
couleur semblable a celle du dos; bordures des primaires plus jau- 
natres; sous-alaires d’un blanc lavé légérement de jaunatre ; pli de 
Vaile plus jaune. Bec noiratre, & extrémité jaunatre. 

Long. de l’aile 94, queue 89, bee 20, tarse 25 mm. 


55. Pirytus erossus (L.). 


Un oiseau de Chimbo, recueilli par Siemiradzki en septembre. 
Iris terre de Sienne. 


FRINGILLID. 
56. ParucTicus CHRYSOGASTER (Less.). 


Male ad. et femelle de Chimbo, recueillis par Siemiradzki en 
septembre. 

Ce mile est plus petit que les oiseaux de Quito et des autres 
localités de |’Ecuadeur, coll. Berlepsch, surtout le bec est plus court ; 
ila le miroir alaire plus étendu, et une bordure blanche dans la 
partie terminale des rémiges primaires depuis la 2° jusqu’a la 5°. 
Cette derniére particularité manque aux autres exemplaires de 
l’Ecuadeur, avec lesquels il a ét@comparé. C'est constant chez le 
Ph. chrysopeplus de Mexique occidental, mais quia les dimensions 
beaucoup plus fortes. Tous les oiseaux péruviens, du Musée de Var- 
sovie et de la collection Raimondi, possédent ces bordures blanches, le 
miroir alaire également volumineux et la méme taille que les oiseaux 


de Chimbo. 


57. GuIRACA CYANOIDEs (Lafr.). 


Quatre males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre 
jusqu’en novembre. 

Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec ceux de Venezuela, de 
la collection Berlepsch, et sont bien distincts de ceux de Bahia. 
Quoique nous n’avons pas vu d’oiseaux typiques de Panama, nous ne 
dontons pas que nos oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur occidental appartiennent 
a cette forme de Lafresnaye. Ils se distinguent également des 
oiseaux de Cayenne et de Yurimaguas (Musée de Varsovie). Outre 
la forme du bec ils présentent une différence dans le bleu de la téte 
et du devant de Vaile. 


58. GNATHOSPIZA RAIMONDII, Tacz. 


L’oiseau recueilli par Siemiradzki aux environs de Guayaquil est 
une femelle ou un jeune male, identique aux oiseaux de Tumbez. Le 
G. raimondii n’ était pas encore connu comme habitant de l’Ecuadeur. 


550 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ _[Nov. 20, 


59. NrorHyNcHUs NAsESUS, Bp. 


Un male de Guayaquil recueilli par Stolzmann le 24 aoit. Iris 
brun foncé. 
Espéce trouvée pour la premiére fois dans I’ Ecuadeur. 


60. SPERMOPHILA TELASCO, Less. 


Sept males et cing femelles recueillis 4 Guayaquil en aoiit et en 
septembre. 

Tous les males paraissent étre non adultes, en plumage frais, et 
se distinguent beaucoup des adultes en noce de Lima, qui ont le bec 
noir, tandis que tous ceux de Guayaquil et de Tumbez (également 
non adulte) ont le bec d’un roussatre clair. Tous ces oiseaux de 
Guayaquil ont les parties supérieures du corps fort enduites de brun, 
le dessous lavé d’isabelle clair, la plaque gulaire d’un chocolat clair ; 
il y a cependant quelques-uns sur lesquels le cendré commence a se 
manifester plus ou moins 4 lextérieur des plumes du dos. Les 
miles en plumage parfait de Lima, recueillis en décembre sont d’un 

-cendré schistacé foneé en dessus, d’un blane pur en dessous, a 
plaque gulaire d’un chocolat foncé; celui de Tumbez en plumage 
non parfait, mais usé, est recueilli en février. 

Cette espéce n’etait pas encore mentionée comme habitant I Ecua- 
deur. 


61. SpeRMOPHILA OPHTHALMICA, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 276 
(décrit de Babahoyo). 


Quatre males et deux femelles de Guayaquil et Chimbo, d’aoit et 
d’ octobre. 


62. SPERMOPHILA GUTTURALIS OLIVACEA, Stolzm. 


Deux miles et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, 
octobre et novembre. Iris brun clair. 

Le mile différe des oiseaux de Bahia (coll. Berlepsch) par les 
dimensions plus petites, le bec plus court et plus petit. Les couleurs 
en général sont les mémes, mais l’abdomen est d’un jaune plus 
intense, et la couleur olive du dos est un peu plus vive. La femelle 
présente aussi les nuances plus intenses en dessus et en dessous que 
celles de Bahia. Ils présentent aussi la méme différence des oiseaux 
péruviens dans la taille et la nuance du dessous, qui dans la femelle 
est beaucoup plus jaune ; la différence de l’aile est de 8 mm. 


63. SPERMOPHILA OBSCURA, Tacz. 


Six males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis par Stolzmann 
en novembre et décembre, semblables 4 l’oiseau typique du Pérou 
central, mais ils sont en général plus clairs, surtout en dessous, ot 
la partie postérieure est enduite de fauve, le milieu du ventre blanchatre 
beaucoup plus largement. L’oiseau péruvien a l’aile longue de 
58 mm., ceux de Il’ Ecuadeur depuis 50-54 mm. 

Les jeunes ont les ailes enduites de roussatre, 4 barbe externe des 
grandes tectrices bordée de roux. 


x 


1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 551 


L’exemplaire typique est recueilli en mai; la différence de la 
coloration peut étre donc en relation avec la saison. 


64. VoLATINIA JACARINA SPLENDENS (Vieill.). 


Un male en plumage imparfait recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 
Guayaquil en aotit. C’est la forme de la jacarina & sous-alaires noires, 
tandis qu’elles sont blanches dans les oiseaux typiques du Brésil. 


65. CoRYPHOSPINGUS CRUENTUS (Less.), 
Trois males et deux femelles recueillis en avril 4 Guayaquil. 


66. ZONOTRICHIA PILEATA (Bodd.). 
Un male de Cayandeled, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre. 


67. EMBERNAGRA STRIATICEPS, Lafr. 


Embernagra chrysoma, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 275. 

Trois exemplaires de Chimbo reeueillis par Siemiradzki en 
septembre, octobre et décembre. Iris brun marron. 

Il est impossible de distinguer ces oiseaux de la LZ. striaticeps de 
*Ameérique centrale: un oiseau de Costarica, de la collection 
Berlepsch, s’en accorde sous tous les rapports. Les oiseaux de 

\’Ecuadeur ont peut-étre le dessous et les cétés un peu plus blancha- 
tres; les cdtés de la téte, la poitrine, et les cdtés du corps dans les 
oiseaux de l Amérique centrale paraissent étre un peu plus lavées de 
cendré, Les dimensions sont les mémes. I] est done impossible de 
distinguer les oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur, méme comme une race locale. 


68. CHRYSOMITRIS SIEMIRADZKII, sp.n. (Plate L.) 


Ch. capite toto cum gula aterrimis, dorso saturate olivascenti-flavo, 
uropygio corporeque subtus pulcherrime aurantio-flavis ; rec- 
tricibus nigris, in dimidio basali aurantio-flavis ; alis nigris, 
remigibus ad basin flavis, tertiariis albido extus murginatis, tec- 
tricibus alarum superioribus minimis totis olivascenti-flavis, ma- 
Jjoribus nigris flavo terminatis ; subalaribus flavis. 

Fem. corpore supra flavescenti-olivaceo, uropygio flavescentiore : 
subtus sordide virescenti-flava, abdomine medio albescentiore ; alis 
caudaque mari similibus, sed coloribus obscurioribus. 

Long. totale 110, aile 56-585, queue 32°5-35°5, bee 9-9-7, tarse 

1 2-13°5, 

Cette espéce nouvelle se distingue du Ch. icterica auquel elle 
ressemble le plus par une taille beaucoup moins forte, par la couleur 
jaune verdatre du dos sans aucune trace de taches foncées, par une 
belle couleur jaune orangée du croupion et des parties inférieures du 
corps, le miroir alaire jaune plus étroit ete. Le Ch. capitalis, Cab., 
que le Musée Berlepsch posséde del’ Ecuadeur or. (Sarayacu, Buckley), 
a les dimensions également fortes comme le Ch. icterica, et présente 
les nuances encore plus obscures et plus verdatres; le dos est d’un 
vert olive obscur et strié fortement de noiratre. 

Lia femelle de cette nouvelle espéce se distingue de la femelle de la 
Ch. icterica par ses dimensions beaucoup plus petites. Les parties 


552 H. VY. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20, 


supérieures du corps sont d’un vert-olive plus jaunatre, croupion 
presque jaune, le dessous du corps d’un jaune sale, sans verdatre. 

Quatres males ad. et une femelle de Guayaquil, recueillis par 
Siemiradzki en aotit et septembre. 


69. SycaLiIs FLAVEOLA (L.). 


Un mile adulte de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemiradzki le 20 
décembre. Identique aux oiseaux péruviens, et s’accordant avec 
’oiseau de Bogota de la collection Berlepsch. Les oiseaux de Bahia 
et de Rio Janeiro sont peut-étre un peu moins forts a stries dorsales 
un peu plus prononcées ; ces différences sont cependant si petites 
qu’elles ne suffisent pas méme pour constituer une race locale. 

Cette espéce n’est pas encore mentionde comme provenant de 
VEcuadeur. 


IcTERID. 
70. CASsICUS FLAVICRISSUS, Scl. et Salv. 


Un male de Yaguachi, recueilli par Stolzmann en décembre, 
identique aux oiseaux de Tumbez. Iris bleu clair. 


71. Cassicus UROPYGIALIS, Lafr. 


Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolazmann en octobre. Iris 
d’un bleu pale. 


72. Cassicus Prevost! (Less.). 


Trois males de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre et décembre. 
Iris blanchatre. Les oiseaux de Ecuadeur et ceux du Pérou 
paraissent avoir le bec moins long et plus jaune que ceux de Costarica 
et du Mexique, qui l’ont d’un jaune verdatre. 


73. IcrERUS MESOMELAS (Wagl.). 


Un mile adulte de Chimbo, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre. 

Ce mile a la barbe externe des rémiges tertiaires bordée largement 
d’un jaune clair; et s’accorde par cette particularité, ainsi que par 
plusieurs autres détails avec les oiseaux de Guatemala et du Mexique, 
tandis qu’un mile de Costarica et un autre de Bogota (dans la 
collection Berlepsch) ont les tertiaires sans bordures, et sont plus 
grands. Les oiseaux péruviens ont également les rémiges tertiaires 
bordées de jaunatre. Il est done étonnant de retrouver le vrai 
I. mesomelas & Chimbo et au Pérou, tandis qu’a Costarica et Bogota 
il y a la forme voisine J. salvini, Cass. 


74, SrURNELLA BELLICOSsA, De Filip. 
Deux males, dont un adulte et l’autre jeune de Guayaquil, recueillis 
par Siemiradzki en aout. 
TYRANNIDA, 


75. SAYORNIS NIGRICANS (Sws.). 
Un mile de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolamann en novembre. 


ee 


ae 


1883. | BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 593 


76. FLUVICOLA ATRIPENNIS, Scl. 


Deux males et une femelle recueillis 4 Guayaquil et Chimbo en 
aoiit et septembre. Iris terre de Sienne. 


77. MrCOCERCULUS CALOPTERUS, Scl. 
Un male de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolzmann en octobre. 


78. PLATYRHYNCHUS ALBIGULARIS, Scl. 


Un male et deux femelles de Chimbo, d’octobre et novembre ; 
une femelle a une huppe orangée trés developpée. 


79. TopIROSTRUM SCLATERI, Cab. et Hein. 


Deux femelles de Guayaquil d’aoiit, et une de Chimbo de novembre. 
Iris blanc jaunatre. Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de ’Ecuadeur. 

La femelle de Chimbo a toute la gorge blanchatre, tandis que 
chez celle de Guayaquil la partie inférieure de la gorge est lavée d’un 
jaune pale et le blanc est restreint au menton. Le 7. selateri est décrit 
dans ‘ Mus. Heineanum,’ ii. p. 50, d’aprés une femelle péruvienne. 
Les oiseaux de Chimbo ainsi que celui de Tumbez s’accordent 
parfaitement avec cette description. Cette espéce se distingue du T. 
cinereum par la gorge et les tectrices nasales blanchatres, au lieu d’étre 
d’un jaune pur. I] parait aussi que Vaile et la queue sont un peu 
plus courtes ; en outre il n’y a pas de différence. 


80. LopHorriccus’ sauamicrisratus (Lafr.). 

Quatre males adultes et deux femelles de Chimbo, d’octobre, 
novembre et décembre. La jeune femelle n’a presque aucune huppe ; 
les plumes du sommet de la téte sont 4 peine allongées et d’un brun 
roussatre uniforme. [1] parait qu’un oiseau pareil a servi a la 
description de l Orchilus pileatus de Tschudi. 


81. SERPHOPHAGA CINEREA (Strickl.). 
Une jeune femelle recueillie par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en octobre. 


82. MIoNECTES OLEAGINEUS, Cab. 


Une femelle recueillie par Stolamann 4 Chimbo, en novembre, a la 
couleur du dessous semblable au J. assimilis, Scl., mais a gorge et 
le dessous du corps d’un olive plus pur et plus vif que chez 
Poleagineus typique ; le bec un peu moins long. 


83. LEePpropoGON SUPERCILIARIS TRANSANDINUS, Stolzm. 


Deux males et deux femelles de Chimbo, pris en octobre et 
novembre. Iris brun foncé. 

Ces oiseaux se distinguent des péruviens par une taille beaucoup 
moins forte, le bec un peu plus petit, le sommet de la téte d’un 
ardoisé plus foncé. 

3. Long. de Vaile 68, queue 59, bec 17, tarse 16 mm, 
3. ” 3? 64, 2 57, ” ty, 33 16 33 
53 » 958 , 52, , 16, 5 15 ,, 


1 Lophotriccus, nov. gen., Berlepsch. égos=huppe; rpikcos, nom propre, 
Les espéces: 1. L. spicifer (Lafr.); 2. L. squamicristatus (Lafr.). 


554 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON__[Nov. 20, 


84, CAPSIEMPIS FLAVEOLA (Licht.). 


Deux paires de Chimbo, d’octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris 
brun clair. 

Identiques aux oiseaux de Bahia, d’ot lespéce est décrite; il 
parait seulement que la bande sourciliére et les bandes transalaires 
sont plus mélées de blanchatre ; les petites tectrices nasales sont 
presque blanches, tandis qu’elles sont jaunes dans loiseau de 
Bahia; la couleur olive du dos est aussi un peu plus claire et le bec 
un peu plus long. 

Les dimensions sont les mémes que celles de l’oiseau de Bahia. 

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de l’Ecuadeur. 


85. Myiopatis' rumMBEzANA (Tacz.). 


Deux oiseaux adultes de Guayaquil recueillis en aout et septembre. 

Identiques aux oiseaux typiques de Tumbez. L/oiseau de 
Pacasmayo est un peu plus fort, et a une nuance plus brunatre au 
dos, et les bordures des tectrices alaires plus rousses et plus larges. 
_ Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de Il’ Ecuadeur. 


86. PuyLtuomyr1as GRisEIceps (Scl. et. Salv.), P. Z. 8. 1870, 
p- 842 (décrit de Pallatanga et de Babahoyo). 


Trois oiseaux de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre. 

Le Tyranniscus griseiceps, Scl. et Salv., est voisin des Phyllomyias 
brevirostris (Spix), Ph. incanescens (Wied), Ph. griseocapilla, Sel. 
(Berlepsch.) 


87. ORNITHION SCLATERI, 0. sp. 


O. pusillum, Scl., nec Cab. et Hein. 

Trois males et deux femelles de Guayaquil, Yaguachi et Chimbo, 
d’aoiit, octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun. 

Cette espéce était décrite par M. Sclater d’aprés les exemplaires 
de Pallatanga, sous le nom indiqué plus haut (P. Z.8. 1860, p. 68) ; 
mais en 1859 MM. Cabanis et Heine avaient déja donné le nom de 
M. pusilla Aun oiseau du méme genre, mais parfaitement distinct de 
Pespéce de Pallatanga. On ne peut pas donc employer ce nom a notre 
oiseau. 

M. Sclater, dans les P. Z.S. 1873, p. 577, donne son E. pusillum 
comme synonyme de la Muscipeta incanescens, Wied, qui est trés 
distincte, comme l’a remarqué M. Lawrence, aprés avoir examiné le 
type du Prince de Wied, dans le musée de Boston. Le Musée 
Berlepsch posséde cette derniére espéce de Bahia. 

M. Sclater donne aussi pour synonyme de son EL. pusillum (1. c.) le 
Camptostoma imberbe (décrite en 1857 du Mexique). C’est certaine- 
ment une espéce trés voisine de l’oiseau de |’Ecuadeur occid. ; mais 
il parait que ce dernier se distingue dans plusieurs détails. 


' Le nom générique doit étre changé en Myiopatis, car le Phyllomytas de 
Cab. et Hein. a pour type le Ph. brevirostris (Spix), 4 bec dilaté, voisin du 
Tyranniscus griseiceps, Scl. et Salv. Myiopatis, Oab. et Hein., a pour type 
incanescens, Cab. et Hein., nec Wied, qui est le méme que Ph. semifusca Scl.— 
BERLEPSCH. 


1563.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 555 


M. Sclater a déja remarqué que les oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur occid. 
ont le croupion plus pale que ceux du Mexique et d’autres localités ; 
il-a attribué cette particularité 4 Page, mais les oiseaux que nous ont 
fourni nos voyageurs sont adultes, et tous possédent une bande claire 
au croupion. 

Les oiseaux de Siemiradzki sont plus petits que ceux de Bahia et 
ont le bec plus long ; ils ont une bande d’un blanc jaunatre au crou- 
pion, et toutes les rectrices largement terminées de la méme couleur ; 
les latérales ont leur barbe externe d’un blane sale presque en entier. 
Les oiseaux de Bahia n’ont rien de blanchatre au croupion et sur la 
queue.— ( Berlepsch.) 


88. TyRANNISCUS CHRYysOPs (Scl.). 
Male non adulte recueilli par Stolazmaun 4 Chimbo en septembre. 


89. TyRANNISCUS CINEREICEPS, Scl. 


Une femelle de Chimbo recueillie par Stolzmann en septembre. 
Iris blanc. 


90. ELAINEA SEMIPAGANA, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 406 (décrit de 
PEcuadeur oce.). 


Denx oiseaux adultes de Guayaquil et de Yaguachi recueillis en 
aotit et décembre. 

Cet oiseau parait étre bien distinct de YH. pagana. [1 est 
reconnaissable par une teinte grisdtre des parties supérieures du 
corps ; la huppe est trés développée sans presque aucune trace de bor- 
dures blanchatres 4 la base des plumes cervicales. Il a une taille 
beaucoup plus forte que la pagana de Cayenne, et le bec d’une autre 
forme, fort comprimé dans sa partie terminale. L’oiseau de Chirimoto, 
au Pérou septentrional, a une taille aussi forte que Voiseau de 
YEcuadeur, le bec de la méme forme que les oiseaux de Cayenne, et 
du blanc a la base des plumes cervicales; il se distingue des 
oiseaux de Cayenne par une nuance des parties supérieures du 
corps plus olive et non brunatre. 


SHeuadeur. ¢Pérou. Cayenne. 


mm. mm. mm, 

Long. de Paile .... 81 82 72-73 
i queue.... 80 81 70 
a bee. oe, 65 17 15 


91. Exarnea suppLacens, Scl. P. Z.S. 1861, p. 407 (décrit de 
Pallatanga). 


Quatre males et deux femelles de Guayaquil et de Chimbo, d’aott 
jusqu’en décembre. Iris brun foucé. 

Espéce trés-distincte de lH. placens, Scl., et des autres formes 
voisines. 

Les oiseaux de Lechugal et de Paucal (Pérou) appartiennent 


aussi 4 la méme forme, et ne présentent aucune différence de ceux 
de I’Ecuadeur. 


556 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON ___[ Nov. 20, 


92. Leearus aLBrcou.is (Vieill.). 
Un mile recueilli par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo en novembre. 


93. My1ozETETES CAYENNENSIS (L.). 
Une femelle recueillie par Stolamann 4 Guayaquil en aoit. Iris 
brun foncé. 


94. My1IozETETES GRANADENSIS, Lawr. 

Trois males recueillis 4 Chimbo en octobre et novembre. Iris 
gris clair, ou brun grisatre. 

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec un exemplaire de Costarica (Mus. 
Berlepsch) : ils ont l’aile un peu plus courte, l’olive du dos un peu plus 
obseur, la coloration en général un peu plus intense, les plumes de 
la huppe moins allongées. 


95. RuyNCHOCYCLUS PERUVIANUS, Tacz., subsp. equatorialis. 

Une femelle de Guayaquil recueillie par Siemiradzki en aott, et 
une paire de Chimbo prise par Stolzmann en septembre. 

La coloration de ces oiseaux s’accorde en tout avec celle de 
' Poiseau typique de Ropaybamba, au Pérou central : ils ont cependant 
le vert olivatre du dos distinctement plus clair, les bordures aux ré- 
miges également plus claires, et le jaune du milieu du ventre beau- 
coup plus largement disposé. La différence principale est dans une 
taille beaucoup moins forte, et dans la forme du bec, qui dans 
Poiseau typique s’amincit graduellement en avangant vers l’extrémité 
de sorte que la ligne latérale de chacun de ses c6tés est presque droite 
dans toute sa longueur, tandis que dans ces oiseaux de Chimbo le bee 
est beaucoup plus élargi dans les deux tiers de sa longueur, ot la 
ligne latérale forme une courbe assez forte. 

Les oiseaux de Lechugal (nord-ouest du Pérou) sont tout 4 fait 
identiques 4 ces oiseaux de Chimbo; mais comme ils sont en plumage 
usé, les nuances sont un peu autres, et les dimensions plus petites. 

Les oiseaux de Huambo (nord-est Pérou) sont intermédiaires entre 
ces deux formes; les dimensions sont intermédiaires, la forme du bee 
également intermédiaire, les détails de la coloration comme ceux 
des oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur. 


Pérou centr. Huambo. Chimbo. Lechugal. 
; 3 3 Ge) 2 See. 
Longueur de Paile .... 74 71 65. ‘63 62 60 
* queue .. 61 60 60 56 DOmEDO 
rf la) Spee lite) 18 18°5 18°5 18°5 18:5 
Largeur du bee vis-a-vis 
lanaissance des narines 5 55 6 — 6 — 


96. My1opyNasTes BarrpI (Gambel). - 

M. atrifrons, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 274 (décrit de Guayaquil). 

Male adulte recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Guayaquil en juillet. 

Semblable au mile de Chepen (Pérou), il a seulement les dimen- 
sions un peu plus petites, le bec un peu plus gros, et les couleurs du 
corps un peu plus ternes, surtout sur la poitrine, ot il y a un mélange 
de brun grisatre.—( Berlepsch. ) 


ee 


1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 557 


97. MEGARHYNCHUS PITANGUA CHRYSOGASTER (Scl.). 


M. chrysogaster, Scl. P.Z. 8. 1860, p. 287 et 295 (décrit de Ba- 
bahoyo et d’Esmeraldas). 

Deux males et une femelle de Guayaquil et de Chimbo, d’aott et 
décembre. Iris brun. 

Les oiseaux de l’Ecuadeur occidental, comme Il’a remarque M. 
Sclater (I. c.), different des pitangua des autres localités par le jaune 
du dessous plus vif et plus intense. II parait aussi que les males ont 
toujours le milieu de la huppe interne d’un roux orangé ou marron 
comme la femelle, tandis que le male adulte du vrai pitangua l’a tou- 
jours d’un jaune clair. Les oiseaux de Veragua, et peut-étre des 
autres localités de Amérique centrale sont un peu intermédiaires 
entre ces deux formes.—(Berlepsch.) 


98. Musctvora occipENTALIs, Scl. P.Z.S. 1860, p. 282 (dé- 
crit de Babahoyo). 


Une paire de Guayaquil, recueillie en aotit et décembre. 


99. Mytonius ERyTHRURUS, Cab. 


Deux oiseaux adultes et un jeune de Chimbo, recueillis en sep- 
tembre et novembre. Iris brun. 

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec un oiseau adulte de la Guyane bri- 
tannique d’ot venaient les types du Prof. Cabanis; mais dans les 
oiseaux de Chimbo la région frontale et sourciliére est plus lavée de 
roussatre. Les oiseaux de Sarayacu (Ecuad. or.) et de Costarica 
présentent la méme coloration que ceux de Chimbo. L’oiseau du 
Pérou central (Monterico) est encore plus roussatre au front que ceux 
de Chimbo; l’oiseau de Cayenne n’a rien de cette nuance. 


100. Myrosius steLuatus, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1872, p. 158 
(décrit de ? Ecuadeur). 


Plusieurs exemplaires de Chimbo de septembre et novembre. 
Iris brun. 


M. ornato simillimus, sed multo minor, caude dimidio basali im- 
primis flavo, dein rufo, dimidio apicali nigricante; remigibus 
secundariis et tertiartis rufescenti-olivaceo extus marginatis ; 
abdomine et uropygio intensius citrino-flavis ; pectore magis 
flavescenti-olivaceo. 


Cette forme est trés voisine au M. ornatus de Bogota, mais elle 
est reconnaissable par ses dimensions beaucoup moins fortes et par la 
coloration de la queue, un peu intermédiaire entre celle du M. ornatus 
et du M. phenicurus. Les autres détails sont indiqués dans la 
diagnose. 

M. stellatus: Long. de Vaile 55°5-56°5, queue 38-39, bee 10°5- 
11°5, tarse 17 mm. 

M. ornatus: Long. de Vaile 65°5, queue 45°5, bee 12, tarse 15:5. 

Jeune oiseau a le noir de la téte moins intense, la huppe interne 
peu développée et roussatre, couleur jaune du croupion et du dessous 
moins intense et moins pure. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XXXVII. 37 


558 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ [Novy. 20, 


101. Mytosius crypreryTHrRus, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 464 
(déerit de Pallantanga et de Babahoyo). 


Un mile et une femelle de Guayaquil et de Chimbo, d’aoiit et 
d’ octobre. 

Bonne espéce dont le male a la huppe interne d’un cannelle vif, 
et la femelle un roussatre ou jaune pale; parfaitement distincte du 
M. nevius, et malgré cela omise dans le Nomencl. Av. Neotrop. 


102. PyrocerHALus RUBINEUS (Bodd.). 


Deux miles adultes de Guayaquil, recueillis par Siemiradzki en 
juillet, et un jeune male de Chimbo, pris en novembre. Iris brun. 

C’est la méme petite forme qui se trouve dans tout le Pérou 
septentrional. Il parait cependant que Yoiseau occidental se dis- 
tingue par la barbe externe des rectrices latérales, qui est presque 
blanchatre, tandis qu’elle est tout-d-fait brune chez l’oiseau oriental. 
Le nom de rudineus s’applique 4 Toiseau de Amazone; la forme 
occidentale a peut-étre besoin d’une distinction comme race locale. 


103. EMprpocHaNes GRIsErPpEcTus (Lawr.) (décrit de Vile 
Puna). 


Trois males et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre, 
novembre et décembre. Iris brun. 

C’est plutét un Empidochanes qu'un Empidonaz, comme le pense 
M. Lawrence. 


104. Emprponax acapicus (Gm.). 


Empidonax griseigularis, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. New York, viii. 
p. 471. 

Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolzmann en septembre. 

Jene crois pas qu’on puisse séparer lL. griseigularis del L.acadicus 
de l Amérique septentrionale, et je suis d’avis que le premier s’appli- 
que au jeune age de l’acadicus, qui ne se trouverait dans cette localité 
que pendant Vhiver. M. Lawrence a décrit son espéce comme plus 
petite, & parties supérieures plus vertes, abdomen plus jaune.— 
( Berlepsch.) 


105. Conrorus RICHARDSONI, Sw. 


Un male de Chimbo recueilli par Stolzmann en septembre. 
L’exemplaire est en plumage fort usé, il s'accorde en tout avec les 
exemplaires de C. richardsoni, mais il n’a rien dolivatre au dos. 


106. Conroprus arpDeEsracus (Lafr.). 

Une jeune femelle en plumage usé, recueillie par Stolzmann a 
Chimbo en septembre. 

107. Conrorus PUNENsIs, Lawr. Ann. N. H. New York, ix. 
(1869), p. 237 (décrit de Vile Puna). 


Trois males et une femelle de Guayaquil, d’aott et de septembre. 
Iris terre de Sienne. M. Lawrence a décrit un jeune. 


ees SC t—‘S~—~™ 


1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 559 


108. Myrarcaus pHxocEPHALUS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 281 
(déerit de Babahoyo). 


Un oiseau de Guayaquil, pris par Siemiradzki en septembre. 
Iris terre de Sienne. 


109. Myrarcuus niericeps, Sel. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 68 (décrit de 
Pallatanga). 


Deux femelles de Chimbo, de septembre et octobre. Iris brun 
clair. 


110. TyrRaANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill. 


Une femelle de Chimbo, prise par Siemiradzki en décembre. Iris 
brun. 


PIPRID. 
111. CutroMAcH&RIs MANACUS (L.). 


Cing males, deux femelles ad. et deux jeunes males de Chimbo, 
recueillis en aotit, octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun. 

Les males différent un peu de ceux de Cayenne et de l’tle Trinité ; 
ils ont la couleur blanche du cou et du dessous beaucoup plus pure, 
et plus étendue au cou postérieur et sur abdomen; la bande noire 
au dos plus étroite; le cendré du croupion plus clair et plus 
bleuatre ; queue un peu plus courte. Comme la variabilité indi- 
viduelle est grande dans cette espéce, il faudrait des matériaux plus 
nombreux pour pouvoir se décider si cet oiseau occidental mérite a 
étre distingué comme race locale. 


CoTInGIp&. 
112. Tiryra aLerrorauzs, Du Bus. 
Une femelle de Guayaquil, recueillie par Stolzmann en aoit. 


113. PacHyRHAMPHUS ALBOGRISEUS, Scl. ? 


Un male ad. et un jeune male de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre et 
novembre. 

L’oiseau de cette localité s’accorde presque en entier avec celui de 
Guajango (Pérou sept.), mais il est plus petit, et a le cendré du dos 
un peu plus clair. Je n’ai pas pu encore comparer les oiseaux ty- 
piques de Bogota, mais un male adulte de ma collection, qui vient 
de Venezuela ou de Sta. Martha, différe beaucoup de ceux de Chimbo 
et de Guajango: il est beaucoup plus grand, a bec plus gros, les 
rectrices pourvues de taches blanches sensiblement plus longues. 

Les dimensions données par M. Sclater paraissent se rapporter 
a la méme grande race que mon oiseau de Sta. Martha.—(Berlepsch.) 


114. Pacnyruampuus spopiuRvs, Sel. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 279 
(décrit de Babahoyo). 


Une paire recueillie par Stolzmann, 4 Chimbo, en septembre. 
37* 


560 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON __[ Nov. 20, 


115. CEPHALOPTERUS PENDULIGER, Scl. 


Cing males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre. 
L’appendice jugulaire est long dans les uns de 320, dans les 
autres 220, et 180 mm. 


DENDROCOLAPTIDZ. 


116. FuRNARIUS CINNAMOMEUS (Less.). 


F. longirostris, Pelz. Sitzb. Acad. Wien, 1856, p. 158. 

Un mile ad. de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemiradzki en décembre. 

M. de Pelzeln (Ibis, 1881) n’accepte pas le nom de Lesson, a 
cause d’un trés mauvaise description ; je crois cependant qu'il n’y a 
pas de doute qu’elle s’applique 4 notre oiseau, car le type venait de 
Guayaquil. La description de M. Pelzeln était prise d’un oiseau 
d’une provenance inconnue.—( Berlepsch.) 


117. SyNALLAXIS STICTOTHORAX, Scl. (décrit de Guayaquil). 


Deux males, une femelle et un oiseau sans indication de sexe pris 
& Guayaquil en aoit. 


118. SyNALLAXIS PuDICA, Scl. 


Trois males ad., un jeune male et une femelle de Chimbo, 
recueillis en aot, septembre, octobre et novembre. Iris terre de 
Sienne. 

De la comparaison avec un oiseau de Bogota (coll. Berlepsch) je 
trouve que l’oiseau de Chimbo est un peu plus petit, le cendré de la 
poitrine plus clair, le milieu de ’abdomen plus blanchatre et la 
gorge blanchatre tachetée de cendré, taudis qu’elle est d’un cendré 
presque noiratre dans la S. pudica vraie. 

M. Sclater, qui a fondé son espéce sur les oiseaux de Bogota, pré- 
tend que les oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur occ. n’en sont pas séparables. 
Il me parait cependant quwils sont vraiment intermeédiaires entre sa 


pudica de Bogota et sa hypospodia de Bahia.—(Berlepsch.) 


119. SYNALLAXIS FRUTICICOLA, T'acz. 


Un oiseau sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Stolzmann, a 
Cayandeled en décembre. Identique aux oiseaux de Tambillo et 
de Cutervo (Pérou sept.). Differe du S. elegantior, Scl., par la 
queue d’un marron plus obscur, les rectrices latérales non teintes 
d’olive au bout, la bande sourciliére postoculaire d’un roux clair au 
lieu de cendré, et par une taille moins forte. Cet individu différe des 


péruviens, cités plus haut, par les plumes du milieu du dos antérieur 
lavées un peu de roux. 


120. SYNALLAXIS ERYTHROPS, Scl. 


Un male de Cayandeled, recueilli par Stolzmann en décembre. 
Iris brun. 


1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR 561 


121. Avromouus asstM1ts, Stolam. MS. 


A. supra ex olivaceo brunneus, plumis pilei fuscis stria mediana 
fulva; uropygio posteriore tectricibusque caude superioribus 
obscure cinnamomeis ; lateribus capitis olivaceo-fuscis fulvo 
striatis ; subtus pallide olivaceus, gula ochracea fusco squa- 
mulata; pectore striis tenuissimis fulvis, abdomine medio 
subochraceo induto, subcaudalibus rufo lavatis; alis extus 
rufo-brunneis, intus vivide aurantiaco-rufis; cauda rubro- 
castanea. 


3g ad. D’un brun olivatre foncé en dessus, 4 sommet de la téte 
beaucoup plus obscur, varié de baguettes d’un fauve blanchatre dans 
toutes les plumes et d’une nuance olive autour de ces baguettes, 
beaucoup plus clair que les bordures latérales de ces plumes; la 
partie postérieure du croupion et les suscaudales sont d’un roux 
marron foneé; cdtés de la téte olives striés de fauve, une rangée de 
petites stries pareilles forme un sourcil postoculaire ; le dessous du 
corps est d’un olive brunatre beaucoup plus clair qu’en dessus, & 
gorge ocreuse, squamulée finement d’olive foncé ; la poitrine par- 
semée de baguettes fauves et enduite en grande partie d’une légére 
nuance ocreuse surtout au milieu ainsi qu’au milieu de l’abdomen ; 
souscaudales colorées 4 l’extrémité de roux. Ailes d’un_ brun 
roussatre 4 Vextérieur, A barbe interne des rémiges brun noiratre, 
bordée intérieurement de roux clair, sousalaires d’un beau roux 
orangé. Queue d’un marron rougeatre. Bec et pattesbruns. Iris 
brun foncé. 

La femelle ne différe que par moins de stries sur la poitrine, et le 
milieu de ’abdomen 4 nuance un peu plus fauve. 

3. Longueur de Vaile 87, queue 65, bee 24, tarse 23 mm. 

2 . 2»? »” 83, ” 64, 5, 20, » 21, 

Forme voisine de |’ A. stictoptilus (Cab.), de Pérou central, mais 
distincte parfaitement par le manque de stries au dos, beaucoup 
moins de stries sur la poitrine et point sur l’abdomen; une nuance 
plus olive sur ce dernier; la queue d’un roux plus rouge; le bec 
beaucoup moins long et plus foncé. 

Une paire de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolzmann en novembre. 


122, PHILYDOR ERYTHRONOTUS, Sel. 


Deux miles et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de Chimbo 
recueillis en septembre et octobre. Iris brun foncé. 

Semblables au Ph. pyrrhodes, Cab., de Cayenne, mais parfaitement 
distincts par la nuque, plus ou moins largement, rousse, séparant 
nettement la couleur brune olivatre foncée du sommet de la téte 
de celle du dos, qui est aussi plus ou moins enduit de roux. Le 
male en plumage frais a tout le dessous d’une couleur plus pale, et 
tout-A-fait différente de ceux de Cayenne. L/oiseau sans indication 
de sexe a le roux beaucoup plus fort au dos, le dessous et le sourcil 
dun roux uniforme, semblable & celui des oiseaux de Cayenne. 
Le bec beaucoup plus court que celui du Ph. pyrrhodes. 

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de l Ecuadeur. 


562 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20, 


123. ANABAZENOPS TEMPORALIS, Scl. P. Z. 8S. 1859, p. 141 
(décrit de Pallatanga). 


Quatre miles recueillis 4 Chimbo en septembre, octobre et 
novembre. 

Il me parait qu’il est impossible 4 séparer génériquement le Phi- 
lydor striaticollis de  Anabazenops temporalis et A. variegaticeps. 
—(Berlepsch.) 


124. Xenops uitroratis, Scl. P.Z. S. 1861, p. 379 (décrit de 
Esmeraldas). 


Deux males ad., un oiseau ad., et un jeune male de Chimbo, 
recueillis en septembre, octobre et novembre. 

Le X. littoralis ne se distingue du vrai X. genibarbis, Ill. (décrit 
de Catneta, Amazone inf.), que par le dessous et dessus du corps plus 
olivatre (moins roussitre), la gorge plus jaunatre, les ailes et la 
queue plus longues et le bee plus gros. Les oiseaux de Venezuela 
sont trés semblables aux oiseaux de Chimbo, mais sont encore plus 
grands avec le bee plus long et le plumage un peu plus roussatre 
en dessus et en dessous; le X. approximans, Pelz., de ’ Amazone 
supérieur est aussi grand que les oiseaux de Venezuela, mais il a 
le dessous du corps plutét d’un gris roussatre.— (Berlepsch.) 


125. Xenoes rutiLvus, Licht. 


Un male ad. de Guayaquil, recueilli par Siemiradzki en sep- 
tembre. 

Cet exemplaire s’accorde presque en entier avec les oiseaux de 
Bahia (localité originaire de Vespéce). La queue a tout-a-fait la 
méme coloration, et les parties supérieures du corps présentent les 
mémes couleurs; seulement le dessous du corps est beaucoup plus 
roussatre, la gorge d’un blanc jaunitre, le reste du corps inférieur 
(un brun roussatre avec des flamméches d’un blanc jaunatre. 


126. Srrrasomus AMAZONUS, Lafr. 


Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Siemiradzki en octobre. 

Semblable en tout aux deux males de Lechugal (Pérou sept.) et 
Palmal (Ecuador mérid.) mais plus petite. Les oiseaux du Pérou 
central (Amable-Maria, Monterico, Ropaybamba) sont encore d'une 
taille beaucoup plus forte, d’un roux cannelle au croupion, sur les 
ailes et la queue beaucoup plus foncé, et lolive du dessous et de la 
téte beaucoup plus obscur, sans nuance jaunitre. Le mile de 
Huambo (Pérou sept.) est de la méme taille que les oiseaux du 
Pérou central, d’une couleur semblable 4 ces derniers, mais moins 
foncée. 


Chimbo. _—Palmal. Perou central. Huambo. 
mm. mm, mm, mm. mm. 
Long. de l’aile .... 66 77 87-89 77 89 
99 queue .. 66 85 92 76 86 


- bee... 28 20 21 2] 21 


‘ 


1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 563 


M. Pelzeln a déja remarqué que les femelles de ce genre sont 
beaucoup plus petites que les males. 

S. olivaceus, de Wied, ne parait étre qu’un synonyme de l’eri- 
thacus, Licht. Un oiseau de Bahia (coll. Gerlepsch), qui doit 
appartenir 4 la forme de Wied, est plus voisin des oiseaux du Brésil 
du sud (vrai erithacus) qu’ ceux de l’Amazone. 


127. GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS CASTELNAUDI (Des Murs). 


Un oiseau de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolzmann en octobre. 
Semblable au G. castelnaudi de Y Ecuadeur or., mais un peu moins 
fort et 4 gorge plus pale. 


128. MARGARORNIS BRUNNESCENS, Sel. 


Une femelle de Chimbo, prise par Stolzmann en octobre. Iris 
brun foncé. Je ne posséde pas l’oiseau typique de Bogota pour la 
comparaison, mais un d’Antioquia et un autre de Veragua sont plus 
grands que celui de Chimbo, et ont le dos d’un brun plus olivatre, 
les gouttes abdominales plus grosses et la queue plus brunatre.— 
(Berlepsch.) 


129. DenDROCINCLA ATRIROSTRIs (Lafr.), 


Deux oiseaux adultes sans indication de sexe et une femelle de 
Chimbo, recueillis en octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris gris trés 
clair. 

Je ne posséde pas des oiseaux de Bolivie pour comparer ; les 
oiseaux de Chimbo se distinguent de ceux de Veragua par les ailes 
et le bec un peu plus longues, la coloration du corps en général plus 
claire, surtout sur l’abdomen, qui est plus roussatre.—(Berlepsch.) 


130. DENDRORNIS ERYTHROPYGIA ZQUATORIALIS, Berl. MS. 


Quatre males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, 
octobre et novembre. Iris brun; pattes d’un gris d’acier. 

Ces exemplaires s’accordent en général avec ceux de Guatemala ; ils 
sont cependant un peu plus olivatres en dessus, et en dessous, surtout 
ausommet de la téte, ot les stries claires sont moins visibles. Les ailes 
sout aussi un peu plus longues. Les oiseaux typiques venaient du 
Mexique.—(Berlepsch.) 


131. PicoLapres souLEYETI (Des Murs). 
Une femelle de Guayaquil, recueillie par Siemiradzki en aout. 


132. XipHoRHYNCHUS THORACICUS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 277 
(décrit de Babahoyo). 


Un mile ad. de Chimbo, pris par Siemiradzki en septembre. 

Selon ma maniére de voir, cette forme occidentale est suffisamment 
distincte du X. trochilirostris (Licht.) du Bresil, et du X. procur- 
voides (Lafr.) dela Guyane, pour constituer une espéce particuliére. 
—(Berlepsch.) 


564 H. Ve BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ [Nov. 20, 


FoRMICARIIDE. 


133. THAMNOPHILUS TRANSANDEANUS, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1855, p. 18 
(décrit de Guayaquil). 

Un mile et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre. Iris 
rouge orangé. 


134. THAMNOPHILUS IMMACULATUS, Lafr. 


Six males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, 
novembre et décembre. 

Identiques aux oiseaux de Bogota, ils sont de la méme taille, mais 
les males de Chimbo ont le bec distinctement plus long que le male 
de la localité citée du Musée de Varsovie. Parties nues des cdtés 
de la téte d’un gris bleuatre, plus claires sur la région auriculaire ; 
cette derniére presque blanche dans la femelle ; iris terre de Sienne 
brilé. 


135. THAMNOPHILUS N&vIUS (Gm.). 


Deux males et quatre femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, 
octobre et novembre. Iris brun. 

Paraissent étre identiques avec les oiseaux de la Guyane britan- 
nique et de Cayenne. Le type de Latham venait de Cayenne. 


136. Dys1rTHAMNUS SEMICINEREUS, Scl. 


Deux miles recueillis 4 Chimbo, en septembre et décembre. _ Iris 
gris. 

Ailes et queue plus courtes que dans les oiseaux de Bogota ; ils ont 
le dos un peu plus lavé d’ardoisé, les rectrices externes presque sans 
bordure blanche 4 Vextrémité; en outre ils sont identiques. Un 
oiseau de Guatemala (coll. Berlepsch) s’accorde avec les oiseaux de 
Chimbo, dans les dimensions et les couleurs. Les oiseaux du Pérou 
central (Monterico, Amable-Maria) sont beaucoup plus grands 
(Vaile est longue dans les males de 64-66 mm., tandis que les 
oiseaux de Chimbo l’ont de 58--60 mm.); ils ont le cendré beaucoup 
plus largement disposé sur la poitrine, et le dos plus olive. Les 
oiseaux du Pérou septentrional (Huambo, Cococho) sont d’une 
taille aussi forte que ceux du Pérou central, mais ils ont aussi peu de 
cendré sur la poitrine que ceux de Chimbo. 


137. MyRMOTHERULA SURINAMENSIS (Gm.). 


Trois males et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre 
et novembre. Iris brun foncé. 

Le mile parait étre identique 4 l’oiseau de la Guyane britannique 
(coll. Berlepsch), les dimensions sont cependant un peu plus fortes, 
et le dessin noir sur le fond blanc est moins nettement prononcé. 


138. MyRMOTHERULA MENETRIESI, d’Orb. 

Un male et deux femelles recueillis & Chimbo en octobre et 
décembre. 

C’est la M. menetriesi de MM. Sclater et Salvin, et d'autres 
auteurs, mais il me parait étre bien probable que l’oiseau de la 


1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 565 


Bolivie, décrit par D’Orbigny, est réellement distinct. On pourrait 
peut-étre appliquer a l’oiseau de Chimbo le nom de schisticolor, 
Lawr., donné aux oiseaux de Costarica; mais en comparant le male 
de Chimbo avee un male de Veragua et un autre de Bogota, j’ai 
remarqué que le premier a les ailes et la queue plus courtes, et 
qu’il est d’une couleur plus intense et plus noiratre en dessus. Le 
noir de la gorge et de la poitrine est aussi plus pur, plus intense et 
plus prolongé sur le milieu de l’abdomen.—( Berlepsch.) 

Les deux males du Pérou central ont le noir jugulaire moins 
prolongé sur la poitrine et plus rétréci que les oiseaux de Veragua 
et de Bogota. Les males du Pérou septentrional (Huambo) ont le 
noir fort, prolongé sur le milieu de l’abdomen ; le cendré dans ces 
oiseaux est en général plus foncé que dans tous les oiseaux cités plus 
haut, surtout au sommet de la téte, qui parait comme ondulé de 
noiratre. 


139. Formictvora consosprina, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 279 
(décrit de Babahoyo). 

Un male et deux femelles de Chimbo recueillis en novembre. Iris 
brun foncé. 


140. RHAMPHOCHZNUS CINEREIVENTRIS, Scl. 


Deux paires de Chimbo recueillis en novembre et septembre. 

En comparant les exemplaires avec un oiseau de Sarayacu, 
Ecuadeur or. (coll. Berlepsch), je trouve que loiseau de Chimbo a les 
cétés de la téte d’un roux plus clair, le sommet de la téte d’un brun 
olivatre au lieu de brun roussatre intense, le dos et les ailes olivatres 
au lieu de roussatres, et une ligne brunatre derricre l’ceil, qui manque 
tout-a-fait 4 loiseau de Sarayacu.—(Berlepsch.) 


14]. RHAMPHOCENUS RUFIVENTRIS, Bp. 

Quatre oiseaux des deux sexes recueillis par Stolazmnn a Chimbo 
en décembre. 

Ailes, tarse et surtout le bee plus longs que chez un oiseau de 
Guatemala (coll. Berlepsch), gorge moins mélangée de noiratre ; 
poitrine et cétés moins roussatres, sous-alaires plus roussatres, dos 
plus clair et plus roussatre. Au contraire un oiseau du Mexique 
(Musée de Varsovie) a les dimensions un peu plus fortes; le bec et 
tous les détails de la coloration semblables en tout, excepté la gorge, 
qui est plus maculée de noir que dans nos oiseaux de Chimbo. Nos 
oiseaux s’accordent le mieux avec ceux de Sta Martha. 

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de  Ecuadeur. 


142. CERCOMACRA TYRANNINA, Scl. 

Un mile adulte pris par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en novembre, et 
un jeune male de la méme localité recueilli par Stolzmann en novem- 
bre, 4 queue fort usée et le plumage assez pali, qui parait appartenir 
a la méme espéce. 

L’oiseau adulte s’accorde bien avec l’oiseau de Guatemala (coll. 
Berlepsch) ; les couleurs sont seulement un peu plus ciaires et moins 
olivatres au croupion et les bords des rémiges. 


566 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON’ [ Nov. 20, 


143. PyriGLEeNna PiIcEA, Cab. 


Un mile ad. de Chimbo, recueilli par Siemiradzki en novembre. 
Iris rouge ocreux. 


144. Myrmeciza exsuL, Scl. 


Quatre miles et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, 
octobre et novembre. Iris brun foneé. Dans le mile la partie nue 
de la téte d’un bleu cobalt foneé, dans la femelle gris bleuatre. 

Les oiseaux typiques de l’espéce viennent de Panama, je n’ai pas 
eu encore l’occasion de les examiner, mais M. Sclater dit sur les 
oiseaux d’Esmeraldas (Ecuadeur occid.) quils ne different des oiseaux 
typiques que par le noir plus ardoisé sur la téte et la poitrine. 
Dans la diagnose il est dit : ‘‘ capite toto undique et corpore infra ad 
medium ventrem nigris,”’ tandis que ces parties dans les oiseaux de 
Chimbo sont d’un ardoisé foncé.—(Berlepsch.) 


145. Hypocnemis na&vrorpes (Lafr.). 
Une femelle recueillie par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo. 


TROCHILID. 
146. PHAETHORNIS YARAQUI (Bourc.). 


Cing males ad., deux femelles et quatre jeunes, recueillis 4 Chimbo 
en septembre, octobre et novembre. 

Les exemplaires sont un peu plus petits, surtout l’aile plus courte, 
et ont le vert du dessus et du dessous du corps un peu plus bleuatre 
que ceux de Quito du Musée Berlepsch. 


147. PHAETHORNIS STRIIGULARIS, Gould. 


Trois males de Chimbo, recueillis en décembre. 

Ces oiseaux ont le dessous du corps un peu plus roussatre que celui 
de l’oiseau de Bogota (Musée Berlepsch). Un exemplaire de Porto 
Cabello, Venezuela (Mus. Berlepsch), a le dessous tout-a-fait comme 
celui de l’oiseau de Chimbo. Ce dernier a les parties supérieures 
du corps un peu plus obscures, les ailes et la queue un peu plus courtes 
que les oiseaux de Bogota et de Venezuela; en outre ils s’accordent 
dans tous les détails. 


148. LAMPORNIS IRIDESCENS, Gould. 


Deux miles ad., trois jeunes males, trois femelles et un jeune sans 
indication de sexe de Guayaquil, recueilli en aout. 

La femelle adulte parait étre distincte de la femelle du LL. violi- 
cauda, par le manque ou trés peu de nuance violet amethyste sur les 
rectrices externes. 


149. FLorisuGa MELLIVoRA (L.). 


Sept males de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, octobre et 
novembre. 

Identiques en tout aux oiseaux de Cayenne et du Pérou septen- 
trional; il se distinguent cependant de ceux de Cayenne par le bec 


1883.] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 567 


plus comprimé dans la partie basale, tandis qu’il y est élargi dans les 
oiseaux cités. I] est étonnant que nos voyageurs n’ont pas recueilli 
aucune femelle, également comme Stolzmann ne l’a pas fourni du 
Pérou septentrional, et M. Jelski n’a aussi fourni que des males de 
Cayenne. 


150. HeirorHrix BARROTI (Boure.). 

Quatre males, quatre femelles et quatre jeunes males dans les 
différentes livrées, recueillis 4 Chimbo en septembre, octobre, novem- 
bre et décembre. 

Les males adultes ont la plaque violette étendue jusqu’ 4 l’occiput. 
La nuance violette varie légérement : dans deux individus elle est un 
peu rougeatre, dans les autres un peu plus bleuatre et plus terne. Les 
males adultes ont la queue assez courte; un jeune male qui n’a 
encore rien de bleu sur la téte, mais un peu sur les oreilles l’a aussi 
trés courte ; deux males dans le plumage semblable a4 celui des 
femelles, avec peu de maculature sur la poitrine, ont la queue aussi 
longue que ces derniéres. 

L’espéce est décrite de Carthagéne; si loiseau de cette localité 
peut étre distingué de celui de l Ecuadeur occid. le dernier devrait 
porter le nom de purpureiceps, Gould, basé sur un oiseau de 
Popayan. Les oiseaux de Chimbo s’accordent avee un mile de 
Costarica du Musée Berlepsch. 


151, THaLuRANIA HyPOCHLORA, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 104 
(décrit de Citado, Ecuador). 


Sept males ad., deux miles en plumage imparfait et neuf femelles 
de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, octobre, novembre et décembre. 


152. Hetropoxa JAMEsONI (Bourc.). 


Trois males, dont deux en mue, recueillis 4 Chimbo en novembre 
et décembre. 


153. HetiomasTer aupicrissa, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 504 
(décrit de Citado). 


Cing males ad., trois jeunes males, six femelles et un jeune de 
Guayaquil et de Chimbo, recueillis en aotit, septembre et novembre. 


154. Lampropyei1a witsont (Del. et Bourc.). 


Un jeune male en mue de Cayandeled, recueilli par Siemiradzki 
en décembre. 


155. CYNANTHUS CYANURUS C@LEsTIs (Gould). 
Deux miles adultes, recueillis 4 Cayandeled en décembre. 


156, GouLDIA CONVERSI £QUATORIALIS, Berl. MS. 

Quatre miles ad., deux jeunes males et trois femelles de Chimbo, 
recueillis en octobre et novembre. 

Les oiseaux de Chimbo se distinguent de ceux de Bogota en ce que 
les plumules allongées du milieu de la poitrine sont d’un beau bleu, 
plus ou moins intense, tandis que dans les oiseaux de la localité citée 


568 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON _ [Nov. 20, 


ils sont d’un vert bleudtre ou doré; ils ont aussi les ailes un peu 
plus courtes, et les tectrices supérieures de la queue moyennes plus 
teintes d’un cuivreux violatre ; en outre il n’y a plus de différence. 


157. Myroia micrurRa (Gould). 


Quatre males ad., 5 males jeunes, 5 femelles et un jeune oiseau de 
Guayaquil, recueillis en aout. 

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de |’Ecuadeur, rare dans les 
collections. Gould, dans sa premiére description, lui a donné Pérou 
pour habitat ; puis il a ajouté Pérou ou Bolivie. MM. Sclater et 
Salvin et M. Elliot Vindiquent de Bolivie, ce qui est probablement 
une erreur, car l’espéce n’a pas été encore trouvée qu’au Pérou dans 
les environs de Tumbez (Stolzmann et Jelski), et récemment a 
Guayaquil. 

Mulsant a eu raison pour établir pour cet oiseau un genre nouveau 
Myrmia, intermédiaire entre les genres Myrtis et Acestrura. 

Un des males adultes fourni par Stolzmann a la plaque gulaire 
d’uve couleur bien différente de celle des autres; le rouge violet 
ordinaire n’y est que faiblement accentué, et remplacé par le doré 
tirant sur lorangé, qui dans certaines directions de la lumiére devient 
uniforme sur toute la surface; les plumes du bord inférieure de la 
plaque conservent cette nuance dorée dans toutes les directions de la 
lumiere. 

158. Cuzrocercus BomBus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 804 
(décrit de Citado), 


Trois jeunes males et six femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en sep- 
tembre, octobre et novembre. 


159. AGYRTRIA viIRIDICEPS (Gould). 
Trois males de Chimbo de septembre et octobre. 


160. AMAZILIA DUMERILI (Less.). 


Sept males, deux femelles, trois sans indication de sexe et un jeune 
de Guayaquil de aotit, septembre, octobre et novembre. 


161. AMAZILIA RIEFFERI JUCUNDA, Heine. 


Sept males, jeune femelle et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de 
Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, octobre et novembre. 


162. JULIAMYIA FELICIANA (Less.) (décrit de Guayaquil). 


Trois males ad., quatre males jeunes et cing femelles de Chimbo, 
de septembre, octobre et novembre. 


163. CHLOROSTILBON MELANORHYNCHUS, Gould (décrit de 
Quito). , 

Six males ad., trois males jeunes et deux femelles de Chimbo, de 
septembre, octobre, novembre et décembre. 

Peut-étre un peu différents des oiseaux de Quitc’. 


* Peut-étre les oiseaux de Ohimbo sont plus proches du Ch. atala (Less.). 
Je n'ai pas encore vu de male adulte,—(Ber/epsch, ) 


es 


1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 569 


CyPsELID&. 
164. Hemrprocne zonaris (Shaw). 


Deux femelles de Guayaquil et de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre 
et en décembre. 

L’exemplaire de Guayaquil a seulement le collier blane sur la 
nuque, tandis que sur la région jugulaire il n’y a que deux plumes 
blanches ; les autres sont seulement bordées légérement de blanchatre. 
C’est une particularité individuelle, car Poiseau de Chimbo et celui 
de Lima de la collection Raimondi ont le collier aussi complet que les 
oiseaux du Brésil. 


165. CH&ZTURA SCLATERI OCCIDENTALIS. 


Un mile ad., et trois femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre 
et décembre. Iris brun trés foneé. Espéce nouvelle pour la faune 
de l Ecuadeur. 

Ces oiseaux ont le cendré du croupion et de l’abdomen plus obscur 
que chez la vraie Ch. selateri, Pelz.; Vaile et la queue sont-aussi 
plus longues. I] nous parait done que cet oiseau mérite a étre distingué 
comme race locale. 

S$. Long. de laile, 112, queue 45 mm. @. Long. de l’aile 110- 
112, queue 45 mm. 
Dans la Ch. sclatert vraie Vaile est longue de 96, queue 42 mm. 


166. Cuarura sprnicaupa (Temmi.). 


Un oiseau sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Stolazmann a Chimbo 
en septembre. Iris brun foncé. 

Se distingue des oiseaux de Cayenne (Musée de Varsovie) que par 
une nuance ardoisée, et non grise brunatre sur la poitrine et 
Yabdomen, la gorge plus blanche au milieu, et les plumes des lores 
longuement blanches a la base. Des oiseaux dela Guyane britanni- 
que (Musée Berlepsch) il se distingue aussi par la gorge plus blanche, 
et abdomen plus foncé. Comme nous ne possédons qu’un seul 
exemplaire, il est difficile de juger si cette difference est constante, 

Long. de Vaile 105, queue 44 mm. La longueur de l’aile de la 
femelle de Cayenne est la méme. 


167. PANYPTILA CAYENNENSIS (Gm.). 
Un oiseau adulte de Guayaquil, tué par Siemiradzki en aout. 


CAPRIMULGID. 


168. Nycrisrus JAMAICENSIS (Gm.). 


Un male de Chimbo, tué par Stolazmann en décembre. Iris 
presque noir. 


169. NycripROMUS ALBICOLLIs (Gm.). 


Un jeune male de Chimbo, tué par Siemiradzki en novembre. 
Tris brun d’ombre. 


570 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20, 


Picipz. 
170. PrcumNus GRANADENSIS, Lafr. ? 


Sept males, quatres femelles et un jeune de Chimbo et de 
Yaguachi, recueillis en septembre, octobre, novembre et décembre. 
Iris brun grisitre foncé. 

Oiseau bien différent de celui de la Nouvelle Grénade (Musée Ber- 
lepsch et Musée de Varsovie). Dans les oiseaux de Chimbo I olive du 
dos est plus grisatre, la poitrine jaunatre sale ou grise lavée de jaune, 
tandis qu’elle est plus ou moins enduite de brunatre dans l’oiseau de la 
Nouvelle Grenade. Le mile de loiseau de Il’ Ecuadeur a les stries 
frontales d’un jaune citron pur, tandis qu’elles sont d’un orangé 
intense ou orangé rougeatre chez l’oiseau de Bogota ; les points blancs 
sont aussi un peu plus gros. Laile est aussi plus longue de 2 mm. 
dans Doiseau de ’ Ecuadeur. 


171. PrcumNus scLATERI, Tacz. 


Un male adulte, quatre femelles adultes, trois femelles jeunes et 
deux jeunes en premier plumage de Guayaquil, recueillis en aout 
et septembre. 

Le mile adulte différe de la femelle par les taches frontales 
blanches 4 la base, et d’un jaune souffré dans la moitié terminale, 
ce qui forme une couleur sale indécise 4 une certaine distance, et 
n’est distincte nettement que de prés; ces taches frontales sont 
plus ou moins aigues au bout. 

Dans le plumage parfait des deux sexes les taches blanches 
s'usent sur le cervix et la muque, ne laissant qu’une fine ligne sur 
lextrémité des plumes, tandis qu’elles gardent leur forme arrondie 
au front. 

Les jeunes dans leur premier plumage ont le fond du dos distincte- 
ment plus foncé que celui des adultes, des stries blanches fines au 
lieu de gouttes au sommet de la téte, le blanc du fond de la poi- 
trine moins pur, les raies abdominales moins larges, les bordures 
des rémiges secondaires olives. 

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de l’Ecuadeur. 


172. CAMPEPHILUS SCLATERI (Malh.). 


Deux males adultes de Chimbo, recueillis en avril et décembre. 
Iris jaune. Les oiseaux de Palmal (Ecuadeur méridional) et de 
Lechugal (nord Pérou) de la collection Raimondi ont le croupion 
beaucoup plus varié de fauve roussatre que l’oiseau de Chimbo. 


173. CHLORONERPES CALLONOTUs, Waterh. 


Deux miles adultes de Yaguachi et trois jeunes males de Chimbo, 
recueillis en octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun foncé dans 
Padulte, gris foneé dans le jeune. 

Les oiseaux du Pérou septentrional (Tumbez, Guadalupa, Morro- 
pere) du Musée de Varsovie et de la collection de M. Raimondi, 
sont d’une taille plus forte que ceux de l’Ecuadeur, et se distinguent 
constamment par la couleur des cétés de la téte, qui, au lieu d’étre 


1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADUR. 571 


d’un brun uniforme sur toute la surface, sont blanes, avec une tache 
brunatre auriculaire, commengant derricre et au-dessous de I’ceil, et 
séparant la couleur blanche en deux parties, dont une occupe le 
bas des cétés du visage, et l'autre commengant 4 une certaine dis- 
tance du bord postérieur de l’ceil, forme une large bande, ren- 
fermée entre la nuque et la tache auriculaire et se confond avec le 
blanc des cétés du cou. Cette forme peut étre ea comme 
une race locale, Ch. callonotus major. 

Les raies foncées sur le blanc du dessous sont propres, comme il 


_ parait, 4 age non adulte des deux formes, tandis qu’elles manquent 


aux adultes. Les jeunes oiseaux de |’Ecuadeur ont les cétés du 
visage semblables 4 ceux des adultes péruviens; la raie cependant 
postoculaire est blanchatre au lieu de blanche pure, la tache auricu- 
laire plus étendue, le rouge du dessus moins vif et moins uniforme 
que dans l’adulte. 


174. CHLORONERPES CECILIZ (Malhb.). 


Cing males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, 
octobre et novembre. Iris brun. 


175. CHLORONERPES CANIPILEUS (d’Orb.). 

Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Siemiradzki en septembre. 

Cet oiseau a les dimensions trés petites (ailes 10-5 mm.), la 
moustache noire trés prononcée, saus taches blanchatres. 


176. MELANERPES PUCHERANI (Malh.). 

Trois males ad. de Yaguachi recueillis en décembre. | Iris jaune. 

Identiques aux oiseaux de PAmérique centrale, ils sont seulement 
un peu plus petits, 4 olive de la poitrine plus grisatre, le jaune du 
front plus pale, la tache blanche postoculaire plus petite, et toutes 
les nuances un peu plus pales que l’oiseau de Costarica. 


Momortipz. 

177. Momorus MICROSTEPHANUS, Scl. 

Deux femelles de Chimbo recueillies en octobre. Iris rouge de 
cerise. 

En général ces oiseaux s’accordent avec les oiseaux de Bogota, 
mais peut-étre ils sont intermédiaires entre le M. microstephanus de 
Bogota et le M. lessoni de P Amérique centrale ; peut-étre que le 
nom subrufescens, Scl., serait correcte. 


178. Momortus martit (Spix). 


Trois males de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre, octobre et novem- 
bre. Iris terre de Sienne brilé. 

Identiques 4 Voiseau du Pérou central; le vert du dos est plus 
intense et plus obscur. 


ALCEDINIDE, 
179. CerYLE caBANIsi (Tsch.). 
Un male recueilli par Siemiradzki 4 Guayaquil. 


572 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [ Nov. 20, 


TROGONIDE. 
180. Trocon vireinauis, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 173 
(décrit de Pallatanga). 


Trois males ad. et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en septembre 
et octobre. Iris brun fonceé. 

Forme trés proche du T. collaris (Vieill.), mais distincte par les 
raies blanches caudales et la vermiculation blanche des ailes plus 
distanciées entre elles. Vraiment elle est intermédiaire entre cette 
espéce et le 7’. puella, Gould, de l’Amérique centrale. 


GALBULID&. 
181. GALBULA MELANOGENIA, Scl. 


Deux miles, une femelle ad. et une jeune femelle de Chimbo 
recueillis en septembre et novembre. Iris brun ; pattes d’un jaune 
sale. 


Bucconip&. 
182. MALACoPTILA PANAMENSIS POLIOPSIS (Scl.). 


M. poliopsis, Scl. P. Z.8. 1862, p. 86 (décrit d’ Esmeraldas), 


Un mile, trois femelles et un jeune de Chimbo, recueillis en sep- 
tembre et novembre. Iris intérieur largement rouge de brique, a 
gris extérieurement chez le male, rouge cerise dans la femelle. Des 
deux males de Palmal (Ecuador mérid.), un a la moustache blanche 
comme les femelles de Chimbo, et l’autre l’a ocreuse, peu différente 
de la couleur de la poitrine. 


183. Bucco rapiATus, Sel. 


Male et femelle de Chimbo, recueillis par Stolzmann en novembre 
et décembre. 


Identiques & l’oiseau de Panama de la collection Berlepsch. Iris 
fauve ocreux, de la méme nuance que celle de l’abdomen. 


CucuLip. 
184, Coccyzus AMERICANUS (L.). 
Un male de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolazmann en septembre. Iris 
brun foncé. 
185. DipLoprerus nzvivs (L.). 


Un mile adulte de Chimbo, recueilli par Siemiradzki en septembre. 
Iris brun trés clair. Identique avec les oiseaux de Bahia. 


186. Praya cAYANA (L.). 


Une femelle de Guayaquil recueillie par Siemiradzki en aout. 
Cet oiseau a les couleurs trés pales, la poitrine d’un gris presque 
blanchatre. 


187. Praya rutTixA (Ill.). 
Une paire de Chimbo, recueillie en novembre. Iris rouge cerise. 


1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR, 573 


Couleurs en général plus claires que dans les oiseaux de Cayenne 
et de Surinam, surtout moins rouge et moins foncée en dessus, plus 
pale sur la gorge et la poitrine; nuance de labdomen d’un gris 
plus pur et plus nettement tranchée de celle de la poitrine, région 
anale et les souscaudales noires. L’oiseau de Palmal (HEcuadeur 
mérid.) semblable 4 oiseau de Chimbo. Le bec dans ces deux 
oiseaux est moins long que dans ceux de Cayenne. 


RHAMPHASTIDZ. 
188. RHAMPHASTOS AMBIGUUS, Sws. 


Male et deux femelles recueillis 4 Chimbo en septembre. 


Plus petits que loiseau de Bogota, 4 bee beaucoup plus court, 
du reste semblables. 


189. PrEROGLOSSUS ERYTHROPYGIUs, Gould. 


Une paire de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolzmann en décembre. Iris 
jaune, gris trés foneé derriére et devant la prunelle, ce qui fait 
qu'elle parait étre oblongue. 


CaPiITONID. 
190. Caprro BouRCIERI (Lafr.). 


Femelle adulte, recueillie 4 Chimbo par Siemiradzki en novembre. 
Iris rouge cerise; bec jaune a base verdatre; pattes d’un vert 
olivatre. 


PsITTACID&. 
191. ArA SEVERA (L.). 


Deux males et une femelle de Chimbo, recueillis en novembre. 
Iris & anneau triple, l’extérieur jaune sale, le médiane jaune orangé, 
interne gris. 

192. ConuRUS ERYTHROGENYS (Less.). 


Une femelle de Chimbo, prise par Siemiradzki en octobre, et une 
jeune femelle de Guayaquil prise en aodt. Iris 4 anneau double, 
Vinterne gris, lexterne orange. 


193, BRoTOGERYS PYRRHOPTERA (Lath.). 
Un male de Guayaquil, recueilli par Siemiradzki en septembre. 


194. Curysoris FaRINoSA (Bodd.). 


Une femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Stolzmann en octobre. 
Iris 4 anneau double, l’externe orangé, l’interne d’un gris trés 
foncé. 


195. Pronus CHALCOPTERUS (Fraser). 


Trois males et quatre femelles, recueillis 4 Chimbo en octobre et 
novembre. Iris brun grisatre foncé ou orangé. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XX XVIII. 38 


574 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20, 


196. PstrracuLa camestis (Less.). 


Deux miles adultes, recueillis par Siemiradzki 4 Guayaquil en 
aout. Iris brun. 


STRIGID. 


197. GuLaucipium FEROx (Vieill.). 

Un male, dans la livrée rousse, de Yaguachi, recueilli par Siemi- 
radzki en décembre. Dans l’estomac des fruits de la Mangifera 
indica. 

FAaLconip&. 


198. BurEO PENNSYLVANICUS (Wils.). 


Deux males adultes, et deux jeunes males, tués & Chimbo en 
octobre, novembre et décembre. Iris brun noisette clair. Dans 
Vestomac des chenilles de lepidoptéres, et des morceaux de blattes. 


199. Burroita BRACHYURA (Vieill.). 

Un mile tué par Stolzmann 4 Chimbo le 17 octobre. Iris brun 
grisitre foncé. Tout le dessous du corps et le front d’un blanc 
pur. 


200. IcriniA PLUMBEA (Gimn.). 

Male adulte tué par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo en décembre. [vis 
carminé pale, pattes orangées. Dans l’estomac des restes de la 
Blatta americana. 


201. HyporriorcHIs RUFIGULARIS (Daud.). 
Un male recueilli par Stolzmann a Chimbo. 


202. Harpagus BIDENTATUS (Lath.). 


Une femelle recueillie par Stolamann a Chimbo en octobre. Iris 
rouge pale. 


203. MicRASTUR GUERILLA, Cass. 


Un jeune male recueilli par Stolamann a Chimbo, le 6 décembre. 
Iris brun trés foncé. 


CoLUMBID&. 


204. CoLUMBA suBVINACEA, Lawr. 


Un mile adulte de Chimbo, recueilli par Stolzmann en novembre, 
et un autre male fourni par Siemiradzki de la méme localité et pris 
aussi en novembre. Iris rouge framboise avec un cercle blanchatre 
trés fin autour de la pupille. 

Notre oiseau s’accorde parfaitement dans sa coloration avec un 

_oiseau de Costarica (Musée Berlepsch); Voiseau de Chimbo est 
seulement plus petit, mais peut-étre il n’est pas parfaitement adulte. 
L’oiseau de Huambo, Pérou septentrional, est intermédiaire entre 
Poiseau de Chimbo et la C. vinacea de Loretoyacu, Est du Pérou; 
il est d’une taille intermédiaire, et la coloration est intermédiaire. 


i see ee ae 


1883. | BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 579 


205. Zenartpa mAcu.ata (Vieill.). 


Un mile de Guayaquil d’aoit, et une paire de Chimbo, recueillis 
par Siemiradzki en aoiit et décembre. 

Il parait qwil n’y a pas de différence entre ces oiseaux et un mile 
ad. de Chili, du Musée Berlepsch. 


206. PeristeRA CINEREA (Tem.). 


Un-mile ad. et un jeune mile, en livrée de la femelle, recueillis 
par Siemiradzki 4 Chimbo, en septembre et décembre. ¢ ad. Iris 
4 anneau interne rouge, l’externe jaune ; pattes rouges ; bee jaune. 
g jeune. Iris 4 anneau interne blane étroit, Pexterne d’un rouge 
cerise. 


207. CHAMEPELIA BUCKLEY], Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 21 
(décrit de Sta. Rita, Ecuador). 


Un male ad. de Yaguachi, recueilli par Stolamann en décembre, 
et un jeune de Guayaquil pris par Siemiradzki en aoit. Iris rouge 
de sang chez l’adulte, jaune chez le jeune. 


208. CHAMAPELIA CRUZIANA (Knip et Prev.). 


Un mile de Chimbo, pris par Stolzmann en octobre, une femelle 
de Yaguachi, prise par Siemiradzki en décembre. Semblables en 
tout aux oiseaux du Pérou central. Iris d’un rouge pale 4 l’extérieur, 
et blanc autour de la pupille. 


209. LEPTOPTILA PALLIDA, 0. sp. 


L. supra rufo-brunnea, nitore interscapulii violaceo-roseo ; fronte 
albo, vertice cinereo-cyaneo, cervice nuchaque griseis; gula 
media alba, lateribus capitis pallide ochraceis ; collo antico 
pectoreque roseis, abdomine medio tectricibusque caude infe- 
rioribus albis ; hypochondriis pallide isabellinis; remigibus 
brunneo-nigricantibus, subtus latissime cum subalaribus rufo- 
cinnamomeis ; cauda supra brunneo-rufa, rectricibus quatuor 
externis utringue ante apicem nigricantibus, albo late terminatis ; 
rostro nigro ; pedibus rubris ; iride pallide flava. 

Cette forme différe de la LZ. rufavilla, a laquelle elle parait tre la 
plus voisine, par la couleur des parties supérieures du corps plus 
rousse, surtout sur les ailes, le croupion et la queue, l’éclat rosé de 
la région interscapulaire semblable, mais moins violet, l’olivatre du 
dos inférieur et des ailes moins fort, le gris de la nuque moins 
foncé, ocreux des cétés du visage beaucoup plus pale, le rosé du 
cou et de la poitrine plus pur et beaucoup moins fort, le blanc du 
milieu de l’abdomen beaucoup plus largement répandu, l’isabelle 
des flancs trés pale, bordures latérales des tectrices souscaudales 
d'un gris moins foncé, le blanc du bout des rectrices beaucoup plus 
large, les bordures externes des rémiges primaires plus rousses. 

De la L. verreauzi elle se distingue au premier coup d’ceil par 
les parties supérieures rousses au lieu de gris-olives, la couleur du 
cou postérieur et de la nuque sans éclat rosé, les ebtes du visage 

38 


576 H. V. BERLEPSCH AND L. TACZANOWSKI ON [Nov. 20, 


tout-a-fait autres, le rosé du devant du cou et de la poitrine beau- 
coup plus pur, le blanc plus large et plus pur au milieu de l’abdomen. 

La partie atténuée de la 1" rémige est plus fine que dans les deux 
autres formes. 

Longueur de Vaile 171, queue 100, bec 20, tarse 30, partie atténuée 
de la 1* rémige 25 mm. 

Un oiseau, sans indication de sexe, recueilli par Stolazmann 4 Chimbo 
le 22 octobre. 


PENELOPID2. 


210. Penetore cristata (L.). Sel. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1870, 
p. 527. 

Un mile et deux femelles de Chimbo, recueillis en novembre. 

Sac jugulaire et pattes d’un rouge framboise dans les deux sexes. 

3. Iris orangé, entouré de deux anneaux étroits, interne gris 
clair, Vexterne noir; région oculaire et partie caronculée de la 
gorge dénuées noires terreux. Q. Iris orangé, entouré d’un anneau 
noir étroit; région dénuée oculaire ainsi que la partie caronculée de 
la gorge noires. 

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune de l’Ecuadeur. 


211. PENELOPE oRTONI, Salv. Ibis 1874, p. 325 (décrit de 
Mindo, Pichincha). 


Deux males de Chimbo, recueillis en octobre. _ Iris brun rougea- 
tre; sac gulaire orangé, lavé de carmin; pattes d’un rouge carminé. 
D’accord complet avec la description citée. 


TETRAONIDZ. 


212. OponropHorvs ERYTHROPS, Gould. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 99 
(décrit de Pallatanga). 


Deux males et une femelle recueillis 4 Chimbo en octobre. Iris 
brun. 


RaLLiDz. 
213. ARAMIDES WOLFI, N. sp. 


A. supra olivaceus, capite fusce-cinereo, auchenio dorsoque ante- 
riore rufescentibus ; uropygio latissime caudaque nigris ; subtus 
gula cum collo antico superiore dilute cinerea ; jugulo rubro-rufo, 
pectore abdomineque medio rufis, olivaceo perfusis ; hypochon- 
driis olivaceis ; ventre medio, crisso, subcaudalibusque nigris ; 
tectricibus alarum remigibusque tertiariis dorso concoloribus ; 
remigibus rufo-cinnamomeis, in pogonio externo secundariorum 
olivaceo lavatis ; subalaribus rufis, nigro fasciatis. 

3. Parties supérieures du corps olives, 4 sommet de la téte avec la 
nuque et le haut du cou postérieur d’un ardoisé pur, plus clair au 
front, tandis que la partie inférieure du cou et le haut du dos sont 
d’un roux rougeatre passant graduellement en olive en arriére; dos 
inférieur, croupion, queue et les flancs du ventre sont d’un noir 
intense, cependant les plumes de ce dernier nuancées légérement de 


1883. ] BIRDS COLLECTED IN WESTERN ECUADOR. 577 


brun ; cétés de la téte d’un cendré ardoisé ; gorge avec le haut du 
cou antérieur d’un cendré perlé trés clair; région jugulaire d’un 
roux rongeatre, passant en une nuance moins rousse sur la poitrine 
enduite d’olive, et passant complétement dans cette couleur dans 
certaines directions de la lumicre; le milieu de l’abdomen est aussi 
roux, tandis que les cétés sont largement olives; milieu du ventre et 
les souscaudales noiratres ; plumes des tibias d’un ardoise noiratre, 
mélé de brunatre. Rémiges d’un roux cannelle, 4 extrémité méme 
olive foncée, la barbe externe des secondaires lavée d’olive; toutes les 
tectrices et les rémiges tertiaires de la couleur du dos; sousalaires 
rousses rayées de noir. Bec vert, 4 dos de la mandibule supérieure 
jaune dans la plus grande moitié basale et passant en orangé vers la 
base ; pattes rouges; tour de l’oeil dénué rouge; iris rouge brique. 

Longueur de Vaile 182, queue 60, tarse 70, doit médian 60, ongle 
12 mm. 

Espéce analogue & lA. cayennensis, mais distinctement moins 
forte, A bec écalement long mais moins élevé, et la coloration diffé- 
rente dans beaticoup de détails, comme :—le manque de nuance bruna- 
tre sur la nuque ; le roux rougedtre remplacant le cendré bleuatre au 
cou inférieur ; le roux en dessous réduit au milieu méme de l’abdo- 
men et un peu sur la poitrine, tandis qu’il est remplacé par Volive 
sur les flancs, les plumes des tibias plus foncées et longuement bruna- 
tres dans leur extrémité ; les bandes noires sousalaires moins foncées ; 
Pextrémité olive des rémiges plus courte. 

Un male de Chimbo, tué par Stolzmann le 7 novembre. 

Nous dédions cette espéce 4 Monsieur le Docteur -Wolf, savant 
géologiste et explorateur de l’Ecuadeur. 


ARDEIDZ. 
214. TiGRISOMA SALMONT, Scl. et Salv. 


Une paire d’oiseaux adultes, recueillie 4 Chimbo en novembre. 
Iris dun gris olivatre foncé extérieurement, et jaune autour de la 
pupille. 

ScoLopacipz. 

215. ActTiTis MacuLARIA (L.). 

Une jeune femelle de Chimbo, recueillie par Siemiradzki en no- 
vembre. 

TINANIDZ. 

216. Crypturus, sp. ? 


Un oiseau, comme il parait non adulte, recueilli par Stolazmann 4 
Chimbo en décembre. Iris gris. 


578 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE DICZIDE. (Dec. 4, 


December 4, 1883. 
Professor Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


Sir Joseph Fayrer, F.Z.S., exhibited a portion of a Deer’s horn 
apparently gnawed by other Deer, and made remarks upon this 
subject. 


Mr. Sclater exhibited, on the part of Dr. G. Bennett, F.Z.S., 
four skins of a species of Drepanornis, obtained by Mr. Goldie in 
the vicinity of Port Moresby in Southern New Guinea, and pointed 
out that the southern form of this bird differed from the northern 
form, originally discovered by D’Albertis (and described P.Z.S. 
1873, p- 560, pl. xlvii.), in the much paler colour of the rump and 
tail-feathers and in the more olivaceous tinge of the back. Besides 
this the elongated tufts on each side of the breast were not only 
tipped with dark purplish blue as in the northern form, but also 
- suffused with this colour upon their outer surfaces. 

Mr. E. P. Ramsay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. iv. p. 469) 
had already alluded to these differences, but had only been able to 
examine specimens. 

Mr. Sclater thought that these differences were only of subspecific 
value, and proposed to indicate their existence by naming the 
Southern form Drepanornis albertisi cervinicauda. 

Mr. Sclater remarked that the second species of Drepanornis, 
described by M. Oustalet (Ann. des Se. Nat. ser. 6. Zool. vol. ix. 
Art. 5) under the name Drepanornis bruijnii, seemed not in any 
way to resemble the southern form, and was from the northern coast 
of New Guinea, still more to the east than D, albertisiz. 


Mr. Burton, F.Z.S., exhibited a supposed hybrid between a 
common hen Pheasant (Phasianus colchicus) and a male Blackcock 
(Tetrao tetrix), which had been recently purchased at Leadenhall 
Market. 


The following papers were read :—~ 


1. Notes on some species of Birds of the family Diceide. 
By R. Bowprer Snare, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Depart- 
ment of Zoology, British Museum. 


[Received October 9, 1883.] : 


In the course of a revision of the family Diceide or Flower- 
peckers, I have made the following notes on some of the species, 
which I believe may be of some interest. 

The representative of D. celebicum in the Sula Islands turns out 


1883. ] MR. R. B. SHARPE ON THE DICZIDZ. 579 


to be a distinct species, of the same form and style of coloration as 
that bird, but with the sides of the body entirely olive. I propose 
for it the name of 


1, DicauM SULAENSE, sp. 0. 


Diceum celebicum, Wall. P.Z.S. 1882, p. 342 (nec Miill. & 
Schl.). 

D. similis D. celebico, sed corporis lateribus olivaceis nec cinereis 
distinguendum. Long. tot. 3°66, culmin. 0°4, ale 2:05, caude 
155 tarse 0°55. 

Hab. Sula Islands (Wallace). Type in B. M. 

I may add that this species is not the same as D. sanghirense, 

Salvad., of which I have seen two examples in Capt. Wardlaw 
Ramsay’s collection. 


2. DiczuUM PULCHRIUS, sp. 2. 


Diceum rubrocoronatum, Sharpe, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. vol. 
xvi. p. 436 (nec Sharpe, ‘ Nature,’ 1876, p. 339). 

1). similis D. rubricoronato, sed pilei colore scarlatino magis extenso 
et usque ad nucham producto, et precipue corporis lateribus 
flavicanti-olivaceis nec cinereis distinguendum. Loong. tot. 3°2, 
culminis 0°4, ale 2°05, caude 1:0, tarsi 0:4. 

Hab. Astrolabe Mountaias, 8.E. New Guinea (Goldie). Type 

in B. M. 


3. Diczum =NeEvuM, H. & J. 


Mr. E. P. Ramsay has lent me a pair of birds from the Solomon 
Islands, and I find that the species is a very distinct one, allied to 
D. pectorale, but distinguished by its bronzy upper surface and the 
greater extent of grey descending on the chest, as well as the bright 
olive-yellow flanks. 


4, DiczUM TRISTRAMI, §p. 0. 


The type of this new species is in Canon Tristram’s collection, 
and was obtained by Lieut. Richards in the island of San Cristoval. 
I add a full description of the specimen, as it is not to be compared 
to any of the other known species of Dicwidze, belonging as it does 
to a group by itself, remarkable for its chocolate-brown back, black 
tail, and hoary grey face. 

Adult Male. General colour above chocolate-brown, the mantle 


slightly streaked with a few hoary whitish margins to the feathers ; 


wing-coverts darker chocolate-brown than the back ; bastard-wing, 
primary-coverts, and quills blackish brown; the inner secondaries 
chocolate-brown, contrasting sharply with the back; head brown, 
but mottled with blackish-brown centres to the feathers, the plumes 
of the forehead and vertex margined with hoary white, the latter 
slightly mottled with brown bases ; lores, eyelid, fore part of cheeks, 
and base of chin blackish ; hinder cheeks, throat, and fore neck 


580 MR. R. B, SHARPE ON THE DICEHIDE. { Dec. 4, 


hoary white with brown bases to the feathers ; sides of neck like the 
back; centre of breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts pure white, 
the sides of the body ashy; sides of upper breast brown, with 
hoary whitish edges to the feathers; axillaries and under wing- 
coverts white ; quills dusky below, ashy whitish along the edge of 
the inner web ; ‘bill black ; feet black; iris grey’”’ (Richards). Total 
length 3°5 inches, culmen 0°45, wing 2°3, tail 1°15, tarsus 0°55. 
(Mus. H. B. Tristram.) 


5. Dicawum scuisraceum, Tweedd. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) 
ax. pya/ (1877). 

The type of this species, lent to me by Capt. Wardlaw Ramsay, 
appears to me to be a young bird of D. rubriventer, Less. The 
pale colour of the bill is characteristic of immaturity in this group 
of Flower-peckers ; and in the British Museum there are some young 
specimens of the allied D, Aematostictum which also differ from the 
adult in the absence of the red colour on the underparts and in 

being of the slaty grey above. 


6. DicxUM INORNATUM. 
Myzanthe inornata, Hodgs, in Gray’s Zool. Mise. p. 82. 


This is a species distinct from Myzunthe ignipectus of Hodgson, 
with which recent authors have united it. It belongs to the dull- 
coloured section of the genus, containing D. concolor and its allies. 
It is doubtless to this species that the young male recorded by Dr. 
Scully from Nepal (Str. F. 1879, p. 261) really belongs, as he had 
doubts as to its being referable to D. ignipectus. I have examined 
the types of D. olivaceum, Walden, from the Karen Hills, in Capt. 
Wardlaw Ramsay’s collection, and find that they also belong to 
D. inornatum (Hodgs.). 


7. Dicmum MopeEstuM, Tweedd. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 380. 


This species appears to me to be the same as D. everetti, Tweedd., 
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx. p. 537 (1877). 


8. PrionocHiLus PERCUSSUS, Temm. PI. Col. iii. pl. 394. fig. 2 
(1826). 


I have recently examined the type of P. percussus in the Leiden 
Museum, and find that it is distinct from the bird usually so called 
in collections from Malacca, Sumatra, and Borneo. The Javan 
bird, the true P. percussus, has the throat white, whereas the 
specimens from other above-named localities have a yellow throat, 
and must bear the name of P. ignicapillus (Kyton). 


J.G.-Keulernans ith 


CHRYSOMITRIS 


STEMIRADZKII. 


Hanhart 


a 
ro 


oe ee, oe oe 


ae eek Pee. 


es 


sity a 


7 


<< 
= 


ff 


| 


Y he 


1883.] MR. J.B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. 581 


2. On the Diseases of Monkeys in the Society’s Gardens. 
By J. B. Surron, Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy, 
Middlesex Hospital. 


[Received November 15, 1883.] 


When “‘a generally received opinion”? is made the subject of 
careful investigation, it not unfrequently turns out to be erroneous. 
So with regard to the diseases of Monkeys living in this country. 
The general public hold the belief endorsed by the medical pro- 
fession, that nearly all the Monkeys brought to England die from 
tuberculosis. After careful examination I fail to find any reasonable 
excuse for so widely spread an error. 

In 1845 Dr. Percy, in a paper published in this Society’s ‘ Pro- 
ceedings’ gave an account of his ‘‘ Management of Monkeys in Con- 
finement.” At the end of the article he mentioned some diseases to 
which these animals are liable ; in one only did he find phthisis pul- 
monalis, and that was in a Rhesus (Macacus rhesus), bought from an 
itinerant showman. Dr. Crisp reported upon sixty-seven inspections 
of the Quadrumana, with three cases only of tubercle. In 1881 the 
Pathological Society of London, on the proposal of Mr. Hutchinson, 
appointed a Committee to report on the present state of our know- 
ledge of the diseases of the lower animals, and on the best means 
for its advancement, and especially to make use of the material 
available at the Society’s Gardens, which, through the kindness 
and influence of Professor Flower, had been placed at its disposal 
by this Society’. Since that date, as one of their Committee, I have 
had excellent opportunities of investigating Comparative Pathology 
in all varieties of animals dying in the Society’s Gardens, whereby 
much new matter has come to light. As the Quadrumana are so 
near to man, they have naturally attracted a considerable share of 
my attention. 

From Dec. 1, 1881, to March 30, 1883, an interval of sixteen 
months, one hundred and ten Quadrumana of various species died. 
Of this number I examined the viscera of ninety-three. 

1. Tubercle. This caused death in three instances only. Two 
were Rhesus Monkeys, and the third a Vervet Monkey, all Old-World 
species. The disease was unmistakable, tubercular phthisis associated 
with cavities in the apices of the lungs, in every point resembling 
the disease as met with in the human subject. 

2. Bronchitis. A very slight attack of this affection appears to be 
rapidly fatal. It was met with in twenty-two cases, sometimes 
associated with emphysema, generally vesicular, but occasionally of 
the interlobular variety. 

3. Pneumonia in its lobar form is not so common; three deaths 
alone could be satisfactorily traced to this cause. The lobular form 
is frequent, seven deaths having been occasioned by it. Three of the 


1 Vide Path. Soc, Trans. 1882, “ Report of Council.” 


582 MR.J. B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. [Deec. 4, 


cases were amongst the Lemurs, associated in one with cystitis. The 
prevalence of lobular pneumonia results from the frequency of 
bronchitis and rickets. 

4. Empyema. Two cases. 

5. Abscess of lung burst into a bronchus filled the trachea, and 
thus suffocated a Baboon. 

6. Gdema of lung killed a Squirrel-Monkey. 

7. A not uncommon mode of death in young animals is alveolar 
abscess leading to ulceration and sloughing of the gums, the purulent 
discharges are swallowed, some getting inspired (possibly during 
sleep) and septic pneumonia established, sometimes leading to gan- 
grene of the lung. This proved fatal in a young Chimpanzee. 

8. Serofula was well marked in three cases—a Baboon with 
caseating glands in the neck, a Capuchin with suppurating glands in 
the axilla, and lastly a Rhesus Monkey with a caseating mass in the 
dorsal region of the thorax associated with spinal caries, paraplegia, 
and meningitis, which gradually extended to the cranium and caused 
death. 

9. Intussusception of the jejunum killed a very fine Lemur. I 
find that cases of intussusception occur among animals after a 
sudden chill. Garrod noticed this fact with regard to a Kangaroo, 
an Emu, and a Paradoxure, and reported the same in the Society’s 
‘Proceedings’ 1873. He says:—‘‘ During the first week of this 
month (February) the cold weather coming on suddenly seems to have 
caused the death of three animals in the Gardens, in all of which 
on post-mortem examination it was found that the lesion was the 
result of excessive and abnormal movement in the abdominal viscera.” 

The telescoped condition of the small intestines is very common 
among animals, and probably occurs during the agony: this is easily 
distinguished from true invagination of the bowel. Whether a 
sudden chill may cause an invagination of intestine in man is a 
subject for inquiry. 

10. Leucocythemia was met with in a Lemur, the spleen of the 
animal having become enlarged to fifty times its normal bulk. The 
proportion of leucocytes in the blood was one to eighty red corpuscles. 
This is interesting, inasmuch as these creatures come from Mada- 
gascar, an island famous for ague. Lemurs are very liable to 
cataract. The reason why is not very obvious. One Lemur died 
from purulent pericarditis due to perforation of the pericardium 
by a caseating lymphatic gland. 

11. Lyphoid fever proved fatal in four cases, three Lemurs and 
one Monkey. Two of the Lemurs lived in the same cage. The 
animal first affected suffered from profuse diarrhoea, and at the 
autopsy perforation of the ileum was found, all the ulcers being con- 
fined to the neighbourhood of the ileo-ceecal valve. The second died 
seven days after its companion, from severe hemorrhage ; ulceration 
of the agminate and solitary glands had taken place from the com- 
mencement of the ileum to within half an inch of the anus. It is 
very probable that the second Lemur contracted the disease by direct 
inoculation from its mate for the following reasons :— 


+ gp Ail t e arr — 


1883.] MR. J, B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. 583 


(a) The animal which died first was the one first observed to 
be ill. 

(6) The feecal discharges were so profuse that the keeper had 
difficulty in keeping the cage clean. 

(c) The companion Lemur jumping about the cage, not merely 
contaminated her own body but occasionally dropped her food into 
the feeces, thus taking the morbid material directly into the ali- 
mentary canal in contact with the Peyerian glands. 

(d) The unusual length of intestine found ulcerated also Jends 
support to the notion of direct contagion. 

The fact that the mucous membrane of the rectum was ulcerated is 
a point of some interest. In conducting post-mortem examinations, 
on human subjects dying of typhoid fever, it rarely happens that the 
rectum is examined. Profiting by the experience gained in examining 
these Monkeys I have in all cases of typhoid fever, where the oppor- 
tunity has occurred, examined the condition of the mucous membrane 
at the lower end of the alimentary canal, and have found in some 
cases a ring of infiltration and ulceration about half an inch above 
the anus. The explanation is not far to seek. If the rectum be 
split longitudinally it will be seen that half an inch above the anus 
there is an abrupt change in the mucous membrane, the squamous 
epithelium of the anus being suddenly replaced by the columnar 
variety, beneath which is a substratum of lymphoid and glandular 
tissue. It is this ring of tissue which in typhoid fever undergoes 
infiltration, ulceration, &e., as does a Peyer’s patch or solitary 
follicle in the ileum. 

Rickets. A very unexpected cause of death manifested itself in 
bone disease, in the form of typical rickets. Next to bronchitis 
this is the most frequent cause of death among the Monkeys. 
During the past summer I have been able to observe the animals 
suffering from this disease, and can give a fairly complete clinical 
history of the affection. 

When a Monkey becomes affected with rickets he is less active 
than usual, and instead of leaping about from place to place, sits on 
the floor. Gradually paralysis of the lower limbs comes on; the 
creature now moves about by using his long arms as crutches. The 
bones soften, and those of the upper limb, having to support the 
weight of the body in progression, begin to bend. The paralysis of 
the lower limbs increases, and the creature becoming completely 
paraplegic, loses control over the sphincters and suffers from incon- 
tinence of urine and fzeces, and occasionally from priapism. The 
ribs and sternum share in the general softening, allow the thoracic 
parietes to yield to atmospheric pressure, causing embarrassment of 
respiration ; the animal gets an attack of bronchitis, and soon dies. 
Such a case as this is a severe one, but I have watched a Monkey 
apparently in good health die horribly deformed with rickets in 
four mouths. It is highly probable that many less severe cases 
have been overlooked, so that at present it is impossible to state with 
any degree of accuracy the relative frequency of death from this 
cause, but it isa very prevalent disease. Its chief symptoms may be 


584 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. [Dec. 4, 


briefly enumerated as deformity, pain, paraplegia, incontinence of 
urine and feeces. Dr. Percy, in the paper before alluded to, states 
that some of his Monkeys died from mollities ossium, the symptoms 
being deformity and paralysis. 

The condition of the skeleton in such cases is very remarkable. 
The bones are enlarged, and so soft that they can be cut with a knife 
as easily as a potato; in severe cases not a bone escapes, not even 
the hyoid ; indeed they exhibit in an extreme degree the pathological 
condition met with in rickets as it occurs in young children. I find 
the disease has two opposite effects on the skull. In most Monkeys 
the bones of the cranium soften and in parts undergo thinning ; 
sometimes they atrophy so as to give rise to actual perforation of 
the skull: this condition is most frequently observed in the cerebellar 
fossee and roof of the orbit ; now and then it is seen on the roof 
of the skull. In other Monkeys, chiefly the Baboons, the skull- 
bones thicken. In some cases I have observed the roof of the skull 
to be as much as half an inch in thickness. A complete account 
of the pathology and microscopic appearances of the various parts of 
the skeleton in these cases will be found in the Transactions of the 
Pathological Society, volume xxxiv. 

There yet remains the paralysis to be accounted for; this symptom 
perplexed me extremely, but I am now able to give a satisfactory 
explanation of it. 

The ‘Journal de Zoologie’ for 1875 (iv. p. 272) contains an in- 
teresting article by Paul Gervais, entitled ‘‘ De lhyperostoze chez 
homme et les animaux.” Among the specimens there figured is a 
vertebra from an animal narned Pachyacanthus dug up near Vienna. 
It is a very singular specimen, and shows a condition which is very 
rarely met with, viz. gradual general obliteration of the spinal canal 
due to overgrowth of bone. This supplied the hint, and I divided 
the spinal column in all rickety Monkeys. This is what I found :— 
The general overgrowth and softening of bone so common throughout 
the skeleton had not spared the vertebra with its various processes, 
but they had enlarged and encroached upon the spinal canal and 
thus exercised general slow compression upon the spinal cord. When 
the creature stands, the pressure of the superincumbent weight 
would cause the vertebral bodies to bulge and compress still more 
the spinal cord and nerves as they emerge from the various inter- 
vertebral foramina, hence the pain when the creature is raised ; 
the continuous irritation of the lumbar spinal cord will also explain 
the incontinence and priapism. Iam not aware of any recorded 
cases of such general narrowing of the neural canal; and it is easy 
to explain why it has been overlooked, for it is usual to expose the 
cord by removal of the vertebral arches, thus destroying the relative 
size of the cord to the spinal canal; whereas if a transverse section 
of the column be made with the cord én situ, the change is obvious. 
The cord and nerves when examined microscopically exhibit all the 
changes found in the grey and white matter when the cord has been 
compressed from other causes, such as cancer, tumour, vertebral 
caries, &c. It is very probable that the agonizing pains which form 


~ 


1883.] MR. J.B. SUTTON ON THE DISEASES OF MONKEYS. 585 


so marked a feature in mollities ossium in human beings may result 
from a similar condition of the spinal column. 

The principal cause of rickets in Monkeys is the fact that many 
of them are captured when quite young, and in lieu of the breast- 
milk of the mother are fed on fruits, rice, and cows’ milk. 

It may be mentioned here that the Royal College of Surgeons 
possesses a Hunterian preparation of a rickety Monkey. 


Fig. 1. 


Fig. 2. 


Transverse section of the vertebral column with the cord im situ, to show the 
mode in which the cord gets compressed by overgrowth of the sur- 
rounding bone. From a Monkey. 


The Milk-white Patch. In conducting human post-mortems it is 
very usual to find on the anterior surface of the heart a thickening of 
the visceral layer of the pericardium, technically known as the “ milk- 
white patch,” concerning the causation of which pathologists have held 
two opposite notions. One opinion is that the thickened area is the 
result of chronic inflammation. The other and more probable view 
holds that it is due to pressure: this is called the “ attrition ” theory, 


586 MR. Hy O. FORBES ON A SPIDER FROM SUMATRA. [ Dee. 4, 


This milk-white patch is often met with in Monkeys, but on various. 


parts of the heart, sometimes on the auricles, at others on the ventricles ; 
but it isalways due to pressure either from an enlarged gland, defor- 
mation of the thorax, pressure of an abscess, or some such cause. 
But the most convincing case occurred in a young Rhea, which 
was affected with rickets, so that the ribs yielded and allowed the 
heart to be compressed between the broad sternum and the vertebral 
column. In this case the anterior surfaces of the ventricles and the 
right auricle were covered with a large milk-white patch due to the 
pressure of the sternum. 

In conclusion I would remark tbat in merely recording the 
diseases of wild animals in confinement little is to be gained, but in 
elucidating the diseases of man Comparative Pathology will act as a 
side light of no mean power. 


3. On the Habits of Thomisus decipiens, a Spider from 
Sumatra. By H. O. Forszs, F.Z.S. 


[Received November 20, 1883.] 
(Plate LI.) 


Having sent the specimen now exhibited to Mr. O. P. Cambridge 
for determination, he writes me :—‘‘I believe it to be undescribed. 
Mr. Blackwall has described a tolerably near ally from the E. Indies, 
Thomisus tuberosus, B\., and Karsch has described several which 


appear to belong to the same group from other quarters; but I do’ 


not think yours is the same species as either, even if of the same 
group, which, as Karsch gives no figures, is not certain. I have 
close allies from E. Indies and Ceylon, and also from 8. Africa, none 
of which have as yet been described. The S.-African gpecies is 
almost exactly similar in its colouring and manner of sitting, so as 
exactly to resemble the droppings of birds ; this was specially noted 
to me by the friend who sent the specimens to me, and I have just 
shortly noted it as an instance of protective resemblance in ‘Spiders 
of Dorset, vol. i. p. xxix of Introduction. * * *. This group ought 
to form a genus separate from Thomisus, but you might describe 
yours provisionally as a Thomisus.”’ I therefore propose to give this 
interesting specimen the surname of Thomisus decipiens, in order to 
identify it with the account of its habits which I am now about to 
give. 

On June 25, 1881, in the forest near the village of Lampar, on 
the banks of the Moesi river in Sumatra, while my “ boys”’ were pro- 
curing for me some botanical specimens from a high tree, I was rather 
dreamily looking on the shrubs before me, when I became conscious 
of my eyes resting on a bird-excreta-marked leaf. How strange, I 
thought, it is, that I have never got another specimen of that curious 
Spider I found in Java which simulated a patch just like this! I 


————— 


P. 4.3. 1883 PL LI. 


J. Smit lith. 


Mintern Bre's imp. 


THOMISUS DECIPIENS. 


—_— —-_—r ~~ ~~ ~~ 


+ 


1883.] MR. H. 0. FORBES ON A SPIDER FROM SUMATRA. 587 


plucked the leaf by the petiole while so cogitating, and looked at it 
half listlessly for some moments, mentally remarking how closely 
that other Spider had copied nature, when, to my delighted surprise, 
I discovered I had actually secured a second specimen, but the imita- 
tion was so exquisite that I really did not perceive how matters stood 
for some moments. The Spider never moved while I was plucking 
or twirling the leaf, and it was only when I placed the tip of my 
little finger on it, that I observed that it was a Spider, when it, 
without any displacement of itself, flashed its falees into my flesh. 

The first specimen I got was in W. Java, while hunting one day 
for Lepidoptera. I observed a specimen of one of the Hesperide 
sitting, as is often a custom of theirs, on the excreta of a bird ona 
leaf ; I crept near it, intending to examine what they find in what 
one is inclined to consider incongruous food for a Butterfly. I 
approached nearer and nearer, and at last caught it between my 
fingers, when I found that it had as I thought become glued by its 
feet to the mass; but on pulling gently the Spider to my amazement 
disclosed itself by letting go its hold; only then did I discover that 
I was not looking on a veritable bird’s excreta. ‘Though I preserved 
the interesting specimens, both Butterfly and Spider, carefully 
labelled them, attaching to them these notes, and sent them home, 
to my surprise no interest was. awakened in the specimen, and I 
heard nothing of it, nor can I trace its subsequent history. 

Allow me here to digress for a moment to animadvert in the 
strongest possible way on the habit of too many purchasers, collectors 
(not field collectors) and describers of collections, who, having 
acquired numbered specimens, take not the slightest care to record, 
when cataloguing or describing the species gathered in a locality, the 
number on the specimen. I have with the extremest care (a habit I 
owe to the example of our lamented Prosector when we used to hunt 
weekly together in the Scotch hills) labelled every single specimen I 
have collected, aud entered it with my field-notes in my journal; but 
of all the thousand specimens sent home, I can trace no more perhaps 
than a score. I am informed by my agent that “no one cares a fig 
for the history or the number attached to a specimen ; it is the speci- 
men alone they care for, and no one will agree or promise either to 
retain or record the number.’ Surely the acquirers of collections owe 
by an unwritten law to the field-worker this amount of recompense 
for the toil and often risk at which they have been obtained,—to 
assist him in identifying his specimens with his notes, and to add 
to the store of knowledge on the habits of the species, which in nearly 
all groups is so very scanty. 

The present specimen was sent home some year and half ago, and 
turned up recently, having been unrecognized as anything of interest. 
I regret that the leaf on which it posed has gone astray ; but the 
figure (Plate LI.) accurately represents the position assumed on it by 
the Arachnid. The Spider is in general colour white, spotted here and 
there with black ; on the underside its rather irregularly shaped and 
prominent abdomen is almost all white, of a pure chalk white ; the 
angles of the legs are, however, shining jet-black. The Spider does 


588 MR. H. O. FORBES ON BIRDS FROM [ Dec. 4, 


not make an ordinary web; but only the thinnest film on the surface 
of the leaf. The appearance of the excreta rather recently left by a 
bird on a leaf is well known. ‘There is a pure white deposit in the 
centre, thinning out round the margin, while in the central mass are 
dark portions variously disposed; as the leaf is rarely horizontal, the 
more liquid portions run for some distance. Now this Spider one 
might almost imagine to have in its rambles “‘ marked and inwardly 
discerned ”’ what it had observed, and had set about practising the 
“wrinkles” gained; for it first weaves a small irregular patch of 
white web on some prominent leaf, then a narrow streak laid down 
towards its sloping margin ending in a small knob; it then takes 
its place on the centre of the irregular spot on its back, crosses its 
black-angled legs over its thorax, and waits. Its pure white abdomen 
represents the central mass of the bird’s excreta, the black legs 
the dark portions of the slime, while the web above described which 
it has spun represents the more watery marginal part (become dry), 
even to the run-off portion with the thickened knob (which was not 
accidental, as it occurred in both cases), like the residue which semi- 
fluid substances ending in a drop leave on evaporation. It keeps 
itself in position on its back by thrusting under the web below it 
the spines with which the anterior upper surfaces of the legs are 
furnished. 

The most interesting fact of all to me is, not so much that of the 
Spider having gained, which it can, of course, have no consciousness 
of, by natural selection the colour and form of an excretum, but that it 
has acquired the habit of supplementing its own colour and form by 
an addition in such absolute harmony with that of which itself is the 
similitude. 


4, On a new Species of Thrush from Timor Laut, with 
remarks on some rare Birds from that Island and from 
the Moluccas. By H. O. Forszs, F.Z.S. 


{Received November 20, 1883. ] 
(Plates LIT. & LIII.) 


The specimen of Geocich/a which I have now the pleasure of exhi- 
biting (Plate LII.) is an adult male of a species intermediate between 
G. rubiginosa of Timor and G. erythronota of Celebes, two species 
which are also now represented on the table through the kindness of 
Mr. H.Seebohm. The general colour of the upper parts is olive-brown, 
shading into slaty brown on the head and into chestnut on the ramp 
and upper tail-coverts; lores white, ear-coverts mottled white and slaty 
brown; wings brown; lesser wing-coverts olive-brown, broadly tipped 
with white; innermost secondaries russet-brown, sbscurely tipped with 
white ; tail-feathers russet-brown, the outer feathers on each side 
broadly tipped with dull white; chin, throat, and breast buffish 


J-Smit lith. 


TSrmit lith 


CO-F LAVA, 6. 


Hanhart imp 


» - s 


mel ae 


Andante hoes 
Sy OE hee ee ere 


1883.] TIMOR LAUT AND THE MOLUCCAS. 5389 


white, the rest of the underparts white, the feathers on the flanks 
broadly tipped with crescentic spots of black; axillaries, basal half 
white, terminal half black; under wing-coverts, basal half brown, 
terminal half white ; basal half of inner web of secondaries and basal 
portion of many of the primaries white ; upper mandible sooty grey, 
lower yellow ; irides ash-brown ; legs, feet, and claws pale flesh-colour. 
Wing 43 inches, tail 3*2, culmen 1-05, tarsus 1-4. (No. in collection 
583 g.) 

I propose that this new species should bear the name machiki, 
as a slight mark of remembrance of Dr. Julius Machik, of Buda- 
Pesth, Surgeon-Captain in the Dutch Army, and of appreciation 
of his extreme kindness and hospitality, and of the very great 
assistance rendered by him to me in Sumatra, and more especially in 
Amboina to my wife and myself, both before and after our return 
from the Tenimber Islands. Dr. Machik is well known in the Ar- 
ppelge for his extensive collections, especially of Mollusca and 
fishes. 

In the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ 1883, p. 56, the “ Geocichla sp. 
ine.,” recorded by Mr. Sclater (in describing my Timor-Laut collec- 
tions), with a note by Mr. Seebohm, was an immature specimen of 
G. machiki. The present specimen, having been inadvertently mislaid 
among Amboina skins, was not transmitted, I regret to say, along 
with my Tenimber collections. It will be added, however, to the 
set selected by the British-Association Committee, and presented by 
them to the British Museum. 

T have also to remark on another of the Tenimber birds collected 
by me, and described and figured by Mr. Sclater (P. Z. S. 1883, 
p- 198), as a new species under the name of Pachycephala fusco- 
flava. I much regret that by an oversight this specimen also, the 
only specimen of the adult male of the bird obtained by me, should 
have been retained behind, having become mixed with the Amboina 
specimens of that family in my own collection. It will be seen from 
the specimen now exhibited (Plate LIII.), that the male Pachycephala 
JSusco-flava (no. 572 on label) previously figured by Mr. Sclater is an 
immature bird, in which, however, on closer examination traces of 
the black colour of the top of the head are discernible on one or 
two of the small feathers. 

T exhibit also an apparently somewhat rare bird, as I find it is 
unrepresented in the National collection—Tanygnathus gramineus, 
from the island of Boeroe; also a specimen of Megalurus amboi- 
nensis from Amboina; and lastly, I have the pleasure of laying on 
the table specimens of the new Myzomela which I had the satisfac- 
tion of discovering in Boeroe, and which I have already described 
as M. wakoloensis (see P. Z. S. 1883, p. 115). 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XX XIX. 39 


590 PROF. J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV ZEALANDI&. [ Dee. 4, 


5. Further Notes on Ziphius (Epiodon) nove zealandie, von 
Haast. By Professor Junrus von Haast, C.M.G., 
Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. 


[Received November 20, 1883. ] 


In a paper submitted to the Society on April 6, 1880 (see 
P. Z.S. 1880, p. 232), I gave a description of a female of this in- 
teresting Goose-beaked Whale, together with a drawing, showing that 
numerous attacks had been made upon it, by which the skin had 
become covered with a large number of oval and seamed scars. At 
the same time I pointed out that the teeth of the females, in aged 
individuals disappearing altogether below the gums, were generally 
covered with a rugose cement to the very tips, and that they could 
therefore not be well used for the purpose of attack and defence. 
Consequently I supposed that the scars were due to the attacks of 
the males, of which, at that time, no specimen had been secured. 


Fig. 1. 


Lower jaw of Ziphius nove zealandie, side view ; one third natural size, 


However, to confirm such a supposition I drew attention to the 
fact that several skulls had been obtained in which the teeth were 
not only much larger and heavier (according to Dr. Hector 817 and 
836 grains against 62 to 202 grains, the weight of the female teeth), 
but moreover were worn down into two lateral facets divided by 
an acute ridge, so that they had evidently been used. These skulls 
naturally were considered to have belonged to males. 

On the 13th of June of this year, the news reached me that a 
Whale had been stranded the day before near the mouth of the 
Ashley, and though, when reaching the locality, the carcase had 
already been partly cut into to obtain the blubber, there was a sufti- 


EE — rl 


1883.] PROF. J. VON HAAST ON ZIPHIUS NOV ZEALANDIZ, 59] 


cient portion of the skin left intact to show that the coloration was 
exactly the same as that of the specimens previously examined, and 
that the animal was seamed and scarred in exactly the same manner 
as the two females formerly described. 

On examination the animal proved to be a male, 20 feet long, 
apparently full grown, the terminal epiphyses being thoroughly 
ankylosed to the bodies of the vertebrae. It is thus evident that 
the males not only attack the females, or perhaps, more correctly, 
coerce them in a violent and painful manner to accept their 
attentions, but that they fight also amongst themselves in the same 
savage mode. 

The two teeth, where they rise above the gums, measure 1-27 
inch in height, and are here at their base and in their largest antero- 
posterior diameter 1:25 inch broad. For about 4 of an inch the 
crown is devoid of dentine, and shows that it has been well used. 
The teeth are conical, and there is just an indication of a slight 


Fig. 2. 


Lower jaw of Ziphius nove zealandie, upper view ; one third natural size. 


ridge, by which the inner side is divided from the outer side; but 
there is nothing like the acute ridge with two lateral facets, as de- 
scribed by Dr. Hector in similar teeth, exhibited in either of them. 
In illustration of these notes I forward a side and an upper view of 
the front portion of the lower jaw, belonging to the specimen under 
review. 

Thus we have here a confirmation of my previous suggestion that 
the males of Ziphius nove-zealandie have much larger teeth than the 
females, and that the scarring and seaming has been done by the 
former, both to males and females indiscriminately. 


oy* 


592 PROF.J. VON HAAST ON BAL ENOPTERA AusrrRaLis. ([Dec. 4, 


6. Notes on a Skeleton of Balenoptera australis, Des- 
moulins, the Great Southern Rorqual or “ Sulphur- 
Bottom” of Whalers. By Prof. Junius von Haasr, 
C.M.G., Ph.D., F.R.S8.,:C.M.Z.S. 


[Received November 20, 1883. ] 


On the evening of April 20th, 1881, the news reached me that 
a large Whale had been washed up on the New Brighton beach, 
about five miles from Christchurch. 

On arriving at the locality next morning, I found it to be the 
carcase of a large Southern Rorqual, about 67 feet long. The exact 
length could not be ascertained, the specimen not lying quite straight. 
It was a male, and had probably been dead from four to five weeks. 
The animal had been torn considerably by sharks, and the whole 
baleen had been lost before it landed on the beach. It was lying 
nearly on its back, and a great portion of the blubber, as far as ex- 
posed, had already been cut off. 

The position and form of the dorsal fin could not be ascertained, 


Fig?) 


Right pelvic bone of Balenoptera australis; one fourth natural size. 


and unfortunately I omitted to leave instructions to investigate these 
particulars when the upper portion of the carcase was examined. 
The throat and belly, of a clear white colour, were deeply plaited, 
the sides and back being of a bluish-black tint. 

The total length of the skeleton (allowing for cartilage) is 66 feet, 
the skull measuring 16 feet, and the vertebrae 50 feet. There are 
7 cervical, 15 dorsal, 15 lumbar, and 25 caudal; altogether 62 ver- 
tebrae. The cervical vertebre are all free, and resemble closely those 
described and figured by Dr. Hector (Transactions New-Zealand 
Institute, vol. vii. page 258). The lateral processes are united, and 


1883.] PROF, J. VON HAAST ON BALENOPTERA AUSTRALIS. 593 


form a complete ring; that in the atlas is rather small, but in th 
five following becomes large. 

The seventh cervical vertebra possesses only the two upper trans 
verse processes, well developed, and expanding near their extremities. 
Only a small protuberance exists on each side of the body, repre- 
senting the lower transverse processes. 

The forms of the 15 ribs are exactly like those described by Dr. 
Hector, and need no further comment. We possess only 14 
chevron bones, but it is very probable that, in extracting the 
skeleton, some of the smaller have been overlooked. The sternum, 
17 inches in height and 203 inches in breadth, also resembles the 
one figured by Dr. Hector. A drawing of that bone accompanies 
these notes. 


I also add a drawing of the right pelvic bone (fig. 1, p. 592): the 


Fig. 2. 


Sternum of Balenoptera australis; one eighth natural size. 


left is similar in form. Its greatest length is 13 inches, its 
greatest breadth 6 inches. There was not the least sign of any 
small bone attached to it, which according to Professor Flower 
occurs in B. musculus, and might be considered as a rudimentary 
femur. There is, however, near the spot where this little bone was 
observed by our learned President, a small foramen passing vertically 
through the bone. 

The anterior limb is identical in form with the one figured by 
Dr. Hector, of which, however, some of the phalanges of the middle 
fingers have been lost ; and in comparing this part of our specimen 
with the bones of the complete fore limb of Balenoptera musculus 
on plates xii. and xiii. (no. 20) of the ‘Ostéographie des Cétacés’ 
by Van Beneden and Gervais, I find that they correspond to each 
other in every respect. 


594 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Dec. 4, 


An examination of the New-Brighton skeleton as a whole shows, 
in the first instance, that it closely resembles in all its principal 
characteristics that described and figured by Dr. Hector in the 
Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute, with the exception that 
it has 62 vertebrae instead of 64 as in the Wellington skeleton. It 
is, however, possible that there may be some mistake in the number 
of caudal vertebre of the latter. 

I have looked carefully over the description of the different species 
of Balenoptera accessible to me, and find only one, B. sibbaldi, 
possessing 64 vertebra, but there are 16 dorsals, or one more than 
in Dr. Hector’s specimen. 

Till a specimen of this New-Zealand species is obtained, of which 
the external form can be exactly ascertained, I do not wish to pro- 
nounce a decided opinion as to the specific position of Balenoptera 
australis. However, judging from the evidence before us, the 
skeleton under review resembles so closely in all its osteological 
peculiarities that of &. musculus, that it would be a most remarkable 
fact if both did not belong to the same species. 


7. On the Terrestrial Mollusca of Dominica, collected 


during a recent visit to that Island. By Gzorcs Frencu 
Aneas, F.L.S., C. M. Z. S. 


[Received November 20, 1883. ] 


The island of Dominica, lying almost midway between Martinique 
and Guadaloupe, in about 15° north latitude, is the most lofty of the 
Lesser Antilles, some of its peaks rising to an altitude of over 5000 
feet. It is of volcanic formation, and densely wooded, two thirds 
of the island being still covered by primzeval forest. The aehfall 
averages over 70 inches in the year. 

I was certainly disappointed in finding the number of genera and 
species of Land-shells so limited, and the forms so small, as, from 
the favourable conditions of the island for molluscan he I should 
have expected a richer harvest. I give below a list of the species 
collected by myself during a two months’ visit to this beautiful 
island, being only some 20 in all. 


INOPERCULATA. 
Suputina (STENOGYRA) ocTona, Chemn. 


Common in most localities, under stones and decayed leaves. 
This species appears to have an extended range amongst the West- 
India islands, reaching to Mexico and Costa Rica. 


ZONITES CONCOLOR, Férussac,= H. baudoni, Petit. 


Not common, at an altitude of 2000 ft. 
This species is said to occur also in Porto Rico. 


or 


1883. ] MOLLUSCA OF DOMINICA, 59: 


SuccinEA APPROXIMANS, Shuttleworth. 
A small species, of a pale fulvous hue. Not abundant, found at 


an altitude of 200 or 300 feet. 
Described as coming also from Guadaloupe and Porto Rico. 


Succinea TIGRINA, Lesueur,=Amphibulina pardelina, Guppy. 


A very beautiful hyaline shell, irregularly sprinkled with small 
brown spots. It belongs to the group Brachyspira of Pfeiffer. 

My specimens were obtained by negro boys at Laudat (2000 ft.) 
and also near the Lihoo River, nestling in the fronds of bananas. 
One or two were also taken at the base of the falls in the Roseau 


Valley. 


~ AMPHIBULIMA PATULA, Brug. 


This curious species is the type of the genus Amphibulima of 
Blainville. It occurs in company with S. tigrina amongst the moist 
stems of the bananas and plantains, ranging, from 2000 feet at Laudat, 


Fig. 2. Fig. 1. 


Fig. 1. Shell of Amphibulima patula with animal, from life; nat. size. 
2, 3. Bulimus nichollsi; nat. size. 


to the sea-level. I found a very fine specimen with the animal 
burrowing in the heart of a pine-apple in a negro clearing not ten 
yards from the sea. It was first found at the island of St. Kitts ; 

-and has also been taken in Guadaloupe. I give a figure of the 
animal from life, which is of a pale greenish yellow, the mantle 
bordered with orange. 


& Succrnea (OmALonyx) GUADALOUPENSIS, Less. 
Of this remarkable species I found only a single specimen, alive, 
in a damp locality at St. Arament, 200 feet above the sea. 


4 


Tornatellina antillarum, Shuttleworth. 
Somewhat rare ; at about 500 feet altitude. 


= Tornateviina (LEPTINARIA) LAMELLATSA, Pot. et Mich.,= 


$en4° *. 


596 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON THE TERRESTRIAL [Dec. 4, 


Butimus nicuoutsi, A. D. Brown, MSS. 


The discovery of this species is due to the researches of Dr. A. 
D. Brown, of New Jersey, U.S.A., who named it in manuscript 
after our mutual friend Dr. H. A. Nicholls of Dominica. As, 
however, he has not given a description of it, I now do so, retaining 
his manuscript name. It is the largest land-shell hitherto discovered 
in Dominica, measuring 1 inch 3 lines in length. It occurs on the 
path from Roseau to Rosalie at an altitude of about 2000 feet. It 
bears a strong resemblance to some species of the genus Partula, 
especially in the expansion and partial thickening of the outer lip. 
It is an arboreal species. 

Shell rimately perforated, elongately ovate, rather solid, dark olive- 
brown, finely irrregularly longitudinally striated, crossed here and 
there by very thin conceutric lines breaking the longitudinal sculpture, 
especially on the upper whorls ; spire elevately conical ; sutures im- 
pressed ; whorls 6-7, flatly convex ; aperture ovate ; outer lip slightly 
expanded and thickened, paler in colour than the rest of the shell ; 
columella triangular, a little thickened and flattened inwards towards 
the base. 

Diam. 7, alt. 10 lines. 

Haé. Island of Dominica, W. I. 


Buuimus (LEPTOMERUS) LILTACEUS, Guilding, MSS. 

This pretty species was first met with in the island of St. Vincent 
by the late Mr. Guilding, who gave it the above MS. name. It 
was afterwards described and figured by Reeve in the ‘ Conchologia 
Iconica.’ It is rare in Dominica, on trees in the forests at an 
altitude of 2000 ft. It may be at once distinguished by its uniform 
pale primrose-colour. 


Buxiivus (LEPTOMERUs) MULTIFASCIATUS, Lam. 
On trees at an altitude of about 2000 ft., very rare. 


Bouiimus (LepTroMeERrvs) ExiLis, Gmelin. 

This species is very abundant on the lower slopes down to the 
sea-level. 

There are at least three well-marked varieties of the shell, viz:— 

a. Entirely of a pale fulvous colour. 

6. With a narrow black band encircling each whorl. 

c. With the base of the last whorl black, and with several broader 
bands of the same colour surrounding the whorls. 

The shells also vary considerably in their proportions as regards 
length and breadth. The species is terrestrial in its habits. 


Hexix (DENTELLARIA) DENTIENS, Fér. 

This is one of the commonest species of Helia in the island, occur- 
ring plentifully in various places from 600 or 800 ft. to the sea-level. 
Under dead logs, loose stones, and decayed leaves. 

Hewrx (DENTELLARIA) BADIA, Fér. 

This species, which is smaller than H. dentiens, is extremely 


1883. ] MOLLUSCA OF DOMINICA. 597 


abundant everywhere in the neighbourhood of Roseau, down to the 
sea-level. It is terrestrial, and frequents gardeus and plantations. 
There is a variety of a greenish colour with a decided double brown 
band, but the normal colour of the shell is dark brown throughout. 
The specimens I collected vary much in size. The young shells are 
umbilicated. 


«, Hexrx (DENTELLARIA) NIGRESCENS, Wood. 


Remarkable for its globular form and strongly marked dentition. 
Tt is common on the Lake-mountain road, and in various localities 
above 1000 feet, 


Heuix (DENTELLARIA) JOSEPHINA, Fer. 


This handsomely marked species is common in places above 1500 
feet. I met with it in company with H. nigrescens. It occurs also 
in Martinique and Guadaloupe. 


VAGINULA OCCIDENTALIS, Guilding. 


A slug-like creature, without a shell, belonging to the family 
Veronicellide. 

I found nine specimens under dead bark in damp places, not far 
from the sea. 


OPERCULATA. 
_, CycCLOPHORUS AMETHYSTINUS, Guppy. 


Mr. Guppy, of Trinidad, has described this species in the ‘ Annals 
of Natural History’ for 1868, but he erroneously calls it a Cyclotus, 
which it is not, it having a Aorny operculum, and not a shelly one 
as in Cyclotus. Above 1200 feet, moderately common. 


Heticina (PacuystomMa) RHODOSTOMA, Gray. 


This, beautiful Helicina is found sparingly on the track from 
Roseau to Rosalie on the windward side of the island, at an altitude 
of about 1500 feet. It is arborealinits habits. It may be at once 
distinguished from all other species by the vertical spine at the base of 
the columella. The peristome is sometimes black, sometimes yellow 
or white, and occasionally of a deep rose-colour. 


He ticina (Pacuystoma) rascrata, Lam.,= dH. convera, Pfr. 


At an altitude of several hundred feet. Also found at St. Vincent 
and Barbadoes ; the Barbadoes specimens are much more brightly 
coloured and painted. The examples I collected in Dominica vary 
somewhat in size. 


Heticrna (Ipesa) vELUTINA, Guppy. 


A small brown species, abundant on all the lower slopes, adhering 
to rocks and stones. 


598 DR. F, LEUTHNER ON ODONTOLABINI. [ Dec. 1%, 


December 18, 1883. 
Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. 


The Secretary made the following report on the additions to the 
Society’s Menagerie during November 1883 :— 

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- 
gerie during the month of November was 109, of which 64 were by 
presentation, 24 by purchase, 3 by birth, 6 received in exchange, 
and 12 received on deposit. The total number of departures during 
the same period, by death and removals, was 132. 

The most noticeable additions during the month were :— 

1. A pair of Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), presented No- 
vember 16th by Sir Henry W. Tyler, and remarkable for the hen 
bird having gradually assumed the (now nearly complete) dress of 
the male. 

2. A young pair of the singular Deer of Mantchuria called Pére 
David’s Deer (Cervus davidianus), purchased November 16th of the 
~ Société d’Acclimatation of Paris. The only previous specimens of 
this animal in the Society’s Menagerie were the pair presented in 
1869 by Sir Rutherford Alcock, K.C.B. (see P. Z.S8. 1869, p. 468). 
The present pair were bred in the Zoological Gardens of Berlin from 
imported parents. 


Dr. Franz Leuthner read an abstract of a Monograph of the. 
Odontolabini, a subfamily of the Lucanidze. 
Dr. Leuthner commenced his work by giving an account of the 
circumstances which had led him to undertake the study of this small 
group of Coleoptera, in the hope of being able to throw further 
light on difficult problems connected with the origin of species. In 
the introductory part he dwelt upon the great difference of treatment 
which the same group of animals or plants receives from authors 
holding different views as to the limits of species—one author 
often placing a number of allied forms together, and another 
subdividing them into many so-called species. Having spoken of 
the necessity of examining a long series of specimens in different 
stages, and from various localities, before such questions can be 
definitely settled, he passed on to discuss the variability of the 
Odontolabini, a group in which the polymorphism of the secondary 
characters of the males reaches an extreme development. The 
females were very similar to each other, varying little except in size, 
but the males exhibited four very distinct phases of development of 
mandibles, for which the author proposed the terms priodont, 
amphiodont, mesodont, and telodont. These forms were sharply 
defined in some species, and in others were connected by insensible 
gradations, and the various forms had been treated by earlier 
authors as distinct species. All the four forms were not met with 
in every species, some exhibiting only one, two, or three of them. Dr. 
Leuthner also remarked on the variability exhibited by different por- 


1883. ] ON THE TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 599 


‘tions of the body in Lucanide in general. He then pointed out that 
most of the Zucanissi and Dorcini, unlike the Odontolabini, differed 
comparatively little except in size, whereas the latter subfamily 
must be regarded as polymorphic. The variability and plasticity of 
many Odontolabini was so great, that it was practically impossible to 
separate them into sharply distinct species. The chitinous por- 
tions of the male sexual organ were valueless as specific characters in 
this group. 

In the second, or systematic part of his paper, Dr. Leuthner 
monographed the three genera Neolucanus, Thoms., Heterochthes, 
Westw., and Odontolabis, Hope, which form the subfamily Odonto- 
labini, giving full synonymy, and carefully describing the female 
and the various forms of the male in each species. 

This memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘ Transac- 
tions.’ 


The following papers were read :— 


1. On the Tongues of the Marsupialia. 
By Epwarp B. Poutrton, M.A., F.Z.S. 


[Received December 18, 1883. ] 
(Plates LIV., LV.) 


I am greatly indebted to the kindness of our Secretary for sup- 
plying me from the Society’s collection with a great part of 
the materials upon which this paper is written. I have received 
from him spirit specimens of the tongues of Macropus, Belideus, and 
Didelphys, and fresh specimens of those of Petrogale and Dasyurus. 

Professor Moseley also very kindly gave me excellently prepared 
tongues of Halmaturus, Phalangista, and Perameles, and a spirit 
specimen of Acrobates. These specimens were obtained in 1874, 
and are described in the ‘ Notes by a Naturalist on the Challenger.’ 
I was also fortunate enough to procure a living specimen of Phalan- 
gista vulpina. 

In a previous paper (“The Tongue of Perameles nasuta”’) in the 
‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science’ for January 1883, I 
described a new type of compound filiform papilla, which I then 
thought to be peculiar to that animal and modified for the capture 
of insects. I now find that it is characteristic of the Marsupial 
tongue, and I propose for it the name “ coronate papilla.” During 
my work upon this organ I find it absolutely necessary to use new 
terms in addition to the old ones (which I retain as far as possible), 
as these latter do not cover the ground. I therefore add a pro- 
visional list of the technical terms used in such descriptions as are 
contained in the present paper. New terms are printed in italics. 

Cireumvallate papillee.—Used in its old sense for the large bulb- 
bearing papilla (or in some cases ridges) at the back of the upper 


600 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [ Dec. 18, 


surface of the tongue, always sheltered by a trench, and sometimes 
very completely protected. Gustatory. 

Posterior angle.—The angle made by the posterior circumvallate 
papilla with the two anterior papillze, when only three are present, 
arranged in an isosceles triangle (universal in Marsupials). 

Lateral gustatory organ or lateral organ.—Used in its old sense. 
The term foliate organ or papilla foliata is misleading in directing 
the attention to the ridges instead of to the grooves (which are 
primary). Gustatory. 

Fungiform papilla.—In its old sense, except that it should not 
be used for the circumvallate papilla. The latter is primarily 
gustatory, the former primarily, and perhaps ultimately, tactile. 

Filiform papilla.—The old sense. It may be either mechanical or 
tactile. Its papillary process bears secondary processes. 

Hair-like papilla—A very fine filiform papilla of which the 
papillary process does not bear secondary processes. Mechanical. 

Coronate papilla.—A compound filiform papilla; the summit 
being crowned by a ring of recurved hair-like papillae. Mechanical. 
Characteristic of Marsupials. 

Fasciculate papilla.—A convenient term for the compound fili- 
form papilla in which the secondary papilla are not arranged in a 
circle, but brush-like. Mechanical. 

I will now proceed to describe the tongues, beginning with those 
that least resemble this organ in higher mammals, and gradually 
working upwards, 


Tue TonGueE or Halmaturus ualabatus. 


The material consisted of the back part of one tongue, the lateral 
gustatory organs of others, and the part containing a circumvallate 
papilla. All these had been hardened in chromic acid and were in 
excellent condition. 

General description.—The smaller tongue was 27°5 mm. in width 
posteriorly (although there was some distortion due to cuts permitting 
the entrance of the hardening fluids); the other dimensions are 
shown in fig. 1. Plate LIV., and from this also the size of the com- 
plete organ is suggested. The upper surface is densely crowded with 
large coronate papilla, between which, just above the smooth lateral 
surface, a few fungiform papillee of normal appearance are scattered. 
The lateral gustatory organ is in the form of a series of mound-like 
elevations (about six in number), placed just below the posterior part 
of the side of the papillate surface (see figs. 1., 11., 111. Plate LIV.). 
At the summit of each elevation an elongated (sometimes circular) 
depression is situated like a crater. The whole appearance suggests 
a series of gland-ducts; and this view of the origin of the lateral 
gustatory organ is confirmed by a study of the minute structure. 
Below these elevations there is a less regular, longer row of smaller 
depressions sometimes situated upon mounds, but in some cases only 
surrounded by slightly raised rings. These structures extend for 
some distance in front of the former (and often to some extent 


1883. ] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 601 


posteriorly also). The resemblance between the larger and smaller 
mounds is very complete, and the latter are true gland-ducts and 
apparently nothing more. Above the lateral organ the densely papil- 
late surface is limited by an irregular row of filiform papilla extending 
posteriorly and superiorly beyond the lateral organ. These papillee 
are probably tactile, and their position is constant in Marsupials (as 
far as I have observed), even in the absence of a lateral organ. The 
two anterior circumvallate papille are situated (11 mm. apart) at 
the level of the posterior end of the lateral organ. The posterior 
papilla is set very far forward in this species, so that the three are 
nearly in one straight line, the posterior angle being very obtuse. 
All that can be seen of the papilla from the surface is a funnel-shaped 
depression (about 1 mm. across at the widest part), at the bottom of 
which the apex of the papilla can generally be detected, directed 
forwards (see fig. rv. Plate LIV. taken from the larger tongue). The 
opening leading into the involution containing the central papilla was 
entirely invisible from the surface, and the papilla was only dis- 
covered accidentally. The opening may be surrounded by a sphincter 
of smooth muscle ; and it is probable that the central opening is not 
really smaller than the others, since the papillze and the involutions 
are quite similar. A further proof of its contracted state was found 
in the folded condition of the inner surface. The coronate papillee 
crowd closely upon the openings in the smaller tongue, but in the 
larger separate opening (fig. rv. Plate LIV.) they become less con- 
spicuous posteriorly. Immediately round the openings there is an 
irregular ring of short simple papillz (fig. xrx. Plate LIV., which 
also indicates the very constricted passage leading into the involution 
for the posterior papilla of the smaller tongue). 


Minute Structure—I. Gustatory Structures. 


A. The Circumvallate Papille——The remarkable shape and ex- 
treme protection of the papillze is shown in fig. x1v. Plate LIV. The 
taste-bulbs are seen to be very numerous; there are over 30 tiers, 
and those round the central thickest part contain 80-90 in a single 
tier (see fig. xxi. Plate LV.). They are closely packed round the 
circumference, but there are generally one or two places in each 
section where they are absent, and they cover the whole surface of 
the papilla except a small part below the apex, which is the only 
unprotected region (see fig. x1v. Plate LIV.). There is I believe no 
doubt that the mouth of the depression can be closed upon the apex 
of the papilla, and that thus the delicate end-organs are completely 
protected. The mechanism for opening and closing is, however, 
very uncertain: smooth muscle-cells may be present in the mucosa 
parallel with and just outside the involution ; such fibres would act 
as a dilating agency, aided by the contraction of other bands, which 
may also contain smooth muscle, and which radiate horizontally 
outwards from the thickened mucosa round the mouth. The 
closure of the mouth may be effected by a sphincter of smooth muscle- 
fibres, but in all these cases I cannot be certain as to the existence 
of the smooth muscle. By a different mechanism the papilla can 


602 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


be drawn downwards from below, and this action alone would tend 
to close the mouth. The dense mucosa (perhaps containing smooth 
muscle-cells) which lies outside the epithelium of the involution is 
invaginated into the papilla from below, forming a distinct layer in 
it (to be described). Inside the papilla smooth muscle-cells may 
exist in the invaginated mucosa. At the point where the mucosa 
bends round to enter the papilla many striated muscle-fibres termi- 
nate in it, their direction being vertical to the surface of the tongue. 
Any contraction of these fibres must draw down the papilla, and 
produce a tendency to close the mouth. It is possible, however, that 
the tension produced by contraction acts also upon the mucosa outside 
the involution, and thus tends to open the mouth. If this is the 
case it is probable that closure of the mouth is rendered a specially 
effective protection by the apex of the papilla being tightly clasped by 
the contracting orifice (the papilla being raised valve-like against 
the descending mouth by relaxation of the muscular contraction). 
Conversely the papilla may be drawn downwards from below, and the 
mouth opened by the same mechanism. It is only possible to decide 
_ by experiment as to which action really takes place. It is in favour 
of this view, that lateral compression of the fresh tongue causes a 
descent of the papilla and an opening of the mouth in the similar 
anterior papille of Phalangista. Glands of serous type are extremely 
abundant round these structures, and their ducts open into the space 
between the involution and the papilla, at all heights, and not espe- 
cially round the base of the papilla (the rule in higher types). 

The taste-bulbs are of the normal Marsupial type (as deseribed in 
a paper upon ‘‘ The Tongue of Perameles nasuta”’ by the present 
writer, in the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science’ for 
January 1883), showing traces of their origin from the epithelial 
cells of an interpapillary process, in the indications of papillee between 
the bulbs, and in the fact that the cells do not converge into a distinct 
basal pole. I was never able to detect indications of the protru- 
sion of any structures through the gustatory pores. In order to be 
certain of the absence of such delicate processes (described in the 
higher mammals) the fresh tissue should be examined ; but upon the 
whole I am inclined to think that such structures are absent from 
the bulbs of Marsupials, which are less specialized than those of 
the higher forms in the above-mentioned points. I have examined 
so many hundreds of distinct pores and bulbs with the cells appa- 
rently perfect, in so many species, that I believe some trace of 
these structures would have been detected if they were present. 
The gustatory pores are very short, only penetrating a thin super- 
ficial corneous lamina of the epithelium, which easily splits away 
from the rest. Very often the epithelial cells below the thin lamina 
split away with the latter, thus rendering the dome-like coverings of 
the taste-bulbs very distinct. The same layers tend to split away 
from the wall of the involution in which the papilla is contained. 
It is probable that the bulbs present a less marked separation than 
is met with in higher mammals, into peripheral protective cells 
and central cells which are nervous end-organs. But there is 


1883. ] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 603 


some indication of such a separation in the presence of two kinds of 
nuclei in the bulbs—the one spherical or oval, and the other greatly 
elongated. The latter must belong to the central cells. To be 
sure of this point, or indeed of anything in minute structure, the 
fresh tissue should be examined. Considering, however, that these 
structures in Halmaturus were not fresh, it would be hardly possible 
to have obtained tissues in better condition for minute examination. 
The question of the termination of nerves is better considered after the 
description of the layers within the papilla. These are shown in fig. 
xx. Plate LV., which represents a transverse section through the 
thickest part of a papilla. In the axis are the nonmedullated nerves, 
which enter from below. They do not form any distinct ganglion 
in the papilla (as in Perameles and Phalangista). In a few cases 
isolated ganglion-cells were seen in the axis of the papilla, in one 
instance at some considerable height. It is probable that the 
ganglion-cells, which are always connected with the nerves of special 
sense, form small ganglia on the nerve-branches near the base of the 
papilla. The axial nerves are supported by trabecule from the next 
layer, and large blood-vessels are present, entering with the nerves. 
The next layer, already mentioned, is derived from the dense mucosa, 
and is composed of fibrous and possibly smooth muscular elements. 
Blood-vessels are present in it ; and nerve-branches passing from the 
axial nerves to the subepithelial layer may be seen streaming out- 
ward through it. The next subepithelial layer is characteristic, not 
occurring elsewhere. It represents the unrayvelled elements of the 
two other layers united into interpenetrating networks. The impor- 
tance of the layer is well seen by looking at the tissues underlying 
the ordinary epithelium, after looking at that beneath the bulbs. 
Below the limits of the taste-bulbs the subepithelial layer thins away 
abruptly, but its connective-tissue elements are probably continuous 
with a delicate layer which lies between the deeper denser part of 
the mucosa and the lowest layer of the epithelium on the outside 
of the involution. The subepithelial layer disappears less rapidly 
above the limits of the bulbs, and in some places its fine fibrils end 
against the lowest epithelial cells. This is seen with especial clear- 
ness in the cells of interpapillary processes ; and it may be that bulbs 
are arising directly in this region, or (as is more probable) that these 
masses of epithelial cells with the appearance of nerve-terminations 
in them represent bulbs that have degenerated into the structures 
from which they originally arose. This, however, is merely a sug- 
gestion. Capillaries are present in this layer. At certain places 
the subepithelial Jayer is converted into a tissue resembling adenoid 
tissue, which may also invade the layer last described, sometimes 
even reaching the axial nerves. A similar tissue has been described 
in a corresponding position in the tongue of Ornithorhynchus (see 
paper on this subject by the present writer in the ‘ Quarterly Journal 
of Microscopical Science’ for July 1883). When the subepithelial 
layer is studied under high powers (,); oil-immersion of Zeiss), fine 
fibrils are seen to terminate abruptly against the contour of the convex 
lower surface of the bulb, separated only from the cells by the linear 


604 MR. E. B. POULTON ON 'THE [Dec. 18, 


(even under this power) basement membrane. The fibrils often 
expand at their termination, becoming funnel-shaped. Such appear- 
ances are observed over the whole proximal surface of the bulb and 
not merely at its centre. It was really impossible to be certain in 
the identification of these fibrils as nervous, and yet there are some 
fibrils which can be considered nervous with a very high degree of 
probability. These are distinct under comparatively low powers 
as sharply defined dark fibrils that pass straight through this layer 
from the fibrous layer towards the taste-bulbs. These fibrils confer 
a radiate appearance upon the subepithelial layer (see fig. xx1. Plate 
LY.). Round or oval, deeply-staining nuclei are very character- 
istic of this layer, and are obviously related to the nervous elements, 
as they are almost completely limited to the region of the end- 
organs. These nuclei belong to small multipolar cells continuous 
with some strands of the network ; but it seems more probable that 
they belong to a special supporting connective tissue (such as the 
neuroglia) than that they are nervous. This subepithelial layer 
bears a strong resemblance to certain retinal layers, and is probably 
identical in structure (both consisting essentially of the unravelled 
eléments of supporting and nervous tissues arranged in fine 
interpenetrating networks, as has been mentioned). 

These layers and their relation are better seen in longitudinal 
than in transverse sections of the papilla (see fig. xx. Plate LIV., 
which shows the same arrangement in Phalangista). 

B. The Lateral Gustatory Organs.—When a section is taken at 
right angles to the long axis of one of the depressions (upon one of the 
elevations previously described), the latter is seen to be the mouth 
of a narrow chink which is obviously the duct of a gland (see fig. 
xxx. Plate LV.), in the epithelial walls of which a few taste-bulbs 
have been developed. The lateral ducts sometimes open into the 
chink above the taste-bulbs, and below the points where the latter 
occur the main duct breaks up into smaller tubes. Horizontal 
sections show that the narrow ducts into which the depressions open 
are always slit-like, although the latter may appear to be circular, 
and the long axis of the slit is always at right angles to the inferior 
limit of the papillate surface above. In this respect the primitive 
lateral structures of Halmaturus are similar to the furrows of the 
lateral organ in higher animals. Although the bulbs are scattered 
irregularly in vertical sections, their arrangement is much more even 
in sections taken horizontally. It is therefore probable that the 
real arrangement is in regular tiers, but that the tiers themselves do 
not follow one another regularly. The subepithelial layer is not 
strongly developed beneath these bulbs, but traces of it can be 
distinguished. The nerves approach the bulbs from the sides, 
running horizontally beneath the epithelium for a considerable 
distance. Ganglion-cells are very numerous in little groups on the 
nerves. The cells are enclosed in distinct nucleated capsules. The 
glands into which the ducts of the lateral organs lead are of course 
serous. The smaller gland-ducts which open below and in front of 
the lateral organs (see fig. 1, &c. Plate LIV.) lead down deeply into 


Ss Ss ee 


1883. | TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 605 


mucous glands, although some of the lobules appear to be serous. 
No bulbs are present in the walls of these ducts. The epithelium 
round the lateral organs (and that of all the non-papillate surface I 
examined) is of the dense complex kind, similar to that described in 
the tongue of Ornithorhynchus (in the paper previously referred to). 
In such an epithelium four distinct layers can be made out. By far 
the thickest of these is the lowest layer, which presents all the 
characters of the rete Malpighii, staining deeply below, slightly 
above ; over this is a thin layer of cells that stain deeply in most 
reagents, and possess very long thin nuclei (in vertical sections) : 
above this is a layer of about equal thickness, behaving toward 
reagents in the same manner as corneous cells ; this again is followed 
by a thicker, deeply staining layer of fusiform cells with distinet 
elongated nuclei. The remarkable thing about this epithelium (as 
was pointed out in describing the tongue of Ornithorhynchus) is that, 
in upward succession, cells presenting the characters of a corneous 
layer should again come to present the characters of non-corneous 
epithelium (see fig. xxx1. Plate LV.). A hair was seen in one section 
of a lateral organ; and probably due to the irritation caused by it, 
the mucosa beneath was crowded with large deeply staining cells. 

C. Fungiform Papille.—The same imperfect type of bulb is seen 
on the summit of these papillee that has been described in the same 
situation in Perameles (paper previously mentioned). Such bulbs 
show more distinct traces of their origin from interpapillary epithelial 
cells than those in any other part of the tongue. Their appearance 
upon these papille is probably very recent, and it is noteworthy that 
this is the only instance of their occurrence without the immediate 
proximity of serous glands. Large non-medullated nerves are found 
in the axis of the papilla. Beneath the bulbs the subepithelial 
layer is distinct. Gustatory pores are present, and as many as 
six bulbs can be seen in a single section of one papilla. It is not 
unlikely that these papillee are tactile (they are tactile in Ornitho- 
rhynchus, and if gustatory here, the change is recent). 


Il. Mechanical and Tactile Structures. 


A. The Coronate Papille.—These are of the usual Marsupial type, 
much resembling the same papille in Perameles (described in the 
paper alluded to). Horizontal sections at successively higher levels 
show that the main papillary upgrowth is at first irregular in shape, 
then horseshoe-shaped (the concavity anterior) with the arms 
gradually breaking up into the separate papillary upgrowths for the 
secondary papille. Hence the posterior side of any such section 
can be known at a glance, because here the secondary processes 
arise at a higher level, and therefore some of them have not yet 
separated from the main upgrowth. (See fig. xxvi. Plate LV.) 
If the section is taken sufficiently bigh to show a complete ring of 
secondary papillary processes, it is still easy to know the posterior 
side, because posteriorly the processes are cut through at a lower level. 
(This is rendered clear by fig. xxvt. Plate LV., which shows a single 
coronate papilla of Macropus in perspective.) 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XL. 40 


606 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [ Dec. 18, 


The ring of secondary papille is less regular in Halmaturus than 
in Perameles &c., and it is common to find single papillee within the 
ring (7./.p., fig. xxvit1. Plate LV.). Between the coronate papille 
isolated hair-like papillee are common, rising singly from the epithe- 
lium. In all respects these resemble the hair-like papille of the 
coronate rings. (They are shown in fig. xxv1u1. Plate LV., s.h.p., and 
in vertical section in fig. xxvi1. Plate LV., s.A.p.) These isolated 
slender papillee with no tendency to coalesce into rings are very 
characteristic in tongues which in other respects also show traces 
of more primitive affinities than those of other Marsupials. (The 
posterior part of the tongue of Ornithorhynchus is covered with 
closely set single hair-like papille, very much resembling the 
papillee here described, and agreeing in the important point that 
each hair-like papilla possesses but a simple papillary upgrowth.) 
The coronate papille are of large size, and there are only about 10 
to the square millimetre close to the posterior circumvallate papilla. 
A little anteriorly (by the anterior circumvallate papille) they 
become rather smaller, and I counted 12 to the square millimetre. 

In ascending from the smooth to the papillate surface, the long 
papillary processes of the former first bear simple papille ; these 
form an irregular row (one or two deep, and sometimes absent) and 
then coalesce into the coronate papille. There are a few of these 
simple papille, bent upwards so as to be almost parallel with the 
surface of the tongue, below the lateral organ in some sections. 
The coronate secondary papille curve upwards from the sides 
towards the middle of the tongue (see fig. xxx. Plate LV.) ; but 
this is not so marked as in Phalangista, at any rate in the posterior 
part of the tongue. The secondary papillz of the upper surface are 
curved backwards; but this is very slightly marked posteriorly, 
where the coronate papille are tall and slender; while anteriorly (in 
the piece of tongue in my possession) they become shorter, stouter, 
and the hair-like secondary papillae much recurved (see fig. xxvii. 
Plate LV.). The epithelium is immensely thickened in passing from 
the smooth into the papillate region (see fig. xxx1. Plate LV., 
s.e., where the transition is taking place, and compare the thickness 
with the less magnified fig. xxvii. Plate LV., which is taken in the 
middle line of the papillate surface). Although the epithelium 
changes in thickness, the four layers of the complex epithelium can be 
detected in it and enter into the coronate papillz. This is best shown 
near the transition. (See fig. xxrx. Plate LV., which represents dia- 
grammatically the arrangement of the four layersina single coronate 
papilla close to and above the lateral organ. The section is of 
course vertical and transverse, and the curve of the secondary 
papillary processes is upwards. The layers correspond to those in 
fig. xxx1. Plate LV. In other parts of ihe papillate surface the 
distribution of the corneous layer (2) would be more symmetrical 
upon the secondary papillee.) We thus have a proof that the layer 
(2) previously described is truly corneous, inasmuch as in these fine 
processes, of mechanical use, it rises to the surface and is confined to 
the effective side, or both sides where both are effective. The very 


OO 


Payci- 


1883. ] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 607 


granular cells which in many other Marsupial tongues (Perameles 
&c.) form the transition into the upper corneous layer are slightly 
marked here. It is very likely that the transition described 
through the complex layers takes the place of the other method. 
There are, however, some finely granular cells in layer (4). The 
complex epithelium ends at the entrance into the involution for the 
circumvallate papille in the same way as at the mouths of the 
lateral organ (see fig. xxx1. Plate LV.). 

B. The Filiform Papille, forming the limits of the papillate 
surface above and behind the lateral organ, are probably tactile in 
function, They are of small size for so large a tongue. They are 
similar to those described in Phalangista. 

Thus in many points connected with the tongue, Halmaturus is 
the most primitive Marsupial yet examined—in the very primitive 
lateral organ, in the extremely protected circumvallate papille with 
bulbs nearly covering them, and in the irregular coronate papille 
and the existence of scattered hair-like papillae between the latter, 
with no apparent tendency towards coalescence into rings. 


Tue Tonevue or Macropus melanops. 


This tongue had been kept in spirit, and the tissues were not in a 
condition for minute examination ; but many points of interest could 
be ascertained. The pieces of the tongue from which I intended 
to make sections I placed in spirit, gradually increasing the strength 
until they were finally placed in absolute alcohol, and were cut after 
remaining some little time in this fluid. 

General description.—The appearance of the tongue from above 
is shown in fig. v1. Plate LIV. (half natural size). This organ is 
evidently closely related to that of Halmaturus. The circumvallate 
papilla are arranged as usual, the posterior angle being exceptionally 
obtuse, although not to the same extent as in Halmaturus. As in 
the latter animal, the depressions leading into the cavities containing 
the papillee are alone visible from the surface and are very incon- 
spicuous. The lateral organ (fig. vir. Plate LIV., natural size) also 
resembles that of Halmaturus; but the mound-like elevations are 
arranged in a regular curve, and the depressions have more of the 
normal appearance. Independent mucous glands cannot be seen 
in this specimen, but they may be present; filiform papillz are 
arranged above the lateral organ. The fungiform papille are very 
abundant all along and just above the edge where the papillate 
joins the non-papillate surface. At the tip the junction is beneath 
the tongue and forms a line parallel with the contour (see fig. v. 
Plate LIV., natural size). On this papillate surface beneath the tip 
fungiform papille are extremely abundant, and many of them are 
unusually large. There is little doubt that papillee in this position 
are tactile. The free part of the tongue is about 60 mm. long, and 
there is a raphe detectable for about 50 mm. from the tip back- 
wards. The inferior median ridge is low and wide, and the lateral 


grooves shallow (see fig. v. Plate LIV.). 
40* 


608 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


Minute Structure.—I. Gustatory Structures. 


A. The Circumvallate Papille.—AlIl three are probably similar in 
structure, and seem to be intermediate between the Halmaturus type 
(fig. x1v. Plate LIV.) and the higher form approaching radial sym- 
metry. The symmetry here is, I believe, decidedly bilateral, the 
papille distinctly directed forwards, and the protection extreme ; but 
in none of these points do the papille equal those of Halmaturus. 
There were some indications that the posterior papilla is less 
inclined than the anterior, but I am not certain that the appearance 
is genuine. The posterior involution is also surrounded by a 
prominent rim with papillee upon it. Nothing could be ascertained 
as to nerve-cells in the papillee. I could not decide as to the height 
to which the bulbs extend on the papilla—probably up to the point 
at which the sides begin to slope sharply inwards to form the 
summit, which seems to end ina simply pointed apex. The base 
of the papille seems to be invaded by glandular tissue. 

B. The Lateral Gustatory Organs.—These are much the same as 
in Halmaturus, but are more advanced; they do not obviously 
represent gland-ducts, but suggest depressions into which the latter 
enter. The mounds on which the furrows open are more prominent 
than in Halmaturus. 

C. The Fungiform Papille.—These papillz contain bulbs and are 
richly supplied with nerves. The epithelium below the tip is 
smooth, but probably tactile from the abundance of nerves beneath 
it. 1 could not distinguish any difference between the large and 
small papilla of the tip, or between the papille of the tip and 
those situated posteriorly. I should like to work at this point 
again with specially prepared material. 


Il. Mechanical and Tactile Structures. 


A. The Coronate Papille——On the upper surface of the tip hori- 
zontal sections prove that there are generally 9-12 secondary papille 
forming an anterior horseshoe, and a single large posterior papilla, 
indicating the beginning of that peculiar modification of the coronate 
type which reaches its culmination in Didelphys. This posterior 
papilla is especially cornified, and its base tends to pass forward as 
two horns; it is broad at the base, pointed above, and it must be 
concave from side to side anteriorly. Its papillary upgrowth is very 
large and triangular, the angles tending to pass anteriorly with the 
horns. The coronate papillee of this part of the tongue very much 
resemble the transitional forms that pass into the strongly marked 
region of Didelphys. The coronate papillze are oval antero-pos- 
teriorly. In the anterior horseshoe there are occasional irregu- 
larities, but isolated hair-like papillee are absent in this part of the 
organ. Vertical longitudinal sections confirm the conclusion derived 
from a study of horizontal sections. There are about eleven 
papillze to the square millimetre. 

Midway between the tip of the tongue and the anterior cireum- 
vallate papillee, the isolated hair-like papillee are very abuadant. 


iwi. ee ee 


1883.] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 609 


The coronate papilla are generally circular and very large (about 
five to the square millimetre) ; they are not closely packed as in the 
region to be next described. The posterior side can be recognized 
by the same character that it presents in the papille of the tip. 
There are generally 6-8 secondary papiilee in the anterior horse- 
shoe ; the arrangement is occasionally irregular. 

Between the anterior circumvallate papillae there are no isolated 
hair-like papille. The coronate papilla possess very complete 
rings of secondary papillee (13-17 are the common numbers, and 17 
is not at all uncommon). The rings are very symmetrical, and the 
posterior side is not much marked, though generally recognizable by 
the higher level at which the secondary papille arise. 

The coronate papillz are generally circular and are very closely 
packed (about seven to the square millimetre). In one section 
the papilla were about ‘375 mm. in diameter, and the spaces 
between them from 075-025 in width, and most frequently the 
latter. Longitudinal vertical sections show that the coronate papilla 
in this region are beautiful and tall, with their hair-like papille 
slightly recurved at the tip (see fig. xxv. x 145, Plate LV., which 
shows one of these papillze in perspective). They are over 2 mm. in 
height (from the top of a perfect secondary papilla to the surface of 
the superficial epithelium of the tongue). The upper cells of the 
main papilla stain deeply like those of Perameles and many other 
Marsupials. 

B. Lhe Filiform Papille.—Probably normal in structure, but no 
minute investigation was possible. 

Thus this tongue decidedly follows the type of Halmaturus, 
but it shows an advance in all the points which the two have in 
common. 


Tue TonGue or Petrogale xanthopus. 


I have recently received a fresh specimen of this tongue, so that 
I am able to add a general description. The whole tongue is 
strikingly similar to Macropus, and, like it, follows the type of | 
Halmaturus. The circumyallate papille are arranged in a similar 
triangle (the posterior angle being very obtuse), and nothing can 
be seen from the surface except the orifices of the involutions. The 
posterior papilla appears to be rather different from the anterior, the 
entrance being extremely small (probably contracted), and lies in the 
centre of a raised subcircular area, of which the surface is smooth. 
The anterior openings are larger (probably less contracted), and the 
raised area is less distinct. The fungiform papille are arranged as 
in Macropus, along the sides and tip, where some of them are larger ; 
afew are scattered on the upper surface, and these may also be 
present in Macropus in the fresh state. The lateral organ is not 
arranged in the segment of a circle (as in Macropus), but apparently 
forms an irregular line of openings which are not raised upon 
elevations. The line is of considerable length, and the depressions 
are separated by more than the usual interval. The openings were 
very contracted, and could hardly be made out on the left side, No 


610 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dee. 18, 


gland-ducts were visible. The raphe, inferior median ridge and 
grooves, and the arrangement of the coronate papillz are all exactly 
as in Macropus. 

Obviously this organ is very close to that of Macropus. 


Tue Toncur or Dasyurus maugai. 


Quite recently I received a fresh tongue of this species; and I am 
very glad to be able to add the general description, because until 
now I have not had the opportunity of investigating this organ in 
any of the Marsupialia Sarcophaga, and I felt uncertain as to 
whether the previous observations (such as the existence of coronate 
papille) would hold. I was also much interested in ascertaining 
whether the organ was much modified by the very distinct change 
of habits, and in determining the relative resemblance of this organ 
to the other various types. 

The shape was not remarkable, the tip being simply rounded as 
seen from above and forming a rather sharp edge. The junction 
between the papillate and non-papillate surfaces was sharp and 
even; the ridge and grooves as usual. There is a slight trace of a 
median raphe. The circumvallate papille form the usual triangle, 
which is here fairly equilateral, but the sides are a little shorter 
than the base. The papillee seem to be bilaterally symmetrical, and 
their tall pointed apices are directed backwards. If this is the 
condition in the living state, it is unique as far as I have yet 
observed. The posterior papilla seems to be a little larger than the 
others. They are all studded with small protuberances (secondary 
papillee) on the anterior side of the lowest part visible. The upper 
recurved part exactly resembles a large filiform papilla, and as these 
are common round the circumvallate papille, the suggestion arises 
that the available (otherwise unused) surface of the latter has been 
modified into the former. There seems to be no trace of a lateral 
organ. The fungiform papille are distributed as usual, extending 
round the tip and scattered over the whole upper surface in con- 
siderable abundance. The filiform papille are long and also flap- 
like ; they are continued backwards and upwards from the usual 
position on to the area of the circumvallate papille, as has been 
previously described in Perameles. Posteriorly the coronate pa- 
pillee seem to be transitional into the filiform papille by a relative 
increase in the posterior secondary papilla and a gradual dis- 
appearance of the rest of the ring (also noticed in Perameles and 
the same general tendency in many forms). The coronate papille 
seem to be well developed and of normal structure over the whole 
of the upper surface. Of course this can only be rendered certain 
by sections. Posteriorly in the middle line, just in front of the 
anterior cireumvallate papillze, it appears that the secondary papille 
are much shortened, but traces of them can be made out. 

Thus upon the whole this tongue comes nearest to the Hal- 
maturus type, in the possession of three bilaterally symmetrical 
circumvallate papilla. But this conclusion is not certain, and may 


sa 


1883.] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 611 


be much modified by sections. The tongue is typically Marsupial 
in the possession of coronate papille, &c. 


Tue Toncue or Phalangista vulpina. 


I was fortunate enough to obtain two specimens of this organ— 
the back part of one (given me by Professor Moseley) and a fresh 
and complete tongue taken from an animal which I procured last 
Easter (1883). The back part of the tongue had been hardened in 
chromic acid and afterwards in spirit, while the whole tongue was 
hardened in a gradually strengthened mixture of chromic acid and 
spirit, the hardening being completed in spirit. 

General description—The back part of the tongue (Professor 
Moseley’s) as seen from above is shown in fig. vim. Plate LIV. 
(natural size), and from the right side in fig. rx. Plate LIV. (natural 
size). The posterior circumvallate papilla is seen to be large and 
radially symmetrical ; it is not highly protected (as in Halmaturus 
&c.), and exposes a large circular disk (its summit) to a surface view, 
as in the higher mammals; it is situated far back from the 
anterior papillze so that the posterior angle is acute. The anterior 
papillz are smaller, concealed from view (except their apices), 
bilaterally symmetrical, and directed forwards as in Halmaturus 
&e. There is a well-developed lateral organ visible from above and 
from the sides (shown in both figures); it presents a great advance 
upon the same structure in Halmaturus, and yet even here the 
attention is solely directed to the slit-like depressions as the only 
essential organ. In the highest form of lateral organ (as in 
some Rodents) the surface between and around the slits undergoes 
modification, producing a foliate papilla in which the attention is 
directed to the lamellz or ridges with bulbs on their sides, the 
intervening furrows appearing quite subordinate as merely the 
necessary spaces between the ridges. However, in such a tongue 
as that of Phalangista it is seen that the furrows are primary and 
the development of the ridges quite secondary. Many of the 
higher animals have the same simple type of lateral organ. The 
fungiform papillee occur along the sides and probably on the upper 
surface. The filiform papille have the usual distribution; they 
are pointed, and very frequently of the triangular flap-like shape. 
Sometimes a papilla of the latter shape divides into two or three 
secondary papille. The whole surface is densely covered with 
coronate papilla. The complete tongue enabled me to ascertain the 
true size :—length 63 mm. from the tip to the epiglottis; width at 
the level of the anterior circumvallate papillze 18°25 mm. The up 
had arounded margin ; the median ridge and grooves as usual. The 
free part of the tongue was 21°5 mm. in length. 


Minute Structure.—\. Gustatory Structures. 


A. The Circumvallate Papille.—The posterior papillze were radially 
symmetrical and the anterior bilaterally symmetrical. The posterior 
and anterior papillze of the complete tongue are shown in figs. xx. and 


612 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE (Dec. 18, 


xvi. (Plate LIV.) respectively. Glands are very numerous (as they 
seem to be in connection with the circumvallate papillee of all Mar- 
supials), as many as seven ducts being seen in one vertical section (of 
an anterior papilla); they open at all levels into the involution (see 
figs. xvi. and xx. Plate LIV.). Peripherally the serous glands are 
replaced by mucous glands, although the latter are very abundant 
and sometimes even enter the papillary body. The mucous glands 
open upon the surface of the organ. In the larger posterior papilla 
the central nervous mass is ganglion-like (as in Perameles, though 
not to an equal extent), and nerve-cells occur high up in the papilla, 
and in still greater abundance in an axial downward extension of the 
central nervous tissues (see fig. xx. Plate LIV.). This condition 
was not equally well marked (although present) in the incomplete 
tongue; and nerve-cells were not detected in any of the anterior 
papillz, although they occur in nerves at the base and the downward 
extensions are present. In all the papilla of both tongues the 
dense mucosa beneath the epithelium of the involution is reflected 
upwards into the papilla, and there forms a protective layer encircling 
the axial nervous mass (see fig. xx. Plate LIV.). In fact this 
arrangement is exactly asin Halmaturus, with the same subepithelial 
layer &e. (compare fig. xx1. Plate LV.). Striated muscles terminate 
in the dense mucosa at the point at which if curves round to enter 
the papilla (fig. xx. Plate LIV.). The various possibilities as to 
the action of these muscles have been discussed (Halmaturus). Here 
also it is possible that smooth muscle-fibres exist. 

The arguments apply with greater force to the anterior papille, 
for their shape at once suggests that the mouth of the involution can 
be closed. 

There appear to be 1100-1200 bulbs to the square millimetre on 
these papillae and the grooves of the lateral organ. 

The space between the papilla and its involution and the gland- 
ducts were often filled with a deeply-staining coagulum in the in- 
complete tongue; it was probably a constituent of the secretion of 
the serous glands acted upon by the hardening reagents. There 
had also been a distinct discharge of a fluid substance from the 
gustatory pores into this coagulum, in the form of small globules 
often still connected with the pore by a narrow neck; the globules 
were distinct from the coagulum, as they remained unstained. 

The inferior convexities of the taste-bulbs are prominent and 
distinct, without any of the filling-in between the bulbs that occurs 
in higher animals. The bulbs stili resemble interpapillary pro- 
cesses. The pores are very short. 

B. The Lateral Gustatory Organ.—Vertical sections show that the 
downward direction of the furrows is as irregular as their surface 
view (see fig. xxx11. Plate LV.). The serous glands are very abun- 
dant, opening at the bottom of the trenches. In one vertical 
section three ducts were seen. At the sides the serous glands are 
replaced by mucous glands which open freely on the surface, but 
never, as far as I observed, into the furrows. Nerves are abundant, 
and commonly contain nerve-cells collected in small ganglia; they 


> 


1883. | TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 613 


approach the organs as in Halmaturus (running beneath the epi- 
thelium of the general surface). The bulbs are found on the sides 
of the furrows in about 7-10 tiers, extending right up to the lips of 
the opening. Beneath the bulbs there is also the same delicate 
subepithelial layer that exists in the circumvallate papille; there 
is also the same dense mucosa with striated muscle-fibres ter- 
minating in it. (This isa character of the whole organ, and the 
possible significance suggested above is a result of its greater relative 
predominance in that particular region.) 

C. The Fungiform Papille.—As described above, I include these 
structures under the present head because of the existence of bulbs 
in them ; but I believe that they are essentially tactile, and it has to 
be proved that they are gustatory in any case. The bulbs are of 
the same primitive type described in this position in Perameles. 
The bulbs are evidently a very recent development in the fungiform 
papillee of Marsupials. 


Il. Mechanical and Tactile Structures. 


A. The Coronate Papille.—Over much of the surface of the 
organ there is no very distinct backward sweep of the secondary 
papillze, but a very decided curve inwards and upwards, even carried 
to the middle line. Anteriorly the backward curve is followed. 
The coronate papillee do not seem to give way (by transition) to any 
other type at the limit of the area on which they occur; they 
simply become less distinct, their rings of papillee becoming isolated 
as a few scattered points. There are about 31 coronate papilla to the 
square millimetre just in front of the anterior circumvallate papille. 
There are 8-15 papille in the rings. The coronate papille are 
circular. Occasionally a secondary papilla is placed within the ring, 
but such irregularity is not common. The shape of these papillze is 
exactly like those described as the anterior type of Perameles, the 
succession of cells being very similar (see paper referred to, p. 599). 
Just above the tip, and on the tip itself, there appear to be 
11-12 papilla in the rings, and here there are only 20 main papille 
to the square millimetre. They are oval in shape, and ‘275 mm. in 
length and -175 mm. in breadth. The posterior secondary- papille 
are much developed (fig. xxx. Plate LV.). The upward succession 
of cells is very complicated in these papillee, even more so than that 
of Perameles. The succession is shown in fig. xxx. (Plate LY.). 

B. The Filiform Papille.—These are probably tactile, as nerve- 
fibres are very abundant close to and in them (with many nerve- 
cells in the nerves about their bases). The epithelium is not 
cornified, and (in common with the papillee in this position in all 
Marsupials) their function cannot be mechanical. It is probable 
that the nerve-endings are of the most delicate intraepithelial kind, 
and therefore invisible except by special treatment of the fresh 
specimen. Mucous glands are very abundant near these papille, 
the ducts often opening beneath them. 

Thus this tongue commences a new type, chiefly characterized by 


614 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


the possession of two anterior circumvallate papille, following Hal- 
maturus, and a posterior papilla much resembling that of higher 
animals. 


Tue Tonecue or Belideus breviceps. 


This specimen had been preserved in spirit, and although unsuit- 
able for minute work I was able to make out a great many interest- 
ing points. The hardening was conducted as in Macropus. 

General description.—The size and shape of the organ, as seen 
from above, are shown in fig. x. Plate LIV. (natural size). The tip 
of the tongue had been injured by the teeth of the animal and was 
bent down so as to be invisible from above; but I think that this is 
accidental, and have taken this view in the drawing. The contour 
of the tip of the tongue in Acrobates bears out this view. The 
posterior circumyallate papilla is large and radially symmetrical, 
showing a large circular area on the surface; the two anterior 
papillae are not radially symmetrical, and are nearly hidden from 
view in narrow, slit-like, oblique depressions. Thus the arrange- 
ment is an exaggeration of that met with in Phalangista (compare 
figs. vir1. and x. Plate LIV.). The filiform papille are normal in 
appearance and position. There is a lateral organ just below the 
bases of the anterior filiform papille, invisible from above. Four 
or five grooves are present, which are very small and recognizable 
with difficulty. The free part of the tongue appears to be about 
11 mm. long. There is a sharp inferior median ridge with the two 
grooves. 


Minute Structure.—Il. Gustatory Structures. 


A. Circumvallate Papille—tThe posterior papilla resembles that 
of Perameles in possessing a ganglion within it, which is not pro- 
longed into the base as in Phalangista. Nerve-cells are very 
numerous in the axis of the base, extending upwards for half the 
height of the papilla. The summit of the papilla is beset with 
small secondary papille, thus resembling PAalangista rather than 
Perameles, but the whole shape more resembles the latter (compare 
figs. xvi1. and xvii1. Plate LIV.). The papilla is certainly radially 
symmetrical, and the irregularity shown in fig, xvi1. is due to con- 
traction. There are traces of a raised ridge round the papilla as in 
Perameles. Striated muscle-fibres terminate beneath the papille, as 
has been described in Phalangista and Halmaturus. This is also 
true of the anterior papillae, which bend inwards and probably for- 
wards as well (see fig. xv. Plate LIV., and compare with fig. xvi11.), 
so that they are bilaterally symmetrical taken together, but not singly. 
They are extremely different from the posterior papilla. There 
appear to be 5-8 tiers of bulbs. Nerve-cells can sometimes be 
detected in the nerves at the base of the papillee. The relations of 
the striated muscle and the supporting framework of the papilla are 
as in Phalangista. 

B. Lateral Gustatory Organ.—The appearance, position, and ap- 


1883. ] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 615 


parently the structure are as in Phalangista. There are the same 
serous glands connected with the grooves, and the same distal 
mucous glands. The grooves are similar in being less regular than 
in higher mammals. Sometimes there are patches of adenoid tissue 
close beneath the bulbs. Sometimes, even here, there is a slight 
rising to the lips of an opening, just suggesting the mouth of a 
gland. There are the usual nerve-cells in the nerves going to the 
bulbs. The bulbs seemed few and irregularly placed in the furrows, 
but this may be due to change in the tissue. 

C. The Fungiform Papille—Nothing could be made of their 
structure, but they are almost certainly similar to those of other 
marsupials (e. g. Phalangista). 


II. Mechanical and Tactile Structures. 


A. The Coronate Papille.—These papille are often oval just 
above the tip, the long axis being directed antero-posteriorly. It is 
common to find 8-10 secondary papille in the rings. I calculated 
that there are rather under 40 papillee to the square millimetre. I 
could not find any isolated hair-like papille in the tongue. The 
papilla are much recurved anteriorly, especially at the tip, where 
vertical sections seem to indicate a modification of the usual struc- 
ture; but this part was much altered. Horizontal sections, taken 
posteriorly just in front of the anterior circumvallate papille in the 
middle line, show rather irregular rings of secondary papilla, as in Pha- 
langista ; the common number in a ring seems to be 8-10. When 
crowding or irregularity occurs, it is at the anterior side of a ring. 
There are about 37 papillze to the square millimetre. The upper cells 
of the main papillee stain deeply, exactly as described in Perameles 
(see paper above noticed). The curvature of the secondary papille 
becomes less posteriorly, and over a large region only the tips are 
recurved, the papillz being tall and slender and very beautiful. 
Again posteriorly they become recurved. (See fig. xxvr. Plate LV., 
which represents a similar papilla of Macropus.) The non-papillate 
epithelium at the side of the organ is smooth and without papillary 
upgrowths ; it appears to be simple. The transition into the 
coronate papille: is sudden, and the latter curve inwards as well as 
backwards, the inward curve being especially marked towards the 
middle line, but outside this rather irregularly. Behind the limits 
of the coronate papille on the upper surface the epithelium be- 
comes smooth, and there are some indications of complexity. 

B. The Viliform Papille—Nothing could be made out certainly, 
but their shape and position indicate that they are normal in other 
respects. 

This tongue is very close to Phalangista. 


Tue TonGcueE oF Acrobates pygmeus. 


I am only able to give a general description of this interesting 
little tongne (the species is the “Opossum Mouse,” the smallest 
marsupial). There is the most remarkable difference in size be- 


616 MR. E, B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


tween the anterior and posterior circumvyallate papillae. The posterior 
is very large and shows perfect radial symmetry, exactly resembling 
the ordinary papillee of higher mammals as seen from the surface ; 
it is placed some distance behind the anterior papille, as in Be- 
lideus &c. The anterior papille are small, but quite distinguishable 
from above; they seem to retain very little (if any) bilateral 
symmetry and forward direction. To be certain on this point, 
sections are necessary. The great development of the posterior 
papillee in Marsupials, where there is any difference between the 
three, compares in an interesting manner with the condition of many 
higher mammals. In these latter it is quite common (e. g. in many 
Insectivora &c., &c.) for the posterior papilla of the triangle to be 
altogether lost, and for the tongue only to possess two papillze on the 
same level; these two obviously represent the anterior papillz, for 
in allied species (e. g. the Hedgehog among Insectivora) the triangle 
iscomplete. The three circumvallate papille of Acrobates are placed 
on a depressed smooth area at the back of the tongue. Imme- 
diately anterior to the two foremost papillee the coronate surface 
begins with a sudden transverse rise right across the tongue, thus 
sheltering the circumvallate structures. There is a distinct normally 
placed lateral organ beneath the filiform papillze, which is interesting 
in its possession of only two furrows (as far as I can tell from surface 
examination); these are distinct and well developed, and surrounded 
by prominent lips. The coronate papillee are as abundant as usual 
and have the ordinary arrangement. Fungiform papille are very 
common on the upper surface as well as on the sides. 

On the underside of the free part the ridge and grooves are 
normal. The pointed tip of the organ is not turned down, suggest- 
ing that the figure of Belideus (fig. x. Plate LIV.) is correct. It is 
extremely interesting that (as in the young marsupials and in Cetacea) 
the epiglottis can be made to protrude through a notch in the soft 
palate, so that breathing can go on uninterruptedly during the time 
that the animal is drinking the sweet juices of the flowers of 
Eucalypti, which constitute its food. The epiglottis is long and 
tubular, and its opening is prolonged into a slit posteriorly, so that 
it must be a great protection at all times, and a perfect protection 
when it is thrust through the notch, as I found it in this specimen. 

The soft palate is continuous with the pharynx laterally for a 
long distance backwards; its free edge is a deep mesial notch, of 
which the anterior convex edge is just over the tubular epiglottis, 
and of a size and shape that the latter fits completely. The fluids 
(as in other cases) must pass on each side of the epiglottis. 

This tongue obviously belongs to the Phalangista and Belideus 
type, and is a more complete specialization in the same direction than 
is met with in these latter. 


Tue Toncue or Perumeles nasuta. 


I have already described the general appearance and histological 
details of this tongue in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of Microscopical 


ad > 


1883.] TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 617 


Science’ for January 1883. I will shortly recapitulate the main 
features to show the relations to the other tongues described in this 
paper. I received from Professor Moseley the back part of the 
organ. The three circumvallate papille (see fig. xvi11. Plate LIV.) 
are very large (for so small a tongue) and resemble one another ; 
they are radially symmetrical, only differing from those of higher 
mammals in their constricted bases and in the primitive type of 
bulb always present in Marsupials. They present a large circular 
area to a surface view (as in Didelphys, the posterior papilla of 
Phalangista &c., and in higher mammals). There is no lateral 
organ. The fungiform papille are scattered over the surface, but 
especially distributed along the sides; they contain more primitive 
bulbs than the circumvallate papille. The filiform papille are 
generally long and pointed, and they extend from the usual posi- 
tion, upwards and backwards, to the circumvallate papillary region. 
The coronate papille are normal. 

Thus the tongue comes nearest to that of Didelphys (as far as 
this form could be investigated), and with the latter is the nearest 
approach to the structure of this organ in the higher mammals. It 
again begins a new type, characterized chiefly by the possession of 
three similar radially symmetrical circumvallate papillee. 


Tue Toneue or Didelphys quica. 


The specimen had been preserved in spirit and the minute 
structures could not be made out ; but some important points were 
ascertained, especially concerning the coronate papille, which were 
not much altered. The general description of the organ is also 
probably accurate in nearly all points. IT used the same methods of 
hardening that were adopted with Macropus. I was extremely in- 
terested to observe how far the American form would follow the 
marsupial type as regards the coronate papille. 

General description —The size and appearance of the tongue, as 
seen from above, are shown in fig. x1. Plate LIV. (natural size). The 
transverse grooves crossing the organ in front of the circumvallate 
papillee are probably due to contraction. The tip was injured, and I 
am. not certain that it possessed an even contour as it is drawn. 
There were some indications of a division into lobe-like papillee or 
processes, but I cannot be sure of this. The three similar circum- 
vallate papillee are round and large, resembling those of Perameles (see 
paper above referred to), but not so large in comparison with the 
size of the tongue. As seen from above they (together with those of 
Perameles) resemble the circumvallate papille in higher animals, in 
their radial symmetry and the size of the circular area exposed. 
There is a very even (though short) row of large upward and inward 
curving filiform papillee in the usual position, but I could detect 
no traces of a lateral organ. The fungiform papillee were not well 
preserved, but a few large ones are seen in the usual place. The 
junction of the papillate and non-papillate surfaces is sharp, but the 
latter is slightly rough. The coronate papillae, covering a patch 


618 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dee. 18, 


some little distance behind the tip, are very strongly developed and 
of a remarkable structure. The powerful horny hooks characteristic 
of this region are distinct to the naked eye. The free part of the 
tongue is 19 mm. long (nearly half the total length), and the median 
ridge below is sharp and the grovves deep. 


Minute Structure.—I. Gustatory Structures. 


A. The Circumvallate Pupille.—The transverse sections show that 
the circumvallate papillee resemble those of Perameles (see fig. XVIII. 
Plate LIV.) in their constricted bases. Nerve-cells are abundant 
in the nerves at the base and probably within the papilla also. The 
minute structure could not be made out, but I saw some indications 
of peculiarity in the bulbs and their arrangement. There was an 
appearance of terminal organs in the papillary processes above the 
usual limits of the bulbs. The bulbs also seemed to be papillary in 
position, and were very unusual in appearance. I did not see 
gustatory pores, but it is most likely that they are present. The 
above suggestions of peculiarity may be entirely dissipated by the 
examination of a specimen prepared for histological work. Com- 
parison with the state of the bulbs in Belideus leads me to believe 
that the peculiarities are not genuine structures, except perhaps the 
terminal organs outside the region of bulbs. I give no figure be- 
cause the papilla were much shrunk. Provisionally these papille 
may be regarded as close to those of Perameles, from their general 
shape. 

B. The Fungiform Papille—Nothing could be made of the 
minute structure. The shape, size, and position being normal, it 
is likely that the structure is also normal. 


Il. Mechanical and Tactile Structures. 


A. The Coronate Papille——The strongly developed papillee (fig. 
x1. 8.c.p., Plate LIV.) of the patch behind the tip were shown by 
horizontal sections to be remarkably modified forms of the normal 
coronate papilla (see fig. xx111. Plate LV.). The posterior secondary 
papillae seem to be fused into a single strong recurved horny hook. 
In other parts of the circle, the secondary papilla are normal and 
generally regularly arranged, except for an occasional one or two 
within the circle. These secondary papille are numerous (12-19). 
Isolated hair-like papillz also occur abundantly in this region. 
These modified coronate papille are large and not very closely 
placed, so that there are only about 5:5 to the square millimetre. 
The shape of the posterior hooks, as shown in horizontal sections, 
is very remarkable. The thick corneous layer is only developed 
(except where the hook rises above the main papilla) posteriorly to 
the crescentic papillary upgrowth for the hook (with its concavity 
directed posteriorly). Posteriorly to the (in section) crescentic up- 
growth the epithelial cells become cornified in a thick mass, which 
anteriorly presents a convexity approximately parallel with the con- 
cavity of the crescent. Laterally the thickened corneous mass is 


1883. } TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 619 


continued into two horns which pass anteriorly round the papilla 
outside the ring of secondary hair-like papille. As the section is 
taken at successively higher levels, these horns are prolonged further 
and further anteriorly until they seem to meet and enclose the 
whole papilla. (Thus fig. xx11. Plate LY. represents a section taken 
rather low.) The cornified cells of the hooks are remarkably hard, 
so that the razor cuts them with a very audible sound and with much 
detriment to its edge; they remain bright yellow after treatment 
with logwood. A vertical longitudinal section through one of these 
papillee is drawn in fig. xxi. Plate LV., and it shows the great size 
and strength and the curvature of the posterior hook; it also shows 
the thin anterior corneous layer first appearing where the hook becomes 
clear of the main papilla. Both these figures alluded to are semi- 
diagrammatic, and are in some points the probable interpretation of 
very doubtful appearances due to changes in the tissues. This 
region is very interesting, for it shows how the slender elements of 
the coronate papillz have been modified to perform the tough work 
of the horny filiform papille of higher animals. It is obvious that 
the strong posterior hooks would first meet any object, and would 
be obliged to do practically all the work, when the tongue was drawn 
backwards in licking. 

The coronate papillz above the tip, in front of this peculiar region, 
are of more regular form; but the posterior secondary papilla (and 
occasionally one beside it) is more strongly cornified and larger than 
the others. The cornification also tends to pass anteriorly round 
the outside of the other secondary papiliz as two horns. In these 
points there is a transition towards the modified papille described 
above, but the characters increase very suddenly at the limits 
(posteriorly also) of the peculiar region. The secondary papille in 
the rings are not numerous, 6~8 being common; they are much 
recurved: the papillze are small and numerous, i. e. about 72 to the 
square millimetre. There are no isolated hair-like papilla. The 
coronate papillee just in front of the anterior circumvallate papillee 
are rather small and closely packed (about 60 to the square milli- 
metre); they are round or oval, and some irregular in shape. A 
few are remarkably elongated antero-posteriorly (see fig. xxtv. 
Plate LV., in which the effect may be increased by a slight obliquity 
of section, but is remarkable anyhow): such elongated papillae are 
doubtless formed by longitudinal coalescence, as I have seen traces 
of a central constriction, and the number of secondary papille is 
about twice the usual number (8-10). There is no special size or 
cornification in the posterior secondary papillee. Isolated hair-like 
papillee are not present. The upper cells of the papille stain deeply, 
as has been described in Perameles; in fact these posterior coronate 
papillze are very similar to those of Perameles. They are recurved, 
but less than the anterior papillee ; they are not of the tall slender 
type like the posterior coronate papiliz of Belideus, but are more 
like the posterior type of Perameles, differing from these in the 
greater symmetry of the ring of secondary papille when cut hori- 
zontally. The modified papille described above are transitional 


620 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


into these by a lessening of the posterior cornified part until it 
ceases to differ from the rest of the ring. 

B. The Filiform Papille are probably normal in structure, as they 
are in shape and position. 

Thus this tongue comes nearest to Perameles in the circumvallate 
papillee, but is very peculiar in the coronate papillz, and primitive 
in the possession of isolated hair-like papille. 


General Conclusions. 


The above observations may be shortly recapitulated, and the 
tongues of all the Marsupials yet examined may be classified as 
follows (the types are printed in italies) :— 

I. A. Circumvallate papille approximately identical, bilaterally 
symmetrical; much protected (the mouth of the involution 
probably capable of closure), and the pointed apex directed 
forward (exc.). ‘The taste-bulbs ascend high up the papillary 
sides in the most typical instances. Posterior angle very 
obtuse (exc.). 

B. Lateral organ very primitive, and showing its origin as a row 
of gland-ducts. 

C. Coronate papille with irregular circles of secondary papiliz 
(in some places). Intercalated single hair-like papilla 
present. 

Halmaturus ; Macropus; Petrogale; Dasyurus (?). 


If. A. Circumvallate papillae —The two anterior are smaller and 
of the type described above, although sometimes present- 
ing the characters to a less degree; the posterior larger, 
and radially symmetrical; the summit is a circular disk 
which can be seen from the surface; the whole papilla 
resembles that of the higher mammals (except for the con- 
stricted base). Posterior angle acute. 

B. Lateral organ.—Less primitive ; an irregular row of slit-like 
furrows; gland-ducts distinctly open at the dottom of the 
furrows. 

C. Coronate papille less irregular; no intercalated hair-like 
papillee. 

Phalangista; Belideus ; Acrobates. 


III. A. Circumvallate papille approximately identical and of the 
same type as the posterior papillee of Division Il. Posterior 
angle varies. 

B. Lateral organ absent. 
C. Coronate papille very regular; no intercalated hair-like 
papillee. 
Perameles; Didelphys ? (does not follow C). 


It is very interesting (and I venture to think significant) that the 
structural features which combine together to make one of the 
abuve divisions show considerable correlation with one another. 


1883. | TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 621 


Thus in I., the lateral organ is certainly primitive, the circum- 
vallate papillze come nearest to those of Ornithorhynchus, and the 
scattered hair-like papillae perhaps show an approximation to the 
same animal, in which all the back part of the tongue is thickly 
covered with papille of this description; and so also with divisions 
II. and III. Even the fact that Didelphys, following a different 
development in another area, should combine some of the characters 
of two divisions, is exactly what might be expected. The fact that 
Didelphys retains a distinctly marsupial tongue is a proof of the 
great persistence in this organ of characters which at first sight 
appear to be transient, and merely related to food and habits. 

In a paper on “The Tongue of Ornithorhynchus”’ in the 
‘Quarterly Journal’ for July 1883, I suggested that we found in 
this animal a structure intermediate between the circumvallate 
papille and the lateral organ. In this I was wrong; it is only 
related to the former, and the latter develops independently in 
Marsupials, with the appearance of bulbs in the walls of a row of 
lateral gland-ducts. But my argument that such a structure might 
represent an ancestral form of a circumvallate papilla—then based 
on few data—can now be supported by a long series of intermediate 
forms. 

Looking at this latter question in the light of the observations 
recorded, the evolution of the: circumvallate papille and their taste- 
bulbs is as follows :—Subepithelial tactile end-organs were at first 
the only means by which food could cause a nervous stimulus. 
These became more sensitive by the upward growth of the papillary 
processes (in which they were contained), so that the end-organs 
were separated from the stimulus by a lessening thickness of 
epithelium. At the same time sapid substances gained a greater 
power of penetration by the development of serous glands out of 
those of the wide-spread mucous type. Probably the gland-ducts 
surrounded a circular or oval surface in which the end-organs 
existed. Finally the upgrowth of the end-organ reached a climax 
in the perforation of the epithelium. At the same time the end- 
organ must have become gradually modified in a gustatory direction, 
losing its tactile functions. But at the perforation of the epithelium, 
the delicate subepithelial end-organ became exposed to the various 
agencies at work upon the surface of the epithelium. Hence the 
folding down of the sides of the area, and the opening of ducts into 
the furrow thus formed, and the protection of nearly all the end-organs 
(Ornithorhynchus, fig. x11. Plate LIV.). In an exposed part of the 
tongue of the same animal the protective change was carried much 
further (fig. x111. Plate LIV.). Then comes a great gap, during which 
the papillary subepithelial end-organs disappear (due to their delicacy 
and their need of protection to such an extent as to cause slight 
usefulness), and new end-organs are developed from the epithelium 
of the interpapillary processes. These new terminal organs (taste- 
bulbs) are met with in Marsupials, with distinct indications of their 
interpapillary origin. Being thus comparatively recent, traces are 
retained of the old protection necessary for a more delicate end- 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLI. 41 


622 MR. E. B. POULTON ON THE [Dee. 18, 


organ, and hence the series (figs. xrv--xvi11. Plate LIV.) in which 
the most protected forms show ¢ndependent evidence of their primitive 
condition. With the most perfect protection, there is also the 
presence of bulbs over the whole of the papillary surface ; and as the 
papilla becomes less protected, the bulbs gradually sink into their 
normal position of a zone round the papillary base. Even in the 
highest marsupial papillee there is some trace of the original pro- 
tection in the presence of a much constricted base. In some mar- 
supial tongues both conditions coexist, and the less protected, 
radially symmetrical form is the posterior (i. e. the papilla most 
sheltered by its position, and thus able most quickly to abandon the 
old excessive protection). It has been much in favour of this theory 
that I have been able—in more than one part of the subject—to 
confirm previous suggestions by subsequent work. 

As to the primitive triangle of circumvallate papillae, I have no 
doubt that we have here the ancestral form of the inverted Yj arrange- 
ment in many higher animals (e.g. man). It is possible that, the 
above being the history of the primitive circumvallate papillee, in 
some cases their number may be added to by direct development 
from fungiform papille ; but this is only a suggestion founded on a 
superficial examination. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES LIV. & LY. 


Fig. 1. Natural size. The back part of the tongue of Halmaturus ualabatus seen 
from the right side. ‘The upper surface is seen to be densely papillate, 
the papille being of the coronate type (é. ¢. papillee surmounted by a 
circle of fine, hair-like, generally recurved, secondary papill, the whole 
of mechanical function, and as far as is yet known peculiar to and 
always present in Marsupials; see fig. xxviu1, Plate LV.). fp. Fungi- 
form papillz of the normal structure; few in number and scattered 
irregularly among the coronate papillz above the lateral line of junc- 
tion with the non-papillate surface. 7. f. p. Lateral filiform papille, 
forming the limits of the papillate surface at the posterior part of the 
junction with the non-papillate surface. These large and probably 
tactile papille are very constant in this position in the tongues of 
Marsupials and probably of other Mammalia. The lateral gustatory 
organ, when present, is to be found (as in this tongue) in the non- 
papillate surface just below the anterior part of the row of filiform 
papille. 7.9.0, Lateral gustatory organ, here presenting the appear- 
ance of a row of circular elevations with a crater-like depression 
(generally somewhat elongated) on the summit of each ; beneath 
these elevations is a longer, less regular row of smaller but otherwise 
apparently similar elevations, gid. d; the depressions on the sum- 
mits of these latter are gland-ducts leading from glands of mucous 
type. No taste-bulbs are to be found in the walls of the ducts, but 
they are present in small numbers in those of the larger elevations 
(l. g.0.). But in other respects these last depressions are precisely 
similar to the former; they lead into glands of serous type, and all 
their relations are those of gland-ducts (see fig. xxx1, Plate LV.). We 
therefore have here the simplest form of lateral organ—a row of 
simple gland-ducts, in the walls of which scattered bulbs are developed. 
From this type we can pass by gradual stages to the complex lateral 
organ of Rodents, in which thereis but little indication of the true origin, 
except when looked at in the light derived from the study of such a 
tongue as that of Halmaturus. The arrow (—— =) inall cases points 


1883. | TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 623 


toward that part of the figure which represents the anterior end of 
the object depicted. 

Fig. u. Natural size. The right lateral organ and the adjacent structures of a 
larger tongue of the same species (Halmatwrus walabatus), seen from 
the side. The references are the same as those of the last figure. 

Fig.u1. Natural size. The posterior part of the left lateral organ, and the 
adjacent structures of the tongue of the same species (Halmaturus 
ualabatus), seen from the side. In this specimen two of the smaller 
elevations (gid. d.) are placed higher than the others, and thus come 
to be situated between the two posterior elevations of the lateral organ. 
The same references. 

Fig.1v. Natural size. One of the three circumvyallate papille (¢. v. p.) of the 
tongue of Halmaturus walabatus, seen from aboye. The arrangement 
of these three papille is perfectly uniform in Marsupials as far as I 
haye observed ; 7. ¢. at the angles of an isosceles triangle with the base 
directed anteriorly. In this species the posterior papilla is situated 
so far forward that it is placed between the other two, and the three 
papille are very nearly in the same straight line. The reference 
mark points to the circular funnel-shaped depression leading to the 
expanded cavity in which the large papilla is situated (see fig. xiv. for 
vertical section of this structure). ‘The sharp anteriorly directed apex 
of the papilla is seen in the depression. Coronate papills cover the 
surface round the depression, but they are less marked posteriorly. 

Fig. v. Natural size. The tip of the tongue of Macropus melanops, seen from 
beneath. The papillate surface is seen to be continued on to the 
inferior aspect of the tip, and there ends in au abrupt line against the 
smooth epithelium. This line of demarcation is parallel with the 
lateral and anterior contours of the organ. The fungiform papille 
(f. p.) are unusually abundant and very variable in size: they are in 
the usual situation, 7. ¢. on the papillate side of the above-mentioned 
line of demarcation. Their function is probably tactile, and they are 
scattered among the coronate papille. 7. Ridge in the middle line 
of the inferior surface of the anterior part of the organ: very constant 
in Marsupials ; it is bordered on each side by a groove (g7.). The 
ridge is usually sharper and the grooves deeper than in this specimen. 

Fig. vi. Half natural size. The tongue of Macropus melanops, seen from above. 
Ep. Epiglottis. The walls of the cavity have been held open by a 
needle, shown in the drawing. The reference mark (¢.v. p.) poimts 
to the depression leading into the left anterior cireumyallate papilla. 
The structure is very similar to that of Halmaturus. The lateral 
filiform papille (/. f p.) and the lateral organ (/. g. 0.) occupy very 
nearly the same position that they have in Halmatwrus, Only the 
posterior parts can be seen from this point of view. They are better 
shown in the next figure. Median raphe, well marked anteriorly, 
disappearing posteriorly at about the middle of the length of the organ. 
Almost the whole of the surface represented is covered with coronate 
papille. 

Fig. vu. Natural size: The left lateral organ and adjacent structures of the 
tongue of Macropus melanops, seen from the side. The filiform 
papillz have the usual structure and arrangement; anteriorly and 
superiorly to them the surface is covered with coronate papille. The 
lateral organ (J. g. 0.) still takes the form of a series of slight elevations 
with slit-like depressions on their summits. The series forms a ver 
perfect are, and the regular arrangement (together with the whole 
structure) shows a decided advance upon the condition of this organ 
in Halmaturus, although a close relation with the latter is obvious. 
It forms the first transition towards the more complex lateral organ. 

Fig. vit. Natural size. The back part of the tongue of Phalangista vulpina, 
seen from above. The lateral gustatory organ (J. g. 0.) shows a great 
advance upon that represented in the last figure. (For other aspects 

of the lateral organ of Phalangista see the next figure and fig. xxxi1. 


4\* 


624 MR. E. B, POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


Plate LY.). It now takes the form of a series of slit-like depressions 
in the smooth epithelium beneath the papillate surface. There are 
no mound-like elevations, and the whole appearance more resembles 
that of the well-marked organ of certain higher mammals. _ Corre- 
sponding with this, the sides of the depressions are crowded with 
closely packed taste-bulbs, and the gland-ducts seem to begin where 
the taste-bulbs end. Without the knowledge derived from the pre- 
ceeding species, there would be no suggestion that the gustatory part 
of the depression is itself a gland-duct (see fig. xxx. Plate LY.). This 
well Seeaiced organ is still behind the most complex organ of Rodents 
in that there is no indication of a lateral area upon which the depres- 
sions are arranged, and no elevation of the ridges between the depres- 
sions; in fact the attention is merely directed to the slits, while in the 
more complex organ the ridges also attract notice. Further the slits 
are less uniform in size and less regular in arrangement than in the 
well-marked organs of Rodents, &e. The filiform papillae (J. f. p.) 
have the usual arrangement; many of them have the shape of a 
triangular flap attached along the base. The cireumyallate papille 
(c. v. p.) are arranged in the normal manner; the two anterior 
papillz are smaller than the posterior and of a different shape (com- 
pare figs. xvi. and xx.), the former following the type of Halmaturus 
and Macropus, the latter resembling the papille of higher mammals. 
The upper surface of the organ is, as usual, covered with coronate 
papillz. This is also true of the other tongues figured (and probably 
of all Marsupials). 

Fig. 1x. Natural size. The same tongue (of Phalangista vulpina), seen from the 
right side. The references are the same as those previously used. 

Fig. x. Naturalsize. The tongue of Belideus breviceps, seen from above. There 
is a lateral organ present (hardly visible from above) in the same 
situation as that of Phalangista and of similar structure. The relation 
of the anterior cireumyallate papille (c. v. p.) to the posterior papilla 
is also similar to that described in Phalangista (compare figs. xv. and 
xvi.). The anterior contour of the tongue may not be correct. 
The drawing was made from a spirit specimen in which the tongue 
was bitten through at the tip, and the anterior narrower part was bent 
down abruptly. In the figure I have assumed that this was accidental, 
and this was probably the case. 

Fig. x1. Natural size. The tongue of Didelphys quica seen from above. The 
cavity around the epiglottis (Hp.) has been widened by separating 
the walls with a needle (drawn in the figure). The normally arranged 
circumvallate papille (c. v. p.) appear to resemble one another, and 
to follow the higher type. It was impossible to be certain of this, 
because there had been considerable alteration in the spirit specimen. 
There appears to be no lateral organ. ‘The transverse ridges in front 
of the circumyallate papillae may be accidental. The anterior contour 
of the tongue may not be quite correct. The coronate papille covering 
a well-marked patch behind the tip (s. ¢. p.) are peculiarly modified, 
a change being very distinct to the naked eye. The posterior part of 
the ring of secondary papille is occupied by a single, very strong, 
cornified, recurved hook (see fig. xx11. Plate LY.). 

The seyen succeeding figures (xu. to xvi.) illustrate a gradual transition 
from the cireumvallate papille of Ornithorhynchus to those met with 
in the higher mammals. ‘This transition is from a bilaterally symme- 
trical structure, with taste-bulbs developed over its entire surface, to 
a radially symmetrical structure with the taste-bulbs confined to a 
belt round the base of the papilla. At first the papilla is but slightly 
withdrawn from the surface (fig. xm.) ; then it is deeply placed at the 
bottom of a narrow cleft (fig. xm.); it then gradually emerges through 
a long series into the usual type of higher mammals (figs. xrv. fo xVIII.). 

Fig. x. X14°5. Transverse section of the posterior bulb-bearing ridge of 
Ornithorhynchus. It is probable that taste-bulbs were first developed 


1883.] 


Fig. xm. 


TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 625 


upon an oyal area surrounded by gland-ducts. Owing to the delicacy 
of these terminal organs the area became protected by a fold round 
its circumference in which all the bulbs except those of the central 
line were sheltered. This is the stage represented in the figure, and 
has not proceeded further because the whole structure is additionally 
protected by its position in the tongue. 7% 0. taste-bulbs. fi h. p. 
Fine hair-like papille covering the posterior part of the organ. 
f.h'. p'. Bine hair-like papille posterior to the bulb-bearing organ 
and of different form from the others. g/d. d. Gland-duct of serous 
land, 

ave Transverse section of the obliquely directed anterior bulb- 
bearing ridge of Ornithorhynchus. gid. d. Duct of serous gland 
opening into the narrow space between the ridge and the cayity in 
which it is placed. The ridge is placed upon a very exposed part of 
the tongue, and is therefore most exceptionally protected, being only 
reached from the surface through a narrow chink (probably closed by 
a sphincter muscle). The necessity for this extreme protection is 
probably to be found in the structure of the bulbs, which is very dif- 
ferent from that of higher mammals. 


Fig. xtv. x 14:5. Vertical longitudinal section through the left anterior circum- 


vallate papilla of Halmaturus ualabatus. c.p. Coronate papilla. 
The taste-bulbs (¢. 4.) are now of the normal marsupial type (leading 
up to those of the higher mammals, but showing traces of development 
from the cells of an interpapillary process), and are probably less 
sensitive than those of Ornithorhynchus, which are essentially sub- 
epithelial, The apex of the papilla emerges from the cavity in which 
most of it is placed, but the part thus exposed is not covered by taste- 
bulbs, which are present over all the protected part (nearly the whole). 
The apex is directed forwards and the symmetry is bilateral. It is 
very likely that the mouth of the depression can be closed. 


Fig. xv. 14:5. Vertical section through one of the anterior cireumyallate papille 


Fig. xvi. 


Fig. xvit 


of Belideus breviceps. The apex is directed inwards rather than 
forwards, but the two papille are bilaterally symmetrical together, if 
not so individually. 

x 14:5. Vertical longitudinal section through one of the anterior 
circumyallate papille of Phalangista vulpina. The apex is directed 
forwards. gid. Gland of which the ducts (g/d. d.) are seen opening 
into the space between the papilla and its cavity. 


.X14°5. Vertical section through the posterior cireumvallate papilla of 


Belideus breviceps. It is likely that this papilla is radially symmetrical, 
for the difference between the two sides is probably accidental. The 
overhanging surface which bears the bulbs is a trace of the structure 
shown in the preceding figures. Otherwise the shape resembles that 
of the higher mammals. It is very interesting that the anterior and 
posterior papille of the same tongue should belong to such different 
types (figs. xv. & xyu1.). 


Fig. xv. x 145. Vertical section through a circumvallate papilla of Perameles 


nasuta. Very similar to the last, but symmetry decidedly radial. All 
the three papillz in this species are of the same type. 


Fig. x1x. x40. Horizontal section through the depression (¢. v. p. 0.) leading 


into the cavity containing the posterior circumyallate papilla of Had- 
maturus ualabatus. The opening is surrounded by an irregular ring 
of fine papille (7. f. p.) (not aggregated into coronate papille). 
This section indicates the extreme narrowness of the opening into the 
cavity. tis very probable that the mouth can be closed by a sphincter, 
and that it is contracted in this instance. 


Fig. xx. x40. Vertical section through the posterior cireumyallate papilla of 


Phalangista vulpina. This papilla also belongs to the higher type, 
while the anterior papilla of the same tongue is shown in fig, xvr. 
Most of the references have been previously explained. gn. c. Gan- 
glion-cells arranged in yroups at ide lower part of a mass of neryous 


626 


Fig. XX. 


MR. £&. B. POULTON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


tissue prolonged downwards from that in the axis of the papilla. A 
few cells are also present in the upper part of thesamemass. 1. Nerve 
leaving the mass in the axis of the papilla. 7. m. Dense mucosa pro- 
longed into the papilla, where it becomes unravelled and supports the 
nervous structures. s¢. m. Striated muscle-fibres terminating in the 
dense mucosa at the point where the latter is bending upwards to enter 
the papilla. It would seem that contraction of these fibres must re- 
tract the papilla, and may protect it by causing the mouth of the cavity 
to close tightly round its upper part; but another and opposite inter- 
pretation is possible. : : 
71:5. Section transverse to the long axis of a circumvallate papilla 
of Halmaturus ualabatus at about the thickest part (see fig. xtv. Plate 
LIY.). s. J. Superficial lamina of cornified epithelium, through which 
the short gustatory pores pass vertically. s. ep. Stratified epithelium 
between the outer parts of the bulbs (the remains of that from which 
the bulbs were developed). ¢. 4. Taste-bulbs.  s. ¢. l. Subepithelial 
layer, probably consisting of elements of the nervous and fibrous tissues 
(of the next layer), arranged in extremely fine interpenetrating net- 
works. In addition to this arrangement straight radial fibrils are 
seen passing from the next layer towards the bulbs. It is evident that 
the nerve-fibres are reduced to their ultimate structural elements in 
this layer before ending in the cells of the bulbs. f./. Fibrous layer 
supporting the nervous tissues and the whole papilla, continued into 
the papilla from the dense mucosa round it (see fig. xx. Plate LIV.). 
Nerves are seen passing through this layer to that last described 
(s.e.1.). ¢.. The nerves in the axis of the papilla, gradually passing 
outwards through the last layer (f. /.). 


Fig. xxi1. 40. Vertical longitudinal section through one of the strongly deve- 


loped and modified coronate papille from the patch behind the tip 
of the tongue of Didelphys quica (see fig. x1. s.c.p., Plate LIV.). s. ¢. 
Superficial epithelium. p. 2. p. Strongly cornified (¢. e.) recurved 
hook taking the place of the normal posterior hair-like papille. p. p. p- 
Posterior papillary process entering the base of the latter. In this 
section a line of cells continued from the apex of the papillary up- 
growth can be distinguished from the cornified cells of this hook-like 
structure. a. h. p. Anterior hair-like papilla of normal structure. 
a. p. p. Its papillary process. This section is taken along the line 
A-B of the next figure. 


Fig. xx. 50. Horizontal section through a similar papilla (of Didelphys 


quica), taken along the line A-B of the preceding figure. p. h. p. 
The posterior cornified hook is seen to possess a very singular out- 
line. The two arms of the crescent arise outside the normal secondary 
papille, indicating that the structure does not entirely correspond to 
the latter, but probably belongs in great part to the sides of the primary 
papilla. p.p. p. The crescentic papillary upgrowth for the hook, 
of very remarkable outline and relation to the papillary processes of 
the normal secondary papille. a. h. p. Anterior aici secondary 
papilla (normal). s. . p. Single hair-like papille scattered between 
the coronate papillz as in some other Marsupials, and similar to the 
normal secondary papillze of the coronate structures. 


Fig. xxty. X50. Horizontal section through a coronate papilla just in front of 


the anterior circumyallate papille of Didelphys quica. h. p. Hair- 
like secondary papilla, of which there is a very unusual number. The 
shape of the coronate papilla is very remarkable, and probably arises 
from longitudinal coalescence. 


Fig, xxv. 14:5. Horizontal section through the coronate papille (c. p.) of the 


region halfway between the tip and the anterior circumvallate papilla 
of Macropus melanops. Posteriorly the section is deepest, and shows 
the single main papillary upgrowth for the whole coronate papilla 
(c. p.p.). A little higher the secondary papillary processes for the 
anterior hair-like papille are distinct (a. p. p.), while the posterior 


bog eee es ee ee 


P.Z.S.. Bess ray 
[Nat Size, V1 Ya, Watt Size. VII. Nat Size X Nat Size 


ag 


lf p, 


£ 
"P’ Lao 


IlNet Size 


= 


bg.o. 
old a. 


V. Not Sze. 
Pg 


Cvp. IX. Nat Size 


All xJA.5 


waphe. fH Dp. 
me t b - “o 


Woe 


EBPoulton del. Hanhart imp. 


' TONGUES OF MARSUPIALS. 


P.Z.S 1883. Pl. LV. Y 
XXII x 40 


XXIV x 50 


XXVx14.5 


XXX x 50 


_- -gld.d. 
ict ge De i 
Au, AC 
C-s. AQ) ata 


seals: el TONGUES OF MARSUPIALS . 


: 


1883. } TONGUES OF THE MARSUPIALS. 627 


processes are still fused into a single upgrowth, crescentic in section 
(p.p.p.). Ata higher level than is shown in this section the complete 
ring of secondary processes would be distinct. Hence the posterior 
papillary processes are given off at a higher level (compare fig. xxvr.). 
s. h. p. Single hair-like papillx, as in fig. xxi. This section shows 
that the upgrowths for the isolated hair-like papille are yery distinct 
from those of the coronate papillz even at the lowest levels. 

Fig xxvr. 14:5. A single coronate papilla from the region between the two 
anterior circumyallate papille of Macropus melanops, shown in per- 
spective from the left side. The secondary papille are probably finer 
than in reality. 

Fig. xxvit. x10. Vertical longitudinal section along the middle line of the papil- 
late surface in front of the anterior circumyallate papille of Halmaturus 
ualabatus. The section shows the relation of the isolated fine papilles 
(s. h. p.) to the coronate papille (c. p.). 

Fig. xxvitr. x40. Horizontal section through the coronate papille of Halmaturus 
ualabatus, taken in the middle line just anterior to the posterior 
circumyallate papilla. This also shows the relation of the isolated 
(s. h. p.) to the coronate papille (c. p.), and also indicates that the 
secondary papille on the latter are not always regularly arranged 
in the ring. The posterior side of a coronate papilla can sometimes 
be detected by the fact that some of the posterior secondary processes 
remain still coalesced, although they are distinct at other points of 
the circumference. 7. %. p. Single hair-like papille within the ring 
of some of the coronate papille. 

Fig. xxrx. x40. Vertical longitudinal section through a coronate papilla (vertical 
transyerse through the organ), just above the lateral organ of Halma- 
turus ualabatus.. The figure shows the relations of the four layers of'a 
complex epithelium to the papillary structure. The layers are:—l, 
staining moderately, the cells fusiform and nucleated ; 2, a thin layer, 
behaving with reagents as if the cells were cornified ; 3, deeply stain- 
ing, elongated cells with long thin nuclei; 4, a layer presenting all 
the characters of normal rete Maipighii. The distribution of layer (2) 
in the secondary papille (p. h. p. and a. h. p.) also indicates that it is 
cornified. The same layers are met with in the smooth epithelium 
beneath the papillate surface (see fig. xxx1.). The shading is diagram- 
matic. In other parts of the organ, the distribution of layer (2) is 
more symmetrical in the secondary papille. 

Fig. xxx. x50. Vertical longitudinal section through a coronate papilla from 
the surface above the tip of the tongue of Phalangista vulpina. The 
figure shows the arrangement of the cells much resembling that de- 
seribed in Perameles, but more complex. The normal lower layer 
(a. 1.) graduates into attenuated granular cells (a. ¢.), passing through a 
mass of similar cells of which the nuclei stain deeply (7. ¢.), into the very 
attenuated cells of the posterior process (p. a, in which hardly any 
nucleus can be detected. Above, in the centre of the main papilla, 
the cells are still granular, but swollen and non-staining (s. ¢.), while 
remnants of the nucleus can be often detected. Higher still, and 
towards the posterior secondary papilla, the cells again become attenu- 
ated, rarely nucleated, and deeply staining (a’. c'.), and they are con- 
tinued on to the posterior papilla. he swollen cells pass directly 
into the attenuated cells of the anterior papilla without forming a layer 
in the main coronate papilla. All the secondary papille also derive 
cells from their own papillary upgrowths, and also from the super- 
ficial epithelium surrounding them. The latter is simple and of the 
usual structure. 

Fig. xxx1.x 145. Vertical transverse section through one of the elongated de- 
pressions of the lateral organ of Halmaturus ualabatus. The depression 
(g. d.) is seen to present all the characters of a gland-duct, and a 
secondary duct opens into it above the region of the taste-bulbs (7. 6.). 
In the epithelium the four layers described in fig, xxix. are shown, 


628 | MR.J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDE. [Dec. 18, 


The layers are thicker on the left because that side leads towards 
the thicker epithelium of the papillate surface. 

Fig. xxx. 145. Transverse vertical section through four of the furrows of 
the lateral organ of Phalangista vulpina. The drawing is in outline 
only, and the bulbs are not indicated. The irregular direction of the 
trenches makes it’ impossible to obtain atrue transverse section of them 
all, and therefore the epithelium in places appears thicker than it 
really is (being cut obliquely). Owing to the same cause two or three 
rows of bulbs are sometimes seen in one thickness of epithelium. s. ¢. 
Superficial epithelium with papillary processes below. g. d. Gusta- 
tory depressions with smooth epithelium. gid. Serous glands with 
their ducts (gid. d.) opening into the bottom of the furrows. 


2. A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Embiide, a Family 
of Orthopterous Insects. By J. Woop-Mason, Deputy 
Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta. 


[Received November 28, 1883. ] 


(Plate LVI.) 
. Introduction, p. 628. 
. Discovery of Larvx apparently living in Society, p. 629. 
Discovery of the Wingless Female, p. 630. 
Description of the Female Characters, p. 630. 
. Capture of Winged Males, p. 631. 
. Description of the Male Characters, p. 631. 
. On the Wings of Embia ( Oligotoma) saundersiz, p. 682. 
. Affinities of the Group, p. 634. 


Introduction.—While I was at home on furlough in 1877-79, 
Mr. R. M‘Lachlan, F.R.S., drew my attention to this imperfectly 
known little group of insects, and begged me to attempt, on my 
return to India, to supply some of the deficiencies in our knowledge 
regarding it. I promised to do what I could in the matter ; and, 
before leaving England, prepared myself for my task by examining 
the different collections of dried specimens and by reading up the 
literature of the subject; in particular Mr. M‘Lachlan’s ’ then recently 
published paper, containing (1) a résumé of the few and scattered 
items of additional information that had been placed on record by 
various naturalists during the forty years that had elapsed since the 
appearance of Westwood’s* memoir in the year 1837; (2) descriptions 
of four new species ; and (3) the record of the discovery, in an orchid- 
house near London, of the so-called nymph-stage of a species im- 
ported into England with plants from India—a valuable observation, 
which proves that in the Embiide we have to do with a group of 
insects whose members, like the true Orthoptera, the Earwigs, and 
the White Ants, and like the Psocidee, the Physopoda, and the 
Rhynchota, attain to the adult condition without undergoing any 
metamorphosis in the entomological sense of the term. 

From the examination of specimens and the perusal of the literature 
I arrived at the conclusion that all the specimens of all the species 


DIS or Poo LO 


1 Journal Linn. Soc. Lond., Zoology, vol. xiii. pp. 373-384, pl. xxi. 
2 Trans, Linn. Soc, Lond, vol. xxii. pp. 369-375, pl. xi. 


eT 


1883.] MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDE. 629 


that had up to that time fallen into the hands of entomologists were 
of the male sex, and that the females were consequently unknown ; 
for in all the specimens examined by me the abdomen invariably pre- 
sented a mesially imperforate series of nine sterna, the ninth and 
terminal of which was produced nearly to the extremity of the body 
so as to cover the tenth sternum and its contained genital aperture, 
just as in male Cockroaches, Earwigs, &c.; it exhibited a greater 
or less degree of asymmetry of its terminal somites or of their 
appendages or of both, as in many male Cockroaches, Phasmatide, 
Lepidoptera, Trichoptera’, &c.; and, moreover, an asymmetrical 
system of highly indurated spines and hooks springing asymme- 
trically from its podical plates, and analogous to the similar, but 
usually more complicated, apparatus developed around the genital 
aperture in male Cockroaches and Mantodea, could generally be 
made out. 

I also formed the opinion that the females when discovered would 
prove to be wingless, and probably larger in size. 

Both conclusion and opinion have since been fully verified by the 
careful examination of living and _ spirit-specimens of indubitable 
males, and by the discovery of the larger and wingless female of one 
species ; from which latter fact I have no hesitation in inferring 
greater size and winglessness in the females of all the species of the 
group. 

Piedincty of Larve of a Species apparently living in Society.— 
My first acquaintance with a living species of Embiidee was made a few 
hours after landing in India, on the journey by rail from Bombay to 
Calcutta, in the end of July 1879, at Jubbulpore, where I was obliged 
to stay a night in order to break the journey. While strolling about 
in front of the hotel about noon on the following day I came upon 
a bare and sandy spot, over which larvee of a species of Embiide 
were actively running by dozens; and I succeeded in capturing a 
number of specimens, both in the open and beneath the old bricks 
that lay scattered about and had evidently been used in the construc- 
tion of rude fire-places for cooking their food by a party of coolies 
by whom the spot had a short time before been occupied as a 


1 T am indebted to Mr. M‘Lachlan for the following information concerning 
the asymmetry of the male anal appendages in this order of insects. Inequality 
is not confined to any special portion or set of appendages, and occurs in all 
the four or five species of the genus Glossosoma, and is generic, affecting the 
ventral portion of the anal apparatus; in an undescribed species of Leptocerus, 
from Portugal, in a pair of inner processes, which in other most closely allied 
species are equal (a long series of specimens examined); in Sefodes interrupta, 
in which one pair of appendages extends far beyond the extremity of the body, 
and is, as I can testify from having inspected Mr. M‘Lachlan’s drawings, 
tremendously unequal; and probably in other species. The last case is, as Mr. 
M‘Lachlan writes, especially “remarkable, because there is another species 
(S. similis, M‘L., represented by many individuals) from Turkestin so similar 
in all other respects that it did not occur to me [him] at first to consider it 
distinct ; but I [he] thought I [he] might as well see if locality had caused any 
modification, and to my [his] astonishment found a purely symmetrical and 
utterly different (specific) condition (correlated with a very slight and unim- 
portant difference in wing-markings),” 


630 MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDH. [Dec. 18, 


camping-ground. A. violent thunder-storm which suddenly came on 
while I was searching for the nest or tunnels inhabited by the insects 
drove me indoors ; and, having to resume my journey shortly after- 
wards, I had much against my will to forego an opportunity of ascer- 
taining the habits of the Embiide that may not soon recur. Not 
expecting to meet with Hmdie in such a place, I should have passed 
them over without notice had it not been for their marked Thysanu- 
rous gait and shape ; and I was much disappointed at finding, as I 
soon did, that instead of a new Thysanuran with two-jointed cerci 
and a living representative of the ancestors of the Staphylinide, I 
had got hold of an Hmbia. 

Some of the specimens obtained on this occasion were forwarded to 
Mr. M‘Lachlan ', who has expressed the opinion that they probably 
belong to Oligotoma saundersit of Westwood, a species originally 
described from Calcutta specimens. In none of those which were 
retained by me for my own use are the slightest traces of wings to be 
detected, although the asymmetry of the caudal appendages, which 
I consider to be characteristic of and exclusively confined to the 
male sex, is already quite apparent. The asymmetry of the tergum 
of the terminal abdominal somite and of the cerci in the males of 
Necrosia maculicollis, one of the Phasmatidee, appears at the corre- 
sponding early stage, and in nymphs is quite as strongly marked as 
in perfect insects. 

Discovery of a Female.—In the following October, on the first 
zoological excursion I made after my return to Calcutta, I met with 
an insect possessing all the characters, including the peculiarly 
fashioned fore legs of the Embiide, but devoid of all traces of wings 
and abdominal asymmetry. I found it in the large plant-house in 
the Botanic Gardens, crawling over the leaves of a plant of the habit 
of Fittonia. It is a shining black insect with pale-tipped antenne, 
and as it lay upon the leaves it bore a striking resemblance to a 
larva of some brachelytrous beetle or to an Earwig with a short 
forceps. It measured no less than three quarters of an inch in length 
from the front of the head to the end of the abdomen, and is con- 
sequently about thrice as large as the smallest, and twice as large as 
the largest, of the previously described specimens, compared with 
which it is further remarkable for its thick and firmly chitinizedintegu- 
ment. It, in fact, answers exactly to the idea I had formed of what 
the female would be like, and it is, as I shall show, a female. 

Description of the Female.—In its abdomen, counting the so-called 
‘segment médiaire”’ as the first somite, as it unquestionably is, though 
here, as is often the case in other groups of insects, its tergum is firmly 
ankylosed to the metathorax in adults and its sternum appears to 
be undeveloped, ten terga, the full number of the typical insectean 
abdomen, are externally visible, the two penultimate ones (which in 
the Cockroach and in the Earwig are shortened and squeezed up out 
of sight between the last or tenth and the seventh) being equally 
well developed with the rest; the last or tenth tergum is entire, 
rounded, obtuse, and deflexed at the end, and, with the two-jointed 

? Proc. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. xliii, 


1883.] MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIID®. 631 


cerei attached to its huge and firmly chitinized podical plates, perfect 
in its symmetry. 

Turning to the lower or ventral surface of the animal, and counting 
as before the “ segment médiaire”’ as the first abdominal somite, we 
find a series of nine sterna, corresponding to the nine basal terga, all 
likewise visible without dissection, the eighth and ninth not being 
shortened any more than are their terga, nor concealed from view by 
any enlargement and production of the seventh, as they are in the 
Cockroach and in the Earwig, and the tenth alone being hidden by the 
overlapping posterior margin of the ninth. The abdomen, in fact, in 
this insect is, so far as its eighth and ninth somites are concerned, 
less modified than in either of these two forms, thus resembling that 
of Campodea. Between no two of the eight basal of these sterna 
is any aperture to be detected in the middle line, nor is there any 
between the ninth and tenth, the former of which is identical in 
shape and texture with the seven basal ones; but the eighth is 
shorter and differently shaped from those which precede it, its hinder 
angles being produced and rounded so as to form in its hinder border 
an emargination, to the bottom of which is movably articulated by 
its base a triangular plate, whose basal angles are divided off from it 
by sutural lines; between the eighth sternum with its triangular 
plate and the ninth lies a wide and membranous space conspicuous 
by its white colour, and init an aperture, which is ordinarily concealed 
by the triangular plate. As no other median-aperture save the anus 
exists, this must be a genital aperture, and since it is placed, as in 
the females of the Cockroach and the Earwig, between the eighth 
and ninth sterna, and since moreover the genital aperture of winged 
Specimens is situated, as in the males of the same two insects, one 
somite further behind, it must be the female genital aperture, and 
the insect a female. 

Capture of Males.—Several winged specimens were captured 
during 1880 in my dining-room, whither they had been attracted 
by the lights. After flying for a while round and round the lamp 
in the centre of the table, they settled and walked about the cloth 
with a most peculiar gait, by which they were always readily recog- 
nizable, and which appeared to be due to locomotion on all sixes over 
such a surface being rendered impossible or awkward for them by 
the peculiar structure of their fore legs. 

These insects, which undoubtedly belong to O. saundersii, are all 
of the same uniform brown colour. 

Later, a winged specimen of another species was brought to me 
by one of the Museum assistants, who had found it clinging to the 
mosquito-curtains of his bed, a position in which insects that have 
been attracted by the lights of the house over night are not unfre- 
quently to be found in the morning. This specimen is black. 

Description of the Male Sexual Characters.—All the winged speci- 
mens examined by me agree with the above described female insect in 
the number of their externally visible terga, differing from it in having 
an unbroken and mesially imperforate series of nine, instead of eight, 
sterna ; their genital orifice must consequently lie behind the ninth 

: 


632 MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIID. [Dec. 18, 


or last of these sterna, in the same somite, that is to say, as that of 
the male Cockroach, and one somite further back than in the female, 
in which, as we have seen, it is placed between the eighth and ninth 
sterna just as in female Cockroaches. All present a more or less 
marked asymmetry of the caudal appendages; and in some there 
project between these appendages the tips of one or more ‘slender 
spiniform processes,” which Mr. M‘Lachlan suggests may be an 
intromittent organ, but I consider to belong rather to a genital arma- 
ture analogous to that of the common Cockroach. 

In Oligotoma saundersii, the only species of which I have as yet 
examined spirit-specimens, the abdominal asymmetry is carried to 
an extreme, and the genital armature is well developed and readily 
seen. In this species not only are the caudal appendages unequal 
on the two sides, but the tenth tergum and the ninth sternum also 
depart widely from symmetry, especially the former, which, as will 
be seen from the accompanying figures, is incompletely divided by a 
deep angular notch into two unequal and greatly dissimilar parts ; 
and each podical plate bears one or more processes forming an asym- 
metrical apparatus of spines and hooks, which are analogous to the 
incomparably more complex genital armature of most male Cock- 
roaches, and doubtless serve, in the absence of an intromittent organ, 
to keep the aperture of the vas deferens closely applied to that of 
the oviduct during copulation. 

On the Wings.—No one can look upon an Embia without being 
struck by the wide difference between it and such an insect as a fully 
winged Cockroach in the mode and place of attachment of the wings 
and in the condition of the wing-bearing somites. In the larvee of 
all ametabolous insects the thoracic somites differ from those which 
follow only in their greater size, and their terga are distinct from, 
and overlap, each other just in the same manner as do those of the 
abdomen ; they are, in fact, temporarily in the same condition they 
permanently have in the Thysanura, which never possess wings— 
young Blatte and young Earwigs resembling adult Campodea and 
adult Machilis. The wings appear as expansions of the sides and 
hinder angles of the two posterior of these somites, the terga of which 
are in the perfect insect no longer freely movable upon one another, 
but on the contrary are firmly knit together and soft, and have the 
fully evolved wings attached to them along the whole length of their 
sides. But species which have lost their organs of flight retain the 
primitive characters of their wing-bearing somites throughout life. 

We thus see that concentration of the two alary somites accom- 
panied by flexibility of their terga is correlated with the fuily-winged 
condition, and, conversely, that the absence of such concentration 
and flexibility, that is to say, the retention of the primitive characters 
of the thorax, is correlated with the wingless condition. 

In winged Embiide, and especially in Oligotoma michaeli, the 
thorax retains much of the primitive (larval) character of its two 
posterior somites, and the wings, instead of articulating with the 
whole length, are attached along only very short portions, and those 
at the extreme anterior ends, of the sides of their elongated somites. 


1883.] MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDA. 633 


This remarkable position of the wings seems to be explained by 
their having been gradually reduced till they became so small as no 
longer to need a concentrated thorax such as is to be seen in fully 
winged insects, and by the thorax having as gradually reverted to 
its primitive condition in the larvae, and come to retain it per- 
manently. In fact, as little by little the wings decreased in breadth, 
and consequently in the breadth of their attachments, their two 
somites appear to have increased in length behind them. Of their 
having been reduced, and of their being probably in process of still 
further reduction, the wings of two of the species bear the evidence 
on the face of them in the shape of one or more rudimentary vein- 
lets ; and one of the species, namely O. michaeli, has, according to 
Mr. M‘Lachlan’s figure of it, narrower and more pedunculated wings, 
and a more primitive thorax than the other, namely O. saundersii, 
the wings of which are fully described and figured below. 

The species of the subgenus Hméia would also seem to differ 
amongst themselves in the breadth of the wings, some having been 
described as having these organs broad, others as having them 
narrow. 

The coloration of the wings is also remarkable. It is usually de- 
scribed by systematists as ‘‘ fuscous black ” or “ fuliginous,”’ “ with 
four” or “five whitish streaks,” as the case may be; but for my 
purpose it will be better to describe it as hyaline with the [black 
or] brown veins all so broadly bordered on both sides with pale 
[black- or] brown-smoky as to leave only narrow streaks of the 
ground-colour visible. In addition to the microscopically minute 
setee with which the whole wing-membrane is thickly and regularly 
studded, other and much longer sete are present, having a definite 
arrangement along the edges and in rows on the disk of the wings, 
namely, one row on each vein, and one row on each side of each 
vein along the margins of the brown bands, or three rows to each 
vein. The advantage of describing the colour and clothing of the 
wings in the way I have done will at once become evident when 
I add that the brown bands with their triple lines of setz re- 
main to mark the original courses of veins which have long since 
disappeared, and are now only represented by minute tapering pro- 
cesses jutting out from existing veins a short distance into the 
wing-membrane. 

There is yet another point of interest about the wings. Professor 
Westwood describes and figures the second or subcostal vein of both 
pairs of wings as long and as anastomosing with the third or radial 
vein near the extremity of the wing; and Mr. M‘Lachlan speaks of 
the coalescent subcosta and radius; and both in dried and alcoholic 
specimens these veins under an ordinary lens really appear to have 
this arrangement and development ; but when the wings are mounted 
in spirit and viewed under the microscope, it is readily seen that the 
subcosta is quite short, and that its inclination to the anterior mar- 
gin is such that it would, if produced far enough, run into the costal 
vein at a point situated a little beyond the middle of the wing. The 
illusive appearance of the presence of two concomitantly and com- 


634 MR. J. WOOD-MASON ON THE FAMILY EMBIIDa. [Dec. 18, 


mensurately developed veins in the anterior part of each wing is 
apparently due to a shadow of the radius being cast upon the margin 
of the brown border of the costa, so as to coincide with the remains 
of the subcosta ; and Professor Westwood has been the victim of an 
optical illusion. 

Affnities—In anticipation of the full and detailed account of the 
numerous and important differences between them and the Perlide 
which is in preparation, and will be published as soon as the drawings 
needed to render my descriptions intelligible are ready, 1 may say 
that the Embiide undoubtedly belong to the true Orthoptera, that 
they are in my opinion in some respects the lowest term, and in 
others the lowest term but one, of a series formed by the families 
Acridioidea, Locustide, Gryllide, and Phasmatide, and that their 
resemblances to the much lower Perlidw, which may well be direct 
descendants of a form closely related to Campodea, are due to their 
low position in the division of Orthopterous insects to which they 
belong, and do not imply any such close genetic relationship to them 
as has been suggested. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI. 


Fig. 1. The right anterior wing of a male of Hmbia (Oligotoma) saundersit, 
Westwood, x 10. 

Fig. 1a, The right posterior wing of the same, x 10. 

Figs. 2, 2a. The same wings with all the details omitted in order that the 
yenation may be seen more distinctly:—1, 1, the first or costal vein ; 
2, 2, the second or subcostal vein; 3, 3, the third or radial vein ; 
4, 4', 4, the forked fourth or discoidal vein, 4’ its rudimentary pos- 
terior prong; ¢, the rudimentary first branch; 0, the rudimentary 
second branch; and a, the termination of its anterior prong (4,4), which 
is apically anastomosed to the radius, and connected with it by five 
transyerse veinlets in the anterior wings and by three in the posterior ; 
and 5, 5, the rudimentary fifth or anal vein, which is simple and un- 
branched and connected with the root of the fourth by a transverse 
veinlet in both the nearly homonomous wings of this insect. 

(N.B. All the lines in these figures represent veins, with the exception of that 
commencing at a point situated a short distance behind the apex of the anasto- 
mosed radial and discoidal veins, ending near the origin of the fifth vein, and 
representing the posterior margin, in which there is no vein.) 

Figs. 3, 8a. The same wings with the venation restored by the aid of the brown 
bands and triple lines of sete: ¢, the lost posterior, and d, the lost 
anterior fork of the rudimentary posterior prong of the discoidal vein. 

(N.B. All the lines in these figures represent veins.) 

Fig. 4. The abdomen of Hmbia (O.) saundersii 3, from above, X 10. 

Fig. 5. The same from below, x 10. 

Fig. 6. Abdomen of Himbia (O.) michael, M‘L., 9, from below, x3. 


(N.B. The arabic numerals in the three preceding figures refer to the somites 
of the abdomen.) 


P 2.5.1883.P1. LVI 


Hanhart imp. J Smit lith. 
MORPHOLOGY OF EMBIIDA. 


% - 


1883.] MR. BOULENGER ON FROGS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 635 


3. On a Collection of Frogs from Yurimaguas, Huallaga 
River, Northern Peru. By G. A. Boutznesr, F.Z.S. 


[Received December 6, 1883.] 
(Plates LVII., LVIII.) 


An interesting collection of Frogs, made at the above locality by 
Dr. Hahnel, adds considerably to our fragmentary knowledge of the 
Batrachian fauna of North-eastern Peru. It contains examples of 
18 species, 8 of which are new. Examples of the new and of some 
of the rarer known forms have been secured for the British Museum. 
The specimens having been deposited in very weak spirit and pro- 
tected from the light, the coloration is wonderfully well preserved. 


1. PRosTHERAPIS FEMORALIS, sp.n. (Plate LVII. fig. 1.) 


Snout depressed, projecting, truncate, with angular canthus 
rostralis and vertical loreal region ; nostril nearer the tip of the 
snout than the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper 
eyelid ; tympanum perfectly distinct, half the diameter of the eye. 
First finger longer than second ; toes with a slight rudiment of web ; 
disks of fingers and toes small; subarticular tubercles small; two 
very small metatarsal tubercles. The hind limb being carried for- 
ward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the posterior 
border of the eye. Skin tubercular above. Blackish brown above, 
limbs lighter and marbled with darker; a narrow white line on each 
side of the body, extending on the outer border of the upper eyelid 
and the canthus rostralis to the end of the snout, where it is con- 
tinuous with its fellow; a second parallel white line on the flanks ; 
a third on the upper lip, from below the nostril, extending to the 
arm ; lower surface of arm and base of same, and an oblique band 
on inner half of upper surface of femur, bright yellow; throat and 
breast blackish brown; abdomen and lower surface of hind limbs 
brown- and white-marbled. From snout to vent 27 millim. 

Two specimens, ¢ 2. 

Closely allied to P. inguinalis, Cope; distinguished by the dis- 
tinct tympanum and the coloration. 


2. PHYLLODROMUS PULCHELLUS, Espada. 


3. DENDROBATES RETICULATUS, sp. 0. (Plate LVII. fig. 2.) 


Snout truncate, longer than the diameter of the eye ; loreal region 
vertical ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tym- 
panum scarcely distinct, half the diameter of the eye. First finger 
not extending so far as second; disks of fingers large, truncate, of 
toes smaller; subarticular tubercles feebly developed; two scarcely 
distinct metatarsal tubercles. The hind limb being carried forward 
along the body, the tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches a little 
beyond the tip of the snout, Skin smooth. Upper surface of head, 
back to sacrum, and a spot on the chin, pink ; the rest of the animal 


636 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON [ Dec. 18, 


black, elegantly reticulated with grey. From snout to vent 17 
millim. 

Closely allied to D. ¢inctorius. 

Several specimens, probably young. 


4. DENDROBATES FANTASTICUS, sp. n. (Plate LVII. fig. 3.) 


Closely allied to D. ¢inctorius and reticulatus, but differing from 
the former by the longer limbs, the tarso-metatarsal articulation 
reaching beyond the tip of the snout, and from both by the belly 
being granulate. Head to fore limbs above and below yellow; 
humerus above, and the borders of the yellow colour white ; the rest 
of the body and limbs black, with wide-meshed grey reticulation. 
Male with a subgular vocal sac. From snout to vent 20 millim. 

Four specimens, ¢ 2. 


5. DENDROBATES TRIVITTATUS, Spix. 


The lines and other markings on the upper surfaces bright 
yellow. 


6. DENDROBATES HAHNELI, sp.n. (Plate LVII. fig. 4.) 


Snout truncate, as long as the diameter of the eye; loreal region 
vertical ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid; tym- 
panum indistinct. Fingers and toes slender, the tips dilated into 
small disks ; first and second fingers equal in length ; subarticular 
tubercles feebly developed; two scarcely prominent metatarsal 
tubercles. The hind limb being carried forward along the body, 
the tarso-metatarsal articulation reaches beyond the tip of the snout. 
Back slightly tubereular. Black ; limbs above blackish grey, black- 
barred ; a narrow white line, turning to bright yellow near the loins, 
on each side of the body, extending on the outer border of the upper 
eyelid and the canthus rostralis to the end of the snout, where it 
unites with its fellow ; a white line on the upper lip, from the ver- 
tical of the anterior border of the eye to the arm ; a bright orange- 
yellow spot at axilla, another on upper surface of femur near the 
loin, and a third on inner surface of tibia near the femur; belly and 
lower surface of limbs marbled with grey. Male with a subgular 
vocal sac. From snout to vent 23 millim. 

Allied to D. trivittatus. 

Several specimens, ¢ Q. 


7. PHYLLOBATES TRILINEATUS, sp. n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 1.) 


Snout obtuse, as long as the diameter of the eye; loreal region 
vertical ; nostril slightly nearer the tip of the snout than the eye ; 
interorbital space broader than than the upper eyelid; tympanum 
concealed. Fingers slender, moderately elongate, first extending 
beyond second, fourth extremely short ; toes slender, with rudiment 
of web ; disks small; subarticular tubercles feebly developed; two 
slightly prominent metatarsal tubercles. The hind limb being 
carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches 
centre of eye. Skin perfectly smooth. Dark brown above, limbs 


RMmtern delet lith Mintern Bros. Chromo imp 
1. PROSTHERAPIS FEMORALIS 
29. DENDROBATES RETI SULATUS 
3. DENDROBATES FANTAST ICUS 
4. DENDROBATES HAHNELI 


: P. Z. S.1883. Pl. LVIIL. 


R.Mintern del. et lith. Mintern Bros. irr. 


1.PHYLLOBATES TRILINEATUS. 

2. LEPTODACTYLUS RHODOMYSTAX. 
3.LEPTODACTYLUS DISCODACTYLUS. 
4. PHYLLOMEDUSA PERLATA. 


1883. ] FROGS FROM NORTHERN PERU. 637 


marbled with lighter; a greyish streak from eye to groin on each 
side and a narrow vertebral line of the same colour; a white spot 
on each side of the vent, on hinder side of thighs; lower surfaces 
dirty white, throat grey. Male with a large external subgular vocal 
sac. From snout to vent 17 millim. 

A single ¢ specimen. 


8. LepropacTyLUs RuBIDUS, Cope. 


9. LEPTODACTYLUS RHODOMYSTAX, Sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 2.) 


Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two 
straight transverse series just behind the choane. Habit stout. 
Snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; nostril nearer 
the tip of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space a little broader 
than the upper eyelid; tympanum two thirds the diameter of the 
eye. Fingers moderate, first longer than second; toes moderate, 
slightly fringed; tips of fingers and toes slightly swollen; sub- 
articular tubercles well developed; two small metatarsal tubercles. 
The hind limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio- 
tarsal articulation reaches the shoulder. Skin smooth; a glandular 
lateral fold. Vinaceous brown above; the canthus rostralis, the 
lateral fold, a cross band between the eyes and another on inter- 
scapular region blackish ; a band round the upper lip pinkish white ; 
legs with rather indistinct dark cross bands ; hinder side of thighs 
black, white-spotted ; lower surfaces white, throat and breast marbled 
with greyish. From snout to vent 25 millim. 

Two young specimens. 


10. LerropacryLus piscopactyLus, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. 
fig. 3.) 

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in two 
straight transverse series behind the choanz. Snout rounded, a little 
longer than the diameter of the orbit ; nostril nearer the tip of the 
snout than the eye ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ; 
tympanum two thirds the width of the eye. Fingers moderate, first 
not extending beyond second ; toes slender, fringed ; tips of fingers 
and toes dilated into small disks; subarticular tubercles well 
developed ; two small metatarsal tubercles. The hind limb being 
carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches 
the anterior border of the eye. Skin perfectly smooth. Olive-brown 
above, with rather indistinct darker spots forming cross bands on 
the limbs; a dark cross band between the eyes; lower surfaces 
white, finely marbled with brown. From snout to vent 28 millim. 

A single 2 specimen. 


11. Buro tyeHontvs, Laur. 


12. Hyxa Lancrirormis, Cope. 
The single, full-grown, specimen is uniform dull olive above. 


13. Hyua Taurina, Fitz. 
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLII, 42 


638 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [ Dec. 18, 


14. Hyva aurantraca, Daud. 


15. Hyza mAarmorata, Laur. 


The lighter parts of the sides of the belly, axilla, lowe surface of 
thighs, and interdigital membranes orange. 


16. Hyza parvicers, Blgr. 


17. Hyta rupra, Daud. 


Loins, sides of thighs, and inner side of tibia and tarsus orange- 
yellow. 


18. PHyLLoMEDUSA PERLATA, sp.n. (Plate LVIII. fig. 4.) 


Tongue entire. Vomerine teeth none. Head very large ; snont 
not longer than the diameter of the eye, vertically truncate ; loreal 
region vertical ; interorbital space much broader than theupper eyelid ; 
tympanum rather indistinct, about half the diameter of the eye. Fin- 
gers free, first shorter than second, fourth shorter than third ; toes 
free, first considerably longer than second ; disks of fingers and toes 
small; metatarsal tubercles indistinct. The hind limb being carried 
forwards along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches hardly 
to the eye. Skin smooth above ; parotoids large, flat; a series of 
small, pearl-like white tubercles from the eye to halfway down the 
body ; belly and lower surface of thighs granulate. Purple above 
(green during life) ; a white, dark-edged line along ovter border of 
forearm and tarsus; throat purple; lips white-bordered ; the rest 
of the lower surfaces white. From snout to vent 23 millim. 

A single young specimen. 


4. On some Points in the Anatomy of Phenicopterus and its 
Allies. By W. F. R. Wexpon, B.A., Scholar of St. 
John’s College, Cambridge, Assistant Demonstrator in 
the Morphological Laboratory of the University. 


[Received December 6, 1883. ] 
(Plates LIX., LX.) 


During the past summer I have had an opportunity of dissecting 
at the Society’s Gardens a large number of Storks and a specimen 
of the European Flamingo (Phenicopterus antiquorum), so that I 
have been able to make a detailed comparison between the soft parts 
of these creatures, the results of which I propose to describe in the 
following paper. 

Respiratory System. 

The syrinz of Storks has, as a rule, no intrinsic muscles; in 
Leptoptilus, which I shall take as a type, it has the following 
structure :— 

The last four bronchial rings (fig. 1, Aé,) are much enlarged, 


1883. ] ANATOMY OF PH@NICOPTERUS. 639 


fused together, and calcified, the fourth being incomplete behind. 
Above these are eight or nine rings, which are also incomplete poste- 
riorly ; so that above the syrinx there is at the back of the trachea 
an elongated membranous space. 

Below the last tracheal ring there is a membranous tube, connecting 
the last tracheal with the first bronchial rings. Of these the first 
is incomplete internally, both in front and bebind; while the next 
three are thickened, and join a large pessulus in the middle line. 

Both the pessulus and the first four bronchial rings are complete. 

In Phenicopterus the last three bronchial rings are calcified and 


Diagrams of the syrinx of Leptoptilus and Phenicopterus. 


Aa, Front, and Ac, side view of that of Phenicopterus; A, front view of that 
of Leptoptilus, 


ankylosed ; there is no pessulus, and the first twenty bronchial rings 
_ are incomplete internally. There is also a single pair of intrinsic 
muscles (fig. 1, Aa, Ac). 

The Jungs present nothing remarkable, but the air-ced/s and their 
associated septa are strikingly characteristic. 

On slitting open the abdominal wall of a Stork (Leptoptilus, for 
example) in the middle ventral line, the only viscera exposed are the 
two lobes of the liver and the ventral portion of the eizzatd, All 

42 


640 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [ Dec. 15, 


the rest are hidden by a thick horizontal septum of connective tissue 
stretching across the whole body-cavity from the pericardium to the 
cloaca. The attachments of this septum are, anteriorly, to the 
posterior margin of the pericardium ; laterally, to the side walls of 
the abdomen, just ventral to the line of attachment of the oblique 
septum; and posteriorly, to the body-wall just ventral to the 
anus. 

The liver is, as has been said, entirely ventral to this septum, 
while the stomach perforates it. 

The wmbilical ligament is converted into a strong vertical septum, 
running between the lobes of the liver, and extending anteriorly to 
the pericardium, posteriorly to the middle of the gizzard (fig. 6, v. 
sep.). 

This arrangement of septa is found in all the Storks I have dis- 
sected ', and is exactly repeated in Pheenicopterus, while I have not 
found it in any other birds. In all the Anatidee, for example, the 
representative of the horizontal septum is attached to the ventral 
abdominal wall, almost immediately behind the liver, so that it does 
not cover any of the intestinal coils*. 

The arrangement above described is associated, both in Pheni- 
copterus and the Storks, with a peculiarity in the air-cells themselves. 

The pulmonary aponeurosis* is not muscular. 

The prebronchial air-cells vary greatly in size, and are divided 
by a complicated arrangement of transverse septa into smaller cham- 
bers ; in Leptoptilus there are five such chambers in each cell, in 
Phenicopterus four. This divided condition is not dependent on 
the size of the cells, because in Phenicopterus, where they are small 
and deeply buried among the muscles of the neck, the dividing 
septa are as well developed as in the Adjutant, where each air-cell 
extends nearly a third of the way up the neck. 

The subbronchial cells are completely fused, no trace of the original 
partition remaining. The fused cells project forwards between the 
clavicles, from which a small horizontal septum projects, partially 
dividing a preclavicular from a postclavicular portion. 

The preclavicular portion is compressed by a muscle, which 
radiates over its outer surface from the clavicle. 

The anterior and posterior intermediate cells present nothing 
remarkable, their relations being sufficiently shown. Indeed the 
condition of these cells seems, so far as I have been able to ascertain, 
to be singularly constant in all birds. 

The abdominal cells are very large, extending to the extreme end 
of the body. The oblique septum, in the abdominal region, is 
attached to the vertebrae very near the middle line ; passing ventral- 
wards, the two septa diverge, forming a chamber in which lie the 

1 Leptoptilus argala and javanicus ; Ciconia nigra and C.maguari; Mycteria 
americana; Tantalus sp.? ; Carphibis spinicolhs; Xenorhynchus senegalensis. 

2 This septum has been mentioned by various authors; but, so far as I am 
aware, no special name has been applied to it. From its resemblance to a 
modified Mammalian mesentery, I would propose to call it “‘pseudeptploon.” 


3 For an explanation of the terms used in describing air-cells, see Huxley, 
“On the Respiratory Organs of Apterya,” P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 560 e¢ seg. 


1883. ] ANATOMY OF PHNICOPTERUS. 641 


intestines, below which they again converge to meet in the middle 
ventral line. 

In the Anatidz the preebronchial cells are never divided in the 
way above described, and the abdominal cells are much smaller, not 
extending so far back, and not meeting below the intestines '—these 
two points, together with the condition of the horizontal septum, 
being, I believe, absolutely characteristic of the Storks. 

The characters of the Alimentary System have been already 
described by Gadow’, who has insisted on the resemblances between 
the Flamingo and the Stork; I have therefore nothing to add to 
his description. 

The muscular system has, however, not been described in detail, 
either for Storks or for Phcenicopterus. I propose therefore to 
describe first the limb-muscles of Leptoptilus argala, which is fairly 
typical, and afterwards to point out the chief differences in the 
Flamingo. 


A. Muscuss or Fore Lins. 


1. The latissimus dorsi is divided, as usual, into two, The pos- 
terior division arises from the last two free dorsal vertebree, and by 
a slip from the corner of the scapula; it forms a fleshy belly, 
tapering gradually to a point, and ending in two tendons, one of 
which goes to the humerus, the other to the belly of the anxconeus 
longus. This muscle is connected by an aponeurosis with the ante- 
rior division which goes straight from the 3rd, 4th, and 5th dorsal 
vertebree to the humerus. 

2. The ¢rapezius (Plate LX. fig. 7, Tr.) is very small, arising from 
the spines of the last two cervical vertebree only, and going to the 
dorsal half of the clavicle. The posterior margin of this muscle 
sends off a small slip to the latissimus dorsi. 

3. The rhomboideus superior arises from the spine of the fourth 
dorsal vertebra, beneath the latissimus dorsi, and is inserted into the 
vertebral border of the scapula. Beneath this muscle, and connected 
with it at its origin, is a flat, thin tendon, 3 inch broad, going to the 
posterior angle of the scapula. 

4. The rhomboideus inferior arises from the spines of the last 
cervical and first four dorsal vertebrze, and is attached to nearly the 
whole vertebral border of the scapula. 

5. The serratus magnus arises by two fleshy digitations from 
aponeurosis between ribs 2, 3, and 4, just ventral to the uncinate 
process. It is inserted by a thin flat tendon to half an inch of the 
vertebral border of the scapula. 

6. The levator scapule arises from the last cervical and first two 
dorsal ribs, and is inserted into the posterior two thirds of the deep 
surface of the scapula. 

7. Tensor patagii brevis (Plate LX. fig. 6, t.p.4.) arises by a fleshy 
origin from the dorsal part of the clavicle, and gives off a belly three 

1 Hursley (Joc. cit.) has described the arrangement in the Duck; and I haye 


found a similar state of things to obtain in many Anatide. 
2 Verdauungssystem d. Vogel: ‘Jenaische Zeitschrift,’ 


642 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


inches long, after which it ends in a tendon. At the junction of the 
belly with the tendon, a tendinous slip is given off to the humerus. 
The tendon runs down, at a small angle with the humerus, and joins 
the aponeurosis over the extensor carpi radialis, where it receives a 
slip from the tensor patagii longus tendon. 

8. The tensor patagii longus is fused at its origin with the pec- 
toralis major, and after leaving this it fuses for a short distance 
with the fleshy part of the tensor brevis. The tendon runs straight 
to the radial carpal bone, giving off about the middle of the 
patagium a slip to the aponeurosis over the flexor carpi radialis. 

The result of the arrangements described is, that the tendons of 
the patagial tensors form a very characteristic figure, shown in fig. 8. 

9. The coracobrachialis externus arises from the tip of the clavicle 
dorsal to the tensor patagii brevis; it runs above the coracobra- 
chialis internus, to be inserted into the middle of the great humeral 
crest. 

10. The coracobrachialis internus is very small; it arises from 
the tip of the coracoid, just ventral to the coraco-scapular articula- 
tion, and passes over the tendon of the second pectoral to the crest 
of the humerus. 

11. The external deltoid arises by a short flat tendon from the 
outer face of the scapula, close to the coracoid articulation ; if runs 
straight to the humerus, into the dorsal face of the crest of which it 
has an elongated triangular insertion. Close to the origin a second 
tendon is given off to the scapula (Plate LIX. fig. 1, D, Plate LX. 
fig. 6, DE). 

12. The deltoides internus arises from the tip of the coracoid, 
external to the long tendon of the biceps, and goes to the ventral 
side of the humeral crest (Plate LIX. fig. 1, Dé). 

13. The ¢riceps arises from the whole posterior face of the 
humerus, below the pneumatic foramen; it is fleshy for nearly its 
whole length, but ends below in a short tendon inserted into the 
olecranon. 

14. The pectoralis major arises by three heads, the fibres of which 
are all tolerably distinct :—(1) The superficial head arises from the 
margin of the clavicle ventral to the origin of the tensor patagii 
brevis, from the extreme edge of the carina of the sternum along 
its whole length, and from the whole side posteriorly. The fibres 
of this head are continuous posteriorly with (2) the postertor deep 
head, which arises from the ventral third of the clavicle, and from 
the carina beneath the first head. (3) The anterior deep head arises 
from the ventral face of the sternum beneath (2), and from a small 
piece of clavicle. 

These various fibres are inserted in a somewhat complicated 
manner on the head of the humerus. Those from the anterior deep 
head, remaining quite distinct from the rest, form a strong tendon, 
which is attached to a tubercle at the base of the deltoid crest of 
the humerus. From the junction between this muscle and its tendon, 
a strong ligament passes to the head of the coracoid. From the 
posterior edge of this tendon, a strong aponeurosis passes over the 


1883. ] ANALOMY OF PH@NICOPTERUS. 643 


internal deltoid and biceps, to be inserted into the inner side of the 
humerus ; and to this aponeurosis are attached the remaining fibres 
of the pectoralis. 

15. The second pectoral occupies about three quarters of the 
ventral face of the sternum; it also arises from the proximal haif of 
the coracoid, and from nearly the whole of the coraco-clavicular 
membrane. Its tendon passes as usual over the scapula to go to 
the lesser tuberosity of the humerus, at the top of the deltoid ridge. 

16. The third pectoral is relatively small; it arises from the 
lower third of the posterior margin of the coracoid, and passes to 
the tip of the great tuberosity of the humerus. 

17. The diceps arises by two heads—a long tendon from the head 
of the coracoid, and a fleshy head from the lower surface of the 
pectoral aponeurosis. 

18. The supraspinatus arises from the anterior half of the ventral 
border of the scapula, and is attached to the great tuberosity of the 
humerus, just anteriorly to the tendon of the pectoralis tertius. 

19. The subscapularis arises from the anterior half of the deep 
surface of the scapula, being inserted into the great tuberosity of the 
humerus below the tendons of the third pectoral and supraspinatus. 

20. The extensor carpi radialis longus arises by fleshy fibres 
from the ridge above the outer condyle of the humerus, and forms 
a short fleshy belly, which joins a long tendon, passing first over a 
groove in the distal head of the radius, and then over the middle 
of three grooves on the face of the radial carpal, to be fiaally inserted 
into the tuberosity of the thumb metacarpal. 

21. The extensor carpi radialis brevis arises by a short tendon 
from the outer condyle of the humerus ; its short belly is attached 
to the aponeurosis covering the preceding muscle, and its tendon 
runs below the long extensor tendon to the thumb metacarpal. 

22. The abductor pollicis arises by three slips—the first from the 
interosseous border of the radius for about a third of its length, 
beginning near the bicipital tuberosity ; the second from the upper 
surface of the ulna, just beneath the head of the radius; and the 
third from a ridge on the ulna, just distal to the ulnar tendon of 
the biceps. The second and third slips unite before joining the first. 

The tendon curves round to the outer side of the radius, and 
passes through the outer of three grooves on the radial carpal bone, 
to be inserted on the great tuberosity of the thumb metacarpal, 
below and external to the radial extensor of the carpus. 

23. The extensor carpi ulnaris arises from the outer surface of 
the outer condyle of the humerus, superficially to all the other 
murcles which arise there; it is also attached to the outer side of 
the ulna. The belly is small, and the long tendon passes through a 
separate groove in the outer side of the ulna to the outer side of the 
second metacarpal. 

24. The adductor manus arises from the fascia on the outer side 
of the head of the ulna, and passes to the inner edge of the third 
metarcarpal. 

25. The pronator quadratus arises from the inner (palmar) surface 


644 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


of the ulna through the distal fourth of its length, and passes over the 
dorsal groove in the radial carpal bone to the tubercle on the outer 
side of the thumb metacarpal. 

26. The flexor carpi ulnaris arises from the inferior portion of 
the internal condyle of the humerus; it is fleshy for half its length, 
and then sends a tendon to the tubercle of the ulnar carpal. 

27. The eatensor indicis et pollicis arises from the outer condyle, 
and is inserted on the basal phalanx of the index finger, the tendon 
giving a branch to the thumb. 

28. The extensor proprius indicis arises from two thirds of the 
distal half of the interosseous border of the radius; it crosses the 
tendon of the ext. ind. et poll. to go to the base of the distal phalanx 
of the index. About the middle of its course through the hand, the 
tendon is joined by a slender muscular slip arising from the capsule 
of the tarso-metatarsal joint. 

29. Flexor indicis I arises from the deep surface of the proximal 
halfof the ulnar fascia, going over a groove in the ulna to the upper 
surface of the second phalanx of the index. 

30. Flexor indicis II arises from the proximal half of the deep 
surface of the ulna, and goes to the base of the second phalanx of 
the index. 

31. Brachialis anticus arises from the outer part of the anterior 
surface of the humerus, between the epicondylar ridges, and inserted 
to the inner margin of the ulna by a fleshy insertion two inches 
long. 

32. The pronator longus has a tendinous origin, superficially to 
all other muscles, from the inner condyle of the humerus ; its 
insertion into the humerus is very long. 

33. Pronator brevis lies below the long pronator, and has similar 
attachments. 

34. The supinator arises from the outer condyle above the extensor 
indicis et pollicis, and is inserted into about four inches of the superior 
margin of the radius. 

35. The extensor brevis pollicis arises from the proximal dorsal 
tubercles of the thumb metacarpal, and goes to the dorsal edge of 
the base of its phalanx. 

There are two abductors and one short flexor of the thumb. 


B. Muscues or tHe Hinp Lins. 


1. The sartorius arises from the antero-inferior margin of the 
crista ilii, and is not attached to any dorsal vertebra; it is inserted 
into the tibia on the inner side of the triceps tendon. 

2. The tensor fasci@ arises from the gluteal fascia in front of the 
acetabulum only in Lepéoptilus, though in some Storks (Ciconia) its 
origin extends behind the acetabulum. It is inserted into the fascia 
covering the rectus femoris. 

3. The diceps arises from nearly the whole of the postacetabular 
ridge of the ilium ; its tendon, after passing through the usual sling, 
goes to the fibula, about two and a half inches below the head. 


1883. ] ANATOMY OF PHGNICOPTERUS. 645 


4. The semitendinosus is rather narrow ; it arises from the tip of the 
postacetabular ridge of the ilium, and from the fascia between this 
and the pubis. It is inserted (1) into the tendon intersecting its 
accessorius ; and (2) into a flat tendon which passes round the 
accessorius to join the tendon of the semimembranosus. 

5. The semimembranosus arises from the hinder end of the 
ischium, and a small piece of the pubis. Its flat tendon receives, 
as has already been said, the tendon of the preceding muscle. 

6. The accessory semitendinosus arises from the point of insertion 
into the femur of the great adductors; it then goes to the tendon 
already mentioned, which receives on one side the semitendinosus, 
on the other its accessorius, and finally goes to join the middle head 
of the gastrocnemius. 

7. The ambiens is small ; it has the normal relations described by 
Garrod. 

8. There are three glutei, all of which are large. 

9. The obturator externus arises from the anterior half of the 
ischium behind the postacetabular foramen. Its origin is fleshy ; 
its upper surface is tendinous, covered by a thick and strong 
aponeurosis. 

10. The obturator internus has an oval origin ; round its tendon 
there is, as usual in birds, a single representative of the gemelli. 

11. The adductor longus is attached to the ischium behind the 
obturator foramen ; it is inserted into the linea aspera along the 
distal three fourths of the femur, the ventral face of the inner condyle, 
the capsular ligament of the knee-joint, and the head of the tibia. 

12. The adductor magnus arises from the external face of the 
adductor longus ; it is inserted along the outer edge of the middle 
third of the linea aspera, where it fuses with the accessory semi- 
tendinosus. 

13. The pectineus arises just internal to the gluteus quartus and 
is inserted on the inner side of the femur, between the rectus and 
vastus internus. 

14. The quadriceps femoris is made up of a fused rectus and vastus 
externus, the vastus internus being distinct. The last-named muscle, 
as well as joining the common tendon at the patella, has a small 
separate tendon going to the outer side of the tibial crest. 

15. The gastrocnemius arises by three heads:—(a) the inner arises 
from the tendon of the rectus, from the fascia covering the inner 
surface of the tibialis anticus, and from the cnemial crest of the tibia. 
It forms a large fleshy belly, which remains distinct from the rest 
of the muscle till the tendo Achillis. 

(6) The middle head arises by a flat narrow tendon between the 
condyles of the femur; it then forms a small belly, joined by the 
accessory semitendinosus, and then going to the outer head. 

(c) The outer head has a very short thin tendon arising from the 
outer condyle of the femur, between the biceps sling and the origin 
of the flexor perforatus et perforans. 

The result of this arrangement is that the muscle has a very curious 
shape, shown in the accompanying woodcut. 


646 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


16. The flexor perforatus et perforans arises by two heads—one 
from the outer condyle of the femur, just distal to the outer head 
of the gastrocnemius, and one from the fascia over the peroneus 
longus: the two heads are connected by a tendinous intersection. 
The two heads give rise to two separate tendons, which pass the ankle- 
joint on the inner side of the leg, just below the tendo Achillis. 
They supply the second and third digits. 

17. The flexor perforatus arises from the femur by a flat tendon 
from the inner condyle, and by a flesby head from the outer: these 
heads unite to form a fleshy belly, which receives two slips from the 
flexor perforatus et perforans. After receiving these slips the muscle 
splits into three tendons, which at the annular ligament are internal 
to the tendons of the flexor last described, and superficial to those of 
the flexor profundus. 

18. The flexor profundus arises from the whole length of the 
fibula and the adjacent parts of the tibia. Above, the tibial and 
fibular portions are more or less distinctly separable; and further 
down the belly the separation is continued by a tendinous raphe. 
There is a single tendon, which passes through the annular ligament 
below all the others. 

19. The flexor longus pollicis has the typical arrangement called 
‘‘ciconine”’ by Garrod. 

20. The peroneus longus arises from the crest of the tibia and 
from the fascia covering the tibialis anticus; also from the fascia 
between itself and the head of the gastrocnemius. All these origins 
are fleshy. A broad, flat tendon passes to the outside of the leg, at 
the ankle, through a special groove in the outer malleolus of the 
tibic-tarsus, joining the tendon of the flexor perforatus about a third 
of the way down the tarso-metatarse. Just before passing the ankle- 
joint the tendon gives off a broad flat ligament to the tibia. 

There is no peroneus brevis. 

21. The tibialis anticus arises from the outer condyle of the femur, 
from the upper and outer side of the cnemial crest of the tibia, and 
from the aponeurosis covering the extensor communis digitorum. 
The tendon passes superficially through the anterior annular ligament, 
and is inserted into a pit in the tarso-metatarsus about an inch below 
the joint. 

22. The extensor communis digitorum has a fleshy triangular origin 
from the inner border of the anterior face of the tibia for about tive 
inches: its tendon is first beneath, then internal to that of the 
tibialis anticus, and supplies the second, third, and fourth digits, 
but not the thumb. 

23. The plantaris arises from the inner side of the posterior surface 
of the tibia for about an inch ; its belly is very small; and its long 
slender tendon is inserted into the deep surface of the annular ligament. 

24. There are two poplitei. 

The short muscles of the foot are an abductor, an abductor indicis, 
a small flexor of the middle finger, and an abductor minimi digiti, 
on the dorsal side: on the ventral side are a short flexor of the 
hallux, and a short flexor of the second toe. 


1883. | ANATOMY OF PHNICOPTERUS. 647 


The foregoing account, without making any pretence to complete- 
ness, may serve as a standard of comparison in considering the myolo- 
gical affinities of the Flamingo. 

In the fore limb this animal agrees so closely with the Storks 
that it would be useless to go into any detailed description of its 
wing-muscles. 

The most important points of agreement, however, are the features 
of the pectoralis major and of the tendons of the tensores patagii. 
In Storks it is well known that the pectoralis major is divided into 
two or more layers, easily separable from one another, and that its 
attachment to the humerus forms a tendinous arch beneath which 
the brachial muscles pass from the coracoid to the arm. In 
Pheenicopterus Gadow' has shown that these features are exactly 
repeated ; and in Plate LX. fig. 7 I have drawn a Specimen in 
which it seems as if there were actually two distinct great pectorals 
Ineed hardly point out that this condition is absolutely unknown 
among Lamellirostres, 


Fig. 2. 


Diagram of tensores patagii in Phenicopterus, 


The ¢ensores patagii form in Pheenicopterus almost exactly the 
same figure as that found in Storks, as will be seen at once by com- 
paring fig. 2, E with Plate LX. fig. 6; while in the Duck, for 
example (see Plate LX. fig. 8), there is a marked difference from this 
type, neither tendon sending a slip down to the flexor carpi radialis, 
and the whole triangle of the patagium being filled by a strong, even 


aponeurosis, 
Journ. f. Ornithol. 1878. 


648 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [ Dec. 18, 


In the leg the agreement is not quite so close, the Flamingo 
having many muscular features of its own; but in those points in 


Fig. 3. 


qj 


iy  'N 
H'? 


Gastrocnemius and connexions: Ba, in Leptoptilus, Bb, in Phenicopterus, 
Be, in the Duck. 


a, inner, 6, middle, c, outer head of gastrocnemius; s.7, semitendinosus ; 
a.s.t., its aecessorius, In the Duck, Bi, biceps. 


which it does resemble other forms, it tends much more to the 
Ciconine than to the Anserine type. 
The sartorius is peculiar in being split up into three distinct por- 


1883.] ANATOMY OF PHNICOPTERUS. 649 


tions, separate in origin and insertion, but so situated that each has 
almost all the relations of the typical sartorius. 

Of the tensor fascie only the post-acetabular portion is left. 

The biceps, semimembranosus, and semitendinosus closely resemble 
those of the Storks, as does also the mode of union of the accessory 
semitendinosus with the gastrocnemius. 

There are two distinct adductors, as in Storks, while in many, if 
not in all, Geese there is only one. 

The ambiens is small, and simply joins the flexor perforatus in the 
leg ; while in Anatide it acquires a connexion with the tibia on the 
one hand, and with both the flexors on the other. 


Diagrams of origin of flexor perforatus: Ca, in Leptoptilus, Cb, in Pheni- 
copterus, Cc, in the Duck. 
Fe, Attachment to femur; Fe.P.P, slips to flexor perforatus et perforans. In 


Duck, Am., ambiens tendon; 7Zi., its tibial insertion ; F.Prof., one belly 
of flexor profundus. 


The three-headed origin of the gastrocnemius, and its mode of 
union with the accessory semitendinosus are also essentially Stork-like. 
Inthe Duck, for example, where there is no accessory semitendinosus, 
there are only éwo heads to the gastrocnemius, the inner of which 
receives a muscular slip from the tendon of the biceps. 

These relations will be easily understood on comparing in fig. 3, 
p- 648, Ba and Bé with Be. 

The long flexors of the leg are also very Stork-like. 

The flexor perforatus in Phcenicopterus arises by four heads, one 


659 MR. W. F. R. WELDON ON THE [Dec. 18, 


of which is fused with the flexor perforatus et perforans. This mode 
of origin is very similar to that of Storks; while in the Duck, for 
example, there are two heads attached to the femur, and a third to 
the ambiens tendon. 

These conditions are shown in fig. 4, p. 649. 

The flecor profundus is perfectly simple both in Storks and in 
the Flamingo ; while in the Ducks (fig. 5) it has a complicated origin 
by four heads—namely, one from the femur, one from the outer and 
one from the inner side of the tibia, and one from the ambiens tendon, 


Fig. 5. 


Tt. 


Origin of flexor profundus in Duck. 
Ti., insertions to tibia; other letters as in fig. 4. 


which does no¢ simply fuse with the belly of the flexor, but goes to 
the tibia, and gives attachment to two distinct fleshy bellies, one for 
each long flexor. 

The accessory femoro-caudal of Phwnicopterus is extremely small ; 
and the possession of this muscle together with the absence of a 


1883.) ANATOMY OF PH@NICOPTERUS. 651 


long flexor of the hallux are almost the only points in which it differs 
from a Stork. 

In conclusion I may point out an osteological comparison of some 
importance, which so far as I can learn has not been noticed. 

In the group of Storks the number of dorsal vertebra is very 
constantly five, of which one is covered by the ilium, the “sacral” 
vertebra (all those between the last dorsal and first free caudal) 
being as constantly fourteen, while the free caudals, excluding the 
pygostyle, are five or six in number. 

The following table shows the relations in this respect of 
Storks, Flamiagoes, and those Geese which I have examined. 


| | 
Genus. Dorsal. Sacral. | Caudal. 
Storks. 
(Or cfar nk On a ae coe 441 | 14 H 6 
Wonttaltiay Tse: s<sestetcl-eccees 441 | 14 | 6 
eProp thus’ .c:ccccesesse see. | 4+1 14 6 
PR DOIN e205 onsets ecaahneee 5+1 14 6 
Xenorhyncha ............... | 441 14 iy 
Pheenicopterus ruber ...... | 542 14 6 
antiquorum ............ | 5+1 14 6 
Geese. / | 
Plectropterus ............... | d+3 13 i 
IBErnielae Riaseeaetsevtc oneee 444 13 ‘G 
Dendrocygna ............... | 542 18 6 
Sarcidionis 22275: 2050 | 54+3 13 | 6 
(Widener eoys.c.suses.cceteces- 5+3 14 7 
sHltaliprulace sees csics- cores lmeesiet 3 13 | 7 
OY GUUS. 5. cc scs.csteeeceesie es | 54+38 15 7 


[In this table the dorsal vertebrae are separated by the + sign: 
those in front of it being free, those behind it being covered by the 
jlium. Thus 5+3 means five free dorsal vertebree and three 
covered by the ilium. | 

Further, in all the above-named Storks and in Phenicopterus 
the radius is more than twice as long as the first metacarpal, while in 
all the Geese that I have examined it is less than twice as long. 

I think, therefore, that while the skull and larynx of Phenico- 
pterus, together with its webbed feet and the characters of its bill, 
undoubtedly connect it with the Lamellirostres, yet the rest of its 
organs—its air-cells, its muscles, its alimentary canal, its vertebral 
column, and the characters of its wing-bones—show close relation- 
ship with the Storks. 

In fact, if we assume that the typical Chenomorphe are descended 
from a group similar to that now represented by the Screamers, with 
their simple desmognathism and complete muscle-formula, we may 


ac 


652 ON THE ANATOMY OF PHa@NICOPTERUS.  [Dec. 18, 


place Phenicopterus in the same sort of relation to the typical 
Pelargomorphs, thus :— 


Palamedeide. 


Typical EMBED 5. sin | | \ Phenicopterus. 
Dysporomorphe. 
Pelargomorphe. 


a relationship which is exactly expressed by the term Amphimorphe 
of Professor Huxley. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES LIX. AND LX. 


Puate LIX, 


1. Shoulder-muscles of Ciconia maguari; outer view. 
2. Thigh of Phenicopterus ; outer side. 

3. Thigh of Leptoptilus argala; outer side. 

4, Calf-muscles of Phenicopterus. 


Prater LX. 


Fig. 5. Calf muscles of Leptoptilus. 
6. Arm-muscles of Leptoptilus, showing arrangement of tensores 
patagii. 
7. Dissection of pectoralis major of Phenicopterus. 
8. Tensor patagii of Duck. 


Complete list of reference-letters :— 
An. Anconeous longus. 
a.s.t. Accessory semitendinosus. 
Bi. Biceps. 
bi!. Reflected tendon of biceps-sling. 
c.b.,, ¢-b.. Coracobrachialis. 
D1. D.E. Tnternal and external deltoids. 
Fi. perf. Flexor perforatus. 
Fl. prof. Flexor profundus. 
Fi.p.p. Flexor perforatus et perforans. 
g, 9,- Gastrocnemius. 
ld. Latissimus dorsi; /d,, /d,, its anterior and posterior divisions. 
P.M.,, P.M., Divisions of great pectoral. 
P. II. Second pectoral. 
s.t. Semitendinosus. 
s.m. Semimembranosus. 
t.p.l., tp.b. Tensores patagii. 
tf. Tensor fascie. 


©. 10804 DP) Tw 
oO IS8 rd LIX 


FL Prof 


Bidon ad naw. del. Hanhart imp. 
ANATOMY OF PHO: NICOPTERUS. 


P.Z.5.1883 2R GR 


Hanhart imp. 


W.F R-Weldon ad nab. del 


ANATOMY OF PH NICOPTERUS. 


Le 


a 
= 7 
. . 
“ ‘ e 
' — 
aes 
~ ~ . 
* 
' - 
7 
+ 
bes 


we whe 


ld ay cat 
—. x ae 
' » oe 
} 
H 
ts 
?r} £ 


+ 


es 
Wy 


1883.] MR. SCLATER ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN PASSERES. 653 


5. Descriptions of five apparently new Species of South- 
American Passeres. By P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., 
F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. 


[Received December 17, 1883.] 
(Plate LXI.) 


The subjoined descriptions are based upon specimens that have 
remained long in my cabinet under MS. names only. Having 
identified with these specimens examples in other collections and 
thereby given currency to the names, I think it may produce confu- 
sion if I delay the publication of the specific characters of the species 
any longer. 


1. BASILEUTERUS FRASERI, sp. nov. (Plate LX1.) 


Basileuterus chrysogaster, Scl. P. Z.S. 1859, p. 137, et 1860, 
p- 273, et 1865, p. 284, et Cat. A. B. p. 35. 

Supra schistaceus, interscapulio olivacescente; subtus omnino 

flavus ; pileo nigro, semicristato, intus medialiter flavo aut auran- 
tiaco ; macula ante-oculari indistincta fulva ; rostro nigro, pedi- 
bus pallidis. Long. tota 5:0, ale 2°5, caude 2). 

Hab. Western Ecuador, Pallatanga and Babahoyo (Fraser). 

Mus. P. L. 8. 

M. Taczanowski assures me that the Setophaga chrysogaster of 
Tschudi, to which I have hitherto referred this species, is the same 
as Bosileuterus diachlorus of Cabanis. It is therefore necessary to 
give a new name to the present bird, and I propose to call it after the 
collector who first discovered it. 


2. CALLISTE CYANOPYGIA, Sp. nov. 

Calliste cyaneicollis, Scl. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 452; 1860, p. 292. 

Nitenti-nigra ; capite toto (nisi in loris) cum gutture et dorso postico 

nitide ceruleis, ventre medio et lateribus purpureo lavatis; alis 
caudaque nigris ceruleo limbatis, illarum tectricibus ad ipsos 
margines viridescenti-argenteo micantibus ; rostro et pedibus 
nigris. Long. tota 4°77, ale 2°7, caude, paulum furcate, 1°8. 

Hab. Western Ecuador, Esmeraldas (Fraser). 

Mus. P. L. 8. 

Under the name above given I have for some time distinguished 
the form of Calliste cyaneicollis which prevails in Western Ecuador. 
It is readily separable from the typical C. cyaneicollis of Bolivia by 
having the whole of the lower back of the same shining blue as the 
head and neck instead of silvery green. The edgings of the wings are 
likewise blue in C. eyanopygia, with only the extreme outer margins 
of the wing-coverts tinged with green, instead of being altogether of 
a shining green as in C. cyaneicollis. 

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLII. 43 


654 ON NEW SOUTH-AMERICAN PASSERES. [Dec. 18. 


3. CNIPODECTES MINOR, Sp. nov. 


Cnipodectes subbrunneus, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 281. 


Similis C. subbrunneo ex Aquatoria occidentali, sed statura minore 
et colore corporis superi, precipue in capite, saturatiore brunneo 
distinguendus. 

Hab. Eastern Peru, Chamicurros (Bartlett). 

Mus. P. L. 8. 

I had not ventured to distinguish my single specimen of this bird 
from its larger western representative. But M. Taczanowski, who is 
engaged on a general work on the birds of Peru, has lately convinced 
me of its difference, and has requested me to assign a name to if. 


4, AUTOMOLUS RUBIDUS, Sp. nov. 


Supra terreno-fuscus ; pileo, capitis lateribus, uropygio et cauda 
rujis; alis evtus rufescentibus, tectricibus dorso concoloribus ; 
subtus dilutior, in ochraceum transiens ; crisso rufo ; subalaribus 
et remigum marginibus internis cinnamomeo-rujis ; rostri man- 
dibula superiore cornea, inferiore albicante; pedibus pallide 
Juscis. Long. tota 8°3, ale 3:9, caude rotundate rectr. med, 3°5, 
ext. 2:8, rostri a rictu (linea directa) 1°2. 

Hab. Brazil (2), 

Mus. P. . S. 

Obs. Species crassitie A. rubiginosi, sed rostro tenulore incurviore, 

et pileo rufo insignis. 

My single specimen of this fine large species was obtained at the 
dispersal of the Eyton collection, and is labelled ‘‘ Brazil, Leadbeater, 
1850.” It is marked in Eyton’s handwriting ‘““dnumbius ruber, 
d’Orb.,” but is altogether a different bird. 

It has a rather thin and incurved bill for Automolus, but I know 
not where else to place it. 


5. ANABAZENOPS OLEAGINEUS, sp. nov. 


Supra pallide olivaceus, in alis extus viv brunneo tinctus ; subtus 
cineraceo-olivaceus, maculis elongatis albidis preecipue in pectore 
aspersus ; gutture, superciliis irregularibus et capitis lateribus 
Sulvescenti-albis ; cauda tota rufo-castanea unicolore ; subalari- 
bus et remigum marginibus internis cinnamomeis ; rostro plumbeo 
ad basin albicante; pedibus corylinis. Long. tota 6°5, ale 3:2, 
caude rectr. med. 3°1, ext. 2°3. 

Hab. Northern States of Argentine Republic: Parand (Page in 

U.S.N.M.); Catamarca (2. W. White). 

Oés. Similis A. rufo-superciliato ex Brasilia, sed colore corporis 
superi olivaceo nec brunneo, et maculis pectoris clare definitis dis- 
tinguendus. 

This southern form of A. rufo-superciliatus seems readily distin- 
guishable by the characters above pointed out. The first examples 
of it met with were sent to me by the authorities of the U.S. National 
Museum for identification. I subsequently obtained specimens from 
Mr. E. W. White’s duplicates of the same species. 


BASILEU 


F 


> f/ 
a\l 


ASHER. 


\ 


Hanhant 


imp 


APPENDIX. 


LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE 


an, Ls 


10. 


DURING THE YHAR 


1883. 


2 Bronze Fruit-Pigeons (Carpophaga enea). Presented by 
Mrs. A. H. Jamrach. 

1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), $. Presented by Capt. 
Connor. 

4 Wood-Thrushes (Turdus mustelinus), Purchased. 

2 Cirl Buntings (Emberiza cirlus). Purchased. 


. 1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by Mr. T. Keen. 


1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons), 2. Purchased. 


. 2 Crested Grebes (Podiceps cristatus). Purchased. 


1 Razorbill (Alea torda), Purchased. 
1 Bar-tailed Godwit (Zimosa lapponica). Purchased. 
1 Golden-winged Woodpecker (Colaptes auratus). Purchased. 


. 4 Barred-shouldered Doves (Geopelia humeralis). Presented by 


Ernest L. Bentley, Esq. 

1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre- 
sented by Mrs. K. Digby. 

1 Cape Bucephalus (Bucephalus capensis). Presented by H. 
Pillans, Esq. 


. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), ¢. Presented by Mr. C, 


James. 

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas). Presented by J. S. 
Crow, Esq. 

1 Common Otter (Zutra vulgaris), Presented by E. P. Squarey, 


Esq. 

1 Grened Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma coronatum). Presented 
by Martin R. de Selincourt, Esq. 

1 Black-necked Hare (Lepus nigricollis), ¢. Presented by W. 
Bowden Smith, Esq. 


. 1 Indian Antelope (Antilope cervicapra), 2. Presented by Capt. 


R. Brooke Hunt. 


. 1 Bohor Antelope (Cervicapra bohor), 2. Presented by W. J. 


Evelyn, Esq. . 
1 Larger Hill-Mynah (Gracula intermedia). Presented by Mrs. 
M. B. Manuel. ‘ ; 
1 Indian Black Cuckoo (Zudynamis orientalis). + uschseed, 
43 


656 
Jan, 13. 


14, 
17. 


18. 


19. 


20. 


22. 


23, 


24, 


26 


- 


31. 


APPENDIX. 


1 Common Adder (Vipera berus), Presented by J. Harris, Esq. 
3 Passenger Pigeons (Eetopistes migratorius), Presented by F. 
J. Thompson, Esq. 

1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), §. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Great Barbet (Megalema virens). Purchased. 

1 Silky Starling (Stwrnus sericeus). Purchased. 

2 Grey Thrushes ( Zwrdus cardis). Purchased. See P.Z.S, 1883, 

32 


12 Red-sided Tits (Parus varius). Purchased. See P.Z.S. 1883, 
. 32. 
1 Long-eared Owl (Asto otus), Presented by — Dyer, Esq. 
1 Black-footed Penguin (Spheniscus demersus). Presented by 
John Wormald, Esq. 


2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus),2¢. Presented by 
J. Steel, Esq. 


1 Yellowsshouldered Weaver-bird (Huplectes capensis), . Pur- 
chased. 

1 Orange-winged Dove (Leptoptila ochroptera). Presented by 
C, A. Craven, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 West-Indian Rail (Aramides cayennensis). Presented by E. 
H. Blomefield, Esq. 

1 Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus). Purchased. 

3 Razorbills (Alca torda). Purchased. 

1 Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). Purchased. 

1 Razorbill (Alea torda). Purchased. 

1 Red-footed Falcon (Erythropus vespertinus). Presented by W. 
A. Newnham, Esq. 

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), Q. Presented by J. N. 
Flatau, Esq. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Deposited. 

2 Grey-breasted Parrakeets (Bolborhynchus monachus). Pre- 
sented by Thomas Peacock, Esq. 

1 Water Chevyrotain (Hyomoschus aquaticus). Born in the 
Menagerie. 

1 European Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mrs. M. 
B. Manuel, 

2 Pileated Jays ( Cyanocorax pileatus). Presented by Capt. Gamble. 

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristatus). Presented by Joseph 
J. Doke, Esq. 

1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), §. Deposited. 

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). Pre- 
sented by Mrs. Norman. 

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by Gordon 
8. Northcote, Esq. 


Feb. 1. 1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycteris collaris). Bora in the Me- 


nagerie. 
1 Roseate Cockatoo ( Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by Mrs. Sims, 
1 Blue-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis celigena). Purchased. 


1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by C. H. 
Webster, Esq. 


. 4 Ceylonese Terrapins (Clemmys trijuga). Deposited. 


4 Bungoma River-Turtles (Emyda granosa). Deposited. 

2 Four-horned Antelopes (Tetraceros quadricornis). Born in the 
Menagerie. 

1 Globose Curassow (Crax globicera), 9. Deposited. 

2 Maximilian’s Parrots (Pionus maximiliant). Purchased. 


Feb. 5, 


10. 


18. 
15. 


16. 


Ilys 


19. 
21. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 657 
5 Ring-hals Snakes (Sepedon hemachates). Born in the Mena- 
gerie. 
2 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Presented by W. K. Stanley, 
E 


sq. 
1 Oak Dormouse (Myoxus dryas), Presented by Mons, A. 
Wyrzesniouski, 
2 Brant Geese (Bernicla brenta). Purchased. 
1 Red-throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis), Purchased. 
1 Crowned Hawk-Eagle (Spizaétus coronatus). Purchased. 


. 2 Philantomba Antelopes (Cephalophus maxwell), g and 9. 


Purchased. 


- 4Impeyan Pheasants (Lophophorus impeyanus), 1g and 39. 


Deposited. 
1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis). Deposited. 


» 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs. 


Lynch. 


‘1 Brant Goose (Bernicla brenta), Presented by J. C. Robinson, 


Es 


q. 
» 2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus), g and 2. Presented 


by A. Pariss, Esq. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by 
T. W. Davidson, Esq. 

2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Capt. 0. R. 
Suckling. 

4 Snow-Buntings (Plectrophanes nivalis), 3 $ and19. Purchased. 

2 Hybrid Peccaries (bred between Dicotyles labiatus G and Di- 
cotyles tajagu 2). Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by 
Miss M. Sutton. 

1 Black Lemur (Lemur macaco), $. Presented by the Rey. F. 
Wood. 

1 Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi), 2. Received in exchange. See 
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 73. 

A Collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased. 

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), §. Presented by 
J. F. Wiiliams, Esq. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited. 

1 Punjab Wild Sheep (Ows cycloceros), $. Presented by Lieut.- 
Col. C. S. Sturt, C.M.Z.8. 

3 Stump-tailed Lizards (Trachydosaurus rugosus). Purchased. 

1 Thar (Capra jemlaca), 3 jr. Presented by Lieut.-Col. Alex. 
A. A. Kinloch, A.Q.M.G., C.M.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 78, 

1 Blyth’s Tragopan (Certorms blytht), 3. Presented by Capt. 
W. Brydon. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 74. 

1 Fytch’s Francolin (Bambusicola fytchi). Presented by Capt. 

- don, 

1 Small ‘Hill Mynah (Gracula rehigiosa). Presented by Dr. 
Rogers W. Taylor. 

1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited. 

1 Lump Fish (Cyclopterus lumpus). Presented by Mr. W. K. 
Stanley. 

2 Glomman Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Donald 
F. Mackenzie, Esq. 

2 Brazilian Caracaras (Polyborus brasiliensis), Presented by 
Donald F. Mackenzie, Esq. 

5 Long-fronted Gerbilles (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the 
Menagerie. 


658 


APPENDIX. 


Feb, 21, 1 Cirl Bunting (Emberiza cirlus), ¢. Purchased. 


Mar. 


22 
23 


iY(- 


1 Rook (Corvus frugilegus). Presented by C. L. Sutherland, Esq. 
1 Common Magpie (Pica caudata). Presented by C. L. Suther- 
land, Esq. 
et antici Wankcoy (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited. 
. 1 Humboldt’s Saki (Pithecta monachus). Purchased. 
1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea), ¢. Purchased. 
2 Red-vented Bulbuls (Pycnonotus hemorrhous). Purchased. 
1 Crested Black Eagle (Lophoaétus occipitalis). Purchased. 
. 1 Zebu (Bos indicus), . Born in the Menagerie. y 
. 1 Common Magpie (Pica rustica), Presented by C. Davis, Esq. 
1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Liemetis tenuirostris). Presented 
by A. Anderson, Esq. 
1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 2. Presented by Mrs. A. Harley. 
. 1 Black Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by Mr. H. B. Stott. 


. 1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus), 2. Presented 
by Miss Bibby. 


. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by 


Miss Annie Maud Davis. . 
1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus), §. Presented by Miss 
Grace Gordon Clark. 


. 1 Tawny Eagle (Aquila nevioides), Presented by Roland Trimen, 


Ksq., F.Z.8. 
1 Curlew (Numenius arquata). Purchased. 
1 Golden Plover (Charadrius pluvialis), Purchased. 


. 1 Gaimard’s Rat-Kangaroo (Hypsiprymnus gaimardi), 2. Born 


in the Menagerie. 
1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 6. Presented by C. F. 
Henshaw, Esq. 


. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Miss Ella 


Vicars. 


. 1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by F. C. H. 


Dadswell, Esq. 
4 Prairie-Grouse (Tetrao cupido). Presented by Henry Nash, 


Esq. 
. 8 Common Swans (Cygnus olor), Presented by J. Hargreaves, 


Ks 


. 1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus). Deposited. 


1 North-American Turkey (Meleagris gallopavo), ¢. Presented 
by His Grace the Duke of Argyll, K.T., F.R.S. 
1 Daubenton’s Curassow (Cra daubentoni), 2. Presented by 
Rowland Ward, Esq., F.Z.S. 
. 3 Coypu Rats (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie. 
. 2 Black Swans (Cygnus atratus). Bred in the Gardens. 
. 1 Axis Deer (Cervus avis), ¢. Born in the Gardens. 
2 Prairie-Grouse (Tetvao cupido), Presented by Henry Nash, 


Eisq. 
. 1 Common Squirrel (Seiwrus vulgaris). Presented by Mrs. 


Campbell. 

1 Dingo (Canis dingo). Born in the Gardens. 

iL meee Seal (Phoca vitulina), Presented by W. Whiteley, 

Sq. 

2 aeren Seals (Phoca vitulina). Deposited. 

3 Common Sheldrakes (Zadorna vulpanser), 1 g and 2 Q. 
Purchased. 

3 Common Pintails (Dajila acuta),1 g and2Q. Purchased, 


Mar. 17, 


18. 
19, 


20. 
21. 


22. 
24, 


27. 


28. 


29. 


30, 


31. 


April 2. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 659 


4 Chilian Pintails (Dajfila spinicauda), 4 g. Purchased. 

2 Bahama Ducks (Dafila bahamensis),1g and 29. Purchased. 

2 Chiloe Wigeons (Mareca chiloensis), $ and Q. Purchased. 

4 Shovellers (Spatula clypeata), 1 g and 8 9. Purchased. 

9 Summer Ducks (Aix sponsa), 3 G and 6 9. Purchased. 

6 Mandarin Ducks (Aix galericulata),2 g and4 9. Purchased. 

6 Common Trout (Salmo fario). Presented by Mr, Stanley 
Wilson. 

6 Common Squirrels (Seirus vulgaris), Purchased. 

2 Robben-Island Snakes (Coronella phocarum). Purchased. 

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus). Purchased. 

3 Sirens (Stren lucertina). Presented by Dr. G. E. Manigault, 
C.M.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 178. 

1 Gayal (Bibos frontalis), 3. Born in the Menagerie, 

1 Common Wigeon (Mareca penelope), $. Presented by Lieut.- 
Col. C. Birch Reynardson. 

1 Olive Weaver-bird (Hyphantornis capensis). Presented by 
Mr. Edward Ling. 

1 Sambur Deer (Cervis aristotelis), 9. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Axis Deer (Cervus axis), 9. Born in the Menagerie. 

2 Sea-Mice (Aphrodite aculeata). Presented by Mrs. A. 
Browning-Priestley. 

1 Sharp-tailed Grouse (Tetrao phasianellus), Presented by 
Henry Nash, Esq. 

1 Red-vented Parrot (Pionus menstruus). Purchased. 

2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), ¢ and 2. Deposited. 

1 Arabian Baboon (Cynocephalus hamadryas), 9. Presented 
by Mr. T. E. Goodner. 

1 Grey Teetee (Callithriz gigo), 2. Purchased. See P.Z.S, 
1883, p. 178. 

1 Grey Lemur (Hopalemur griseus), ¢. Purchased. See P.Z.S. 
1883, p. 178. 

1 Long-eared Fox (Otocyon lalandii), Purchased. 


1 Common Squirrel (Seiwrus vulgaris),2. Presented by Miss 
A. M. Frost. 


. 1 Common Pintail (Dajfila acuta), 3. Presented by Frank 


Seago, Es 


q: 
. 1 Red-headed Woodpecker (Melanerpes erythrocephalus). Pur- 


chased. 

1 Radiated Tortoise (Testwdo radiata). Presented by Com. 
Marks, R.N. 

1 Black Saki (Pithecta satanas), 2. Purchased. 

1 Brazilian Blue Grosheak (Guzraca eerulea). Purchased. 

1 White-bellied Parrot (Caiea leucogastra). Purchased. 

4 Harlequin Quails (Coturnix histrionica),2 ¢ and2 2. Pur- 
chased. 

1 Talapoin Monkey (Cercopithecus talapoin), §. Purchased. 

4 Saffron Finches (Sycalis flaveola), 3 § and 19. Purchased. 


. L Grey Lag Goose (Anser ferus), Presented by Vincent W. 


Corbett, Esq. 

4 Palmated Newts (Zriton palmipes). Presented by Mr. J. BE. 
Kelsall. 

6. 1 Leonine Monkey (Macacus leoninus), 3. Presented by A. 
G. Henry, Esq. 


. 1 Mule Deer (Cervus macrotis), 2. Presented by Dr. Caton, 


C.M.ZS. See P.Z.S. 1888, p. 346, 


660 


APPENDIX. 


April 9. 1 Common Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by the Earl of Eldon. 


10. 


ile 


12. 
14, 


16, 


17. 
18. 


19 


20, 


21. 


23. 


2 White-fronted Capuchin Monkeys (Cebus albifrons), g and 9. 
Presented by Mr. H. Smith. 

2 ere Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie), Gg and 2. De- 

osited. 

2 Eeavists Pheasants (Phastanus reevesi), Gand?. Purchased. 

3 Lions (Felis leo), 1 3 and 29. Purchased. 

1 Great Black Cockatoo (Microglossa aterrima). Purchased. 
See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 346. 

1 Lanner Falcon (Falco lanarius). Presented by Major J. H. 
Hussey. 

1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris), ¢. Purchased. 

5 Mississippi Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented 
by Thomas Baring, Esq. 

3 Wall-Lizards (Lacerta muralis), Presented by Henry Garle, 
Esq., F.Z.8. 

2 ene Snakes (Tropidonotus natriv). Presented by 
Lord Londeshorough, F.Z.S. 

1 Rough Fox (Canis rudis). Presented by G. H. Hawtayne, 
Esq., C.M.Z.S. From Guiana. 

1 Arabian Gazelle (G'azella arabica), 2. Presented by J. 
Sewell, Esq. 

1 White-backed Piping Crow (Gymnorhina leuconota), Pur- 
chased. 

1 Wood-Owl (Syrniwm aluco), Presented by Capt. E. Hall. 

3 Weasels (Mustela vulgaris). Presented by Mr. George ane 

1 Palmated Newt (Zriton palmipes), Presented by Mr. J. 
Kelsall. 

1 Leopard (Felis pardus), 2. Presented by A. P. Marsden, 
Esq. 

1 Leopard (Felis pardus), §.. Deposited. 

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Naswa rufa). Presented by Mr. E. Dance. 

1 Gannet (Sula bassana), Deposited. 

1 Small Hill-Mynah (Gracula religiosa). Deposited. 

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacactua galerita). De- 
posited. 

1 Ocelot (Helis pardalis), Presented by C. G. Leith, Esq. 

1 Bluish Shrew (Crocidura cerulescens). Purchased. See 
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 346. 

1 Iceland Falcon (Falco islandus). Purchased. 

2 Porto Rico Pigeons (Columba corensis). Presented by C. A. 
Craven, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Presented by William 
Paterson, Esq. 

1 Osprey (Pandion haliaetus). Presented by Dr. Plummer. 

1 White-bellied Sea-Hagle (Haliaetus leucogaster). Presented 
by the Hon. W. Macleay. 

1 Stair’s Ground-Dove (Phlegenas stairt). Presented by E. P. 
Ramsay, Esq., C.M.Z.8. 

2 Common Rheas (Rhea americana), Presented by John Fair, 

sq. 

1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis), Presented by Fleetwood 
Sandeman, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 White Gannet (Sula piscator). Deposited. 

1 Ashy-black Macaque (Macacus ocreatus). Deposited. 

6 Brown Newts (Spelerpes fuscus). Presented by Prof. H. H, 
Giglioli, C.M.Z.S, 


April 24. 


25. 
26. 
27, 


28. 
30. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 661 


1 Great Ant-eater (Myrmecophaga jubata). Purchased. 

1 Leopard (Felis pardus), g. Presented by Capt. Perey Lux- 
more, R.N., C.B. 

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Dudley Sheri- 
dan, Esq. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by H. 

Wainwright, Esq. 
1 Brown Bear (Ursus arctos), g. Presented by C. T. Kettle- 


well, Esq. 

2 Edible Snails (Helix pomatia). Presented by Lieut.-Col. C. 
8. Sturt, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Common Badger (Meles tarus). Presented by J. Snowdon 
Henry, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Senegal Parrot (Pwocephalus senegalensis). Deposited. 

1 Common Sparrow-Hawk (Accipiter nisus), ¢. Purchased. 

1 Woodcock (Scolopax rusticula). Presented by Capt. Nicholls. 

1 Eland (Oreas canna), 2. Born in the Menagerie. 

3 Indian Gazelles (Gazella bennetti). Presented by Capt. H. G. 
Hope Edwards. 

2 Horned Lizards (Phrynosoma cornutum). Presented by John 
G. Witte, Esq. 


» 1 Common Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by A. 


Lidbury, Esq. 
1 Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by Mrs. W. Duncan. 


» 1 Common Rhea (Rhea americana), Presented by F. R. S. 


Balfour, Esq. 


» 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomoigus), g. Presented by 


Mrs. Florence A. Hill. 

1 Black Wolf (Canis niger), 3. Presented by Major Frederick 
Clowes to the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta, from which in- 
stitution it was received in exchange. 


. 2 Natterjack Toads (Bufo calamita). Purchased. 


4 Marbled Newts (Molge marmoratus). Purchased. 

4 Alpine Newts (Molge alpestris). Purchased. 

4 Short-nosed Sea-Horses (Hippocamus antiquorum). Pur- 
chased. 

A Collection of Sea-Anemones. Purchased. 

2 Viverrine Cats (Felis viverrina). Deposited. 

1 Indian Otter (Lutra nair). Deposited. 

1 Indian Darter (Plotus melanogaster). Deposited. 

1 Hamilton’s Terrapin (Clemmys hamilton). Deposited. 

3 Thurgi Terrapins (Clemmys thurgi). Deposited. 

1 Amboina Box-Tortoise (Cwora ambotnensis). Deposited. 


. 2 Beavers (Castor canadensis). Deposited. 
. 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennett’), 2. Born in the 


Menagerie. 
1 Bladder-nosed Seal (Cystophora cristata). Deposited. 


» 1 Yellow-whiskered Lemur (Lemur xanthomystar). Purchased. 


1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus), Presented by Mrs, An- 
drews. 

1 Cocteau’s Skink (Macroscincus cocteauii). Presented by Ed- 
mund KE. St. Aubyn, Esq. 

1 Carpet-Viper (Zchis carinata). Presented by Col. ©. 8. 
Sturt, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Crowned Snake (Zamenis diadema). Presented by Col. C. 8, 
Sturt, C.M.Z.S. 


Lie 


18. 


19. 


21. 


22. 


23, 


24, 


APPENDIX. 


1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Mr. W. H. B. 


Pain. 
. 1 Long-fronted Gerbille (Gerbillus longifrons). Born in the 


Menagerie. ; 
1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus). Presented by Mr. F. J. Wicks. 


. 1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa). Presented by Ernest Francis, 


Esq. 

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Presented by Ernest 
Francis, Esq. 

1 Bateleur Eagle (Helotarsus ecaudatus). Purchased. 


. 2 Germain’s Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron germaini), 3 and 9 . 


Purchased. 


. 1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Deposited. 
. 1 King v 


ulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased. 

2 Green Monkeys (Cercopithecus callitrichus). Presented by T. 
H. Dixon, Esq. 

1 Long-eared Owl (Aso otus), Presented by the Rey. H. D. 
Grantham. 

1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by Mr. W. H. 
B. Pain. 

1 Proteus (Proteus anguinus). Presented by Miss Maud Howard. 

1 Cabot’s Tragopan (Ceriornis caboti), 2. Purchased. See 
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 388. 

7 Black-and- Yellow Cyclodus ( Cyclodus nigroluteus). Presented 
by Baron Ferdinand von Mueller, C.M.Z.S. 

3 Green-winged Doves ( Chalcophaps indica). Deposited. 

2 Grisons (Galictis vittata). Presented by P. K. Slaney, Esq. 

2 Welsh Sheep (Ovvs aries), ¢ 2. Deposited. 

1 Grey-headed Porphyrio (Porphyrio poliocephala). Purchased. 

1 Hybrid Tapir (between Tapirus roulint $ and Tapirus ameri- 
canus 9), 2. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Corn-Crake (Crex pratensis). Presented by J. H. Gurney, 
Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by H. 
W. Weguelin, Esq. 

1 Conical Worm-Snake (Gongylophis conicus). Purchased. 

1 Surucucu or Bush-master (Lachesis mutus). Presented by J. 
Y. Barkley, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 388. 

1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 3. Deposited. 

4 Pygmy Hogs (Porcula salvania). Born in the Menagerie. 
See P. Z. S. 1883, p. 388, pl. xliii. 

1 Goffin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffint). Deposited. 

1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), ¢. Presented 
by C. D. Gordon, Esq. 

2 Sloth Bears (Melursus labiatus). Presented by F. A. Curteis, 


Esq. 
1 Common Seal (Phoca vitulina). Purchased. 


. 5 Margined Tortoises (Testudo marginata). Deposited. 


13 European Tortoises (Emys europea). Deposited. 


. 1 Egyptian Cat (Felis chaus). Presented by R. Glyn Griffiths, 
Esq. 
. 3 Common Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by Mr. Fred. 


Houghton. 


‘1 Red-legged Partridge (Caccabis rufa). Purchased. 
. 2 American Siskins (Chrysomitris tristis). Purchased. 


2 Black Larks (Melanocorypha nigra). Purchased. 
1 Cerastes Viper ( Vipera cerastes). Purchased. 


June 1, 


Oo CO SS Do 


10. 


11. 


12. 


13. 


14, 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 663 


2 Pig-tailed Monkeys iacecis nemestrinus). Presented by 
H.H. The Rajah of Sarawak. 

4 Lacertine Snakes (Colopeltis lacertina). Deposited. 

1 Horseshoe Snake (Zamenis hippocrepis). Deposited. 

1 Pleurodele Newt (Plewrodeles walli). Deposited. 


. 1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus), 2. Deposited. 


1 Buffon’s Touracou (Corythaix buffont). Purchased. 
2 Varied Hemipodes (Turnix varia), g and Q. Purchased. 
2 Bronze-winged Parrots (Pionus chalcopterus). Purchased. 


. 4 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phasianus ellioti), 2 § and 2 Q. De- 


posited. 
5 Ceylonese Terrapins (Clemmys trijuga). Deposited. 
4 Bungoma River-Turtles (Emyda granosa). Deposited. 


. 1 King Parrakeet (Aprosmictus scapulatus), §. Presented by 
Mrs, Lewin. 
10 Australian Wild Ducks (Anas superciliosa), Bred in the 


Gardens. 


ol Celia a (Morelia variegata). Purchased. 
. 2 Duyker Boks ( Cephalophus mergens),3 and Q. Presénted by 


H. H. Trevor, Esq. 


. 1 Orang-Outang (Simia satyrus), 2. Presented by J.M. Ver- 


mont, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1885, p. 463. 


. 1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre- 


sented by J. Snowdon Henry, Esq., F.Z.S. 


. 1 Philippine Paradoxure (Paradoxurus philippensis). Presented 


by A. Burgess, Esq. 

2 Aye-Ayes (Chiromys madagascariensis). Deposited. 

2 Viperine Snakes (Tropidonotus viperinus). Presented’by J. C 
J. Church, Esq. 

1 Dark Green Snake (Zamenis atrovirens). Presented by J. C. 
J. Church, Esq. 

1 Hybrid Deer (between Cervus luehdorfi 3 and Cervus canadensis 

. Born in the Menagerie. 
2 Typical Mouse-Lemurs (Chirogaleus typicus). Purchased. 
1 Earl’s Weka Rails (Ocydromus earlii). Presented by Capt. 


R. Todd. 

1 Black-backed Porphyrio (Porphyrio melanotus). Presented 
by Capt. R. Todd. : 

1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented 
by L. Morris, Esq. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by 
Mrs. E. J. H. Sprague. 

8 Common Kingfishers (Alcedo ispida). Presented by the Hon. 
and Rey. F. G. Dutton. 

i Common Rhea (Rhea americana). Received in exchange. 

1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 9. Presented 
by A. M. Moore, Esq. 

1 Red-sided Eclectus (Kelectus polychlorus), 2. Purchased. 

1 Common Night-Heron (Nycticoraxr griseus), Presented by 
A. H. Blacklock, Esq. 

1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Presented by G. E. Shute, 


Esq. 

1 fire Monkey (Macacus rhesus), §. Presented by CO. T. 
Pollock, Esq. 

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), ¢. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 King Penguin Ce ee ae pennanti). Presented by R. C. 
Packe, Esq. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 463. 


664 


APPENDIX. 


June 14, 2 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica), g and.9. Deposited, 


15. 


16. 


18, 
19, 


20, 


21, 


22. 


28 


24, 
26, 


2 Ruddy-headed Geese (Bernicla rubidiceps). Deposited. 

4 Cornish Choughs (Fregilus graculus), Purchased. 

3 Common Pheasants (Phastanus colchicus),1 g and 22. Pre- 
sented by H. T. Bowes, Esq. 

1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maxwelli),2. Purchased. 

1 Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma cornutum). Purchased. 

1 Giant Toad (Bufo agua). Purchased. 

1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 2. Purchased. 

2 Wandering Tree-Pies (Dendrocitta vagabunda). Purchased. 

1 Indian Civet (Viverricula indica). Purchase d. 

1 Elate Hornbill (Buceros elatus). Purchased. 

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacussinicus). Presented by F. Nelson, Esq. 

2 Maugé’s Dasyures (Dasyurus mauget). Presented by Sir Louis 
S. Jackson, F.Z.S. 

2 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Deposited. 

5 Red-bellied Conures ( Conwus vittatus). Purchased. 

1 Jardine’s Parrot (Peocephalus gulielmi). Purchased. 

1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus), $. Presented 
by Theo. Walsh, Esq. 

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Bred in the Gardens. 

1 Goffin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffint). Deposited. 

2 Common Kingfishers (-Alcedo ispida), Presented by Mr. T. E. 
Gunn. 

2 Hybrid Jungle-fowl (bred between Gallus stanleyi 3 and 
Gallus bankiva 9). Bred in the Gardens. 

8 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta). Bred in the Gardens, 

1 Puma (Felis concolor), 29. Presented by J. Brown, Esq. 

2 West-African Love-Birds (Agapornis pullaria). Purchased. 

1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Purchased. 

3 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. C. Taylor. 

2 Vulpine Phalangers (Phalangista vulpina), S and 9. Born 
in the Menagerie. 

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa), g. Presented by R. G. 
Hamilton, Esq. 

2Common Hedgehogs (Hrinaceus ewropeus). Presented by 
Mr. 8S. Mummery. 

2 Common Snakes (Tropidonotus natrix). Presented by Lord 
Arthur Russell, F.Z.8. 

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus). Presented by 
Mr. W. Quail. 

5 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Purchased. 

6 Prairie Grouse (Tetrao cupida), Bred in the Gardens, 

1 Tree-Boa (Corallus hortulanus). Purchased. 

1 Viperine Snake (Zropidonotus viperinus). Purchased. 

2 Canadian Beavers (Castor canadensis), ¢ and 2. Purchased. 

1 Cape Ant-Bear (Orycteropus capensis). Purchased. See 
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 463. 

12 Derbian Zonures (Zonurus derbianus). Purchased. 

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sitka) $. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Vulpine Phalanger (Phalangista vulpina). Presented by Mr. 
J. E. Dothie. 

1 Argus Pheasant (Argus giganteus). Bred in the Gardens. 

1 Australian Crow (Corvus australis). Presented by Mrs. A. H. 
Jamrach. 


26. 1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the 


Gardens. 


June 26, 
28. 


29, 


30. 


July 2. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 665 


4 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thaumalea amherstie). Bred in the 
Gardens. 

1 Spotted Mud-Frog (Pelodytes punctatus), Presented by H. P. 
Cambridge, Esq. 

1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobarica). Presented by Hugh 
Low, Esq. 

1 Hairy-footed Jerboa (Dipus hirtipes). Received in exchange. 

1 Simon’s Dwarf Jerboa(Dzpodillus simont). Received in exchange. 

2 Common Gulls (Larus canus). Presented by C. W. Jervis 
Smith, Esq. 

1 Feline Douroucouli (Nyctipithecus vociferans). Presented by 
H. H. Thiele, Esq. 

1 Indian Civet (Viverricula indica),2. Presented by Capt. 
Wilson. 

2 Squirrel-like Phalangers (Belideus sciureus), Presented by 
A. Pretyman, Esq. 

1 Hybrid Wild Ass 3 ( between Eguus hemippus 3 and Equus 
teniopus 2). Born in the Menagerie. 


3 Angulated Tortoises (Chersina angulata), Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Geometric Tortoise (Zestwdo geometrica). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Areolated Tortoise (Homopus areolatus). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R, Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by 
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Laland’s Ground-Snake (Typhlops lalandii), Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

2 Rufous Tinamous (Ahynchotus rufescens). Presented by E. 
M. Langworthy, Esq. 

3 Spotted Tinamous (Wothwra maculosa). Presented by E. M. 
Langworthy, Esq. 

2 Cockateels (Calopsittanove hollandie). Presented by Mrs. Day. 


. 2 Red-crested Whistling Ducks (Fuligula rufina). Bred in the 


Gardens. 

1 Variegated Sheldrake ( Tadornavariegata). Bredinthe Gardens. 

5 Summer Ducks (472 sponsa). Bred in the Gardens. 

5 Chilian Pintails (Dajila spinicauda). Bred in the Gardens. 

1 Indian Badger (Arctonyx collaris), Purchased. 

1 Rough-billed Pelican (Pelecanus trachyrhynchus). Purchased. 
See P. Z.S. 1883, p. 463, pl. xlvi. 

1 Dugés’ Comb-Lizard ( Ctenosaura interrupta). Purchased. 


. 1 Corn-Crake (Crea pratensis). Presented by J. W. Morison, Esq. 


3 Picui Doves (Coluwmbula picut). Purchased. 


. 2 Common Buzzards (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by James 8. 


Cookson, Esq. 
1 Margined Land-Tortoise (Zestudo marginata). Presented by 
Lord Arthur Russell, M.P., F.Z.S. 


. 1 Tennent’s Squirrel (Sevwrus tennenti), g. Presented by A. 


Ross, Esq. 
1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula), Presented by Mr. J. Baldwin. 


. 2 Indian White-eyes (Zosterops palpebrosus). Received in ex- 
10, 


change. 

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus stka), 3. Born in the Menagerie, 

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus), 2. Presented by H. V. 
Brackenburg, Esq. 


666 


July 11, 


18, 


14. 


15. 


16, 


We 


18. 


19. 


22. 


23. 


26, 


APPENDIX. 


1 Syrian Fennec (Canis famelicus), 9. Presented by J. H. 
James, Esq. 

1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis tenuirostris). Presented by 
Mrs. A. C. Biddle. 

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandit), 8. Deposited. 

1 Moor-Macaque (Macacus maurus), 3. Deposited. 

1 Blau-bok (Cephalophus pygmeus), 3. Presented by Ernest 
Honey, Esq. 

1 Earl’s Weka Rail (Ocydromus earhi).. Presented by Mrs. 
Wilson. 

2 Tawny Owls (Syrniwm aluco). Presented by J. Metcalf, Esq. 

3 Upland Geese (Bernicla magellanica), Bred in the Gardens. 

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited. 

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Born in the Mena- 
erie, 

2 Black Guillemots (Uria grylle). Presented by H. Becher, Esq. 

1 Black Howler (Mycetes caraya), §. Purchased. 

1 Spotted Cavy (Caelogenys paca). Deposited. 

2 Hairy-rumped Agoutis (Dasyprocta pyrmnolopha). Deposited. 

2 Common Snakes ( Tropidonotus natrix, var.). Deposited. 

1 Malbrouck Monkey (Cercopithecus cynosurus), 3. Presented 
by Miss M. A. Waite. 

1 Black-backed Jackal (Canis mesomelas), 9. Presented by 
E. D. Thomas, Esq. 

1 Philantomba Antelope (Cephalophus maxwelli). Presented 
by Capt. A. Maloney. 

1 Duyker-hok (Cephalophus mergens). Presented by Capt. A. 

aloney. 

a Macaque Maloy (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Deposited. 

13 Common Vipers (Vipera berus). Purchased. 

1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Purchased. 

5 Martinican Doves (Zenaida martinicana). Presented by J. A. 
Ward, Esq. 

2 Porto-Rico Pigeons (Columba corensis), Presented by J. A. 
Ward, Esq. 

2 Doves (Leptoptila, sp. inc.). Presented by J. A. Ward, Esq. 

1 Ring-tailed Parrakeet (Paleornis torquata). Presented by 
Mrs, Humphry. 

1 St. Thomas’s Conure (Conurus cantholemus). Deposited. 

2 Wonga-Wonea Pigeons (Leucosarcia picata), Bred in the 
Gardens. 

1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis), 8. Deposited. 

2 Leyaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata), Bred in the 
Gardens. 

4 Babirussas (Babirussa alfurus),23,22. Presented by Dr. 
F, H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S. See P.Z.S. 1883, p. 463, pl. xlvii. 

1 Hoya Python (Python regius). Presented by Dr. D. Hume 

art. 

1 Two-spotted Paradoxure (Nandinia binotata), §. Presented 
by Dr. D. Hume Hart. 

1 Australian Cassowary (Casuarius australs), Presented by 
Capt, Mann. 

2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinguis), 23. Deposited. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by 
J. W. Lucking, Esq. 

4 Ebee Guillemots (Uria grylie). Presented by H. Becher, 

sq. 


ee 


July 27. 


28. 


30, 


31. 


Aug. 1. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 667 


1 White-throated Capuchin (Cebus hypoleucus), g. Presented 
by F. Hoéy, Esq. 

1 South-American Rat-Snake (Spilotes variabilis). Presented by 
C. A, Craven, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Red-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis vittata). Deposited. 

1 Pace (Felis pardus). Presented by Fred. Holmwood, 


Sq. 

2 Short-headed Phalangers (Belideus breviceps), g and Q. Pre- 
sented by T. H. Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.5. 

2 Bicheno’s Finches (Estrelda bichenovi’). Presented by T. H. 
Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S. 

2 Crimson Finches (Estrelda phaéton), Presented by T. H. 
Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Modest Grass-Finch (Amadina modesta), Presented by T. H. 
Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.8. 

1 Funereal Cockatoo (Calyptorhynchus funereus). Presented 
by T. H. Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 Saisset’s Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus saisseti), Presented by 
T. H. Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S. 

1 New-Zealand Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus nove-zealandie). 
Presented by T. H. Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.S. 

2 Crested Pigeons (Ocyphaps lophotes), Sg and 2. Presented 
b Bowyer Bower, Esq., F.Z.5. 

2 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thawmalea amherstie). Bred in the 
Gardens. 

2 Summer Ducks (Azz sponsa). Bred in the Gardens. 

2 Indian Brush-tailed Porcupines (Atherura fasciculata), Pre- 
sented by A. Dent, Esq. 

1 Musk-Deer (Moschus moschiferus), 3. Deposited. 


1 Common Wombat (Phascolomys wombat), ¢. Deposited. 
1 White Stork (Ciconia alba), Purchased. 
3 Puffins (Fratercula arctica). Presented by H. Becher, Esq. 


. 2 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas), Presented by R. 


Southey, Esq. 

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Presented by 
R. Southey, Esq. 

1 Common Barn-Owl (Strix jflammea). Presented by Mr. H. 
Hanauer. 

2 Common Spoonbills (Platalea leucorodia). Purchased. 

2 Purple Herons (Ardea purpurea). Purchased. 


. 1 Grivet Monkey (Cercopithecus griseo-viridis), Gg. Presented 


by Lord Hastings. 

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Deposited. 

1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycterts collaris), Born in the 
Menagerie. 

1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo), Presented by 
W. R. Temple, Esq. 

1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited. 


. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 3. Presented by the Hon. 


Mrs. Pigott Carleton. 

2 Maboli Galagos (Galago maholi). Presented by Dr. Hugh 
Exton. 

1 Rough Fox (Canis rudis). Presented by Clement J. Bate- 
man, Esq. 

1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De- 
posited, 


APPENDIX. 


Aug. 7. 2 Barred-shouldered Doves (Geopelia humeralis). Bred in the 


10. 


11. 


12. 
13. 


14. 


16. 


17, 
19. 
20. 


21 


Menagerie. 


. 3 Peregrine Falcons (Faleo peregrinus). Presented by J. Snow- 


don Henry, Esq., F.Z.S. 
1 Blackbird (Zurdus merula). Presented by Mr. W. Marsh. 


. 1 American Black Bear ( Ursus americanus), 3. Presented by 


George Bishop, Esq., F.Z.S. 
1 Wood-Owl (Syrnium aluco), Presented by G. Carrick Steet, 
Esq., F.R.C.S. 
1 3-bred Mesopotamian Deer (hybrid between Dama mesopo- 
tamica § and Dama vulgaris 2),3. Born in the Menagerie. 
2 Javan Adjutants (Leptoptilus javanicus). Presented by the 
Hon. W. H. Ravenscroft. 
2 Indian Tantalus (Tantalus leucocephalus). Presented by the 
Hon. W. H. Ravenscroft. 
3 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Purchased. 
2 Ring-tailed Lemurs (Lemur catta). Purchased. 
1 Suricate (Suricata zenik), Q. Presented by Charles H. 
Wootton, Esq. 
1 Collared Peccary (Dicotyles tajagu). Presented by Fritz 
Zurcher, Esq. 
1 Sclater’s Curassow (Crax sclatert), 9. Presented by John 
Ardran, Esq. 
2 Mule Deer (Cariacus macrotis). Born in the Menagerie. See 
P.Z.S. 1883, p. 464. 
1 Quebec Marmot (Arctomys monax). Received in exchange. 
2 Grey Squirrels (Sczwrus cinereus). Received in exchange. 
1 Plantain-Squirrel (Sciwrus plantani). Received in exchange. 
2 Silver-backed Foxes (Canis chama), Gg and 2. Presented by 
John Maydon, Esq. 
1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Deposited. 
2 Russ’s Weayer-birds ( Quelea russt). Deposited. 
3 Java Sparrows (Padda oryzivora). Deposited. 
2 Saffron Finches (Sycalis flaveola). Deposited. 
1 Goldfinch (Carduelis elegans). Deposited. 
2 Common Bullfinches (Pyrrhula europea). Deposited. 
1 Common Chaflinch (Fringilla celebs). Deposited. 
1 Lesser Redpole (Linota rufescens). Deposited. 
1 Common Siskin (Chrysomitris spinus). Deposited. 
2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), De- 
osited. 
1 Grey cheaded Love-bird (Agapornis cana). Deposited. 
2 Eee beket Shrikes (Zanius collurio), Presented by D. Bowl, 
sq. 
2 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by 
Miss Harris. 
5 Blue-headed Pigeons (Starncenas cyanocephala). Purchased. 
1 Isabelline Bear (Ursus isabellinus), ¢. Presented by A. W. 
Hicks Beach, Esq. 
1 Sparrow-Hawk (Accipiter nisus), Presented by Mr. F. Gunn, 
5 Common Vipers ( Vipera berus). Born in the Menagerie. 
1 Maholi Galago (Galago maholi). Purchased. 
2 Hedgehogs (Erinaceus europeus), Presented by Mr. A, 
Lidbury. 
1 Corn-Crake (Crex pratensis). Presented by Mr. M. Bryant. 
. 1 Partridge Bronze-winged Pigeon (Geophaps scripta). Pre 
sented by Mrs. Abrahams. 


—— 


Aug. 21. 


31, 


Sept. ih 


eo 


i 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 669 


1 Modest Grass-Finch (Amadina modesta), 2. Presented by 
Mrs. Abrahams. 

6 Common Chameleons (Chameleon vulgaris). Purchased. 

1 Martinique Waterhen (Porphyrio martinicus). eposited. 

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 2. Presented by 
Mr. J. H. Sheppard. 


22. 2 Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaetos). Presented by A. H. 


Browne, Esq. 

2 Short-toed Eagles (Circaetus gallicus). Purchased. 

1 Mississippi Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by 
Cuthbert Johnson, Esq. 

1 Yellow Conure ( Conurus solstitialis). Presented by Her Grace 
the Duchess of Wellington. 

1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis tenuirostris). Presented 
by R. Keele, Esq. f 

3 Red-faced Weaver-birds (Foudia erythrops). Received in 
exchange. 

1 Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon platyrhinos). Presented by F. J. 
Thompson, Esq. 


24. 2 Violet Tanagers (Euphonia violacea), 29. Presented by E. 


H. Blomefield, Esq. 


- 6 Green Waxbills (Zstrelda formosa). Purchased. 
. 1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaetos). Pyesented by Bertram B. 


Hagen, Esq. 
2 Long-eared Owls (Asio otus), Presented by Percy F, Ford- 
ham, Esq. { 


29. 4 Passerine Ground-Doves (Chamepelia passerina). Purchased. 
. 1 Mocking-bird (Mimus polyglottus), 2. Presented by A. 


Townsend, Esq. 

1 Silvery Gibbon (Hylobates leuciscus), ¢. Purchased. 

1 Common Boa (Bou constrictor). Purchased. 

1 Anaconda (Eunectes murinus). Purchased. 

1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile ( Crocodilus cataphractus ?). Purchased. 

1 Boatbill (Cancroma cochlearia). Purchased. 

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Miss 
Garwood. 


2 Ostriches (Struthio camelus). Deposited. 

2 Marsh-Harriers (Circus @ruginosus). Presented by Lieut.- 
Col. E. Delmé Radcliffe. 

1 Indian Muntjac (Cervulus muntjac),?2. Purchased. 

2 Barbary Apes (Macacus inuus),g and 2. Deposited. 

1 North-African Jackal (Canis anthus). Presented by F. 
Powell, Esq. 

2 Stink-pot Terrapins (Aromochelys odorata). Presented by 
Capt. E. Cole. ’ , 

1 Pennsylvanian Mud-Terrapin (Cinosternon pennsylvanicum), 
Presented by Capt. E. Cole. Datidcokalt 

1 Mississippi Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis), Presented 
by Capt. E. Cole. : 

1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus acutus). Presented by 
Capt. E. Cole. 

1 Pileated Jay (Cyanocorax pileatus). Purchased. 

1 Spotted Tinamou (Nothura maculosa). Purchased. 

1 Getulian Ground-Squirrel (Xerus getulus). Presented by Geo, 


D. Cowan, Esq. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLIY. 44 


11. 


12. 


13. 


14, 


15. 


17. 
19. 


20. 


APPENDIX. 


1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Capt. 
W. F. Small. 

1 Jackdaw (Corvus monedula). Purchased. 

1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Purchased. 

1 Black-faced Spider-Monkey (Afeles ater). Purchased. 


. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Presented by 


Miss A. Tanner. 


. 1 Common Squirrel (Sezwrus vulgaris). Presented by Master 


C. B. Webster. 


. 2 Ruddy Finches (Carpodacus erythrinus). Purchased. 


4 Hyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Purchased. 
1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by 
F, L. B. Payne, Esq. 


. 2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Preseated by H. H. 


Forbes Eden, Esq. 

3 Mexican Deer (Cartacus mexicanus), 14,29. Presented by 
Capt. Edwin Cole. 

1 Snow-Bunting (Plectrophanes nivalis). Presented by E. J. 
Gibbins, Esq. 

1 Glass-Snake (Pseudopus pallasc). Deposited. 

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandi). Deposited. 

2 Round-faced Monkeys (Macacus cyclopis), ¢ and 2. Pre- 
sented by G. A. Corder, Esq. 

2 Ring-Doves (Columba palumbus), ¢ and Q. Presented by 
Mrs. Courage. 

1 Corn-Crake (Crex pratensis). Presented by Dr. Marshall. 

5 Margined Tortoises (Zestudo marginata). Deposited. 

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), Presented by 
Robert Smith, Esq. 

1 Hybrid Mesopotamian Deer (between Dama mesopotamicus 
and Dama vulgaris), 2. Born in the Menagerie. 

1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by 
the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodira rufescens). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Hog Deer (Cervus porcinus), ¢. Presented by C. Charles 
Horne, Esq. 

1 Grey Seal (Halicherus grypus). Deposited. 

1 Fallow Deer (Cervus dama), Q. Presented by Sir Henry 
Bessemer. 

1 Slender Ichneumon (Herpestes gracilis), Presented by Col. 
J. H. Bowker, F.Z.S. 

2 White-whiskered Pigs (Sus leucomystax). Presented by 
Claude Scott Steuart, Esq. 

2 Broad-snouted Caymans (Alhigator latirostris). Presented 
by C. A. Craven, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Yellow-billed Sheathbill (Chionis alba). Purchased. 

1 White-eared Scops Owl (Scops ledcotis), Purchased. 

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Deposited. 

1 Indian Antelope (Antelope cervicapra), 3. Presented by 
Lady Brassey. 

1 Grey Seal (Halicherus grypus). Presented by J. J. Dodg- 
shon, Esq. 

2 Yarrell’s Curassows (Crax carunculata), § and 2. Purchased. 

2 Rufous Tinamous (hynchotus rufescens). Presented by J. 
Brown, Esq. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 671 


Sept.21. 2 Small Hill-Mynahs (G@racula religiosa). Deposited. 


26. 


26. 


28. 


1 Greater Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De- 
posited. 

2 Persian Sheep (Ovis aries, var.), 2g. Presented by Lady 
Brassey. 


. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons), 3. Presented by 


Capt. Harrison. 

1 Puma (Felis concolor). Presented by B. M. Whithard, Esq. 

1 Grey Ichneumon ( Herypestes griseus). Presented by Murray 
Dickinson, Esq. 

1 Spanish Terrapin (Clemmysleprosa). Presented by — Aitchi- 
son, Esq. 

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Iacacus nemestrinus), $. Deposited. 

1 Blotched Genet (Genetta tigrina), Presented by Surgeon 
Mosse, A.M.D. 

1 Long-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus cataphractus). Presented 
by Surgeon Mosse, A.M.D. 

1 “ae acai (Larus aryentatus), Presented by Dr. Giinther, 

1 rank Silage des graculus). Pyesented by Dr. Giinther, 


1 Common Curlew (Numenius arquata). Presented by Dr. 
Gunther, F.R.S. 

1 Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus). Deposited. 

1 Common Curlew (Nwmenius arquata). Deposited. 

1 Black-Death Adder (Hoplocephalus nigrescens). Purchased. 

1 Annulated Worm-Snake (Vermicella annulata). Purchased, 

1 Egyptian Cat (Felis chaus), Presented by Lieut.-Colonel 
Mitchell Taylor. 

1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana), Presented by the Rey. G. H. 
R. Fisk, C.M.ZS. 

7 European Phyllodactyles (Phyllodactylus europeus). Pre- 
sented by Prof. Giglioli, C.M.Z.S. 

1 River Jack-Viper (Vipera rhinoceros). Purchased. 


2 Kittiwake Gulls (Ztvssa tridactyla), Presented by Mr, Cuning- 
hame. 
1 Common Guillemot (Uria troile), Presented by Mr. Cuning- 


hame. 
7 Short-nosed Sea-Horses (Hippocampus antiquorum). Pur- 
chased. 


. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by the 


Rey. G. R. Roberts. 
1 White-fronted Capuchin Monkey (Cebus albifrons), 3. Pre- 
sented by Capt. King. 


Oct. 1. 12 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Mr. 


Carl Schorlemmer. 


2. 1 Black Hornbill (Buceros atratus). Presented by J. T. Carring- 


ton, Esq. 
2 Grey Monitors (Varanus griseus). Presented by Capt. J. S. 
Sanderson. 


. 2 Cockateels (Calopsitta nove hollandie). Bred in the Gardens. 
. 1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Purchased. 


2 Ariel Toucans (Ramphastos ariel). Purchased, 

1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased. 

1 Brazilian Caracara (Polyborus brasiliensis). Purchased. 
1 Anaconda (Hunectes murinus). Purchased. 


672 


Oct. 


APPENDIX. 


. 1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased. 
1 Cape Hyrax (Hyraa capensis), Deposited. 
2 Naked-necked Francolins (Fvancolinus nudicollis). Deposited. 
1 Bubaline Antelope (Alcelaphus bubalis), 2. Presented by 
Robert. Pitcairn, Esq. 
1 Domestic Goat (Capra hircus), 9. Presented by Robert. 
Pitcairn, Esq. 
. 2 Mandarin Ducks (4¢2 galericulata), ¢ and Q. Bred in the 
Gardens. 
. 1 Great Bustard (Otis tarda), 2. Deposited. 
4 Ural Phrynocephales (Phrynocephalus helivscopus). Presented 
by Dr. A. Strauch, F.M.Z.S. See P. Z.5. 1883, p. 464. 


& 1 Riippell’s Parrot (Pwocephalus rueppelli), 2. Presented by 
Geo. L. Galpin, Esq., M.D. 
9. 1 Red-vented Parrot (Pionus menstruus). Purchased. 
11. 1 White-fronted Capuchin (Cebus albifrons). Deposited. 
12 Prairie Marmots (Cynomys ludovictanus). Received. 
1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Zlaphodus michianus), 3. Deposited. 
1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Llaphodus michianus), §. Purchased. 
1 Elliot’s Pheasant (Phastanus elliott), $. Purchased. 
1 Turtle-Dove (Turtur communis). Presented by Mr. W. M. 
Brown. 
12, 2 Pileated Jays (Cyanocorax pileatus), Presented by Mrs. J. 
W. Hammond. 
1 Malabar Parrakeet (Palcornis columboides), Presented by F. 
W. Bourdillon, Esq. 
2 Rough-legged Buzzards (Archibuteo lagopus). Presented by 
Capt. H. Linklater. 
1 Merlin (Falco @salon). Presented by Capt. H. Linklater. 
2 Eyras (Felis eyra). Purchased. 
1 White-browed Amazon (Chrysotis albifrons). Purchased. 
1 Egyptian Monitor ( Varanus niloticus). Purchased. 
18. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Deposited. 
1 Collared Fruit-Bat (Cynonycterts collaris), Born in the 
Menagerie. 
1 White-crested Tiger Bittern (Tigrisoma leucolophum). Pre- 
sented by Joseph H. Cheetham, Esq., F.Z.S. 
2 Royal Pythons (Python regius). Purchased. 
14, 5 ae Vipers (Vipera latastit). Presented by Lord Lilford, 
E.Z8. 
1 Viperine Snake (Tropidonotus viperinus). Presented by Lord 
Lilford, F.Z.S. 
15, 1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas). Deposited, 
1 Puma (£elis concolor). Received. 
1 Smooth Snake (Coronella levis). Presented by W. H. Payne, 
Esq. 
16. 1 Geottroy's Cat (Felis geoffroti), Presented by C. S. Barnes, 
dsq. 
1 Chilian Sea-Hagle (Geranoaetus melanoleucus). Presented by 
C. 5. Barnes, Esq. , 
1 Very Black Lemur (Lemur nigerrimus), 3. Purchased. 
1 Australian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus poliocephalus). Purchased. 
1 Brown Bear ( Ursus arctos). Deposited. 
2 Black-footed Penguins (Spheniscus demersus). Deposited. 
2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), ¢ and 2. Presented by 
J. Verinder, Hsq. 
17. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 9. Presented by 


W. H. B. Morris, Esq. 


Oct. 18, 


19, 


20. 


21, 


22. 


24, 


25. 


27. 


28. 


30, 


31. 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 673 


1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by H. W. 
B. Morris, Esq. 

1 Purple Gallinule (Porphyrio ceruleus), Presented by Mr. R. 
Dowling. 

2 Cocteau’s Skinks (Macroscincus cocteauii). Deposited. 

1 Yellow Baboon (Cynocephalus babouin). Purchased. 

1 Gambian Pouched Rat ( Cricetomys gambianus). Purchased. 

1 Little Egret (Ardea garzetta). Purchased. 

1 Slaty Egret (Ardea gularis). Purchased. 

1 Se ee (Macacus sinicus), §. Presented by Miss 

tokes. 

2 Redshanks ( Totanus calidris). Purchased. 

1 Crested Porcupine (Hystrix cristatus), Presented by the 
Karl de Grey. 

1 Golden-headed Conure (Conwrus auricapillus). Presented 
by Mrs. Robins, 

1 Aisculapian Snake (Coluber esculapii). Presented by C. 
Horny, Esq. 

1 Common Squirrel (Se’urus vulgaris), Presented by Mrs. 
M. J. Mitchison. 

1 Striped Hyzena (Hyena striata). Presented by Ernest H. 
Marquis, Esq. 


. 1 Chippimg Squirrel ( Zamais striatus). Purchased. 


3 Hudson’s Bay Squirrels (Scirus hudsonius). Purchased. 

5 Thirteen-striped Sousliks (Spermophilus tridecemlineatus). 
Purchased. 

1 Shaw’s Gerbille (Gerbillus shaw?). Received in exchange. 

2 Simon’s Dwarf Jerboas (Dipodillus simoni), g and 9. Re- 
ceived in exchange. 

1 Hoary Fox (Canis vetulus). Presented by Mrs. H. E. Hunt. 

1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), g. Purchased. 
See D. Z.S. 1883, p. 464. 

1 Bald-headed Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes, var. 
calvus),2. Purchased. 

1 Pinche Monkey (Midas edipus). Deposited. 

1 Margined Tortoise (Zestudo marginata), Presented by Miss 
Mansell. 

1 Purple-faced Monkey (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus), 2. De- 

osited. 

1 ienghing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea), Presented by S. J. 
W. Calman, Esq. 

2 Bramblings (Fringilla montifringilla), ¢ and 9. Purchased. 

1 Kestrel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by Mr. T, E, 
Gunn. 

2 Pintails (Dafila acuta), g and 2. Presented by Charles E. 
Baultbee, Esq. 

2 Wigeons (Mareca penelope), ¢ and 2. Presented by Charles 
E. Baultbee, Esq. 

1 Black Rat (Mus rattus). Presented by Mr. Camp. 

2 Common Marmosets (Hapale jacchus). Deposited. 

6 Lataste’s Vipers (Vipera latastii). Born in the Menagerie. 

2 Crested Screamers (Chauna chavaria). Purchased. 

1 Dwarf Chameleon (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Capt. 
J. C. Robinson. 

1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris). Purchased. 


Noy. 1. 1 Globose Curassow (Crax globicera), 2. Presented by Miss Beale. 


1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited. 


10. 


12. 


13. 


14, 


APPENDIX. 


1 Red-throated. Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). Presented by 
Mr. T. E. Gunn. 

1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Deposited. 

1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Deposited. 


. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by 8. 


Sandbach Parker, Esq. 


. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), g. Presented by 


Thomas L. M. Rose, Hsq. 


. 7 Coypus (Myopotamus coypus). Born in the Menagerie. 


1 Masked Parrakeet (Pyrrhulopsis personata). Presented by 
Miss J. D. Smith. 


. 1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Deposited. 
. 1 Goffin’s Cockatoo (Cacatua goffini). Deposited. 


1 Mexican Eared Owl (Asio mexicanus). Purchased. 

1 Downy Owl (Pulsatrix torquata). Purchased. 

1 Alligator (Alhigator mississippiensis). Presented by Ronald 
Bridgett, Esq. 

1 Alligator (Alhigator mississyppiensis). Presented by Mrs. M. E. 
Symonds. 


. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by C. R. 


Browne, Esq. 


- 1 Bennett’s Wallaby (Halmaturus bennettit), 2. Purchased. 


2 Black Wallabys (Halmaturus ualabatus),2 g. Purchased. 

1 Yellow-footed Rock-Kangaroo (Petrogale xanthopus), 3. 
Purchased. 

3 Long-eared Owls (Aszio otus). Presented by C. Purnchard, 


Esq. 

i Kicatiel (Tinnunculus alaudarius). Presented by John Cole- 
brook, Hsq., F.Z.S. 

1 Annulated Worm-Snake (Vermicella annulata). Purchased. 

2 Bar-breasted Finches (Munia nisoria). Presented by Mr. J. 
Abrahams. 

2 Gold Pheasants (Thaumalea picta), § and 9. Presented by 
Sir H. W. Tyler. See P.Z.S. 1888, p. 598. 

2 Red-tailed Guans (Ortalis rwficauda). Presented by Alfred 
C. Priestley, Esq. 


1 Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotels), 9. Born in the Mena- 
gerie. 

1 Greater Sulpkur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua galerita). De- 
posited. 


6 American Box-Tortoises (Zerrapene carinata), Presented by 
Samuel Garman, Hsq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Stink-Pot Terrapin (Aromochelys odorata?). Presented by 
Samuel Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Alligator Terrapin (Chelydra serpentina). Presented by Samuel 
Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

7 Spotted Lizards (Holbrookia maculata). Presented by Samuel 
Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

1 Long-nosed Snake ( Heterodon nasicus). Presented by Samuel 
Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

2 Striped Snakes (7ropidonotus sirtalis). Presented by Samuel 
Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.S. 

2 Yellow-throated Suakes (Herpetodryas flavigularis). Pre- 
sented by Samuel Garman, Esq., C.M.Z.8. 

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by W. H. B, 
Pain, Esq. 

1 Cerastes Viper ( Vipera cerastes). Deposited. 

1 Negro Tamarin (Midas ursulus). Purchased. 


—— 


Nov. 14. 


16. 


17. 
19. 


20. 


21. 


Dec. 1. 
Gt 


ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 675 


1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis). Purchased. 

1 Downy Owl (Pulsatrix torquata). Purchased. 

1 Indian Badger (Arctonyx collaris), $. Purchased. 

2 Pére David’s Deer (Cervus davidianus), and. Purchased. 

: ine Ee S. 1883, p. 598. 
rey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Presented by Mrs. F. 
oe Flindell. ee c 4 

1 Hobby (Falco subbuteo). Presented by Mr. C. Heat. 

1 Se hain (Sinua satyrus), $. Presented by Mr. William 

ross. 

1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Elaphodus michianus), 3. Deposited. 

1 Michie’s Tufted Deer (Hlaphodus michianus), 2. Purchased. 

1 Chinese Water-Deer (Hydropotes inermis). Purchased.  . 

2 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phaseanus elliott), ¢ and 9. Purchased. 

6 Coal Titmice (Parus ater). Purchased. 

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus). Presented by Miss 
Morant. 

4 Moorish Toads (Bufo mauritanicus). Presented by F. Bridges, 
Esq. 

12 Ruffle or Pope (Acerina cernua), Presented by Mr. T. E. 
Gunn. 


. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by H. G. 


Rose, Esq. 
1 Common Fox (Canis vulpes). Presented by H. Vaughan, Esq. 
2 Bullfinches (Pyrrhula europea), 2 3. Presented by A. 
Aitchison, Esq. 


. 1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes nepalensis). Received in ex- 


change. 

5 Blue-crowned Hanging Parrakeets (Loriculus galgulus). Re- 
ceived in exchange. 

1 Red-capped Parrot (Pionopsitta pileata). Purchased. 


. 2 Common Wolves (Canis lupus), ¢ and 2. Purchased. 
. 1 Dufresne’s Amazon (Chrysotis dufresniana). Purchased. 
. 1 Indian Gazelle (Gazella bennetti), 2. Born in the Mena- 


erie. 

1 Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus), Presented by Mr. T. E. 
Gunn. 

1 Home’s Cinixys (Cinixys homeana). Purchased. 


2 Common Carp (Cyprinus carpio). Purchased. 

20 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius). Presented by A. F. 
Hirsch, Esq., F.Z.S. 

2 Bearded Titmice (Panurus biarmicus), S$ and 2. Presented 
by H. D. Astley, Esq., F.Z.S. 


. 1 Water-Rail (Rallus aquaticus). Presented by E.G. B. Meade 


Waldo, Esq. 


. 1 Indian Crocodile (Crocodilus palustris). Presented by Sir 


Joseph Fayrer, F.Z.S. 
2 Indian Crocodiles (Crocodilus palustris). Deposited. 


. 2 Sealy-breasted Lorikeets (Zrichoglossus chlorolepidotus), De- 


posited. 
1 Golden-crowned Conure (Conurus aureus). Deposited. 
4 West-African Love-Birds (Agapornis pullaria). Deposited. 
2 Undulated Grass-Parrakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus). De- 
posited. 
1 Cockateel (Calopsitta nove hollandie). Deposited. 


. 1 Hairy Porcupine (Sphingurus villosus). Purchased. 


2 Cirl Buntings (Zimberiza ctrlus), 2 $. Purchased. 


29. 


APPENDIX. 


1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3. 
Presented by the Rev. W. C. Willoughby. 


. 1 Egyptian Monitor ( Varanus niloticus). Purchased. 


2 Barbary Turtle-Doves (Turtur risorius). Presented by Miss 
Stewart. 


. 4 Ring-hals Snakes (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by the 


Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8. 
1 Hoary Snake (Coronella cana). Presented by the Rev. G. H. 
R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 


. 1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), §. Purchased. 


1 White-handed Lemur (Lemur albimanus), 3. Purchased. 


. 1 Night-Heron (Nycticorax griseus). Presented by N. H. 


Fenner, Esq. 
1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by 
J. L. Waldon, Esq. 


. 1 Toque Monkey (Macacus pileatus), Q. Presented by J. H. 


Barker, Esq. 
1 Moorhen (Gallinula chloropus). Presented by Mr. T. E. Gunn. 
1 Pied Wagtail (Motacilla lugubris). Purchased. 
2 St. Thomas’s Conures (Conurus wantholemus). Presented by 
C. Wallis Enslie, Esq. 


. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 3. Presented by 


Dr. Douglas. 
1 Gannet (Sula bassana). Presented by J. C. Baxter, Esq. 


. 1 Slaty Egret (Ardea gularis). Purchased. 
. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Mrs. 


Archer. 
2 Fringed-lipped Lamperns (Petromyzon branchialis). Presented 
by the Rey. F. T. Wethered. 


. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), $. Presented by Miss P. 


Crabtree. 


. 1 Alligator (Alligator mississippiensis). Presented by Mr. 


Thick. 

1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), 2. Presented 
by Walter Van Weede, Esq. 

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa), ¢. Deposited. 


. 1 Common Genet (Genettu vulgaris). Presented by Capt. A. 


North Daniel. 

2 Porose Crocodiles (Crocodilus porosus). Presented by Capt. 
Martin Thackeray. 

1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by the 
Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8. 

1 Robben-Island Snake (Coronella phocarum). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Egyptian Cobra (Nata haje). Presented by the Rev. G. H. 
R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Psammophylax rhombeatus). Pre- 
sented by the Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Many-spotted Snake (Coronella multimaculata). Presented 
by the Rev. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Smooth-bellied Snake (Homalosoma lutriz). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Hissing Sand-Snake (Psammophis sibilans). Presented by the 
Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 

1 Infernal Snake (Boodon infernalis). Pyesented by the Rev. 
G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.8. 

1 Spotted Slowworm (Acontias meleagris). Presented by the 
Rav. G. Hi. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. 


an 


Abisara 

abnormis, 532, 535. 

Sraterna, 532. 

prunosa, 532. 
Ablepharus 

boutonii, 386. 

pecilopleurus, 386. 
Abrostola 

subapicalis, 157. 
Accipiter 

bicolor, 457. 

erythrocnemis, 41. 

fuscus, 457. 
Acestrura 

micrura, 425. 
Acharya 

costalis, 28, 30. 
Acidalia 

absconditaria, 170. 

cleoraria, 170. 

extimaria, 170. 

inductata, 170. 

invalida, 170. 

negataria, 170. 
Acrobates 

pygmeus, 615, 
Acronycta 

consanguis, 155. 
Actitis 

macularia, 577. 
Adigama, n. g., 269. 

malayica, 209, 210, 269. 

ochsenheimeri, 209, 210, 

211, 254, 269, 270. 

scuddert, 209, 210, 270. 
Adisura 

leucanioides, 161. 
“&chmophorus 

major, 433. 
/Ediodes 

inscitalis, 167. 

ialitis 

geoffroti, 52, 200. 

mivosa, 428. 

semipalmata, 428. 


INDEX, 


Aeria 
asarica, 256. 
Aganopis 
orbicularis, 156. 
Ageleus 
pheniceus, 446. 
thilius, 422. 
grias 


beatifica, 884, 385, 
386, 


phalcidon, 384, 385. 

stuarti, 384, 385. 
Agriornis 

livida, 423. 
Agrotis 

aristifera, 160. 

fraterna, 160. 

munda, 160. 

suffusa, 160. 
Agyrtria 

viridiceps, 568. 
Alaria 

lanceolata, 158, 161. 
Alecyonidium 

hirsutum, 109. 
Aletia 


lactinea, 16. 

marginata, 15, 30, 
Amauris 

sp. ?, 207. 

albimaculata, 228, 

damocles, 227, 228. 

—, var. gabunica, 228. 

dominicana, 227. 

echeria, 228. 

egialea, 227. 

gabunica, 228, 

hecate, 227. 

hyalites, 227. 

inferna, 227. 

niavius, 214, 226, 227. 

nossima, 228. 

ochlea, 228. 


Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1883, No. XLY. 


| Amauris 


tartarea, 227. 

vashti, 226. 
Amaurobioides, n. g., 356. 

maritima, 356, 364, 365. 
Amazilia 

cinnamomea, 451. 

devilliz, 451. 

dumerili, 568. 

pristina, 425. 

riefferi jucunda, 568. 

yucatanensis, 434, 451. 
Ambadra 

horsfieldii, 16. 

raffiesti, 16. 
Amblychila 

cylindriformis, 434. 
Amblypodia 

avita, 147. 

ganesa, 530, 531. 

paraganesa, 530. 
Amia 

culva, 187. 
Ampelis 

cedrorum, 442, 

garrula, 420. 
Amphibulina 

pardelina, 595. 

patula, 595. 
Ampittia 

maro, 154. 
Amussium 

loskynsi, 391, 892. 
Amydosaurus 

lugubris, 120. 
Anabazenops 

oleagineus, 654. 

rufo-superciliatus, 654. 

temporalis, 562. 

variegaticeps, 562. 
Anadara, n. g., 317. 

gamelia, 255, 317. 
Anretes 

Sernandezianus, 423 

parulus, 39, 423. 


45 


678 


Andasena, n. g., 270. 

baudiniana, 271. 

belinda, 270. 

donovani, 271. 

eleutho, 209, 211, 
272. 

lucasti, 209, 211, 271, 
310. 

orope, 208, 209, 210, 
271. 

suluana, 208, 209, 210, 


271. 


swainsoni, 209, 211, 
254, 270, 271, 


310. 
Androcharta 
cassotis, 382, 384. 
Anomia 


ephippium, var. squa- 


mula, 392. 
patelliformis, 391. 
- Anomis 

Sulvida, 19. 
Anosia 

berenice, 236. 

cleophile, 235. 

eresima, 236. 

erippe, 236. 

megalippe, 235. 

menippe, 235. 

plexaure, 235. 


plexippus, 214, 234. 


strigosa, 236. 

vincetoxici, 236. 
Anous 

galapagensis, 430. 

stolidus, 433. 
Anthecia 

swinhoei, 162. 
Anthothreptes 

malaccensis, 63, 69. 

subcollaris, 63, 69. 
Anthus 

correndera, 419. 
Antrostomus 

macromystax, 451. 
Anumbius 

ruber, 654. 
Apamea 

undicilia, 159. 
Aphandala 

misera, 166. 
Aphnzeus 

abnormis, 526, 585. 

actis, 148. 


bracteatus, 147, 175. 


elima, 147. 

etolus, 147. 

vulcanus, 147, 148. 
Apopestes 

indica, 22. 


INDEX, 


Apopestes 
phantasma, 22. 

Aporodes 
meleagrisalis, 167. 

Aporrhais 


serresianus, 391, 392, 


393. 
Appias 
DT na. 366, 369. 
clementina, 366, 
369. 
Aptenodytes 
pennanti, 463. 
a 
severa, 573. 
Aramides 
albiventris, 462. 
axillaris, 462. 
cayennensis, O77. 
wolfi, 536, 576. 
ypecaha, 433. 
Arca 


pectunculotdes, var. sep- 
tentrionalis, 391,393. 


Ardea 
cerulea, 427. 
candidissima, 458. 
cocoi, 41. 
egretta, 427. 
ludoviciana, 458. 
rufa, 458. 
sumatrana, 52, 200. 
Argina 
cribraria, 156. 
Argiva 
hieroglyphica, 25, 
26. 


strigipennis, 25, 
Argyroeides 

boliviana, 379, 384. 

ophion, 379. 
Arremon 


abeillei, 548. 


erythrorhynchus, 548. 


spectabilis, 548. 
Artamus 
leucogaster, 51, 198, 
200. 
Artaxa 
pygmed, 156. 
Arthisma, n. g., 20. 
scissuralis, 20. 
Asthipa, n. g., 246. 
gloriola, 247. 
melanoleuca, 246. 
schenkii, 247. 
vitrina, 215, 246. 
Asturina 
magnirostris, 456. 
plagiata, 456. 
ruficauda, 426, 456. 


Athene 


cunicularia, 426. 


Atticora 


cyanoleuca, 420, 543. 
tibialis, 537, 548. 


Attila 


citreopygius, 449. 


Atypoides, n. g., 354. 


riversit, 309, 364, 365. 


Aulacochilus 


agaboides, 75, 83, 87. 

—, var. furciferus, 79, 
84, 87. 

dorie, 83. 

episcaphoides, 75, 84, 
87 


ie 
inclytus, 75, 83. 
sericeus, 84. 


Automolis 


ameoides, 382. 
asara, 382, 384. 


Automolus 


assimilis, 586, 561, 
rubidus, 6d4. 
rubiginosus, 654, 
stictoptilus, 561 
superba, 382, 384. 


Babirussa 


alfurus, 468. 


Bahora, n. g., 245. 


aspasia, 245, 
crocea, 245, 
philomela, 215, 245. 


Balznoptera 


australis, 592, 5938, 
594. 

boops, 516. 

borealis, 5138, 515, 516, 
517. 

laticeps, 517. 

musculus, 516, 593, 
594. 

rostrata, 516. 

sibbaldii, 516, 594. 


Baoris 


austent, 533. 
scopulrfera, 532. 
unicolor, 538. 


Baracus 


subditus, 534, 
vittatus, 534. 


Baradesa 


lithosioides, 17, 80. 


Basiana 


exusta, 154. 


Basileuterus 


chrysogaster, 541, 
653. 

diachlorus, 653. 

Jraseri, 541, 653. 


Basileuterus 

semicervinus, 541. . 
Bela 

scalaris, 391. 
Belenois 

consanguis, 366, 369. 

pitys, 366, 369, 
Belideus 

breviceps, 614, 624, 

625. 


Beluga 
leucas, 472. 

Berethis, n. g., 228. 
phedon, 208, 214, 

229. 

Betanga, n. g., 273. 
anthracina, 274. 
dodingensis, 274. 


duponchelit, 208, 209, 
274. 


maura, 273. 


megera, 208, 209, 254, 


273, 274. 
scherzeri, 273. 
vitella, 274. 
wallengrenit, 273. 
Bibisana, n. g., 273. 
configurata, 208, 275. 
diana, 209, 210, 273. 


horsfieldii, 209, 254, 


273, 210. 
leachii, 273. 
Bibos 
frontalis, 142, 143. 
Bleptina 
morosa, 166. 
Bocana 
digramma, 165. 
Bolborhynchus 
aymara, 40. 
Bos 
frontalis, 142, 148, 
4 


144. 
gawrus, 142, 143, 144. 


Botys 
abstrusalis, 168. 
aurea, 168. 
catalaunalis, 168. 
flexissimalis, 167. 
gastralis, 371. 
ilusalis, 168. 
rosinalis, 371. 
signatalis, 168. 
venosalis, 168. 
Brenthis 
ewphrosyne, 151. 
selene, 151. 
Briarda 
bolinoides, 164. 
Bronchocela 
moluccana, 386. 


INDEX, 


Brotogerys 
pyrrhoptera, 5738. 
Buarremon 
nationi, 348. 
Bubo 
blakistoni, 466. 
coromandus, 466. 
virginianus, 433. 
Buccinum 
acutecostatum, 392. 
corneum, 39D. 
hydrophanum, 391. 
sabinit, 395. 
teste, 392. 
Bueco 
radiatus, 572. 
Bucephala 
albeola, 428. 
Bufo 
formosus, 140. 
typhonius, 637. 
vulgaris, 139, 140. 
Bulimus 
nichollsi, 595, 596. 
(Leptomerus) eci/is, 
596 


(—) liliaceus, 596. 
(—) multifasciatus, 
596 
Bulla 
aplustre, 399. 
eylindracea, 399, 
Buteo 
abbreviatus, 348. 
albonotatus, 348. 
erythronotus, 426. 
pennsylvanicus, 574. 
Buteola 
brachyura, 574. 
Butorides 
plumbeus, 428. 
virescens, 428, 458. 
Byturna, n. g., 28. 
digramma, 29, 165. 


Cacatua 
citrinocristata, 58, 


Te 
sanguinea, 194, 197, 


199, 200. 
Cacoécia 
micaceana ?, 173. 
Caduga, n. g., 249. 
banksii, 251. 
larissa, 207, 251. 
loochooana, 250. 
luzonensis, 251. 
melaneus, 207, 247, 
250. 
nilgiriensis, 207, 251. 
niphonica, 249. 


679 


Caduga 
pseudomelaneus, 250. 
swinhoei, 250. 
tytia, 215, 249. 

Cadytis, n. g., 226. 
vashti, 214, 226, 

Calidris 
arenaria, 429, 462. 

Callenia 
elongata, 157. 

Callerebia 
modesta, 521. 
nirmala, 521. 

Calliplea 
adyte, 295. 
aristotelis, 292. 
darchia, 255, 292, 293, 

295. 


doryca, 294. 
engrammelli, 293. 
Jorsteri, 296. 
grefiana, 303. 
hopfferi, 295. 
hyems, 208, 209, 210, 
294, 366, 367. 
infantilis, 294. 
Jamesii, 208, 209, 210, 
211, 294. 
kirschi, 293. 
ledereri, 210, 292, 
302. 
mariesis, 293. 
mazares, 210, 292, 293, 
302. 
monilis, 293. 
niveata, 208, 209, 210, 
211, 295. 
pollita, 210, 211, 293. 
priapus, 295. 
pumila, 293, 294. 
salabanda, 294. 
saundersi, 294. 
seriata, 295, 
sisamis, 294. 
stephensi, 293. 
striata, 293. 
tulliolus, 295. 
turneri, 295. 
vestigiata, 300. 
violetta, 282. 
visenda, 366, 367, 
371 


Calliste 
aurulenta, 544. 
ceruleocephala. 545. 
cyaneicollis, 537, 545, 
653. 
cyanopygia, 537, 545, 
653. 


roloides, 545. 
ria 421. 


680 


Calocitta 

formosa, 423. 
Calonotos 

almon, 373. 

flavicornis, 373, 384. 

sandion, 373. 
Calornis 

crassa, 51, 56, 195, 

200. 
feadensis, 347. 


metallica, 51, 195, 200. 


Calothorax 
fanny, 425. 
micrura, 425. 
Calpe 
bicolor, 19. 
fasciata, 157. 
minuticornis, 19. 
ophiderotdes, 19. 
thalactri, 19. 
Camarhynchus 
cinereus, 421. 
Camena 
cippus, 5380, 
ctesia, 530. 
Campephilus 
guatemalensis, 452. 
sclateri, 570. 
Camptostoma 
dmberbe, 554. 
Campylorhynchus 
balteatus, 539. 
guttatus, 439, 
Cancroma 
cochlearia, 458. 
Capito 
bourcieri, 573. 
Capnodes 
stellata, 28. 
Capra 
gemlaica, 73. 
Capsiempis 
a. 5387, 554. 
Caradrina 
arenacea, 158, 160. 
Cardinalis 
virginianus, 421, 444. 
Carenochrous 
castaneifrons, 70. 
dresseri, 70. 
leucopterus, 70, 548. 
schistaceus, 70: 
seebohmi, 70. 
taczanowskii, "70. 
Cariacus 
macrotis, 464. 
Carineta 
apicalis, 192, 193, 
cingenda, 192. 
crocea, 191, 194. 
diplographa, 193. 


INDEX. 


Carineta 
fasciculata, 1938. 
rubricata, 193. 
viridicata, 198. 
(Cicada) obtusa, 193. 
Carphibis 
spinicollis, 640. 
Carpophaga 
sieinds 51, 195, 
200. 
melanochroa, 348. 
rosacea, 51, 195, 200. 
Cassiculus 
melanicterus, 422. 
Cassicus 
Jlavicrissus, 552. 
holosericeus, 445. 
prevosti, 552. 
uropygialis, 552, 
Castalius 
decidia, 528. 
interruptus, 523, 535, 
Casturopoda, n. g., 359. 
sigillata, 360, 364, 
365. 
Catephia 
dubia, 370. 
Catharistes 
atratus, 457. 
Catharus 
dryas, 538. 
Catochrysops 
enejus, 149. 
contracta, 149. 
ella, 148, 149. 
hapalina, 148, 149, 
175. 
patala, 148, 149, 366, 
368. 
ubaldus, 149. 
Caudina 
arenata, 58. 
meridionalis, 58, 62. 
ransonnetti, 58, 59. 
Celzena 
serva, 159. 
Celerena 
andamana, 168. 
Celeus 
castaneus, 452. 
Centrites 
niger, 423. 
Centurus 
albifrons, 452. 
dubius, 452. 
elegans, 425. 
rubriventris, 452. 
Cephalopterus 
penduliger, 560. 
Cephalorhynchus 
eutropia, 477. 


Cephalorhynchus 
eavisidii, 473,476,477. 
hectori, 477. 
Ceratodus 
Sorsteri, 139. 
Ceratolophus 
auriculatus, 127. 
heaxaceros, 127. 
Cerbia 
Sfugitiva, 23. 
Cercomacra 
tyrannina, 42 
565. 
Ceriornis 
blythi, 74. 
caboti, 388. 
Cerithiopsis 
costulata, 391. 
Cerithium 
metula, 392. 
Certhiola 
mexicana, 543. 
Cervus 
axis, 465. 
davidianus, 598. 
eldi, 73. 
microtis, 346. 
Ceryle 
alcyon, 426. 
amazona, 40, 453. 
cabanisi, 426, 4538, 
571. 
superciliosa, 453. 
torquata, 426. 
Che tocercus 
bombus, 568. 
Chetura 
gaumeri, 435, 451. 
sclateri occidentalis, 
537, 569. 
spinicauda, 537, 569. 
vauxrt, 43d, 451. 
Chalcophaps 
chryschlora, 51, 195, 
200. 
Chamepelia 
buckleyi, 537, 575. 
cruziana, 575. 
rufipennis, 459. 
Chameleonurus 
chahoua, 126. 
trachycephalus, 117. 
126, 127. 
Chanapa, n. g, 270. 
angast, 270. 
corinna, 208, 209, 210, 
211, 254, 270. 
lewini, 270, 366. 
sacerdos, 366, 371. 
Chapra 
mathias, 154. 


Charadrius 
fulvus, 52, 200. 
Charidea 
bertha, 381, 384. 
buchleyi, 381, 384. 
chloe, 381. 
cleasa, 380, 384. 
imperialis, 380, 381, 
384. 


Julia, 381. 
perilla, 381. 
quadricolor, 880. 
Charnidas 
disjuncta, 156. 
rotundata, 156. 
subrugosa, 406. 
testacea, 156. 
Chilo 
chrysographellus, 173. 
Chirocentrus 
dorab, 138. 
Chiromachezris 
manacus, 559. 
Chiromys 
madagascariensis, 44. 
Chirosa, n. g., 284. 
brenchleyi, 208, 209, 
210, 254, 284. 
eurypon, 209, 210, 
284. 


lapeyrousei, 285. 

morosa, 285. 

pierretii, 208, 209, 211, 
285. 


85. 
vicina, 208, 209, 210, 
~ 284. 


Chittera 
fumata, 215, 252. 
fumosa, 207. 
Chloronerpes 
callonotus, 570. 
— major, 571. 
canipileus, 571. 
cecilia, 571. 
oleagineus, 452. 
yucatanensis, 452. 
Chlorophanes 
spiza exsul, 537, 543. 
Chloropsinus 
viridis, 380. 
Chlorospingus 
canigularis, 547. 
flavigularis, 547. 
Chlorostilbon 
atala, 568. 
caniveti, 451. 
melanorhynchus, 568. 
Chordeiles 
texensis, 451. 
Chrysis 
melanops, 345. 


INDEX. 


Chrysis 

pie aye 346. 
Chrysomitris 

barbata, 422. 

capitalis, 422, 551. 

icterica, 551. 

mexicana, 445. 

siemiradzkii, 586, 

551. 

Chrysopelea 

rhodopleuron, 388. 
Chrysotis 

albifrons, 455. 

farinosa, 573. 

xantholora, 434, 

455. 

Cicada 

lifuana, 190. 

spinosa, 193. 
Ciconia 

maguart, 640, 652. 

nigra, 640. 
Cillurus 

nigrifumosus, 424. 
Cinclodes 

Juscus, 424. 

nigrifumosus, 424, 
Cinnyris 

auriceps, 63, 69. 
Circulus 

striatus, 95. 
Circus 

cinereus, 426. 

hudsonius, 456. 
Cithna 

adams?, 111, 115. 

carinata, 111, 115. 

cincta, 111, 115. 


naticiformis, 112, 115. 


tenella, 110, 111, 393. 
Clanis 
exusta, 154, 
Clausilia 
abyssoclista, 340, 343. 
albicosta, 328 
amorgia, 324. 


anaplicensis, 3380, 331. 


anatolica, 326. 
aphrodite, 329, 343. 
arcadica, 338, 339. 
arthuriana, 329. 
astropalia, 330, 343. 
bathyclista, 340. 
bicolor, 342. 
bicristata, 341, 342. 
bigibbosa, 329. 
blanci, 340. 
—, var. thebana, 340. 
brevicollis, 330. 
byzantina, 326, 

327 


ae 


681 


Olausilia 
caerulea, 324, 330, 
Sole 


campy lauchen, 340, 
343 


canaliculata, 342. 
candida, 329. 
carpathia, 335, 336, 
848. 
clara, 332, 333. 
coarctata, 340. 
conemenosi, 337, 343. 
confusa, 340. 
contaminata, 338, 339. 
corrugata, 331, 334. 
—, var. inflata, 334. 
eretensis, 331. 
cyclothyra, 337. 
deglupta, 326. 
denticulata, 341. 
discolor, 337. 
dissipata, 338. 
distans, 333. 
eburnea, 336. 
eustropha, 341. 
Furcilla, 338. 
glabella, 326. 
glabricollis, 336, 337. 
goldfussi, 338, 343. 
grayana, 337. 
heracleensis, 332, 343. 
heteroptyx, 328. 
hians, 337. 
hippolyti, 329. 
holostoma, 338. 
idea, 326. 
incrustata, 338, 339, 
343 


isabellina, 340. 
kephissie, 342. 

—, var. debilitata, 342. 
—, var. pikermiana, 

342. 
kreglingeri, 331. 
krueperi, 338. 
lamellosa, 328, 
maculata, 330. 
maculosa, 339, 340. 
manselli, 332, 343. 
messenica, 338. 
milleri, 330. 
moreletiana, 331. 
multicosta, 333. 
retusa, 333, 334. 
rothi, 342. 
olivieri, 335, 336. 
oscarii, 339. 
osculans, 340. 
paucicosta, 333. 
petrosa, 326. 
preclara, 333, 


682 


Clausilia 

pregracilis, 328. 

privigna, 336, 348. 

pura, 326. 

saxatilis, 336. 

schuchi, 339. 

—, var. oscarit, 343. 

sculpticollis, 831, 382, 
343. 

—, var. 
343. 

sowerbyana, 341. 

sprattz, 341. 

spreta, 341. 

straminea, 329, 

strigata, 326. 

sublactea, 337. 

sublamellosa, 327, 328, 
343. 


unia, 331, 


subvirginea, 327, 343. 
suturalis, 335. 
tenuicostata, 328. 
teres, 334, 335. 
thessalonica, 841. 
thiessee, 329, 343. 
troglodytes, 327, 
turrita, 336. 
ungeri, 336. 
unicolor, 336. 
unid, 331, 3438. 
vermiculata, 333, 343. 
vestis, 333, 334, 348. 
virgined, 327, 328. 
virgo, 336. 

Cleosiris 
catamita, 15. 
fasciata, 15. 
major, 15. 

Clubiona 
holosericea, 357. 

Clymenia 
alope, 512. 
brevimana, 512. 
dorides, 497, 512. 
doris, 498, 499, 512. 


dubia, 512. 

euphrosyne, 498, 500, 
512. 

euphrosynoides, 497, 
512. 


JSrenata, 512. 
frontalis, 512. 
longirostris, 498, 512. 
marginatus, 512. 
microps, 512. 
normalis, 498. 512. 
obscura, 482, 495, 496, 
497, 498, 512. 
roseiventris, 512. 
similis, 496, 512. 
stenorhyncha, 512. 


INDEX, 


Clymenia 
styx, 512. 
superciliosa, 512. 
tethyos, 512. 
(Electra) thicolea, 512. 
(Euphrosyne) alope, 
499. 


(—) microps, 499. 
(Micropia) euphrosyne, 
497. 


(— Pa payee 


Cy she 497. 
(Steno) attenuata, 
512 


(—) capensis, 512. 
Cnipodectes 

minor, 654. 

subbrunneus, 654. 
Cnipolegus 

hudsoni, 39. 
Cobitis 

barbatula, 132. 

tenia, 132. 
Cocculina 

corrugata, 892, 394, 

399. 


spinigera, 392, 393, 
399. 


Coccyzus 

americanus, 572. 
Coereba 

cerulea, 543. 
Colaptes 

mexicanus, 425. 
Columba 

Jflavirostris, 428, 458. 

subvinacea, 574. 

vinacea, 574. 
Columbella 

halieeti, 392, 393. 
Compsocoma 

sumptuosa cyanoptera, 

546. 


Contopus 
ardesiacus, 558. 
punensis, 558. 
richardsoni, 558. 

Conurus 
aztec, 455. 
cyanolyseos, 426. 


atl ce a 426, 573. 


petzti, 426. 
Coriphilus 

oa yplacens, 347. 
Genncts 

cana, 33. 
Correlophus 

ciliatus, 128. 
Corvus 

australis, 144. 


Corvus 
validissimus, 195, 200, 


51. 

vociferus, 447. 
Coryphistera 

alaudina, 40. 
Coryphospingus 

cruentus, 551. 
Cosmophila 

indica, 163. 

xanthindyma, 163. 
Cosmopsaltria 

abdulla, 193. 

meyert, 189, 194. 

spinosa, 189, 193. 
Cosmosoma 

auge, 377. 

confine, 377. 

omole, 377. 

ufentina, 377. 
Cotile 

fucata, 37. 
Cotylorhiza 

borbonica, 47. 
Crambus 

todarius, 173, 
Crastia 

ethiops, 262. 

alecto, 262. 

amymone, 209, 279, 

0. 


28 

asela, 209, 211, 

277. 
binghami, 278. 
bremeri, 267. 
camaralzeman, 264. 
camorta, 279, 323. 
cerberus, 268. 
climena, 260. 
confusa, 260. 
core, 209, 211, 212, 

254, 273, 277, 323. 
erameri, 266. 
cratis, 269. 
cupreipennis, 264. 
decipiens, 280 
diocletia, 287. 
distantii, 208, 209, 211, 

212, 278, 3238, 
ebenina, 264, 
esperi, 278. 
felderi, 280. 
frauenfeldi, 279. 
Sunerea, 259. 
godarti, 278. 
goudotii, 257. 
grammifera, 209, 211, 

277. 


rayi, 260. 
oan 280. 
honesta, 261. 


Orastia 
alludens, 208, 280. 


inconspicua, 209, 211, 


279. 
kinbergi, 269. 
lapeyrousei, 259. 
layardi, 279. 
limnoria, 260. 
lorquini, 279. 
lugens, 259. 
malayica, 269. 
melancholica, 263. 
melina, 261. 
modesta, 264. 
moorei, 267. 
nox, 263. 
occulta, 262. 
ochsenheimeri, 270. 
prunosa, 280. 
resarta, 259, 
rogert, 318. 
seudderi, 270. 
sepulchralis, 260. 
snelleni, 280. 
squalida, 259. 
vermiculata, 277. 
wallacei, 262. 


Crax 
globicera, 434, 459. 
Crocidura 
cerulescens, 346. 
Crocisa 
ceruletfrons, 348. 
nitidula, 344. 
Crotophaga 


sulcirostris, 426, 454. 


Cryptaxis 
erebripunctatus, 393, 
398, 399 
Crypturus 


sp., 577. 

sallei, 434, 462. 
Oucumaria 

culeigera, 59. 
Curzus 

aterrimus, 423. 
Curetis 

angulata, 522, 535. 

arcuata, 523, 535. 

bulis, 522. 

gloriosa, 522, 535. 

tethys, 523. 
Cyaniris 

albidisca, 524, 

535. 


Jynteana, 524, 535. 

latimargo, 523, 535. 

lavendularis, 523. 

marginata, 523, 
535. 


picid 523, 535. 


INDEX, 


Cyaniris 

puspa, 523, 524. 

sikkima, 524, 535. 

transpectus, 523. 
Cyanocitta 

crassirostris, 446. 

melanocyanea, 446. 

stelleri, 4238. 

yucatanica, 434, 

446. 

Cyanocorax 

luxuosus, 447. 

mystacdlis, 423. 
Cyanospiza 

ciris, 444. 

cyanea, 444. 

leclancheri, 421. 
Cyanotis 

azare, 39, 423. 
Cyanura 

stelleri, 423. 
Cyclophorus 

amethystinus, 597. 
Cyclorhis 

flaviventris, 442. 

virenticeps, 542, 
Cyclostrema 

affine, 92, 115. 

areolatum, 90. 


basistriatum, 89, 90. 
bithynoides, 93, 115. 


curvistriatum, 90. 
cutlerianum, 91. 
levigatum, 89. 
nitens, 91. 
peterseni, 91, 
profundum, 91. 
rugulosum, 90. 
seulptum, 90. 
serpuloides, 90. 
simile, 92, 98, 115. 
spheroides, 93. 
tenerum, 91, 115. 
trochoides, 91, 92. 
valvatoides, 92, 
115. 
Cyenia 
testacea, 156. 
Cylichna 
alba, 892, 393. 
ovata, 393. 
parvula, 398. 
Cymochorea 
eryptoleucura, 431. 
leucorrhoa, 431. 
markhami, 430. 
melania, 430, 431. 
Cynanthus 
cyanurus celestis, 


griseiventris, 72 


683 


Oyphorhinus 
pheocephalus, 589. 
Cyrsillus 
drassiformis, 358, 360, 
364, 365, 


Dacnis 
egregia equatorialis, 
543. 


Daerydium 
vitreum, 393. 
Dafila 
bahamensis, 428, 
spinicauda, 42, 
Danaida 
aglea, 248. 
chrysippus, 237. 
eunice, 304. 
plexippus, 234, 240. 
ete desjardinsii, 
57. 


Danais 
adustus, 244. 
affinis, 248. 
aglea, 247. 
agleoides, 248. 
aleathoe, 274. 
alcidice, 296. 
alcippus, 238. 
algea, 260. 
alopia, 313. 
amymone, 279. 
anapis, 222. 
archippus, 285. 
artenice, 242. 
aspasia, 245, 
—, var. erocea, 245. 
australis, 232. 
aventina, 223. 
baudiniana, 271. 
berenice, 235. 
brasiliensis, 235. 
cecilia, 243. 
ceylanica, 248, 
chinensis, 223. 
chionippe, 248. 
chloris, 222. 
choaspes, 231. 
chrysippus, 237, 

238. 


citrina, 247. 
claribella, 233. 
claudia, 287. 
cleona, 244. 
cleophile, 235. 
cleothera, 236. 
conspicua, 243, 
cora, 289. 
corinna, 270. 
coseta, 277. 
cratippus, 239, 


684 


Danais 
crocea, 245, 
damocles, 227. 
darchia, 295. 
diocletia, 296. 
dominicanus, 227. 
dorippus, 238. 
dufresneyi, 321. 
echeria, 228. 
edmondit, 242. 
egialea, 227. 
eleusina, 299. 
eleuthe, 272. 
erebus, 251. 
eresimus, 236. 
erippus, 234, 236. 
eryx, 248. 
eunice, 301. 
euphone, 257. 
exprompta, 224, 
Serruginea, 244. 
formosa, 229. 
Sfulgurata, 248, 
fumata, 252. 
gautama, 231. 
genutia, 240, 241. 
gilippus, 236. 
glortola, 247. 
grammica, 248, 
hamata, 232. 
hebridesia, 246. 
hecate, 227. 
hegesippus, 241. 
hermippus, 237. 
idea, 216, 
ino, 231. 
insolata, 244. 
inuncta, 222. 
ishma, 225. 
ismare, 233. 
ismareola, 283. 
jeumaicensis, 236. 
juventa, 224, 225. 
larissa, 251. 
leonora, 230. 
leopardus, 230. 
leucoglene, 243. 
leucoptera, 232. 
limniace, 230, 
231. 
lotis, 242. 
lutescens, 245, 
luzonensis, 251. 
mariana, 246. 
meganira, 225. 
melaneus, 250, 251. 
melanoleuca, 246, 
melanippus, 241. 
—, var. hegesippus, 
241. 
melina, 25 


INDEX. 


Danais 
melittula, 233. 
microsticta, 232. 
midama, 286. 
moderata, 233. 
mytilene, 244, 323. 
neptunia, 233. 
nesippus, 241, 
niavius, 227. 
nilgiriensis, 251. 
nipalensis, 240. 
nossima, 228. 
nubila, 242. 
obscurata, 233. 
ochlea, 228. 
enone, 246. 
enopia, 222. 
orientalis, 230. 
persimilis, 223. 
petilia, 239. 
petiverana, 230. 
phedon, 229. 
philene, 240, 242. 
phyle, 245. 
plexaure, 235. 
plexippus, 234, 

240 


prothoe, 291. 
pullata, 244. 
pumila, 246. 
purpurata, 225. 
rhadamia, 296. 
salvini, 222. 
schenkii, 247. 
septentrionis, 231. 
similis, 2238. 
—, var. nicobarica, 
224. 
sita, 249. 
sobrina, 225. 
sobrinoides, 225. 
strigosa, 236. 
swainsonii, 271. 
sylvestris, 318. 
taprobana, 252. 
thersippus, 236. 
tulliola, 295. 
turneri, 225. 
tytia, 249. 
vaillantiana, 228. 
vashti, 226. 
vitrea, 222. 
vitrina, 246. 
vulgaris, 223. 
wxanthippus, 237. 
(Chittira) melaneus, 
250. 


(—) nilgiriensis, 251. 


(—) taprobana, 252. 
(—) tytia, 249. 
(Eupleea) chloe, 315. 


Danais 


(Parantica) aglea, 
247. 


(—) agleoides, 248. 
(—) ceylanica, 248, 
(—) eleona, 244. 
(—) erocea, 245. 
(—) grammica, 248. 
(—) melanoleuca, 
246. 
(—) philomela, 245. 
erg exprompta, 
224, 


(—) nicobarica, 224. 
(—) vulgaris, 224. 
(Salatura) chrysippus, 
238. 
(—) dorippus, 238, 
(—) genutia, 240. 
(—) hegesippus, 241. 
(—) nesippus, 241. 
(—) nipalensis, 240. 
(Tirumala) gautama, 
231. 
(—) limniace, 230. 
(— a septentrionis, 


Dene n. g., 296. 


alcidice, 296. 

diocletianus, 296. 

lowei, 297. 

rhadamanthus, 255, 
296, 297. 


Daption 


capensis, 432. 


Dasysphinx 


mvucescens, 377. 


Dasyurus 


maugei, 610. 


Daudaca 


eurychlora, 23. 


Defrancia 


formosa, 393, 397, 
399. 
scalaris, 391. 


Deiopeia 


pulchella, 155, 156. 
thyter, 155, 156. 


Delias 


timorensis, 366, 368, 
371. 
vishnu, 368. 


Delphinula 


duminyt, 95. 
levis, 90. 
nitens, 91. 


Delphinus 


acutus, 491, 492, 493, 
494. 

albigena, 511. 

angustatus, 505. 


Delphinus 
bairdii, 503, 512. 
balteatus, 500. 
bivittatus, 490, 511. 
borealis, 513. 
brasiliensis, 488. 
brevimanus, 499. 
capensis, 474, 506. 
cephalorhynchus, 475, 
506. 
clymene, 498. 
cruciger, 490, 495, 
uals 
declivis, 505. 
delphis, 470, 485, 486, 
487, 497, 498, 499, 
500, 501, 503, 512. 
dubius, 498, 499. 
eschrichtii, 491, 492, 
493. 
euphrosyne. 497, 499. 
eutropia, 477, 507. 
Jitzroyi, 490, 511. 
forsteri, 502, 512. 
Srenatus, 499. 
Frontalis, 499. 
Frontatus, 483, 484. 
fulvo-fasciatus, 503, 
512. 
fuscus, 500. 
Susiformis, 494. 
gangeticus, 484. 
geoffrensis, 483. 
globiceps, 493. 
guianensis, 487, 
488. 
hastatus, 475, 476, 
506. 
heavisidii, 473, 474, 
475, 476, 506. 
intermedius, 509. 
ganira, 503, 512. 
kingii, 505. 
lentiginosus, 489, 
leucas, 505. 
leucopleurus, 491, 493, 
494. 
leucorhamphus, 497, 
512: 
longirostris, 492, 493, 
499, 500, 503, 504, 
512. 
major, 503, 512. 
malayanus, 489, 
marginata, 497, 498, 
499. 
melas, 506. 
moschatus, 500. 
nove-zealandie, 502, 
512. 
obscurus, 495. 


INDEX. 


Delphinus 
pallidus, 488, 
pectoralis, 506. 
perspicillatus, 487. 
planiceps, 484. 
plumbeus, 489. 
pomeegra, 503, 512. 
reinwardtii, 485. 
rhinodon, 505. 
roseiventris, 500. 
rostratus, 483, 484, 486. 
sinensis, 486, 488, 489. 
sowerbianus, 500. 
superciliosus, 495. 
tethys, 497. 
tursio, 470, 485, 487, 
478, 479, 480, 492, 
493. 
variegatus, 500. 
(Grampus) odscurus, 
495. 
(Steno) gadamu, 489. 
(—) perspicillatus, 486, 
487. 


Demiegretta 
rufa, 458. 
sacra, 52, 195, 200. 
Dendrobates 
fantasticus, 636. 
hahneli, 636. 
reticulatus, 635, 636. 
tinctorius, 636. 
trivittatus, 636. 
Dendrocincla 
anabatina, 450. 
atrirostris, 563. 
homochroa, 450. 
Dendrocygna 
guttata, 52, 200. 
Dendreeca 
estiva, 441. 
aureola, 420. 
coronata, 440. 
dominica, 441. 
palmarum, 441, 
superciliosa, 441, 
vietlloti, 441. 
Dendrophis 
punctulatus, 388. 
Dendrornis 
eburneirostris, 450. 
erythropygia equato- 
O alis, BST , 563. 
susurrans, 424. 
Dentalium 
striolatum, 393. 
Depressaria 
culcitella, 174. 
swinhoet, 174. 
Deragena, n. g., 272. 
boisduvalii, 272. 


Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1883, No. XLVI. 


| 


685 


Deragena 
childreni, 272. 
proserpina, 254, 272. 
schmeltzii, 272. 
whitmei, 272. 

Desmidocnemis 
asmodeus, 378. 
eumonides, 378. 

Deudorix 
amyntor, 529. 
lankana, 528. 
melampus, 147. 
petosiris, 528. 
pheretima, 528. 
suffusa, 528. 

Diabeena 
cincticollis, 382. 
imitata, 382. 


| Dieseum 


eneum, 579. 
celebicum, 578, 579. 
concolor, 580. 
everetti, 580. 
fulgidum, 51, 56, 200. 
hematostictum, 580. 
ignicollis, 56. 
tgnipectus, 580. 
tnornatum, 580. 
keiensis, 56. 
modestum, 580. 
olivaceum, 580. 
pectorale, 579. 
pulehrius, 579. 
rubriventer, 580. 
rubro-coronatum, 579, 
sanghirense, 579. 
schistaceum, 580. 
sulaense, 579. 
tristrami, 579. 
Dicruropsis 
bracteatus, 51, 200. 
Didelphys 
quica, 617, 624, 626, 
Dielis 
laratensis, 345. 
Diludia 
casuarine, 366, 370. 
Diomedea 
brachyura, 480. 
irrorata, 430. 
melanophrys, 480. 
Diplopterus 
nevius, 572. 
Diuca 
grisea, 421, 
Donacospiza 
albifrons, 38. 
Donda 
eurychlora, 23. 
ornata, 23, 30. 
striatovirens, 23, 80. 


46 


686 


Doricha, n. g., 317. 
pelor, 209, 211, 318. 
rogeri, 318. 
sylvester, 208, 209, 210, 

211, 255, 318. 

Dorycha 
elise, 451. 

Doryura 
garnotiz, 118. 

Drepanornis 
albertisi cervinicauda, 

578. 
albertisiz, 578. 
bruijnit, 578. 

Dromococcyx 
phasianellus, 455. 

Dryocopus 
lineatus, 425. 

Dundubia 
rafflesit, 188, 189. 
rufivena, 189. 

Durdara 
fenestrata, 27, 30. 

Dycladia 
batesit, 377. 
chalonitis, 378, 384. 
cretheis, 378. 
Selderi, 377, 384. 
militaris, 378. 
varipe, 378. 
vindonissa, 378. 

Dysithamnus 
semicinereus, 564. 


Earias 
tristrigosa, 157. 
Ebulea 
catalaunalis, 168. 
Echidna 
australis, 8. 
Eclectus 
cardinalis, 196. 
cornelia, 53, 196. 
pectoralis, 196. 
riedeli, 51, 58, 58, 194, 
195, 196, 200. 
roratus, 196. 
westermanni, 53, 196. 
Elainea 
albiceps, 423. 
pagana, 447. 
placens, 447, 555. 
semipagana, ddd. 
subplacens, 555. 
Electra 
acuta, 467, 490. 
elancula, 475, 476, 477 
491, 511, 506. 
hectori, 476, 491, 506. 
obtusa, 490. 
thicolea, 490, 496. 


INDEX, 


Elephas 
africanus, 465, 
indicus, 517. 
Embernagra 
chloronota, 444, 445. 
chrysoma, 551. 
rufivirgata, 444. 
striaticeps, 422, 551. 
verticalis, 444. 
Embia 
(Oligotoma) michaeli, 
654. 
(—) saundersii, 628, 
634 


Empidochanes 
griseipectus, 558. 
Empidonax 
acadicus, 558. 
griseiqularis, 558. 
minima, 448. 
trailli, 448. 
Encaustes 
crotcni,75, 76, 87. 
humeralis, 76. 
verticalis, 76. 
Enispe 
euthymius, 521. 
tessellata, 521, 
Enyalius 
palpebralis, 46. 
Enygrus 
carinatus, 387. 
Eos 
reticulata, 50, 51, 58, 
194, 200. 
Ephyra 
cleoraria, 170. 
dharmsale, 169. 
Epilecta 
opulenta, 160. 
semiherbida, 160. 
Epinephele 
roxane, 174. 
Episcapha 
cordata, 75, 81. 
difficilis, 75, 82. 
interrupta, 82. 
obliquata, 83. 
octonotata, 81. 
octopustulata, 75, 82, 
87. 
piciventris, 75, 81, 
2. 


sempert, 75, 81, 82. 

senegalensis, 81, 82. 

sublevis, 81. 
Equus 

chapmant, 32. 

grevyt, 175. 
Ercheia 

costipannosa, 24. 


Ercheia 
dubia, 366, 370. 
pannosa, 24. 
uniformis, 24. 

Ereunetes 
petrificatus, 429. 

Eriopus 
latreilliz, 162. 
quicta, 162. 

Erismatura 
Serruginea, 428. 

Erosia 
adjutaria, 171. 
theclata, 171. 

Erruca 
aterrima, 375. 
hilaris, 375. 
lycopolis, 373, 384. 
phyleis, 375. 
sephela, 375. 

Erythrura 
tricolor, 51, 57, 200. 

Eucometes 
spodocephala, 443. 

Eudorea 
lativitta, 29. 

Eudytus 
bizonatus, 80. 

Eumeta 
horsfieldiz, 16. 
rafflesii, 16. 

Eumomota 
superciliaris, 435, 

453. 

Eunowmia 
eburneifera, 379. 
ocina, 379, 384. 

Euphonia 
affinis, 442. 
crassirostris, 537, 544. 
hirundinacea, 443. 
hypoxantha, 537, 544. 
zanthogastra, 544. 

Euphysetes 
grayi, 467. 

Euplexia 
semifascia, 161. 

Euplocia 
membliaria, 156. 

Eupleea 
abjecta, 282. 
adyte, 295. 
egyptus, 316. 
aethiops, 262. 
aglidice, 302. 
albata, 249. 
alcathoe, 274. 
alecto, 262. 
althea, 305. 
amymone, 279. 
nO a 281. 


a 


Eupicea 
angasi, 270. 
anthracina, 274. 
arishe, 294. 
aristotelis, 292. 
asela, 277. 
assimilata, 299. 
badoura, 321. 
batesit, 259. 
belinda, 270. 
bernsteini, 303. 
bohemanni, 307. 
boisdwvalti, 272, 320. 
breweri, 267. 
brenchleyi, 284. 
browni, 292. 
burmeistert, 309. 
butleri, 209, 210, 290, 
291. 
callithoé, 305. 
camaralzeman, 264. 
camorta, 279. 
castelnaui, 289. 
charox, 261. 
chionippe, 243. 
chloé, 315. 
chrysippus, 237, 238. 
elerckii, 315. 
climena, 260. 
configurata, 273. 
confusa, 260. 
consimilis, 319. 
coracina, 261. 
core, 277. 
coreoides, 318. 
corinna, 270. 
corus, 255, 277, 289, 
290. 
crameri, 266. 
crassa, 307, 308. 
cratis, 269. 
euvieri, 291. 
dalmanii, 285. 
darchia, 295. 
decipiens, 280. 
dehaanii, 301. 
deione, 275. 
dejeani, 314. 
depuiseti, 304. 
diana, 273. 
diocletianus, 296. 
distincta, 258. 
doleschallii, 322. 
dolosa, 283. 
donovanii, 271. 
dorippus, 238. 
doubledayi, 275. 
drucei, 290. 
dryasis, 322. 
duponchelii, 274. 
ebenina, 264. 


INDEX, 


Euplea 
edwardsii, 264. 
eleutho, 258, 272. 
elisa, 289. 
enceladus, 323. 
engrammellii, 293. 
erichsonii, 307. 
erimas, 298. 
eschscholtzit, 258. 
espert, 278. 
euctemon, 288. 
eunice, 302, 304. 
eupator, 297. 
euphon, 257. 
euphone, 257. 
eurtanassa, 285. 
eurypon, 284. 
euthoé, 305. 
eyndhovii, 275. 
Saber, 317. 
Ffabricii, 315. 
felderi, 262, 280. 
forsteri, 296. 
Srauenfeldii, 279. 
fraterna, 299. 
Ffraudulenta, 285. 
Srischit, 313. 
gamelia, 317. 
gerningti, 275. 
geyeri, 274, 275. 
gloriosa, 321. 
godartii, 278. 
godmani, 291. 
goezi, 295. 
goudotii, 257. 
grefiana, 303. 
grandis, 290. 
grayi, 260, 272. 
grotei, 313, 320. 
guerinti, 283. 
gyllenhali, 209, 210, 
211, 290. 
hamata, 232. 
harristi, 263, 320. 
haworthi, 280. 
helcita, 258. 
herbsti, 3038. 
herrichii, 272. 
hewitsoni, 297, 304. 
hisme, 3038. 
hopei, 319. 
hopfferi, 295. 
horsfieldii, 273. 
hiibneri, 270, 280. 
hyacinthus, 297. 
hyems, 294. 
illudens, 280. 
imitata, 300. 
incompta, 323. 
inquinata, 292. 
iphianassa, 303. 


687 


Euplea 


trawada, 311. 
Janus, 280. 
Jessica, 298. 
Johanna, 266. 
kadee, 304. 
kinbergi, 269. 
kirbyi, 273. 
klugi, 305. 
kollari, 309, 310. 
lacordairei, 321. 
letifica, 321. 
lankana, 319. 
lapeyrousei, 285. 
latreillei, 262. 
layardi, 279. 
leachii, 273. 
leda, 294. 
ledereri, 292. 
leucostictos, 301. 
lewinti, 270. 
limborgii, 275. 
limniace, 231. 
lorenzo, 298. 
lorquinii, 279. 
lorraini, 317. 
lorze, 265. 
lucasit, 271. 
lugens, 259. 
macleayt, 303. 
magnifica, 275. 
malayica, 269. 
margarita, 313, 314. 
murseulit, 313. 
maura, 273. 
mazares, 292, 299. 
megera, 274, 
megilla, 287. 
melancholica, 263, 
melanea, 250. 
melina, 261, 285. 
melpomene, 318. 
ménétriésii, 275. 
mesocala, 305. 

eri, 305. 
paises 286, 287,312. 
—, var. claudius, 287. 
mindanaoensis, 288. 
mitra, 281. 
mniszechii, 298. 
modesta, 264. 
mesta, 322. 
montana, 318. 
montrouzteri, 258. 
moorei, 267, 274, 280. 
morosa, 285. 
mulciber, 287. 
miavius, 227, 
novare, 300, 
nox, 263. 
occulta, 262. 


688 


Euplea 
ochsenheimeri, 270, 
290, 317. 
orope, 270, 271. 
palea, 321. 
papuana, 322. 
pasithea, 303. 
pavette, 291. 
payeni, 321. 
paykullit, 261, 285. 
erryi, 258. 
Peon 229. 
phenareta, 289, 291. 
philomela, 245. 
phebus, 209, 210, 289, 
290. 
phenareta, 291. 
picina, 320. 
pierretit, 285. 
pinwillit, 275. 
plexippus, 234, 240. 
poeyt, 275. 
poggei, 309. 
pollita, 295. 
priapus, 295. 
proserpina, 272. 
pumila, 294. 
reaumuri, 262. 
redtenbacheri, 261. 
resarta, 259. 
reselii, 804. 
rogenhoferi, 311. 
salabanda, 294. 
saundersii, 294. 
scherzert, 273. 
schlegelai, 321. 
schmeltzii, 272. 
semicirculus, 291, 
semperi, 288. 
sepulchralis, 260. 
seriata, 295. 
servillei, 260. 
siamensis, 278. 
similis, 224. 
simulatrix, 261. 
sinhala, 309. 
sisamis, 294. 
splendens, 311. 
staintoni, 303. 
stephensii, 293, 
subdita, 281. 


superba, 312, 313, 321. 


sylvester, 318. 
swainsonit, 271. 
swinhoei, 321. 
tisiphone, 288, 
tobleri, 282. 
torvina, 285. 
treitschkei, 298. 
trimenii, 294, 
tristis, 322. 


INDEX, 


Euplea 


tulliolus, 294, 295. 
tytia, 249. 
unibrunnea, 292. 
usipetes, 299. 
vermiculata, 277. 
vestigiata, 800, 301, 
vicina, 284. 
viola, 304, 305. 
violetta, 282. 
visaya, 288. 
vitella, 274. 
vollenhavii, 299. 
walkenaieri, 274. 
wallacei, 262. 
wallengrenti, 273. 
westwoodii, 301, 304. 
whitei, 306. 
whitmei, 272. 
zinkenit, 261. 
zonata, 276. 
(Callipleea) ledereri, 
292. 


(Crastia) bremeri, 267. 

(—) camaralzeman, 
264. 

(—) crameri, 266. 

(—) cupreipennis, 264. 

(—) malayica, 269. 

(—) modesta, 264. 

(—) ochsenheimeri, 
270. 

(—) stmulatrix, 261. 


(Macropleea)castelnaui, 


289. 
(—) elisa, 289. 
(Salpinx) adamsoni, 
313. 
(—) diocletianus, 296. 
—) erichsonii, 307. 
) grantii, 306. 
—) illustris, 307. 
—) irawada, 311. 
i, klugii, 306. 
leucogonys, 301. 
—) margarita, 313. 
-) masoni, 309. 
) novare, 300. 
) rhadamanthus, 
296. 
—) rogenhoferi, 311. 
) sinhala, 309. 
piece a coreoides, 


poeta 320. 
(—) hope, 319. 

(—) montana, 319. 
(Trepsichrois) mida- 
mus, 286. 


oe 
Ce 
er 
os 
= 
(= 
Co 
Ge 
= 
(— 
a 
ene 
(s 
Se 


Euprepes 


cyanurus, 386, 


Euprepes 

rufescens, 386. 
Eutropia 

dickiei, 477, 507. 
Eupyra 

cephalena, 372, 384. 

herodes, 372, 384. 

salmoni, 372, 378. 
Eurydactylus 

vieillardi, 129, 131. 
Eustephanus 

galeritus, 425. 
Evius 

polyxenus, 383, 384. 


Faleo 

percontator, 457. 
Felis 

melas, 535. 

pardus, 535. 
Feresia 

attenuata, 510, 511. 

intermedia, 511. 
Florida 

cerulea, 427, 


Florisuga 


mellivora, 566. 


Fluvicola 


atripennis, 553. 
Formicarius 

moniliger, 435, 450. 

pallidus, 435, 450. 
Formicivora 

consobrina, 565. 
Fregata 

aquila, 427, 458, 
Fulica 

leucoptera, 42. 
Furnarius 

cinnamomeus, 424, 

560. 
longtrostris, 424, 560. 


Fusus 


attenuatus, 395. 

berniciensis, 391, 393. 

concinnus, 392, 396, 
399. 

costulatus, 392. 

delicatus, 391, 392, 
396, 899. 

gracilis, 395. 

hirsutus, 392, 396, 397, 
399. 

islandicus, 391, 392. 

lachesis, 392. 

norvegicus, 391. 

sabini, 391, 395, 396, 
399. 

semicostatus, 392. 

tortuosus, 395. 

turgidulus, 392, 


Fusus 
turritus, 396, 


Galbula 

melanogenia, 572. 
Galeoscoptes 

carolinensis, 439. 
Gallinula 

galeata, 428. 
Gamalia 

albofasciata, 154. 
Gamana 

costalis, 221. 

daos, 214, 220, 221. 
Gamatoba, n. g., 262. 

aethiops, 262. 

alecto, 208, 209, 262. 

cerberus, 208, 2638. 

diadema, 263. 

ebenina, 264. 

latreillei, 262. 

melancholica, 263, 

monilifera, 262. 

nox, 208, 211, 263. 

occulta, 254, 262, 

reaumuri, 262. 

spiculifera, 263. 
Ganesa. n. g., 94. 

nitidiuscula, 94, 115, 

393. 

pruinosa, 94, 115, 
Garzetta 

candidissima, 458, 
Gebyra 

vorax, 119, 131. 
Gecko 

mestus, 120. 

verticillatus, 386. 
Gelechia 

infernalis, 174. 
Gematoba 

cerberus, 209. 
Gemmula 

asperata, 113. 
Geocichla 

sp. ine., 51, 56, 200, 

589. 


erythronota, 588, 

imbricata, 56. 

machiki, 589. 

peroni, 56. 

rubiginosa, 588, 
Geococcyx 

affinis, 454. 

mexicanus, 454, 
Geoffroius 

Keiensis, 51, 194, 200. 
Geopelia 

maugei, 51, 195, 200. 
Geositta 

cunicularia, 424. 


INDEX. 


Geospiza 
fortis, 421. 

Geothlypis 
e@quinoctialis, 420. 
auricularis, 420. 
chiriquensis, 420, 
semiflava, 420, 541. 
trichas, 441. 


Gerydus 
drumila, 521. 
Gerygone 


dorsalis, 195, 199, 
200. 


Gibbula 

elata, 101. 
Girpa 

optativa, 165. 
Glaucidium 

ferox, 574. 

infuscatum, 456. 

nanum, 41, 426. 

phalenoides, 456, 
Glinama 

euctemon, 255, 288. 
Globiceps 

affinis, 509. 

brachypterus, 509. 

intermedius, 509. 

macrorhynchus, 509, 

melas, 509, 510. 

scammoni, 509. 
Globiocephalus 

affinis, 267. 

melas, 471. 
Gluphisia 

indica, 157. 
Glyphidelphis 

rostratus, 484. 
Glyphorhynchus 

cuneatus castelnaudi, 

563. 

Gnathospiza 

raimondi, 537, 549. 
Godara 

incomalis, 168. 
Gonitis 

albitibia, 20. 

brunnea, 21. 

fulvida, 19. 

guttanivis, 19. 

wnvoluta, 163. 

mesogona, 163. 

metaxantha, 21. 

trilineata, 21, 30. 
Gouldia 

conversi equatorialis 

587, 567. 

Grampus 

affinis, 467. 

griseus, 510. 

richardsoni, 510. 


689 


Grampus 
sowerbianus, 510. 
Granatellus 
salle@i, 435, 441. 
Graphiphora 
nigrum, 161. 
Graucalus 
ceruleo-griseus, 55. 
melanops, 51, 195, 
200. 
monotonus, 847, 
unimodus, 51, 55, 195, 
198, 200. 
Grus 
Sraterculus, 461. 
Gubernatrix 
cristatella, 38. 
Guiraca 
cerulea, 444. 
cyanoides, 549. 
parellina, 444, 
Gymnelia 
completa, 374, 376. 
torquatus, 377. 
whitelyi, 376. 
Gymnodactylus 
arnourt, 129, 181. 
candeloti, 120, 121. 
girardi, 129. 
multicarinatus, 129. 
(Heteronota) arfakia- 
nus, 129, 
Gyrtona 
chalybea, 163, 


Hadena 

semifascia, 161. 

siderifera, 161, 
Hadrostomus 

aglaie, 449, 
Hematopus 

ater, 429. 

palliatus, 429, 
Hemophilia 

melanotis, 422, 
Haliastur 

girrenera, 51, 200, 
Halicore 

australis, 50. 
Halmaturus 

walabatus, 600, 622, 

623, 625, 626, 627. 

Hamadryas 

@equicincta, 256, 

assarica, 256. 

moorei, 256. 

nais, 256. 

nedusia, 256. 

zoilus, 258, 254, 257, 
Hapalemur 

griseus, 178. 


690 


Haplosonyx 

trifiasciatus, 406. 
Harpagus 

bidentatus, 574. 
Hedymeles 

ludovicianus, 444, 
Heliciella 

costellata, 108. 
Helicina 

convexra, 597. 

(Idesa) velutina, 597. 

(Pachystoma) fasciata, 

597. 


(—) rhodostoma, 597. 
Helicodia 

assarica, 256. 
Heliodoxa 

Jamesoni, 567. 
Heliomaster 

albicrissa, 567. 
Heliothis 

armigera, 161, 162. 

conferta, 162. 

rubrescens, 161. 
Heliothrix 

barroti, 567. 

purpurerceps, 567. 
Helix 

serpuloides, 90. 

(Dentellaria) badia, 

596 


Dy 
(—) dentiens, 596. 
(—) josephina, 597. 
(—) nigrescens, 597. 
Helminthophaga 
chrysoptera, 420, 
pinus, 440. ° 
Hemidactylus 
' bavayt, 122. 
garnoti, 118, 130. 
ludekingii, 118, 


meyeri, 120. 
(ean) bavayi, 
121. 


(—) eyelura, 122. 
Hemiprocne 
zonaris, 569, 
Henicorhina 
leucophrys, 539. 
Herbula 
meleagrisalis, 167. 
Herodias 
egretta, 427. 
Herpetotheres 
cachinnans, 457. 
Hesperia 
elianus, 368. 
cippus, 530. 
maro, 154. 
mathias, 154. 
theophrastus, 148. 


INDEX, 


Hestia 


agamarschana, 219. 
aza, 216. 
belia, 220. 
Llanchardii, 216. 
cadelli, 219. 
clara, 216. 
Turvillei, 216. 
donovani, 218. 
druryi, 219. 
electra, 217. 
ephyre, 250. 
eudora, 22). 
hadeni, 219. 
hypermnestra, 220. 
idea, 216, 219. 
Jasonia, 219. 
leuconoe, 216. 
linteata, 220. 
logani, 218, 219. 
lynceus, 214, 217, 218, 
220. 
malabarica, 220. 
reinwardti, 218. 
stolli, 218. 
thoé, 242. 
Heteronota 
pelagica, 129. 
Heteropelma 
vere-pacis, 424. 
Heteroscelus 
brevipes, 429. 
incanus, 429. 
Himantopus 
nigricollis, 462. 
Hipparehia 
anthe, 174. 
Hirdapa, n. g., 299. 
assimilata, 208, 209, 
210, 299. 
fraterna, 209, 210, 
299. 


Frigida, 300. 
fe Si 209, 210, 
300. 

ustpetes, 255, 299. 
Hirundo 

erythrogaster, 420, 442. 
Histia 

Sraterna, 15. 

papilionaria, 15. 
Histrea 

amazonica, 383. 
Homeeocera 

buckleyi, 374. 

cressa, 374, 

lyrcea, 375. 

ozora, 874, 375, 384. 
Hoplarctia 

claria, 383. 

nautana, 384. 


Hoplodactylus 

(Rhacodactylus) Jeach- 
ianus, 

Horaga 
ciniata, 525. 
moulmeina, 525. 
onyx, 525. 
sikkima, 525. 
syrinx, 525. 
viola, 525. 

Hybosoma, n. g., 77. 
i 75, ks 

87. 


striatum, 75, 77, 78 
tetrastictum, 75, 78. 
Hydrobia 
balfouri, 4, 8. 
(Belgrandia) miliacea, 
5 


Hydrocampa 
rivulalis, 167. 
tenera, 167. 

Hyla 
aurantiaca, 688. 
dolichopsis, 388. 
lanciformis, 637. 
marmorata, 638. 

arviceps, 638. 
bra, 633, 
taurina, 637. 

Hylophilus 
aurantiifrons, 542. 
minor, 5386, 542, 

Hylotomus 
pileatus, 425, 

Hymenia 
fascialis, 366, 371. 

Hypanis 
cara, 146. 
ilithyia, 146. 
polinice, 146. 
simplex, 146, 175. 

Hyperoodon 
Bg 467. 

erythra 
phantasma, 169. 
noe 169. 

Hypocala 
aspersa, 164. 
plumicornis, 164. 
subsatura, 164, 

Hypocalpe 
fasciata, 157. 

Hypocnemis 
nevioides, 566. 

Hypolimnas 
albula, 367. 
anomala, 367. 
forbesii, 366, 367, 

371. 


polymena, 366, 367. 


a 


Hypolimnas 

velleda, 367. 
Hypolyczna 

en, 527, 535. 

chandrana, 527. 

grotet, 527, 535. 

kina, 527. 

nasaka, 527. 

nilgirica, 527, 535. 

othona, 527. 
Hypopyra 

pois, 26. 

vespertilio, 26. 
Hypotriorchis 

aurantius, 457. 

Jfemoralis, 41, 457. 

rufigularis, 457, 574. 
Hypsa 

orbicularis, 156. 
Hyria 

bilineata, 170. 


Icteria 
virens, 441. 
viridis, 441. 
Icterus 
auratus, 484, 445. 
cucullatus, 445. 
giraudi, 445, 
grace-anne, 422. 
mesomelas, 422, 445, 
552. 
pustulatus, 422. 
Ictinia 
plumbea, 457, 574. 
Idea 


absconditaria, 170. 
aversata, 172. 
godmani, 216. 
inducta, 170. 
invalida, 170. 
negataria, 170. 
walkerz, 170. 
Idas 
argenteus, 392, 394. 
Idea 


agelia, 216. 
abigar, 243, 
aza, 216. 
blanchardii, 216. 
daos, 221. 
@urvillei, 216, 
diardi, 221. 
gaura, 221, 222. 
hypermnestra ( jasonia, 
var.), 220. 
idea, 216. 
leuconoe, 216. 
manuja, 236. 
lyncea, 218. 
plexippus, 234. 


INDEX, 


Idea 

tondana, 216. 
Ideopsis 

anapis, 207, 222. 

chloris, 207, 222. 

daos, 221. 

gaura, 214, 221. 

glaphyra, 222. 

hewitsoni, 222. 

inuncta, 222. 

phestis, 222. 

vitred, 208, 222. 
Tlattia 

cephusalis, 159. 
Tlerda 

androcles, 526. 

langii, 526. 

moorei, 526. 
Illipula 

ornata, 380. 
Ingura 

recurrens, 157. 
subapicalis, 157. 
Inia 

geoffrensis, 483. 
Tolaus 

cippus, 530. 
Iphitus 

tuberatus, 114, 115. 
Isamia 

egyptus, 208, 209, 210, 

316, 


alopia, 312, 313, 324. 

brahma, 314. 

chloe, 208, 209, 211, 
212, 314, 315, 316, 
317, 323. 

dameli, 316. 

dejeani, 314. 

Sabricii, 315. 

grotei, 313. 

trawada, 311, 312. 

lowei, 208, 210, 316. 

margarita, 208, 209, 
210, 211, 212, 318, 
314 


marginata, 323. 
marseuli, 313. 
midamus, 312, 324. 
raflesi, 314, 315. 
rothneyi, 309. 
simillima, 310. 
singapura, 208, 211, 
315 ; 


sinhala, 309. 

sinica, 311. 

sophia, 208, 211, 315. 

splendens, 209, 210, 211, 
212, 311, 323. 

superba, 255, 311, 
312. 


691 


Tsanthrene 
craboniformis, 378. 
eusebia, 373. 
thyestes, 374, 384. 
tolosa, 374. 

Ischyrus 
4-punctatus, 86. 
grammicus, 75, 86. 
peruvianus, 75, 85. 

Tsoteinon 
modesta, 584. 
nilgiriana, 538, 534. 
vindhiana, 583. 
vittatus, 5384. 

Ixias 
agnivena, 153. 
depalpura, 153, 175. 
dharmsale, 153. 
kausala, 153. 
marianne, 153. 
pyrene, 153. 


Jartheza 
chrysographella, 173. 
uliamyia 


Seliciana, 568. 


Karadina 
andamana, 316. 
Karadira, n. g., 281. 
andamanensis, 209, 211, 
254, 281. 
Kogia 
macleayt, 467. 


Lachesis 
mutus, 388. 
Lacuna 
arctica, 110. 
crassior, 109. 
divaricata, 103, 109. 
fabricii, 110. 
frigida, 110. 
fusca, 110. 
glacialis, 109. 
labiosa, 110. 
margaritifera, 111. 
neritoidea, 110. 
pallidula, 110. 
pertusa, 110. 
puteolus, 110, 
solidula, 110. 
tenella, 110. 
vestita, 109. 
Lagenocetus 
latifrons, 467. 
Lagenorhynchus 
acutus, 489, 490, 492, 
494,511. 
albirostris, 489, 491, 


494, 511. 


692 


Lagenorhynchus 
asia, 494, 511. 
breviceps, 495, 496. 
clanculus, 475, 489, 490, 
494, 511. 
eruciger, 494. 
electra, 489, 490, 494, 
511. 
eschrichtii, 494, 511. 
fusiformis, 490. 
leucopleurus, 494, 511. 
obliquidens, 494, 511. 
perspicillatus, 494, 
511. 
thicolea, 496. 
(Hlectra) asia, 490. 
Lagoptera 
honesta, 356, 370. 
Lalage 
atro-virens, 55. 
meesta, 51, 55, 195, 200. 
tricolor, 55. 
Lampides 
elianus, 366, 368. 
Lampornis 
iridescens, 566. 
prevosti, 451. 
violicauda, 566. 
Lampropsar 
dives, 446. 
Lampropygia 
wilsont, 567. 
Laphria 
gloriosa, 346. 
Laphysma 
anfecta, 158. 
Leda 
frigida, 391, 392. 
lucida, 392, 393. 
subequilatera, 391. 
tenuis, 391. 
Legatus 
albicollis, 556. 
Lehera, n. g., 528. 
eryx, 529. 
Lemur 
albifrons, 44. 
Lepidodactylus 
crepuscularis, 121, 122, 
131. 
cyclurus, 121, 128, 131. 
lugubris, 120, 121, 131. 
neocaledonicus, 121, 
122. 
sauvagit, 122, 131. 
Leptarthra 
dohrni, 406. 
Leptasthenura 
egithaloides, 424. 
Leptodactylus 
discodactylus, 637. 


INDEX. 


Leptodactylus 
rhodomystax, 637. 
rubidus, 637. 

Leptodon 
cayennensis, 457. 

Leptopogon 
superciliaris transandi- 

nus, 537, 553. 

Leptoptila 
albifrons, 455, 459. 
fulviventris, 435, 459. 
pallida, 536, 575. 
rufaxilla, 575. 
verreauct, 575. 

Leptoptilus 
argala, 640, 641, 652. 
javanicus, 640. 

Leucania 
bivittata, 158. 
inferens, 158. 
penicillata, 157. 
percisa, 158. 
rufistrigosa, 158. 

Leucinodes 
discisigna, 29. 

Leucopleurus 
arcticus, 467, 490. 

Leucorhamphus 
peronti, 497, 512. 

Liasis 
amethystinus, 387. 

Lichenops 
perspicillatus, 423. 

Lima 
excavata, 30. 
goliath, 30, 32. 
subauriculata, 392. 
subovata, 392. 

Limnas 
alcippoides, 238, 323. 
alcippus, 238. 
bataviana, 238. 
bowringi, 239. 
chrysippus, 214, 237, 

239. 
cratippus, 238, 239. 
dorippus, 238. 
Serruginea genutia, 240. 
ferrugineus chrysippus, 
237. 


— plexippus, 234. 

— vincetoxici, 236. 

mutabilis midamis, 

312. 

— nemertes, 302. 

petilia, 239. 

(Thalassica) zdea, 216. 

(—) limniace, 231. 
Limopsis 

cristata, 392. 

minuta, 392. 


Limosa 

hudsonica, 42. 
Linodesmus 

cecus, 80. 
Lintorata, n. g., 229. 

menadensis, 214, 229. 
Littorina 

arctica, 112. 

grandis, 113. 

grenlandica, 113. 

limata, 112. 

litorea, 113. 

mandschurica, 113. 

obtusata, 112. 

rudis, 112. 

squalida, 113. 
Lobivanellus 

miles, 52, 200. 
Lontara, n. g., 261. 

wallacei, 254, 262. 
Lophognathus 

maculilabris, 386. 
Lophophorus 

chumbanus, 465. 

impeyanus, 465. 
Lophoptera 

costata, 163. 
Lophotriceus 

spicifer, 553. 

squamicristatus, 553. 
Loxophlebia 

eumelis, 376. 

petosiris, 276. 
Lucia 

dilama, 522. 
Lybas 

dorsalis, 75, 86. 
Lyceena 

icarus, 47, 

indica, 149. 

karsandra, 149. 

patala, 148, 368. 

plinius, 525, 

pygmed, 149. 

theophrastus, 525. 
Lycorea 

halia, 213. 
Lygosoma 

smaragdinum, 386. 
Lymantria 

detersa, 156. 

fuliginosa, 17. 

pusilla, 17. 
Lyssidia 

goldiei, 366, 370. 


Macacus 
rhesus, 581. 
Macaria 
peremptaria, 171. 
strenuataria, 172. 


Macheroplax 
hidalgoi. 97. 

Macrocyclis 
carnatica, 4. 

Macroplea 
callithoé, 305. 
elisa, 289. 
phenareta, 291. 
phebus, 289. 
semicirculus, 291. 

Macropus 
erubescens, 131. 
melanops, 607, 623, 626, 

627. 


Macropygia 
sp. inc., D1, 195, 200. 
Macrosila 
casuarine, 370. 
Mahintha, n. g., 280. 
subdita, 209, 211, 254, 
281. 


Majaqueus 
@quinoctialis, 431. 
Malacoptila 
panamensis, 572, 
poliopsis, 572. 
Mamestra 
brassice, 159. 
dolorosa, 159. 
Mangalisa 
albata, 215, 249. 
Mareca 
chiloensis, 42. 
Margarita 
albula, 97. 
arctica, 96. 
bella, 97. 
costulata, 89. 
euspira, 98. 
maculata, 97. 
minima, 95. 
minutissima, 89. 
pusilla, 91. 
regalis, 98. 
sordida, 96. 
striata, 96, 97. 
undulata, 97. 
Margarornis 
brunnescens, 563. 
Mastigocera 
cyanea, 380. 
Mechanitis 
lysimnia, 213. 
Mecocerculus 
calopterus, 553. 
Megalodacne 
furcata, 75, 79. 
grandis, 79. 
amperatrix, 75, '78, 87. 
Megalognatha 
bipunctata, 402, 406. 


INDEX. 


Megalognatha 
cavicollis, 402. 
cruciata, 401, 406. 
unifasciata, 402, 406. 

Megalurus 
amboinensis, 589, 

Megapodius 
geelvinkianus, 57. 
tenimberensis, 52, 57, 
tumulus, 57. 

Megaptera 
longimana, 467. 

Megarhynchus 
chrysogaster, 557. 
pitangua, 448. 

— chrysogaster, 557. 

Megischyrus 
bartletti, 75, 85, 87. 
bellicosus, 85. 
bogote, 85. 
elongatus, 75, 85. 

Melampsalta 
oldfieldi, 191. 

Melanerpes 
pucherani, 571. 

Melania 
amarula, 6, 8. 
balleata, 7. 
datura, 6, 7. 
histrionica, 7. 
pagoda, 6, 7, 8. 
scabra, 5, 6, 7, 8. 
sclateri, 7, 8. 
tuberculata, 2, 5, 7, 8. 

Melanoptila 
glabrirostris, 434, 439. 

Meleagris 
ocellata, 434, 436, 461. 

Melinda, n. g., 229. 


formosa, 207, 214, 229. 


Melopelia 
leucoptera,A28,435,459. 
Melospiza 


lincolni, 444. 
Menama, n. g., 264. 

buaxtonii, 209, 265. 

camaralzeman, 254, 


cupreipennis, 264. 

lorze, 265, 323. 

modesta, 264, 265. 

mouhotii, 265, 323. 

tavoyana, 208, 209, 210, 

211, 212, 265, 323. 

Merista 

oberthiiri, 404, 406. 

rufipennis, 406. 

variabilis, 406. 
Merops 

philippinus, 1. 


Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1883, No. XLVII. 


693 


Mesodonta 
limbata, 404. 
transverso-fasciata, 403, 

6. 

Mestapra, n. g., 285. 
eurtanassa, 285. 
fraudulenta, 254, 285. 
paykullei, 285, 
torvina, 285. 

Micrastur 
guerilla, 574. 
melanoleucus, 457. 

Micrencaustes 
lituratus, 76. 
plagiatus, 75, 76. 
sinuatus, 76. 
torquatus, 75, 76, 87. 

Microcerculus 
teniatus, 5387, 539. 

Micreca 
hemixantha, 51, 55,195, 

200. 


Microglossa 
alecto, 346. 
aterrima, 346. 

Microsemyra 
pallida, 155. 

Miletus 
drumila, 521. 

Mimeta 
bouroensi, 199, 
decipiens, 195, 199, 

200, 


Mimus 

calandria, 37. 

gilvus, 439, 

racilis, 439. 

(aide 539, 
Mionectes 

assimilis, 553. 

oleagineus, 553. 
Mniotilta 

varia, 440. 
Mohnia 

mohni, 391. 
Molleria 

costulata, 89. 

levigata, 89, 91. 
Molothrus 

e@neus, 445, 
Momotus 

lessoni, 453, 571, 

martii, 571. 

mexicanus, 426. 

microstephanus, 571. 

subrufescens, 571, 

yucatanensis, 453, 
Monarcha 

bernsteini, 54. 

castus, 51, 53, 200, 

chalybeocephalus, 58, 


47 


694 


Monarcha 
inornatus, 347. 
leucotis, 54. 
morotensis, 54. 
mundus, 51, 54, 194, 
200. 
nigrimentum, 54. 
nitidus, 51, 58, 194, 
200. 
richardst, 347. 
ugiensis, 347. 
verticalis, 347. 
Monodon 
monoceros, 504. 
Monodonta 
egyptiaca, 101. 
articulata, 100. 
draparnaudi, 100. 
fragaroides, 100. 
limbata, 108. 
olivieri, 100. 
punctulata, 100. 
sitis, 100. 
tinet, 108. 
Morvillia 
undata, 391. 
Munia 
molucea, 51, 195, 200. 
Muscipeta 
incanescens, 554. 
Muscivora 
mexicana, 448. 
occidentalis, 557. 
Mycteria 
americana, 640. 
Myiagra 
fulviventris, 51, 54, 57, 
195, 200. 
rufigula, 5D. 
Myiarchus 
lawrencii, 448. 
nigriceps, 559. 
pheocephalus, 559. 
Myiobius 
erypterythrus, 558. 
erythrurus, 557. 
nevius, 558. 
ornatus, 557. 
phenicurus, 557. 
stellatus, 557. 
Myiodioctes 
mitratus, 441. 
Myiodynastes 
atrifrons, 556. 
bairdi, 556. 
luteiventris, 448. 
Myiopatis 
ancanescens, 5d4. 
tumbezana, 587, 554. 
Myiozetetes 
cayennensis, 537, 556, 


INDEX, 


Myiozetetes 
granadensis, 556. 
texensis, 423, 447. 

Myrina 
syrinx, 525. 

Mpyristicivora 
bicolor, 51, 195, 200. 

Myrmeciza 
exsul, 566. 

Myrmia 
micrura, 537, 568. 

Myrmotherula 
menetriesi, 564. 
schisticolor, 565. 
surinamensis, 564. 

Myrtis 
fanny, 425. 

Myzanthe 
ignipectus, 580. 
inornatum, 580. 

Myzomela 
annabelle, 51, 456, 

200. 
erythrocephala, 56. 
pulcherrima, 347. 
pusilla, 116. 
wakoloensis, 116, 589. 


Nacamsa, n. g., 310. 
meldole, 209, 211. 310. 
simillima, 209, 211, 

255, 310. 

Nadagara 
grisea, 172. 

Narmada 
consimilis, 319. 
corecides, 209, 211, 212, 

255, 318, 323. 
lankana, 209, 211. 
montana, 318. 

Nasiterna 
Jinschi, 347. 
pusio, 347. 

Nasuma, n. g., 233. 
ismare, 214, 233. 

Natica 
affinis, 391. 
grenlandica, 393. 
montacuti, 392, 393. 

Naxia 
calefaciens, 26. 
duplexa, 26, 30. 

Nera 
subtorta, 391. 

Nebroda, n. g., 228. 
albimaculata, 228. 
echeria, 214, 228. 

Necrosia 
maculicollis, 630. 

Nectaria 
agelia, 216. 


Nectaria 
za, 216. 
blanchardii, 216. 
clara, 216. 
@urvillei, 216. 
godmani, 216. 
idea, 214, 216. 
jasonia, 219. 
leucone, 216. 
malabarica, 216. 
Nectarinia 
sp. ine., 51, 198. 
splendida, 63, 64, 66, 
69. 
Nemoria 
carnifrons, 169. 
pruinosa, 169. 
Nemosia 
guirina, 5AT. 
Neomeris 
phocenoides, 506. 
Neorhynchus 
nasesus, 537, 550. 
Neptis 
aceris, 145, 146. 
astola, 145, 146. 
cerne, 256 
eurymene, 
17d. 
eurynome, 145. 
heliodora, 256. 
latifasciata, 256. 
nicobarica, 146. 
swinhoei, 145, 175. 
varmona, 146. 
(Pheedyma) shepherdi, 
256. 


145, 146, 


Nerissus 
griseo-scutellatus, 406. 
Nerita 
littoralis, 112. 
reticulatus, 113. 
Nesis, n. g., 361. 
nigropunctatus, 361, 
364, 365. 
Nesitis 
attenuata, 80. 
Nettapus 
pulchellus, 52, 200. 
Neuria 
incisa, 158. 
Nilasera 
centaurus, 531. 
nakula, 531. 
opalina, 531, 535. 
pirithous, 531. 
pseudocentaurus, 531. 
subfasciata, 582, 535. 
Ninox 
forbesi, 51, 52, 200. 
hantu, 52. 


Nipara, n. g., 257. 
distincta, 258. 
eschscholtzii, 258. 


helcita, 208, 209, 210, 


211, 254, 258. 
indistincta, 258. 
intermedia, 258. 
perryi, 258. 

Niphanda 
plinioides, 524, 
535. 
Nisus 
striatus, 41. 
Noctua 
armigera, 161. 
suffusa, 160. 
Nothoprocta 
doeringi, 432. 
Nothura 
boraquira, 74. 
cinerascens, 43. 
Nucula 
corbuloides, 892. 
tumidula, 392, 
393. 
Numenius 
borealis, 429. 
hudsonicus, 429. 


variegatus, 52, 200. 


Nyctalemon 
najabula, 169. 
Nyctiardea 
nevia, 428. 
Nyctibius 
jamaicensis, 569. 
Nycticorax 
gardent, 428. 
Nyctidromus 


albicollis, 451, 569. 


Nyctipao 
glaucopis, 26. 
prunosa, 26. 

Nymphula 


interpunctalis, 168. 


Nymphalis 
nats, 256. 


Ochtheca 
citrinifrons, 71. 
jelskii, 71. 

Ocnus 
vicarius, 59, 62. 

Odontodes 
aleuca, 164. 

Odontophorus 
erythrops, 576. 
lineolatus, 460. 

Odostomia 


electa, 392, 394, 


INDEX, 


Cistrelata 
defilippiana, 451. 
neglecta, 431, 432. 

Oides 
affinis, 400, 406. 
apicalis, 399, 406. 
biplagiata, 401, 406. 
clarkii, 401, 406. 
dorso-signatum, 400. 
fryi, 401. 
limbata, 400. 
seminigrum, 401. 
10-punctata, 400. 
12-maculata, 400. 

Oligotoma 
michaeli, 632, 633. 
saundersii, 630, 631, 

632, 633. 

Olivia 
otaviana, 107. 

Oncostoma 
cinereigulare, 447. 

Onychoprion 
anesthetus, 52, 200. 

Ophiodes 
cuprea, 164, 165. 
Servida, 164. 
hottentota, 165. 
lunaris, 164, 165. 
separans, 165. 
trapezium, 22. 
triphenoides, 164. 
vesta, 165. 

Ophiusa 
achatina, 165. 
acuta, 27, 30. 
arctotenia, 165. 
falcata, 27. 

Oranasma, n. g., 258. 


lugens, 208, 254, 


259. 
smithii, 259. 
Orca 
capensis, 475. 
intermedia, 510. 


(Pseudorea) meridio- 


nalis, 508. 
Orcella 

atra, 507. 
brevirostris, D07. 
capensis, 507. 
destructor, 507. 
duhameli, 507. 
eschrichti, 507. 
fluminalis, 507. 
gladiator, 507. 
latirostris, 507. 
magellanica, 507. 
minor, 507 
pacifica, S07. 
rectipinna, 507. 


695 


Orcella 

schlegeli, 507. 

stenorchyncha, 507, 
Orchilus 

pileatus, 553. 
Oreas 

livingstoni, 32. 
Oriolus 

musicus, 445. 
Ornithion 

imberbe, 537. 

pusillum, 554. 

sclateri, 5387, 554. 
Ornithorhynchus 

paradoxus, 8. 
Oronasma 

lugens, 209, 219. 
Ortalida 

maccalli, 460. 
Ortalis 

vetula, 460. 
Orthorhampus 

magnirostris, 52, 195, 

200. 

Orthosia 

externa, 161. 
Ortyx 

nigrogularis, 435, 461. 
Orycteropus 

capensis, 463. 
Osmerus 

eperlanus, 135. 
Ossifraga 

gigantea, 431. 
Otidiphaps 

cervicalis, 33, 34. 

insularis, 34. 

nobilis, 33, 34. 
Oxystele 

romettensis, 93. 


Pachenome 
detersa, 156. 
Pachycephala 
sp. ine., 51. 
arctitorquis, 51, 55, 
195, 200. 
fusco-flava, 195, 198, 
200, 589. 
leucogastra, 56. 
Pachyrhamphus 
albogriseus, 559. 
major, 449. 
spodiurus, 559. 
Pachytoma 
gibbosa, 403, 406. 
gigantea, 403. 
gigas, 403. 
Pademma, n. g., 305, 
apicalis, 308. 
augusta, 306. 


696 


Pademma 
burmeistert, 309. 
crassa, 307, 308, 309. 
dharma, 806, 324. 
erichsont, 307, 308. 
granti, 306. 
allustris, 307. 
imperialis, 307. 
indigofera, 306, 324. 
klugi, 255, 305, 306, 
307, 324. 
kollari, 209, 211, 212, 
309, 323. 
macclellandii, 308, 324. 
masont, 209, 211, 309. 
minorata, 307. 
pembertont, 808, 324. 
regalis, 307. 
sinhala, 209, 211, 309. 
uniformis, 308. 
Peedisca 
decolorana, 173. 
Palzolybas 
cychramoides, 75, 87. 
humeralis, 87. 
Palzphatus, n. g., 362. 
salticiformis, 362, 364, 
365. 
Pamphila 
mathias, 154. 
Panchala 
birmana, 531. 
paraganesa, 530. 
Pandesma 
anysa, 23, 24, 165. 
quenavadi, 23. 
similata, 24. 
Pandion 
leucocephalus, 51, 200. 
Panyptila 
cayennensis, 537, 569. 
Papilio 
aberrans, 366, 369. 
adrastus, 366, 370. 
egeus, 370. 
egyptius, 237. 
affinis, 243, 291. 
aglea, 248. 
aleippus, 238. 
amyntor, 529. 
archippus, 284, 235. 
artenice, 242. 
asclepiadis, 238. 
aspasia, 245. 
assarica, 256. 
aventina, 223. 
basilissa, 287. 
berenice, 235. 
chrysippus, 237. 
claudius, 286. 
claviger, 225. 
cleona, 244, 


INDEX. 


Papilio 
climena, 260. 
core, 277, 289. 
corus, 201, 289. 
cresphontes, 346. 
damocles, 227. 
diocletianus, 296. 
diphilus, 158. 
dryasis, 322. 
echeria, 228. 
egialea, 227. 
eleusina, 299. 
enceladus, 323. 
eresimus, 236. 
erippus, 234, 236. 
eryx, 248, 529. 
ewphon, 257. 
exoticus, 230. 
genutia, 240. 
gilippus, 236. 
hecabe, 150. 
hegesippus, 241. 
idea, 216, 218. 
inopinatus, 366, 370. 
ismare, 233. 
Juventa, 224. 
leucostictos, 301. 
limniace, 230. 
liris, 366, 369. 
lotis, 242. 
lynceus, 217. 
melampus, 147. 
melaneus, 250. 
melanippus, 241. 
melissa, 231. 
midamus, 286, 287, 
291, 312, 313. 
mulciber, 287. 
nedymond, 526. 
mavius, 226. 
petilia, 239: 
phedon, 229. 
phenareta, 291. 
philene, 242. 
plexitppus, 201, 284, 
240. 


polinice, 146. 
rhadamanthus, 296. 
similis, 201, 223, 230, 
248. 
superba, 311, 313. 
sylvester, 318. 
tulliolus, 295, 
ubaldus, 149. 
zotlus, 256. 
Paradisea 
decora, 34. 
Parantica 
aglea, 207, 215, 247, 
248. 
agleoides, 248. 
ceylonica, 248. 


Parantic1 
eryx, 248. 
grammica, 207, 248, 
melanoides, 207, 247. 

Paraponyx 
affinialis, 167. 

Parnara 
canaraica, 534. 

Parra ian 

mnostoma, 428, 
99760. 

Parula 
americana, 440. 
pitiaywmi, 541. 

Parus 
varius, 32. 

Pasira 
biatomea, 29. 
ochracea, 29. 

Patosa, n. g., 259. 
batesiz, 208, 209, 211, 

259. 
funerea, 
259. 
resarta, 259. 
squalida, 259. 

Pecten 
fulcatus, 391. 
pusio, 391. 
vitreus, 392. 

Pectunculus 
robustus, 31, 32. 

Pelecanoides 
garnoti, 432. 
urinatria, 432. 

Pelecanus 
Ffuscus, 427. 
trachyrhynchus, 463. 

Penelope 
cristata, 5387, 576. 
ortont, 537, 576. 
purpurascens, 434, 

459. 
Penicillaria 
delatrix, 162. 
Penoa, nu. g., 274. 
alcathoe, 254, 274, 275. 
deione, 209, 210, 211, 
212, 275, 323. 

eyndhovti, 275. 

geyert, 275. 

limborgii, 208, 209, 
210, 211, 212, 275, 
323. 

menetriesti, 275. 

pinwillii, 209, 275, 
276. 

transpectus, 275. 

zonata, 276. 

Perameles 
nasuta, 599, 602, 616, 

625. 


208, 254, 


Pergasa 
aurifera, 154. 
Perigea 
canorufa, 159. 
galaxia, 159. 
serva, 159. 
Peripia 


cantoris, 120. 
cyclura, 117, 121. 
lugubris, 120. 
meyert, 120. 
mutilata, 386. 
mysorensis, 120. 
Perissoglossa 
tigrina, 435, 440. 
Perissoneura, 189. 
miaculosa, 190, 194. 
Peristera 
cinerea, 575. 
Petrochelidon 
fulva, 435, 442. 
Petrogale 
xanthopus, 609. 
Pezaptera 
carmania, 379. 
sordida, 379. 
Phaethornis 
striigularis, 566. 
yaraqui, 566. 
Phalacrocorax 
sp. inc., 427. 

’ brasilianus, 427. 
dilophus, 427. 
gaimardi, 427. 

Phalena 
achatina, 165. 
cribraria, 156. 
membliaria, 156. 
Phalena-Noctua 
brassice, 159. 
e-nigrum, 161. 
Phalzna-Pyralis 
fascialis, 371. 
Phalangista 
vulpina, 599, 611, 
623, 624, 625, 627, 
628. 
Phalaropus 
fulicarius, 429, 
Pharetra 
consanguis, 155. 
Phasianella 
intermedia, 109. 
pulla, 109. 
tenuis, 109. 
Phasianus 
colchicus, 578. 
torquatus, 466. 
Pherecydes, n. g., 363. 
tuberculatus, 363, 364, 
365. 


INDEX. 


Pheucticus 
chrysogaster, 549. 
chrysopeplus, 549. 

Philemon 
plumigenis, 51, 195, 

199, 200. 

Philydor 
erythronotus, 537, 561. 
pyrrhodes, 561. 
striaticollis, 562. 

Phirdana, n. g., 245. 
herbridesia, 246. 
pumila, 215, 246, 

Phleeoeryptes 
melanops, 434. 

Phoca 
vitulina, 11. 

Phocena 
communis, 471, 505, 

506. 
crassidens, 508. 
longirostris, 493. 
spinipennis, 506. 
vomerina, 506. 

Pheenicopterus 
antiquorum, 638, 651. 
ruber, 458, 651. 

Phenicothraupis 
carmioli, 547. 
rubicoides, 443. 
stolzmanni, 536, 546. 

Pholeoptynx 
cunicularia, 426. 

Phonipara 
pusilla, 444. 

Phorcus 
margaritaceus, 100. 

Phrygilus 
alaudinus, 421. 
gayt, 421. 

Phrynocephalus 
helioscopus, 464, 

Phyllobates 
trilineatus, 636. 

Phyllodes 
consobrina, 164. 
inspicillator, 164. 
roseigera, 164, 

Phyllodromus 
pulchellus, 635, 

Phyllomedusa 
perlata, 638. 

Phyllomyias 
brevirostris, 554. 
griseiceps, 5d4. 
griseocapilla, 554, 
ancanescens, 554, 
semifusca, 554. 

Phyllophorus 
dobsoni, 60, 62. 
holothuroides, U0. 


~I 
=> 
© 


Phyllophorus 
tenuts, 60. 
Phymastraea 
wrregularis, 409. 
profundior, 408, 410. 
valenciennesi, 407, 
408. 
Physonychis 
nigricollis, 404, 406. 
smaragdina, 405. 
Phytotoma 
angustirostris, 71. 
raimondii, 71. 
Piaya 
cayana, 454, 572. 
cayennensis, 426. 
mehleri, 454. 
ridibundus, 426. 
rutila, 572. 
Picolaptes 
angustirostris, 433. 
souleyeti, 424, 563. 
Picumnus 
granadensis, 570. 
scelateri, 537, 570. 
Picus 
dubius, 452. 
lignarius, 425, 
miatus, 40. 
parvus, 452. 
scalaris, 452. 
yucatanensis, 452. 
Pieris 
albina, 369. 
clementina, 369. 
timorensis, 368. 
Piezorhina 
cinerea, 421. 
Pilidium 
radiatum, 391. 
Pinacia 
molybdenalis, 366, 
371. 
Pionea 
incomalis, 168. 
Pionus 
chaleopterus, 578. 
Pipilo 
mystacalis, 348, 
Pitangus 
derbianus, 424, 448. 
Pitylus 
grossus, 549, 
Placellodomus 
sincipitalis, 433. 
Planorbis 
cockburni, 2, 4, 8. 
exustus, var. macula- 
tus, 3, 8. 
madagascariensis, 3. 
socotrensis, 3, 4, 8. 


698 


Platalea 
ajaja, 458. 
Platanista 
gangetica, 483. 
Platydactylus 
auriculatus, 127. 
chahoua, 117, 125, 127. 
ciliatus, 128. 
crepuscularis, 122. 
duvaucelii, 126. 
leachianus, 123, 124. 
lugubris, 120. 
pacificus, 121, 122. 
vieillardi, 129. 
(Ceratolophus) auricu- 
latus, 127 
(Lepidodactylus) ere- 
puscularis, 120. 
(Rhacodactylus) cha- 
houa, 126. 
Platyrhynchus 
albigularis, 553. 
Plecia 
Ffulvicollis, 346. 
Pleurotoma 
exigua, 393, 398, 399. 
maravigne, 392. 
scalaroides, 391. 
striolata, 392. 
tenuicostata, 391. 
(Bela) scalarotdes, 391. 
(—) tenuicostata, 398. 
Plusia 
nigrisigna, 162. 
Podiceps 
calipareus, 43. 
major, 432. 
rollandi, 43, 482. 
Poescopia 
lalandii, 467. 
Polioptila 
bilineata, 439. 
cerulea, 439. 
Polistes 
extraneus, 344. 
stigma, 345. 
Polyborus 
auduboni, 457. 
brasiliensis, 144. 
cheriway, 457. 
tharus, 41. 
Polydesma 
laudula, 163. 
Polyonymus 
caroli, 348. 
Polyptychus 
dentatus, 154. 
Poospiza 
erythrophrys, 43. 
i Bi 43. 
whit, 4 


INDEX. 


Porcula 
salvania, 388. 
Porphyriops 
crassirostris, 428. 
melanops, 428. 
Pramasa 
mitra, 254, 281, 3238. 
Pramesta 
tobleri, 254, 282. 
Pratapa 
deva, 529, 
lila, 529, 535. 
Precis 
antigone, 367. 
erigone, 367. 
expansa, 366, 367. 
natalica, 367. 
timorensis, 366, 367. 
Prionochilus 
ignicapillus, 580. 
percussus, 580. 
Procnias 
cerulea occidentalis, 
544, 
Prodenia 
infecta, 158. 
venustula, 158. 
Prostherapis 
femoralis, 635. 
inguinalis, 635. 
Protonotaria 
citrea, 440. 
Pselaphacus 
curvipes, 84, 85. 
gracilis, 84. 
mysticus, 75, 84. 
Pseudorea 
crassidens, 509. 
Psilorhinus 
mexicans, 447, 
Psittacula 
celestis, 574. 
crassirostris, 72. 
Pteroglossus 
erythropygius, 573. 
torquatus, 455. 
Pteroptochus 
albicollis, 425. 
Ptilonorhynchus 
holosericeus, 388. 
Ptilopus 
eugenie, 348. 
Johannis, 348. 
richardsi, 348. 
solomonensis, 348. 
wallacit, 51, 195, 
200. 
aanthogaster, 51, 195, 
200. 
Ptilotis 
carunculata, 63, 65. 


Puftinus 
creatopus, 431. 
griseus, 431. 
obscurus, 431. 
Puncturella 
noachina, 393. 
Pyralis 
elachia, 166. 
interpunctalis, 168. 
lucillalis, 167. 
platymitris, 166. 
Pyranga 
estiva, 443, 546. 
ardens, 546. 
azare, 37. 
roseigularis, 443. 
rubra, 448, 
Pyriglena 
picea, 566. 
Pyrocephalus 
mexicanus, 448. 
nanus, 424. 
rubineus, 424, 558. 
Pyrophorus 
noctilucus, 347. 
Pyrrhula 
raptor, 443. 
Python 
reticulatus, 387. 


Querquedula 
flavirostris, 42. 

Quiscalus 
macrurus, 446. 


Radena 
curtisi, 225. 
exprompta, 207, 224. 
isthma, 207, 224, 
225. 
persimilis, 223, 323. 
purpurata, 225. 
Juventa, 207, 223, 224, 
323. 
luzonica, 207, 224. 
manillana, 224. 
meganira, 225. 
nicobarica, 224. 
similis, 207, 214, 223. 
sobrina, 225. 
sobrinoides, 225. 
turneri, 225. 
vulgaris, 207, 223. 
Rallus 
rhytirhynchus, 42. 
Ramphoceelus 
icteronotus, 546. 
Rana 
papua, 388. 
Rasuma, n. g., 282. 
astre@a, 283, 284. 


Rasuma 
bipunctata, 283. 
denticulata, 283. 
dolosa, 283, 284. 
guerinii, 208, 283. 
lowisa, 283. 
ordinata, 282, 283. 
pleiadis, 283. 
siderea, 283. 
stella, 284. 
violetta, 209, 210, 211, 
254, 282. 
Ravadeba, n. g., 244. 
cleona, 207, 215, 244. 
lutescens, 245. 
phyle, 207, 245. 
Reinwardtcenas 
browni, 348. 
Remigia 
optativa, 165. 
Rhacodactylus 
aubryanus, 125. 
auriculatus, 127. 
chahoua, 125, 127, 130. 
ceiliatus, 126, 128. 
~ leachianus, 123, 124. 
trachyrhynchus, 125, 
126, 127, 130. 
Rhamphastos 
ambiguus, 573. 
carinatus, 455. 
cinereiventris, 565. 
rufiventris, 537, 565. 
Rhamphoceelus 
dimidiatus, 421. 
Rhea 
darwin, 141. 
macrorhyncha, 141. 
Rhinoceros 
simus, 32. 
Rbipidornis 
gulielmi-tertit, 252. 
Rhipidura 
dryadi, 54. 
fusco-rufa, 194, 197, 
200. 
hamadryas, 51, 54, 
194, 200. 
opistherythra, 194, 
197, 200. 
Rhizogramma 
indica, 158. 
Rhodopis 
atacamensis, 425. 
vesper, 425, 
Rhynchea 
semicollaris, 429. 
Rhynchocyelus 
ae le, 447. 
peruvianus e@quatori- 
alis, 537, 556. 


INDEX, 


Rhynchops 
nigra, 462. 
Rhytina 
stelleri, 72. 
Robsonia 
marina, B57. 
Rudolphius 
laticeps, 467, 517. 
Rusicada 
albitibia, 20. 
diversalis, 21. 
nigritarsis, 20. 


Sabalassa, n. g., 217. 
electra, 217. 
Sabanosa, n. g., 269. 
eratis, 209, 210, 254, 
269. 
Sais 
rosalis, 2138. 
Salatura 
adustus, 244. 
affinis, 243. 
artenice, 242, 366, 
367. 
aruana, 243. 
biseriata, 208, 244. 
chionippe, 243. 
chrysippus, 237. 
conspicua, 243. 
decipiens, 244. 
edmondi, 242. 
Serruginea, 208, 244. 
Sulgurata, 243. 
genutia, 214, 234, 240, 
241. 
hegesippus, 241, 242. 
insolata, 208, 244. 
intensa, 240, 242. 
intermedia, 241. 
laratensis, 366, 367, 
371. 
lotis, 242. 
melanippus, 241. 
mysolica, 242. 
mytilene, 208, 244. 
nesippus, 241. 
nigrita, 243. 
nipalensis, 240, 323. 
nubila, 242. 
philene, 242. 
sumatrana, 241, 242. 
Salbia 
perspicualis, 167. 
Salpinx 
egyptus, 316. 
e@nea, 298. 
alcidice, 296. 
althea, 305. 
assimilata, 299. 
biformis, 298. 


699 


Salpinx 
bouruana, 302. 
brandti, 304. 
callithoé, 306. 
chloé, 315. 
consanguinea, 303. 
crassa, 307. 
dehaani, 301. 
depuiseti, 304. 
diocletianus, 296. 
eleusina, 299. 
elusina, 280. 
eunice, 301. 
eupator, 297. 
euthoé, 305. 
fraterna, 299. 
frigida, 300. 
gamelia, 317. 
graefiana, 303. 
grantiz, 306. 
herbsti, 303. 
hewitsoni, 304. 
hisme, 303. 
hobsoni, 301. 
hyacinthus, 297. 
illustris, 307. 
imitata, 300. 
iphianassa, 303. 
kadee, 304. 
Alugit, 306. 
labreyt, 305. 
lazulina, 210, 300. 
leucogonys, 301. 
Teucostictos, 301. 
lorenzo, 298. 
lower, 297. 
macleayi, 303. 
margarita, 313. 
masoni, 309. 
mesocala, 308. 
meyert, 305. 
minorata, 307. 
mniszechii, 299. 
nemertes, 255, 300, 302. 
novare, 300. 
oculata, 302. 
pasithea, 302, 303. 
perdita, 303. 
rhadamanthus, 296. 
splendens, 311. 
staintont, 308. 
treitschkei, 298. 
usipetes, 299. 
vestigiata, 210, 211, 
212, 300. 
viola, 304. 
viridis, 298. 
weberi, 304. 
Saltator 
albicollis, 421, 548. 
atriceps, 421, 443. 


700 


Saltator 
atripennis, 548. 
flavidicollis, 548, 
grandis, 443. 
isthmicus, 421. 
magnus, 548. 
olivascens, 548. 
Samea 
ecclesialis, 167. 
inscitalis, 167. 
Saphara, n. g., 297. 
ened, 208, 210, 298. 
biformis, 298. 
erimas, 298. 
Jessica, 298. 
lorenzo, 298. 
treitschkei, 255, 297, 
298 


viridis, 298. 
Sapphironia 

ceruleogularis, 425. 
Sarcorhamphus 

equatorialis, 349. 

gryphus, 349. 
Sarobia 

confusa, 260. 

grayi, 208, 209, 210, 

254, 260. 

Sarpedon 


robustum, 304, 364, 


365. 

Satanga, n. g., 297. 

eupator, 255, 297. 
Sauropatis 

chloris, 51, 194, 200. 
Saurophis 

crucifer, 33. 
Sayornis 

nigricans, 552. 
Scaphander 

puncto-striatus, 393. 
Scardafella 

inca, 428, 
Scissurella 

angulata, 88. 

aspera, 88. 

costata, 89. 

crispata, 88. 

levigata, 89. 

paucicostata, 88. 

plicata, 89. 

striatula, 89. 

umbilicata, 88, 115. 
Scops 

brasilianus, 41, 
Scrobicularia 

alba, 392. 
Seyllium 

stellare, 351. 
Selinda, n. g., 298. 

elusina, 210, 299. 


INDEX. 


Selinda 
mniszechi, 210, 211, 
255, 298, 
vollenhovii, 209, 210, 
299, 


Sericia 
calamistrata, 26. 
substruens, 26. 

Serpophaga 
cinerea, 553. 

Sesia 
sphegiformis, 346. 

Setodes 
interrupta, 629. 
similis, 629. 

Setophaga 
chrysogaster, 658. 
ruticilla, 441, 541. 
verticalis, 541. 

Sibbaldius 
borealis, 467. 
laticeps, 517. 


Simia 

satyrus, 463. 
Simotes 

forbesi, 387. 
Sipho 

tortuosus, 395. 
Siren 

lacertina, 178. 
Sithon 

indra, 527. 


jalindra, 527. 

nedymond, 526, 527. 
Sittasomus 

amazonus, 562. 

erithacus, 563. 

olivaceus, 450, 563. 
Siurus 

auricapillus, 420, 

440. 


ludovicianus, 440. 

noveboracensis, 440. 
Skenea 

cutleriana, 91. 

divisa, 90. 

levis, 91. 

serpuloides, 102. 
Solariella 

maculata, 97. 
Solarium 

calandrella, 97. 

philippit, 95. 

turbinoides, 97. 
Sonagara 

bivittata, 27, 30. 

decussata, 27, 30. 

strigipennis, 27. 

vialis, 27, 30. 
Sotalia 

brasiliensis, 488, 518. 


Sotalia 
gadamu, 513. 
guianensis, 513. 
lentiginosus, 513. 
pallida, 5138. 
plumbeus, 513. 
sinensis, 487, 513. 
tucuat, 513. 
Spzlotis 
decora, 160. 
Sragilis, 160. 
latitans, 160. 
Spalgis 
dilama, 522. 
epius, 522. 
nubilus, 522. 
Spermophila 
gutturalis olivacea, 537, 
550. 
moreleti, 444. 
obscura, 537, 550. 
ophthalmica, 550. 
telasco, 421, 5387, 550. 
Spherocephalus 
inerassatus, 510. 
Sphecosoma 
angustata, 376. 
ecuadora, 376. 
surrentum, 375, 384. 
testaceum, 376. 
Sphenoproctus 
pampa, 450. 
Sphinx 
eysseus, 155, 
dentata, 154. 
Spizaétus 
melanoleucus, 456, 
Spizella 
socialis, 422. 
Stalachtis 
nedusia, 256. 
Stelgidopteryx 
Sulvipennis, 442. 
serripennis, 442. 
uropygialis, 543. 
teno 
attenuatus, 498, 499, 
capensis, 498. 
compressus, 485, 513. 
Frontatus, 484, 485. 
perspicillatus, 513. 
reinwardtii, 513, 


rostratus, 483, 484, 485, 
518. 


tucuzi, 488. 
Stenopsis 
equicaudata, 425, 
Stereoderma 
murrayi, 61, 62. 
unisemita, 61. 
validum, 61. 


Sterna 
maxima, 462. 
Stichopus 
assimilis, 62. 
maculatus, 62. 
Stictoplea 
binotata, 209, 210, 211, 
212, 319, 328. 
doleschallii, 208, 209, 
210, 211, 322. 
dufresneyi, 821. 
euphon, 257. 
gloriosa, 210, 211, 255, 
319, 321. 
grote, 320. 
harristi, 208, 209, 210, 
211, 212, 313, 320, 
323. 


hopei, 319. 

tmmaculata, 208, 211, 
322. 

inequalis, 322. 

inconspicua, 209, 821. 

lacordaire?, 321. 

letifica, 210, 211, 
321. 


lankana, 319. 
microsticta, 320. 


palla, 321. 

papuana, 322. 

pelor, 318. 

picina, 210, 211, 212, 
320 


pulla, 208, 211. 

pygmed, 320. 

swinhoei, 321. 

sylvester, 318. 

tristis, 322. 

tyrianthina, 210, 211, 
320. 


watson, 322. 
Stigmatops 
squamata, 195,198,199, 
200. 


Strepsilas 
interpres, 429. 
Strix 
decussata, 40, 41. 
jlammea, 456. 
nove-hollandie, 53. 
sororcula, 51, 52, 200. 
Sturnella 
bellicosa, 423, 552. 
ludoviciana, 446. 
militaris, 422. 
Subulina 
(Stenogyra) octona, 594. 
Succinea 
approximans, 595. 
tigrina, 595. 


INDEX. 


Suecinea 


(Omalonyx) guadalou- 


ensis, 595, 
Sula” 
cyanops, 427. 
variegata, 427. 
Surendra 
biplagiata,147,175, 530. 
discalis, 147. 
todara, 530. 
Sus 
salvanius, 413. 
serofa, 413, 414, 415, 
418. 
Sycalis 
arvensis, 433. 
flaveola, 537, 552. 
luteola, 422. 
Synallaxis 
elegantior, 560. 
erythrops, 560. 
erythrothorax, 449. 
Ffruticicola, 537, 560. 
humicolor, 39. 
pudica, 560. 
sordida, 39. 
stictothorax, 560. 
striaticeps, 39. 
Syntomis 
eyssea, 155. 
Sypna 
Prone liéi: 24. 
curvilinea, 24, 25. 
cyanivitta, 164. 
fraterna, 24, 25. 
mooret, 25, 
prunosa, 25. 
punctosa, 164. 
renisigna, 25. 
rubrifascia, 24. 
Syrnium 
virgatum, 456. 
Systena 


discoidalis, 405, 406. 


Tabada 

hyacintha, 209, 210, 

255, 297. 

Tachycineta 

meyent, 420. 

thalassina, 420. 
Tachyphonus 

luctuosus, 547. 

aanthopygius, 537, 547. 
Tachytriorchis 

abbreviatus, 348. 
Tadorna 
radjah, 52, 195, 200. 
Tzenioptera 

dominicana, 38. 

murina, 38. 


Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1883, No. XLVIII. 


701 


Tagata 
abjecta, 254, 282. 
Tagiades 
albovittata, 534. 
meetana, Lo4. 
Tajuria 
Jehana, 529, 535. 
longinus, 529. 
Tanagra 
cana, HAD. 
palmarum melanoptera, 
546. 


— violilavata, 537, 546. 

Tanygnathus 
affinis, 58. 
gramineus, 589. 
subaffinis, 51, 53, 194, 

200. 

Taragama 
hyperanthere, 18, 30. 
intensa, 18, 30. 

Tarucus 
theophrastus, 148. 

Tasitia, n. g., 230. 
berenice, 214, 235. 
cleothera, 236. 
eresimus, 235, 236. 
gilippus, 235, 236. 
hermippus, 237. 
Jamaicensis, 236. 
strigosa, 236. 
thersippus, 236. 
xanthippus, 237. 

Tavia 
punctosa, 164. 
substruens, 26. 

Tegna 
hybleella, 174. 

Tellina 
brazieri, 31, 32. 
modesta, 31, 32. 

Tephrina 
granitalis, 171. 
lithina, 171. 
strenuata, 171. 
zebrina, 171. 

Teracolus 
amelia, 152. 
cyprea, 152. 
intermissus, 152, 175. 
ochreipennis, 152. 
puellaris, 152. 
vestalis, 152. 

Teredo 
megotara, 392, 394. 
norvegica, 392. 

Terias 
esiope, 150, 151, 369. 
asphodelus, 151, 175. 
excavata, 150, 151, 366, 

368. 


48 


702 


Terias 
jimbriata, 151. 
hecabe, 150, 151. 
hecabeoides, 150, 151. 
érreqularis, 151. 
laratensis, 366, 369, 

371. 

lifuana, 366, 369. 


maroensis, 366, 868,371. 


purreea, 151. 
sari, 368. 
Tettigarcta 
crinita, 188, 194. 
tomentosa, 188. 
Tettigonia 
spinosa, 193. 
Thalassceca 
glacialoides, 431. 
Thalatta 
albiorbis, 22. 
modesta, 22. 
precedens, 22. 
Thalpophila 
rubrescens, 161. 
Thalurania 
hypochlora, 567. 
Thamnophilus 
affinis, 450. 
doliatus, 450. 
immaculatus, 564. 
nevius, 564. 
transandeanus, 564. 
Tharsis 
romettensis, 93, 115. 
Thaumalea 
picta, 598. 
Thaumastura 
cord, 425. 
Thaumatopeea 
cheela, 18, 30. 
pinivora, 18. 
Thecla 
nedymond, 526. 
Thinocorus 
rumicivorus, 429, 
Thomisus 
decipiens, 586. 
tuberosus, 586. 
Thracia 
brazieri, 465. 


jacksonensis, 30,32, 465. 


Thryophilus 
nigricapillus, 540. 
schotti, 540. 

Thryothorus 
albinucha, 440. 
maculipectus, 439, 
mystacalis, 540. 
paucimaculatus, 537, 

540. 
petenicus, 440. 


INDEX. 


Thyas 
honesta, 370. 
Thylacinus 
cynocephalus, 252. 
Thyone 
cunninghami, 60, 62. 
meridionalis, 59, 62. 
sacellus, 61. 
Tibicen 
lifwana, 190. 
Tigrisoma 
salmoni, 577. 
Tinea 
pulchella, 155. 
Tinnunculus 
cinnamominus, 427. 
moluccensis, 51, 194, 
200. 
sparverius, 427, 457. 
Tirumala 
angustata, 232. 
choaspes, 231. 
claribella, 233. 
conjuncta, 207, 231, 
323. 
gautama, 231, 323. 
hamata, 232. 
ino, 231. 
ishmoides, 207, 282. 
leucoptera, 252. 
limniace, 207, 214, 
230. 
melissa, 207, 208, 281. 
melittula, 232, 238. 
microsticta, 232. 
moderata, 233. 
neptunia, 233. 
obscurata, 233. 
orientalis, 207, 208, 
230. 
petiverana, 230. 
septentrionis, 208, 231, 
323. 
Tiruna, n. g., 316. 
ochsenheimeri, 209, 210, 
211, 317. 
roepstorfii, 209, 211, 
255, 316, 324. 
Tithorea 
bonplandii, 256. 
Tityra 
albitorques, 559. 
fraseri, 449. 
personata, 448. 
Todirostrum 
cinereum, 423, 558. 
sclateri, 587, 553. 
Tornatellina 
antillarum, 595. 
(Leptinaria) /amellata, 
595. 


Totanus 
incanus, 52, 200. 
Tragelaphus 
euryceros, 35. 
gratus, 34, 35, 36. 
spekii, 34, 35, 36, 37. 
Trepsichrois 
alea, 291. 
basilissa, 287. 
claudia, 208, 286, 287, 
288. 
diocletia, 208, 209, 210, 
287. 
Kochi, 288. 
linnei, 208, 209, 210, 
211, 212, 255, 286, 
287, 323. 
midamus, 286. 
mindanoensis, 288. 
muleiber, 210, 211, 
287. 
mulcibra, 287. 
thoosa, 296. 
tisiphone, 288. 
verhuelli, 287. 
visaya, 288. 
Trichulis 
pubescens, 80. 
Trichura 
aurifera, 380. 
esmeralda, 380. 
hadassa, 379. 
Trielis 
anthracina, 345. 
Tringa 
dorsalis, 42, 
Suscicollis, 42. 
minutilla, 429, 
wilsont, 429. 
Tringoides 
macularius, 429. 
Tripheena 
semiherbida, 160. 
Triplatoma 
andamanensis, '75, 79, 
87. 
attenuata, 79. 
brahminica, 75, 80, 
81. 
gestrot, 75, 80, 87. 
philippinensis, 75, 79 
87 


sexnotata, 79. 
siva, 75, 80. 
Triplotoma 
cyprea, 80. 
gestrot, 80. 
picta, 80. 
Trisuloides 
catocalina, 17. 
sericea, 17. 


Tritonium 
turritum, 395, 

Trochilus 
colubris, 451. 

Trochus 
adansoni, 102. 
adriaticus, 102, 
affinis, 97, 98. 
agathensis, 103. 
albidus, 102. 
amabilis, 97. 
angulatus, 102. 
biangulatus, 104, 
biasoletti, 102. 
bilabiatus, 108. 
cancellatus, 96, 115, 
carinatus, 108. 
cinctus, 97. 
—, var. affinis, 115. 
cinerarius, 100, 101. 
cinerascens, 102, 
cinereus, 96, 97. 
cineroides, 101. 
clathratus, 105. 
colybii, 102. 
conulus, 107. 
crassus, 100. 
crenulatus, 105. 
eyrneus, 104. 
delicatus, 101, 115. 
ditropis, 104. 
divaricatus, 103, 109. 
drepanensis, 102. 
duminyi, 95. 
elegans, 105, 
erythroleucus, 105. 
euspira, 98, 115. 
exaspiratus, 105. 
exiguus, 105. 
Sfabricii, 97. 
fanulum, 101. 
filosus, 108. 
folini, 99. 
formosus, 107. 
fragilis, 106. 
Sraterculus, 105. 
fulgidus, 95, 115. 
Suscus, 102. 


gemmulatus, 105, 114. 


gibbosulus, 102. 
glabratus, 108. 
granatelli, 96. 
granulatus, 106. 
gravesi, 105. 
grenlandicus, 90, 97. 
gquttadauri, 104. 
horridus, 108. 
inflatus, 97. 
levigatus, 107. 
laminarum, 95, 115. 
leachii, 96. 


INDEX, 


Trochus 
leucopheus, 102, 


lineatus, 99, 100, 101. 


littoralis, 105, 
lyciacus, 102. 
magnus, 100. 
matonii, 105. 
merula, 93, 99. 
miliaris, 105, 106. 


millegranus, 105, 106. 


minutulus, 95,115. 
montacuti, 104, 
montagut, 104. 
multigranus, 106, 
mutahbilis, 100. 
nassariensis, 102. 
obliquatus, 103. 
oblique radiatus, 103. 
obscurus, 97. 
occidentalis, 107. 
olivaceus, 102. 
ottot, 98, 393. 
pallidus, 102. 
papillosus, 106. 
parvulus, 104. 
patholatus, 102. 
philippii, 101. 
punctulatus, 105. 
pyramidatus, 105. 
racketti, 102. 
rarilineatus, 103. 
richardi, 100. 
roissyt, 101. 
ruscurianus, 105. 
sauleyi, 102. 
scabrosus, 105. 
spratti, 102. 
striatus, 96, 104, 
105. 


strigosus, 105. 
suturalis, 99. 
tenuis, 106. 
tessellatus, 100. 
tessulatus, 100. 
tricarinifer, 103. 
tumidulus, 104. 
tumidus, 102. 
turbinatus, 100. 
turbinoides, 102. 
turgidulus, 104. 
umbilicalis, 103. 
umbilicaris, 103. 
wmbilicatus, 102. 
unidentatus, 105. 
vaillanti, 98. 
varius, 101. 
villicus, 101. 
wisert, 105. 
zizyphinus, 106, 107. 


(Margarita) egleis, 98. 


(—) rhysus, 98, 


Troglodytes 
albicans, 540. 
albinucha, 440. 
audax, 540. 
calvus, 464. 
Ffurvus, 419, 540. 
— albicans, 537, 540. 
hornensis, 419. 
intermedius, 440, 
solstitialis, 541. 
striatulus, 540, 
Trogon 
caligatus, 454. 
collaris, 572. 
melanocephalus, 454. 
puella, 454, 572. 
virginalis, 572. 
Tronga, n. g., 266. 
biseriata, 266, 268. 
bremeri, 208, 209, 211, 
266, 267, 268, 269, 
278, 323. 
brooke, 208, 210, 267, 
268. 


erameri, 208, 209, 210, 
254, 265, 266, 267, 
268. 


daatensis, 268. 

kinbergi, 208, 209, 269, 

labuana, 268. 

marsdeni, 208, 211, 
266. 


moorei, 208, 211, 267. 
niasica, 267. 
olivacea, 267. 
pryeri, 269. 
Trophon 
carinatus, 393, 395, 
399. 
clathratus, 395. 
Tropidophora 
socotrana, 3. 
Turaceena 
crassirostris, 348. 
Turbo 
calear, 108. 
canalis, 110. 
carinatus, 108. 
cinereus, 96, 97. 
corcyrensis, 100, 
fabalis, 112. 
Suscus, 97. 
incarnatus, 79. 
jugosus, 113. 
lineatus, 99. 
littoreus, 113. 
moniliferus, 97. 
obligatus, 113. 
obscurus, 97. 
obtusata, 112. 
palliatus, 112. 


704 


Turbo 
pallidus, 109. 
peloritanus, 108. 
pictus, 109. 
pullus, 109. 
purpureus, 113. 
puteolus, 110. 
quadrifasciatus, 110. 
retusus, 112. 
rudis, 112. 
rugosus, 108. 
saxatilis, 1138. 
tenebrosus, 113. 
ustulatus, 113. 
variegatus, 100. 
vestitus, 113. 
vinctus, 110. 
Turdus 
cardis, 32. 
flavirostris, 419. 
grayt, 439, 538. 
ignobilis maculirostris, 
537, 588. 
leucomelas, 538. 
magellanicus, 419. 
obsoletus, 537, 539. 
swainsoni, 538. 
ustulatus, 538. 
Tursio 
abusalam, 479. 
catalania, 479. 
cymodice, 479. 
erebennus, 479. 
eurynome, 479, 480. 
gillit, 481. 
metis, 479, 480, 481. 
subridens, 481. 
truncatus, 479, 480. 
Tursiops 
abusalam, 479, 482. 
aduncus, 479, 480, 482, 
512. 
catalinia, 479, 482, 512. 
cymodice, 479, 482, 
12 


eurynome, 479, 480, 
481, 512. 

gillit, 482, 512. 

metis, 479, 480, 481, 
482, 512. 

tursio, 478, 480, 481, 
482, 496, 512. 

Tyranniscus 

chrysops, 555. 

cinereiceps, 555. 

griseiceps, 554. 


Printed by Taytor and 
sein 


INDEX. 


Tyrannus 

melancholicus, 424, 
448, 559. 

pipiri, 448. 

Upucerthia 
dumetoria, 433. 
Jelskii, 71. 
pallida, 71. 

Urubitinga 
anthracina; 456. 


Vadebra 
charox, 261. 
climena, 208, 209. 
climene, 254, 260. 
ceracina, 261. 


honesta, 208, 210, 261. 


lankana, 528. 

melina, 259, 261. 

petosiris, 528. 

pheretina, 528. 

sepulchralis, 260. 

simulatrix, 261. 

suffusa, 528. 

zinkenti, 261. 
Vaginula 

occidentalis, 597. 
Valvata 

striata, 95. 
Varanus 

indicus, 386. 
Varmma 

indica, 157. 
Vireo 

ochraceus, 442. 
Vireosylvia 

calidris, 542. 

chivi, 542. 

— griseobarbata, 587, 

541 


flavoviridis, 441. 

olivacea, 441. 
Viverra 

tangalunga, 50. 
Volatinia 


Jjacarina, 421, 444, 551. 


Vonona 
desjardinst, 257. 
euphon, 208, 257. 
goudotti, 254, 257. 


Xenops 
approximans, 562. 
genibarbis, 562. 
littoralis, 562. 
rutilus, 562. 


THE END. 


Sie EG 


Xenorhynchus 
senegalensis, 640. 
Xiphorhynchus 
procureoides, 563. 
thoracicus, 563. 
trochilirostris, 563. 
Xylocopa 
estuans, 344. 
bryorum, 344. 
coronata, 344. 
forbesiz, 344. 
Xylophasia 
indica, 158. 


Ypsolophus 
robustus, 174. 
Ypthima 
imica, 145. 
nareda, 145, 
norma, 145. 
rara, 145, 175. 


Zammara 
luculenta, 187, 194. 
Zatrephes 
buckley, 383, 384. 
chaon, 883, 384. 
grandis, 383, 384. 
trailii, 383. 
Zebronia 
perspicualis, 167. 
Zenaida, 
amahilis, 
maculata, 575. 
Zenaidura 
yucatanensis, 458. 
Ziphius 
(Epiodon) nove zea- 
landie, 590, 591. 
Zizera 
indica, 149, 150. 
pygmed, 149, 
Zonites 
concolor, 594, 
Zonotrichia 
gambelli, 422. 
leucophrys, var. gam- 
beli, 13, a 
pileata, 38, 422, 551. 
strigiceps, 38. 
Zosterops 
albiventris, 199. 
griseiventris, 195, 199, 
200. 


lateralis, 69. 


ed Lion Court, Fleet Street. 


4, = Pp. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 
SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


OF THE 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON, 


FOR THE YEAR 


1883. 


PART I 
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 


JANUARY anp FEBRUARY. 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 


s ‘ LONDON : 
| MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


[Price Twelve Shillings. | 


LIST OF CONTENTS... | 
PART I.—1883. 


January 16, 1883. 


‘The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1882 ..-. 
Mr. H. E. Dresser. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Merops philippinus, 
stated to have been obtained near the Snook, Seaton Carew ...... moh bo acreeeeenes raas 


1. On the Freshwater Shells of the Island of Socotra collected by Professor I. Bayley — 


Balfour. By Lieutenant-Colonel H. H. Gopwin-Avusten, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. (Part 111.) 
(Plates T.1& U0.) se. oc. ve ae anne neaies +» win «tv he sie nisiels cones 6 ¥iginlnieletely Seema nee 


2. On the Right Cardiac Valve of Echidna and of Ornithorhynchus. By E. Ray Lancaster, 
M.A., E-R.S., Jodrell Professor of Zoology in University College, London. (Plates 


TUTE DV) 5 cists are. coe ejeveie aim ni rain winisela aia 8dinven.s oi0 once aio alain oe he ae 
$. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Asiatic Lepidoptera Heterocera. By F. Moore, 
F.ZS. (Plates V.& VL.) -- 0. eee cece cee e ee eee eee eee ten eens PS oe Mew eed, 


4. Descriptions of five new Species of Shells. By Prof.G. B. Sowrrsy, Jun. (Plate VII.) 


February 6, 1883. 


The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1883 ...... 


Mr. F. CG. Selous. Letter from, concerning the chances of obtaining a living White Rhinoceros. 


Rey. G. H. R. Fisk, C.M.Z.S. Extract from a letter from, concerning ways it which the increase 


of Snakes is kept within moderate limits ...... 0.662... cess cece ee een rere ma om 
1. On a third Species of Otidiphaps. By O. Sarvin and F. D. Gopman......++++..+- eon 
2. Further Notes on Tragelaphus gratus. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary 

to the Society. (Plate VIII)... 2000. .2 secs ce neice ecee cern eeeeen came esque siete 
3. Supplementary Notes on the Birds of the Argentine Republic. By BE. W. Wurrt, F.Z.S. 

With Remarks by P. L. Scuater, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. (Plate IX.) ......-.4..4+ 
4, A few Rough Notes on the Aye-aye. By the Rev. G. A. SHAW ......0.-. see seen eee 


5, Deseription of a new Species of Lizard of the Genus Enyalius. By G. A. Bounencsr, 
BUZS. (Plates RK.) weiss vee vec cnet ae Weees wena enlee weiss oe vec =sne boalseayess 


February 20, 1883. 


Prof, F. Jeffrey Bell. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some microscopical preparations 
obtained from the Zoological Station at Naples ....-+..-- secs ee cee eee cree cece ce 


eee ee 


Mr. J. J. Weir. Exhibition of a supposed hermaphrodite specimen of Lycena icarus 


My, G. B. Sowerby, jun. Notice of a paper containing the descriptions of nine new Species of 
Shells, and of the opercula of two known specieS............++eeseeeee oe wiles e cael « 


1. On Birds collected in the Timor-Laut or Tenimber group of Islands, by Mr. Henry O. 
Forbes. By P. L.Scuater, M.A., Ph, D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plates 
p.4 bee. 0) Mancrtcan er ea Ae cin ROE a eh iaa arama 


lo 


. Studies of the Holothuroidea,—II. Descriptions of new Species. By F, Jerrrey Bet, 
M.A., See. R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College. 
(Plate XV.) a2. kere Siclelsinw'e w ole,c clu acjsies) sino ni oc /8\e'vacelnaige wiser jem “ws 


3. On the Suctorial Apparatus of the Tenuirostres. By Dr. Hans Gapow. (Plate XVI.)... 


4. Description des e&péces nouvelles de la coliection péruvienne de M. le Dr. Raimondi de 
Lima. Par L. TAczanowsur, C.M.Z.S:). (Plate: X VIL)... ccoeya seme secs se edens- 

_ Notice sur la différence sexuelle entre les cranes de la Rhytina stelleri. Par le Docteur 
T)YROWSEL \:0 araletele-wiW ee bfois)na'sluvthe «ain a) sm alent alee <8, joie migcelwteligiet(ola(ein's (She sala ai nee 


bob 9 


Page | 
1 


eee nes. 


a 


1883. ] BEETLES OF THE FAMILY EROTYLID®. 87 


on its disk; elytra rather deeply striated at their bases, but the 
stria not continued to the middle. The black patch on the elytra 
leaves only a narrow band at the base, the entire margin as far as the 
last stria, and about two fifths at the apex, red. 

The thorax has a distinct fovea on each side of the base, in which 
are a few larger punctures. The elytra are gibbous, depressed at 
the base, and with a deeply impressed marginal line. 

I have seen one specimen in the collection of the late Mr. Crotch 
at Cambridge; and there is one in my own, given me by Mr. 
Bartlett. 


29. PaLzoLyBAs CYCHRAMOIDES. 


Ovatus, minus converus, rufus ; capite prothoraceque minute sed 
distincte punctatis, illo epistomate nigrescente ; elytris minutissime 
punctatis, fere levibus, callo humerali margineque (ad apicem 
latius) nigris. 

Long. 8 millim. 

Hab. Africa occid., Camaroon Mountains. : 

Broadly ovate; elytra without striz, punctuation scarcely visible 

under a strong lens ; tibice very broadly dilated ; club of the antennze 
dark. This is an insect allied to P. humeralis, Crotch; and I 
should hardly have ventured to assert its distinctness, the deserip- 
tion of that species being so brief, but that fortunately the unique 
type from Murray’s collection is now in my own. 

It differs from P. humeralis in being less convex, in wanting any trace 


of stri, and in the black margin which surrounds the elytra except 


at their bases, and which is very distinct. The rest of the insect, 
with the exception of the club of the antenne and the epistoma in 
front, is deep brick-red, A single example. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 
rg Fig. 1. Triplatoma gestroi, p. 80. 

aie andamanensis, p. 79. 
philippinensis, p. 79. 
Episcapha octopustulata, p. 82. 
. Micrencaustes torquatus, p. 76. 
Hybosoma hydropicum, p. 77. 
. Encaustes crotchi, p. 76. 
. Megalodacne imperatriz, p. 78. 
. Megischyrus bartletti, p. 85. 
. Aulacochilus agaboides, p. 83. 
he , var. furciferus, p. 84. 
12. —— episcaphoides, p. 84. 


OE NI OUR Gob 


_ 
jie) 


NOTICE. 


According to present arrangements the * Proceedings’ are issued in four parts. 
as follows — 


Part I, containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist. 


II. = e » March and April, on August Ist. 
be TE, % a » May and June, on October Ist. 
IV. eo », November and December, on April Ist 


The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for 
that with uncoloured Plates. ; ; 


BS ge oa tor ey = SE POD arn ag Oe a 
 ConTENTS (continued). 70° 0 


March 6, 1883. 


The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie i in February. 1885 eg 


The Secretary. Exhibition of, on behalf of the Rey. F. O. Morris, a xing wee of a‘Tinaiou 
shot in Hampshire ..... Vale car Rites ale » aa ue Sota yas, Ate ei 


__ Mr. J. #. Ady. Exhibition of some Microscopical Preparations of Bone. we Saison 


Dr. Hans Gadow, ©.M.Z.S. Notice of a communieation on the arrangement and dis- 


- position of the muscles of the avian syrinx......... Js aid 9/0 ahahe ala aloe en eae oe Asc ee 
1. Descriptions of new Species of Beetles belonging to the family Hrotylide. fe wry 8. 
ae Goruam, F. ZS. (Plate RYT Sse Fone Fae ee Ret ph oR ee ae 
= , : 
Z + 
a Cogs : 0 PEE 


LIST OF PLATES. 


‘ - 1883. . : e 
: ee 
PART I. ~ ee 
: oe ee 
eye 
Plate _ : 
n} ee freshwater Shells mateiviee wean Serr eseeteeeeees oe 


Ill. ~Heart—valves of Renter hymen and Oasuarius .. 


* wt Behidna pabatbsciacera syetoraie biefociatiaae Daiela BCH eo | 
é = } New Asiatic Lepidoptera ...+..++++ sreeeuereenes ae 
VIl. New Shells ...... Seer gett oes 
VIII. Tragelaphus gratus, J et 2 ...-.. peseatess seeeens 
wf - Poospiza. whitii, 14,2 Qeceeeeee a, pete o beteenee, 
We. Enyalius palpebralis erase tee e neon ee eeae reese 
xT _Ninox forbesi cataetare ale cst acre nen lke eRe vette eee eee 


' XII. Fig. 1. Monarcha castus ; ‘Fig. 2. Me mundus «+e... sseree 
xa. Pachycephala arctitofquis, 1 ¢, 2 Emel) 79 
XIV. Oalornis crags) 16).2 Qoveess. scaly a cst) ewetoae eee 

XV. Spicules of Holothuroidea -...-+..seeesseeeereeeeeneee 
XVI. Suctorial apparatus in the Tenuirostres ..-...+++-+-++., 
XVII. Phytotoma raimondii ............ sd @ a ROTATE ed aes 
XVIII, Now species of Hrotylidw .+..reeeseeeees Siena 


OF LONDON, 


_ FOR THE YEAR 


~LONDON: 
ANS, GREEN, READER, AND alates 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


rice Twelve Shillings. 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART II.—1883. 


March 6, 1883. 
’ ~ Pag 
On the Mollusca procured during the ‘Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 
1868-70. (Part VI.) By J. Gwyn Jerrruys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8. (Plates XIX. & | 
KEK) foingyae sie brebejuimialelctalecole syele’ainin/eve ejb: ainda sia veiate: « hiele aieiaiais¥ef6 a\ etdiaiens Tet eta taaeetane eae 88 9 


we 


3. On a Species of Myzomela from the Island of Boeroe. By Hunry O. Forsus, F.Z.8..... 115 | 
4. On the Geckos of New Caledonia. By G. A. Bovnenanr, F.Z.8. (Plates XXI. & XXII.) 116 9 


March 20, 1888. 


My. Sclater. Remarks upon a specimen of Macropus erubescens in the Gardens of the 
Zoological and Acclimatization Society, Melbourne, Australia ....+....-+0-+..+++ 13 


Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon a new List of British Birds ........ Lash ois Uaveiettereieieatayen Lom 


1. Contributions to Morphology. Ichthyopsida, No. 2. On the Oviducts of Osmerus; 
with Remarks on the Relations of the Teleostean with the Ganoid Fishes. By 
Profs Hux tmy; WSR 8s a Se ees ask ow wee etek ets Ale yaborearale lc tale aie Raat eee eee 132 


2. Description of a new Species of Bufo from Japan. By G. A. Bourunenr, F.Z,.8. (Plate 
XXII) ..... Rear nl SP SEI we eM RSI ener ete seas bet sia)aie.eleaiaMeitewa s ethte tee™ 


3. Note on the Respiratory Organs of Rhea. By W. N. Parker, Lecturer on Biology 
at the University College of Wales, Aberystwyth .+....esssseceeeseeseeseceeees 14 


Contents scimuae on page 3 of wrapper 


ed 


ConTENTs (continued). 


April 3, 1883. 


Page 
_ Mr. J. Sarbo. Remarks on the localities of Bos gaurus and Bos frontalis ....s0.+....00-- 182 


_ Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of a skin of a Orow, sent to him for examination by Mr. Albert 


SPER PANEL COMPLI is. Leiria Ssy5c.s esicll « Lecce pale acer ee hie eee 144 


__ 1. On a Collection of Indian Lepidoptera received from Lieut.-Colonel Charles Swinhoe, 


with numerous Notes by the Collector. By Artuur G. Bouter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. 
BME NONE Vie) a crea oss cals ain \avedele’ o's er0he dae sigleioxsls:s iui pta.e Mereiacaieye 6 aie els tacal sata ence ne eTRE 144. 


2. Notes on the Zebra met with by the “Speke and Grant” Expedition in Eastern Africa. 
aa PM TAHA: CH Re HZ, 5.510 biw.eic se b'eia oboe ee le waco babe tink alr 175 


April 17, 1883. 
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in March 1888: 6.50. 178 


1, On the Arrangement of the Orders and Families of existing Mammalia. By Wim.1AM 


Eine, erowme, ab D NESS; P.Z8., G6: .. 2.60 les cccecces savnceen cs cousuces 178 


2. Contributions to a proposed Monograph of the Homopterous Family Cicadide.—Part I. 
Eee ISTAN DE (PLA OONGV e) ir «>, cis sieisieis’s b/c e\'eo'v'e e's s:d 00d syn ajsie eo a eeerd slain 187 


__ 38, Additional Notes on Birds collected in the Timor-Laut, or Tenimber, group of Islands, by 


‘Mr. Henry O. Forbes. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the 
rata GE abes NV NOY LLL; ota oie ee 0.0 cre o's syvinlegie's sisimcsls 0.5 sicitie 0 eleiajs tieuahele 194 


4. A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of Diurnal Lepidoptera belonging 
to the Subfamily Eupleinz, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By F. 
Moorg, F.Z.8., A.L.S., &c. Part I. Limnaina. (Plates XXIX.-XXXII.).......... 201 


May 1, 1883. 


Mr. W. L. Crowther, C.M.Z.8. Letter from, concerning the possibility of obtaining ae 


specimens of the Thylacine for the Society ..........-seeee seen ce ee en eees seseee 202 


# _ The Secretary. Exhibition of a skin of a rare Paradise-bird (Rhipidornis POO 


. 


The ae _pemarke on Radde’s ‘Internationale Farben-skala.’ ..........++++e00-0s 252 


bs 
. x 
1883. 
PART II. 
Plate Tues Page Q 
ets x} Mollusca of the ‘ Lightoing’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions } 88 
aa } Geckos of New ee 5 spe ee és pees - ms vee . oe 6 4 r 
XXII. Bufo’ fornnodus’ sf + < Abs vs (aeeeg ees oaths o% ae ny i SD 
XXIV. New Indian Brutieelies Stns 2 Peat sy cere Pe SL) 
XXV. Exotic Cicadide............-.... oe ep relnee ae ee welt ene Se iene 
XXVI. Eclectus riedeli, 1 < AAS RE a taiacd Ceatel hh etara Arete ine siete he? 
XXVII. Rhipidura fusco-rufa ......... RAAT ONE Cat horn +e $194 
XXVIII. Pachycephala fusco-flava G&D  ...... eee certs eee 
& . NOTICE. 
isoceding, to present arrangements the ‘ Proceedings’ are issued infant parts. 
as follows :-— : re 
Part I. containing papers read in January and elnstiey on June rs, id es 
Ti. ¥, ,» March and April, on August Ist. te es \ 
Tit. I oe rs May and June, on October late eae Pps ce 
IV. % ‘. » November and December, on Apsil: Tet, eet ae 


The price is 12s. per part for the ie with coloured, and 3s. per : part or 
that with uncoloured Plates. 


“4D, 


OF LONDON, ae 


FOR THE YEAR 


(1883. 


PART IIil.+ 
CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 


MAY anp JUNE. 


LONDON: 
MANS, GREEN, BRADER AND DYER, 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


- [Price Twelve Shillings.) 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART III.—1883. a 


May 1, 1883, 


P. 
1. A Monograph of Limnaina and Eupleina, two Groups of Diurnal Lepidoptera Dales = 
to the Subfamily Euplcine; with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By F. 
Moors, F.Z.8., A.LS., &. Part II. Zuplwina. (Plates XXTX.-XXXII.) ........ 253 — 


2. On new Clausilie from the Levant, collected by Vice-Admiral T. Spratt, R.N. By Dr. 
O. Borrresr, Frankfort-on-the-Main. (Plates XXXITI. & XXXIV.) ............ 324 


3. Report on a small Collection of Hymenoptera and Diptera from the Timor Laut Islands, 
formed by Mr. H. O. Forbes. By W. F. Kirsy, Assistant in the Bice 
Department, British Museum ......00....eeeeeeeee Gi, achat ideas sbeees Seow ete 


June 5, 1883. ee ; 
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in April 1883 . sane 346 


The Secretary. List of the Species of Lepidopterous Insects bred in the ‘Society's Inset 
House, and exhibition of living specimens of the West-Indien Fire-fly’ <cspeeece cs 346 


Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a selection of Birds from New Britain, Now 
Ireland, and the Solomon Islands, sent to him for examination by the Rev. George SM 
Brown, C.M.Z.S. . Se ote Fale nda come eitee cles 0 eee te tee eens ms ONT. 


Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two birds obtained near Lima, Peru, and 
transmitted by Prof, William Nation, C.M.Z.S. ............++.. Steet eens eteees 348 


Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon a Condor from Peru, living in the Society’s Gardens. “(Plate te 
XXXY.) ee ey Pe Feet e eee cence tenance nee 349 


Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper. 


Contents (continued). 


June 5, 1883 (continued), 


2b ER Page 
rench Angas. Exhibition of a collection of Butterflies from Dominica, W.I....... 349 
‘logical Testimony to General Homology. » By Prof. Owen, C.B., F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e. 349 
ne new Genera and oe of iienndal By the Rey. O. P. Camprinas, M.A., 


“of ae collected i= Mr. H. O. Forbes in the Islands of Timor Laut. By 
ay AnrHur G, Buruer, F.LS., F.ZS., &. (Plate XXXVI)... 2... esseeeeee ee ee ee 365 


4D eriptions of new Species of Zygenidee and Arctiide. By Herbert Drucs, F.LS., 
% 8. &e, Sa AI ees PMR MA RNC Or: XL ty Fino 6:e ste) 0’ofale fe’ sain els» 6 eto a opalersiatchaisetniel s\ae-eralg 372 


Note ‘on the Variation of certain Species of Agrias. By F. D. Gopmay, F:R.S., and O. 
Stn, PRS. .... Steen nett eee e teen cece antec teeta e cece eee eens en eeaees 384 


“gg port on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from the Timor Laut Islands, formed 
es ‘Mr. H, O, Forbes. By G. A. Boutencenr, F.Z.S. (Plates XLI. & XLII) . . 386 


June 19, 1883. 


é e Paths procured during the Grito’ of H.M.S. ‘Triton’ between the Hebrides 
and Faroes in 1882. By J. Gwyy Jevrneys, LL.D.; F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Plate XLIYV.) 389 


Beem of some new Bpebies of Beetles of the Family Galerucide. By Marriy 
‘ oBy. (Plate XLV.) ........ SSE AOn SOLE Oe Aisa Heth anol SCnC ne 399 


ee Genus sstiag of Milne-Edwards and Jules Haime, with 


rs and Visceral ara By J. G. Garson, M.D., F. Z. s. a ay 


rds ‘collected by Captain A. H. Markham on the West Coast of America. 
Savin, M.A., Mn SORA arke ave of e-« ¥jaje'e big. by oie SSAC Aro Dre ttecat et 


Plate. 
Sitti Ser Se eta s 


4 e sa) om od ae 


A ge |e en et enacts and ewnne sth Fa 


XXXIIL ie w Clausilise ..seeseesesessaseeys ve 


Y reat 
ny ge 


ORL +: Beatie Ara fee! 


Z-D. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS 


ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY 
OF LONDON, 


FOR THE YEAR 


1883. — 


Pade I EV). 


CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN 


NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER. 


APRIL 1st, 1884. 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, 
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. 
LONDON : 


"MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, 
PATERNOSTER-ROW. 


[Price Twelve Shillings. | 


LIST OF CONTENTS. 


PART IV.—1883. 


November 20, 1883. ; 4 

: Page | 

The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society's Menagerie during the months of é. 
June, July, August, September, and October, 1883. (Plates XLVI. & XLVII.) .... 463 — 

The Secretary. Remarks upon the opening of the Society’s New Reptile House .. sie ay ane, See 


The Secretary. Note upon the increase in size and weight of the young male African Ele- — 
phant, purchased July 1882 .......... Jas eterna biateis pale 'ei8, oe deaiio a tee Neate! we+- 465 


Mr. G. B. es, Jun., Letter from, proposing an alteration in the name of a shell 
(Thracia) ....0e.e.eeeeees acy ia teh afercte (cape tere cre pety weec cece sca csen vrais secees 400m 


Mr. W. H. Ravenscroft, Letter from, Saree remarks upon a apes: habit of the Spotted j 
Deer (Cervus 0218) 2... eevesccesccccoecccceeseececesecsaseeetreeseseess 400 


Major C. H. T. Marshall, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a new Impeyan Pheasant ipa 
chumbanus) from Chumba ...... eiacisieiete ore erent PPOM MC Oro. ee «+» 465 


Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon; some Ringed Phoasaitia from 


Mr. Seebohm. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a new Owl (Bubo blakistoni) from Yezo .. 466 


Prof. F. Jeffrey Bell, Sec. R.M.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some psoas of an 
undescribed Species of ten-armed Antedon ........-. aia clevenomncemee a ste sista phs biases 466 


i 


. On the Charactersand Divisions of the Family Delphinide. By Wiut1sm Henry Fiower, ; 
TLD WBS. Pres, Zool,’ Soaw Gene 3.75 <\nt Sere). osears susie, etele stays 6 tated eee «s+. 466 


2. On a Specimen of Rudolphi’s Rorqual (Balenoptera borealis, Lesson), lair a taken on the 
Essex Coast. By Wiu1am Henry Frown, LL.D., F.B.S., P.Z.S., &e. . dsormnese: ALE 


3. Additional Observations on the Structure of the Female Organs of the Indian ‘lsphant 
(Elephas indicus). By M. Warson, M.D., Professor of Anatomy in the Owens 
College, Manchester. ....0secssscsne ence cscs cree cece (ado) Ses reneiath oyaratats opel 51 


4, Descriptions of new Asiatic Diurnal Lepidoptera. By F. Moorr, F.Z.S. &e. (Plates 
XLVI & SER es 5. eos Sntien Rode dune cictts schon mapa ie ara Tate SoS ae ‘so eeees OBE 


or 


. On a remarkable Variety of the Leopard (Felis pais shiainet in the Hast of the eae 
Colony, By R. Truren, F.R.S., FZS. oo ee ee A eR ET ek Ao D30 


¥ > Contents continued on page 3 of wrapper. 


ConTENTs (continued). 


ae November 20, 1883 (continued). 
r Page 


6. Liste des Oiseaux recueillis par MM. Stolzmann et Siemiradzki dans l’Ecuadeur occidental. 
eS Par le Comte H. v. Brruerscu et L. Taczanowskr. (Plate L.) ...........08- 536 
, : December 4, 1883. 
3 Sir Joseph Fayrer, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a portion of a Deer's horn 
Li apparently gnawed by other Gen is knee wicadet erties Nines Prchahere wisn y exer aya ole 578 


Mr. Selater. Exhibition, on behalf of Dr. G. Bennett, F.Z.S., and remarks upon, some skins 
of a Species of Drepanornis from Southern New Guinea .........ccssseeecseses 578 


Mr. Burton, F.Z.8. Exhibition e a supposed hybrid between a common hen Pheasant and 


2 Beret Snel. ses a atid clic wk gah e'albineloaas coWclen a Ehguinwle Gaia veueains 
i 1. Notes on some Species of Birds of the Family Diceide. By R. Bowpuer Suarrt, F.LS., 
— F.ZS., &c. Department of Zoology, British Museum ...--..-.. see ec cece ee eeeees 578 


Bt 2. On the Diseases of Monkeys in the Society’s Gardens. OF shi B. Surroy, Lecturer on 
; Comparative Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital ....... Stelter wibiplaicn «ie OSe 


8. On the Habits of Thomisus decipiens, a Spider from Sumatra, By H. O. Fores, F.Z.S8. 
MbrreitogETl a) gat cee aes <tes sicla's, oy wa fm edi e)a\'slel¥ 4 Peraancsres Malaie wap: cca choke sateen 586 


4. On a new Species of Thrush from Timor Laut, with remarks on some rare Birds from 
that Tsland and from the Moluccas. By H. O. Forssgs, F.Z.S. (Plates LIT. & LITT.) 588 


“4 ee Further Notes on Ziphius (Epiodon) po hea, yon Haast. By Prof. Junius yor 
Haasr, O.M.G., Pu.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.8. .....00.- intel sigie oi aiaais cc's etn'ate watt aatas : 


6. Notes on a Skeleton of Balenoptera australis, Desmoulins, the Great Southern 
Rorqual or “Sulphur Bottom” of Whalers. By Prof. Juuius vor Haast, C.M.G., 


Pu D., F.R.S., O.MLZS. sieetomste-. oS Parana orale srateba erat aot S oo eta ss tas Se eae ae 
7. On the Terrestrial Mollusca of Tavira, collected during a recent visit to that Island. 
By Grorch Frencu Anaas, F.L,8., O.M.Z.S..........000000- wsin v/aieiainiaceim cul gist ats +» 594 


December 18, 1883. 


* ie ¢ sae 
Ne The Secretary. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in November 1883 .... 598 
’ Dr Franz Leuthner. Abstract of a Monograph of the Odontolabini, a Subfamily ce the 


NAPE RA ok iste chew c hangs oteleprors y aisle susie sapsteiaiwinieya 76 MERE EN Mio arte fe 598 
1. On the Tongues of the Marsupialia. By Epwarpv B. Poutron, M.A., F.Z.S. (Plates 
4 pe DLV. & LY.) aa eet ev sh ts Reet: eats RP eco ge ah Metdchl Def Senain Gin’ aisle ales leistiin as late a hie en ae 599 


es 2. a Contribution to our Knowledge of the Hmbiide, a Family of Orthopterous Insects. 
E z . Woop-Mason, Deputy Superintendent, Indian Museum, Calcutta. (Plate LVL { 628 


& On a Collection of Frogs from Yurimaguas, Huallaga River, Northern Peru. By G, A. 
Bovuencer, F.Z.8. (Plates LVII. & LVI.) ....-... nip wh eights PCL Cee 


4 On some Points in the Anatomy of Phenicopterus and its Allies. By W. F. R. Wetpon, 
B.A., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge, Assistant Demonstrator in the Mor- 


J phological Laboratory of the University. (Plates PRs BX). Voges seen coe 638 
5. Deseriptions of five apparently new Species of South American . mires Mei a! 
ise Scuater, M.A., Pu.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. (Plate LXI.) . sess. 653 
By Appendix: List of Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the year 1883 ...... ieee 655 
Tndex 5 ..c% c's seces PES oRe as AGG SoM ce evan Me welt ula'ejee 8.0 vita ste Aiw wins 8 ae laeiatella - 678 


‘3 Title-page, Lists of Contributors and their Articles, of Plates, and of Woodcuts in ths 
olume. 


LIST OF PLATES. 


1888. ; 
PART: TV: 
Plate : Pagy - 
XLVI. Pelecanus trachyrhynchus ........... raed ewicepens setae 463 ” 
MLV. Babirussa alfurus’ .. 0... scesecese secs cevcsscsceeess 463 
XLVII1 i 
“TN i i RL: PSA Sie erremmietepetels aia costes) ete 521 
XLIX. } ew Indian Lepidoptera 4 
L. Chrysomitris siemiradzkii ....... Br peng ae ET Neeenie 536 
Li. “Whomiscus decipions=:.i. 0. 6s. qeb eee ec enn so ee mae Se 
TES (Geocichla machikds sic... sas os os views on oelanie oieieie s sie } 58E 
LITT. Pachycephala fusco-flava, f ........2--: ata wanes - 
LIV. 
Ty Tongues of Marsupials ... Fae mun i's Sols 2 vie la'e Berk ai)! oe 
ae Morphology of Embiide ....0+...ceeeeesereeececencs : 


=. 


latus; Fig. 3. D. fantasticus; Fig. 4. D. habneli ........ 
LVIII. Fig. 1. Phyllobates trilineatus ; Fig. 2. Leptodactylus rho- 
domystax; Fig 3. L. discodactylus ; Fig. 4. ee 


LVII. Fig. 1, Prostherapis femoralis; Fig. 2. Dendrobates reticu- Oe 
+ 


35 nS 


GUIS yrareic elele sore tre sure wcgraiiaupicicaw's.ptaln'd tates Es Dap)oinces) ek 
LIX. r ra oe 
LX. } Anatomy of Pheenicopterus ..-...... eRe Pee: 688 
LXI. Basileuterus fraseri ............ Teoh tae sees 653, 


NOTICE. 


According to present arrangements the * Proceedings’ are issued in fowr parts, 
as follows :— 


Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June lst. 


ibe BS » . » March and April, on August Ist. 
III. a ; 5, May and June, on October Ist. 
IV. a an hs November and December, on April Ist. 


The price is 12s. per part for the edition with coloured, and 3s. per part for 
that with uncoloured Plates. 


“ 


i} 


tl 


PE A 


Sao ne te 
acer heme ane 8 aw Pb 
: 1 
: — 


vos 


Pad 


<n '" o~. . - i. f 5 Cg ee re 
i - Te fy ‘ . - oP ee td 


aeons 
ann 


‘ eS ns 
rm -~ Se 
as ahaa TSO 

Sore ane 2 ; 


eg we oy 
eget Pe 


—